
ULTRA 40
[add_to_cart id="5611" style=""]
Ultra 40 Beef Liver
First released in the 1970s, this super-nutritious, old-school bodybuilding secret has produced amazing results for thousands of natural bodybuilders and other athletes.
- Decades before pre-workout supplements existed, bodybuilders and other athletes were using Ultra 40 desiccated liver tablets to boost their training energy, stamina and performance. There’s nothing else quite like this supplement.
- From farm to tablet: Ultra 40 is made from fresh Grade-1 beef liver from hormone-free cattle raised on protein-rich, pesticide-free grasses in the open pastures of Argentina.
- Since the 1970s, Ultra 40 has remained under the radar, used chiefly by advanced natural bodybuilders to spur dramatic gains in muscle energy, stamina and overall performance.
- If you’re trying to recoup lost muscle size and strength after a layoff, there’s no more powerful stack than to combine Ultra 40 with Mass Amino Acids.
- Forge a “body of iron”: More than just a take-anywhere source of complete protein, Ultra 40 is loaded with unique blood-building and anabolic (growth) factors that help you enhance your physique and performance.*
- Better results with fewer tablets: Golden-Era bodybuilders of the 1950s and 60s used to take 50-100 liver tablets daily to achieve extraordinary gains.
- Ultra 40 is so concentrated, you can achieve Golden-Era results with only 15-25 tablets daily.

I Found My Fitness Calling and Earned an OCB Pro Card in the Wellness Division
I Found My Fitness Calling and Earned an OCB Pro Card in the Wellness Division
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 26 #1
By: Ellen Adams

At a Glance: Emily Adams
Age: 53
Occupation: Group Fitness Instructor/Personal trainer
Family: Husband, Matt, and Daughter, Abigail
Current Residence: Wilkesboro, NC
Years training: 7 years focused on bodybuilding
Height: 5'4"
Weight: Off-Season: 140, Contest: 127
Favorite Fitness Meal: Chicken or Sirloin steak, rice and veggies
Favorite Supplements: UMP helps me reach my protein goals and tastes great. Ultra 40 supports stamina and muscle building. GH Factor for natural growth hormone release.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? UMP protein. It’s delicious, and I love using it in recipes. Also, I take Creatine Select before my workouts and Glutamine Select afterward.
Music: I enjoy Alternative and hard rock, Hip-Hop and rap, and the 70s and 80s. My gym playlist is a mix of these.
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Mountain Biking, AcroYoga, Paddleboarding, Camping, OCR (obstacle course racing).
Words to live by: Every day is an opportunity to make a difference.
I never dreamed I would be a bodybuilder at the age of 53. It has always piqued my interest, but I was busy doing other things in life. Maybe one day, I thought.
My focus was on my full-time job, working 8 to 5 and then teaching a few group fitness classes in the evenings at the YMCA. In 2002, I discovered mountain biking. This became a passion for me over the next ten years. I raced and competed in downhill mountain biking and some cross country, super D, and dual slalom. Towards the end of my biking era, I had a bad accident where I fractured some vertebrae in my cervical and thoracic spine. This experience taught me not to take my health for granted.
In 2017, at age 47, I decided to finally give bodybuilding a try. It was a “bucket list” item for me. I thought you’re not getting any younger, so you had better do it now. I picked a show and started my 16-week journey to the stage. My first experience on the stage was nerve-racking. I had no clue what I was doing. I didn’t place, but that made me want to give it another try. I competed in Bikini a few more times without much success and then transitioned to Figure. After dabbling for a few years in Figure, I found my calling in the Wellness division.
In 2021, I joined the online Ultimate Competitor program with Team FFlex and Bryanna Barcelo as my coach. Bryanna and I talked about the show I wanted to do, and then I started the program. My first year in Wellness started out like the others. I really didn’t have the time to build my body and eat the way I needed to. When my first year of the training program was ending, I signed up again with the goal of training, following my nutrition plan, and making solid gains for a year. It was well worth the time invested.
Going into my third year with Team FFlex, I aimed to do four shows in the OCB. It's my first time doing this many shows in a year. I was determined to make it happen. I competed in the Jack King Classic in July, the Carolina Fitness Festival in October, and finished with Queen City Show Down and OCB Richmond in December.
My hard work paid off as I placed 1st, 2nd, and 4th throughout my season. The icing on the cake was earning my 35+ Master’s Pro card at the age of 52. I can’t wait to see what next year brings.
Diet: My nutrition plan is “flexible eating”. My calories and macros are set depending on whether I’m in contest prep or a building phase. What I enjoy about this type of plan is eating the foods I like. I’m a big fan of Mexican food. I use the MyFitnessPal app to keep track of my food. Here’s a sample day of eating:
Breakfast: Kodiak Muffin Power Cup with ½ scoop of UMP protein, blueberries, almond milk, and butter. 1% milk to drink.
Snack: UMP High Protein bar
Lunch: Chicken or steak, rice and veggies
Snack: Chobani Greek yogurt (coconut) with ½ scoop of UMP
Dinner: Grilled chicken, salad, and low-fat dressing (or, if I eat out - Mexican)
Snack: UMP protein, almond milk, and Beverly’s Collagen Peptides
Supplement Schedule
I like to keep this simple. I take Ultra 40 Beef Liver, GH Factor, 7-Keto Musclean, and Lean Out in the morning. During contest prep, I will take 7-Keto and Lean Out again at lunch to maximize fat burning. Ultra 40 supports stamina and muscle building, and GH Factor provides amino acids that release natural growth hormone.
Creatine Select is my go-to before each training session. It helps me power through my workouts. Afterward, I drink Glutamine Select to aid in muscle recovery.
Cardio Schedule
I get cardio from teaching my fitness classes during my building phase. During contest prep, walking on the treadmill is added in. This could be 20, 30, or 45 minutes at least six days a week, depending on how close I’m to the show date. I walk on the treadmill at a full incline at a moderate pace.
Training
My training schedule changes every three months. I lift four days a week, doing two lower-body and two upper-body workouts. I usually do four exercises for each bodypart, completing 3 sets of 8 reps each with one minute rest between sets.

Presentation Tips
Posing is a big part of competing. It should become second nature to move from one pose to another. Once you step on stage and those nerves kick in, it’s comforting to know your body will move effortlessly due to muscle memory taking over—practice, practice, practice.

From Powerlifting to Bodybuilding: The Transformation of a Chiropractor at 50
From Powerlifting to Bodybuilding: The Transformation of a Chiropractor at 50
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 26 #1
By: Matt Haumesser

At a Glance: Matt Haumesser
Age: 50
Occupation: Doctor of Chiropractic
Family: Wife: Brandy Son: Nathan (14 years old) Daughter: Scarlett (12 years old)
Current Residence: Milford, Ohio
Years training: 35 years (since high school wrestling days)
Height: 6'1.5"
Weight: Off-Season: 235-260, Contest: 213-219
Favorite Bodybuilding or Fitness Meal: Sounds strange but I really enjoyed my lunch. I looked forward to my spicy salad and a couple pieces of fruit.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? Start simple. Protein is King. Then add other Beverly Products as you need to. Start with UMP, Mass Amino Acids and Ultra 40 Beef Liver Tablets. (I remember Roger showing me a study done on rats that compared 2 sets of rats exercised – the only difference was that one group got the same beef liver extract as Ultra 40, and one did not. The ones that received the beef liver extract looked like small dogs fit for a horror movie. The non-beef liver extract looked like normal rodents.)
Music: Anything except rap and country. In the gym, it has to be metal music
Most Inspiring Book: Can’t Hurt Me by David Goggins
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Coaching wrestling and shooting a gun or bow
Words to live by: My wrestlers have a motto that says… You either win or you learn.
Why return to bodybuilding after 18 years, decide to diet for over a year, get spray-tanned, put the posing briefs back on, oil up, and compete again? This is a question I’m asked many times at my chiropractic office. The answer is rather simple. All I wanted was for my children to know that no matter how old you are, you can obtain your goals if you put your mind to it and work your butt off. I also wanted my patients to understand this concept as well. We live in a society where it’s very easy to blame someone else or to try to be the victim, and I believe that bad things happen when we do. Instead of playing the victim we need to pick ourselves up after a fall and go right back after the things that we want.
So let me rewind . . . In 2006, after my last bodybuilding competition, I shifted gears and committed to powerlifting. During the ensuing 12 years, I turned pro in the 242lb-weight class, with my best competition lifts being a 980 squat, a 630 bench, and a 760 deadlift. Then, I sustained a torn labrum on my right hip while training. My orthopedic doctor said I needed to stop squatting or, at the very least, go lighter. What really stopped me in my tracks was when he said if it got worse, it could affect my chiropractic career. So, I stepped back from the powerlifting platform and pursued a less intense workout routine.
Keto Diet, Setbacks, and a New Goal
In late 2022, I stumbled upon a documentary that piqued my interest while researching dietary concepts for work. This led me to experiment with a strict keto diet in the spring of 2023 to observe its effects on my blood work. After dropping nearly 25 pounds, maintaining my strength, and achieving perfect blood work, I felt comfortable and strong at 235 pounds, down from 260 as my 50th birthday approached. I had a discussion with my wife, Brandy, about how she felt about the idea of me returning to the bodybuilding stage again. Reluctantly, she agreed, and we moved forward.
Throughout 2023, my diet was hard-core keto. I was eating a maximum of 40 net carbs a day. I consumed lots of protein, vegetables, and fiber at every meal. As an assistant wrestling coach for my son’s junior high team, I strained my left pec at one practice. A few weeks later, while performing a simple stiff leg deadlift, my hamstring tore. Why was I injuring myself so much? After speaking to my powerlifting coach, Shane Sweatt, and a few other colleagues, we concluded that my muscles, ligaments, and tendons were too dry from the severe carbohydrate restriction. I stopped the intense keto diet and adopted a more balanced, low-carb style diet to move forward.
On January 1, 2024, I increased my focus and got “serious.” I set my sights on competing on March 30 in the NPC Northern Kentucky Grand Prix. I also signed up for the NPC Kentucky Cup just two weeks later. I entered the master's bodybuilding, open bodybuilding, masters classic bodybuilding, and open classic bodybuilding in both competitions.
Final Preparation and Bodybuilding Competition
At 5 weeks out, I weighed 223 at 4.2% body fat. Now was time to add small amounts of cardio. On March 12 (2.5 weeks out), I weighed 221 at 3.7%. On March 26 (4 days from the Grand Prix), I was 220 at 3.4%. On
the day of the show, I found that there had been some noticeable changes since my last competition. There was no equipment backstage for pumping up. Luckily, Shane Sweatt advised me to bring bands. At the last second, I learned I was required to perform a 30-second free pose to house music during the prejudging. While waiting for the show to begin, I snacked on Beverly Goo (I’ll give you the recipe for it elsewhere in this article). During the pre-judging, I believed I was in the running to win both the masters classes, and I thought I would come in first or second in the open classes. The night show went FAST, and I placed first in Masters Bodybuilding, first in Masters Classic Bodybuilding, and second in both open classes.
Two weeks later, at the NPC Kentucky Cup, I weighed 213lb. This show had a lot of high-quality men and would be more competitive than the last one, but I was ready. As I stood in line to hit the stage, the expeditor (the same expeditor as the Grand Prix) said, “Wow, man, you really improved. You look drier and fuller. You look great.” That was encouraging to hear.
I came prepared with hot coffee, Beverly Goo, and a NO2 product. Prejudging went well. I felt really good about my master's classes. The open bodybuilding competition featured a man who looked amazing. I knew he had it. My open classic class had 14 competitors. They brought us out in waves at first, then as a group. In the group setting, I was the first one called out. They called out 4 more guys. I was convinced we were in the top 5. At first, they put me on the edge, and we ran through all the poses. Then I saw a judge nudge someone next to him and point to me. They moved me to the middle and did it all again. That was a good sign for me. In the final place, I came in first in both my master's classes, second in open bodybuilding, and third in open classic bodybuilding.
I considered my sojourn back into competitive bodybuilding a success, placing first four times, second three times, and third once. After the Kentucky Cup, my wife and I discussed whether to continue to compete at the NPC North Americans. We decided to stop. I had nothing more to prove. I showed my kids what I wanted them to see, and I didn’t want to continue putting additional strain on the family.
Life After the Show: A Bodybuilder's Reflection
I wish to share another unique perspective. I am writing this article weeks after the last show concluded. I think many bodybuilders go through a rough re-entry into normal eating and normal life. My body had changed, and so had my taste buds. All the foods I was missing and craving no longer tasted the same. Oddly enough, I find myself missing the intense sense of structure. I feel a bit lost. It seems strange to miss something so intense, but I do. I hope that as I spend more time between myself and the last show, I can become more “normal.” I don’t think so. Bodybuilders, young and old, actively competing or somewhat retired, are not normal and never will be.
What now? I will continue to lift, learn, and evolve. I will continue to experiment to find the perfect diet for me. I am currently experimenting with the Mentzer/Yates HIT training. I believe we should constantly improve in all facets of life, which is what I intend to do next.


Supplement Regimen
UMP Two scoops twice a day up until the last month or so, then I switched to Muscle Provider
Lean Mass Retention
Mass Amino Acids 8 with breakfast, 5 at lunch, and 8 before bed – switched to Muscle Mass (same dosage) the final month
Ultra 40 Beef Liver 8 with breakfast, 5 at lunch, and 8 before bed
Muscularity 9 in AM and 9 in PM
During Workouts
Glutamine Select I always use 1 scoop during all my weight training workouts
Muscle Mass 12- 15 during weight training
Fat Loss
GH Factor 6 capsules before bed
7-Keto MuscLean 3 with breakfast and 3 with lunch
Quadracarn Began about 2 months out 3-4 tablets in AM, lunch, and before bed
Lean Out 2-4 at breakfast, lunch, and before bed
Fast-Up 1 each morning
Joint Care 3 in the morning and 3 at night
Nutrition
Meal 1: 2 cups black coffee, half a grapefruit, one packet of instant oatmeal, 8oz 96% lean ground beef
Meal 2: Two scoops UMP in water (at six weeks out, I switched to Muscle Provider)
Meal 3: 9-10oz grilled chicken breast, medium apple, half a grapefruit, 6 cups salad with lots of peppers, 2-3 tbsp vinaigrette style dressing
Meal 4: Two scoops UMP in water (at six weeks out, I switched to Muscle Provider)
Meal 5: 10 oz lean beef or chicken, 3-4 cups vegetables steamed (broccoli, asparagus, Brussels sprouts, or green beans)
Meal 6: either a protein bar or UMP ice cream made with the Ninja Creami (until the final month)
At six weeks out, I dropped Meal 6 but added a carb meal once a week on Thursday. A medium banana, 1 packet oatmeal, 2-3 cups green beans, 4.5oz sweet potato.
Final Diet Adjustments and Carb Load
I switched my protein sources to 15oz of white cod fish at meals 3 and 5 and cut out anything spicy at two weeks out. I began carbohydrate loading at one week out as follows:
Tuesday
200 grams carbs - additional servings of oatmeal plus another apple and sweet potato
Wednesday
315 grams carbs – oatmeal, sweet potatoes, apples, and banana
Thursday
410 grams carbs – additional servings of oatmeal, sweet potatoes, apples, and bananas (cut out salad to reduce any bloating)
Friday
250 grams carbs – reduced oatmeal to 3 servings, 2 apples, 1 banana, 1 sweet potato
Show day
Breakfast: 1 packet of raisin and walnut oatmeal, 1 medium banana, 8oz of 96% lean beef
Backstage: Beverly’s Goo (mix in a bowl equal parts UMP, peanut butter, and honey and sprinkle in some Reece’s Pieces); I also have some rice cakes and banana, sipping water as needed.
I also added a Nitric Oxide supplement and drank hot black coffee for vascularity.

My Training
Immediately after COVID-19, my wife and I decided to build our home gym. This is where I have been training for years and where I continue to train. I maintain a bit of a powerlifting edge in my training. I like to have a heavy main movement and follow up with good accessory work.
Workout Split
Sunday: Chest and triceps, cardio
Tuesday: Back, traps, shoulders, biceps, cardio
Thursday: Cardio and any additional work, like calves or abs
Saturday: Legs and cardio
Chest
Flat Bench Press 3-4x8
Flat DB Flye/Flat DB Coffin Press superset 3-4x10-15
Incline DB Press/Incline DB Flye superset 3-4x10-15
Cable Crossover 1x100
Triceps
Skull Crushers 4x8
Dips 3-4x10-12
Tate Press/Rope Pushdown superset 3x12-15
Back
Chin Up 4x10-20
BB Bent Over Row 3-4x8
Close Grip Cable Row 3x10-12
1-Arm Cable Pulldown 3x10-12
Cable Rope Pullover 1x100
Traps
BB Shrugs 4x12-15
DB Shrugs 4x12-15
Sometimes, I superset these two exercises
Shoulders
Giant Set: DB Lateral Raise/DB Front Raise/Bent-over Rear DB Raise/Standing DB Press
I do this 4 times through x 10 reps, each using the same weight.

Biceps
Standing EZ Curl 3x12
Single-arm Cable Curl (that pulls from behind) 3x12
DB Spider Curl 3x8-12
Legs
Squat 4-6x8
Leg Press 4x10-12
Leg Extension 4x12-20
Front Squat 1-2x50-100
Stiff-leg Deadlift 3-4x10-15
Lying Leg Curl 4x10-12
Seated Banded Leg Curl 2-4x25
Calves
(Pick 2 exercises and use 3 different foot positions)
Sled Calf Raise 3x25-100
Belt Squat Standing Calf Raise 3x15-20
Donkey Calf Raise 3x15-20
Seated Calf Raise 3x15-20
Cardio
I didn’t do any cardio until five weeks out from the show. I added brief sessions an hour or more before my weight training on Sunday, Tuesday, and Saturday. These cardio sessions took no more than 25 minutes. They consisted of interval training, mainly on a recumbent bike, warm-up, then 15 to 20 seconds all out, with 40 to 45 seconds at a very low intensity. I did anywhere from 10 rotations up to 15 rotations per session.

Supplement Recommendations
Supplement REcommendations
Supplement Plans that work, for every body & budget.
Men's Supplement REcommendations
Choose the plan and level below that suits your goals and budget.
Natural Muscle Size
Level 1
Novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets
- UMP
- UItra 40 & Mass Amino Acids
- FitTabs
Level 2
Intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users, & medium budgets
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- UItra 40 & Mass Amino Acids
- FitTabs
Level 3
Advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- UItra 40 & Mass Amino Acids
- Muscle Synergy
- Quadracarn
- Super Pak
Fat-Loss Accelerator
Level 1
Novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets
- UMP
- Quadracarn
- FitTabs
Level 2
Intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users, & medium budgets
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Quadracarn
- Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
- Super Pak
Level 3
Advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Quadracarn
- Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
- Density or Muscularity
- Super Pak
Contest Prep
Level 1
Novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets
- UMP
- Ultra 40 & Mass Amino Acids
- FitTabs
Level 2
Intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users, & medium budgets
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
- Ultra 40
- Density
- Super Pak
Level 3
Advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
- Ultra 40
- Density
- Glutamine Select or Muscularity
- Super Pak
Mature Muscle (40+)
Level 1
Novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets
- UMP
- Quadracarn
- FitTabs
Level 2
Intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users, & medium budgets
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Quadracarn
- Muscle Synergy
- Super Pak
Level 3
Advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Quadracarn
- Muscle Synergy
- Density
- Super Pak
Women's Supplement REcommendations
Choose the plan and level below that suits your goals and budget.
Slim & Tighten
Level 1
Novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets
- UMP
- Lean Out
- FitTabs
Level 2
Intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users, & medium budgets
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
- EFA Gold
- FitTabs
Level 3
Advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
- EFA Gold
- Glutamine Select or Muscularity
- FitTab
Bodysculpt
Level 1
Novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets
- UMP
- Glutamine Select
- FitTabs
Level 2
Intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users, & medium budgets
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Glutamine Select
- Lean Out
- Density
- FitTabs
Level 3
Advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Glutamine Select
- Lean Out
- Density
- Ultra 40
- FitTabs
Contest Prep
Level 1
Novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets
- Muscle Provider
- Lean Out + 7-Keto Musclean
- FitTabs
Level 2
Intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users, & medium budgets
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
- Glutamine Select
- FitTabs
Level 3
Advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
- Glutamine Select
- Density
- Energy Reserve
- FitTabs
Fit 45+ (45 Yrs & Up)
Level 1
Novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets
- UMP
- Quadracarn
- 7-Keto MuscLean
- FitTabs
Level 2
Intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users, & medium budgets
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Quadracarn
- Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
- Glutamine Select or Muscularity
- FitTabs
Level 3
Advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
- UMP and/or Muscle Provider
- Quadracarn
- Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
- Glutamine Select or Muscularity
- GH Factor
- FitTabs

Supplement Solutions
Supplement Solutions
To help you craft your own personalized supplement strategy, we have outlined more than a dozen general profiles of individuals that have contacted Beverly International for supplement advice over the past twenty years. To fit your budget we’ve prioritized each recommended supplement stack.
Men's Supplement Solutions
Pick the program that most closely matches your current goal.
Increased Muscle Size
Essential: UMP or (Muscle Provider or Provosyn) & Quadracarn
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Glutamine Select
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
Emphasis on Fat Loss
Essential: UMP & Quadracarn
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Density
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
Maximum Strength and Size
Essential: UMP or (Muscle Provider or Provosyn) & Mass Maker Ultra
Advanced: UMP & Mass Maker Ultra, Creatine Select
Comprehensive: UMP & Mass Maker Ultra, Creatine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40
Maximum: UMP & Mass Maker Ultra, Creatine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Muscle Synergy, Quadracarn
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
Athletic Improvement
Essential: UMP or (Provosyn)
Advanced: UMP, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select
Comprehensive: UMP, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Muscle Synergy
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
50 & Up
Essential: UMP or (Provosyn) & Quadracarn
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Density
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Density, Muscle Synergy
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
Women's Supplement Solutions
Pick the program that most closely matches your current goal.
Active Female Shape-Up
Essential: UMP
Advanced: UMP, Lean Out
Comprehensive: UMP, Lean Out, Glutamine Select, Muscularity
General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
Beach Body
Essential: UMP or Muscle Provider
Advanced: UMP, Lean Out
Comprehensive: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Muscularity
Maximum: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Energy Reserve
General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
Toned, Athletic Physique
Essential: UMP or Muscle Provider or Provosyn
Advanced: UMP & Glutamine Select
Comprehensive: UMP, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, Density
Maximum: UMP, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, Density, Energy Reserve
General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
Fit 45+
Essential: UMP & Quadracarn
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, GH Factor
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, GH Factor, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, GH Factor, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select,Creatine Select, Muscle Synergy
General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
Women's Physique & Shape and Muscle
Essential: UMP or Muscle Provideror Provosyn
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn and Creatine Select
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Muscle Synergy
General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
Pre-Contest Supplement Solutions
Pick the program that most closely matches your current goal.
Bikini
Essential: UMP, Lean Out & 7-Keto
Advanced: UMP, Lean Out & 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Muscularity &/or Density
Comprehensive: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Density, Energy Reserve
General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
Figure
Essential: UMP, Lean Out and 7-Keto
Advanced: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select and Muscularity
Comprehensive: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Density
Maximum: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Density, GH Factor
General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
Men's Physique
Essential: UMP & (Muscle Provider or Provosyn), Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Muscularity, Density
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Muscularity, Density, Muscle Synergy
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
Men's Bodybuilding
Essential: UMP & (Muscle Provider or Provosyn), Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Density
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Density, Mass Amino, Ultra 40
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Density, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Muscle Synergy, Muscularity
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
Athletic Improvement
Pick the program that most closely matches your current goal.
Crossfit
Essential: Provosyn or (UMP or Muscle Provider), Glutamine Select
Advanced: Provosyn &/or UMP, Glutamine Select , Creatine Select
Comprehensive: Provosyn &/or UMP, Glutamine Select, Creatine Select, Up-Lift
Maximum: Provosyn &/or UMP, Glutamine Select, Creatine Select, (or Muscle Synergy), Up-Lift, & Mass Maker Ultra (if muscular gains are the primary goal)
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
Athletes who wish to improve performance in an endurance event
Essential: Glutamine Select
Advanced: Glutamine Select , Up-Lift
Comprehensive: Glutamine Select, Up-Lift Energy Reserve and Ultra 40
Maximum: Glutamine Select, Up-Lift, Energy Reserve, Ultra 40
ZMA 2000
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
Athletes who wish to attain maximum speed and strength
Essential: Creatine Select
Advanced: Creatine Select, Up-Lift
Comprehensive: Creatine Select, Up-Lift, Ultra 40 and Quadracarn
Maximum: Creatine Select, Up-Lift, Ultra 40, Quadracarn, Muscle Synergy
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
Teenage atheltic improvement
Essential: UMP
Advanced: UMP, Creatine Select
Comprehensive: UMP, Creatine Select , Mass Amino and Muscle Synergy
Maximum: UMP, Creatine Select , Mass Amino, Muscle Synergy, ZMA 2000
Masters athlete
Essential: UMP and Quadracarn
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select and Up-Lift
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Up-Lift, ZMA 2000
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold

From Soccer to Bodybuilding to CrossFit: The Fitness Evolution of Patti Laughlin
From Soccer to Bodybuilding to CrossFit: The Fitness Evolution of Patti Laughlin
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #4
By: Patti Laughlin

At a Glance: Patti Laughlin
Age: 56
Occupation: Client Fulfillment associate at Beverly International HQ
Family: 25-year-old daughter and 2 sons, 23 & 21
Current Residence: Milford. OH
Years training: 30
Height: 5’5″
Weight: 126
Favorite Fitness Meal: oatmeal, mixed berries, UMP Angel Food Cake and Skippy’s Natural peanut butter
Favorite Supplements: Muscle Synergy powder and Density help maintain muscle and strength at my age. I also cannot go without 7-Keto MuscLean and Lean Out to keep my body composition in check and Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 Beef Liver for stamina and recovery.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? I would definitely have them start with UMP protein powder. It is the best-tasting protein powder on the market, and it also bakes exceptionally well.
Music: Country, of course
Most inspiring book: Never Finished by David Goggins
Hobby or interests:I’m a sucker for reality TV. I enjoy spending time with my children when they are in town or on breaks from college.
Words to live by: “Winners created distance on Friday’s”
When I was 10, I moved from Minnesota to Cincinnati and started playing soccer with some girls from my neighborhood. I’d never played soccer before, but I instantly fell in love with it! I just loved running and using my feet to kick the ball. Throughout my elementary school years, I played every sport that was available for girls – volleyball, softball, and basketball. Oh, and I even loved the Presidential Fitness test and would find joy in beating the boys! I continued playing soccer throughout high school and into adulthood, playing co-ed indoor and outdoor soccer to stay active and in shape!
After college, I started working for Koch Sporting Goods in downtown Cincinnati and at their satellite location. The satellite location had a health club attached to it, so I took advantage of learning how to work out on the machines and free weights. Although I had dabbled with some machines and free weights during my high school years at the local YMCA, I did not really know what I was doing. But then, the health club set me up with a trainer, and that’s when I had the “Aha!” moment of realizing that getting stronger had its advantages. I noticed how I was running faster in soccer matches. My throw-ins were going longer. I was sold on the idea of working out and reaping the benefits on the soccer field, as well as how my body was changing into something I really liked – a strong woman!
My inauguration into Bodybuilding
I became more serious and joined Royal Fitness in Milford, OH. One day at the club, I noticed a female with the most incredible rounded shoulders I had ever seen. I wanted those shoulders, that look! I asked her trainer, Jeff Storch, what I would need to do to look like that. He said, “Diet and lift weights.” I was “sold!” I could do that. This was the pivotal time for me to get my eating in check and start getting serious with my lifting.
I had to drop the old adage of trying to out-train a bad diet of pizza and beers on Fridays and whatever I wanted the rest of the weekend. I had to start looking at labels and pay attention to the grams of sugar in the products I consumed. At first, to avoid being too overwhelmed in my new fitness journey, I paid close attention to what a serving size was and the amount I was consuming. Just cutting out the sugar and only eating weighed-out serving sizes, I was on my way.
I met back with Jeff to see what else I could do to further advance my changing body. At the time, he told me I was a mesomorph, a body type who added muscle fairly quickly. I was enthralled with that compliment and decided to continue upping my weights while lifting and squatting. I added more protein to support the new muscle growth and started eating complex carbohydrates. Change again in the direction I was looking to go. At this time, I decided I would try my hand at a bodybuilding show.
I looked at the upcoming NPC schedule and decided I needed more time to train and prepare myself so that a Spring show would work. Well…as life would have it, I became pregnant with my 3rd child, and the Spring show was to be postponed but not forgotten. My son was born in September 2003, and I set my sights on The Northern, a Beverly International sponsored show in March 2004. Since I began my “new” fitness journey, I had been using Beverly International products, so why not make that my first bodybuilding show?
My goal was to place 1st -5th. Whew, when I found out only 5 females were in my class, I was relieved. YES! I would make my goal for my first show. I ended up placing 3rd and was thrilled. I was also hooked on the prep for a show and competition and desired to be better for the next show.
I competed for three more years, winning first and second places along the way and a giant sword that impressed my children. I stopped competing as my kids got older and more involved in sports. I had to devote more time to coaching them, and I became a personal trainer as well.
I take on a new sport… CROSSFIT
I became involved in CrossFit as a workout regimen during the personal training phase of my life. I wanted an hour of a coach telling me what to do versus me thinking of new creative ways to train myself. I found the CrossFit community welcoming and easy to transfer some of the movements I had been doing at my local gym to a CrossFit box. CrossFit workouts start with a strength portion such as Front Squats, Back Squats, Dead Lifts, Power Cleans, or Snatches. Basically something with a barbell. They vary the percentages and the rep schemes. The second half of a CrossFit class is a timed METCON (metabolic conditioning) or cardio piece involving weights, movements, and reps.
One of my all-time favorite workouts is “DIANE.” It consists of 21-15-9 deadlifts (155 lbs for women) and handstand pushups for time. (Remember the shoulders I wanted? Those come in handy for handstand pushups.) Another workout that you can do almost anywhere is CINDY, which consists of 5 pull-ups, 10 push-ups, and 15 air squats. Repeat for 20 minutes.
Diet
I used to think you could out-train a bad diet. That’s not the case at all. I buckled down on my diet using an app (RP Diet), and I continue to track my macros. Having something that shows me the macros I need to eat has helped tremendously in refueling after workouts and getting stronger and leaner. I dropped weight and have kept it off.
7:00 am I attend the class at CrossFit Homegrown Strength & Conditioning, so I start my morning with Muscle Provider and a fruit snack.
My post-workout meal is oatmeal, mixed berries, UMP Angel Food Cake, and Skippy’s Natural peanut butter.
Meals 3, 4, & 5 are 25 g of protein/ 20 g of fat/ 45 g of carbs each. I usually repeat the oatmeal, berry, UMP, and peanut butter concoction for meal 5.
Training
I attend a 7:00 a.m. CrossFit class Monday through Friday. After work, I either spend 30 minutes on my Concept 2 Bike Erg or walk 4 – 5 miles. I almost always go to Saturday and Sunday classes as well.
Supplements
I start every morning with 2 scoops of Muscle Synergy powder, 1 Peak ATP, 3 Lean Out, 3 7-Keto MuscLean, 2 Quadracarn, 3 Density, 4 Mass Aminos, 4 Ultra 40, and 2 FitTabs.
I repeat all of these 3 times a day except for FitTabs, which I only take twice a day. I also sip on Glutamine Select Wild Berry during the work day.

I Continue to Improve
Since becoming a regular 7:00 a.m. CrossFit class participant and Beverly International employee, I have further improved my body composition by losing some fat and adding a little more lean muscle mass. I attribute that to consistency, constantly pushing myself
(and competing with 20+ year-olds) at CrossFit and the amount of movement and lifting I do at Beverly International, where I work in the Client Fulfillment Center and warehouse. I am constantly lifting and carrying boxes with an average weight of 10 lbs. to 48 lbs. As well as fulfilling orders for our clients, my co-workers and I keep the warehouse impeccably clean and organized. More lifting and hard work!
I have also competed in local CrossFit competitions since 2015, when I began CrossFit. I have also had a few body part replacements, such as the left and right hip and left knee, and a shoulder repair. Despite setbacks, I have come back stronger and more determined than before, not letting my age define me. I am 56 years young and still compete. I’m currently nationally ranked and give the young ones at my CrossFit box a run for their money.

Transforming My Body: From Hating P.E. to Competing in Bodybuilding Shows
Transforming My Body: From Hating P.E. to Competing in Bodybuilding Shows
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #4
By: Emily Barnewolt

At a Glance: Emily Barnewolt
Age: 34
Occupation: Nurse Practitioner
Family: My husband of 9 years, one son and one stepson
Current Residence: Deer Creek, IL
Years training: 11
Height: 5’6″
Weight: Off-Season: 155, Contest: 142
Favorite Fitness Meal: This is my favorite protein drink; I love using Provosyn to make iced coffee! I brew coffee over ice, then use a hand frother to mix Provosyn with water and a splash of almond “Nutpod” creamer. Sometimes, I’ll add some of Jordan’s Skinny sugar-free syrup for flavor. It tastes just like an iced coffee without the calories.
I also love making a pudding with UMP and water, melting peanut butter over the top, and freezing it for 10 minutes. It is definitely a treat during prep!
Favorite Beverly International Supplements: UMP Vanilla and Chocolate are always my favorites! UMP helps keep me full and mixes
so great with water, never having a chalky consistency. 7-Keto MuscLean helps maintain lean muscle while dieting, and there is no crash, which is a plus!
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? Try them! You will not be disappointed! I recommend UMP to everyone; the taste and versatility blow them away.
Music: Anything by Rob Bailey and the Hustle Standard while lifting!
Most inspiring book: The Bible! I also love my daily devotional, Jesus Calling, by Sarah Young.
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: I recently opened a cosmetic injection office for Botox and filler; I also love reading.
Words to live by: I have this tattoo on my arm of this scripture – Luke 12:25-26
Who of you, by worrying, can add a single hour to your life? Since you cannot do this very little thing, why do you worry about the rest?
I was not an athletic child. I remember writing in my journal, “I hate P.E.! Why do we have to do it?” Every year, when we had to take the presidential fitness test, I failed at pull-ups. I couldn’t even get one. It was embarrassing. I wasn’t super overweight, but I was definitely chubby in grade school. I will never forget a boy in my class calling me “Twinkie girl” on the playground. My response was, “I don’t even like Twinkies!”
In junior high, I got into dance and cheerleading, and in high school, I continued cheerleading and played soccer. I also enjoyed running and worked at a local gym where I had the keys to lock up and work out alone. My boyfriend at the time gave me some tips on lifting weights.
After graduation, I went to community college for two years and continued to work at the gym and lift, but not seriously by any means, and my diet was definitely not on point. I remember thumbing through magazines such as Muscular Development and Muscle and Fitness, seeing ads featuring the likes of Jamie Eason and Larissa Reis. I wanted to look like them.
When I moved away to Illinois State University, I found a Gold’s Gym nearby to work out at. I saw the fittest trainer I had ever seen in person- Judy Weichman and I thought to myself, “Wow! I want to look like her! What a great figure!” She inspired me to take my body to the next level and compete. I knew absolutely nothing and looked to Judy to help me. At the time (2010), bikini was a new division, and she thought it would be a good fit.
It was tough. Being in college and having a healthy lifestyle/diet while prepping for a show do not go hand-in-hand. I did everything she told me, including using Beverly products, especially Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, and UMP! I stepped on stage twelve weeks later and won my first bikini show. After that, I was hooked! I did two more shows that year.
After graduating, I immediately enrolled in nursing school. However, during this time, I was diagnosed with Cushing’s disease and a pituitary tumor. I underwent brain surgery and gained weight throughout this period, but I still tried to remain active.
Three years later, I was a full-time nurse and engaged. (By the way, my husband and I met at the gym. How cool is that! He is my rock and always supports me). A year later, I was pregnant and in nurse practitioner school.
I have always followed the IFBB professional league, and last year, watching the Olympia inspired me to try and compete again after 9 years.
I questioned myself, can I do this again? I am older and now post-baby.
Once again, I turned to my friend and coach, IFBB pro, Judy Weichman. Using Beverly International products, I prepped for 16 weeks and stepped on stage. It was great! But I knew I could do better. In the second half of this year, I took 20 weeks to prep for the Mid-Illinois Winter Classic in Figure.
I won the Novice class and received 2nd place in the Open.
Looking ahead to next year, I plan on competing in the fall. I am excited to use the off-season to build more muscle.
I want to point out that I do not work in the fitness industry. I work full-time, 12-hour night shifts as a nurse practitioner. Fail to plan, plan to fail. I prep my food in Ziploc baggies and have my own drawer in the fridge so I can grab everything and go. It is a challenge to get meals in and do cardio/lifting, but it can be done. I have a plate-loaded machine I use on the days I work, so I don’t have to drive to the gym. I go to my local Gold’s Gym on days I am off.
Nutrition
I weigh/measure all my food and put it in Ziplock bags. I write the measurements on them with a Sharpie. Some of my bags might hold 1/3 cup rice, and others ½ cups. This makes it much easier and takes up much less room than Tupperware in the fridge. It also saves washing dishes.
Before work, I consolidate all the bags containing that day’s meals into one container. I simply retrieve the necessary bags corresponding to that specific meal during meal times.
Here’s a look at my diet 8 weeks out from a show.
Meal 1: 4 egg whites, 1 egg, 3 rice cakes
Meal 2: 4oz chicken, 8 asparagus spears
Meal 3: 5oz tilapia, 1/3 cup jasmine rice, 1 cup green veggies
Meal 4: 5oz beef, ¼ cup jasmine rice, 1 cup green veggies
Meal 5 (post-workout): Muscle Provider shake
Meal 6: 3oz chicken, 2 rice cakes, 1 tbsp peanut butter
***One day in mid-week, I’ll add some carbs by eating one additional rice cake at meals 1 & 5 and increasing the rice serving to ½ cup at meals 3 & 4.

Supplements
7-Keto MuscLean: My secret weapon as I cut foods and lean down. I start at 12 weeks with 2 capsules when I wake up, then 2, 30 minutes before my second meal. As prep goes on, I increase it to 3 in the morning and 3 in the afternoon.
Lean Out: Start at 4 capsules daily and slowly increase to 2 with each meal.
Quadracarn: 9 tabs/day on training days, 6 tabs/day on non-training days.
Glutamine Select: Drink one scoop while lifting, and if I am really hungry, I’ll take it to work and sip it throughout the day as it helps blunt cravings and gives water some flavor.
Provosyn: I take it as a muscle-building creamer for my iced coffee in the morning.
UMP: Anytime! I use it as a meal replacement. My favorite time for an UMP shake is before bed. Also, I use this in bars and make many recipes as it is very versatile!
Muscle Provider: 1 scoop after lifting.
Ultra 40 Beef Liver: 14 tabs/day divided among meals.
UMP Pumpkin Bake Bars
Ingredients
- 1 can pumpkin puree
- 2 eggs
- 1 tsp vanilla extract
- 1 1/3 cup Kodiak cake protein pancake mix
- ½ cup UMP – vanilla
- 1 tsp baking powder
- 1 tbsp pumpkin pie spice
- 1 tbsp Stevia or maple syrup
- Chocolate chips as desired
Directions
Preheat the oven to 350F. Add the pumpkin purée, eggs, and vanilla extract to a large mixing bowl and whisk until smooth.
Combine the Kodiak Cakes Mix, UMP, baking powder, salt, and pumpkin pie spice in a separate bowl. Mix until combined.
Add the dry ingredients to the wet ingredients. Mix until smooth—don’t overmix! Add the chocolate chips and stir. Sometimes, I just put the chocolate chips on top instead of stirring them in.
Bake for about 30 minutes.
Presentation Tips
Everyone says this, but practice, practice, practice! Even if you aren’t in your best shape, practicing is important so you are comfortable with the flow. You can also consider hiring a posing coach for valuable tips and insights. Autumn Cleveland, an IFBB figure pro, is an excellent resource who can help you with your posing techniques. Another helpful tip is to walk around in your stage heels at home!
Training Routine
As I’ve gotten older, I’ve come to appreciate the power of the mind-muscle connection. It’s not just about lifting weights; it’s about honing in on the specific muscles you want to work and focusing on contracting and squeezing them.
Here is an excellent workout for the figure competitor or anyone who aspires to look like one. I often perform two warm-up sets on many of the exercises in addition to the work sets listed.
Day 1 Legs
Leg Curls 4×8
Leg Press high and wide stance, 3×15
Barbell Squat 3×15, focus on negative
Abductor Machine 3×15
Standing Calf Raises 10×10
Day 2 Chest / Shoulders / Tricep
Dumbbell Bench Press 3×10
Incline Smith Machine Press 3×10
Incline Flyes 2×8-10
Military Press on Smith Machine 5×25,20,15,12 pyramid up in weight. On the last set, rack the weight, count to 5, lower it to the midway point, and do an isometric hold for 8-10 seconds.
Reverse Pec Dec 4×12; cut the weight 50% after the last set and try for 12 more reps.
Rope Pushdowns 5×10
Day 3 Back, Biceps, Glutes
Wide-Grip Pulldown 4×20,15,12,10 going up in weight each set
Dumbbell Row 3×8
Wide Grip Seated Row 3×10
Good Mornings 3×15
Barbell Hip Thrusts 5×10
Machine Preacher Curls 3×8
Day 4 Off
Day 5 Glutes/Hamstrings/Upper Back
Cable Pull-Through 4×15
Stiff Leg Dumbbell Deadlift 4×8
Good Mornings 1 set to failure (at least 30 reps)
Pull Ups 9 sets to failure – 3 with a medium grip, 3 with a neutral grip, and 3 with a wide grip.
Day 6 Arms
Seated Dumbbell Curls 4×6
Machine Preacher Curl 4×6
V Bar Pushdown 3×8, superset with dips to failure
Cable Overhead Triceps Extension 3×15
Cable Kickback 4×12
Day 7 Off
Abs
I train abs three times a week doing 3×15-25 on a crunch movement and 3×15-25 on lower ab movement
Cardio
I love the stair mill and recently have enjoyed the bike as something different. I usually do 20-30 minutes of low-impact cardio 4 days/week in the off-season. During prep, I start with 20 minutes daily and then go up from there. I have an elliptical at my house. It’s so easy to roll out of bed, get on it in the morning, and get my fasted cardio out of the way. It was a great investment.
In Closing
Competing is not for everyone. Even if you are not a competitor, Beverly supplements are an excellent tool for obtaining the physique/goals you want—lean muscle gain, fat loss, energy, or weight gain.
If you put your mind to something and truly want it, you can do it. You will make it work. God gives me strength, as do my family and friends. Having good people around you makes all the difference because this sport is 24/7.

Beverly Beat
Beverly Beat
Beverly Beat
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #3
By: Sandy Riedinger
NEW PRODUCT – COLLAGEN PEPTIDES
Launching new products to our line is exciting for us because we are SELECTIVE in what we choose to bring to market. We don’t make a practice of adding new products every month; it’s gotta be something special, or we won’t entertain it. So here we are… unveiling our NEWEST ITEM,
Beverly International hydrolyzed COLLAGEN PEPTIDES. It works and is a wonder product that keeps on giving. Collagen is proven to work. Both men and women use collagen for all the benefits it promises. I couldn’t wait to open our prototype container. The powder appearance is a bit creamy colored, very fine, and mixes immediately with NO taste. That makes it so versatile. Here are a few pointers, just in case you want to give it a try.
Why do people like it?
- 20 Grams of Types I and III Hydrolyzed Collagen Peptides per serving, 28 servings per 20 oz. container.
- Easy to Use. Stir it into anything you’d like, and it blends right in.
- Promotes cellular repair in aging skin
- Reduces fine lines and wrinkles
- Improves your skin texture and minimizes roughness.
- Supports skin hydration for dry, rough, scaly skin
Who is it ideal for?
- Anyone who wants to look and feel younger – improve skin elasticity and decrease fine lines and wrinkles.
- Anyone who has noticed signs of a decrease in their collagen production –signs of aging, fine lines, or loss of skin elasticity.

TRAINER SPOTLIGHT – RYAN STANTON FITNESS
Sam Leeper has struggled with his weight ever since he was a teenager. At 23, Sam was diagnosed with a tumor on his pituitary gland, which has made it much harder for him to build muscle and lose fat. Sam is now 25 and has lost 115 pounds. His next goal is to step on stage and compete within the next two years. Sam says, “I am very grateful for the years of knowledge and experience Ryan gave me. If not for Ryan, I would have never become fit or developed a passion for fitness.” Sam now eats 3000- 3300 calories daily and has been in a maintenance phase with a slight emphasis on building muscle. His diet to lose 115 pounds was 2500-2800 calories daily. Sam’s current maintenance diet is very doable for anyone.
Meal 1: Greek yogurt with protein granola and blueberries
Snack: Low-fat cottage cheese, a handful of nuts
Meal 2: Lean ground beef with taco seasoning in tortillas with avocado, 1 banana
Snack: UMP protein mixed with water, raw oats, and a handful of nuts
Meal 3: same as Meal 2
Snack: same as one of the previous snacks
Sam’s supplements include Beverly FitTabs, two in the morning and two at night, Muscle Synergy pre-workout, and UMP twice daily.

LOST IN THE MIX – ENERGY RESERVE
Does it seem that whenever you try to lose fat, you lose lean muscle along with it? Here’s help…
There exists an extraordinary substance that burns fat, spares muscle glycogen, reduces muscle catabolism, and enhances fat utilization—thinking steroids? Sorry, that’s not it. Sure, anabolic steroids can undoubtedly do all those things, but Beverly is about making sure you DON’T need steroids to reach your goals.
Unlike steroids, this substance does not raise blood serum triglycerides or lower HDLs (the “good” cholesterol). In reality, it does just the opposite; it gives you a much healthier blood lipid profile….AND both scientific data and reports from those who have used it suggest that this extraordinary substance has one pretty cool side-effect (a joyful mental state). This remarkable substance is none other than the ingredient found in Beverly’s Energy Reserve, L-Carnitine.
Just to let you know a little inside knowledge… Carnitine is very expensive to manufacture and is very unstable. It’s hard to make and hard to package. It’s considered a HIGH-END product.

FACT – Research indicates the bare minimum dose to decrease muscle catabolism while accelerating fat loss is 1000-1200 milligrams daily, divided into two doses. (That’s one Energy Reserve tablet twice a day.)
FACT – The most effective dosage is 1800-3600 mg daily divided into 3-6 doses at three to six-hour intervals. (Three to six Energy Reserve daily in divided doses.)
FACT – L-Carnitine is most effective when taken on an empty stomach with water at least 20-30 minutes before eating and again 20-30 minutes before training.
Beverly Bonus – To maximize the effect of Carnitine on the metabolism of branch- chained amino acids, take 1200 mg L-Carnitine (2 Energy Reserve tablets) with 5 Muscle Mass or 6 Muscularity BCAA thirty minutes after training. You won’t believe how quickly you’ll recover!
Beverly Bonus – Cycle your Energy Reserve supplementation, 2-3 weeks on, 1-2 weeks off.
TOM SMITH OF FLEXED NUTRITION
I asked Tom Smith of Flexed Nutrition (a reseller of Beverly International supplements in Nanticoke, PA) how he did in his recent Powerlifting meet.
“I think I did really well for my first meet. I got 7 out of 9 lifts. Totaled 1,650lbs at age 37 and bodyweight of 238.4, 1st in my age and weight class, 2nd in my age class for the overall total. Missed my deadlift when my technique was off a little, and I popped my back. I’m ok, just a little back aggravation. I was trying to break the state and world record of a 707lb deadlift in my division, but people say that’s really good for my first meet. So that’s cool. Thanks for asking, Sandy
During the 6 months of training and preparation, my main go-to was UMP – Rocky Road flavor, to be specific. I used 1.5 scoops in the morning for my second breakfast and the second 1.5 scoops immediately following my workouts. Not only does it mix well and taste phenomenal, but it never left me feeling bloated or full. I also used Quadracarn to burn some of that fat away and to help build lean muscle mass to grow and recover. Overall, Beverly’s products stand unmatched in the industry, from the quality taste to seeing the results in the mirror. Beverly helped push me to my goals and bring home 2 trophies in my competition. I will continue to use and recommend Beverly in my store. Thanks for making amazing supplements!!!” – Tom Smith, Flexed Nutrition



RESELLER SPOTLIGHT
Foundation Vitamin and Sports Supplements was founded by Anthony Bisignano and Ray O’Connell in 2017. We currently have 24 branded locations in 7 states (CT, NY, NJ, FL, IL, OH, SC) and are growing nationally by the day!
- What are your best BEVERLY sellers? UMP, Mass Aminos, Lean Out, Quadracarn
- How long have you been reselling Beverly? Since 1999, I carried Beverly in my first location.
- What Beverly items do you personally use? UMP daily, 2 scoops in almond milk and oats as an MRP during the day, and 1-2 scoops in water before bed. Also, Lean Out, 2 caps with each whole food meal per day. Ultra 40, 4 tabs, 2-4 times daily
- Do you have a favorite UMP flavor? Cookies & Creme is my Hands Down FAV!!!
- Why do you continue to sell Beverly? I will ALWAYS continue to sell Bev products because of the quality and consistency! Beverly has not only remained one of the Top brands since 1967, but they have been able to bob and weave and get better with the ages! It makes it easy to recommend to clients because you know your customers are getting the best of the best every time they purchase Beverly International.
- What percentage of clientele use Beverly in your facility? We sell a ton of brands, and the very serious athletes buy Beverly consistently! Putting a percentage on it is tough, but it’s been a TOP 5 brand for over 24 years.
IG – Foundationrx_carmelny, Foundationusa Website: FoundationStores.com
Also, Foundation is for Christ. Jesus is my Foundation and the Rock I stand on. 1 Corinthians 3:11 is a verse I have up in all our stores.
– Anthony Bisignano and Ray O’Connell, co-founders.
HERE’S HOW TO REDUCE YOUR WORKOUT TIME AND STILL INCREASE YOUR STRENGTH (DURING BUSY TIMES)
Here is an email from a 50-something golf pro looking to reduce his time in the gym yet continue to make strength and muscle gains during his spring-summer busy season.
Hi Roger – Hope all is well with you. I first wrote to you back in December regarding the wonderful service your Beverly Advisor Team has been giving me. I set a personal goal to go from 155lbs to 160lbs this winter. With their help, I achieved that goal about a month ago. I have stayed very consistent with my meals and supplements. I take in about 220 grams of protein daily and around 150 grams of carbohydrates daily. I have focused on consistent progression and have increased my weights on all exercises. For example, I can now bench press 175 lbs five times on my 5th set. Three months ago, I could only do 155.
I am writing you because I will be 57 years old in a month and have a fair amount of aches and pains. I love working out and lifting weights. My basement is my oasis! You write wonderful articles about the aging bodybuilder. You mention looking younger than you are and feeling younger. I am told quite often that I look very fit and youthful.
As far as I can tell, I have gained 5lbs of lean muscle by sticking to my nutrition plan and taking the following supplements:
- FitTabs
- Quadracarn
- Muscle Synergy
- Mass Aminos
- Ultra 40 Beef Liver
- UMP
My main question is, from your experience, do you think I can continue to gain muscle with fewer workouts and less volume?
Sorry for the long email. Thank you for your time and advice. I love your products and newsletters. ~ Dave
Here’s Roger’s reply.
Here’s how you can reduce your workout and still increase your strength. It’s very similar to the program I’m currently following.
On 3×5-7 exercises, use this same scheme: 1-2 warmups, then 5, 5, and 5-7. Don’t always try to get 7 reps on the last set. 1st week might be 5, 5, 5; 2nd week 5,5,6; 3rd week 5, 5, 6 and 4th week 5,5,7. Don’t rush the progression.
Monday: Chest, Biceps & Triceps
Bench Press 2 warmup sets, 5 reps, then 3 reps, with your working weight (let’s say 165 lbs). Do 2 sets of 5, and on the 3rd set, try for 7 reps. If you make the 7th rep in perfect form, add 2.5 or 5 lbs the next bench workout.
BB Curl & Close Grip Bench Press
(alternate)
Wednesday: Legs
Squat 3×5-7
Semi Straight Leg Deadlift 3×6-8
Calf Raise 3×20
Ab Exercise 3×15-20
Saturday: Back & Shoulders
Deadlift 3×5-7
Shoulder Press 3×5-7
Bent Row 3×5-7
Lateral Raise (optional) 3×6-8
I hope this helps. Let me know if you have any more questions.
All the best,
Roger

AN INVITATION TO YOU
Have you pictured yourself being featured in the No Nonsense Magazine? Can you visualize it? Have you thought about it and then used negative self-talk to back away from the possibility?
If you can see it in your mind’s eye, we can make it happen. I’m inviting you right now to enter into this fun adventure. It’s a simple process, and I’ll work with you one-on-one to complete your story.
To get started, email me at sandyr@beverlyinternational.net. Give me a little back story and send a few photos, plus your BEVERLY supplement protocol.
That’s all you have to do to get this process started! I’ll be looking for your email!

Training for the “Man in the Middle”
Training for the “Man in the Middle”
By: The Beverly Advisor Team
For the Man Who Wishes to Gain Muscle and Lose Fat
In this article we will present a comprehensive training, nutrition, and supplement plan for the man who wishes to gain muscle (primarily) while at the same time lose some excess body fat. Our program comes directly from the BevSolutions section of our website. For this article we’ve gone to BevSolutions and chosen a workout from the Training section, a diet plan from the Nutritional Programs section, and a supplement plan from the Supplement section for you.

Training
First up, let’s start with your workout. We’ve picked a program called Training for the “Man in the Middle”. We’ve included a beginner’s version and will include guidelines as to how the “advanced man” can use it as well, but perhaps its greatest benefit is for “the man in the middle” – the intermediate trainee who is stuck and can seemingly go no farther. This program consists of all basic exercises aimed at working the large mus-cle masses and developing the most muscle and the most power. We have no intentions here of giving you a lot of supposedly innovative exercises just for the sake of offering something different. These are the exercises that WORK!
Beginners
If you are a beginner, or are just getting back into training after a long layoff, you should workout three days per week. Your first workouts should be easy. “It’s not where you begin, but where you end up that counts.” Use a weight that you can easily perform for 12 repetitions on each exercise. However, instead of pushing to get 12, stop at 7. Add a repetition every other workout day. On day two, you’ll again do 7 reps. On days three and four, you’ll complete 8 reps and so on until you are performing 10 repetitions. At that point add 5lbs to the weight on the upper body exercises and 10lbs on the lower body exercises and start back at 7 repetitions. Then work up to 10 again in the same manner, add weight and go back to 7 again.
Do just one set per exercise the first month. The following month continue to work-out three days per week, but now you will do two sets on each exercise. Continue the progression listed above – work up from 7 reps to 10 reps with a particular poundage, when you successfully perform 10 reps on each set of an exercise, add weight and drop back to 7 reps. Progress slowly. Always hit a specific rep target two days in succession before adding another rep.
The “Man in the Middle”
If you are “the man in the middle”, neither a beginner or advanced man, but whose progress is stalled, you should definitely give this program a try. However, you should do 3 sets of each exercise. You may follow the same type of progression as the begin-ner, adding a rep every 2nd workout and adding more weight once you’ve successfully completed 10 reps on all your sets for two consecutive workouts. There is a slightly different progression you can use instead, especially if you are a veteran of the iron game. In this case, you’ll do 3 sets of 7 reps during your first workout. You’ll add just one rep total to each ex-ercise on your second workout day by doing one set of 8 reps and 7 reps on the other two sets. The third workout you’d do two sets of 8 reps and 1 set of 7. Fol-low this progression until you reach 3 sets of 10 reps on an exercise and then add 5lbs on upper body work or 10lbs for the lower body exercises and start again at 3 sets of 7 reps.
Here’s how this progression scheme looks in chart form:
Week 1
Day 1: 7,7,7
Day 2: 8,7,7
Day 3: 8,7,7
Week 2
Day 1: 8,8,8
Day 2: 9,8,8
Day 3: 9,9,8
Week 3
Day 1: 9,9,9
Day 2: 10,9,9
Day 3: 10,10,9
Week 1
Day 1: 10,10,10 add 5-10 lbs
Day 2: 87,7,7
Day 3: 8,7,7
Continue With Same Protocol
Whether you are a beginner or “the man in the middle”, rest about two minutes between each set and three to five minutes between exercises.
Here’s the exercise schedule. I know you are going to think these are the same exercises that everybody does so what’s so special. Well, you are probably right, there’s certainly nothing new here. But, if you want overall muscle mass and shape, the following exercises have been proven by millions of bodybuilders to be the very best.
- Standing Two-arm Press: The first exercise is the standing two-arm press. Many think of this as just a shoulder developer but it also develops the arms, back, and overall body power.
- Squat: Many consider this the greatest exercise of them all. Hard work on the squat not only stimulates muscular growth in the legs, but in your entire upper body as well. It can’t be beat for developing overall body power, for develop-ing the legs, and it even increases upper body mass.
- Barbell Curl: Another old standby but no better biceps exercise has been found.
- Bench Press: One we’re sure you are familiar with. The bench press is a terrific developer of the chest, triceps, and front delts. If you follow the recommended progression procedure de-tailed above, you will add 5lbs to your bench press about every 3 weeks. Doesn’t sound like much, but when is the last time you added 80lbs to your bench in a year?
- Bentover Row: Here’s one many of you do not like, however, when it is performed correctly it is one of the best for bulking the back, arms, and shoulders.
- Sit-up: Work up from 10-15 reps to 30 reps per set.
- Calf Raise: This is an area that many bodybuilders neglect, don’t be one of them. Start at 20 reps per set and work up to 30 before adding weight.
The advanced man can also benefit from this pro-gram. The three-day per week full body workout can do wonders for him. He should choose two of the above exercises which he wants to concentrate on and perform 4-5 sets of each. On these two exercises he should lower his rep range to 3-5 or 6-8, but still progress in the same manner as before by adding just one rep per workout until he reached the top number for all his sets. He should also perform these exercises first in his workout. He’d want to limit the remaining exercises to 3 sets each or he would be overworking. That’s it! Now let’s get to work and show some real results.
Nutrition
Next let’s look at the diet section. At BevSolutions you’ll find a menu of diet plans to achieve specific goals. We’re going straight to the Gain Muscle and Lose Fat section. There are actually two relevant plans, one is for you if you weigh 185 or more, the other if your weight is less than 185. We’re going to illustrate the “under 185lbs” plan here. But, if you weigh 185 or greater, no problem, just check out BevSolutions and you’ll find your “over 185lbs” plan there. Before we go further we want to make sure you understand that a consummate nutrition plan is all important to your success at building muscle while losing fat.


Your Gain Muscle and Lose Fat Diet
Now that you have the supplies you need to get started, let’s take a look at your Gain Muscle and Lose Fat Plan (up to 185lbs). If you are not used to a structured eating plan like this, it may be difficult at the start. It will also seem like a lot of food at first, especially at breakfast (Meal #1). Soon you’ll be looking forward to your next meal. It is ok to ease yourself into the full plan over a week or two. One of the keys is preparedness. We urge you to prepare what you can ahead of time.
Meal 1
1 whole egg + 3 egg whites, 5oz lean meat, ½ cup oatmeal (before cooking)
Scramble 1 whole egg and 3 whites (or 1 egg and 1/3 cup of liquid egg whites) together in a skillet. It’s ok to use Pam or a teaspoon of butter. One of the best ways to cook the lean meat (usually lean ground beef or ground turkey) is to weigh it out crumble it and cook it in a skillet. When it’s done, drain any excess fat, add your eggs and scramble it all together. Alternatively, just make your lean meat into a patty and cook it like a hamburger.
We recommend 1-Minute Oats, use ½ cup oats, 1 cup water, and a pinch of salt. Mix it together in a microwave safe bowl and cook it for 1 minute and 45 seconds. The best timesaver for this meal is to cook your lean meat ahead of time and store it in 5oz ready to microwave portions.
Meal 2
Protein Drink: 2 Scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 2 tbsp healthy fat (almond butter, flax oil, olive oil) or 2 tbsp heavy whipping cream, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire. It’s important to add the fat here. We favor almond butter or heavy whipping cream because it makes the best tasting protein out there, taste even better. Our favorite shake recipe is to add 4-6 ice cubes to a blender, add water to the 15oz mark and then add 1oz whipping cream or 2 tbsp almond butter. Then put in 2 scoops UMP and blend until the ice is liquefied. (You can do this in advance and take to work in a Thermos or put it in the fridge at work.)
Meal 3
8oz lean meat, 6oz sweet potato or 2/3 cup cooked brown rice, 2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.) and/or salad with 2 tbsp Newman’s Own vinegar and oil dressing (or Balsamic)
Meal 4
(same as meal #2)
Meal 5
8oz lean meat, 2 cups vegetables, Salad with 2 tbsp Newman’s Own vinegar and oil dressing
Notice that at this meal we cut out any starchy carbs, so the last time you had carbs was at lunch. This is one of the secrets to being able to add muscle, but still cut fat.
Meal Frequency
As you can see you’ll be eating small meals spread about 3 hours apart. This is important to your success in building muscle and losing fat. You don’t have to sit down at the table and eat a meal, but you must take in the proper amount of nutrients. Plan ahead. If you’re going to be in meetings or running errands all day, make a couple of shakes the night before.
Beverages: Make sure that you drink at least six to eight 8oz glasses of water each day (that’s four 16oz bottles). Watch out for calories in the liquids you drink, juices and regular soft drinks will sabotage your progress. Limit your beverages to water, coffee, unsweetened tea, diet sodas, and Crystal Light.
Free Foods: You can eat any of the following at any time, without jeopardizing your results: Sugar free gum, sugar-free Jell-O, Splenda, Equal, seasonings, mustard, vinegar, hot sauce, salt and pepper.


Your Grocery Shopping List
Before starting the diet you’ll be using to build muscle and lose fat, you’ll need to go to the grocery and pick up the foods you need. (This list is also available in the Nutrition section of BevSolutions.) Here’s what you’ll need for the first couple of weeks.
- 1 carton of liquid egg whites
- 1 carton eggs
- 1 small carton of Heavy Whipping Cream
- One container of Almond Butter (usually found in the Natural Health Foods section of your store)
- One container Quaker 1 minute Oatmeal
- Skinless chicken breasts
- Fresh or frozen fish or tuna cans (packed in water)
- Lean ground beef or turkey breast
- 2 bags of salad (or fresh greens for salads)
- Fresh or frozen vegetables of your choice
- Newman’s Own Vinegar and Oil (or Balsamic Vinaigrette)
- 4 bags of Uncle Ben’s Ready Rice (brown rice or whole grain wild rice are the best choices)
- 2 twelve-packs of bottled water
Supplements
If you are a raw beginner we’d suggest UMP and Fit Tabs to start. These two supplements will help you get the protein you need to make maximum gains and fill in any nutritional gaps that might limit your progress.
It’s for the “man in the middle” and the advanced man where supplements be-come almost crucial. We have seen time and time again where the “man in the middle” was stuck, maybe taking an inferior supplement or “supplement of the month”, and then gained more in the next 3 weeks on a targeted, quality supplement program than he had in the previous year (or more)!
You’ll find an entire Supplement section at our BevSolutions website, our Supple-ment Recommendation Chart is also an invaluable resource for finding just what you need for your particular goal. But here, we are going to spell it out for you. If you are “the man in the middle”, we are going to pull no punches and tell you just what you need to start making progress again.
We list them as Essential, Advanced, Comprehensive, and Maximum on the Supplement Recommendation Chart and in our BevSolutions. We do this to help you prioritize according to your budget. Be sure to check them out when you can, however to make it simple, we are just going to show you exactly what you need here.
1. Start with two containers of UMP. Vanilla and Chocolate are the most popular, so if you are new to UMP, start with one of each. We recommend a UMP plus healthy fat shake at Meals 2 and 4. If you can’t do a blender shake it’s always fine and very convenient to have a 2 scoop UMP shake and eat about 9 almonds, walnuts or cashews.
2. Creatine Select will blast you out of a sticking point faster than anything we know. If you’ve tried Creatine before with little results, it’s still a good idea to try it one more time with Beverly’s Creatine Select. Start with a 5 day loading phase taking 1 scoop 4 times daily; after that take 1 scoop daily before you work out or with a meal. (Remember, Beverly guarantees all of our products, so if it doesn’t work, you can return an empty jar for a full refund.) We had to write that but we hope it doesn’t take away from how much we believe this product can do for you – especially if you’re the “man in the middle”.
These two supplements, UMP and Creatine Select will add a big boost to your muscle gains. If you are true to the nutrition plan you’ll also be seeing some fat loss. One of the best markers for muscle gain and fat loss is if your weight stays the same on the scale, but your weights (or reps) are going up in the gym.
3. If you are over 35 years of age we highly recommend Quadracarn. This supplement aids in fat burning as well as optimizing your hormonal environment for building muscle. In other words, it helps you utilize your own naturally produced testosterone to build muscle. Take 3 tabs 2 times daily with meals 1 and 5. Add 3 additional tablets on training days with your pre-training meal.
If your budget allows, and you are a guy who doesn’t have any trouble taking a lot of tablets, we are going to tell you about a supplement stack that has been responsible for more muscle gain than any other that we know of.
4. Take 4 Mass Aminos and 4 Ultra 40 liver tablets with each of your meals and shakes (18 -20) tab-lets each throughout the day). Now, you do not see overnight results. Instead you see lasting muscle gains of about a pound every two weeks. They not only work individually, but by completing the amino acid profile of each of your meals, they geometrically increase your potential for muscle growth. If Beverly International has a secret, it’s the Mass and Ultra 40 secret. Have you noticed that no other supplement company manufactures a similar stack. (Shh, don’t tell them!)

You might be asking, “Is there anything else I can take?” We are a little reluctant to say yes, because we know if you are taking UMP, Creatine Select, Quadracarn, Mass and Ultra 40 that you are really covering all your bases, but for general health and to make sure you are getting all the micronutrients needed to build muscle you should include the Super Pak.
Finally, Muscle Synergy and Glutamine Select can also help. If you are 40 or older, or have historically had a hard time adding muscle, we definitely recommend Muscle Synergy. If you want to try Muscle Synergy, you’ll see faster results if you load with Creatine Select first.
If you are very active at work, participate in sports, like to run or do a lot of cardio, Glutamine Select can save the day. It is a wonder for recovery.
There you have it. Follow this three phase plan and monitor your progress. The scale is not the end all, be all tool to monitor fat loss. In fact, we hope that your weight on the scale doesn’t change that much at all. Think of it this way, if you can lose 5lbs of bodyfat and gain 5lbs of muscle the scale weight doesn’t change at all, but the way you look in the mirror certainly has. This would be a +10 in body recomposition.

SPECIAL REPORT: GAIN MUSCLE AND LOSE FAT AT THE SAME TIME!
SPECIAL REPORT: GAIN MUSCLE AND LOSE FAT AT THE SAME TIME!
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #3
By: Roger Riedinger and the Beverly Advisor Team
In this issue, we are sharing Beverly International’s best Gain Muscle while Losing Fat nutrition program. This is our proven 50% protein – 20% carbs – 30% fat nutrition system. You are welcome to share it with your gym mates, clients, and anyone else whose primary goal is to add muscle while at the same time losing body fat.
This report is comprised of four sections:
- Goals and Strategy
- Basics
- Male Gain Muscle – Lose Fat Plan
- Female Lose Fat – Gain Lean Muscle Plan
Beverly’s Gain Muscle – Lose Fat Nutrition Program – Goals & Strategy
Goal: The goal of this program is to improve your body composition. That means you are going to improve your muscle-to-fat ratio.
Beverly’s 50-20-30 nutrition system helps you maintain and gain lean muscle while you reduce fat at the same time. We call this your net body composition change
(NBCC).
Strategy: The key to gaining muscular size and density while losing excess fat is through a specialized nutrition program with an emphasis on the correct ratio of protein, carbohydrates, and fat.
- However, the correct ratio is not enough. You must also eat the right protein, carbohydrate, and fat types.
- This area is where many (who know something about nutrition) go wrong. They eat the correct ratios but the wrong foods.
- Another area where things can go wrong is your choice of supplements.
- In this program, we will stick to a proven, time-tested supplement formula.
- We’ll give you some prioritized options to stay within your budgetary boundaries, but we won’t recommend what’s cheapest; instead, we’ll recommend the supplements that will give you the most value in terms of results.
- The most important measure of this program is not the total amount of lean muscle you gain (for this, you’d use our off-season bodybuilding nutrition program) or how many total pounds of fat you lose. Your net body composition change (NBCC) is what counts.
- Your NBCC is calculated by adding together the pounds of lean mass you gain and the pounds of fat you lose.
- If you gain four pounds of lean mass and lose five pounds of fat, your net body composition change is nine pounds. (And that will make a tremendous improvement in your physique.).
- The recommended supplement program will improve your results in NBCC by another 30%.
- You should set a realistic goal for your NBCC over the next six weeks to three months that you will be on this program. One-half to one pound NBCC per week is excellent progress.
Gain Muscle – Lose Fat Basics
You have to take a disciplined approach and consistently eat the right combination of nutrients and the right types of nutrients to add quality muscle and improve your body composition as you slowly reduce your body fat percentage. Your nutrition regimen should consist of three basic food types (macronutrients) in the following proportions.
PROTEIN
Your total diet (including supplements) will consist of approximately 50% proteins.
- Best protein sources for building quality muscle while cutting your bodyfat percentage are lean beef (90% or leaner), salmon, turkey breast, chicken breast, egg whites, fish, whole eggs, and lean pork.
- The best protein supplements are UMP and Muscle Provider.
- Mass Amino Acid tablets and Ultra 40 Beef Liver are invaluable to make sure that you utilize the protein you eat, and they provide additional amino acids you need to build muscle.
COMPLEX CARBOHYDRATES
Complex carbohydrates comprise about 20% of your nutritional intake.
- Best sources of complex carbohydrates for gaining lean muscle while losing fat are oatmeal, brown rice, sweet potatoes, and all variations of beans.
- Low-carb vegetables include salads, broccoli, cauliflower, spinach, green beans, and just about any other green or yellow vegetable.
- Low-carb fruits are blueberries, cantaloupe, grapefruit, peaches, and strawberries.
FATS
Dietary fats should make up 30% of your caloric intake.
- For best gains on this plan, you should really pay attention to getting the right amount and right kinds of dietary fats. The best sources are olive oil, coconut oil, flax oil, sunflower oil, safflower oil, almond butter, almonds, walnuts, and heavy cream.
- You should also take an essential fatty acid supplement like Beverly’s EFA Gold, which contains a synergistic combination of EFA’s from 3 naturally concentrated sources: fish, organic flaxseed, and borage oil.
Free Foods
You can eat any of the following at any time without jeopardizing your results: Calorie-free drinks, sugar-free gum, sugar-free Jell-O, cinnamon, Splenda, Equal, seasonings, mustard, vinegar,
hot sauce, salt, and pepper.
Free Meals
Remember that this program is designed to add maximum muscular size while reducing fat. The only time that a “free meal” is acceptable is if you have a special occasion like a birthday, wedding, holiday meal, etc.
Beverages
Make sure that you drink plenty of water. If you are dehydrated, you will not burn fat, and you can’t build muscle. Water is necessary in every metabolic process. You should drink at least 96 ounces each day.
Other acceptable beverages are unsweetened tea and coffee; diet drinks like Crystal Light, diet-flavored waters, and diet sodas. Regular fruit juice and milk have large amounts of naturally occurring sugar, and although they may be good foods, they may also result in fat accumulation, so they are not part of this nutritional program.
“50-20-30 Gain Muscle – Lose Fat” Nutrition Plan for Men
Here is a typical meal plan based on six meals. Adjust portions or add or decrease a meal as needed to maintain progress. If you weigh less than 180 lbs or if fat loss is your primary goal, eat just five meals.
SUPPLEMENTS FOR THE “GAIN MUSCLE – LOSE FAT” NUTRITION PLAN FOR MEN
Essential: UMP (Ultimate Muscle Protein), Super Pak, Quadracarn
Next Steps: Creatine Select
Stack: Mass Aminos (or Density if fat loss is your most important goal), Ultra 40
Additives: Glutamine Select, Muscle Synergy, EFA Gold
Breakfast (recommended): two whole eggs, four egg whites, five ounces lean beef, one-half cup oatmeal.
[Option B (if you don’t like eggs): eight ounces lean beef, one-half cup oatmeal.}
[Option C (if you want to drink a protein shake for breakfast): two scoops UMP, one-half cup liquid egg whites or egg beaters, one-third cup oatmeal, and one-third cup frozen blueberries or three frozen strawberries.]
Mid-Morning Meal: Protein Drink with two scoops of UMP, two tablespoons of a healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter), or heavy cream. – Optional: one serving low carb fruit.
[Option B: one can tuna (water packed), one cup cottage cheese, and one-half cup pineapple (unsweetened) or one-half cantaloupe.]
[Option C: 8oz lean beef, one small apple.]
Lunch: eight ounces chicken breast, two-thirds cup brown rice, green salad with oil, and vinegar dressing.
[Option B: eight ounces lean beef, five ounces sweet potato, two cups low carb vegetables.]
Mid Afternoon Meal: Tuna or chicken salad – two cans tuna (water packed) or eight ounces chicken breast, two tablespoons mayonnaise, celery, relish, one-half apple.
[Option B: Protein Drink with two scoops Muscle Provider or UMP, two tablespoons healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter), or heavy cream.]
[Option C: Protein Pudding – put two scoops of UMP into a bowl or Tupperware container, add just enough water to stir into a pudding consistency, then add two tablespoons almond butter or heavy cream.]

Dinner: ten ounces steak, pork loin, chicken, turkey, or fish; two cups low low-carb vegetables; green salad with four tablespoons oil and vinegar dressing.
[Option B: ten ounces salmon, two cups low-carb vegetables]
Before bed: Protein pudding – mix two scoops UMP in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add two tablespoons of almond butter, walnuts, or heavy cream.
[Option B: six egg whites, five ounces chicken breast, one serving low carbohydrate vegetable or fruit.]
“50-20-30 Lose Fat – Gain Lean Muscle” Nutrition Plan for Women
Here is a typical meal plan based on five meals with an optional “before bed” snack. Adjust portions or add or decrease a meal as needed to maintain progress.
SUPPLEMENTS FOR THE “GAIN MUSCLE – LOSE FAT” NUTRITION PLAN FOR WOMEN
Essential: UMP (Ultimate Muscle Protein), Lean Out, Muscularity
Next Steps: Glutamine Select, 7-Keto MuscLean
Stack: Density, Energy Reserve
Additives: GH Factor, Fit Tabs, EFA Gold
Breakfast (recommended): one whole egg, three egg whites, three ounces turkey breast, one-half cup oatmeal. (Don’t forget you can add cinnamon and Splenda to your oatmeal.)
[Option B (if you want to drink a protein shake for breakfast): one scoop UMP; one-third cup liquid egg whites or egg beaters; one-fourth cup oatmeal or one-third cup frozen blueberries and three frozen strawberries.]
Mid-Morning Meal: Protein Drink with one or two scoops UMP, one tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter), or heavy cream. – Optional: one serving low carb fruit.
[Option B: one can tuna (water packed), one-half cup cottage cheese, and one-fourth cup pineapple (unsweetened) or one-fourth cantaloupe.]
Lunch: five ounces chicken breast or lean beef, one-half cup cooked brown rice, green salad with two tablespoons oil and vinegar dressing.
[Option B: Tuna salad – one can tuna (water packed), one tablespoon mayonnaise, celery, relish, one-half apple.]
Mid Afternoon Meal: Protein Drink with one or two scoops Muscle Provider or UMP, one tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter), or heavy cream.
[Option B: Protein Pudding – put one or two scoops of UMP into a bowl or Tupperware container, add just enough water to stir into a pudding consistency, then add one tablespoon almond butter or heavy cream.]
Dinner: five ounces steak, pork loin, chicken, turkey, or fish; two cups low low-carb vegetables; green salad with two tablespoons oil and vinegar dressing.
[Option B: five ounces salmon, two cups low-carb vegetables, green salad with two tablespoons oil and vinegar dressing.]
Optional “Before Bed” snack: Protein pudding – mix one scoop UMP in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add one tablespoon almond butter or walnuts.
[Option B: six egg whites, one serving low carbohydrate vegetable or fruit.]


THE ULTIMATE MUSCLE WORKOUT! PHASE 2
THE ULTIMATE MUSCLE WORKOUT! PHASE 2
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #3
By: Roger Riedinger and the Beverly Advisor Team
EXTENDED ANABOLISM – MUSCLE & CUTS AT THE SAME TIME!

Man (and woman) are a mammalian species. Unfortunately, science has shown that we as a species are the slowest maturing, slowest growing of all mammals. While slow to develop, what we develop is not slow, perhaps a paean to our very long evolutionary period, leading to such extreme adaptation intelligence. Dogs evolved quickly and are rough and tough but not too smart. They reach maturity at 18 months, but man takes 18 years!
For a bodybuilder past maturity, past age 18, to try and add muscle, this becomes a very testy proposition. Once more, trying to add muscle mass at the SAME time you try to add ripped cuts and definition is even a testier test!
Bodybuilders fight physiological logic right down the line. That being said, it is possible to increase muscle size and cuts simultaneously without having to use nutrient-partitioning drugs such as steroids, which certainly make the job easier (if not more health-impacting).
PHASE 2 – ADDING MUSCLE AND DEFINITION
Adding muscle and definition is what this phase of our Ultimate Muscle Workout is all about.
Why do you grow so much in size and strength from age 12 to age 18? Well, because you are major-league anabolic during that period, with massive rushes of natural testosterone and growth hormone flooding your system. The trick is to keep any anabolic phase ongoing as long as possible.
Luckily, you can continue adding muscle size and power, and with the proper nutrition program and a few tweaks to your training program; you can decrease your body fat and carve in deep definition right along!
In the second phase of your Ultimate Muscle Workout, you will continue with power movements, add a few more refinement exercises to increase your muscularity, and use UMP (Ultimate Muscle Protein) for dual action results for added muscle and less body fat.
Continual progress is the critical factor in training for additional muscle size with cuts. This includes using heavier weights, increasing reps with the same weight, or reducing rest periods between sets. Another more subtle form of progression is “try something new.” Try a different exercise or use a rep scheme that you have never used before. Here is a workout that includes different rep schemes and some seldom-used but very effective exercises for adding Muscle and Definition over the next 6-12 weeks. You’ll use a 3-day split – 2 days on and 1 off.
Day 1: Chest / Shoulders
(Workout 1)
Day 2: Triceps / Legs
(Workout 2)
Day 3: Rest
Day 4: Back / Biceps
(Workout 3)
Day 5: Chest / Shoulders
(Workout 1)
Day 6: Rest
Day 7: Triceps / Legs
(Workout 2)
Day 8: Back / Biceps
(Workout 3)
Day 9: Rest
Day 10: Start over
WORKOUT 1: CHEST AND SHOULDERS
(All sets listed are work sets)
Bench Press 4×5-6
Incline DB Press 3×7-11
2 DB Bent-arm Pullover, Press, and Flye* 3×6-8
Clean and Press* 3×5-6
Lying 1 DB Lateral Raise* 3×10-12
Bent Over Rear Delt Row 3×8-12

* 2 DB Bent arm Pullover, Press, and Flye
The third exercise on the list, 2 DB Bent-arm Pullover, Press, and Flye, is a compound exercise that will hit your chest from three angles. Lie on a flat or decline bench with a medium-weight dumbbell in each hand, palms facing at chest level. (Start very light until you master the exercise performance.) Take a deep breath and lower the weights past your face and behind your head. Then pull the dumbbells back over to the starting position. Then, do a dumbbell press (palms still facing). Now lower them to the side in an arc as a bent-arm flye, and return in an arc to arm’s length. Finally, lower the weights to the original starting position for the pullover. The whole series, pullover, press, and flye, are one compound rep! Do 6-8 such compound reps.
* Clean and Press
The Clean and Press will give a new meaning to the term “hard work.” Start each rep standing with the barbell on the floor. You power clean the bar from the floor to your chest and press it. Return to the floor and do it again. Each clean and press counts as one rep; repeat for 5-6 reps. Rest for about 3 minutes, then repeat until you complete 3 sets of 5-6 reps. Add weight whenever you can get 6 reps on all 3 sets.
* Lying 1 DB Lateral Raise
Lying 1 DB Lateral Raise was a favorite of Arnold. Lie on your left side on a bench with your right arm holding a dumbbell. With your arm slightly bent, raise the dumbbell in an arc until it is vertical above your shoulder. Lower and repeat for 3 sets of 10-12 reps with each arm.

WORKOUT 2: LEGS/TRICEPS
(All sets listed are work sets)
Squat 4×6
Hack Squat or Sissy Squat 3×12-15
Leg Press (feet very wide) 3×7-11
Straight Leg Deadlift superset w/ Leg Curl 3×10
Standing EZ Bar French Press 3×7-11
Lying 1 DB Triceps Extension 3×7-11
Right arm to left shoulder while lying, a favorite of Steve Reeves.
Straight-arm Triceps Raise 2×12-15
Here’s what you do. Hold a barbell at arm’s length behind your rear end with palms facing backward (like an old school hack squat), then keeping arms straight, raise the bar backwards, getting a massive cramp in the triceps.
WORKOUT 3: BACK/BICEPS
Wide Grip Chin or Pulldown 3×7-11
T Bar, Cable or BB Row 5×6, superset w/ DB row 5×8
Lying DB Curl 3×6-8
Lie flat on a bench or a very low incline – one of Reg Park’s favorites – look him up.
Seated BB Curl 3×7-11
Start seated at the end of a bench with the bar laying on thighs – curl to neck and lower back to thighs – your arms will not straighten completely out.
Lat Machine Curl 3×7-11
Lay on a bench facing up with your face under the bar. Get someone to hand you the bar, and then with upper arms perpendicular to the floor, curl the bar to the bridge of your nose.
Abs, calves, and cardio are up to you. 2 days of cardio, abs, and calves.


Meal #1:
2 whole eggs, 4 egg whites, 5oz lean beef,
½ cup oatmeal before cooking
1 Super Pak, 5 Density, 6 Ultra 40,
3 EFA Gold, 3 Quadracarn
Meal #2:
Protein Shake: 2 scoops UMP (Vanilla or Angel Food Cake flavor), 4 frozen strawberries,
16 oz water
Meal #3:
10oz chicken (weighed before cooking),
6oz sweet potato, 2 cups green vegetables
5 Density, 6 Ultra 40
Meal #4:
Protein Shake: 2 scoops UMP (Chocolate or Rocky Road flavor), 1 tbsp almond butter,
16 oz water
3 Quadracarn
Meal #5:
10oz lean beef, 2 cups vegetables (asparagus, broccoli, cauliflower, green beans, spinach, or zucchini)
5 Density, 6 Ultra 40, 3 EFA Gold
Meal #6:
2 scoops UMP (Cookies & Crème flavor), 1 tbsp heavy cream (optional), 4oz water mixed in a bowl as a pudding before bed
3 Quadracarn
ULTIMATE NUTRITION PLAN FOR LEAN MUSCLE SIZE AND CUTS FOR MALES
Nutritional density and high protein quality and quantity are the rule now. Your diet should be 40-50% protein. Meal protein must be eggs, lean beef, cottage cheese, turkey, chicken, and fish.
Beverly’s Ultimate Muscle Protein (UMP) is the best (and only scientifically proven) protein supplement to gain lean muscle and carve in cuts simultaneously. Take UMP between meals and before bed.
To achieve maximum nutritional density and improved amino acid utilization from each meal, Density (the 8 Essential Amino Acids) and Ultra 40 (defatted extract of Argentinean beef liver) help enormously and are vital. Work up to 5 Density and 6 Ultra 40 with each food meal.
Remember, we talked about extended anabolism at the beginning of this article? And how hard it is to add muscle mass at the SAME time you try to add ripped cuts and definition? And that once your past age 18, it is almost impossible? Beverly had been looking for a drug-free, natural solution to this problem for years. After extended research, BI developed an entirely new category of dietary supplement, the carnitine analog formula. In a recent study, subjects safely reduced total fat mass (by nearly 4 lbs) and increased total muscle mass (by over 8 lbs). Were the subjects teens or in their twenties? No, this study was performed with 100-year-old subjects! *
For extended anabolism, use Quadracarn three times daily: one serving (3 tablets) with meal one, one serving before training; and one serving with your final meal (or before bed).
Carbohydrate sources should account for 20-30% of your nutritional intake. It’s important that you use only the best, nutrient-rich, low-glycemic carb sources to maintain stable blood sugar. Sweet potatoes, oatmeal, brown rice, red and black beans, green vegetables, and low-carb fruits such as strawberries, cantaloupe, and grapefruit are best.
Although you’ll get good nutrients from the healthy food sources listed above, we recommend a daily Super Pak vitamin/mineral packet.
You should eat 20-30% fat. Much of this will come from your protein sources. However, it is very important to make sure that you also get the essential fatty acids you need. Fish oil and flax oil are excellent sources of healthy fats, but an essential oil blend from Beverly, EFA Gold, is even better. This is a blend of the finest sources of essential fatty acids, including fish oil from cold-water salmon, flax oil, and borage oil.
LEAN MUSCLE SIZE & CUTS FOR FEMALES
This training program is perfect for you, too. Here’s how to modify your nutrition plan.
Meal #1:
1 whole egg, 3 egg whites, 3oz turkey breast, ½ cup oatmeal. (Remember you can add cinnamon and Splenda to your oatmeal.)
2 FitTabs, 3 Density, 3 Ultra 40,
3 EFA Gold, 2 Quadracarn
(or 2 Lean Out if under 40)
Meal #2:
Protein Shake: 1 scoop UMP (Vanilla or Angel Food Cake flavor), 4 frozen strawberries, 8 oz water
Meal #3:
5oz chicken (weighed before cooking), ½ cup cooked brown rice, 2 cups green vegetables
3 Density, 3 Ultra 40
Meal #4:
Protein Shake: 1 scoop UMP
(Chocolate or Rocky Road flavor),
1 tbsp almond butter, 8 oz water
2 Quadracarn or 2 Lean Out
Meal #5:
5oz lean beef, chicken, turkey, or fish; 2 cups vegetables (asparagus, broccoli, cauliflower, green beans, spinach, or zucchini), 2 cups green salad with oil and vinegar dressing
2 FitTabs, 3 Density, 3 Ultra 40,
3 EFA Gold
Meal #6:
1 scoop UMP (Cookies & Crème flavor), 1 tbsp heavy cream (optional), 2-3oz water mixed in a bowl as a pudding before bed
2 Quadracarn or 2 Lean Out

SUMMARY OF THE ULTIMATE MUSCLE WORKOUT PHASE 2
TRAINING
- 3-day split, train two days, rest one.
- The key factor is continued progress, e.g., heavier weights, more reps with the same weight, or reduced rest between sets.
- New training stimulus, i.e., new exercises or a different rep range.

NUTRITION
- Eat the best sources of protein, carbs, and fats.
- Daily intake: 40-50% protein, 20-30% carbs, and 20-30% good fats.
- Supplements: UMP, Density, Ultra 40 Liver Extract, Quadracarn, Super Pak (or FitTabs), EFA Gold.

L-carnitine helps cells to produce energy from fat. The highest concentrations of the molecule are found in parts of the body with high energy demands, such as the skeletal muscles and the heart. Overall concentrations of L-carnitine decline as you age.
To determine if supplementation with L-carnitine might improve energy levels in people 100 and older, Malaguarnera’s team randomized 66 male and female centenarians to 2 grams of L-carnitine or placebo daily for six months.
Cholesterol levels fell significantly among the individuals taking the supplement, they report. L-carnitine takers also gained 3.8 kilograms (8.4 pounds) of muscle mass, on average, and lost 1.8 kg (4 pounds) of fat mass. People given L-carnitine were also able to walk 4 meters (13 feet) further during a 6-minute walking test after treatment than those given placebo.
Study participants in the L-carnitine group also reported significant reductions in mental, physical, and overall fatigue, while placebo treatment had no effect on fatigue. The individuals who took the supplement also scored higher on a test of mental function after treatment, while there was no change in the placebo group.

Faith + Fitness = Overcomer
Faith + Fitness = Overcomer
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #3
By: Angela Cucola

At a Glance: Angela Cucola
Age: 56
Occupation or Education: Nationally Certified Personal Trainer (ACSM, AFFA, NETA) and Owner of Personal Best Fitness Studio.
Family: Husband, 3 daughters, 13 grandchildren (14th on the way!)
Current Residence: Fisherville, KY
Years training: 33
Height: 5’7″
Weight: Off-Season: 140, Contest: 127 (lowest) and 134 (highest – won my pro-card at this weight)
Favorite Bodybuilding or Fitness Meal: One whole egg, two egg whites, one teaspoon olive oil, a handful of spinach, ¼ cup oatmeal, and ¼ cup blueberries.
Favorite Supplements: Chocolate UMP, Provosyn, 7-Keto MuscLean, Lean Out, Glutamine Select, GH Factor, Quadracarn, and ZMA 2000.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? UMP, 7-Keto MuscLean, and Lean Out– I refer all my clients to these as my top three.
Music:Contemporary Christian
Most inspiring book: The Bible and Arnold’s Encyclopedia of Modern Bodybuilding
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Spending every minute of free time with my 13 (soon to be 14) grandchildren; teaching summer art camps for children.
Words to live by: (1) The closest thing you will ever find to the fountain of youth is keeping your muscle! (2) Weight training is the poor man’s plastic surgery!
As children, we all have dreams and aspirations for our future. However, life doesn’t always go according to plan. For me, though, it turned out even better than I expected. I had always envisioned myself as an art teacher after finishing college. But at a young age, I made decisions that took me down a different path. In 1985, I became a teenage mother and got married. By the time I turned twenty-two, I had three beautiful daughters. As a young mother struggling financially, I had to find alternative ways to support my family while being there for my girls.
One day, I saw an advertisement in the local paper in Mt Washington, KY, for a babysitter needed at a Commit to Be Fit exercise group. I got the job, and when they offered to train anyone interested in becoming an aerobics instructor, it felt natural to jump at the chance. At $7 per class, it was a perfect way to stay fit and make some extra money. That’s when my passion for fitness and helping others started to take root.
In 1991, I landed a job at a local YMCA and began working towards acquiring every fitness certification I could get my hands on. I studied step aerobics, kickboxing, personal training, senior adult fitness, kids’ fitness classes, water aerobics, and many more. After obtaining 13 national fitness certifications, I was offered a full-time position in 1997 with insurance and benefits. It was a true blessing and allowed me to build my confidence and feel like a successful provider for my family. I continued to work for the Y in different locations, including Kentucky – Bullitt County and Southwest, as well as North Carolina – Harrison Family YMCA, Rocky Mount, NC, for 21 years. Over time, I was promoted to Assistant Wellness Director, then Wellness Director.
In 1998, my personal life was in shambles, but my fitness career was thriving. During this time, I worked hard and trained rigorously to keep my mind off my struggles. A friend suggested I compete in a bodybuilding competition and introduced me to Beverly International products. I was informed that Beverly International is one of the most trusted brands in the industry. It’s the go-to brand for bodybuilding and fitness enthusiasts and professionals. Even after twenty-five years, I continue to use and recommend them to clients today.
Despite having zero experience, I placed second in Women’s Open Bodybuilding in my first show. This fueled my passion for bodybuilding, and I went on to compete in many other NPC shows in KY, NC, OH, and VA, where I also tried my hand at the Figure and Bikini categories that suited my physique better.
At 42 years old, during the peak of my competitive career, my first grandchild was born in Kentucky while I was living in North Carolina. I chose to quit my 21-year career with the Y and move back to Kentucky to be closer to my grandchild. I had no job or immediate plans, but I knew I could support myself as a trainer/gym manager.
The following year as a new grandmother (“Mi-Mi”), I earned my pro-card in figure at the 2010 NPA USA Bodybuilding & Figure Championships in Highland Springs, VA.
In 2011, I decided to open my own gym in Lexington, KY, and focus on building my business rather than competing. After 12 successful years, I opened a smaller studio in Fisherville, KY, in 2019, specializing in personal training and group fitness classes like Kettlebell, Tabata, and Boot Camp. This move allowed me to downsize and sell my gym in Lexington, giving me more quality time with my family. My faith and passion for fitness helped me overcome the toughest challenges in my life. Instead of feeling down and turning to drugs or alcohol, I focused on improving my fitness and helping others do the same. This helped me heal mentally, emotionally, and physically. As I learned more about the fitness industry, I realized I tended to take things to the extreme. I was teaching 17 fitness classes a week and running excessively to cope with stress. I had to learn to back off and find a healthier balance. I also realized that undereating and overtraining don’t achieve the desired results. By making nutrition adjustments and adding complex carbohydrates, adequate protein, and fat, I was able to improve my physique and attain my goals.
As a highly active individual, I constantly strive to improve my physical fitness while juggling multiple responsibilities, such as managing my own business, instructing group fitness classes, coaching clients, and teaching physical education at a local Christian school. In addition, I enjoy spending quality time with my 13 grandchildren. I rely on Beverly supplements to provide the necessary energy and support to keep up with my busy lifestyle. I am confident that without them, I would not be able to maintain my current level of productivity. In the future, if I decide to return to the stage as a “grandma,” I know that Beverly supplements will be an integral part of my preparation.
To me, fitness encompasses more than just my outward appearance. It’s a critical aspect of my life, serving as my profession, pastime, interest, stress relief, and even a social outlet. It’s incredibly gratifying when my grandsons are eager to learn from me and ask their Mimi to initiate them into a strength-training regimen.
Contest Prep Diet – Maximum Fat Burning | Healthy Active Grandma (“Mimi”) Diet | |
---|---|---|
Meal 1 | 4oz turkey breast, 1 whole egg, 2 egg whites, ½ grapefruit or 4 strawberries | ½ cup oatmeal or 1 slice Ezekiel bread, 1 whole egg, 2 egg whites, ½ cup berries or ½ grapefruit |
Meal 2 | 2 scoops UMP and ½ grapefruit or apple | 8 almonds, 1 piece of fruit, one scoop UMP |
Meal 3 | 5oz chicken (weighed before cooking), 2 cups salad (lettuce, tomato, carrot, cucumber, green peppers, etc), 1 tablespoon oil and vinegar dressing | 1 can tuna or 1 grilled chicken breast or grilled white fish, 2 cups green leafy salad or 1 can green beans, 1 red potato or sweet potato or ½ cup brown rice |
Meal 4 | 2 scoops UMP and grapefruit or apple | 2 scoops UMP or Provosyn |
Meal 5 | 5oz lean meat (chicken breast or turkey breast) or 6oz cod fish, 1 cup Vegetables | 3oz grilled chicken, fish, or lean red meat, 2 cups green leafy vegetables, no carbs at last meal |
Meal 6 | *Monday and Thursday, in place of the 5th meal at the end of the day, ½ cup oatmeal or 2/3 cup of cooked rice, 6 oz sweet potato, 4 oz banana, 1 cup vegetables, 2 tsp butter | **can be a small treat – dark chocolate square |
Easy UMP Dessert Ideas | |
---|---|
Recipe #1: 1 scoop vanilla UMP with ½ cup Greek yogurt, 2 tablespoons cottage cheese, 2 tablespoons of fat-free cool whip, and ¼ cup blueberries | Recipe #2: 2 scoops chocolate UMP and 1 tablespoon of natural peanut butter or almond butter, add a little bit of water to make a pudding-like consistency |
Supplements Schedule
ZMA 2000 – To ensure I get a good night’s sleep, I take ZMA 2000 (two) to help me fall and stay asleep at night, especially since I wake up at 4:00 am and am constantly on the go until bedtime. This supplement is essential since I am going through menopause.
7-Keto MuscLean, Lean Out, GH Factor, Quadracarn – Before I teach my early morning group classes (fasted cardio), I take (3) 7-Keto MuscLean, (1) Lean Out, (3) GH Factor, and (3) Quadracarn. The Quadracarn and GH Factor help with recovery and maintaining muscle as I age. I take (2) more Quadracarn before my second meal and (3) GH Factor before bed on an empty stomach. Since I eat my last meal early (around 4/5 pm), this helps me get a good night’s rest.
UMP, Provosyn – I rotate between UMP and Provosyn for their great taste and for the protein and iron they provide, which helps keep my energy levels up.
Ultra 40 Beef Liver, Mass Amino Acids – I also take Ultra 40 Liver and (2) Mass Aminos with each meal to fight the effects of muscle loss due to aging.
Glutamine Select – I sip on Glutamine Select during my workouts to help with recovery.


Training Schedule
I teach daily classes (noted in parenthesis) in addition to the training below
Day 1 (Monday) Chest, Biceps, Abs
(45-Minute Kettlebell Class)
Standing Cable Flye 3×8-15
Seated Concentration Curls 3×12
Incline Chest Press 3×8-15
Olympic Bar Curls 3×12
Decline Chest Press 3×8-15
Rope Bicep Curls 3×15
Push-Ups 100
Decline Abs 3×20
Day 2 (Tuesday) Legs, Shoulders, Abs
(45-Minute Kickboxing Class)
Day 4 (Thursday) Back, Triceps, Abs
(45-minute Pilates Class)
Wide Grip Pulldown 3×8-20
Rope Pressdown 3×20
High Pull 3×8-15
Rope Triceps Pull Outs 3×15-20
Low Pull 3×8-20
Triceps Dips 3×20
Ab Wheel 3×20
Day 5 (Friday) Legs, Abs
(45-minute Boot Camp Class)
Leg Extension 3×12
Leg Curl 3×12
Cable Kickbacks 3×15-20
Plank 3×1 minute
Day 6 (Saturday)
(60-minute HIIT Training Class)
Day 7 (Sunday) Rest Day
Seated Arnold Press 3×8-20
Walking Kettlebell Lunges 3×60
Lateral Raise 3×12-20
Deadlifts 3×6-12
Reverse Flye 3×12-20
Hip Thrusts 3×10-20
Hanging Abs 3×30
Day 3 (Wednesday)
(45-Minute Tabata Class)
Cardio
I do 45 minutes of cardio, five days per week by teaching classes at my studio (HIIT Training, Kettlebell, Kickboxing, Tabata, etc.)

How Bodybuilding Helped Me Live My American Dream
How Bodybuilding Helped Me Live My American Dream
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #3
By: Taneisha Henline

At a Glance:Taneisha Henline
Age: 30
Occupation: Certified Food Manager; Owner & Operator of Top Shotta Jerk Chicken.
Family: Eli – husband of 8 years, and our pup Ruby
Current Residence: Bloomington, IN
Years training: 3 years total
Height: 5’4″
Weight: Off-Season: 145, Contest: 125
Favorite Fitness Meal: Jerk chicken breast with rice and red beans from my food truck, Top Shotta Jerk Chicken
Favorite Supplement: My all-time favorite supplements are: Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select, and Creatine Select. UMP flavors I really enjoy are Chocolate, Cookies & Crème, and Graham Cracker.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? I would definitely recommend Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select, UMP & Mass Amino Acids.
Music: All genres of Jamaican Dancehall and Reggae.
Most inspiring book: The Everyday Guide to Self-Compassion.
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Yoga, mental health advocating, listening to audiobooks, True crime, and everything Star Wars.
Words to live by: “Mens sana in corpore sano” (A sound mind; in a sound body)
Growing up in Jamaica was extremely hard for me; I survived poverty, sexual abuse, death of friends and loved ones. So as one can imagine, I had too many issues to deal with, so I never really thought of working out or the gym. I did have a friend at the time in high school who ran track. I can clearly remember thinking that I’d never want to look that way, i.e., “masculine or muscular,” because, unfortunately, my culture is one where a woman’s body is considered more attractive if she has a thicker body type and not “manly” as we say back home.
As an adult, however, I then wanted to join a gym, but it was just too expensive; after all, I was surviving financially on $70 USD every two weeks, and that was hardly enough to feed myself, so at that time, a gym membership was unattainable.
Fast forward some years, and I’m working as a receptionist at a small resort in my hometown, and in walks Eli Henline; I didn’t know it then, but when he saw me, he told his friends he was going to marry me. I would imagine they probably thought that’d be a long shot because not only did he just meet me, I lived in Jamaica, and he lived in Indiana. We spoke while he stayed at the resort, and when he left to return to America, I sent him a Facebook friend request. We talked for a couple of months, and I came for a visit to see how we would connect. We fell in love, got married, and started building a life together.
Eli has always been an avid bodybuilder and a gold club member of Beverly International since 2005 when he did his first Beverly bodybuilding competition. He then competed in three (3) more Beverly shows. Naturally, he introduced me to Beverly International after I expressed in 2020 that I was beginning to feel a bit uncomfortable in my body. I thought it was time to be healthier, especially now that I could afford a gym membership! Also, I thought it could be something else that Eli and I could bond doing together. I started watching The Gladiators and was fascinated by the beautiful black women and their amazing bodies. That planted a thought in my head that maybe one day, I could look like those amazing women. I had wanted to join a gym for years but wasn’t ready until 2020.
On March 17, 2020, I started training with the coaching of my husband; I stopped eating out and only ate from my food truck Top Shotta Jerk Chicken because I make my food from scratch; it’s fresh, never frozen, extremely healthy but most importantly; I know what’s in every meal! My first day in the gym was perfect; we did legs. I was so excited to start my fitness journey, but sadly, on March 18, 2022, the entire world was shut down due to COVID-19. This would be a major deterrent for many people, but I was undaunted. Therefore, Eli and I decided to go for runs around the neighborhood, continue to eat clean, do bodyweight exercises, and continue to take our Beverly supplements. This kept us on track; once the gym reopened, we got back in and started lifting heavy daily.
I found it struggling at first not to be able to have carbs with every meal, having cheat meals only on Sundays, and not being able to snack 🙂 I am also not an egg or oatmeal person. I solved this by having a UMP shake or bar when needed, especially when working on my food truck or if I needed a quick meal!
For me, the gym is not just a place where I go to pick things up and put them back down 🙂 it has helped me mentally, physically, and emotionally. I lift as a form of self-therapy; it has increased my confidence, self-love and appreciation. For years I dealt with my childhood trauma internally.
I thought I didn’t need to speak with a professional because I had it all under control. Sadly though, in April 2022, I reached a breaking point and decided to speak with someone. It was one of the hardest decisions I’ve ever made, but I’m now happy and proud of myself for making it! I started reading my therapy books and made an everyday effort to work not just on my physical strength but also my mental. I started practicing self-love and compassion; working on my childhood trauma made me realize that I was not living up to my full potential, and it was time to fall back fully in love with myself. I also recognized that I did not have a lot of great moments in my life, and so in March of 2022, I started thinking that maybe I could compete in my first show; I was also being told by my husband and by others, including Ryan Stanton an elite IFBB Pro who trains at the same loyal gym; that I was capable of competing in a show. In May 2022, I answered the call and signed up for my first competition.
Immediately I started doing more in-depth research on bodybuilding, posing, previous competitions, and competitors. I used the Beverly Method to get me to the stage, took a disciplined approach & used it as my blueprint.
Saturday, June 25, 2022, was the big day! At the hotel on the morning of the show, I had a Jamaican Supligen, a milk-based meal supplement nutritional drink used in many Jamaican punch recipes, and a Beverly UMP bar. While backstage, I sipped on Glutamine Select with salt and took small bites of my Beverly goo. My number and name were called, and it was go time! I won all the Figure categories I entered: the Open Novice, Class B, and Overall. I am the 2022 NPC Natural Miss Figure Indiana; I am so happy and proud that I accomplished such success at my first show! Not a lot of people can say they won an overall on their first show.
This was an experience that I will never forget; hearing strangers yell my number was just a tantalizing moment. My family there, especially my husband yelling and cheering for me was so special. I also told myself that I was going to make friends at my show, and I did just that. I’m just elated with how this journey turned out for me. Hard work does pay off, and it also helps to be genetically gifted!
Diet
Not having a solid meal prep plan can be discouraging for one’s fitness journey. Luckily, I have a healthy food business, so I’m fortunate to be able to cook most of my meals fresh. You may cut or increase portions as you see fit! Add your carbs where necessary for you. Eating a solid meal first thing in the morning is extremely difficult; I find that I can drink a UMP shake after my workout or eat a UMP bar, and that’s just perfect for me. I have a very sensitive tummy which other protein powders only irritate, plus Beverly’s UMP is super delicious.

Supplements
Every morning before I lift, I take 2 Lean Out and 2 7- Keto MuscLean with a scoop of Glutamine Select. After each of my six meals, I take 2 Lean Out, 2 Mass Aminos, and 2 Ultra 40s with another scoop of Glutamine Select. I will be adding Muscle Synergy back to my supplement list during the off-season as well.
While lifting, I’m constantly sipping on Glutamine Select and Creatine Select. This is the perfect blend for working out on an empty stomach!
Workout
My workout is a 6-day split. I aim for 3-4 sets of 10 reps on each exercise with a drop set on the final set. Here are examples of the exercises I use for my various body parts.
Quads:
Leg Extension
Leg Press
Lunges
Squats
Hammies:
Leg Curls
Squats (wide stance)
Lunges
Leg Press (feet high on platform)
Back & Biceps:
Pullovers
Pullups
DB Curls
Hammer Curls
Chest & Triceps:
Pec Dec
Push-Ups
Triceps Extension
DB Kickbacks
Back & Delts:
Rows
Pulldowns
Face Pulls
Rear Delt Laterals
Abs & Calves:
Seated Crunch Kicks
Leg Raises
Seated Calf Raise
Standing Calf Raise
In Closing
My first contest prep experience was good. I struggled at first with being moody and trying not to let those emotions get the best of me. Sometimes I felt light-headed while working on my food truck and was sleepier than usual. But, I made perseverance an integral part of my mindset and was determined to relish the process. My high school’s motto, “Mens sana in corpore sano,” the Latin term for “a sound mind in a sound body,” helped me keep my focus. I made sure I had everything taken care of for show day way in advance so I wouldn’t be anxious about anything.
Meal Plan
Meal One
1 scoop UMP, 3 strawberries, and 1/3 cup of blueberries
Meal Two
4oz Body by Shotta chicken breast, 1 small apple, half cup rice, red beans, or sweet potato
Meal Three
5oz lean beef, 2 cups vegetables, 2 tbsp olive oil and vinegar
Meal Four (snack)
1 scoop UMP, half cup rice or red beans
Meal Five
4oz lean meat 2 cups vegetables
Meal Six (snack)
1 scoop UMP, 1 tbsp almond butter
Cardio:
I walk for 20 minutes every morning. When preparing for a contest, I add a session after my workout. My favorite cardio forms include HIIT, running, or the elliptical. I would also go for walks in the afternoon! I always listen to my favorite tracks during cardio; this helps me stay in the zone.

GAINING WEIGHT IS EASY
GAINING WEIGHT IS EASY
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #3
By: Roger Riedinger and the Beverly Advisor Team
It takes about 3,500 extra calories to add one pound of body weight. If you take in 1,000 extra (digestible) calories daily, you will gain about two pounds per week.
IT’S AS SIMPLE AS THAT!

THINK MASS – You must first decide that you really want to gain, that you will gain, and that nothing will stop you from gaining. Gaining weight must become the most important goal in your life. It doesn’t matter that you’ve tried and failed in the past; this time, you have more information, you know what to do, and it’s going to work. LEARN TO RELAX – Worry and stress burn calories. Stop running around worrying about little things that you won’t even remember next week. Slow down – take a nap or just lay down for 15 minutes. Curtail your sports activities for a while. After you gain 10 – 15 pounds, you may return to a more normal lifestyle. You must have a tranquil mind.
EAT MASS – You must eat large quantities of food in order to gain weight. Eating four or five meals per day with protein drinks in between is not out of the question. You must face up to the fact that your calorie requirements are higher than others, so you must eat considerably more. Don’t believe the often-repeated statement that you can only digest 30 grams of protein per meal. If 30 grams is the limit, there would be no big people around. The bottom line is that you must eat everything in sight. Don’t feel guilty that you ate a Big Mac for lunch.
What is wrong here is that you didn’t eat two or three of them! Don’t go overboard on fats, but don’t make the mistake of trying to eliminate them either. Tom Platz and Arnold Schwarzenegger recommend eating plenty of fats to gain weight.
TRAIN MASS – Your training program should be built around a three-day per week program emphasizing the basics. Here is a routine that I have had considerable success with. Be sure that each exercise is performed correctly. You should use explosive-type movements to increase your size and strength. There will be plenty of time later for split routines and cutting programs. Right now, we’re adding mass.
EXERCISE ROUTINE
Add 5-10 lbs each set, then reduce on the last set. Do this workout 3 days per week.
Bent Leg Deadlift 2×15
Squat or Leg Press 10-8-6-20
Bench Press 10-8-6-15
Row or Lat Pulldown 10-8-6-15
Shoulder Press 10-8-6-15
Curl 10-8-6-15
Dips or Tri Extension 10-8-6-15
Abs 3×15
NUTRITIONAL PROGRAM
Now, I’m going to give you some general guidelines on eating to gain mass, but really, it’s a matter of consistently eating a little more than you usually do, no matter how much you’re used to eating, then adding 2-3 high-calorie drinks to your daily routine. Don’t be afraid to eat plenty of whole eggs, milk, and red meat. These are probably the best mass-building foods available. By plenty, I mean up to a dozen eggs, a gallon of milk, and a pound of meat. I know this is a lot, and if you can’t eat this much at first, don’t worry; that’s where the weight-gaining drinks come in. Here’s a sample diet. Make substit
Meal One
A large bowl of cereal with raisins, glass of juice
Meal Two
4 eggs (more if possible), 2 English muffins with jelly, 2 glasses of milk
Meal Three
Protein drink (at right)
Meal Four
1/2 – 1lb lean beef, 4oz. macaroni, spaghetti, rice, or potato, 2 glasses of milkutions where necessary.
Meal Five
Protein drink (at right)
Meal Six
2 peanut butter sandwiches, 2 glasses of milk
You can add all the fruits, salads, and vegetables that you like.
SUPPLEMENT PROGRAM
The final kicker to tie all this together is the supplement program, which should include two (2) drinks daily of MASS MAKER ULTRA, nine (9) ULTRA 40 beef liver tablets, and a SUPER PAK vitamin/mineral supplement.
Take your SUPER PAK vitamin/mineral supplement with meal #1. Take three (3) ULTRA 40 with each meal #2,4,6. Drink two (2) Protein Drinks daily (Meals #3 and #5).
PROTEIN DRINK
Mix in a blender:
- 12 oz vitamin D milk
- 2 scoops Mass Maker Ultra weight gain powder
- 1 banana
- 8 ice cubes
THINK MASS
EAT MASS
TRAIN MASS
Print up a sign with this maxim and look at it every day. You will be successful!


Over 60, Overall Winner Ms. Alabama Gulf Coast Figure
Over 60, Overall Winner Ms. Alabama Gulf Coast Figure
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #3
By: Brinda deGraaf

At a Glance: Brinda deGraaf
Age: 60
Occupation: Brinda’s Beauty & Wellness (Owner and operator), Fitness and Health Coach, Certified Personal Trainer, Group Fitness classes (ASFA), Board Certified – Licensed Cosmetologist and Esthetician, Manager of a local fitness center – Jay Fitness Center
Family: Children, Tony (Amanda) and Tyler (Tiffany); Grandchildren (Hunter, Jayden, Taeghan, and Tyson)
Current Residence: Flomaton, Alabama
Years training: 33 years competitively
Height: 5’1″
Weight: Off-Season: 110, Contest: 104
Favorite Fitness Meal: Pan-seared chicken breast, turnip greens, and sweet potato.
Post-workout meal: 1 scoop UMP Vanilla, add 2 tbsp egg whites and 1 tbsp natural peanut butter to make a delicious pudding.
Favorite Supplement: Of course, my very favorite supplement is UMP Chocolate protein. However, I feel that the combination of Density, Quadracarn, and Ultra 40 are the key supplements for me to build muscle and for performance and recovery.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? I would always recommend UMP protein to everyone because it tastes fantastic and is stomach-friendly. For all-natural athletes and hard gainers, I highly recommend Ultra 40 and Creatine Select as muscle-building blocks for your success.
Music: Contemporary Gospel
Most inspiring book: The Bible
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Spending time with my family. Especially watching my Grands play sports.
Words to live by: Philippians 4:13 – I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me. I also have a motto, “Don’t wish for a good body. Work for it!”.
Fitness has always been a part of my life! I started competing in agility sports and rope climbing competitions in elementary school. From then on, I participated in organized sports through school. My first job was at the local spa, where I received my first of many fitness certifications. I soon realized
I wanted to pursue a career in health and wellness. A former bodybuilder encouraged me to compete in the 1990 Miss Florida Fitness competition, which I won. This sparked my love for competing.
For me, health and wellness encompass more than simply hitting the gym. Throughout my career, I’ve gained experience in the medical, fitness, and beauty industries. Today, I run a business focused on beauty and wellness and also manage a local gym. My true passion lies in helping others to become the best version of themselves and enjoy an enhanced quality of life.
Since the start, I have struggled with gaining muscle. As a natural athlete, I experimented with various protein supplements, weight gainers, and extreme meal plans. However, in 2012, my trainer suggested Beverly International products. Slowly,
I incorporated these products into my routine, and in the past ten years, they have helped me achieve my best muscle size and physical shape yet.
My Beverly Supplement Regimen
Over the years, my Beverly regimen has changed. Today, I’m still interested in gaining and retaining muscle even though I’m in my seventh decade (60 years of age.) Science has shown that the average person loses 30% of their muscle mass by age 60. But thanks to Beverly International supplements, I now have even more muscle than I did when I was younger! Here’s my current regimen that has allowed me to gain muscle while others my age are losing it.\
My Daily Supplements
FitTabs: 2 per day – enhances my energy and vitality and helps relieve stress.
Quadracarn: 6 per day – makes it easier to lose fat, preserves muscle, and enhances energy, mood, and cognitive performance.
Density: 6 per day – helps me get much greater results from my diet and workouts by preventing essential amino acid shortages while improving my muscularity and ability to recover.
Ultra 40 Liver: 8 per day – this super-nutritious, old-school bodybuilding secret has produced amazing results for thousands of natural bodybuilders and other athletes, me included.
Fast-Up: 3 per day – brightens my day by boosting energy, alertness and, as a bonus, makes my mind seem clearer.
Multiple Enzyme Complex: 2 per day – as you get older, especially over 40, your stomach may no longer have the resilience it did in your younger years that allowed you to eat and assimilate just about anything on the menu. Multiple Enzyme Complex gives my stomach the helping hand it needs.
Glutamine Select: 1-2 scoops mixed with 12 oz water post-workout – helps prevent muscle soreness so I can bounce back from yesterday’s workout like a boss while preserving muscle size as I age.
Creatine Select: 1 scoop mixed with 6 oz water pre-workout – helps increase muscular strength, stamina, and power and, at age 60, has research based cognitive benefits as well.
UMP (Ultimate Muscle Protein): 2 to 3 scoops per day – first off, UMP tastes nothing like what you’d think a protein shake would taste like; it tastes like a milkshake, even if you don’t mix it with anything other than water to make it taste delicious. Its unique whey and casein ratio helps me build and preserve lean muscle for hours.
Provosyn: 1 scoop first thing each morning – Provosyn makes it easier for hard gainers and even “40 or 60-plusers” to gain and preserve lean muscle size.

Meal Plan
First thing every morning: Supps: Provosyn and Density essential amino acids for muscle building.
Meal One
2 whole eggs, 2 cups liquid egg whites, 2 slices Ezekial bread, toasted
Supps: 1 FitTab, 3 Ultra 40 Liver, 2 Quadracarn, 1 Fast-Up, and
1 Multiple Enzyme Complex
Pre-Workout: 1 scoop Creatine Select and 2 Fast-Up capsules
Post-Workout: 1-2 scoops Glutamine Select
Meal Two
3/4 cup dry measure oats, mix in 1/2 scoop UMP protein powder and 1 tbsp natural peanut butter
Meal Three
4oz chicken breast, 4oz green veggies of choice, 1/3 cup Jasmine rice, or 3 oz white or sweet potatoes
Supps: 2 Quadracarn, 2 Density, 2 Ultra 40, 1 Multiple Enzyme Complex
Meal Four
1 pkg Tuna Creations, your choice of flavor, 1 oz Almonds, 1/4 cup Blueberries
Meal Five
4 oz Sirloin steak, 4 oz green veggies of choice
Supps: Density, 2 Quadracarn, , 3 Ultra 40 Liver, 1 FitTab
Meal Six
One Scoop UMP, 2 egg whites, 1 tbsp peanut butter
Beverly International supplements have been an integral part of my daily meal plans and workout routine for many years. These supplements have helped me gain strength and size, which I needed, and have been the key to my victory.

Presentation Tips
From my experience, I would say to new athletes who desire to compete, first find a coach that fits your needs and personality because this person will play a huge part in your success. Second, is meal planning, supplementation (I recommend Beverly International), workouts, practice posing, and routine, then, above all else, REST. To achieve your goals and be a successful competitor, you must implement the entire plan to the best of your ability. Finally, remember to stay true to the plan and yourself; you are a winner no matter where your place is on stage.
Contest History
1990-1st Place Miss Florida Fitness (State Fitness Competition)
1992-1st Place Miss Sunshine State (Regional Bodybuilding)
2012-1st Place Masters and Open Bodybuilding and Pro Card (SNBF) 2014-1st Place Pro (SNBF)
2019-1st Place Masters Figure (OCB Emerald Coast Classic)
2020-1st Place Open Class A, 40+ and 50+ (NPC Muscle for Heart) 2021-1st Place Open Class A and 50+ (NPC Riptide Classic)
2023-1st Place Masters 40+, 50+, and Overall (NPC Clash on the Coast) 2023-1st Place Miss Alabama Gulf Coast Figure (NPC Clash on the Coast)
In Closing
I have been a competitive athlete all my life. I have been a runner and played organized sports; however, my love is weightlifting, competitive fitness, and bodybuilding. Throughout my career, I have learned discipline, dedication, and determination. I have learned my self-will and ability as to how far I can push my body and how to love and respect myself as a competitor. Thirty-three years and twenty-two wins, God has been so good to me from beginning to end.


Earning My Bikini Natural Pro Card After 25 Years of Competition
Earning My Bikini Natural Pro Card After 25 Years of Competition
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #2
By: Anett McPhee

At a Glance: Anett McPhee
Age: 49
Occupation: AFAA Certificate Group Exercise Master Instructor & Personal Trainer, Elite Coach and HIIT Coach at Crunch Fitness, Head Prep Coach at Team Iron Angels
Family: Husband of 27 years, 14-year-old son, and 10-year-old daughter
Current Residence: Riverview, Florida
Years training: 25
Height: 5’1″
Weight: Off-Season: 115-118, Contest: 108
Favorite Fitness Meal: Grilled steak, asparagus, and sweet potato! My favorite post-workout meal is ½ cup of cooked old-fashioned oatmeal with a sprinkle of cinnamon and 1 scoop of Angel Food Cake UMP mixed together!
Favorite Supplements: By far, my favorite supplement is UMP! Angel Food Cake, Chocolate, and Graham Cracker are my favorite flavors. I love to put a tablespoon into my coffee (like creamer)—fantastic taste with no added junk for a beautiful treat, am or pm. During contest prep, I won’t go without Quadracarn! It pushes me through my hardest workouts; I call it my “happy pill”. I love Glutamine Select for recovery and how it helps control cravings.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements? UMP is the first supplement I recommend to my clientele. It has a fantastic taste, is easy to digest, with no stomach bloating, and keeps you satisfied for hours. There are several great ways to use it. I love making it into pudding, pancakes, and nice rich shakes, or simply mixing it with water.
Music: I love reggaeton and high-energy club music for my workouts!
Most inspiring book: Body for Life by Bill Phillips
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: I love the ocean and the beach. It is my happy place. I also love gardening and salsa dancing.
Words to live by: God is great! Never give up!
I was born and raised in Budapest, Hungary, and have participated in some form of sports ever since I knew my name. If you asked me what I wanted to be when I grew up, my answer was always to be an Olympian. Today I view being in the best shape possible as my Olympics.
I attended my first fitness competition 25 years ago and fell in love with the experience. Before long, I was training for my first bodybuilding competition. Last year marked my 25th year in competition across many divisions. Two years ago, I took the stage in the Bikini division for the first time. In April of 2021, I finished first in the Master’s Bikini Division during the NPC Klash Championships in Orlando, Florida. This event qualified me for the NPC North American Nationals in Pittsburgh, where I placed 10th in the Master’s Division. I also recently competed in the INBA Elite Physique Championships, earning my Pro Card.
Today I am an Elite Coach, HIIT Coach, and Senior Trainer at Crunch Fitness in Riverview, Florida. As the creator and head prep coach for my competition team, Team Iron Angels, I have guided and mentored many male and female athletes to the stage in several different divisions, including the national level.
Supplements
I have always had an extremely sensitive digestive system and many food allergies. Working with many clients has taught me that many people live with the same issues. I also have a problematic condition and have been battling panic disorder for the past 15 years.
Dealing with these extreme attacks took quite some time to learn to come up with the tools to fight them off without any medications. Before Beverly International, taking supplements would set my attacks off, so I could not stick with any particular supplement specifically for that reason.
After some research, I found that 7-Keto and L-Carnitine have been used to treat anxiety and depression. 7-Keto MuscLean and Quadracarn have truly changed the quality of my life. My overall well-being has improved dramatically.
Here’s my complete supplement plan:
Quadracarn: Great clean energy and strength for your workouts. Keeps muscles nice and full for an amazing pump during your workouts.
Glutamine Select: Helps with recovery, controls cravings, and boosts your immune system.
7-Keto MuscLean: Increased energy with no jitters or extreme change in heart rate. I take one capsule early in the morning, one midday, and a third in the early afternoon.
Lean Out: Completely stimulant free! It helps the body convert stored fat into energy, so you lose fat without losing lean muscle.
Joint Care: Promotes joint comfort and mobility.
Ultra 40: Boosts my iron levels.
It hasn’t been easy to find high-quality natural supplements that work for me. Beverly supplements have worked for me from the outset fifteen years ago and continue to be a huge game changer for my clients and me.


Workout
Monday: Legs and Glutes
Barbell Deadlift 4×12-15
Cable Kickback 4×12-15
Smith Wide Squat 4×12
Leg Extension/Leg Curl Superset 4×12
Walking Lunge/Glute Bridge Superset 4×20
Tuesday: Back and Triceps
Wide-grip Pulldown/Pressdown Superset 4×12
Cable Row/DB Kickback Superset 4×12
Rope High Row/Overhead Cable Ext Superset 4×12
Wednesday: Shoulders and Biceps
Seated DB Press/Seated DB Curl Superset 4×12
DB Laterals/DB Hammer Curl Superset 4×12
Cable Front Raise/Cable Curl Superset 4×12
Rear Delts 4×12
Upright Row 4×12
Thursday: Glutes and Abs
Dumbbell Sumo Squat 4×8-10
Smith Wide Squat 4×8-10
Cable Kickback 4×15-20
Resist Ball Glute Extensions 4×15-20
Outer Thigh Machine 4×10-12
Walking Lunge w/ Leg Kick 4×15
Friday: Chest and Shoulders
Incline Press/Seated DB Lateral Superset 4×10-12
Machine Fly/BB Upright Row Superset 4×12-15
Bosu Ball Pushups/DB Rotator Cuff Superset 4×15- 20
Rear Delt Fly 5×10-15
Saturday: Cardio HIIT Training
Also, work on areas that need improvement and posing practice.
Sunday: REST!
Consistency is key! It’s important to warm up properly. Training is essential, but we cannot forget about rest days for recovery and to be sure to get enough sleep.
Meal Plan
Meal One
½ cup quick Quaker Oats, 4 egg whites, and 1 yolk
Meal Two
(usually pre-workout) 1 scoop UMP and 2 rice cakes (plain or off-season flavored)
Meal Three
3oz protein (chicken breast or 6 egg whites), 4oz sweet potatoes, and 1 cup broccoli
Meal Four (snack)
1 tbsp almond butter and 1–2 rice cakes
Meal Five
3–4 oz protein (chicken, turkey, or egg whites) and 2 cups greens (asparagus or broccoli)
Meal Six (snack)
1 scoop UMP and 2 rice cakes
Every Sunday, I meal prep! When preparing for a contest, I will have every meal ready for the day and take my cooler bag with me wherever I go! And no matter what, I drink one gallon of water every day!

Cardio Schedule
Off-season, 20-30 minutes of cardio a few times a week. I like to mix it up. I love to run! On Saturday mornings at sunrise, I head down to the beach for a nice easy run. Leading up to contest day, I increase my cardio. Another favorite is walking on the treadmill at a 15% elevation and a moderate speed of 3.0 mph.
Presentation Tips
No matter what division you compete in, once you step out on that stage, you must
be prepared to present all that hard work with grace and confidence—practice posing at all times. Record yourself over and over again to get the best perspective of what your presentation looks like. I highly recommend working with a posing coach, especially if this is your first competition. Have fun and take lots of pictures because the experience goes by quickly. Make sure to get feedback from the judges, which will provide valuable information so you may improve for the next show. Remember, you are already a winner for making it through your prep and gracing that stage!

In Closing
I am first and foremost grateful to God for his inspiration and guidance. My life has been so blessed for the past 25+ years as a member of this fitness industry. I have made so many lifetime friendships on this journey. I have learned that everyone has a different WHY, and that is so very important to know your WHY because everyone has their own fitness journey. One must learn, understand, believe, and trust the process, no matter their fitness journey. I am in this for my lifetime, period. This is a lifestyle for me, not a quick fix. One must possess the right smart training plan with no-nonsense supplements and a Beverly International nutrition plan (BeverlyInternational.com/nutrition-solutions). There is always room to learn and grow. Let’s keep going and strive for that NEXT LEVEL!
Footnote
The DHEA metabolite, 3-acetyl-7-oxo-dehydroepiandrosterone, also known as 7-keto DHEA, is a safe, natural, neuroprotective compound which appears to have benefits as a natural antiglucocorticoid and to improve symptoms of depression, anxiety, trauma, and improve memory and cognitive functioning. There are no reported adverse effects or interactions with any other drug. Besides the psychiatric effects described herein, 7-keto DHEA has other reported effects that include enhanced weight loss, enhanced immune functioning, and thermogenesis. Unlike DHEA, 7-keto DHEA has no androgenic activity, as it is not converted to androgen, and because substitution at the 7 position prevents aromatization, it also cannot be converted to estrogen. – https://patents.justia.com/patent/8124598

Look, If You’re Gonna Work Out Anyhow, You Might As Well Make Growing ‘BIG MUSCLE’ Easy. (and the quicker, the better!)
Look, If You’re Gonna Work Out Anyhow, You Might As Well Make Growing ‘BIG MUSCLE’ Easy.
(and the quicker, the better!)
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #2
By: Roger Riedinger and the Beverly Advisor Team

An easy way to simplify your diet AND see massive leaps in your training results!
Steal a look in the cabinets of bodybuilders and fitness competitors who are serious about their results, and you’ll likely discover they have something in common…UMP is on their shelf. Why? Because UMP isn’t some ordinary, everyday, run-of-the-mill protein powder, it is quite simply the most advanced source of anabolic-boosting, fat-blasting protein ever designed. It creates a muscle-building environment unequaled by any other powder.
A Protein Powder That Will Forever Change Your Bodybuilding Results
When Beverly decided to create the Ultimate Muscle Protein (UMP ) formula, our goal was to create a protein supplement to supercharge the complete muscle-building anabolic and anti-catabolic processes… that is exactly what UMP does. It uses super high amino, proprietary proteins, comprised of only the most pristine select Milk Protein Isolates (highest quality casein and whey protein isolates). By binding these super-aminos synergistically with triple-A whey protein concentrates, UMP gives you the same powerful anabolic nutrients of mother’s milk.

It May Sound Amazing, but It Really is True… You Not Only Build Major Muscle, You Also Lose Fat – Simultaneously!

UMP is more than a miracle muscle builder; it’s an astounding, metabolic stimulating blend of top-notch nutrients. It truly lets you custom design your nutritional program so precisely, it literally guarantees you’ll achieve your bodybuilding or fitness goals. You’re not locked into a “one size fits all” serving size; you use the convenient scoop to measure out the exact portion size for your specific dietary need!

Straight Facts on Why You’d Want to Use UMP
- Easy to use! Incredibly smooth and delicious to the taste!
- Versatile enough to make delicious pudding, pancakes, and even crepes.
(See recipes BELOW). - Delivers an optimal macronutrient blend;
if you must miss a meal, it won’t be a big deal. - Maximizes your results from intense exercise
- Increases protein synthesis in post-trained Type II muscle fibers.
- Increases your lean body mass and slashes that annoying fat.
Try and Enjoy These Delicious and Easy UMP Recipes
If we have learned anything over the years, it is that very few people like to follow a diet that is EXACTLY the same every day. Those of us who have made fitness and bodybuilding a way of life have found some clever ways to stay on our diets while satisfying our cravings. Below are some UMP recipes you can use on a regular basis. Enjoy!
UMP CREPES
Mix in blender 3 scoops UMP, 1-2 whole eggs, 5 egg whites, (1 tbsp cream optional), 8oz water (vary water to the consistency you want).
Spray oil in a non-stick skillet and heat to medium heat. Pour the mixture into your skillet and cook as you would thin pancakes – one crepe at a time. Serve as is or with no-sugar-added jelly or preserves or no-sugar-added syrup. Makes 4 – 6 crepes. (Approximately 85 grams protein, 15 grams carbohydrate, 15 grams fat)
Note: You can refrigerate the unused crepes and eat them as a snack anytime.
NUT BUTTER – MOCHA PUDDING
2 scoops of your favorite UMP, 1 tsp natural peanut butter or almond butter, approximately ¼ cup of fresh hot coffee, 2 tbsp Fat-Free Cool Whip (optional)
Mix the first three ingredients in a small bowl or coffee cup. You will need to adjust the amount of coffee depending on your desired consistency. Top with Fat-Free Cool Whip as you eat. WOW!
CHOCOLATE PEANUT BUTTER SUPREME SHAKE
Mix 2 – 3 scoops of UMP Chocolate in a blender, 4 ice cubes, 1 tbsp heavy whipping cream, 1 tbsp peanut butter, and 12-16oz water… Mix and Enjoy!
UMP CAKE
2 scoops UMP (try the Angel Food Cake), a little bit of water or coffee (try 1/8 cup to start), 2 tbsp Fat-Free Cool Whip.
Mix UMP with water or coffee in a small microwaveable bowl until the powder is moist and makes a very thick batter. Microwave for about 40 seconds until the ‘cake’ rises. Top with Cool Whip as you eat.
Be sure not to overcook it, though, or you’ll end up with a really hard cake.
OLD SCHOOL ANABOLIC MEAL REPLACEMENT
Mix UMP with heavy whipping cream and water. This is the same type of anabolic meal replacement used by Rheo Blair and Vince Gironda for drug-free gains during the “Golden Days of Bodybuilding.”
Bodyweight
90 – 115
115 – 165
165 – 225
Amount UMP
1 scoop in 6 – 8 oz water and 2 tbsp heavy whipping cream
2 scoops in 12-oz water and 4 tbsp whipping cream
3 scoops in 18-oz water and 6 tbsp whipping cream
For added weight gain, substitute milk in place of water in the above recipes. If you are worried about too much saturated fat, substitute 1 tbsp sunflower, safflower, or olive oil for each 2 tbsp of heavy whipping cream in the recipes above.
BELGIUM BODY MUSCLE WAFFLES
Talk about a craving killer! If you replaced these waffles with those at a nice brunch restaurant people would never know.
2 scoops UMP (any flavor), 5 egg whites or 3 servings (4 oz) liquid egg whites, and enough water to make batter consistency.
Mix all ingredients to a batter consistency. Place in a waffle maker for 2-4 minutes. Top with low-cal syrup and butter or a butter substitute to make it extra yummy.
If you don’t have a waffle maker, make pancakes. They are fantastic too! Just add a bit more water. If you want these waffles to raise more, add ½ cup of low-fat Bisquik, depending on your goals.

UMP Tastes Great and Is Extremely Versatile
I needed a top-of-the-line multi-species protein supplement to augment my bodybuilding nutrition. After reading and hearing from others about Beverly’s sterling reputation for making superior proteins, I had
to give UMP a try. It tastes great and is highly versatile. Beverly supplements don’t come cheap, but I have learned that you do get what you pay for. You guys are great. I love UMP, Ultra 40, Mass Aminos, Muscle Provider, and Muscle Synergy. Keep up the excellent work. -Tim R
Beverly International Products Give You Consistent Conditioning
Your products and service are excellent. UMP is the best-tasting protein powder I have ever used. I saw consistent conditioning in the Beverly athletes who came in for competition, and that was what I wanted. Initially, I felt the price was more than I wanted to pay; but after trying the products, they are well worth the money: the best products and excellent customer service. The Beverly staff makes you feel like one of the family. -Tommy H
I Got A Smaller Waistline And Tighter Sleeves!
After reading so many good things about Beverly’s UMP product, I decided to try it. I opened the container and was surprised by the aroma that UMP had. It smelled great and didn’t have that pungent smell that almost knocks you over, like so many other proteins on the market.
Next was the taste test…WOW!!!! This was the best-tasting stuff I have ever had. Well, 2 containers later, goals that were never attainable in my dreams before have become a reality. I am up to 185 lbs now; I never thought I could even get to 180. I am there now, and I want even more. Between the product’s taste, the way it mixes, and cost-benefit value, plus the sleeves of my shirts getting tighter and my waistline getting smaller, I’m a Beverly team member for life. -Patrick C
The Inches Just Seem To Melt Off!
Beverly has the best protein powder around. You can make it into a shake or pudding, add it to oatmeal, or even cook with it. When I run out, I panic. There is just no comparison! Great service, great products, and good friends, that = success. When I travel, I take my UMP along and have a meal! I love the taste and the convenience! And the inches seem to melt off! -Sandra W
More Progress in the Last Year than in the Past 6 Years before!
UMP turned out to be much more than I had hoped for because I didn’t expect it to taste so delicious. The nutrient blend in this product seems to be perfect for building muscle and losing fat at the same time. Beverly’s biggest appeal is no marketing hype… just products that work. I have made more progress using Beverly in the last year than in the past 6 years! -Dave H
A Nutrition Store Owner Recommended UMP Over All the Others
The owner of the Nutri-Sport, where I was shopping for protein and meal replacements, said I should try UMP. They sell every protein under the sun, but the fact that they told me to use UMP to achieve my goals meant a lot to me. I have been training for over 20 years, and this product works. -Greg S

Nothing Else Compares
Every time I run out and use another brand, I seem to add body fat. UMP is the best, and I recommend it to everyone. It’s by far the best. -Jerry I
The Price Discouraged Me… But Only At First
The quality, superior taste, and versatility of UMP keep me ordering it (plus the predictability of its results, as seen from other bodybuilding competitors who use
it). Price discouraged me from buying at first, but later on, I realized it was worth the price. Beverly provides excellent products and services; I am happy that Beverly is in existence! -James K
Guaranteed To Be the Best
I just went through my first 2-lb jug of UMP. I have noticed some dramatic changes in my body as far as size and strength go. I love that Beverly stands by their word and guarantee their products…Simply the best service. I am quite satisfied with everything. -Brandon B
When The Best Recommend It, You’ve Got To Try It
Dr. Serrano (the best in his field) was talking about Beverly International at a seminar that I attended. The taste is wonderful! Beverly products seem higher priced, but the quality of the product makes it worth the extra cost. -Amy D
TRY UMP FOR YOURSELF TODAY
Online (24/7): BeverlyInternationalStore.com or Phone (M-F, 9-4 ET): 800-781-3475
Want More Information On Building Muscle and Burning Fat?
Let’s face it. Working out is hard enough. Why add the stress of trying to figure out your exact nutritional requirements every single day? Give your brain a break and gain a breakthrough in results. Beverly International gives you free access to more than 125 customized nutrition plans to help you achieve your goals.
BeverlyInternational.com/nutrition-solutions
- Beverly International Diet Library
100 nutrition plans to choose from tailored to your current weight, condition, and goal - Blueprints for Success (Female)
Fat Loss (4 levels), Maximum Fat Loss
(5 levels), & Muscular Weight Gain - Blueprints for Success (Male)
Gain Muscle / Lose Fat (5 levels), Maximum Fat Loss (4 levels),
Muscular Weight Gain (4 levels)
Need more guidance? Call Beverly today at 1-800-781-3475 and let one of our friendly specialists put you on the fast track to optimal nutrition and extraordinary results.

Don’t Wait Until You’re Breaking Records to Compete
Don’t Wait Until You’re Breaking Records to Compete
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #2
By: Jeremy Helton

At a Glance: Jeremy Helton
Age: 37
Occupation: Business owner operator- Helton Home Services, Wolverine Fight System, Woodsman Coffee Co, and Fitness & Health Coach at Xcel Performance Fitness, Certified Personal Trainer, Functional Fitness Specialist and Fitness Nutrition Specialist
Family: Wife- Julie, 3-year-old daughter and 7-year-old son
Current Residence: Ellettsville, IN
Years training: 18
Height: 5’6″
Weight: Off-Season: 152-170, Contest: 148 or 165 weight class
Favorite Muscle Building Meal: Deer steaks, roasted potatoes and veggies with leafy green salad
Favorite Supplements: Muscle Synergy, Creatine Select, and PBP (Plant-Based Protein)
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements? Glutamine Select and UMP/PBP – tastes great and both help with soreness and recovery.
Music: Rock and Disciple (Skillet, 12 Stones, We as Human)
Most inspiring book: The Bible
Other Hobbies: Hunting and fishing, martial arts and auto performance
Words to live by: Don’t be disappointed with the results of the work you did not do.
My passion for strength training starts in the weight room at Owen Valley High School in Spencer, IN. As a multi-sport athlete, I knew I needed to gain size and strength to be competitive. In the 8th grade, I began reading as much as I could about strength training. When I started lifting with the high school football team in January of 2000, the coaches and older guys on the football team were serious about strength training. When I saw the record board for lifting, I knew I wanted to be on there one day. I dove hard into my training and, after 4 years, had gained 45 pounds of muscle. I did make it on that board for my high school’s current and all-time lifting records.
I met my wife Julie in 2008 when she was an Indiana University strength and conditioning coach. At the time, I was still soaking up everything I could about strength training and dividing my spare time between MMA and lifting. Julie launched Xcel Performance Fitness in 2009, and a couple of years later, I opened Wolverine Fight System martial arts training.
After competing in 85 BJJ and grappling matches, I decided to get back into serious strength training. In December of 2021, I began training with Drew and Stacey Heckman. Drew has totaled 2000 pounds, raw, in the 275-lb class. I was embarrassed my first few sessions lifting at “Sweet Owen Barbell” (that’s what we call the garage gym). Over the winter, everyone started talking about competing. By now, I also had the lifting bug and said I was in. My first two competitions were in the raw division of the American Powerlifting Federation (APF). I set state records for my age group and the open. I also set APF national age group records in the squat and deadlift in the 148-lb class.
My next challenge was to go up to the 165-lb class and compete in the division, which allowed powerlifting gear (squat suit, knee wraps, bench shirt, and deadlift suit). It took me weeks to get used to the equipment and use it to its full advantage. I remember the first time I got into a squat suit with straps down. I was amazed at how the weight moved. I couldn’t get the suit fully on (straps up) until my 3rd session with it. But when I did, I was able to squat 5 lbs over my raw 1RM easily for 3 solid reps. Drew, Stacy, and I used a “linear progression” powerlifting to prepare for our next meet.
The meet was on November 13, 2022, in Dubuque, Iowa, during the United Power Lifting Power Weekend. I competed in the drug-tested division for my age group (33-39). Stacey competed in the raw division and Doug who was coming off an injury in the deadlift only. We all placed first in our divisions. Stacey set new PRs; Dave hit a new PR with a 529-pound deadlift.
I set PRs with a 385-lb squat and 440-lb deadlift, and a 1080-lb total.

Here are a few tips for beginning powerlifting.
- Get the form right before going heavy – have “pretty lifts.”
- Bulletproof your body before going heavy. If not, you will find weak links and possibly injure yourself.
- Recovery is key. Use gel iced knee and elbow sleeves post-workout, and work on tight spots when resting or watching TV via foam roller or massager. Hot tub or Epsom salt baths, ice baths, sleep 7-9 hrs a night and take a 20–30-minute nap if possible. Beverly Supplements help me recover and give me the energy to get through the day.
- Gym lifts do matter but are different from competition numbers. You can’t control the variables in a meet like you can in the gym.
- Don’t wait until you’re breaking records to compete. That’s the reason I waited so long. I received terrible advice years ago and was told I needed to lift “x” pounds to compete, which is untrue. If your technique is solid, get in there, get the experience, and have fun.
Sample linear progression powerlifting schedule
Weeks 1-4
Monday – Squat
Squat 2×4 (after warm-ups)
Leg Press 3×5-7
Leg Curl 3×8-10
Friday – Deadlift
Deadlift 2×4
Bent-over Row 3×5-7
Barbell Curl 3×8-10
Wednesday – Bench Press
Bench Press 2×4
Shoulder Press 3×5-7
Skull Crushers 3×8-10
During weeks 1-4 you’ll do 2 sets of 4 reps on each of the main lifts (Squat, Bench, and Deadlift). Start week 1 with 67.5% of your current max. Add 2.5% each week for week 2 & 3, then deload on week 4 to 55%. If your starting max is 200-lbs, your workout weights would be 135 for week 1, 140 for week 2, and 145 for week 3. Week 4 deload to 110. Jeremy’s competition dead lift was 420, so on his next linear progression cycle he would start with 285.
The second and third exercises listed for each day are “assistance lifts.” For the exercises listed 2nd (leg press, shoulder press, and bent-over row) do 2 sets for 5 reps, then on the 3rd set go for 7 reps in perfect form. If you make it, add 10lbs the following week on the leg press and 5lbs on the shoulder press and bent-over row. Use the same progression scheme for the leg curl, skull crushers and barbell curl –
2 sets of 8, then go for 10 on the 3rd set.
Weeks 5-8
Reduce the reps on the main lifts to 2×3 for weeks 5-8. Start at 75% of your max on week 5 and advance 2.5% each week for weeks 6 & 7, then deload again to 57.5% on week 8. Use the same progression as before on the assistance lifts.
Weeks 9-12
Main lifts are 2×2 starting at 82.5%, progressing 2.5% per week up to 87.5% on week 11. Deload week 12 to 60%. Continue to add weight to the assistance lifts whenever you are able to get 7 (or 10) reps on the 3rd set in perfect form.
Weeks 13-16
The main lifts for week 13 will be 2×1 at 90%. Week 14, 2×1 at 92.5%, and week 15, 2×1 at 95%. During this phase do not try to add weight to the assistance exercises, but do 3×5 or 3×8 in perfect form with the same weight throughout. You will work up to a new max on each of the main lifts during week 16.
Sample Nutrition Plan for Building Muscle and Recovery
Weekdays most meals are prepared in advance and stored in a cooler
Pre-Workout (5:30 am) peanut butter and honey sandwich on whole grain toast, 1 cup strawberries, 4oz lean ham or turkey
Post-Workout (7:30 am) 4 eggs, 1 cup quick oats with 1 scoop PBP (Beverly’s Plant-Based Protein) and oat milk, ½ peach or orange
Snack (10 am) granola bar, ¼ cup mixed nuts
Lunch (noon) avocado and turkey sandwich on whole grain bread, bell pepper; on weekends, it’s usually fish or deer steak tacos with greens and avocado
Snack (2 pm) 2 scoops PBP in oat milk, fruit cup
Snack (4 pm) Woodsman Coffee, peanut butter and strawberry jam on wheat bread
Dinner (7 pm) baked cod or salmon fillet, 1 cup stir fry veggies and an orange; on the weekends, I have steak, baked potato, green beans and salad
Supplements
Super Pak with post-workout meal for energy, recovery, and muscle function
Ultra 40 with meals for strength and energy
Muscle Synergy and Up-Lift, pre-workout for focus, intensity, and strength and size gains
Creatine Select, Muscle Mass & Glutamine Select post-workout for recovery, immune support, and muscle building
PBP as a morning and/or evening snack to supply extra protein for recovery

Gain Muscle as You Lose Fat with this Rare Supplement Technology!
Gain Muscle as You Lose Fat with this Rare Supplement Technology!
No Nonsense Magazine 2021-2022 Collection
By: The Beverly Advisor Team

Learn how you can begin using MASS Aminos today to build and shape your ideal physique, faster.
Used correctly, MASS Aminos can produce visible improvements to your body in a fraction of the time you might otherwise have to wait.
There are plenty of supplements that can help you “bulk up”. But how often do you encounter one that makes it easier for you to gain lean muscle as you drop inches, or even pounds, of fat? In fact, simply by adding MASS AMINO ACIDS tablets (MASS Aminos) to their diet and training regimen, many Beverly International clients have been able to do precisely this. Now you can, too.
What is it?
- MASS Aminos is an advanced amino acid nitrogen technology used by natural physique athletes to support the building and preservation of lean muscle mass.
- MASS Aminos is available in a bottle containing 500 tablets.
What kind of benefits can I expect from Using MASS Aminos?
- Increase in muscle mass: Mark S. from Louisville, KY took MASS Aminos and ULTRA 40 (discussed below) “around the clock” –with meals, in between meals, and when he woke up in the middle of the night. In a year, he gained 10 pounds and was harder and leaner than ever.
- Decrease in body fat: The fact that Mark gained 10 pounds yet was harder and leaner is a clear indication that he gained muscle while losing fat. Others have done the same, even while enduring the rigors of pre-contest dieting (see “Who is it ideal for?”, below). IFBB Fitness Pro Julie Lohre says that MASS Aminos is a pillar of her supplement routine for building a sexy, fit body.
- Muscle preservation (anti-catabolism): Ian King of Kingsports.net feels that MASS Aminos is the best all-around solution to protect your hard-earned muscle against the transient catabolic effects produced by exhaustive training and strict dieting.
- Increase in strength, faster recovery: O.C. Cleare, of Bodies in Motion in Clovis, NM, gives clients MASS Aminos stacked with ULTRA 40 and a Beverly protein. According to O.C., everyone who has been put on this stack reports feeling stronger and leaner than ever in just a couple of weeks.
What makes MASS Aminos different?
- MASS Aminos may be the only product of its kind. It is a custom tablet formulation made exclusively for Beverly International. The chief ingredient is a partial hydrolysate of casein.
- MASS Aminos contains peptide-bonded amino acids (PBAAs). These are peptides consisting of 4-8 amino acids. Scientific studies provide evidence which indicates that PBAAs are ab-sorbed rapidly and deliver as much as DOUBLE the anabolic power of regular food!
Who is it ideal for?
- MASS Aminos can be taken by anyone who is trying to gain or preserve lean muscle mass, or enhance recovery.
- NOTE: This isn’t just an “off-season” supplement! A National Physique Committee (NPC) vice-chairman used MASS Aminos pre-contest to preserve muscle while getting his body fat down to an unbelievable 2.8%. He won his class!
When should I use it?
MASS Aminos are ideally taken:
- With meals.
- During training.
How much should I take?
For maximum results:
- Take 1 tablet per 10 lb of bodyweight per day.
- Divide your daily allotment of tablets into smaller doses.
- Take each dose with meals & while working out.
- Example: A 180-lb athlete would take 18 tab-lets per day. This allotment might be divided into 4 tablets with each of 3 meals (12 tablets total) plus 6 tablets while working out.
What can I stack MASS Aminos with for even faster results?
- MASS Aminos can be combined with any other Beverly International product.
- Perhaps the most impressive results have been reported when MASS Aminos is combined with ULTRA 40 100% Argentine Beef Liver tablets. ULTRA 40 acts like a turbo-charged vitamin B complex with blood-building benefits that boost your energy, endurance and stamina inside and outside the gym.
Beverly International’s Iron Clad Guarantee
Every single Beverly International product is protected by our IronClad Guarantee. If you aren’t completely satisfied within 60 days, let us know it. We’ll give you a full 100% refund.

The Little Known Secret Weapon That Produces Amazing Results For Thousands of Drug-Free Bodybuilders!
The Little Known Secret Weapon That Produces Amazing Results For Thousands of Drug-Free Bodybuilders!
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #1
By: The Beverly Advisor Team

The Natural Protein Source Serious Bodybuilders Take to Forge Their “Bodies of Iron”
Everyone’s looking for an edge. Sure, a few modern-day supplement discoveries have provided incredible boosts for today’s bodybuilders, creatine for example, but if you constantly search for the silver bullet supplement, you’ll only wind up with holes in your wallet. Years of experience have revealed a few time-tested basics of good bodybuilding nutrition. Knowing about protein and aminos is common knowledge, but there’s another equally powerful, although less popular supplement, known as desiccated liver – AND strength, size, and endurance all typically increase after adding a quality desiccated liver supplement to your diet.
Liver tablets have been a mainstay of bodybuilding almost as long as the sport itself has existed. Stories from the old timers are filled with examples of phenomenal gains they made on liver tablets. This is still one of the most potent training aids a bodybuilder can use.
Classic Research Study Verifies Liver Extract Boosts Strength, Endurance, Performance – – And Resistance To Stress And Disease.
It was 1951 when Dr. B.H. Ershoff took three groups of lab rats and fed them controlled diets for a twelve-week period. Group one ate a basic diet fortified with vitamins and minerals. Group two ate as much as they wanted of the same diet plus B vitamins and brewer’s yeast. Group three ate the basic diet but had 10% desiccated liver added to their rations. Then the doctor placed the rats one by one into a drum of water, out of which they could not climb. Therefore, it was either swim or drown. The rats in Group One swam an average of 13.2 minutes, Group Two, an average of 13.4 minutes. When the experiment finally was concluded…Group Three rates were still swimming! Group Three swam almost 10 times as long. No other supplement we know has even come close to liver for improving endurance. Since then the reports of people whose strength, muscle mass and endurance have skyrocketed (since using desiccated liver) have been as countless as the stars in the sky.
Ultra 40 – Beverly’s Form of this Most Potent Natural Bodybuilding Aid
Not all desiccated liver is what it says it is. When Beverly set out to formulate our liver supplement, Ultra 40, we had to improve upon an already proven winner. We started with the “best of the best” – the highest grade AAA purified Argentinean liver concentrate. Why? The Argentine government will not allow their beef herds to be contaminated with DES steroids, growth hormone or pesticides. Back before steroids, bodybuilders were taking 7.5 or 10-grain tablets and swallowing 1000 tablets a week was very common, (that’s 100 plus a day!). So our next move was to use technology to increase the potency packed into every tablet, because no-one wants to swallow 100 pills a day! Then we worked until we had a formula that contains only trace amounts of fat and cholesterol. What we created had FORTY-FIVE TIMES THE NUTRITIONAL VALUE of whole beef liver AND all the nutrients and enzymes of raw liver, PLUS – all the essential amino acids to pack on muscle – but none of the toxins or fats found in whole beef.
A plethora of nutritional factors occur naturally in liver:
- High quality protein and amino acids
- Blood building heme iron (the form absorbed best by the body without toxic buildup)
- Energy modulating B-vitamins including B-12 and Folic Acid
- Nucleic acids (RNA/DNA) for proper amino acid utilization and cell growth
- Fat metabolizing lipotropics (choline and inositol)
- Antioxidants Co Q10 and selenium
- Minerals such as phosphorous, copper, zinc, and GTF chromium (insulin regulator)
- Anti-fatigue and growth factors such as cytochrome p-450.
How Ultra 40 Will Work For You…
Beverly’s Success Formula
A secret at Beverly International that produces more champions than anything we’ve seen is definitely the combination of taking Ultra 40 Tablets and Mass (our amino acid tablets) at each meal. The addition of only four Ultra 40 tablets and four Mass tablets per meal for five meals per day can make a tremendous difference in your physique.
This simple-but-effective supplement program will add up to sixty-five grams of the highest quality protein to your daily intake. The addition of this protein at each meal can have a very positive effect on your hormonal response to eating (more muscle building and fat burning hormones; and less fat storing hormones are produced). Over three months time you will have ingested almost 6000 grams of additional protein, and 24,000 calories of the highest quality nutrients available.
Since it takes approximately 3500 additional calories to gain one pound of bodyweight, dividing 24,000 by 3500 results in a net gain of approximately seven pounds more than if you hadn’t taken the Ultra 40 and Mass. It’s no wonder Beverly clients who compete naturally are coming into their contests leaner, yet 5 – 10 pounds heavier than before taking Mass and Ultra 40!
Here’s How to Take Ultra 40 For Best Results
The amount of Ultra 40 that you should take depends on your level of training and energy needs. Beginners can start at six tablets per day (two per meal), and intermediates should take no less than six liver tablets per meal over three meals or 3 – 5 tablets per meal over 5 – 6 daily meals. Start with 1 – 2 per meal and every week add an extra tablet until you reach the desired level. Advanced bodybuilders make fantastic progress on 30-40 liver tablets per day over periods of time. We suggest women take 9-18 tablets per day.
Advanced muscle-building tip: also a favorite trick of Vince Gironda. Take 2-4 Ultra 40 liver tablets and 2-4 Mass peptide-bonded amino acid tablets on the hour (or even every half hour) throughout the day. Clients have reported muscle gains of 1-2 lbs a week using this method.
These amounts allow you to take in tremendous amounts of protein and nutrients without large amounts of food. You should build up gradually to this amount to avoid upsetting your digestion. While desiccated liver is not considered the cure-all it once was by bodybuilders, it has proved time and again invaluable in breaking through those sticking points in your strength as well as contributing to improved energy flow on a restricted diet. In short, Ultra 40 delivers results.
If You Can Only Take One Supplement It Should Be Ultra 40
You know to build muscle it’s imperative that you intensify your rep and set efforts in the gym. But it’s truly the other 23 hours of nutrient loading outside the gym that determines whether or not you’ll make the gains you’re after. If you’re seriously interested in getting the most out of your training stick with the basics of good bodybuilding nutrition and that means Ultra 40.
Ultra 40 is the staple of any good nutrition program and with 500 per jar; you just can’t find a better value…ALL WITH GUARANTEED RESULTS! For added recovery, increased strength, and increases in lean muscle mass, call today and try Ultra 40 for yourself at 800-781-3475.
Desiccated liver contains nucleic acids for proper amino-acid utilization, a growth factor and an anti-estrogen factor, that keeps testosterone levels high, and is also a great anti-toxin. – Vince Gironda, the “Iron Guru”


My Men’s Physique Success Plan
My Men’s Physique Success Plan
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #1
By: Shaun Canoy

At a Glance: Shaun Canoy
Age: 33
Occupation: OCB Men’s Physique Pro, Online Physique Posing Coach, NC Real Estate Agent, and Online Fitness Consultant
Current Residence: Greensboro, NC
Years training: 19
Height: 5’11”
Weight: Off-Season: 190’s, Contest: 160’s
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Steak with Russet Potatoes
Favorite Supplements: Super Pak, UMP, Creatine Select, and Ultra 40
What would you say to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? Start with UMP; it tastes great!
Music: Depends on the setting, but mostly anything with a good beat.
Most Inspiring Book: Courage Is Calling – by Ryan Holiday
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Traveling to different countries, reading, and fishing.
Words to live by: “Prepare for what’s difficult when it’s easy.”
Instagram: @shauncanoy
Website: www.shauncanoy.com
Growing up, my mother always encouraged me to get outside of my comfort zone and stay active. Sports have always played a role in my life in some way or another. At the age of 14, I discovered my passion for weight training. As a kid, I was always skinny, so the idea of lifting weights and gaining some muscle sounded great to me. After high school, I started fighting in the ring as a kickboxer going undefeated for 3 years.
After a successful journey in kickboxing, I continued weight training in the gym. As time passed, my friends in the gym encouraged me to enter a Physique Competition. At first, I had no interest but eventually gave in and pursued my first show in 2015. In 2016, I began my natural bodybuilding career in the OCB. Since then, I’ve become a top-ranked pro in Men’s Physique, placing 2nd Overall on two occasions at the OCB Yorton Cup.
My success opened many doors in the fitness industry, including becoming a physique posing coach and fitness model. I’ve been able to help hundreds of online men’s physique posing clients worldwide.
Now, I’d like to share my Men’s Physique Success nutrition, supplement, training, and cardio plans.
Nutrition
Diet (approximately 16 Weeks Out)
Contest Prep Diet
6 meals per day
Meal One
1 whole egg, 8 egg whites, 3/4 cup oatmeal
Meal Two
6oz ground turkey or chicken breast, 1 cup green beans or broccoli
Meal Three
6oz ground turkey or chicken breast, 1 cup white jasmine rice, 1 cup green vegetables
Meal Four
6oz sirloin or filet, 1 cup (green vegetables), 5oz russet potatoes
Meal Five (Post-Workout)
2 scoops UMP Vanilla mixed with Creatine Select. (Combining the UMP Vanilla and orange-flavored Creatine Select makes it taste like a Creamsicle!)
Meal Six
5oz chicken breast, 1 cup any green vegetables, 5oz sweet potato
Supplements
When preparing for a bodybuilding competition, supplementation is a necessity, and it is a top priority for me to have supplements that are safe from banned substances. That’s why I use Beverly International. No matter how many accomplishments you have in life, you don’t have anything without your health; it’s very important to be conscious of what you are putting in your body.
Super Pak with meal #2
Take 2 scoops of UMP mixed with 1 scoop of Creatine Select – Orange flavor for post-workout shake no later than 30 minutes (post-workout) for recovery and growth.
Ultra 40 4 tablets with meals #3 and #6
Mass Aminos 4 tablets with meal #5

Training Schedule
I’ve always trained a minimum of 5-6 days a week, and I like to hit my weaker muscle groups twice a week if possible. My coach recently set a goal for me to put on as much lean muscle mass as possible, especially in my chest and back. The following is an example of my current training routine.
Workout 1: Chest/ Triceps/ Abs
DB Bench Press 5×10-12
Incline DB Press 5×10
Cable Chest Flye 4×15
Triceps Pushdowns 5×10
Skull Crushers (using EZ curl bar) 4×10
Cable Triceps Extensions 4×12-15
Lying Leg Raises 3×15
High Cable Crunches 3×15
Workout 2: Back/ Biceps
Pulldowns (Wide Grip) 5×12, 1x to failure
DB Rows (single arm) 3×10
Cable Rows (wide grip) 5×12
Cable Curls (straight bar) 3×12, 1x to failure
Hammer Curls 4×12
Incline DB curls 3×15
Workout 3: Legs
Squat Simulator Machine 5×10-12
Hack Squat Machine 5×10-12
Calf Raises 4×20
Hamstring Curls 4×15
Walking Lunges 3×20 steps
Leg Extensions 3×12, 1x failure
Workout 4: Shoulders/ Abs
Seated DB Shoulder Press 5×10
Seated Lateral Raises 5×10
Standing DB Rear Delt Flyes 3×15
Hanging Leg Raises 3×10
Hanging Knee Raises 3×10
Workout 5: Chest/ Biceps
Pec Deck Machine 4×12
Incline DB Press 6×10-15
Incline DB Flyes 4×10-15
Pushups 4×20
EZ Curl 4×10-12
DB Hammer Curls 5×12
Incline DB Curls 3×15
Workout 6: Back
Lat Machine Pulldown (Wide Grip) 5×10-12
Hammer Strength Row Machine 4×8-12
Shrugs 3×15, 1x failure
Barbell Rows (Overhand Grip) 4×8-12
Cardio
I like to keep my cardio training between 20-30 minutes 5-6 days a week. I usually like to do cardio after my lifting workouts. I feel that it is much more effective that way. I primarily use the treadmill or Stair Master and incorporate the interval training style method. If I want to speed up my fat-burning results, I will start doing early morning fasted cardio and lift later that day.

Presentation Tips
When I first began competing in Men’s Physique, I had no idea how important it was to have an experienced posing coach. Not only experienced but a coach with a track record of success. Posing is an art! I found out very quickly that not all poses work for everyone. After trying to mimic the poses I saw the pros do on YouTube, I realized I needed to find someone who had successfully competed in Men’s Physique and knew how to coach it.
Having an experienced posing coach isn’t enough. You must be coachable. Knowledge isn’t enough; you must apply the knowledge. You must be willing to listen to what your coach tells you to do and do it!
I like to practice my posing year-round, and as I get closer to my show, I practice 3-4 times per week, usually immediately after my workouts for 10-15 minutes.
Lastly, don’t be prideful. I consider myself a pretty good poser and have coached hundreds of Physique competitors worldwide on how to pose. But I will be the first to admit I have never prepared for any of my shows without having a posing coach.
In Closing
Nothing about me is self-made. I owe everything to God and the people he has brought into my life. Throughout my journey, I have learned how valuable it is to have a small circle of friends and mentors who inspire you to be better and support you along the way.
After taking almost four years off from competing as a Men’s Physique Pro, Beverly International supplements played a huge role in my preparation for my comeback this year. I honestly have never felt better preparing for a show. Bodybuilding has added so many amazing things to my life. The amount of work ethic, discipline, and mental strength that I have learned while preparing for five professional bodybuilding competitions has not only helped me grow as an athlete, but it has also helped me grow as an entrepreneur.
If you have a goal, don’t focus solely on the process; focus on the reward. You can do more than you could ever begin to imagine. Just get started!
Stay strong – Shaun

The Natural Protein Source Serious Bodybuilders Have Long Relied On.
The Natural Protein Source Serious Bodybuilders Have Long Relied On.
No Nonsense Magazine 2021-2022 Collection
By: The Beverly Advisor Team

Experience IMMEDIATE and SATISFYING results with this all-around physique & performance enhancer!
ULTRA 40 is a high-potency, all-around physique and performance enhancing supplement that can provide benefits to virtually anyone who trains regularly.
Word spreads fast on the Web. As a result, each day more men and women are realizing that ULTRA 40 is one of the most powerful physique and performance enhancers available. Testimonials from real-world ULTRA 40 users reveal that it provides a comprehensive range of benefits (hence, “all-around”). Moreover, it produces results that are immediately noticeable and highly satisfying. Many users consider ULTRA 40 to be one of the best sup-plement investments they have ever made!
All-around supplements like ULTRA 40 are rare indeed. (Another example of such a product is QUADRACARN.) Why? They require the use of expensive specialty ingredients. This makes them expensive to manufacture. Only if the benefits are impressive will customers pay for them. Like QUADRACARN, ULTRA 40 regularly passes the “benefits test” with flying colors. Before we dive into the details of this powerful formula, let’s take a brief look at the history of liver tablets.
Liver tablets: A nutritional treasure from the “pre-steroid” era!
ULTRA 40 is an ultra-premium beef liver tablet formulation. Before bodybuilding became largely a chemical affair (as with steroids, growth hor-mone, etc.), legends of the sport were supple-menting their training with liver tablets. The best of these liver formulations worked incredibly well.
Bodybuilding “gurus” like Vince Gironda and Rheo Blair compared liver tablets to steroids because of their profound physique and performance enhancing effects -without the side effects, of course. They recommended that bodybuilders consume up to 100 or more tablets daily. (Keep in mind some of these liver formulations were less concentrated than ULTRA 40.)
The secret to the all-around benefits provided by ULTRA 40 lies in the fact that liver tablets are more than just a source of highly usable protein. Each ULTRA 40 tablet is literally packed with an array of vitamins and other critical nutrients and growth factors capable of stimulating a wide variety of metabolic pathways including the build-ing of healthy blood and muscle cells, and much, much more.
ULTRA 40 details
What is ULTRA 40? ULTRA 40 is a 100% Argentine Beef Liver formulation. It is available in a bottle containing 500 tablets.
What are some of the benefits that I can expect from using ULTRA 40?
- Greater energy, strength, stamina and endurance
- Faster muscle gains
- Increased muscle fullness
- Better muscle pumps
- Improved overall well-being (users report “feeling stronger and healthier”)
What makes ULTRA 40 different?
- Derived from 100% Grade 1 Argentine Beef Liver. ULTRA 40 uses the highest grade of liver. It is obtained from grass-fed, pesticide- and hormone-free cattle raised in Argentina. The cattle are raised in facilities inspected by SENASA, which is the equivalent of the Unit-ed States Food & Drug Administration (FDA).
- Contains heme iron. Heme iron is the most bioavailable form of iron in the diet. It is used by red blood cells to synthesize hemoglobin and muscle cells to synthesize myoglobin. Hemoglobin and myoglobin are proteins that help your blood and muscle cells “trap” oxy-gen for use in energy-producing pathways.
- Contains no fillers. Each tablet is packed with physique and performance enhancing nutri-ents and growth factors. There’s no “fluff” in these tablets!
- Unlike other liver tablets, ULTRA 40 is easy to digest and does not cause gas or stomach upset.
- Popular with elite bodybuilders, some of whom have been using ULTRA 40 for decades to accelerate muscle growth and recovery.
Who is ULTRA 40 ideal for?
Being a high-potency, all-around physique and performance enhancing supplement, ULTRA 40 can provide benefits to virtually anyone who trains regularly or is returning to training after a layoff.
Athletes and workout enthusiasts of all kinds can use ULTRA 40 to accelerate their progress, including but not limited to:
- Physique athletes (i.e. bodybuilding, figure, fitness, bikini)
- Powerlifters and Olympic weightlifters
- CrossFit
- Military
- Football
- Basketball
- Soccer
- Baseball
- Hockey
- Cycling
- Track & Field
- Swimming
- Volleyball
- Running
- Golf
- Tennis and other racket sports
What are people saying about ULTRA 40?
The following ULTRA 40 reviews were recently col-lected from the Web:
Paulwilliamanthony writes: “I have had only 5 days use of ULTRA 40 and already feel the difference with much less fatigue, greater recovery and more get up and go.”
Velmtxmaz writes: “ULTRA 40 is a product that you do have to take the recommend dosage to feel the full effect, but the reward is worth all the pills you have to take. Everything from strength plus stamina/energy and a more fullness feeling of the muscles is your reward when you stay consistent with this product. I will always have this product on my list of essential supplements and would highly recommend anyone give them a try. Remember to take the recommended dose or you will not feel the benefits as well.”
Johnboyw: “ULTRA 40 is the real deal. I usually don’t respond to much of anything. Many, many pre-workouts gave little to no help. I started tak-ing ULTRA 40 at 1 tab per 10 lbs weight. Monday came and the workout was as usual. Wednesday came and the workout was phenomenal. I hit 10 reps on every set of every exercise, even when I upped the weight from last week. I couldn’t fig-ure out what was going on. I thought maybe I just had a good day, but I have a stuffy nose and I got maybe 6 hours of sleep last night, if that. I couldn’t figure it out and then it hit me. The liver tabs! That was the only thing that had changed. It wasn’t a placebo effect either because I was expecting 0% increase in strength/energy. I went into the gym to-day hoping to meet or increase slightly what I did last week.”
SQBubble writes: “I’m on my 2nd bottle of ULTRA 40, and I will forever use this product. It makes you stronger, fuller, adds detail, and lets you control the weight better when you lift really heavy. I never thought such a simple product would help so much. I will always have some on my shelf. FYI, I take 18 tablets a day (3×6) on workout days and 12 tablets (4×3 or 2×6) on rest days. Get this if you want results.”
Dkwwood writes: “Cheap and conveniently sized tablets (they are actually easy to swallow) that can be taken with meals to boost nutritional quality. I take four or six with each meal depending on the protein content and my workout schedule.”
Mikedemeter writes: “I had the pleasure and privilege of working under Vince Gironda. There wasn’t a drug-free champ that didn’t live on liver tablets, eggs and digestive enzymes to maintain muscular density and vitality. Between meals, ULTRA 40 is an ideal addition –typically 20-30 tabs at a time. You all saw the results back then. Sow the same seeds, reap the same harvest.”
Alconcel4 writes: “ULTRA 40 is an old school sup-plement that has stood the test of time. Energy is prolonged and recovery is rapid when taking the recommended doses. Tablets are smooth and easy to swallow. Highly recommended!”
What can I stack ULTRA 40 with?
MASS AMINO ACIDS: For those wishing to acceler-ate mass gains, a popular stack consists of ULTRA 40 and MASS AMINO ACIDS tablets. Users of this stack regularly report making lean, hard mass gains of several pounds in 6-8 weeks.
A sample supplement stack combining Mass and Ultra 40 might look like this:
- Client: 180-lb Male
- Goals: Add lean muscle size and strength
- Optimum Ultra 40 and Mass Amino Dose:
- 18 tablets daily of each Beverly Stack:
- Breakfast: Super Pak, Mass (3 tablets), Ultra 40 (3 tablets)
- Mid morning: UMP shake, Mass (3 tablets), Ultra 40 (3 tablets)
- Lunch: Mass (3 tablets), Ultra 40 (3 tablets)
- Post-workout or -practice: UMP shake, Mass (3 tablets), Ultra 40 (3 tablets)
- Dinner: Mass (3 tablets), Ultra 40 (3 tablets)
- Before Bed: UMP shake, Mass (3 tablets), Ultra 40 (3 tablets)
If your meals are not as regimented as those listed above, just take 6 Ultra 40 tablets and 6 Mass tablets with breakfast, lunch, and dinner. The key is to be sure to take 1 tablet each of Mass and Ultra 40 for every 10 lbs of body weight. Give it a try, your results are guaranteed – strength, stamina, and muscle size.
What else works well with ULTRA 40?
QUADRACARN: This is a top-selling supplement with men and women of all ages and backgrounds. The main reason why is that, like ULTRA 40, it is an incredible “all-around” product. QUADRACARN pro-vides a wide range of benefits including enhanced fat loss, muscularity, pumps, sexual potency, cogni-tive performance and more. Stacking ULTRA 40 with QUADRACARN is sure to produce incredible results!
If you’d like to stack Quadracarn with Ultra 40, it’s easy. Take Ultra 40 as instructed above and add Quadracarn this way.
- Workout Days: 3 Quadracarn at Breakfast, 3 Quadracarn Pre-Workout, and 3 Quadracarn with Dinner.
- Non Workout Days: 3 Quadracarn at Breakfast and 3 more with Dinner.
Beverly International’s Iron Clad Guarantee
Every single Beverly International product is protected by our IronClad Guarantee. If you aren’t completely satisfied within 60 days, let us know it. We’ll give you a full 100% refund.


From Boston to Bodybuilding
From Boston to Bodybuilding
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #1
By: Rob Rosenblum, Photos by: Brent Acree

At a Glance: Rob Rosenblum
Age: 62
Occupation: Owner of DKOTA Grizzly, a lifestyle clothing brand
Family: Wife, Mary Ann, and two children
Current Residence: St. Louis, MO
Years training (total): 5
Height: 5’8.5″
Weight: Off-Season: 178, Contest: 169
Favorite Beverly Supplements: Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, and Density
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Egg whites, steak, spinach omelet w/ avocado + oatmeal and blueberries on the side.
What would you say to someone who has never heard of Beverly supplements? Beverly was around before the flash and hype of social media. Straightforward ingredients and packaging say a lot about the value of what’s inside.
Music: Anything by Shinedown, Godsmack, Puddle of Mudd
Most Inspiring Book: The Last Lion by Winston Churchill
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Landscaping, Corvettes, and fishing
Words to live by: “Life is not a dress rehearsal.”
I was not athletic in my teenage years. I found running only in my 30s as I sought to get my weight down. I discovered that I loved the discipline, competition, and life-long friendships of a very accomplished group of men and women who often placed in their age groups and overalls in many endurance events.
My unexpected journey from endurance athlete to competitive bodybuilding began on Patriots Day, 2016, the third Monday in April, when I planned to be on the starting line for my fourth Boston Marathon at age 55. Instead, I was in my chiropractor’s office choking back tears, frustrated at having to scratch my race, and, most of all, mad at myself for having failed my first attempt at rehabilitation for an L5/S1 disc injury one year earlier.
Dr. Matt Lytle was blunt; I was done running for a long time. This wasn’t just a bad hammy strain or plantar fasciitis- both of which his care had healed. I’d joke that he had “kept the wheels on a vintage vehicle” through my decades of running. This time, though, I’d run myself right off the road.
Typical of many high-mileage runners who started running in the 90s- cross-training, proper recovery, and (though hard to imagine now) adequate nutrition were often afterthoughts. Want to run faster? Run more! That was the prevailing wisdom. I trained with a goal but didn’t have a plan. The result: I failed to qualify for Boston in my first four attempts.
I needed a plan. (I needed to get faster- -faster than I got older.) By the time I made it to my first Boston Marathon in 2011, I had soaked up any nutritional, rehabilitation, and training guidance I could find. I started sipping BCCA‘s during runs, began taking Quadracarn (my first Beverly supplement), and routinely pounded Beverly UMP shakes at our post-run coffee gatherings (even bringing powder-filled baggies for the baristas to mix into banana smoothies).
Though I was knocking down lifetime running PRs, I was also running myself into trouble by increasing the demands on my aging body. I was ignoring signals. I was worn down and structurally out of balance, mashing on the gas pedal with a dashboard full of warning lights and bald tires.
That brought me to April 2016. Rather than prescribing only traditional, clinical PT, Dr. Lytle approved of working with trainers he knew had a complete understanding of disc injuries and could trust to structure a rehabilitative strengthening program given my current limits. When a chiropractor is in synch with trainers, you can be damn sure you’ve been hooked up with the best.
I needed a new plan. That’s when I met Jared Fryman, a soft-spoken shaved-headed Marine who fills a doorway with his frame and always lights up the gym with a smile. Jared fully understood where my head was: I missed my running group, my intense cardio, and the structure and discipline of my marathon training. I’d fallen into the habit of cheering myself up with sugary treats and carbs. But without the miles to burn them up, I was closing in on 20% BF and doing nothing to preserve –much less add to– the muscle mass I’d burned in some 24,000 miles of running.
Jared said, “Rob, I think you could change your body composition if we switch up the cardio mix and clean up your diet.” He detailed a nutrition plan that started with a painful three-week “sugar detox,” which quickly transitioned to a familiar muscle-building, six meals per day nutritional program. Jared recommended additional Beverly supplements and structured a lifting and cardio plan. (detailed nearby)
Without mentioning the words “bodybuilding” or “competition,” Jared set me on a course for success. Always a good Marine, he knew where this mission was headed way before I did.
The upper body changes came pretty fast. Legs? Well…not so much. I would joke that my leg and glute muscles were “road kill that I’d left on the marathon course between Hopkinton and Boston.” My initial squat program began with an empty bar and a bottom range limited to an 18-inch red stool, topped by a blue pad and a thick 45lb plate. To that point, I had never done a single loaded back squat in my life!
I was gradually able to jettison the blue pad, then the plate, and add load. The key was a balanced progression, alternating weeks of either increasing range or poundage.
By May of 2017, I started looking for my first physique event. Putting up the entry fee and having a target date gave me that same long-range mental focus as completing the dozens of race entries as a runner. We settled on a natural NPC Midwest event in a small venue. Jared knew it would be comfortable and a confidence builder.
While on stage, I recall Jared screaming, “squeeeeze!” I took first place in Masters divisions and novice while experiencing my first pose down. Up until this point, bodybuilding was just another challenge, something to do until I could run again.
But not now. With mixed emotions, I said goodbye to the runner who wanted to shave minutes off his PRs. Now I wanted to keep my new gains ….and add more.
I added Ultra 40 and Density and noticed I looked much fuller during subsequent contest preps. Muscle Synergy became a pre-workout favorite along with the daily Quadracarn, Lean Out, and 7-Keto MuscLean combo.
I’d noticed Jared’s sword trophies from Kentucky Muscle and, typical of runners who suffered for the glory of a competitor T-shirt or race medal “bling,” I knew I wanted one of those swords.
Gains were painstakingly slow for the next four years as I entered various contests. But by the time I walked on stage for my first Kentucky Muscle in 2021, I’d gained 8 lbs. of muscle.
That year, Master’s Classic Physique was only one class, 35+. Right then, I knew my chances at placing would be a long shot, but that just fired me up even more. No surprise I finished near the bottom in Classic. Happily, I crossed over to Physique and brought home my first swords for 60+ and novice.
I wanted to give Classic Physique another go. We worked hard for another year and also focused on posing. I returned to Kentucky Muscle in 2022. This time, the master’s group had 60+ and 50+ divisions where I earned 1st and 4th place swords.
Mary Ann, my wife of 38 years, thought my running group and I were crazy with our 5 am, rain or shine training. Now she knows bodybuilding is a different kind of crazy commitment.
Nutrition
Diet (approximately 16 Weeks Out)
Saturday / Sunday / Monday
Meal 1: 2 whole eggs, 1c egg whites, 3oz avocado, 1 c spinach, ¹⁄₂c berries, ¹⁄₂c oatmeal
Meal 2: 7oz chicken, 1c quinoa, 1c zucchini
Meal 3: Protein shake with banana
Meal 4: 7oz chicken, ¹⁄₂c jasmine rice, 1c green beans, ¹⁄₄c almonds
Meal 5: 7oz chicken, ¹⁄₂c quinoa, 1c carrots, 10 pecan halves
Meal 6: 7oz chicken, 2c mixed salad, 1 tbsp olive oil, ¹⁄₂ red pepper
Tuesday / Wednesday / Thursday / Friday
Meal 1: 6oz steak, ¹⁄₂c spinach, ¹⁄₂c mushrooms, ¹⁄₂c berries, ¹⁄₂c oatmeal
Meal 2: 7oz chicken, 1c quinoa, 1c zucchini
Meal 3: Protein shake with banana
Meal 4: 7oz chicken, 1c jasmine rice, 1 red pepper
Meal 5: 7oz chicken, ³⁄₄c quinoa, 1c carrots
Meal 6: 7oz turkey or chicken, 7oz sweet potato, 1c green beans
Supplements:
3 Quadracarn and 3 Density: Meals 1, 3, and 6. These are my Beverly “go-to’s.”
Lean Out: 1-2 capsules with every meal.
7-Keto MuscLean: 3 capsules with Meals 1 and 3, this combo of Lean Out & 7-Keto MuscLean significantly helps with cravings as calories decrease.
Ultra 40: Give yourself time to work up to dose as directed for your weight 1 tablet per 10 pounds of body weight), split over 4 to 5 meals. I always felt I looked fuller even on low-carb cycles.
Muscle Synergy: Sip during workouts – a great pump.
ZMA 2000: 3 capsules before bedtime.
Pre-Contest Diet (8 Weeks Out)
Sunday / Monday
Meal 1: 2oz chicken, 2 whole eggs, 4oz avocado, 1c spinach, 1 grapefruit
Meal 2: 7oz chicken, 7oz sweet potato, 1c green beans
Meal 3: Protein shake with 1 c berries, almond milk, plus ¹⁄₄c almonds
Meal 4: 7oz turkey breast, 1c jasmine rice, ³⁄₄c carrots Meal 5: 7oz cod, 7oz red potato, ¹⁄₂ red pepper
Meal 6: 7oz chicken, 2c mixed salad, 1 tbsp olive oil, ¹⁄₂c jasmine rice
Tuesday / Wednesday
Meal 1: 2oz chicken, 2 whole eggs, 1c spinach, ¹⁄₄c oats, ¹⁄₂c blueberries
Meal 2: 7oz chicken, 5oz sweet potato, 1c green beans
Meal 3: Protein shake with 1c berries, almond milk, plus ¹⁄₄c almonds
Meal 4: 7oz turkey breast, ¹⁄₂c jasmine rice, ¹⁄₂c carrots, 4oz avocado
Meal 5: 7oz cod, 7oz red potato, ¹⁄₂ red pepper
Meal 6: 7oz chicken, 2 c mixed salad, 1 tbsp olive oil, ¹⁄₂ c jasmine rice
Thursday / Friday / Saturday
Meal 1: 3oz steak, 2 whole eggs, 1c spinach, ¹⁄₄c oats, ¹⁄₂c blueberries
Meal 2: 7oz chicken, 3oz sweet potato, 1c green beans, ¹⁄₄c almonds
Meal 3: Protein shake with 1c berries, almond milk, plus ¹⁄₄c almonds
Meal 4: 6oz lean steak, 1c carrots, 4oz avocado
Meal 5: 7oz cod, 1c cucumber, ¹⁄₂ red pepper
Meal 6: 7oz chicken, 2c mixed salad, 1 tbsp olive oil, ¹⁄₂c jasmine rice
Periodized Workout Program
Here is an example of the periodization lifting plan that my trainer, Jared Fryman, outlined:
Monday: Chest, Mid-back, Rotator cuff
Tuesday: Quads, Adductors, Calves
Wednesday: Functional cardio (Offseason), HIIT (In season)
Thursday: Shoulders, Lats, Rotator cuff
Friday: Hamstrings, Abductors
Saturday: Arms, Abs
Sunday: Rest (Posing in season)
My workout is divided into 3-week phases. I go through each phase 1 to 2 times before going on to the next phase.
Phase 1
Week 1
Primary lifts 3x15x12x10
Secondary lifts 3x15x12x10
Emphasis, Stability (Earthquake bar is great to use, band work)
Week 2
Primary lifts 4×12
Secondary lifts 15x12x10
Emphasis Negatives 3×8
Week 3
Primary lifts 12x12x10x8
Secondary lifts 3×15
Emphasis Drop sets 3 sets, start at 90-95% of lift, drop 20% each set
Here is an example of a chest and mid-back routine for Phase 1, week 3:
- Warm-up Rower for 5 minutes, band work for shoulders, then warm-up sets @ 50, 60, 70% working weight for primary lifts
- Dumbbell Rows 12x12x10x8
- Machine Chest Press 12x12x10x8
- Machine Row Drop Sets, 3 drops each set for 3 sets. Fifteen seconds of rest between drops. Ninety seconds rest between sets.
- Chest Press Drop Sets 3 drops each set for 3 sets. Fifteen seconds of rest between drops. Ninety seconds rest between sets.
- Dumbbell Reverse Flye 3×15
- One-Arm Cable Decline Press 3×15
- Banded Face Pulls 3×15


Phase 2
Week 1
Primary lifts 5×10
Secondary lifts 3×12
Emphasis Speed/ Power work, 10 seconds, 3 sets
Week 2
Primary lifts 10x10x8x6
Secondary lifts 12x10x8
Emphasis Negatives 3×5
Week 3
Primary lifts 4×8
Secondary lifts 3x15x12x10
Emphasis Rack/ Box lifts 3×5
Here is an example of a Quad workout from Phase 2, week 2. Due to previous injuries, I can’t go as heavy on my lower body, so I do supersets to get extra volume work in.
- Warm-up Bike 5 minutes, dynamic leg swings, hip band warm-ups, warm-up on squats @ 50, 60, 70% of working weight.
- Squats 3x10x10x8x6
- Calf Raises 3×15 (usually keep reps higher on calf work)
- Box Squats 3 sets of negatives. 5 count down to box.
- Split Squat 12x10x8
- Leg Press 3×15 (Superset with lunges for extra volume)
- Leg Extension 3×5 single-leg negatives, and double leg extension for 15 reps with 2 count contractions at the top.
- Copenhagen Side Planks hold 30 seconds. Or use the bottom leg to touch and help as much as needed to maintain form.
- Single-Leg Bridge 3×15. (Keeping the posterior chain strengthened is a must, so I add an extra movement for the back side of the body each week during my Quad workout)
Cardio
Off-season (up to 12 weeks before a show)
Monday HIIT 30/30 splits
Tuesday Steady state 30 minutes
Wednesday Functional cardio
Thursday Steady state 30 minutes
Friday Steady state 30 minutes
Saturday Bootcamp class or HIIT 120/60 splits Sunday Off or steady state for 45 minutes
Pre-Contest:
Monday HIIT 30/30 splits
Tuesday Steady state 45 minutes
Wednesday HIIT 60/30 splits
Thursday Steady state 45 minutes
Friday Steady state 45 minutes
Saturday HIIT 120/60 splits
Sunday Steady state 45 minutes


Presentation Tips
Start posing practice early. Pose without a mirror so you can “feel” the pose without having to see yourself. Don’t worry about anybody else on stage. Focus on yourself and the judges. If you are competing in Mens Physique, and you are under 6ft tall, make sure your boardshorts are not too long and baggy.
In Closing
Bodybuilding and contest prep, like life, is a journey. The results and progress you achieve are the results of consistent effort and diligence applied over time. Some days you feel like you’re 26; other days, you feel like you’re 62. Every day in the gym will not be your 100% best, so If you cannot bring everything you have, bring all that you’ve got. You will always feel better than totally skipping a day.
You may have an IFBB pro you admire, but that person is thousands of hours ahead of you. Look at your peer group for a reality check. Make a detailed checklist well in advance of your competition. It will ease your mind for the last 48hrs and let you focus.
Remember, you are attempting something that very few ever will try. You are a winner when you walk on that stage because you made the most of what your creator gave you. So be humble to your God, and then… when you walk out on stage, smile and OWN IT!.

MASSIVE MUSCLE FOR THE NATURAL ATHLETE IN 42 DAYS
MASSIVE MUSCLE FOR THE NATURAL ATHLETE IN 42 DAYS
No Nonsense Magazine 2021-2022 Collection
By: The Beverly Advisor Team
That’s Right, It Can Be Done, but the Relationship Between Training and Rest Recovery Is More Important Than You Ever Imagined.
TRY THIS 42-DAY PROGRAM AND YOU’LL BE AMAZED!
It is a truism that athletes have varying genetic capabilities. Consequently, there is no point in publishing the “latest secret workout program designed to make you bigger than The Incredible Hulk overnight.”
We would suggest that the one real secret is that pro bodybuilders have chromosomes that would allow them to take an aerobics class, drop a Dianabol tab or two, train with the iron about as often as the moon appears blue, and still build muscle from that.
Well gee, guess what — ninety-nine percent of the population can not follow that protocol.
Well then, what to do?
First, you have to avoid over-training and exploit principles such as specialization and progression. From our involvement with thousands of athletes at every level, we have developed a miraculous 42-day size-surge workout to increase growth and rest-recovery to cover the wide bell-shaped curve of the genetic population.
Because it reduces over-training and increases growth in even the “genetically challenged,” this program naturally also works for the genetically blessed. Remember: the genetically blessed can grow from almost any program, so this is applicable to everyone.
This routine is built around three core training principles:
- Specialization
- Planned Progression
- Rest-Recovery

Specialization, it’s impossible for the non-steroid athlete to train every body part maximally in terms of volume and intensity. For this reason, specialization becomes essential. We’ve focused on leg development in this program since we find that it is the #1 underdeveloped area in most trainees.
Planned Progression, while promoting rest-recovery, is another basic premise essential to this program. Progression doesn’t “just happen”: You have to map it out strategically. Realistic progression is a key factor that most natural trainees miss because they try to progress too fast or at an unrealistic pace. Trying to progress too fast will cause you to fail. Instead, you have to become goal-oriented in your progression. Every day you go into the gym, set a small goal for yourself, even if it is just one extra rep on a particular set. Performing and achieving the goal in your mind before you physically encounter
the weight will prepare you and your body for constant success.

Rest-Recovery (and free radical suppression) can be promoted by using cycle training, planning rest days around the varying stress levels imposed upon your Neuromuscular and adrenal systems.
Remember that while you may over-train a single muscle like your biceps, you can also over-train your entire neuromuscular system. This is why we suggest two rest days following heavy leg training – because exercises like squats tax your entire body. Recovery and recuperation within the workouts are also promoted by a push/pull style of training on the major upper-body training days. This facilitates blood flow to opposing muscle groups, prevents premature lactic acid buildups and fatigue in one muscle group, and has a spinal core mediated basis for recovery.
Day 1 Chest and Back
Push/Pull Series #1
Bench Press / Bent Row or Seated Cable Row. You will do one set of bench presses, rest 60-90 seconds and then do your set of rows. Follow that for all five sets. For example:
Set #1 Bench Press warm-up – 135 x 10 reps
Set #1 Seated Rows warm-up-7-9 reps
Set #2 Bench Press warm-up – 185 x 3 reps
Set #2 Seated Rows warm-up, 7-9 reps
Set #3 Bench Press 185 x 10–12 reps. Do max reps. If you get 12 reps, then increase by 5% (10 lbs.) the next workout
Set #3 Seated Rows 7-9 reps to failure
Sets #4 & 5 Bench Press 5–7 reps to failure – 215-lbs. on both sets. When you get 7 reps on both sets, add 10 lbs
Sets #4 & 5 Seated Rows 7-9 reps to failure
Push/Pull Series #2
(Same procedure as 1st group – alternate 1 set pressing with a set of pulling)
Incline Press or Lat Pulldown
Incline Press 3 Sets 6–10 reps to failure when you can get 10 reps on all 3 sets, increase the weight by 5 lbs (DB)
or 10 lbs (BB)
Pulldowns 3 sets 8–12 reps
Push/Pull Series #3
Dumbbell Press / Chins
DB Press 1st Set: 20–25 reps to failure, 2nd Set: 12–15 reps to failure
Chins 2 sets to failure (if you can do less than 6 reps per set of chins, add additional sets so that the total reps performed over all sets is at least 12)
Day 2 Light Legs
Compound Sets – (2 sets within same muscle group).
We find very few trainees spend enough time on their legs. The addition of this short workout can make a large difference in your development.
Series One: 6 sets 12 reps each
Front Squat or Smith Machine Squat compounded with Hack Squats. Keep constant tension on the quads by descending below parallel and coming up just 3/4 of the way (non-lockout.)
Try for 12 reps per set. When you can complete 12 reps on all 6 sets, add 10% to the weight. Rest just 60 seconds after completing each superset – take no more than 18 minutes to complete all 6 supersets.
Series Two
Leg curls compounded with Straight Leg Deadlifts.
3 sets 10 reps each – constant weight. (You may add a couple of straight sets for your calves at the end.)

Day 3 Shoulders, Biceps, and Triceps
Push/Pull Series #1
Shoulder Press (seated or standing).
Warm-up set, then 3 sets 5–7 reps
Heavy Barbell Curls warm-up set, then 3 sets 5–7 reps
Triceps Pushdown 3 sets 6–10 reps to failure
On the above push-pull series, you alternate exercises: 1st set of Shoulder Presses, with 60–90 second rest. Then 1st set Barbell Curls. Rest. Then 1st set of Triceps Pushdowns. Rest 60 – 90 and repeat the series.
Push/Pull Series #2
3-Way Dumbbell Raises, 3 sets. Do Bent Over Laterals, 1x 5 reps, Front Raises, 5 reps, and finally Lateral Raises, for your last 5 reps. Repeat until 3 sets of each have been completed.
3-Way Dumbbell Curls, 3 sets. Do 5 reps top half, 5 reps bottom half, and the final 5 reps are full reps!
3-Way Triceps Presses, 3 sets. Do 5 reps Skull Crushers to forehead, next 5 reps bring bar behind the head, and final 5 reps is a full Pullover and Press.
Day 4 Rest
Day 5 Heavy Legs
(You use planned progression, and your weights are based on 225 x 10 reps normal workout poundage.)
Squat straight sets (lots of rest)
1st set warm-up 10 easy reps – 135
2nd set warm-up 5 Reps – 185
3rd set warm-up 3 Reps – 205
Work Set #1: Use your normal 12–15 rep weight (in this case 205lbs) and do 15–25 reps. Rest 5 minutes
Work Set #2: Add 20-lbs. (225) and try to get 10–20 reps. Rest 5 minutes
Work Set #3: Use the same weight as work set one (205) and go for max reps.
Note: Add weight when you make 25 reps on your first work set or 20 reps on the 2nd work set, but the 3rd work set is always the same weight as the 1st work set.
Try to add at least 1 rep to each work set above each workout
Push/Pull Series to finish
Leg presses 3 x 8–12 reps
Leg curls 3 x 8-12 reps
Day 6 and 7 Rest
Nutrition / Special Supplements for Mass!
In conjunction with a much more realistic approach to training, understand that even genetic wonders do not get maximum results without optimum nutrient-dense 24-hour nutritional support.
Aim for at least 1.5 times your body weight in grams of protein every day. To start, you’ll need at least three regular meals based around whole food protein sources such as steak, eggs, lean ground beef, turkey, chicken, cottage cheese, and fish.
Most people just cannot eat 5-7 whole food meals every day. Instead of trying to choke down one can of tuna after the other all day long, protein drinks make getting your protein quota easier.
You need an intelligent blend of high-octane proteins for growth and support. We do strongly believe that Beverly UMP is the best in quality, convenience, taste, and thus results. UMP is best as a rich and creamy drink. Add heavy cream or half and half to your shake for more nutrient density. You can also make UMP pudding, UMP crepes, and more.
No matter how you use UMP, it provides extra nutritional support and superior source of high nitrogen to grow muscle.
Another very important support tool in your program is Ultra 40 – almost a perfect bodybuilding food. This will not only supply a surplus of amino acids and a premium grade beef protein, but Ultra 40 is laced with micronutrients that provide the groundwork within your metabolism for big growth. This will give you the constant influx of nutrients you need to recover and facilitate growth, 24-7!
For advanced trainees, we’ve all heard the phrase “you don’t grow in the gym.” “Forget what the experts say”… you can grow while you train. There are both truths and fallacies to this statement.
Your efforts in the gym stimulate the growth and recovery that takes place outside of the gym, but there certainly is nothing wrong with getting a jump-start on the process. Density, Muscle Mass and Glutamine Select provide top-grade fuel sources of amino acids for your muscles to feed on while you are training. In addition to fueling growth, an adequate supply of BCAAs in the bloodstream stimulates the utilization of fat stores and increases levels of growth-producing hormones such as testosterone, insulin, and growth hormone. During training, take one or more of these high potency amino acid supplements to increase all three anabolic hormonal environments far past what training alone can provide.
Finally, we also feel that Creatine Select and Mass Maker Ultra will help most people gain mass, especially naturals.
How long? 42 Days
Now, if after 42 days, you are still able to meet your planned progression goals, go another two weeks. Be sure you pay close attention to your nutrition. Take your supplements regularly. Plan each training session in advance. We guarantee you’ll build more muscle in the next 6 weeks than you have in the past 6 months!



NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE WORKOUT & DIET
Beverly International’s Blueprints for Success
Natural Muscle Size Workout & Diet
No Nonsense Magazine 2012-2022 Collection
By: The Beverly Advisor Team
The rationale behind our Natural Muscle Size Workout and Diet is that you first must lay down a foundation of size and strength. Whether you’ve been working out for decades and just need to “reinforce” your foundation, or are relatively new to the weights, this can best be accomplished through basic exercises, heavy (for you) weights, systematic progression, and an increased focus on nutrition with an emphasis on frequent use of very high quality protein and a slight overload of calories.
Natural Muscle Size Workout
Here are the basic workout rules:
- Read the instructions listed for each exercise. They will tell you exactly how to structure your sets, reps, and progression to get maximum results.
- Follow this schedule for 12-16 weeks as you progress through the levels of your Natural Muscle Size Supplement program. Whether you’re an intermediate or have been training for decades, be prepared to make some of the best gains of your life in strength and muscle size.
Monday: Chest, Biceps, Triceps
Bench press: 4 work sets; 5-6 reps, but no more than 6 reps per set. Warm up, then do 4 sets of benches with the same weight. You should be able to get 6 reps your first set or two, but may fall to 5 reps on your final 2 sets, with or without a slight spot. As soon as you can get 6 reps on all 4 sets without a spot in a workout, add ten pounds your next workout and start over!
Incline Press: 3 work sets; 8, down to 4 reps. Use a barbell or dumbbells. Do one warm-up set of 12 reps, then put on a weight that you think you can get for 8 reps. If you make 8 – stop! For the second set, add 10-20 pounds and go for 6 reps. Add 10-20 more pounds for your final work set and try to get 4 reps. If you successfully get 8 – 6– 4 on your consecutive three sets, 2 workouts in a row, then add 10-pounds to each set your next (3rd) workout.
Barbell curls / Close-grip bench press: (Alternate Sets – 1 biceps set rest, then 1 triceps set, rest and repeat.) 4 sets, 5-6 reps (Use the same set and rep scheme as bench press.)
Lying tricep extensions: 3 work sets; 8 to 6 reps (Use the same weight all three sets, when you can get 8 reps on all three sets, increase the weight your next workout.)


Wednesday: Legs
Squats: 5 work sets; 4-6 reps. Use a foot position that’s shoulder width apart. As you descend imagine there is a marble on the center of your quad. Keep going down until the marble would start rolling toward your hips. This will guarantee that you’ve broken parallel and will reap the maximum benefits from your squats. Begin with a couple of warm-up sets. Then do one more warm-up set of 6 reps with a weight that is 25-50 lbs below your 6-rep max. Now select a weight that will allow you to squat in perfect form for five sets of 4-6 reps. When you can get 6 reps on every set – add weight! It’s ok to take up to 5 minutes rest between each set!
Straight Leg Deadlifts: 4 sets; 6-8 reps.
Leg curls: 3 sets; pyramid from 12 reps down to 8 reps on the final set.
Standing calf raises alternate with Seated calf raises: 3 sets; pyramid 20 reps down to 10 reps. For both exercises go all the way up, hold for a two-count, then lower slowly as far as your range of motion will comfortably allow.
Saturday: Back and Shoulders
Deadlifts: 5 work sets; 3-5 reps. Keep the bar close to your body as you pull. Warm-up with a couple of light sets and stretch between warmups. Then add weight each set staying in the 3-5 rep range. For example: Week One you might do 135×5, 185×5, 225×5, 255×5, 275×3. As soon as you get 5 reps on the final set, add 10 lbs to each set listed your next deadlift workout.
Bent barbell rows or Cable rows: 4 work sets; 5-6 reps. (Same sets and reps as Monday’s bench press workout).
Reverse grip pulldowns: 3 work sets; 8-4 reps (same as Monday’s incline press.) Use an underhand (palms facing) grip. Try to make your elbows follow an arced path as you pull them down and back. This is a lat builder – think lats and let your biceps just go along for the ride.
Shoulder shrugs: 3 sets; pyramid from 8 reps down to 4 reps. Shrug straight upwards. Try to touch your shoulders to your ears. Squeeze at the top. Don’t roll your shoulders either.
Shoulder press: 4 sets; 5-6 reps (same set and rep scheme as bench press). You can use a barbell, dumbbell, or Smith Machine for this exercise.
Lateral rasies: 3 sets; 12-10-8 reps (use the same weight for all sets).
Natural Muscle Size Workout Summary
Monday: Chest, Biceps & Triceps
Bench Press (2-3 warmup sets) then 4×5-6
Incline Press 1×12 (warmup), then 3×8-6-4
Barbell Curls 4×5-6
alternate with
Close Grip Bench Press 4×5-6
DB Curls 3×6-8
alternate with
Lying Tricep Extension 3×6-8
Wednesday: Legs
Squat (3 warmup sets) then 5×4-6
Straight Leg Deadlift 4×6-8
Leg Curls 3×12-10-8
Standing Calf Raises 3×20-15-10
alternate with
Seated Calf Raises 3×20-15-10
Saturday: Back and Shoulders
Deadlift 5×3-5 (add weight each set)
Barbell or Cable Row 4×5-6
Reverse Grip Pulldown 3×8-6-4
Shrugs 3×8-6-4
Shoulder Press (BB, DB, or Machine) 4×5-6
DB Laterals 3×12-10-8
Natural Muscle Size Nutrition Program
Adding muscle size and strength requires more than just training. Another key component of your Natural Muscle Size program is a balanced nutrition program with the emphasis on protein. A proper nutritional regimen aimed at increasing muscle size should consist of the three major macronutrients that the human body needs in order to function properly in the following proportions: 35%-50% protein, 20%-40% carbohydrate, 20%-35% fat; the lower your carbohydrate intake, the higher your fat intake should be.
How to Utilize the Natural Muscle Size Nutrition Programs
We’ve listed two nutrition plans to go with your Natural Muscle Size Supplement program. Depending on your goal, choose either of the diets listed, or you could alternate them in 4 to 6 week intervals. Here are 4 options
- Follow the Maximum Size and Strength plan for the entire 12-16 week period.
- Follow the Gain Muscle Lose Fat plan for the entire 12-16 week period.
- Follow the Maximum Size and Strength plan for 6-8 weeks, then harden up by following the Gain Muscle Lose Fat plan for the remaining 6-8 weeks.
- Follow the Gain Muscle Lose Fat plan for the first 4-6 weeks, then the Maximum Size and Strength Plan for 4 weeks, and then finish out the program with the Gain Muscle Lose Fat plan for the final 4-6 weeks.
As you work into either of the two nutrition plans listed below, it’s okay to adjust portions or add or decrease a meal as needed to maintain progress. Do not worry about the particular order of your meals, if you want to eat Meal #1 as your last meal of the day, go ahead, it’s OK. The most important thing for you to do is make sure you have a minimum of 3 of the food meals listed below in addition to at least 2 UMP shakes (or puddings) each day. In a couple of cases we’ve indicated a particular flavor of UMP, these are just suggestions, go with the flavor you enjoy most.
Maximum Size and Strength Nutrition
Meal 1:
Option A: 3 whole eggs, 5oz lean beef or 1 cup cottage cheese, ¹⁄₂ cup oatmeal (before cooking)
Option B: 3 egg omelet, 2oz cheese, 2 slices whole-grain toast with peanut butter or almond butter, 1 apple
Meal 2:
Protein Shake Option: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 2 tablespoons healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream. Add strawberries, blueberries, or a banana if desired.
Whole Food Option: 6oz beef patty, 1 cup cottage cheese and ¹⁄₂ cup pineapple
Meal 3:
Option A: 8oz roast beef or turkey breast (or other protein source), ¹⁄₂ cup cooked brown rice (or other complex carbohydrate source), Optional: 1 or 2 servings of low carb fruit or vegetables
Option B: 5oz roast beef, 2oz swiss cheese, 2 slices rye bread, 1 apple, 1-2 cups salad
Meal 4 (post workout):
Protein Shake Option: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 1 tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream, 1 banana
Mass Maker Ultra Option: If you are a hard gainer, you can replace your post-workout UMP shake with Mass Maker Ultra – 2 scoops Mass Maker Ultra, 12oz vitamin D milk or water, 1 banana.
Whole Food Option (optional on non-workout days): 6-8oz ground beef, ¹⁄₂ cup cottage cheese, ¹⁄₂ cup pineapple or ½ cantaloupe
Meal 5:
8oz serving of protein (steak, pork, chicken, turkey or fish), 8-10oz baked potato or sweet potato, 1-2 cups low carb vegetables or salad
Meal 6 (before bed):
UMP Shake (same as meal #4) or protein pudding – mix two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add 2 tablespoons of peanut butter or heavy cream.
Gain Muscle Size While Losing Fat Nutrition Plan
Meal 1:
2 whole eggs plus 4 egg whites, 5oz lean meat, ¹⁄₂ cup oatmeal (measured before cooking)
Meal 2:
Protein Shake Option: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein (chocolate flavor), 1 tbsp almond butter, 1 tbsp heavy whipping cream, 12-14oz water
Whole Food Option: 8oz sliced roast beef or other protein source, 1 apple or other fruit
Meal 3:
6-8oz lean meat, 6oz sweet potato or ²⁄₃ cup cooked brown rice, 2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.) and/or salad with 2 tablespoons dressing
Meal 4 (post workout):
Protein Shake Option: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein (vanilla flavor), 1 tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream. Add banana or berries if desired.
Whole Food Option (optional on non-workout days): 6oz turkey breast, ¹⁄₂ cup cottage cheese, ¹⁄₂ cup pineapple (unsweetened) or ¹⁄₂ cantaloupe
Meal 5:
8-10oz lean meat, 2 cups vegetables, salad with 2 tablespoons dressing
Meal 6 (before bed):
Protein Shake Option: Shake (same as meal #2) or protein pudding – mix two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein (cookies & crème) in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add 1 tablespoon of almond butter, walnuts, or heavy cream if desired.
Whole Food Option: 4oz chicken or turkey breast, 6 egg whites, 1 cup omelet vegetables
Beverages: Make sure that you drink at least six to eight 8oz glasses of water each day (that’s four 16oz bottles). Watch out for sugars in the liquids you drink, juices and regular soft drinks will sabotage your progress. Limit your beverages to water, coffee, tea, diet sodas, and Crystal Light.
Free Foods: You can eat any of the following at any time, without jeopardizing your results: Sugar free gum, sugar-free Jell-O, Splenda, Equal, seasonings, mustard, vinegar, hot sauce, salt and pepper.


A Quick Summary of the Natural Muscle Size Supplement Plan
Regardless of which nutrition plan you choose, the Natural Muscle Size Supplement plan is a key component. Be sure to go back to page 4 and carefully reread the full instructions so that you set yourself up correctly to achieve the greatest gains. Here’s a summary:
Level 1 (6-8 weeks): UMP – 2 shakes daily, 6-18 Mass Aminos daily, 6-18 Ultra 40 daily.
Level 2 (4 weeks): UMP (same as level 1), Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 (1 tablet each per 10 lbs of your bodyweight, if you weigh 175, that would be 18 per day), Creatine Select – load 4 scoops daily for 5 days, then one serving daily until the bottle runs out.
Level 3 (4 weeks): UMP, Mass Aminos, Ultra 40 (same as level 2). Add 2 servings of Muscle Synergy daily, and Quadracarn (to optimize your testosterone production) 9 tablets on workout days and 6 on non-workout days.

Best Muscle Gain Workout, Nutrition & Supplement Program
Best Muscle Gain Workout, Nutrition & Supplement Program
No Nonsense Magazine 2012-2022 Collection
By: The Beverly Advisor Team
Best Muscle Gain Workout
You’ll do the following 4 workouts over a 9-day period, then start over on day 10.
Add weight, whenever you can get the top number of a particular rep range on all sets for that exercise.
DAY 1: Chest, Shoulders & Triceps
Bench Press: Warm-up, then 2×6 reps with 80% of your maximum single, 2×3 reps with 90% of your maximum single, and finally a burn out set of 8-15 reps with 60% of your maximum single
Low Incline Dumbbell Presses:
1×12-15 warm up, 2×6-9 reps
Shoulder Press: 3×6-10
Triceps Pushdowns: 1×10 warm up, 2-3×6-8 reps
Lying Triceps Pullover/Press w EZ-Bar: 1×10 warm up, 2×8-12
Dips: 2 x maximum reps without weight Abs: 3-4×20-25
DAY 2: Rest
DAY 3: Thighs, Hamstrings & Upper Back
Squats: Warm-up, then 3×6-8 reps, 75-80% of maximum, reduce weight 1×10-15, reduce weight 1×15-25
Leg Press: Warm-up, then 3×6-10 (increase weight each set)
Bent-Over Barbell or DB Rows: Warm-up, 3×6-10 reps
Front Pulldowns: warm up, 3×8-12 reps
DAYS 4 & 5: Rest
DAY 6: Chest, Shoulders, Biceps & Abs
Flat Bench Dumbbell Presses: 1×15 reps warm up, 3-4×6-8 reps to failure, finish with a pump set of 1×15
Front Dumbbell Raises: 1×15 warm up, 2-3×8-12
Shrugs: 1×20 warm up, 3×8-15
Straight bar curls: 1×20 warm up, 1×10-14 to failure, 3×8-12
Hyperextensions: 2 sets maximum reps Abs: 2×20-25
DAY 7: Rest
DAY 8: Thighs, Hamstrings & Low Back Leg Extensions: 5×12-16 reps to failure each set; supersetted with
Smith Machine Squats or Non-lock Leg Press: 5×8-12 reps to failure
Leg Curls: 4×10-15 to failure each set, supersetted with
Straight Leg Deadlifts: 4X8-12
Seated Calf Raises: 3×10-15 reps with 10 burns at the end of each set
DAY 9: Rest
Then start over with Workout 1 on Day 10
Time-Tested Muscle Gain Supplement Plan
- Take a Super Pak with your first meal each day.
- Drink 2 or 3 UMP protein shakes mixed with water and heavy cream each day.
- Take 3 Mass Amino Acids tablets and 3 Ultra 40 tablets every 3 hours throughout the day (a total of 15-18 each per day.
- Optional: Add Creatine Select for rapid strength gains and Quadracarn to maximize your anabolic (musclebuilding) hormonal environment.
Best Muscle Gain Nutrition Plan
Meal 1: 1-2 whole eggs + 3 egg whites, 5-8oz lean meat, ¹⁄₂ cup oatmeal (measured before cooking)
Meal 2: Protein Drink: 2 Scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein (UMP), 2 tablespoons heavy whipping cream or 2 tablespoons healthy fat – almond butter, flax oil, ect., 14oz ice cold water; optional add ¹⁄₂ cup strawberries, peaches, or ¹⁄₂ banana to your shake for added flavor
Meal 3: 8-10oz lean meat, 6oz sweet potato or 2/3 cup cooked brown rice, vegetables (broccoli, etc.) and/or salad
Meal 4: Protein Drink (same as meal #2)
Meal 5: 8-10oz lean meat, 2 cups vegetables, salad
Meal 6: (Optional): Protein Drink or 6-8oz roast beef, 1-2oz Swiss cheese
Note: It’s okay to adjust portions or add or decrease a meal as needed to maintain progress. Do not worry about the particular order of your meals, if you want to eat Meal #1 as your last meal of the day, go ahead, it’s OK. Make sure all your beverages are non-caloric: water, Crystal Light, diet sodas, coffee, and tea.

Bikini Competition at 40+ More Than a Hobby
Bikini Competition at 40+ More Than a Hobby
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #1
By: Teresa Elam, OCB Bikini Pro

At a Glance: Teresa Elam, OCB Bikini Pro
Age: 47
Occupation: Physical Therapist Assistant
Current Residence: Virginia Beach
Years training: Consistently now for 6 years
Height: 5’10”
Weight: Off-Season: 146-150, Contest: 133
Favorite Beverly Supplements: Mass Aminos and Ultra 40. Ultra 40 helps improve muscle fullness, strength, and tone. It also helps support red blood cells and re-oxygenation during intense, fast-paced workouts. Mass Amino Acids help me build and preserve lean muscle while I’m getting leaner at the same time.
Favorite Contest Prep Meal: I love my oatmeal with eggs sunny side up. I could eat this all day long.
Music: I love all music, but SoCal is my go-to for cardio and workouts.
Hobbies and Interests:I love painting artwork and enjoy hanging it in my home. I also enjoy painting for others. I always said that when I owned my own home, I only wanted to hang my paintings in it, and now I’m able to do that. People always tell me that I should sell them, but I prefer to give them as a gift. They mean too much to me to sell. Maybe one day, though.
Words to live by: I always say, “You should treat people how you want to be treated. You get back in the universe what you give.” I truly believe in this.
IG: TeresaJJ
I began my competition journey in earnest six years ago. I had just turned 40 and was suffering from health issues that would require a hysterectomy to resolve. I tried to put the surgery off, but my condition became uncontrollable, and I ended up in the emergency room requiring four liters of blood. As a result, I became anemic, and surgery had to be postponed for a couple of months until my doctor could get it under control.
Finally, after surgery and an 8-week recovery, I slowly started some easy walking in my neighborhood. Even though it was the middle of winter, I looked forward to my walk every morning, gradually working up to three miles a day. On one of my follow-ups, my doctor cleared me to begin exercising. She knew I couldn’t wait to get into the gym and emphasized that I must ease into it with no heavy lifting.
Natural Bodyz was the perfect gym for me. I started cautiously, learning what I could and couldn’t do. As I grew stronger, I began feeling better about myself. But, summer was coming, and I wanted to have my bikini body back sooner than later. I hired a trainer, Terrence Bond, and began my four-month summer body program. As my training became serious, I met some members preparing to compete in a bodybuilding show. My goal was only to get in shape for summer, but I was intrigued by their lifestyle.
I signed up for a new three-month program that would help me prepare for my first bodybuilding competition. I wasn’t sure how well I would do; I mean, I was 40 years old and would be competing against 20-year-olds. But I said, “Why not!”. At least I’ll have an amazing body for a 40-year-old, right?
My first show would be the OCB Battle for Tidewater. I was excited and so nervous during my prep, knowing that I would step on stage in a little bikini and sparkly heels at 40 years old alongside all these young girls. But I did. And I won every category I entered that day, including my Bikini open pro card and Masters Pro card. What made it even more rewarding was that all my friends, family, and coworkers were there to celebrate with me since it was local.
It was so exciting, and I just loved it from the moment I stepped on stage. I’ve been competing in bodybuilding competitions ever since. Even today, I get nervous and excited, but I’m so happy to be up there on that stage. I’m proud to represent the 40+ ladies on that stage, even when there are girls as young as my daughter standing next to me. I have competed in nine OCB shows and have won multiple 1st places not only in Masters Bikini Pro but also in Open Bikini Pro. I also have won 2nd overall in the last 2 years at the prestigious Yorton Cup. I’ll be there again this year, gunning for that 1st place trophy. I’m now 47 years old and believe I still have a few more years of competing before I retire.
Diet
I eat six times a day, whether in a bulking or cutting phase. My first meal is at 7 am, and my last meal is around 8-9 pm. Meals vary but here is an average day for me. I drink at least 150 ounces of water a day to keep hydrated. I usually put lemon or lime in my water 2-3x a day.
Meal 1: ¹⁄₂c oats (with cinnamon, salt, and a tbsp of canned pumpkin), 5 egg whites and 2 whole eggs, 1c almond milk, 1 tbsp roasted pumpkin seeds
Meal 2: 4oz grilled or air fried chicken or ground turkey, ¹⁄₂c rice (white or brown), ¹⁄₂ avacodo
Meal 3: 4.5oz ground chicken or turkey, 2 low carb tortilla wraps, ¹⁄₄c rice or ¹⁄₂c black beans, add tomatoes and green chili sauce for tacos, and 2 tbsp vegan Greek yogurt with ranch powder seasoning
Meal 4: 4.5oz fish sautéed using gluten-free breadcrumbs, 5oz veggies sautéed in coconut oil with peppers
Meal 5: Same as meal four
Meal 6: 4oz salmon, 3oz avocado, side of diced cucumber and tomatoes
Supplements
I feel using supplements is very important. I like the Ultra 40 / Mass Aminos stack to maintain muscle mass. Another favorite to retain my lean muscle while dieting is Muscle Synergy before my workouts. It makes my body look more defined and not bulky.
Here’s how I incorporate Beverly supplements into my daily schedule:
7-Keto MuscLean 2 capsules upon arising & again with meal 2
Lean Out 1 capsule with meals 1, 2, and 3
Ultra 40 Liver Extract and Mass Aminos 3 or 4 tablets each with meals 1, 2, 3, & 4
Muscle Synergy powder 2 scoops pre-workout
Energy Reserve 1 tablet with meals 1, 2, & 3
I also take a probiotic in the morning and at night
Training
During my building phase, I usually train four times a week, in-corporating two leg days and two upper-body days. I follow each program for about four to eight weeks. Then I will switch it up by using different exercises or rep ranges. Below is an example of a typical building phase using supersets. Do 3-5 sets of 8-10 reps for each exercise.
Day 1 Glutes & Legs
Glute Bridges (legs pointed out) / Hack Squat
Glute Bridges (legs pointed forward) Straight Leg Deadlift
Smith Machine Sumo Squats / Bulgarian Split Squats
Barbell Squats / Box Step-ups (slow going down)
Day 2 Back & Chest
Wide-grip Pullups / Bench Press
Seated Rows (w/rope) / Incline DB Press
1-Arm Lat Pulldowns / Cable Flyes
DB Rows / Chest Press Machine
Day 3 Rest
Day 4 Shoulders & Biceps
Arnold Press / Hammer Curls
Alternate DB Press / Rope Curls
Lateral Raises / Incline Curls
Military Press / EZ Bar Curls
Day 5 Legs
Squats / Sumo Squat
Leg Press / Sumo Leg Press
Leg Extension / Seated Leg Curl
Deadlift / Hack Squat

Days 6 & 7 Rest
I don’t perform any direct ab exercises throughout most of the year but keep a tight core while I train. During the last eight weeks before a contest, I will incorporate some light core move-ments and perform stomach vacuums.
I spend 10-15 minutes warming up before each workout and like to do foam rolling or active stretching after workouts. I usually have a vegan protein drink after training. Beverly has a great vegan option called PBP.
Cardio
My favorite cardio is inclined walking. I feel like I get a good burn, but the intensity is low enough that I can maintain it for 30-35 minutes 4 to 6 times a week. I usually set the treadmill at a maximum incline, but my speed level is just 3-3.2 mph.
I also have a love-hate relationship with Tabata sprints on the treadmill. I only do those when I want to cut a little more or get a better sweat session. The intervals for Tabata sprints are 20-second sprints with 10 seconds of rest for eight minutes total.

Some Other Things You Might Not Know About Me
I married my husband, Marcus, in 2020. He also competes and recently won his Masters pro card. Our goal is to compete in the Yorton Cup together. I also got my daughter into competing when she graduated college. I helped her prep, made her meals, kept her accountable, and was also her posing coach. She made me so proud in her 1st show, the 3rd anniversary of my first show; she won her Bikini pro card.
Since I take posing so seriously, I would like to give you some posing tips if you decide to compete on stage. Don’t wait to learn how to pose. Once you know you’re going to compete, watch videos on YouTube to learn your organization’s posing guidelines. If you can, hire a coach to give you feedback. It will help if you video yourself to see any flaws in your posing. Your “Stage Presence” sets the tone for the judges. As soon as you walk out there, you need to convey confidence from head to toe. Make sure you are poised, elegant, and look like you’re having fun up there. Finally, you need to pose for 10-15 minutes every day while prepping, even if you have been on stage before. It just has to become part of your daily routine. I hope these tips help and happy posing.
In Closing
Always make time for what you really want in life. No matter how busy your life becomes, you have to accept those challenges and make priorities. I am a mom of two with a disabled daughter. I have traveled back and forth five hours each way nearly every weekend to my daughter’s college soccer games for four years. Yet I still was able to compete because it was something I loved and wanted to do.
Competing may have started just for fun, but now it’s more than a hobby and has become part of my daily life. I would have never thought six years ago that my life would be structured this way. I enjoy working as a physical therapist assistant; that is my day job, but I enjoy competing and helping others become better on stage. It may eventually become my actual “day job” because I can’t see myself not having some part of this life in my daily routine.

Lifting – A Lifelong Passion… and Still Going
Lifting – A Lifelong Passion… and Still Going
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 25 #1
By: Steve Rouff

At a Glance: Steve Rouff
Age: 55
Occupation: Director, Strategic Program Management – Kroger Co.
Current Residence: Cincinnati, OH
Years training: 40+
Weight: 185
Favorite Meal: Shaved Brussel sprout salad with grilled chicken breast and a hardboiled egg.
Favorite Supplements:Creatine Select, UMP, Glutamine Select, FitTabs, and Up-Lift
Hobbies and Interests: Performance automotive (new and classic), hiking, and travel with my wife, Kelly.
Words to work out by: Trust the process and be disciplined. Know and listen to your body. Training builds both a strong body and mind that brings opportunity to both your professional and personal goals.
My interest in lifting began when I was 4 years old, drawn to the sound of 45-pound steel plates smacking together in the home built gym attached to our house. My dad, Tom Rouff, had started out with an interest in bodybuilding in the early sixties, winning Mr. Cincinnati and then getting into Olympic lifting. He went on to make the USA Olympic Team in the ’70s (see Tom’s photo below). His dedication to the sport continued, and I started Olympic lifting at age 10. My first meet was a state-level meet at the age of 13 with a body weight of 84 lbs. I won my weight class and “Best Lifter,” which is given to the lifter with the best total to body weight percentage.
I continued lifting through high school, and at age 16, I captured my first national gold medal in the US Junior Olympics at a body weight of 148. My main diet during this time was chicken and more chicken for protein with fresh vegetables from the garden and some light supplements. (Ok, I did have a couple of cheat days a week, but I was a teenager, and it didn’t have any effect on my weight classes) We trained 5 days per week with sessions focusing on speed, technique, and strength. Olympic lifting mainly utilizes fast twitch muscle fibers, so training was intense and focused.
Throughout my high school years, my dad and I continued to train together and competed in many of the same meets. By the time I was 20, I had captured state, regional and national titles. At 23, I competed in the Junior and Open Olympic Nationals. I placed 3rd overall in the 181-lb weight class. I had dedicated most of my life to Olympic lifting, but now I needed to give my body a break. It was tough, but I decided to hang up my Olympic lifting gear.
In 1995, I joined our local Powerhouse Gym and met my wife, Kelly. We trained together, and I began to focus on competing in bench press competitions in the National Athletic Strength Association (NASA), and local gym meets. The lifters at Powerhouse Gym introduced me to Beverly International supplements. Muscle Provider, Mass Aminos, and Ultra 40 were my mainstays.


Fast forward to October 2019, we decided to complete our home gym and start setting some new goals for competing in powerlifting bench competitions once again. We updated our home gym(most of our basement) with Rogue equipment alongside all my old school York weights from my Olympic lifting years. Now it was time to sit down and start planning training, nutrition/supplements, and which meets I wanted to target.
Nutrition and Supplement Plan to Gain Strength and Drop Bodyfat
I turned 55 this year, placing me in the 55-59 Masters class and at the front end of the age group. I wanted to add strength while bringing my weight down from 198 to 181 lbs. I’ve choked down many different protein powders throughout my years of lifting. When I discovered Beverly’s UMP, the taste made me feel like every day was a “cheat day.” Not only that, but I created a lot of space in our pantry by throwing out all the half-full protein products I had accumulated but couldn’t finish.
My wife and I eat a relatively clean diet, allowing one day a week to indulge. As an aging lifter, I knew I couldn’t train myself out of a bad diet and that I needed to rely more on my supplements and meal planning to achieve the results I was after. Since I’d had solid results with Beverly products in the past, I referenced their Nutrition and Supplement solutions at BeverlyInternational.com for some guidelines. It was easy to develop the best supplement strategy for me that was aligned with my goals and budget.
My nutrition and supplement plans were designed to gain strength while dropping extra body fat. I went from a body weight of 198 to 181 in 4 months, getting me close to a double bodyweight bench press.

Meal 1 – 6:30 am
(30 minutes pre-workout)
2 scoops of UMP with cold water, 1 scoop of Power Greens powdered (generic), 2 hard boiled eggs
Supplements
1 scoop Creatine Select, 1 scoop Glutamine Select, and 2 scoops Up-Lift with cold water, 2 FitTabs, 6 Mass Aminos, 6 Ultra 40, 3 Quadracarn, 1 Lean Out, 6 GH Factor
Snack (midmorning/post workout)
1 scoop Glutamine Select w/water, 12 almonds, 1 tbsp natural peanut butter, 1 rice cake
Meal 2 – Lunch (11:30 am)
6oz grilled chicken, 2 cups broccoli, 1 half sweet potato, 2 sugar-free Jello cups
Supplements
6 Mass Aminos, 6 Ultra 40, 3 Quadracarn, 1 Lean Out
Snack (Mid-Afternoon 2:30 pm)
My favorite snack late afternoon is two scoops of chocolate UMP, blended with ice and water. This quenches my sweet tooth with what is like a soft serve chocolate ice cream (highly recommended)!
Meal 3 – Dinner (6:00 pm)
6oz grilled chicken , 8 cups of salad greens, 1 cup non-fat plain Greek yogurt w/1 Truvia sweetener. (For dinner, my wife and I have a variety of meals that consist of lean meat proteins, various salads, and, or a vegetable.)
Supplements
1 scoop Creatine Select, 1 scoop Glutamine Select, 2 scoops Up-Lift with cold water, 2 FitTabs, 6 Mass Aminos, 6 Ultra 40, 3 Quadracarn, 1 Lean Out, 6 GH Factor
You’ll notice that I’m taking quite a few tablets with my meals:
6 Mass Aminos
6 Ultra 40
3 Quadracarn
1 Lean Out
… the results make it worth it

In Closing
At the time of writing this article, I’ve hit my weight goal of 181lbs and am three weeks out from my national qualifier meet. I’m on target for setting the state record and am feeling confident. My lifting journey has introduced me to my wife, countless new friends, and opportunities to train alongside the best.
A special thanks to my dad and coach for setting me on this journey so many years ago. The confidence and discipline he taught me have opened many doors personally and professionally. He still offers support, solid training tips, and guidance. Like many of us pushing to find our limits, my biggest competitor is myself. Staying focused through the peaks and plateaus for success.
Stay focused and listen to your body – we’ll see you around the gym.
Postscript: “Hi Sandy – Had a good weekend. For the two meets, I walked away with 3 gold and 1 bronze and set 4 State Records (on my first attempts, both days, I set the record and then broke my own record on my second attempts).
I changed into my Beverly shirt on day two for the medal presentation. I was asked a few times if I was a rep for the company!!!”

THE ULTIMATE NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE PROGRAM
THE ULTIMATE NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE PROGRAM
No Nonsense Magazine 2012-2022 Collection
By: The Beverly Advisor Team

Here’s what this program can do for your muscles.
Beverly has been building natural muscle since 1967. Natural Muscle Size is one of our most popular supplement programs for three main reasons:
- Based on client feedback, it is possible to gain 3- 8 pounds or more of muscle and measurable increases in muscle girth (e.g. chest and arm circumference) by the time you’ve completed Levels 1 and 2, and a total of 10-12 pounds of muscle by the time you’ve completed Level 3. (This is natural muscle – not the kind that begins to “deflate” in a matter of days.)
- It works for everyone from hard gainers to 55- year-olds and beyond.
- Every supplement in the program is backed by our zero-risk, 60-day, 100%-satisfaction guarantee.
Add it all up, and Natural Muscle Size is about as close to a muscle-building “slam dunk” as you can get. So make a copy today, tape it to your fridge, and follow it level by level, step by step. You can’t help but grow.
Who is it for?
The Natural Muscle Size program is designed for any healthy man who wants to increase the size of his muscles.
How does it work?
Start at Level 1 and work your way up to Level 3. Follow the instructions for each level exactly as described.
How should I train and eat during this program?
Training and diet are critical determinants of your success with any supplement program, of course. You’ll find a training routine and meal plan following this article which will work fantastic when used in conjunction with the Natural Muscle Size Supplement program.
How will I know how much to order of each supplement in the program?
Your needs will vary according to your bodyweight and training routine, among other factors. Simply call or email us and a Beverly Supplement Advisor will help you figure out exactly how much to order of each product so that you don’t interrupt your program by running out.
NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE SUPPLEMENTS
LEVEL 1: (LASTS ROUGHLY 6-8 WEEKS, DEPENDING)
ULTIMATE MUSCLE PROTEIN (UMP) Take 1-2 scoops post-workout and 1-2 scoops before bed. On rest (no workout) days, take 1-2 scoops in the morning or afternoon and 1-2 scoops before bed. Note: If you are a hard gainer or a very active individual who requires additional calories, you can replace UMP with Mass Maker Ultra (MMU), or use both products. If using both products, take MMU post-workout and UMP before bed.


ULTRA 40 & MASS AMINO ACIDS Start by taking 6 tablets of each product daily for the first week. Each week thereafter, increase your daily allotment of tablets by 2 until you reach the ultimate dose of 1 tablet per 10 pounds of bodyweight. (Refer to the example below.) Upon reaching your ultimate dose, proceed to Level 2. Spread your daily allotment of tablets across the day in smaller doses (e.g. 2-4 tablets each).
Example: To calculate your ultimate daily dose, divide your bodyweight by 10. If the number you get is odd, round it up to the next even number. For example, let’s say you weigh 170 pounds. 170 divided by 10 equals 17, an odd number. Round this up to the next even number, which is 18. This is your ultimate daily dose of tablets for each of Ultra 40 and Mass Amino Acids. Here’s how you would build up to this dose:
Week 1: 6 tablets of Ultra 40, 6 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily
Week 2: 8 tablets of Ultra 40, 8 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily
Week 3: 10 tablets of Ultra 40, 10 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily
Week 4: 12 tablets of Ultra 40, 12 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily
Week 5: 14 tablets of Ultra 40, 14 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily
Week 6: 16 tablets of Ultra 40, 16 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily
Week 7: 18 tablets of Ultra 40, 18 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily
LEVEL 2: (LASTS ROUGHLY 4 WEEKS)
Instructions: Take the supplements listed below in the doses indicated.
Once you have used up your entire bottle of Creatine Select, proceed to Level 3.
ULTIMATE MUSCLE PROTEIN (UMP) Same as level 1


ULTRA 40 & MASS AMINO ACIDS Same as Level 1 (ultimate dose).
Note: Many Beverly clients have exceeded the ultimate dose of Ultra 40 and Mass Amino Acids with great success. For instance, bodybuilder Joe Corbett, who is featured elsewhere in this magazine, recently won his class at the Team Universe in Classic Physique. He takes 8 tablets of Ultra 40 and 8 tablets of Mass Amino Acids at each of his 6 daily meals.
CREATINE SELECT Start by taking 1 serving, 4 times daily, for 5 days. This is the loading phase, during which your muscles will become saturated with creatine. Mix each serving with 10 oz (1 1/4 cups) of water and make sure to drink one of the servings 15 minutes before your workout and another 15 minutes after your post-workout meal. After the loading phase, take 1 serving of Creatine Select daily (either before your workout or after your post-workout meal) until you have used up your entire bottle. Then proceed to Level 3.

LEVEL 3: (LASTS ROUGHLY 4 WEEKS)
Instructions: Take the supplements listed below in the doses indicated. Stay with Level 3 for 4 weeks. Then take one week off from training and supplements and begin a different routine or return to Level 1 and repeat.
ULTIMATE MUSCLE PROTEIN (UMP) Same as level 1


ULTRA 40 & MASS AMINO ACIDS
Same as Level 1 (ultimate dose).

MUSCLE SYNERGY (tablets or powder -your choice). If you weigh less than 200 pounds, take 16 tablets or 2 scoops daily. If you weigh 200 pounds or more, take 24 tablets or 3 scoops daily. Divide your daily allotment of tablets/scoops into smaller doses and take them throughout the day, ideally upon awakening in the morning and before working out. For instance, a 170-lb male would take 2 scoops or 16 tablets daily, divided into two equal doses of 1 scoop or 8 tablets each. Swallow each tablet one at a time with water.
QUADRACARN Take 3 tablets, 3 times daily on workout days. On rest days, take 3 tablets, 2 times daily. Don’t miss a dose. Carnitine takes time to accumulate in your body and deliver results. Consistency is important.

WHAT DO THE PRODUCTS IN NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE DO?
UMP is our “gateway” protein supplement. Its unique blend of sustained-release casein and fast-acting whey enhances muscle building (anabolism) and prevents muscle breakdown (catabolism) for hours at a time. You can use it to make delicious shakes and an endless variety of guilt-free, hunger-quenching treats. (Recipes are available on our website, BeverlyInternational.com.)
Derived from 100% Argentinean beef liver, ULTRA 40 is rich in an array of blood- and muscle-building factors. This nutritional powerhouse from the pre-steroid era of bodybuilding boosts stamina, pumps, recovery, and strength unlike anything else.
MASS AMINO ACIDS contains high levels of peptide-bonded amino acids, which studies suggest have up to double the anabolic potency of regular food. This may explain why so many of our male clients count on it to increase and preserve muscle size, especially during periods of hard training or when rehabilitating an injury.
CREATINE SELECT contains the most proven type of creatine, plus beta-alanine, phosphates, and electrolytes. Unlike other creatine products, Creatine Select is easy on the stomach and produces rapid increases in muscle mass and performance without bloating or puffiness. It really is a hard gainer’s dream. As one Beverly client reports, “[Creatine Select] produces results almost immediately. It’s pretty crazy.”
You’ll feel the impact of QUADRACARN (pronounced “kwa-dra-carn”) on your physique from head to toe, with benefits including energy, testosterone, mood, anti-aging, cognitive performance, sexual health, vascularity, pumps, and more. Men 35 years of age and up use it to optimize testosterone safely and naturally.
MUSCLE SYNERGY is another great supplement for the 35+ athlete. It contains a synergistic combination of nutraceuticals that help you build and preserve muscle size and strength, among other benefits. It is available in tablet or powder form.
Get Immediate Help with your Natural Muscle Size program!
Phone calls may seem “old school”, but sometimes a few moments on the phone can help you solve a problem faster than anything else.
If you’ve got a question about the Natural Muscle Size program, or just want to find out how much of each product you need to order, simply call the number shown below Monday to Friday, 9 AM to 5 PM ET and speak to a Beverly Supplement Advisor. Each Advisor is hired and trained by Beverly and personally uses our products.

Here’s a 4-Day per Week Workout You Can Easily Complete in 60 Minutes or Less Per Day
Here’s a 4-Day per Week Workout You Can Easily Complete in 60 Minutes or Less Per Day
No Nonsense Magazine 2012-2022 Collection
By: Roger Riedinger, Beverly International

You don’t have to spend hours in the gym to become very strong and muscular. Here is a sample program you can try where you’ll work each body part twice per week, but you’ll keep your total number of workouts to just 4 per week. Each workout should take 60 minutes or less (including warm-ups). Start rela-tively light and add weight each week. Pay close attention to “How to Progress” below.
Day 1: Legs, Abs
Squat (warm up, then) 3×5
Squat (down set) 1×10
Leg Curl 2×15
Leg Extension 2×15
Sit Ups or Crunches 3×15-25
Calf Raises 3×12-15
Day 2: Chest, Arms, Calves
Bench Press (2 warm up sets x5, then) 3×5
Incline DB Press 3×6-8
Standing Alternate Curls 3×6-8
Triceps Pushdowns 3×8-12
Seated Calf Raises (or 1 Legged Calf Raise) 3×10-12
Day 3: Back, Shoulders, Abs
Deadlift (warm up, then) 2×5
Front Pulldowns 3×8-12
Bent Row 3×6-8
Military Press 3×6-8
Leg Raise 3×15-25
Day 4: Whole Body
Bench Press (warm up, then) 3×3
Bench Press (down set) 1×15
Squat (warm up, then) 2×15
Reverse Grip Lat Pulldowns (or chins) 2×6-8
DB Shoulder Press 2×6-8
BB Curl 2×6-8
Lying Triceps Extension 2×8-12
How to progress
Proper progression is essential to the success of any workout plan. Here are some guidelines to make sure you get the best possible results from this 4-day per week workout.
- Exercises calling for 5 reps or 3 reps – add weight the next time whenever you can get your target number of reps on all sets. Example: Day 1 Squat calls for warm-ups and then 3 sets of 5 reps; if you use 275lbs and achieve 5 reps on each set, then use 280lbs the following week.
- Exercises calling for 6-8 reps per set – if you get at least 8 reps on your first set and 6 or more on your last set, add weight the next time.
- Exercises calling for 8-12 reps – when you can get 12 reps on the first set, increase poundage slightly the next time you do that exercise. (Same for exercises calling for 12-15 reps.)
- Exercises calling for 15 reps – try to get 15 reps on each set. You might have to lower the weight slightly for the 2nd set. Use the 1st set as your gauge, if you get 15 reps then add weight the next time you to that rep scheme.
- On abs, just work up until you can do 3 sets of 25 reps of each exercise.
Almost everyone tries to increase poundage too fast, or by too large an increment. Use 5-lb increases for the Squat, Bench Press, and Deadlift. For the other exercises, use the smallest increase possible. It would pay off in the long run to pur-chase some 1.25lb plates or PlateMates and take them to the gym in your bag.
Gain Muscle while Losing Fat Nutrition Guidelines
Here are some nutritional guidelines to help you get the most from the accompanying workout program. If you want to gain muscle and strength, protein is of first importance. You should strive for 1-1.5 grams of protein per pound of body weight daily. Try eating 3-4 food meals, and drink 2 protein shakes each day.
Many successful bodybuilders consume 30-40 grams of protein at breakfast, lunch, and dinner, 2-scoop UMP shakes mid-morning and mid-after-noon (40 grams per shake), and a smaller protein meal or shake before bed (about 20-30 grams of protein). They take 4-6 each of Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 liver tabs with each meal to further supplement their protein intake. If you want to gain muscle and strength, you should do the same.
Carbohydrates should be between .5 and 1.0 grams per pound of body weight per day. If your primary goal is to lose fat, adjust your carb intake to the lower end of the given range; to gain, adjust carb intake closer to 1 gram per pound of body weight.

If you have any questions you’d like answered, or comments regarding training as you age, please send them to: rogerr@beverlyinternational.net

The Little Known Secret Weapon That Produces Amazing Results For Thousands of Drug-Free Bodybuilders!
The Little Known Secret Weapon That Produces Amazing Results For Thousands of Drug-Free Bodybuilders!
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 25, #1
By: The Beverly Advisor Team

Everyone’s looking for an edge. Sure, a few modern-day supplement discoveries have provided incredible boosts for today’s bodybuilders, creatine for example, but if you constantly search for the silver bullet supplement, you’ll only wind up with holes in your wallet. Years of experience have revealed a few time-tested basics of good bodybuilding nutrition. Knowing about protein and aminos is common knowledge, but there’s another equally powerful, although less popular supplement, known as desiccated liver – AND strength, size, and endurance all typically increase after adding a quality desiccated liver supplement to your diet.
Liver tablets have been a mainstay of bodybuilding almost as long as the sport itself has existed. Stories from the old timers are filled with examples of phenomenal gains they made on liver tablets. This is still one of the most potent training aids a bodybuilder can use.
The Most Underutilized Tool In Muscle Building
The nutritional tool overlooked by so many is a specific formulation of amino acids. Dr. Eric Serrano MD, one of the few, unbiased experts on the topic (as in no financial ties to a supplement company) put it best when he stated, “Amino acid formulations are the most under utilized tools available to the bodybuilding community.” Scientific research has demonstrated that athletes under severe stress, (hard exercise, weight training, even trauma) can benefit from the peptide bonded amino acids because they are up to 16 times more effective for repair than whole food sources. Yes, 16 times more effective!
Classic Research Study Verifies Liver Extract Boosts Strength, Endurance, Performance – – And Resistance To Stress And Disease.
It was 1951 when Dr. B.H. Ershoff took three groups of lab rats and fed them controlled diets for a twelve-week period. Group one ate a basic diet fortified with vitamins and minerals. Group two ate as much as they wanted of the same diet plus B vitamins and brewer’s yeast. Group three ate the basic diet but had 10% desiccated liver added to their rations. Then the doctor placed the rats one by one into a drum of water, out of which they could not climb. Therefore, it was either swim or drown. The rats in Group One swam an average of 13.2 minutes, Group Two, an average of 13.4 minutes. When the experiment finally was concluded…Group Three rates were still swimming! Group Three swam almost 10 times as long. No other supplement we know has even come close to liver for improving endurance. Since then the reports of people whose strength, muscle mass and endurance have skyrocketed (since using desiccated liver) have been as countless as the stars in the sky.
Ultra 40 – Beverly’s Form of this Most Potent Natural Bodybuilding Aid
Not all desiccated liver is what it says it is. When Beverly set out to formulate our liver supplement, Ultra 40, we had to improve upon an already proven winner. We started with the “best of the best” – the highest grade AAA purified Argentinean liver concentrate. Why?
The Argentine government will not allow their beef herds to be contaminated with DES steroids, growth hormone or pesticides. Back before steroids, bodybuilders were taking 7.5 or 10-grain tablets and swallowing 1000 tablets a week was very common, (that’s 100 plus a day!). So our next move was to use technology to increase the potency packed into every tablet, because no-one wants to swallow 100 pills a day! Then we worked until we had a formula that contains only trace amounts of fat and cholesterol. What we created had FORTY-FIVE TIMES THE NUTRITIONAL VALUE of whole beef liver AND all the nutrients and enzymes of raw liver, PLUS – all the essential amino acids to pack on muscle – but none of the toxins or fats found in whole beef.
A plethora of nutritional factors occur naturally in liver:
- High quality protein and amino acids
- Blood building heme iron (the form absorbed best by the body without toxic buildup)
- Energy modulating B-vitamins including B-12 and Folic Acid
- Nucleic acids (RNA/DNA) for proper amino acid utilization and cell growth
- Fat metabolizing lipotropics (choline and inositol)
- Antioxidants Co Q10 and selenium
- Minerals such as phosphorous, copper, zinc, and GTF chromium (insulin regulator)
- Anti-fatigue and growth factors such as cytochrome p-450.
How Ultra 40 Will Work For You…
Beverly’s Success Formula
A secret at Beverly International that produces more champions than anything we’ve seen is definitely the combination of taking Ultra 40 Tablets and Mass (our amino acid tablets) at each meal. The addition of only four Ultra 40 tablets and four Mass tablets per meal for five meals per day can make a tremendous difference in your physique.
This simple-but-effective supplement program will add up to sixty-five grams of the highest quality protein to your daily intake. The addition of this protein at each meal can have a very positive effect on your hormonal response to eating (more muscle building and fat burning hormones; and less fat storing hormones are produced). Over three months time you will have ingested almost 6000 grams of additional protein, and 24,000 calories of the highest quality nutrients available.
Since it takes approximately 3500 additional calories to gain one pound of bodyweight, dividing 24,000 by 3500 results in a net gain of approximately seven pounds more than if you hadn’t taken the Ultra 40 and Mass. It’s no wonder Beverly clients who compete naturally are coming into their contests leaner, yet 5 – 10 pounds heavier than before taking Mass and Ultra 40!
Here’s How to Take Ultra 40 For Best Results
The amount of Ultra 40 that you should take depends on your level of training and energy needs. Beginners can start at six tablets per day (two per meal), and intermediates should take no less than six liver tablets per meal over three meals or 3 – 5 tablets per meal over 5 – 6 daily meals. Start with 1 – 2 per meal and every week add an extra tablet until you reach the desired level. Advanced bodybuilders make fantastic progress on 30-40 liver tablets per day over periods of time. We suggest women take 9-18 tablets per day.
Advanced muscle-building tip: also a favorite trick of Vince Gironda. Take 2-4 Ultra 40 liver tablets and 2-4 Mass peptide-bonded amino acid tablets on the hour (or even every half hour) throughout the day. Clients have reported muscle gains of 1-2 lbs a week using this method.
These amounts allow you to take in tremendous amounts of protein and nutrients without large amounts of food. You should build up gradually to this amount to avoid upsetting your digestion. While desiccated liver is not considered the cure-all it once was by bodybuilders, it has proved time and again invaluable in breaking through those sticking points in your strength as well as contributing to improved energy flow on a restricted diet. In short, Ultra 40 delivers results.
If You Can Only Take One Supplement It Should Be Ultra 40
You know to build muscle it’s imperative that you intensify your rep and set efforts in the gym. But it’s truly the other 23 hours of nutrient loading outside the gym that determines whether or not you’ll make the gains you’re after. If you’re seriously interested in getting the most out of your training stick with the basics of good bodybuilding nutrition and that means Ultra 40.
Ultra 40 is the staple of any good nutrition program and with 500 per jar; you just can’t find a better value…ALL WITH GUARANTEED RESULTS! For added recovery, increased strength, and increases in lean muscle mass, call today and try Ultra 40 for yourself at
800-781-3475.
Desiccated liver contains nucleic acids for proper amino-acid utilization, a growth factor and an anti-estrogen factor, that keeps testosterone levels high, and is also a great anti-toxin.
– Vince Gironda, the “Iron Guru”


For Serious, Truly Committed Bodybuilders Here’s Your Key to Becoming the “Best of the Best”
For Serious, Truly Committed Bodybuilders Here’s Your Key to Becoming the “Best of the Best”
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 25, #1
By: Roger Riedinger

Do you eat, sleep, live and breathe bodybuilding? Do you demand a level of achievement and excellence that is higher than most? If so, you’re probably already doing all the “right” things to reach your goals. Still, you may have noticed that it’s extremely difficult to have real breakthroughs. You’re not alone. You, like many in the bodybuilding community, may have missed a powerful, yet little known truth…one that bodybuilders are most guilty of overlooking.
It’s something that will make a change in your gains comparable to turning silver to gold…turning a contender into a champion. It can prevent any of the training you
do, (every single set, rep and every dollar you spend on nutrition) from simply being wasted! So what’s the solution?
The Most Underutilized Tool In Muscle Building
The nutritional tool overlooked by so many is a specific formulation of amino acids. Dr. Eric Serrano MD, one of the few, unbiased experts on the topic (as in no financial ties to a supplement company) put it best when he stated, “Amino acid formulations are the most under utilized tools available to the bodybuilding community.” Scientific research has demonstrated that athletes under severe stress, (hard exercise, weight training, even trauma) can benefit from the peptide bonded amino acids because they are up to 16 times more effective for repair than whole food sources. Yes, 16 times more effective!
But don’t be fooled into thinking “any old amino supplement” is as good as the next. To provide the most benefit, the amino supplement must be composed of pancreatic (enzyme) digests of protein and peptide-bonded amino acids that are readily available for your body to use. The scientific measure used to determine this is the amount of nitrogen found in the supplement, (called the Amino Nitrogen/Total Nitrogen rating), and the most superior amino supplement on the market is MASS, the amino tablet Beverly created that is truly different.
Specifically formulated to provide the rare benefits of rapid absorption and complete utilization, MASS Amino Acids (MASS) begins absorbing in minutes for a rapid anabolic effect, unlike whole food proteins that can take up to 4 hours. But, unlike other rapid absorbing protein sources, Mass is not burned as an energy source, its muscle building value stays intact.
- MASS acts as a trigger to force more gains from your food.
- MASS provides PEAK nitrogen retention that triggers SPEEDY muscle growth.
- Stimulates energy metabolism and enhanced protein synthesis during training.
- MASS spares your precious muscle tissue protein.
- MASS gives you higher workout energy levels, a better pump and greater mental alertness.
Again, the Amino/Nitrogen/Total Nitrogen ratio is the key to determining how good your amino tablet or capsule really is. One way to think of how important the high nitrogen content of Mass is to your growth is to use the analogy of what happens when you use a “Miracle Grow” additive on a plant. You get a bigger, healthier, greener plant almost instantly. The key reason for this amazing growth is the nitrogen!
MASS Takes On The Competition And Guns ‘em Down!
We don’t mean to sound sensationalistic, but the fact is no other amino acid product holds a candle to Beverly’s MASS. In two double blind studies, Beverly’s MASS amino acids had the highest nitrogen rating of any amino acid in our entire industry. MASS allows for continual protein availability – that means it is not necessary for your body to break down muscle, to supply amino acids for other vital functions such as enzyme production and organ maintenance.
MASS supports an anabolic environment for your muscles throughout the day—preserving muscle mass even during low calorie periods. In other words, the work you do in the gym…stays! Beverly International’s had excellent results with our drug free bodybuilder clients who use Mass Amino Acid tablets for increased lean body mass and enhanced recovery from high intensity training.

What Can Happen By Taking Ultra 40 and Mass Aminos Together?
Here’s just a few of the hundreds of letters we’ve received about this powerful stack:
Three Months on Mass and Ultra40 Did What a Lifetime Hadn’t
I’ve worked out for most of my adult life, and in just 3 months of taking Mass and Ultra40 (six- tablets every time I eat) I now have a look and shape I could never attain before. I am almost 53 years old, but people think I’m much younger. I donate blood every 56 days, and after my last donation I received a letter telling me that I had platelet and plasma quality found in only one in a million donors. I attribute this to Ultra 40 and Mass Aminos… Beverly delivers the utmost quality…the results speak for themselves! There are other quality companies out there, but I rank Beverly #1.
– Bobby Taylor, Gulf Breeze, FL
Five Pounds in Two Months – Not Bad for a 60 Year Old!
I’ve put on 5lbs in the two months that I have been using Ultra 40 and Mass. I’ve never used supplements before and obtained results very rapidly. I’m by no means a pro and I’ll be 60 next year.
– J.M. Sigears, KS
Mass and Ultra 40 – My Lean Muscle Guardians
I’ve been a Beverly user for over 10 years now. Those of us who have used Mass and Ultra 40 for a long time might not see the big gains that new users do, but that doesn’t mean they aren’t an important part of our nutritional plan. Case in point: I had to undergo surgery on my nose in October for a septoplasty and lower turbinate resection, and the breathing tube gave me a sore throat for about two weeks. While I was recovering, I just couldn’t swallow the Mass or Ultra 40. I didn’t really think this would affect my lean mass that much. To make a long story short,
I didn’t make any other dietary changes. But a month later (still no training and no Mass or Ultra 40) my 9-site skin fold was exactly the same (47) only I had lost 14
lbs of lean mass going from 174 down to 160… it just reinforced what I already knew… MASS and Ultra 40 are a foundational part of my nutritional plan.
– Roger Becker, Naval Surface Warfare Center, IN

MASS Fills Your Muscular Pipeline with the Fuel that Kick Starts Protein Synthesis, Reduces Catabolism, And Improves Nitrogen Retention!!
Mass has been around the muscle building block. Its reliable effectiveness shields it from cheap shots by knock-off newcomers. They don’t stand a chance. Mass is the undisputed Godfather of organized gains. It always gets the job done. It provides you an offer you shouldn’t refuse.
Here’s How You Use Mass to Get Great Gains
- Take 2-4 Mass tablets with each meal or snack. This method increases your net protein utilization from each meal resulting in more lean muscle growth each day.
- Take 4-8 (based on your bodyweight) Mass tablets before training and 4-8 tablets after training. Puts your body into a positive nitrogen balance conducive to muscle growth.
- Feed your muscles while you train. Take 12-24 Mass tablets while you train – (2-4 every 10 minutes throughout your workout)
- Bonus*** keep your body in a positive nitrogen balance all day long – take 2-3 Mass tablets every half hour throughout the day.
AND JUST WHEN YOU THINK YOU’VE GOTTEN ALL YOU CAN GET FROM MASS – THERE’S ANOTHER (ALMOST EFFORTLESS) WAY TO MAKE YOUR RESULTS EVEN MORE ASTOUNDING!
It’s true. Begin taking MASS by itself and we guarantee you’ll experience a dramatic difference…but why not go for a real one-two power punch? Stack MASS tablets along with Ultra 40 liver tablets year round for added lean mass gains. You’ll be in good company, as that is exactly what most of the ‘Beverly’ champion athletes do*.
Listen. If you do everything you possibly can to reach your bodybuilding objectives and still don’t reach them then that’s fate, not something to be ashamed of. But, if you let neglect or a lack of applying knowledge that is proven to make a difference stop you just shy of your dream…you’ll wind up with a painful sense of regret. It doesn’t have to be that way.
Adding Beverly’s MASS Aminos to your daily nutrition can and will make a difference. Call Beverly today at 800-781-3475. Try Mass Aminos for yourself.
*Mass and Ultra 40 have a track record that is unequalled by any other non-steroid compound for predictable gains in lean mass! Natural bodybuilders interested in maximum size should do everything possible to get the greatest protein spectrum and utilization. Mass and Ultra 40 are a convenient way to get an amazing and unique amino acid profile to compliment what surely is missing from whole food.

Figure Contest Success in 4 Different Countries – How I Did It
Figure Contest Success in 4 Different Countries – How I Did It
No Nonsense Magazine 2014 Collection
By: Jonelle Baglia

At a Glance: Jonelle Baglia
Age: 33
Occupation or Education: Air Force Weapon System Supply Management Specialist
Family: Married 9 years to my best friend, Zack. We have 2 amazing daughters, Ryah (7) and Ella (5).
Current Residence: Shiloh, IL (near St. Louis, MO)
Years training: For competitions 3 years; for general health about 10 years
Height: 5’4″
Weight: 120-122 off-season, 115-117 contest
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: It has to be my egg white and veggie (onions, mushrooms, zucchini, and tomato) scramble with a bowl of oatmeal and strawberries.
Favorite Supplements: Without doubt BI’s Ultimate Muscle Protein both chocolate and vanilla. I use UMP as a source of well-balanced protein supplement to help support lean muscle gains.
There are so many ways I include UMP in my diet. The most convenient is just a 2-scoop shake with added water to my desired consistency. I will drink this after my resistance training session or as a meal later in the day. I also like to make pudding using 1 scoop at a time mixed with enough water to create a pudding consistency to enjoy with a spoon. I also make protein pancakes – 3 egg whites, 1-2 scoops UMP, cooked oatmeal (½ cup measured prior to cooking), water, cinnamon and vanilla extract to taste. Combined and made like pancakes topped with sugar free maple syrup. As a small dessert at night, I mix vanilla UMP, 1 tbsp PB2 with water or unsweetened almond milk until pudding like, topped with 2 Tbsp fat free Cool Whip. I actually crave this! These are just a few examples.
Figure Presentation tip: Don’t compare yourself to the other competitors, that’s the judges’ job. Accept that you are nervous but be confident!
Most Inspiring Book: Don’t Sweat the Small Stuff by Richard Carlson, Ph.D.
Hobby: I love to cook and bake and find new healthy recipes. I am putting together many of my own recipes to someday publish a cookbook for busy moms and dads who want to be fit and healthy and give their family the same advantage.
Words to live by: In my own words. “Excuses are like bad manners, we all have them but it doesn’t mean we should use them.”
I have been in the military for 15 years, currently holding the rank of Master Sergeant, E7. I am a Weapon Systems Supply Management Specialist at the Air Force Global Logistics Supply Center at Scott AFB, IL. My husband, Zack has also committed himself to the Air Force. We have spent 10 years overseas at 3 different bases, moving back to the States January 2012. Outside of the military, I am a Certified Personal Trainer with NASM and AFAA, a Speed and Explosion Specialist with NASE, Group Cycling Instructor, Group Fitness Instructor, and a Fitness Nutrition Specialist. I have a Logistics Management Degree, a Bachelor’s Degree in Business Administration, and a Master’s Degree in Exercise Science and Health Promotion, and I am not done yet! I have more educational pursuits in sight. Over the years, health and fitness has become my passion and I love to help others reach their health and fitness goals and to promote total well-being. Along the way my passion grew into more and I began competing in Figure competitions in 2009:
- British Natural Bodybuilding Federation (BNBF) Ultra Bodies Competition
- Women’s Figure, 1st Place Open Class, Best Abs Award, 2009
- International Natural Bodybuilding & Fitness Federation (INBF)
- USAG Stuttgart Germany Bodybuilding & Fitness Competition, Women’s Figure, 1st Place Short Class, 1st Place Overall, 2009, earned WNBF Figure Pro Card
- Muscle Mania Northern Italy Regionals, Women’s Figure, 1st Place/Overall, 2011
- NPC Kentucky State Championship, Women’s Figure Class B, 2nd Place, National Qualifier, 2012
I have worked with Women’s Fitness Specialist, Julie Lohre, for all of my competition prep. Living in Europe, I was not able to work with her face-to-face, but Julie set up all my training programs in an easy to follow format. I can see a tremendous transformation when comparing pictures from 3 years ago, and I owe it all to Julie for her fitness and diet guidance, as well as her overall support and encouragement. Also, Julie is the one who introduced me to the Beverly International products, so thank you, Julie!
DIET
MEAL 1:
4 egg whites scrambled with 2 oz ground chicken breast, ½ cup oatmeal
MEAL 2:
2 scoops UMP mixed with water
MEAL 3:
5 oz lean protein (usually chicken breast or fish) topped on a large salad always including tomatoes, cucumbers, sweet peppers, red onion, drizzled with red wine vinegar; plus a 4-5 oz sweet potato, lightly salted, and with red wine vinegar to moisten it
MEAL 4:
2-3 oz of tuna (in water) mixed with one chopped dill pickle and 1 tbsp light mayo, 1 medium tomato in 4 slices. I top each tomato slice with the tuna mix and avocado slices. Close to competition I omit the mayo and avocado.
MEAL 5:
6 oz lean protein, 2 cups of steamed vegetables, usually broccoli florets and/or cauliflower.
MEAL 6:
On occasion, if I feel extra hungry before bed, I have 1 scoop of BI UMP pudding made with water
The best way to implement a plan such as this is to make your meals ahead of time. It is easier to stay on track when the right foods are available. Even more importantly, I do my best to cook clean for my family as well. At first, I would make “their dinner” then “my dinner.” Until one night I looked at the 2 different meals and saw a big problem. My family was eating processed while I was eating a healthy clean meal. Why was that food okay for them but not for me? Why was I taking in all the wonderful nutrition while they weren’t? So, I began incorporating clean diets for my family. Now when we sit down at the dinner table we all enjoy a healthy meal together.
PREPARATION TIPS
I cooked 1 lb of ground chicken to last the whole week for my breakfast. I also cooked egg whites up to 3 days in advance and keep them in separated containers in the fridge. I add 2 oz chicken to each egg white container so I can easily grab it and take to work. At work I store a container of quick oats oatmeal, a ½ cup measuring cup, a bowl and make my oatmeal in the break room at work.
Every Sunday, I buy, wash, cut, and store all my fruits and vegetables. I build one very large salad with all my desired veggies and store it in the fridge. This stops me from having to build a new salad every day, I just serve a couple handfuls and I am good to go! I bring my salad to work in a freezer bowl to keep it cold.
I keep several must-have items at work so I don’t have to carry them back and forth from home: oatmeal, Uncle Ben’s individual microwavable brown rice servings, utensils, red wine vinegar, Splenda, salt and pepper.
SUPPLEMENT SCHEDULE
Multi vitamin (such as Fit Tabs)
Calcium
Fish Oil (or EFA Gold)
BI 7-Keto: 3 capsules 30 minutes before breakfast and 3 capsules 30 minutes before lunch
BI Lean Out: 2 capsules 20 minutes before 5 meals
BI Muscle Synergy (powder): 1 scoop prior to working out
BI Glutamine Select: 1-2 scoops during workout for muscle recovery
BI Ultra 40: 3 tablets with each of 5 meals
TRAINING
Split Routine over 6 days. Each session targets 2 muscles groups with under-trained areas addressed twice a week. The exercises remain the same for 4 weeks with each week changing variables such as rep, sets, intensity, and/or rest periods. No matter how the program is designed, there are always plyometrics involved at least 1 day. Sample:
Monday – Glutes and abs
Tuesday – Back and chest
Wednesday – Delts and abs
Thursday – Glutes and hamstrings
Friday – Biceps, triceps, and abs
Saturday – Legs
Sunday – Rest

CARDIO SCHEDULE
5 days a week: usually 3 sessions of 30 minute HIIT, and 2 sessions of 45-60 minutes moderate intensity steady state.
If I can’t get at least 30 minutes in one workout session, I will do what I have time for even if it is only 15 minutes. But in that short time I will go at a very high intensity leaving myself exhausted. Then go back that evening and do at least 30 more minutes of cardio.

TIME MANAGEMENT
Everyone’s experience is so unique and everyone encounters different challenges. For me, my hardest obstacle to overcome during contest prep is time management. Managing all of life’s day-to-day aspects gets harder when you add consistent training, prepping meals, posing practice, so on and so on. So I would like to share this with No Nonsense readers who are wondering how they can do it. This is a small segment I wrote to share with my FB page followers that reveals my dearest secret to accomplishment:
Mental compartmentalization: This is truly my “secret” weapon to living a military life, raising children, maintaining my health, the health and happiness of my family, and finding time for self-improvement. I mentally compartmentalize my entire life by breaking it down into the main areas:
Family/Home Life/Religion
Fitness (Gym/Exercise Time)
School/Education
Social Relationships
Work
Each of these areas is important to me so I groom them separately. Of course they overlap each other at times, but helping them flourish takes extra effort and we have to give each the individual mental attention they need to do so. For example, when I first decided to compete, I was working full time, in school full time, my husband was deployed, I was raising 2 very young toddlers in Europe with no family near, and I was going to train for a competition. I had to tackle each area separately. Here’s how. When I stepped into work I did my best to block out the other areas. I didn’t worry about what assignment had to be accomplished for school or what workout I was going to do later. I focused on work and work alone. When I left work, I left thoughts of work there as I stepped out of the office and into the gym. In the gym all I focused on was conditioning for the competition. Yes, many times I heard people saying I was stuck up in the gym, but socializing was not on the top of my list at the moment. When I left the gym and picked up my kids, my focus for the evening was all on my 2 year and 3 ½ year old daughters (favorite part of my day). As soon as they were in bed, I opened up my laptop and school books and thought about nothing but how I was going to rock out this A-paper. When I could not concentrate another second, into the kitchen I went to prepare all my food for the next day, got all our bags lined up by the door, caught my 7 hours of sleep and by 6:15 am, the girls and I were out the door for another day just like the previous. Two of the best feelings of my life were walking across the stage graduating from college with honors, and then 2 weeks later walking across the stage accepting 1st place in my first competition! Although my husband was not there to witness either, he was so proud!
My point is that we all have “stuff.” List your “stuff,” weed out what is not important or makes you unhappy and put the rest into categories. Then find a way to arrange your categories into manageable areas of life. At times in our lives this will be easier or more difficult. But it can be done. Prioritize. If it is truly important to you, it can be done and it should be an area of your life.
You notice I did not list “health” as an area of my life. That’s because it over shadows all areas of my life. Health is not an area of my life; it is the result of my life.

My First Bodybuilding Contest
My First Bodybuilding Contest
No Nonsense Magazine 2014 Collection
By: Marty Ozimek

At a Glance: Marty Ozimek
Age: 31
Occupation or Education:B.S., M.S., Ph.D. in Aerospace Engineering, currently a Space-craft Mission Design Engineer at the Applied Physics Laboratory
Residence: Columbia, MD
Years training: 15
Height: 5’11”
Weight: 215-220 (off-season), 186 (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Muscle Provider/peanut butter pudding
Favorite Supplements: Ultimate Muscle Protein, Muscle Provider, Glutamine Select, Density, Ultra 40
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before: 1) Try Ultimate Muscle Protein Chocolate. If you’re not sold after 1), then proceed to step 2) Try any other protein powder in existence. You will quickly return to 1). In all seriousness, in 15 years of trying every protein powder under the sun, UMP ended up naturally finding its way as my personal favorite. It also cooks into many great recipes, such as vanilla/pumpkin UMP bread or pancakes.
Music: Radiohead, Sigur Ros, Armin Van Buuren, The Arcade Fire, Daft Punk
Most Inspiring Book: The Fountainhead
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Working on a pilot’s license, getting an MBA, scuba diving, and improving my golf game.
Words to live by: “I firmly believe that any man’s finest hour, the greatest fulfillment of all that he holds dear, is that moment when he has worked his heart out in a good cause and lies exhausted on the field of battle – victorious.” Vince Lombardi
I never thought that I would be the one sitting here writing an article for my favorite supplement company, Beverly International, following my first ever body-building competition. Until recently, I was unsure that I would ever gain the confidence to “take the plunge” from a recreational weight training enthusiast to the next level. I’m hoping that I may be a lot like some of you who read this article. I was the guy that read all of the bodybuilding magazines, had grown up idolizing the Arnold, Stallone, and Van Damme 80’s flicks (including no less than 100 viewings of Rocky IV and Bloodsport a piece on cable TV), and had wanted to emulate those physiques myself at a competitive level.
Unfortunately, my lack of confidence in stepping on the bodybuilding stage was conveniently replaced with excuses for many years. I had many false justifications that I would feed myself throughout my 20’s – “I’m too busy with my 9-10 hour workdays”, “I don’t have enough size yet”, or the “my symmetry is not good enough”, and oh wait, wait, let’s not forget my personal favorite, “all of these bodybuilders are personal trainers in their day jobs, somebody with a sedentary desk job like me could never compete.”
Excuses, excuses, excuses. I even started to believe my own words after a while. The pattern persisted from my sophomore year of college at Penn State (“an engineering curriculum is too demanding!”), through grad school at Purdue (“I could never write a thesis and train for a show!”), all the way up to my job at the Applied Physics Laboratory.
I was on a fast-track to creating a lifetime of excuses until I started dating my girlfriend Sandy. Sandy was the anti-me. Sandy caught the weight training bug from me, and in October of 2011 she got her own itch to compete. She learned of an OCB contest being held in April of 2012, and promptly signed her name on the dotted registration line for the bikini division. A few days later she had begun her contest preparation. “What????” my inner-self said. “How could she??? She hasn’t even been training close to as long as me!” This jealous internal rambling gradually changed to the self-realization that Sandy possessed all of the confidence that I didn’t, and that it was time to find inspiration in her choice rather than jealousy. My competitive spirits that were previously buried six feet under for the past decade were finally unearthed to the point that I was ready to get off my excuse-happy high horse. I would prep right alongside Sandy for my first ever bodybuilding experience! In hindsight, it’s really amazing how we fed off of each other and pushed each other to make this journey.
NUTRITION
OK, Great! I’ve decided to compete, now what? As a lifetime bodybuilding fan, I knew that a rock solid diet plan was essential, and I needed to come up with one in a hurry. It was late November, and at 218 lbs. with a stage goal of roughly 190 lbs., I needed to diet for 15 weeks to be ready for the show. After analyzing my past attempts to “lean out” I decided that to successfully compete, my best bet would be to consult with a coach. Enter David Johnston. David was an amazing prep coach and immediately set me on a dietary path that yielded the results I desired.
If you’ve ever read the NNN, you’ll find his first suggestion was obvious – I would rigorously weigh all food, log all macronutrients, and would not skip any meals! Although I thought I knew a thing or two about nutrition, I learned from David that part of the key to dieting is (1) conditioning the body to a known nutrient profile, (2) patiently tracking the changes, and (3) then introducing small reductions as needed to continue the gradual weight loss.
The hardest part for me as a first-timer was establishing a good baseline diet. It took about 4 weeks to get the food intake precisely “locked in” for optimal fat loss, so if you too are a first timer, whatever you plan for your prep timeframe, give yourself a few extra weeks of buffer time to account for errors like this! David recommended a carb-cycle diet. The carb days were strategically bracketed around my weight training routine (see the Training section) to give me enough energy to make it through the heavy power days and the high volume hypertrophy days. Another important note about my diet was that I customized it to my 8:30-6:00 work schedule. I consumed meals 2-4 at work. Meals 2 and 4 worked well as quick pre or post-lunch snacks, and meal 3 fit in nicely with lunch so that I could still eat with my friends like a normal person.
Here is a sample of my contest prep diet at roughly 6 weeks out. At this point, my body was responding really well and dropping 1-2 lbs./week, so I stayed very close to this plan all the way up until contest day.
Note: I began each day with fasted cardio and then started with meal 1. I trained with weights between meals 4 and 5. I was at home for meals 1, 5, and 6, and at work for meals 2-4. For fluids, I consumed 1.5-2 gallons of water over the course of every day.
HIGH CARB DAY: MON/WED/FRI
MEAL 1:
3/4c oats, 4 oz chicken, 1c egg whites
MEAL 2:
2 scoops of Muscle Provider (A quick and easy snack type meal at work.)
MEAL 3:
8 oz of chicken or tilapia, 1/2c oats
MEAL 4:
2 scoops of Muscle Provider, 1/2c oats (Easy to prepare at work like meal 2.)
MEAL 5:
8 oz of chicken or tilapia, 6 oz sweet potato
MEAL 6:
2c egg whites (at home)
LOW CARB DAY: SAT/SUN/TUES/THURS
MEAL 1:
2 whole eggs, 1c egg whites
MEAL 2:
2 scoops of Muscle Provider, 1 tbsp natural peanut butter (mixed with barely enough water in a bowl to create the tastiest pud-ing in the world)
MEAL 3:
8 oz chicken or tilapia, 2/3 oz raw almonds
MEAL 4:
Same as Meal 2
MEAL 5:
Same as Meal 3
MEAL 6:
8 oz eye of round steak
One final note about my diet is worth mentioning. I did not cheat. Think about it: There are plenty of times in your life to give in and eat things that are a bit unhealthy, but a bodybuilding contest is not one of those times. Rather, this is the one time in your life that you are going to put yourself in the best condition of your life – why not bite the bullet, stick to the plan and do it right? It may be hard, but in terms of nutrition, at the end of the day you’ll have the clear conscience of saying you gave it every-thing you had when standing on stage.
SUPPLEMENTS
Having taken Beverly International’s products since 2007 with great results, I knew I wanted to take my pre-contest supplementation seriously. I went to their website and found their supplement recommendation chart. Included, among other programs, was a full listing of supplements for the male pre-contest bodybuilder. The only other question was supplement timing. For this, I took advantage of the useful information from successful Beverly bodybuilders of the past who had posted their winning formulas in previous No Nonsense Newsletters. From there, I devised the following routine:
Super Pak: One every morning upon completion of fasted AM cardio.
Density: Three with each meal.
Ultra 40: Four with each meal.
Lean Out: Two with each meal.
7 Keto Musclean: Three upon waking before cardio. Sometimes I would take three before weight training if I felt like I needed the energy boost, but not always.
Quadracarn: Three with meals 1, 3, and 5.
Glutamine Select + BCAA’s: 2 scoops following fasted AM cardio and 2 scoops following any weight workout.
Muscularity: Began taking at the 4 week out mark. Four caps following each meal.
Bev ZMA: Three at night before bed.
TRAINING
As a lifetime natural bodybuilder that had tried many different weight training programs, I took some time to reflect on what I felt had worked for me in the past. While everyone may be different, I came to the conclusion that for me, heavy compound powerlifting type exercises were my bread-and-butter movements for obtaining mass, while mid/high repetition hypertrophy exercises worked well to supplement the power movements. Interestingly enough, I found that IFPA professional bodybuilder Dr. Layne Norton had implemented both of these features into his training regimen known as Power Hypertrophy Adaptive Training (PHAT). PHAT involves two days of essentially powerlifting of the entire upper and lower body, followed by three days of higher-repetition hypertrophy training of the entire body. Essentially you train your entire body twice per week, incorporating BOTH the “power-building” style and traditional bodybuilding. I believe that the low-rep, heavy compound weight that I moved during the Sunday and Monday power days helped me maximize my muscle preservation over the 14 week haul. In fact, I was even setting a few personal records until about week 10, where my strength actually held even for the most part. My weight training schedule was as follows:
Sunday: Lower Body Power
Monday: Upper Body Power
Tuesday: Off
Wednesday: Chest and Arms Hypertrophy
Thursday: Lower Body Hypertrophy
Friday: Back and Shoulders Hypertrophy
Saturday: Off

Sticking to a grueling weight training schedule while working 9-10 hours a day at a brain-exhausting job was mentally and physically draining. Sometimes I felt like my body was running on fumes, but I thankfully had a lot of support from my friends, family, and my girlfriend Sandy when things were tough.

PRESENTATION AND DAY OF THE SHOW
At the start of my prep, I participated in hour long weekly posing sessions with my coach, David. At the 10 week out mark, I was also posing on my own 3-4 days a week for about 20 minutes after work and documenting with pictures. Do not under-estimate the importance of this practice! Trust me, you will look at your pictures from week-to-week and be amazed at the presentation improvements that you’ll continue to make. As the days drew closer and closer to the show, I felt that the most important strategy was to keep everything simple and stick to the plan. I didn’t panic or make any drastic last minute changes, but I kept the training intense until the last week before the show. During this final “peak week”, however, I did throttle back the training and circuit trained for 40-60 minutes on Monday-Wednesday, stopping each set 3-4 reps short of failure. Cardio was also cut to 20 minute sessions. On Thursday and Friday I stopped training altogether, aside from posing practice and visualization.
The day of the contest was like a celebration of all of my hard work rather than a stressful event. The hardest days were behind me. I was well prepared and competing “for the love of the game” rather than to beat other competitors. In the end, I was fortunate to walk away with four total trophies at the OCB Eastern Regional in Baltimore, MD, taking first place in Debut Heavyweight class, first place in Novice Heavyweight class, first place in the Novice Overall, and third place in the Open Middleweight class. Sandy also had a great first time showing and finished fifth place in the Open Bikini division. The highlights of the day were definitely sharing the experience with Sandy, the posedown that I had to do for the Novice Overall, and getting shouts of “Crab Most Muscular” from my friends in the audience! Standing there on the stage at your physical peak, surrounded by many of the people you care about in life, you realize that every minute of the preparation is truly worth it.
&hbsp;
CONCLUSION
Today, I remain an interesting anomaly in my every day work place. My day job involves planning and designing robotic spacecraft missions to asteroids and planets like Mercury and Pluto. That said, it probably comes as no surprise when I tell you that most people in my field do not spend their time moving 500 pounds on deadlifts, or dieting on grilled chicken, oatmeal, and protein shakes for weeks on end. Nowadays, my novice overall trophy (a smily golden muscle-man flexing his biceps) that sits on my desk is an eyebrow raising, conversation piece when a co-worker walks into my office and asks me a question about orbital mechanics. Sandy remains committed to improving her physique to compete in figure competitions, and I hope to beef up my legs and compete for some open overall titles in the future. I hope you find some small pieces of useful information in my story that you may take with you in your own fitness journey someday because I’m sure I will continue to be inspired, amazed, and educated by the stories of others in the NNN in the future.

The Big 5-0, Planning to be My Best
The Big 5-0, Planning to be My Best
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 24, #4
By: Holly Fields

At a Glance: Holly Fields
Age: 50
Occupation or Education: College Professor, Gym Owner, Online Coach, Ph.D. Student
Family: Partner of 6 years, Luke; sons-Connor, 22 and Carter, 17
Current Residence: Salem. VA
Years training: 25+ years
Height: 5’8″
Weight: Off Season 145-155, Contest 130-135
Favorite Fitness Meal: Chicken with egg whites, one whole egg, with “Everything Bagel” seasoning
Favorite Supplements: UMP Rocky Road made as a pudding at nighttime, sometimes topped with 1 tbsp of natural peanut butter or sugar-free Cool Whip. Right now, I am also loving Muscle Synergy and Up-Lift during my training!!
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? Start with UMP! It is THE most amazing protein and can be used not only in shakes but also in baked goods and pancakes and waffles. You can honestly trust Beverly for whatever goals you have in mind! I love them so much that I became a rep!
Music: Avenged Sevenfold, Metallica, and most 80s “hair metal” bands are my favorites!!
Most Inspiring Book: Girl, Stop Apologizing by Rachel Harris
Hobbies or interests: There are so many things I love to do, but summertime and water (especially the beach) are my favorites.
Words to live by: If it doesn’t challenge you, it doesn’t change you. Every time you go through something hard, it makes you a stronger person. When you are dealing with significant struggles, just remember to hold on, and everything will get better-have faith In God; he will get you through it.
Contact:
IG: @fit_with_holly
Website: www.fitwithholly.com
FB: www.facebook.com/fitnessbyholly
So… this is a BIG year for me, as you can see from my bio!! My goal in life has always been to be my very best. But to get a glimpse of my whole story, we must go back several years.
I played sports as a kid, mainly softball and basketball, and continued those in high school but also played volleyball during those five years (we didn’t have middle school-high school was 8-12). When I went to college, I had no idea what I wanted to do, so I decided to major in psychology. After my first year (it was rough-my grades were terrible), I found the PE department and major of “Commercial Fitness.” While taking my basic “wellness” classes, there were several sections, and one was strength training. I absolutely LOVED it!! I was determined to lift regularly, but the college fitness center was ALWAYS packed, so I convinced my dad to buy me a membership to the little gym in town. This was truly an “old school” gym with magazine pictures of the bodybuilding greats all over the walls!! I think my friend and I were the only female members.
Fast forward to six years after graduation-I had lifted that whole time, but never really with a plan or goal. My first son was born in March 1999, and after his birth, his dad was closing the local grocery store that had been in his family for years and building a brand new IGA supermarket in our town. I decided that the old “Mick or Mack” grocery store would be an excellent place to develop my first gym. We renovated the old grocery store, and in April 2000, my first gym opened. About the same time, I learned of a new bodybuilding category, Figure. It was just what I needed to push me to a new goal. Even with a new baby, I had the drive and determination (or maybe I was just a little crazy) and competed in my first figure competition that same year. At that time, there was still a one-piece and a two-piece round. I had no idea what I was doing but read as much as possible and became more knowledgeable for the next one. I competed again in 2001 and 2002, but nothing spectacular. That was SO long ago; I don’t even remember the exact dates and shows. Sadly, I had to close my first gym in 2002 and took a teaching position in Health/PE.
Luckily, there was a great weight room outside the PE office. A fellow teacher and I lifted together after school. That’s where I learned about Beverly International supplements. I began using UMP, Mass Aminos, and Ultra 40. WOW! All I can say is once I tried them, I have never found anything to compare. I competed again in 2004 with some real improvements to my body, primarily due to my Beverly supplement regimen.
In 2010, I competed in the NPC Northern Kentucky. That’s where I met Sandy and Roger in person. I also made the BIG decision to commit to reaching my goals and dreams by putting everything into my training, contest prep, and offseason! I have spent many years in competition, 2010-2012 was in Figure, then in 2013, I switched to Women’s Physique.
In 2015 after my husband suddenly passed away, I was literally in a fog for months. I was in a terrible place, but lifting weights kept me somewhat grounded. I kept training hard and eventually met my current boyfriend. He had just gotten into lifting, but his enthusiasm and support helped me set new physique and competition goals. I competed in the 2018 NPC Elite Muscle Classic and the 2020 NPC Max Muscle NPC, VA.
I have found that competing every other year allows my body to get a little better in muscle growth. As a natural lifter of over 25 years, it became tough to gain anything between shows when competing every year. Right now, I plan to do another competition in April 2022. No matter what, I know that I will always be chasing the gains, and I would never consider doing it without Beverly.
I tell people often that this IS truly a lifestyle! It isn’t something you can jump in and out of, or you will never see progress. Once you have been doing it a while,
it’s also hard to see a lot of progress, but do not QUIT! Consistency is the key!!
I am currently a professor at a local college teaching Fit for Life courses, and I also still run my gym as well as online coaching and personal training. I am also in the final phase of my Ph.D. and working on my dissertation.
One thing I have learned in being so busy is that you HAVE to make a plan (for everything), or it will likely get pushed aside-there is always something else to do; it is just about what you make a priority. In addition to training clients and teaching while also working on my YouTube channel and podcasting each week (Fit with Holly-YouTube, Women’s Body & Power Podcast). I love to interview competitors to talk about their experiences and just discuss fitness and nutrition.
Adding Muscle in the Off-Season
One of the most challenging components of gaining quality muscle, especially as a natural competitor, is consuming the correct number of calories while still focusing on quality nutrition.
Diet Plan (you need to be sure you are in a caloric surplus to gain lean muscle!)
I typically eat 5-6 meals year-round, typically 3 larger meals and 2-3 smaller meals. I focus on keeping about 50% of my total carbs (25% pre-workout and 25% post-workout) around my training.
I use a macros-based nutrition plan which allows me some flexibility in my food choices.
Top priorities are
- Hitting protein goals
- Having 3-5 servings of fruits and veggies daily
- Keeping processed carbs to a minimum. I follow the same principles in both off-season and competition prep; the calories are adjusted according to my goals.
Here’s a sample of what a day of eating might look like for me in the off-season. This is just a sample plan; I always try to have LOTS of variety, especially to get a wide assortment of nutrients every day.
My goal is to hit my daily macros-when building, I am typically around 2200-2500 calories and constantly working on increasing those numbers while keeping body fat gain to a minimum-however, some extra body fat is necessary (as opposed to being competition lean) to be at the best place hormonally to gain muscle.

Meal One
1 egg, 100g whites, 2 slices turkey bacon or turkey sausage crumbles added to the egg whites, 2 slices flax (or high fiber) bread or 40g oats, 1 tbsp nut butter or plant-based butter, sliced tomatoes or berries
(about ¹⁄₂ cup of one or the other-usually I have berries with oats)
Meal Two
1 scoop UMP, 4 oz Greek yogurt or ¹⁄₂ cup cottage cheese
Plain Greek yogurt is excellent mixed with UMP Rocky Road or UMP Chocolate – tastes like chocolate cheesecake-this can also be done with cottage cheese if you have a bullet blender or immersion blender.
Meal Three
3-4oz chicken breast, large chopped salad
Meal Four (pre-workout)
¹⁄₂ c oats or 1 serving cream of rice, ¹⁄₂ scoop UMP mixed in (extra “toppings” like berries, crushed walnuts, or dry cereal for crunch)
Meal Five (post-workout)
1 scoop Mass Maker Ultra, ¹⁄₂ scoop UMP. Mass Maker Ultra is excellent for post-workout recovery during the building season.
Meal Six
4oz cooked lean ground beef or steak, sweet potato or baked potato, vegetables (broccoli, roasted brussels sprouts, etc.), whole grain bread, sourdough, etc. (I usually have more carbs left at night, and this is where desserts can often fit in as well)
Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 are the fundamental supplements for adding muscle in the off-season. I recommend 12 of each per day
(divided into servings of 3 or 4 at a time) for most women.
Training Plan
During this past off-season, my training plan consisted of a new hybrid training program I created and used for many months.
Full Body Push (Day 1)
I always begin with compound movements and include at least 1-2 warmup sets. Typically, I increase the weight on each set if possible, and reps will usually go down.
Squat variation (3-4x 6-10) try to increase weight each week on the final set
Bench Press or DB Press (3×8-12)
Front Delt Raise (3×12-15)
Overhead DB Extension or Tricepes Pressdown (3×10-12)
Leg Extension (4×15-20)
Calves (Standing or Leg Press Machine) (3-4x 15-20)
Full Body Pull (Day 2)
Deadlift variation (traditional, trap bar, or trap/deadlift machine) (4×6-10)
Pullups or Lat Pulldown (4x 10-12)
Cable Row or Machine Row (3×10-12)
Rear Delt (either Reverse Pec Dec or Rope Face Pulls) (4×15-20)
Upright Row (3×10-12)
Machine Curl, EZ Curl, or DB Curl (3-4×12-15)
Hamstring Curl (3-4×8-10)

Day 3 Off
Upper Body (Day 4)
Pullups (4x AMRAP) or Pulldowns (4×10-12) (alternate each workout)
Chest Flye or Pec Dec (4×8-15)
Shoulder Press (4×8-12)
Rope or DB Pullover (3×12-15)
Superset: Cable Curl/Reverse Triceps Pressdown (3×10-15 per exercise)
Lower Body (Day 5)
Leg Press (3-4x 10-15)
KB or DB Front Squat (3×10-heels on a plate)
Lying Leg Curl or Barbell Romanian Deadlift (4×8-10)
Smith Machine Split Squat (3×10-12 per side)
Lunge variation (2 Sets x 20-30) -usually walking or reverse alternating with DBs
Leg Extension (3×10-12)
Seated Calf Press (3×10-12, slow and controlled with fairly heavy weight)
*1-2 x per week-abs (2-3 varied exercises of 15-20 reps per set, 3 sets each)
Day 6 Off
Repeat, or if feeling particularly tired, take 2 rest days before repeating.

Cardio
I will do 4-5 cardio sessions per week off-season, simply for heart health (often just 30 minutes of walking or the bike).
When contest prep time comes around, I increase my focus! I add interval sessions and total time as needed to make sure I am hitting my fat loss goals. Remember though; nutrition is the most vital factor in losing fat- you cannot out-train a bad diet!
My Contest Prep Supplements
3 servings of 4 tablets of Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 each day. At 4 weeks out, I switch to Density instead of Mass Aminos.
1-2 scoops UMP per day throughout my entire prep, typically post-workout and evening (favorite is Rocky Road made as a pudding at nighttime- sometimes topped with 1 tbsp of natural peanut butter or sugar-free Cool Whip)
7-Keto MuscLean and Lean Out stack; I also use Lean Out in the off-season, but I add 7-Keto when I am getting to the point where I am doing daily cardio as it really helps give me some added energy. I take two or three 7-Keto Musclean before cardio and maybe again at lunch or pre-workout. 1-2 Lean Out are taken before cardio and then again with each meal (at least 4 per day).
Also, Energy Reserve is invaluable during competition prep!!
In Closing
The best advice I can give anyone trying to change their body is to be consistent! Even if things happen and you need to slow down, that is ok! You can adjust your workouts or make modifications, but just don’t STOP- think of pushing a boulder uphill- it might slow down, but it is way harder to get it rolling again if you let it come to a complete halt.

My Figure Competition Dream
My Figure Competition Dream
No Nonsense Magazine 2014 Collection
By: Angie Morales

At a Glance: Angie Morales
Age: 38
Occupation: Group Exercise Director at Baptist Family Fitness for 12 years.
Family: Married to Tony for 15 years. Two children ages 9 and 13.
Residence: Corbin, KY
Years training: 19 years of training
Height: 5’3″
Weight: 125-127 (off-season), 117 (contest)
Favorite Fitness Meal: 4oz chicken, ¼ cup brown rice over a bed of spinach and cauliflower, 1-2 tbsp hot salsa, ½ avocado
Favorite Supplements: UMP chocolate protein is by far my very favorite supplement. I mix mine like a milk shake using water and ice. The consistency is amazing and the taste reminds me of chocolate cake batter. I use UMP most mornings and always at bedtime.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before: My very first recommendation is the UMP. It is the tastiest way to add extra protein to your diet. It is easily blended and works great in a shaker cup. This makes it very portable for on-the-go situations. I’d tell that Beverly International has been a huge part of my dietary success. I don’t think I would have made it past my chocolate cravings had it not been for UMP. I believe in this company. I trust their products and love the fact that I can pick up the phone at any time and get good-sound advice from the professionals who work there.
Music: Nickelback, Pitbull and LMFAO
Favorite Book: I couldn’t say that I have much time to read, and when I do it’s usually for fun. But my favorite series of books would be the Twilight series.
Hobby or interests outside fitness: My life is pretty simple. When I am not working or training, I am spending my time at the ball fields with my two children. My 9 year old daughter plays basketball and is on four baseball teams. My son is also active in sports and has recently taken up exercising at home on our Bowflex.
Words to live by: “I’ve missed more than 9000 shots in my career. I’ve lost almost 300 games. 26 times, I’ve been trusted to take the game winning shot and missed. I’ve failed over and over and over again in my life. And that is why I succeed.” ~Michael Jordan
For as long as I can remember, I have always been an athlete. I was always up for a challenge and was hardly a “Barbie doll” type of girl. I was obsessed with movies like Rambo, Rocky, Conan the Barbarian and The Incredible Hulk. It’s funny now, to look back on the fact that I watched the icons of bodybuilding before I even realized my future passion.
I joined my first gym nearly 20 years ago. I loved weights and I wanted to learn as much about it as I could. 3 years later, I had my first secret thought of someday competing. I never told anyone of my “competition dream”, instead I just ignored it for fear of failure. A year later I became pregnant with my first child. At this point, I was hit or miss at the gym, and I gave myself permission to eat whatever I wanted. On August 17, 1998, the day Hunter was born, I weighed 200 pounds. I was completely at a loss. I didn’t see any hope for ever being 125 pounds again. I worked a full-time job and spent every free moment with my baby. I felt disgusted with my appearance and I even questioned my husband on how he could possibly still love me. Of course, he supported me and loved me no matter what size I was. It was at this point that I knew I had to make changes. I started training again. I became an animal in the gym, hitting the weights and cardio with a vengeance. By the summer of 2000, my goal was met! I had finally made it back to the mid 120’s. We went to the beach that summer, but I still found myself wearing shorts over my bathing suit. I’ve just never been comfortable in my own skin, and especially in a bathing suit.
So, fast forward to January 23, 2003, the day my daughter was born. After a pregnancy of continuous exercise, weight training and healthier eating, I delivered Kaylee at about 180 pounds. It was unbelievable to me that I had still gained over 55 pounds with her. Four months later, my daughter was diagnosed with Bacterial Meningitis and we almost lost her. She was near death when they took her off in the ambulance to UK Pediatric ICU. Those were the scariest two weeks of my life. She did recover, and is now 9 years old and perfect in every way.
Now, I was overweight again, but consumed with “mommy guilt” about hitting the gym. My only exercise was when I taught my group exercise classes. Years passed, with me once again feeling down on the inside about my appearance. I gradually started to add weight training back in to my routine, but not with the same passion that I had in the beginning.
It was a planned Florida vacation in 2009 that finally sparked my passion again. My goal was to be as lean as the women featured on the cover of Oxygen. I “secretly” went on a competition diet that I found online and by the time we left for our trip, I had managed to reach 126 pounds. While on vacation, I exercised every morning at sunrise. I ran the stairs of our condo, 25 floors, multiple times. Then at 7am, the gym opened and I circuit trained for another hour. I actually came home from our trip weighing 3 pounds less than when we arrived.
I finally decided to enter a Figure Competition. I picked a show, discussed the details with my husband and set my plan into action. I had 12 weeks to get ready. I continued to follow my now, “not so secret” diet plan and made tremendous progress. I stepped on stage at 112 pounds and took two overall titles (Masters and Open) at the East TN Expo in Knoxville, TN. My next show was seven days later where I placed 5th at the Tricky Jackson Classic, an NPC National Qualifier in Lexington, KY. I was hooked! I’ve continued to compete ever since and just got home from the Arnold Classic Amateur where I placed 4th! Pretty much a dream come true. As you can probably tell by now, I am in love with the sport, and the stage and I plan to compete for many years to come.
Now, I’d like to share some insight into my nutrition, cardio, and training with you. I hope it will help you to start or advance your own journey into fitness.
Nutrition
My meal plan was developed by “Fit To Be In Your Kitchen” and Ruben Sandoval. I eat 7 small meals every day. I implement a carb-cycling plan where I do two low-carb days, then a medium carb day, followed by three low-carb days, followed by a high carb day. My calories during my Arnold Classic show prep ranged from 1650-2050 throughout the week.
My low carb day looked like this:
3:45am: Wake up, three Fit Tabs (previously called Ultra 4), one scoop Glutamine Select, two Lean Out and three 7-Keto
4:30am: Workout and posing practice
8:00am: UMP chocolate with ½ cup of strawberries and another scoop of Glutamine Select
10:30am: 4 egg whites and ¼ cup of oats plus 1 tbsp natural peanut butter and two Lean Out
1:30pm: 3 egg whites and one granny smith apple
4:00pm: 4oz chicken, ¼ cup brown rice, ½ avocado and lots of veggies plus 2 Lean Out
6:00pm: Quest bar, 2 Lean Out and three 7-Keto
7:30pm: 4oz Tilapia (pan fried in 1 tsp of olive oil), 7 asparagus spears, a bit of cauliflower and a tbsp of salsa, 1 tbsp of Chia Seeds sprinkled over Tilapia, lemon juice squirted over everything and 1 tsp of Parmesan cheese sprinkled over everything
9:30pm: ¾ scoop of Chocolate UMP and 1.5 tbsp of natural peanut butter, two Lean Out and three Fit Tabs
On my medium and high carb days, I have a variety of recipes including egg pancakes, slow-cooker chicken tacos, egg muffins, and a quinoa, chicken and spinach meal that is really tasty. I also get to use some mayonnaise!
I prep my foods in advance. I boil a big pan of chicken, after it’s finished, I place individual servings into sandwich bags and add seasoning. I make a whole box of brown rice at once as well as many servings of Tilapia. I keep two days’ worth in my fridge and place the rest in the freezer. As I need more, I remove it from the freezer and allow it to thaw inside the fridge. The key is to be prepared! I know what I am going to eat every day, and plan accordingly. I pack all my foods in a cooler if I am working or at ballgames with my children. I even pack my digital scale everywhere I go just in case I need to measure anything. I am very diligent about my food measures, it’s the only way to know exactly how many calories you are consuming. I drink at least one gallon of water each day. It’s healthy and a good way to help control hunger pains. I use sea salt enriched with iodine on most of my foods as well as Mrs. Dash seasonings.
Supplements
Chocolate UMP is the bomb! I will NEVER use any other protein powder. It’s my chocolate fix every day. Glutamine Select is what I call my “magic potion”. I train very hard, and without it, I am dragging. It helps me recover faster so that I can push just as hard with every single workout. I love Fit Tabs, it’s the new name for Beverly’s original Ultra 4 multi-vitamin, it doesn’t make me sick like most vitamins. When I don’t use Fit Tabs, I get cramps in my legs. I use Lean Out and 7-Keto to keep my metabolism up and to mobilize stored fat for energy.
Cardio
I am a Group Exercise Instructor. I teach 4 days of classes per week including Indoor Cycling, Step and Bodypump. I’m lucky to be able to use these classes as my cardio. My only other cardio is one extra day of treadmill hill climbs or outdoor stair running. The Group Exercise classes are a great way to burn a lot of calories and have a ton of fun. The atmosphere is motivating and the participants are encouraging to one another and to me.


Presentation
I practice my posing at least 4 days a week, starting at 6 weeks out from the show. I visualize myself on stage. I hold each of my poses at least 30 seconds and repeat multiple times. I practice my walk, my smile, my model pose and even my curtsy. I also video myself once per week and use it to see where I need to improve or make any corrections. When on stage, my goal is to appear super-confident and relaxed. I think it really makes a difference if you take your posing practice seriously.
In closing, I would like to say to everyone that the journey to being healthy and fit is not easy, but it’s so worth it. The feeling of meeting your daily goals, each and every day, is very powerful. I strive to lay down every night, proud of what I have accomplished that day. I sleep sound and wake up excited to do it all over again the next day! Maybe you too have a secret competition dream. Set small goals, take it one day at a time and be an example to those around you. Competitions may not be for everyone, but feeling good in your own skin is, and that’s a trophy in itself.
Training
I usually start show prep with a split routine where I weight train 5 days a week, working one muscle group each day. I train each muscle with 5 exercises doing 4 sets of 8-12 reps for each exercise. I hit abs at least three days a week. Hanging knee raises is one of my favorites. As my show gets closer, I train 6 days a week. I do full body, circuit style weight training on four of the days. On these days I utilize supersets, tri-sets and quad-sets. I like to train at a fast pace, keeping my heart rate high, and breaking a good sweat during these sessions. On the other 2 days, I focus on legs one day and shoulders the other. These are two of the most important

Long Term Consistency Trumps Short Term Intensity
Long Term Consistency Trumps Short Term Intensity
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 24, #4
By: Sean Young

At a Glance: Sean Young
Age: 41
Occupation or Education: Physical Therapist; owner of The Impakt Lab
Current Residence: Cincinnati, OH
Years training: 23 years
Weight: 205-210 (Offseason), 185-190 (Contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Steak, eggs, and sweet potatoes
Favorite Supplements: Muscle Synergy and the Super Pak
What Supplements would you recommend: Super Pak for everyone; Muscle Synergy for year-round muscle gain, and Up-Lift for a great stimulant-free pre-workout and pump
Music: Anything with a good beat
Favorite Book: Can’t Hurt Me – David Goggins
Hobbies and interests: Camping and hiking with my wife and daughters all over the USA; coaching my daughters’ lacrosse, soccer and basketball teams
Words to work out by: The pain of being legendary is less than the pain of being ordinary. If you don’t have enough discipline to beat the alarm clock, how are you going to beat everything else in life?
Instagram: @theimpaktlab
In the dresser in my room, I have a plaque that highlights the importance of perseverance. It is a word that is one of the fundamental principles in which I live my life. I have had this plaque since high school, over 20+ years ago. That’s when I also decided to begin my career in bodybuilding and was introduced to Beverly International by my first prep coach Jeremiah Forster. Fast forward 20+ years later, countless amateur bodybuilding competitions, achievement of natural professional status, and now 10 professional bodybuilding shows won; Beverly has been with me all the way!
In 2018 after competing and running marathons simultaneously, I found out I had a severely torn cartilage leaking fluid, a stress fracture in my tibia, and a torn meniscus in my left knee. Surgery was strongly recommended, however being the stubborn physical therapist I am, I decided to do my own rehab and see how far I could get. Although the cartilage and meniscus will not heal, I rehabbed my knee to full strength and ROM and resumed bodybuilding training. In 2020 when the gyms shut down, I got back into running. Although my true passion is bodybuilding, running was another outlet to challenge myself physically and mentally. When you can make yourself do daily tasks that are uncomfortable and difficult, you will be more equipped to handle more difficult tasks when they arise. 2020 was a great example of this. I was not about to let it get the best of me. I joined a couple of virtual marathons and ran four consecutive half marathons in 4 weeks leading up to my 40th birthday. Given the aforementioned knee injury and my home base Gymbo’s Personal Training and Fitness Center opening back up in the summer, it was time to get back to my true passion of bodybuilding!
The old saying goes, “If you do what you have always done, you will get what you have always got.” I have been bodybuilding and competing for 20 years! This year I decided to try out a new bodybuilding split and venture outside my comfort zone. I have always been intrigued by the push/pull/legs split but wanted to make my own version. What I developed was an 8- day split. It would eventually shape out like this:
- Legs: Quad focused
- Pull: Upper back and bicep isolation
- Push: Upper chest anterior and delt pressing movements with heavy triceps movements
- Off
- Back: Primarily posterior chain movements and rowing
- Arms
- Chest and shoulders: Isolation chest movements using multiple angles and a lateral delt head focus
- Off
Example of my typical Chest and Shoulders – Day
- Machine Flyes: 4×10
- Flat Bench Press: 15,12,10,8
- Incline Bench Flyes: 4×10
- Hammer Strength Chest Press: 4×10
- DB Laterals: 4×12
- Standing Heavy Single Arm Laterals: 4×10
- Alternating DB Front Raise: 4×10
- Rotator Cuff External Rotation: 4×20

This layout allows for recovery between body parts and minimizes the overlap of muscle groups. Once I established the main framework, I then had to figure out a total volume for the end of the 8-day cycle by trial and error. If you are going to try this, I would suggest tracking your total reps and sets to find your maximum recoverable volume for the 8-day cycle.
The next step was a good supplement regimen to aid recovery while building muscle. I primarily worked out in the morning. Depending on the day, I would start with coffee and Muscle Synergy to get a good pump in the morning. I typically drink 2 scoops of Muscle Synergy 3x/day. If working out later in the morning, I would drink two scoops of Up-Lift before my workouts. I began taking 2 Ultra 40’s 3x/day with meals. I also take a Super Pak and 3 ZMA 200 before bed.
My first show of the year was the PNBA Phillip Ricardo Legends Classic in Virginia. I used the same split that I laid out above but decided to try a different approach to cardio. To get ready for competition in the past, I would train, do “traditional” cardio, and not much else in terms of physical activity the rest of the day! In prep, as our calories decrease, so does our natural activity. Our bodies are smart and always find a way to auto-regulate to conserve energy when they are in a deficit. First, I looked back on data from my Apple Watch to see what my average step count was for the previous two months at maintenance calories. Once I began prep, I decided to add 2000 steps to my current average step count. This would combat the natural decreased activity levels to ensure that I continued my current activity and added additional activity. I decided to use this approach instead of “traditional” cardio to the first show and see what would happen!
I eat clean year-round and never get too far out of shape. When I prep for a show, I may change the ratio of macronutrients but never exclude a specific macronutrient!

Supplements
2 scoops Muscle Synergy 3x/day
2 scoops Up-Lift pre-workout
1 Super Pak; 3 ZMA 2000 before bed
Here is an example of my meal plan at 6 weeks out:
Meal One
1 scoop UMP, 80 grams steel cut oats
Meal Two
6oz chicken, 6 ounces broccoli, 6 ounces carrots
Meal Three
1 scoop UMP, 7 rice cakes
Meal Four
6oz chicken, 8 oz potato, 1 serving fruit
Meal Five
10 egg whites, 2 whole eggs,
7 rice cakes
Meal Six
6oz 93% lean beef, large salad,
2 cups mixed vegetables
Well as it turned out, my new approach was a success. I placed first in the Pro Classic Physique division, achieving my 9th professional win! The next show was promoted by Josh Miller, the NGA Bluegrass Championships. This show was 8 weeks later, so it would give me some time to experiment with new ideas again. I always tell my prep clients that I practice new ideas on myself first, so it’s on me and not them if I mess up!
Since my conditioning was where I wanted it to be, I maintained my step count for the prep duration. No additional cardio was necessary! I was really enjoying the new workout split, so no changes were needed in this area either. I made sure to continue training as heavy as possible and maintain my workout volume. I am a strong proponent of going as heavy as possible with good form leading up to a show to best maintain your hard-earned muscle.
The next step in the process was to experiment with weekly refeeds. This was an excellent opportunity not only to replenish glycogen but a chance to see how my body would respond and look with additional carbohydrates. My refeeds were in the form of a carbohydrate bump only, with a slight decrease in protein and fats to keep the calories under control. I would refeed with an addition of a 50-75% increase in carbs from the usual daily average. I practiced single-day refeeds and two-day refeeds as I became closer to the show date to see how I would respond. I found that I looked the best on the 4th day after a 2-day refeed! So day 1 and 2 refeed, day 3 baseline macros, and I would look my best day 4. I used this approach to compete in the NGA Bluegrass Classic, placing first in the Pro Classic Physique division – my tenth Professional career win! Being that it was close to home, my wife, daughters, parents, training partners, and gym family were all there in attendance to cheer me on and make it a wonderful and memorable experience.
Over the past 20+ years, I have been blessed with a great support system at home from my wife, children, and family. I also had great training partners, friends, and a great gym to train and work. Along with the support of family and friends, Beverly has been the backbone of my training program throughout my entire career in natural bodybuilding! Long-term consistency of good family, friends, support, and Beverly International supplementation trumps short-term intensity every day or the week!


Five Ms Olympia Figure Titles and Fifteen Years with Beverly International
Five Ms Olympia Figure Titles and Fifteen Years with Beverly International
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 24, #4
By: Cydney Gillon, 5-time IFBB Ms Figure Olympia

At a Glance: Cydney Gillon
Age: 29
Occupation or Education: Professional Female Figure competitor, Ambassador for the IFBB, and Posing Coach (for all divisions)
Education: University of Southern California (Master of Arts in Strategic Public Relations), University of Pennsylvania (Bachelor of Arts in Psychology)
Current Residence: Douglasville, GA
Years training: 16 years
Height: 5’3 3/4”
Weight: 150s, Contest – 130s
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Ground turkey and rice cakes
Favorite Supplements: Density, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, ZMA2000
Hobbies or interests: Dancing, yoga, and eating
Words to live by: “If you want to succeed as much as you want to breathe….then and only then, will you be successful.”
5x Ms. Figure Olympia
National and International Posing Coach NPC Promoter – Cydney Gillon Peach Classic
Certified Personal Trainer (IAFS)
CEO @officialcakefactoryfitness
Creator @cylenceclothing
Co-Creator @cydneygillonflawlessretreat
Cydney Gillon Scholar-Athlete Scholarship
I can’t believe it has been over five years since I graced the cover of Beverly’s No Nonsense magazine. At that time, I was training for my first Ms. Figure Olympia title. Now, I’m defending my fifth consecutive title.
I started lifting at age 13 and began taking Beverly International supplements at 14. At that time, I was preparing for my first bodybuilding show. My mom wanted to make sure that my supplements were safe since I was so young; that’s why she chose Beverly International. Now at 29 years of age, my journey with BI continues. Over these years, I have gained a wealth of knowledge about the value of training with proper nutrition and supplementation.
In the remainder of this article, I’d like to share with you the current state of my nutrition, supplements, training, cardio, and presentation plans.
Nutrition Plan
In the beginning, I used Beverly’s 16 weeks out diet plan. See page 4 to check out this plan in detail. It formed the foundation for my physique and nutrition philosophy. I tried the Keto diet at one time, but I don’t think it is a viable long-term plan. I don’t particularly like counting macros, so my preference is to be told by my coach what to eat. In general, I eat six meals a day every 2.5 to 3 hours. I also need to say that I love my “planned” cheat meals. I decided five years ago to watch my diet year-round. My coach, Damian Segovia, writes out my meal plans based on how much muscle I need to gain (or lose) and the amount of body fat I need to shed. The programs vary each year and for every competition. Hydration is also essential. I drink a minimum of 2 gallons of water a day.
My Supplements
7-Keto MuscLean for weight loss, Lean Out for fat loss, Density to maintain muscle while doing intensive cardio, ZMA 2000 for recovery, and the Super Pak to keep a healthy body. UMP protein pudding and pancakes are some of my favorites!
Training
My training style is based on my track foundation and the basics that I learned from my parents. Today it varies. Now, my focus is overall maintenance, so I train to maintain and refine, not grow. I build muscle easily, so I have to be careful not to gain too much. Too much mass can take away from the look needed for my category.
I enjoy the drive needed for improvement, which also means overcoming the challenge of using different training techniques that may be foreign to me. Pushing myself to do my best relaxes me. In my years of training, I have learned to pay attention to my body and learn what works for me. I spend as much time as needed in the gym to achieve the goals I set for the day. Total time including stretching, warm-up, and cool down, averages 1.5 hours.
A typical leg workout might include squats, leg extension, lunges, and presses. Hamstrings might consist of standing and seated leg curls. (I have to avoid any direct glute exercises to ensure I don’t overdevelop that bodypart).
My gym has a variety of equipment for each exercise, which allows me to hit new angles and work the parts of my legs I want to target.
Cardio
I usually do cardio after my workouts. I like to change it up. I will walk, use the elliptical, bikes (different ones), and sprint. I try to keep my body guessing. There is no need to do excessive cardio if you are in shape. I never do hours of cardio. At a certain point, it starts to eat away at your muscle. 20-30 minutes is usually right for me, depending on whether or not I am sprinting, doing steady-state, or just getting my steps in. Sometimes I incorporate plyometrics.

Contest Countdown – 16 Weeks Out Nutrition Plan
The nutrition and supplement plan listed below is the nutrition plan that Cyd references in her article. It was the plan she followed as she began her quest to one day become Ms Olympia.
Prepping for Show Diet: 6 meals per day:
Meal One
1 whole egg + 4 egg whites – 4oz very lean meat – ¹⁄₂ cup oatmeal
Meal Two (Choose one option)
Option A: Protein drink with two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein (UMP), one tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter, or heavy cream).
Option B: 4oz lean beef or chicken or one can tuna, one small apple or orange
Meal Three
5oz lean meat (chicken or other lean protein
source) – 5oz sweet potato or ¹⁄₂ cup cooked brown rice – 2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.) or green salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal Four (same options as meal #2)
Meal Five
5oz very lean meat (chicken breast, fish, turkey breast, lean beef – sirloin, filet, etc.) – 2 cups vegetables – Salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal Six (Optional)
Option A: Protein Shake or Pudding: 1 Scoop Ultimate Muscle Protein (UMP), add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire
Option B: 6 egg whites with 2 cups of vegetables

Essential Supplement Program:
Take 2 FitTabs with meals #1 and #5
Lean Out – 1 capsule per meal during this stage to help regulate cravings and mobilize fats for energy.
Take 3 Ultra 40 tablets and 3 Mass Aminos (or 2 Density) with any four of the meals listed
EFA Gold – 3 capsules with meal #1
Presentation Tips
Practice, practice, practice! I practice my posing year-round, usually after my workout. Since I am a posing coach, I am ALWAYS thinking about posing and coming up with different ideas for my clients. I only practice posing 2-3 times a week since I’ve become fairly proficient, but your practice should be determined by the amount of work you need. Your posing needs to look effortless. You need to get a second set of eyes on you. I use my mom and video my routines. Please DO NOT WAIT UNTIL THE LAST MINUTE to perfect your posing.
Conclusion
You have to do what you need to do while competing, but you also have to make time for your family, friends, and fun. Living. That means having a cheat meal as needed and doing other things that bring you joy. Preparing for a show is tedious and sometimes grueling if everything isn’t in sync. When it is time to cut everything out (those things that could be distracting to your prep), then and only then do you focus on YOU, your training, nutrition, and rest. Lastly, young athletes also need to understand that it is important to first build the best body you can with basic nutrition and hard work. Build YOUR foundation. Bodybuilding is not a quick fix. It takes time to transform.
If you want to succeed in your transformation/competition, it requires more than just training, nutrition, and the correct supplementation. You have to have the proper mentality. This is so important because many competitors do not. In addition, you need to be secure with yourself and stay on course. Don’t let anyone deter you from your goal or keep you from staying on track. Stay focused. Life doesn’t stop, so you need to be resilient and bounce back from whatever negative occurrences are going on in your life. Attaining a successful transformation requires mental strength, dedication, consistency, and passion. This is the mindset a competitor has to have to create long-term success.


Going Strong at Age 50
Going Strong at Age 50
No Nonsense Magazine 2014 Collection
By: Joe Corbett, NPC Continental USA overall Masters champion

At a Glance: Joe Corbett
Age: 50
Occupation: BSBA Madison University, registered investment advisor and founder of Equis Group LLC.
Family: Married to Stacey for 23 years. We have five children Kasey 23, Cecelia 21, Joseph 18, Luke 16 and Frankie 13.
Residence: Wildwood (St. Louis), MO
Years training: 33
Height: 5’10”
Weight: 190 (off-season), 176 (contest)
Favorite Meal: Organic steel cut Irish oats with cinnamon, Splenda and vanilla UMP mixed in
Favorite Supplements: Hands down UMP cookies & creme, in final stages of contest prep diet, I can’t wait to have a shake made extra thick and right from the fridge.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before: If you are serious about your fitness goals you should at least try Beverly products. Perhaps you could start with the proteins and then experiment with other products you are interested in. I have used many supplements on the market today, but really feel that Beverly products help me to achieve my very best. I have two sons that play soccer at a high level. I formulated a nutrition plan for them including an UMP shake every day, Fit Tabs multi-vitamin and Glutamine Select.
Music: I have all types of music consisting of classic rock, metal, country and R&B. My workout playlist is called “Crush It” and it consists of bands like Disturbed, Chevelle, Godsmack, and Tool. This music describes the way I train –total intensity.
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Riding my motorcycles and watching my kids play sports.
I have trained my entire adult life. At 17 years old, my friend and I rode bikes to a nearby community college to work out on Universal equipment. Then, at age 18 I joined George Turner’s gym paying with money I had saved. Turner’s was a hard core gym with big guys lifting heavy weights. I maintained a decent level of fitness throughout my 20’s and actually competed once without much success due primarily to a lack of discipline.
Again, I maintained through my 30’s and competed again at age 40. I took second place at the “Show Me Naturals”. It was such a blast; I competed the following year in the same show and won the middle weight open class. I competed several more times over the next 3 years with decent placings.
Last year, at age 49, I competed again. This time in a larger show, the “NPC Continental USA” and won the overall Masters. This was the first show where I used Beverly products seriously and boy what a difference it made in my overall physique. After competing this summer at the “Missouri State Show”, I would ultimately love to compete in the “NPC Masters Nationals”. But for me, the real accomplishment is just standing on stage in the best shape of my life. I heard a quote once that sums it up for me, “Your body and your spirit are gifts from above and what you do with them while on this earth is your gift back to God.”
Now that you know a little about me, let’s get into some things that I’ve learned along the way that might help you. We’ll start with a problem that I finally solved which may be relevant to many of you. I couldn’t hold muscle in the later stages of my contest diet. I solved it by keeping my body fat lower off-sea-son, increasing my pre contest food intake a little, and adding two specific Beverly products that helped me maintain muscle tissue, Mass Amino Acids and Ultra 40. Now, let’s go deeper into my diet.
Diet & Supplement Schedule
6:30 am:
2 caps of 7-Keto MuscLean
7 am:
5 egg whites, 2 whole eggs and ½ cup of steel cut Irish oats
1 Super Pak, 3 Mass Aminos, 3 Ultra 40 and Lean Out
10 am:
2 scoops of UMP and 1 piece of fruit
12:30 pm:
10 oz white fish, large veggie salad with homemade dressing consisting of seasonings, olive oil, balsamic vinegar, and 1 ½ cups of brown rice
3 Mass Aminos, 3 Ultra 40 and Lean Out
1:30-2:00 pm:
1 scoop of Up-Lift 30 minutes before work out; 1 scoop of Creatine Select: drink while walking into gym, and 1 scoop of Glutamine Select in a water bottle to drink throughout training
2 pm:
Immediately following training, while walking out of gym: 2 scoops of Muscle Provider (Chocolate) with 1 piece of fruit
6 pm:
2 caps of 7-Keto MuscLean, 30 minutes prior to meal
10 oz of chicken breast, white potato, and large veggie salad with homemade dressing
3 Mass Aminos, 3 Ultra 40 and Lean Out
9 pm:
3 hardboiled eggs and 1 scoop of UMP
3 Mass Aminos, 3 Ultra 40 and Lean Out
I pretty much follow this diet year round, but it becomes more strict 12 weeks prior to competition, especially in terms of timing the meals, which is so important. 8 weeks prior to competition with the help of my trainer, Travis Wallis, we adjust the macro nutrients as needed.
Training
I alternate heavy and lighter weeks as illustrated below.
Week 1: As heavy as possible, but never sacrifice form
Day 1: Arms
BB Curl 4 sets of 8-10
DB Curl (seated) 4 sets of 8-10
Concentration Curl 4 sets of 10-12
Skull Crushers 4 sets of 8-10
DB Kickbacks (palm facing floor-not thumb) 4 sets of 8-10
Rope Pressdowns (with elbows wide) 4 sets of 8-10
Day 2: Quads/Calves
Hack Squat 5 sets of 8-10 reps
Inverted Leg Press 4 sets of 8-10
BB Squat 4 sets (deep) of 12 reps
Leg Extension 4 sets of 25 reps – you won’t be able to use much weight at all, but go slow and feel the squeeze at top
Standing Calf Raise 6 sets of 20
Donkey Calf Raise 6 sets of 20
Day 3: Rest
Day 4: Chest
BB Bench Press 5 sets of 8-10 reps
DB Decline Flye (this kills) feel squeeze at top of movement 4 sets of 10-12
Cable Flye 4 sets of 10-12
Day 5: Back
Chins 5 sets to failure
Deadlift (in rack with stops 8 inches from floor to limit range at bottom of movement) 4 sets of 8
DB Row (with hand on bench and both feet on floor) 4 sets of 8.
Day 6: Shoulders and Hams
Lateral Raise 4 sets of 8-10 reps
Front Raise with Barbell 4 sets of 8-10
Rear Delt Flye (bent over) 4 sets of 8-10
Hammer Shoulder Press 4 sets of 8
Seated Leg Curl 5 sets of 8
Stiff Legged Deadlift 5 sets of 8
Lying Leg Curl 4 sets of 8
Day 7: Rest
Week 2: Only 1 minute rest between sets, keep the intensity up and use supersets. Do ab work every other day.
Day 1: Arms
Hammer Strength Preacher Curl 5 sets of 15
Concentration Curl 4 sets of 15
DB Hammer Curl (standing) 4 sets of 15
Hammer Strength Triceps Extension 5 sets of 15
Hammer Strength (plate loaded)
Dip Machine 4 sets of 15
Overhead Rope Extensions 4 sets of 15
Day 2: Quads and Calves
Leg Press 5 sets of 15
Hack Squats 5 sets of 15 – narrow stance and keep constant tension on quads – don’t lock out and go deep, all the way down
Walking Lunges to failure – or you throw up
Seated Calf Raise 6 sets of 20
Standing Calf Raise 5 sets of 20
Day 3: Chest
Hammer Strength (plate loaded)
Decline Press 5 sets of 15
Smith Incline (only slight incline) 4 sets of 15 – keep bar moving, don’t lock out
Hammer Strength (plate loaded) ISO Wide Chest 4 sets of 15
Day 4: Back
Seated Cable Row with wide bar 5 sets of 15 – do movement slow and really squeeze as you bring weight back
Cable Pulldowns (with feet behind you, not in front) 5 sets of 15
T-bar Row 5 sets of 15
Day 5: Shoulders/Hams
Lying Leg Curl 4 sets of 15
Standing Leg Curl 4 sets of 15
Stiff Legged Deadlifts 4 sets of 15 – 1 leg at a time and keep opposite toe pointed toward floor at all times
DB Press 4 sets of 15
Seated Shrugs 5 sets of 12
Lateral Raise 4 sets of 15
Day 6 and 7: Rest
Repeat week 1
Tips on Turning 50
Before I close, I’m going to list some tips and observations I’ve made about my training since turning 50.
- Spend adequate time warming up. If I’d paid more attention to proper warm-up earlier in my life, I might not have as many aches and pains as I do today. Now, I spend about 20 minutes warming up my joints before I train. I do this every time I go to the gym.
- I have “bodywork” done weekly at Fitzmaurice Performance in St Louis, and more often if needed. There are various names for it, massage, myofacial release, etc… but I just call it “bodywork”. This has made a huge difference for me.
- REST – when I was in my 20s it wasn’t a big deal if I didn’t get enough sleep. At age 50 and beyond, it is ESSENTIAL.
- Get your micronutrients every day. I start every day with a Super Pak whether I am competing or in the off season. That way I know I am giving my body the essentials.
- Have Fun! Even though we may not look like top pros, we are still trying to constantly improve. Think positive and carry this momentum with you as you age.
- As I get older, I found that I must be much stricter in my pre contest diet. The days of putting on 10 pounds in the off season are over. I must now maintain my condition all year round. I allow myself planned cheat meals in the off season, but if my body fat increases too much, it’s not worth the extra time and lost muscle it takes to get it off.
- Supplements are now more essential to my nutrition plan. Ultra 40 and Mass Aminos with every meal really help.
- I have to time my meals and eat every 2 ½ or 3 hours. At 40 it didn’t seem to make that much of a difference if I went 4 hours without a meal. Now it’s hard to keep my lean mass unless I am eating on schedule.
- I try to lift heavy to keep my muscle bellies full and dense. But it just kills my joints if I lift heavy all the time. When I follow the training schedule above it allows me to lift heavy week 1, and up the intensity and reps on week 2 for hypertrophy, but with less stress on my joints.
I have really dedicated my life to my family, my faith and my fitness. I really enjoy helping others. At this stage, I am just trying to maintain the amount of muscle I have and refine it to achieve a higher level of conditioning and separation. Wherever you are today in terms of fitness, be kind to yourself. We all want to be better and that’s a good thing. I believe the way to achieve your fitness goals is to have a plan and don’t be lazy. Seek the advice of a professional trainer if you need help and follow his or her advice. It’s not too late, I am competing at 50 years old and hope to still be walking out on the stage in an over 60 class someday….God willing.


Earning My “Open” Natural Pro Card at Age 51
Earning My “Open” Natural Pro Card at Age 51
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 24, #3
By: Robin Marion, OCB Open and Masters Natural Pro

At a Glance: Robin Marion
Age: 51
Occupation: Certified Personal Trainer and Health Coach, Retired Military, Owner Velvet & Steel Fitness
Current Residence: Waldorf, MD
Years training: 30+
Height: 5’7.5″
Weight: 145-150 (off-season), 130 (contest)
Favorite Fitness Meal: Roast chicken breast, redskin potatoes, asparagus
Favorite Supplements: Beverly UMP, Muscle Synergy, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Quadracarn, Density, and Glutamine Select. I use these supplements to help sculpt and define
my body as well as dropping bodyfat and leaning out my physique. The UMP tastes great and I love all the things I can do with it. I’ve had protein muffins, protein pancakes and I use it in my oatmeal. They are made with great and natural ingredients. All the info on the products is upfront. Nothing hidden and the company reps are very knowledgeable on the products as well. I started using Beverly supplements in 2012 and I haven’t looked back. I love them and the results they produce. I also became a reseller of Beverly Supplements.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before: I would recommend they look up the supplements on the Beverly website (www.beverlyinternational.com) and contact a company rep (800-781-3475 M-F 9-4 ET). There are good descriptions for each product and what it does, but talking to someone will allow you to get more detailed info or ask questions the product info may not provide. The company reps also help develop the right combination of supplements to help you achieve your goals.
Music: All Genres
Most Inspiring Book: Becoming by Michelle Obama
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Spending time with family, reading, shopping, cooking.
Words to live by: “I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me.”
Editors note: Robin was featured in a No Nonsense article in 2017. Since that time she has made tremendous improvements in her physique. At age 51, she achieved the best condition of her life. (And this is after 30+ years of training!) We thought it would be inspirational and educational to update you with a brief Q&A and list the current diet, supplements, and training programs she uses to achieve her remarkable results.
I am a retired US Army Soldier and mother of five (blended family), with seven grandkids and one grandcat. I have always been active but struggled with various medical conditions that have affected my levels of activity. Serious bouts of fatigue followed many of my very active days. This made follow up activities nearly impossible to do. While I have never struggled with being overweight, I always struggled with being underweight. I actually had to gain weight in order to enlist in the military. My medical conditions did not stop me from doing what I wanted to do. I just had to get creative in my approach to doing them. However, the issues I was dealing with did contribute to bouts of depression and low self-confidence. Some things we can change and some we cannot. Some are meant to be changed and some are not. I believe we truly become free to love “who and how we are” when we accept “who and how we are.”
How did you get started lifting?
I’ve been active all my life but the military amplified that. My first supervisor in 1989 introduced me to bodybuilding while stationed in Korea. That’s where I did my first bodybuilding competition and I loved it.
Did you have any problems starting out that other readers might relate too?
My biggest challenge was adjusting to the strict nutrition plan required for bodybuilding success. I can work out for hours but sticking to my nutrition plan has always tested my discipline.
Did you try anything that didn’t work?
I had too many conflicting goals. My training and nutrition were not in sync. I’d try to circumvent lapses in my nutrition plan by adding more training.
What did you do to solve the problem?
Follow the plan. Prioritize my goals and stick to one at a time. What you do or don’t do with nutrition shows on your physique. Proper nutrition is critical.
What were the results of prioritizing your goal & sticking to the plan?
My preps were less stressful when I trusted the process. I have a tendency to second guess things as it relates to my body and what I see. Don’t be afraid to ask your coach about their methods and the why, when, how, or what of the process. They are often learning your body just like you are. Contest prep has now become second nature to me. This means I don’t overstress or over think them. I listen to my coach and we have become a team that works together to have a healthy prep while bringing my best package to the stage. The results? Higher placings, and 2 OCB Pro Cards. Under my current coach I have only placed outside of Top 5 once. All other placings have been 1st or 2nd place. This year’s goal was to obtain my Open Figure Pro card in the OCB. I had already obtained my Masters Figure Pro Card. I told my coach what I wanted and he developed a plan which I followed. The result was earning that Open Pro Card in June 2021.
Diet
Here is the diet I followed to earn my OCB Open Figure pro card
Meal 1
Ground beef, white rice, spinach
Meal 2
Chicken breast, red skin potatoes, veggies
Meal 3
Chicken breast, red skin potatoes, veggies
Meal 4
Shrimp or white fish, white rice
1 gallon of water daily
Pretty basic, right? The key is STICK TO THE PLAN! I’m a creature of habit when it comes to my meals. My “off plan” meals are few and far between and I’m okay with that. If I go off the rails too much my digestive system doesn’t like it. My favorite “off plan” meals are oatmeal with strawberries and blueberries, cheeseburger and fries, and Lorna Doone cookies.

Supplements
Glutamine Select I add to my water and drink throughout the day Lean Out and 3 7-Keto MuscLean (with meals 1 and 3)
Density Two tablets with each meal
UMP Post-workout
Muscle Synergy Pre-workout
Quadracarn 3 tablets pre-workout, 3 tablets with meals 2 and 4 (9 tablets total per day)
Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 I follow the directions on the bottles and take one tablet of each for every ten pounds of my bodyweight. This comes out to 13-15 each of Mass and Ultra 40 per day. If you follow the directions these two supplements will give you great results.
FitTabs Two tablets with meals 1 and 3 (4 tablets daily)
Training
I am currently training each body part once every eight days. However, when in contest prep mode I change to six days per week and hit each muscle group twice. I perform 3-4 sets per exercise. Rep ranges are 8-10 on heavy days and 12-15 on volume days. I focus on progressive overload and time under tension training.
Day 1 (Quad Focus)
Leg Extension
Leg Press
Smith Machine Squat Hack Squat
Seated Calf Raise
Day 2 (Chest)
Dumbbell Incline Press
Smith Machine Incline Press
Flat Bench Barbell Press
Incline Cable Flye
Day 3 (Back)
Pull-ups (assisted or unassisted)
T-Bar or Barbell Rows
Cable Row
Dumbbell Row
Dumbbell Pullover
Day 4 (Rest)
Day 5 (Hamstrings)
Walking Lunges
Deadlifts (Sumo and Stiff-leg) I change the type weekly
Lying Hamstring Curl
Single-leg Hamstring Curl
Standing Calf Raise
Day 6 (Arms)
Skull Crushers
Triceps Pressdown
Cable Kickback
Alternate Dumbbell Curl
Hammer Curl
One-arm Preacher Curl
Day 7 (Shoulders)
Smith Machine Shoulder Press
Cable Side Lateral Raise
Machine Reverse Flye
Shoulder Shrug
Dumbbell Front Raise
Day 8 (Rest)
Start over at Day 1
Closing Thoughts
The sport of bodybuilding is not easy. I’ve done many competitive events and bodybuilding is by far the hardest I’ve ever trained for. It requires discipline, consistency and true GRIT. Although I am a personal trainer and coach, hiring a contest prep coach and posing coach is the best thing I could have done. It took a lot of the guess work out of things for me. Get the mental part on board and the rest will follow. Be committed to the process. There is no circumventing what works in the process. It won’t be easy, but it will be worth it. Regardless of the outcome on the stage there is always something to be learned about yourself and others in the process. The result is always a win.
This year I competed in 4 competitions in a month and a half, and it was by far the hardest yet best prep season I’ve had. It was grueling but I am extremely happy with the outcome and look forward to the next competition season.
2021 Competition Season Results:
- OCB Atlantic Super Show 1st Place Class C
- OCB Catonsville Conqueror 2nd Place Class B
- OCB Jersey Natural 2nd Place Class B
- OCB Colonial Open, Figure Open Pro
I am extremely thankful for my support system in my husband, children, family and friends, my Coach Donovan Strong and Team Strong Physiques, Posing Coach Tina Johnson, my clients of Velvet & Steel Fitness and the OCB Organization.

Second Generation BI User in this Family!
Todd Buchanan taught his son well!
My name is Devin Buchanan. If my last name sounds familiar; it’s because my dad is a competitive bodybuilder and long-time Beverly International User/Promoter/Fanatic. I’ve been involved heavily in athletics, but my main interest is the Performing Arts. I’ve been dancing since the age of 10. I made it through to the Las Vegas round of the “So You Think You Can Dance” Show in high school, and am currently dancing for Giordano Jazz Dance.
Like many dancers who maintain weight by resorting to unhealthy nutritional habits, I experienced some serious health issues. Then, I finally decided to listen to my dad who had often talked to me about the importance of proper nutrition. The result has been no more visits to the ER, more energy, and I’ve even improved my performance as a dancer. My dad started me off with Ultra 4s (now Fit Tabs) and UMP. I’ve since added Ultra 40’s, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, 7 Keto and EFA Gold. My very favorite is chocolate UMP.
Interested in a typical day of eating for a “now healthy” dance professional?
Breakfast: 3 eggs plus 1 egg white cooked in coconut oil, broccoli
Morning Snack: 2 scoops chocolate UMP w/water
Lunch: Herb roasted salmon, two hard boiled eggs, and brussel sprouts
After Lunch Snack: ¼ cup almonds
Dinner: chicken breast and green beans cooked in coconut oil
Late Night Snack: 1 scoop chocolate UMP mixed w/ 1 tbsp of coconut flour, 1 tbsp Hershey’s special dark cocoa, 1 tbsp peanut butter or almond butter and 1 tbsp ground flax!
One free (cheat) meal per week

Advice to the First Time Figure Competitor
Advice to the First Time Figure Competitor
No Nonsense Magazine 2014 Collection
By: Katie Craig

At a Glance: Katie Craig
Age: 30
Occupation: Fifth Third Bank – Customer Service
Family: Amazing and supportive parents, my sister Elizabeth and brother Mike, and two cats – Bearcat and Buckeye
Residence: Alexandria, OH
Years training: 8
Height: 5’3″
Weight: 106 (off-season), 110 (contest) (ed. note: check it out, Katie gained at least 4lbs of muscle during her contest prep)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: UMP “No Bake” Cookies – ½ cup of oatmeal (prepare as directed), mixed with 1 scoop of your favorite UMP flavor, 1 packet Splenda, and 1 tsp peanut butter. Mix together, form cookies and chill overnight. These are delicious and a perfect on the go snack.
Favorite Supplements: I like all the Beverly International supplements I have tried, but I can’t live without UMP! You cannot go wrong with the vanilla, chocolate, or cookies and crème UMP. It really is as good as the reviews. I use it for shakes, pudding, cookies, waffles, and icings. It definitely helps curb my sweet tooth. I also like Muscle Synergy. It gives me a great pump during my workout, tastes great, builds muscle, and helps my recovery time.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before: Try them! My first recommendation would be UMP. It tastes good and I doubt you will ever go back to other protein powders. Second, take a look at the website FAQ and match your fitness goals with the supplements suggested. I started with a few basic supplements and have grown my daily supplementation program as training has progressed.
Music: Currently loving Pandora mixes of Lady Antebellum and Jason Aldean.
Most Inspiring Book: Who Moved My Cheese? By Spencer Johnson
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Spending time with friends and family, cooking, traveling, trying new restaurants, and jigsaw puzzles.
Words to live by: Life is too short to be anything but happy.
I remember thinking to myself, “Just go for it. You have nothing to lose.” I sent the email.
It was October of 2011 and my 30th birthday was approaching. I was a single thirty year-old who loved the gym, but hadn’t seen prog-ress in months. I needed a goal. I am very competitive. I was reading a Beverly Nutrition No Nonsense Magazine and came across some articles written by Julie Lohre that piqued my interest. What was all this hype about contests and figure shows? I checked out her website and saw she offered online workout and nutrition programs. How perfect! Could I train for one of these shows? I already knew asking myself that question that I had to do it! So I went for it. I emailed Julie and let her know I wanted to train with her. I sent her pictures so she knew what she was getting herself into, we spoke on the phone, and within a few days had my first workout and nutrition program.
I was pumped! Julie was energetic and positive on the phone and we discussed my workout history, diet struggles, and goals. We decided I would begin training for a show in March. When I received my workout and nutrition program I could not believe how much information I had at my fingertips. The workouts were challenging and left my body sore, but it was incredible to see how my body changed shape along the way. The nutrition plan was also a pleasant surprise.
Nutrition
My nutrition and supplement plan continually evolved throughout my training, based upon how my body was responding. The majority of my pre-contest preparation included gaining lean muscle mass. Preparation is key. Meals were measured and I packed meals in my cooler every time I left the house. My daily supplements include Beverly International Ultra 40, Density, Lean Out, Glutamine, and UMP, along with fish oil and the multi vitamin. Here is a look at a sample day.
Breakfast: The Katie Protein Oatmeal Loaf (mix together 5 egg whites, 1 scoop of Beverly UMP vanilla protein, and 1/2 cup of oats, then bake for 20 minutes in a small cake pan at 350°), top with 1 cup of strawberries.
Snack: 1 scoop of UMP, 1 cup of mixed berries, 1 pack of almonds
Lunch: The Katie Protein Oatmeal Loaf and a large mixed salad with Mrs. Dash
Snack: 2 low carb yogurts, 1 cup of strawberries, 1 pack of almonds
Dinner: Grilled chicken salad, asparagus, and 2 slices of Ezekiel bread
Snack: 2 low carb yogurts, 1 cup of strawberries
While temptations are everywhere, and trust me, I love ice cream and pizza as much as anyone, the nutritional component of contest preparation wasn’t as difficult as I thought it would be. One reason I have been successful on my nu-trition plan is because there are so many choices. This really helped me not get in a rut with food choices, allowed my body to constantly adapt to new, healthy clean foods, and let me eat what I liked, when I wanted. eliminating processed “junk” from my diet has not only changed how I look but also drastically improved how I feel, giving me more energy and keeping me full all day long.
My plan also included one “cheat” meal a week. I was able to enjoy holiday celebrations and special occasions. The strange part was, after making a commitment to myself and to Julie to train for a show, I really didn’t want to cheat. Sure I had cravings and foods looked good, but “cheating” on a meal hardly seemed worth it.
An unexpected delight throughout my journey has been watching everyone around me react to my food choices. Friends, family, and co-workers are often asking what I am eating and why. I always stress to them how genuinely healthy I am feeling and how I attribute this feeling largely to how I fuel my body. I have seen them make big and small changes in their diets and it warms my heart. Seeing people around me choose strawberries in place of chips or pack carrots instead of running to McDonald’s for fries is a winning moment for me. Being able to positively influence someone else based on my actions, what could be better than that?
Training
Here is what a typical week looked like during a muscle gaining/lose fat phase. Cardio – 2 sessions per week for 15 minutes (I like the Stairmill or Treadmill)
Day 1: Legs and Biceps
Squats, 4×6-8
Plie Squats, 4×6-8
Walking Lunges, 4×6-8
Hammer Curls, 4×6-8
Leg extension, 4×6-8
Cable Curls, 4×6-8
15 minutes of the Stairmill at a high resistance at end of workout
Day 2: Back and Chest
Pull-ups, 4×6-8
Lat Pulldowns, 4×6-8
Reverse Decline Crunches, 4×10
High Cable rows, 3×6-8
Incline Bench Flyes, 3×6-8
Lying Leg raise, 4×10
Bent Over Barbell rows, 3×6-8
Day 3: Yoga
Day 4: Delts and Hamstrings/Glutes
Lateral raises, 4×15
Seated Overhead Press, 4×15
Leaning Single Arm Lateral raises, 4×15
Barbell Deadlift, 4×15
Plié Squats, 4×15
Glute Kickbacks, 4×15
Switch Lunge Jumps, 4×15
Day 5: triceps and Calves
Cable Pressdowns, 4×6-8
Close Hand Pushups, 4×6-8
Alternating Arm rear Delt raises, 4×6-8
Standing Calf raises, 3×15-20
Leg Press Machine Calf raises, 3×15-20
15 minutes of high intensity Treadmill at end of workout
Day 6: rest
Day 7: Sprinting and Plyometrics
Jog, 3 minutes
Sprint and recover, 3 minutes
Push-ups, 3 minutes (30 seconds push-ups, 15 seconds rest)
Long Jumps, 2 minutes Crunches, 2 minutes
rest, 1 minute
repeat 2 more times
Bent Over Barbell rows, 3×6-8
Team Fitbody
Part of training with Julie can involve participating in her Team FitBody program. Team FitBody is a group of women who train with Julie and meet several times during the show season to go over contest preparation and presentation. I met the team for the first time in January. Let’s just say it was a great day! It was amazing to meet a group of women who are so motivated and inspiring. Some are very experienced and others have never touched a stage – they are all committed to a healthy lifestyle and I loved it. I couldn’t wait to get to know everyone and I was confident I had just made lifelong friends. I also learned about posing – which WOW! – did I need work on, suit selection, and I also had my body composition done. The moment I got home after the meeting I was so ready to go, I went online and looked at suits. Be prepared – they are not cheap. I ordered a red suit, had it altered and it turned out perfect! Definitely start looking for a suit as soon as you decide you are going to compete. Some custom suits can take several months to receive. I also ordered my 4.5-inch heels and booked my tanning, make-up, and hair appointments for show day! Planning is essential during your journey.
I’m not sure where time went between my Team FitBody meeting and stepping on stage March 24, 2012. Time absolutely flew by. I made it through the challenges of travel-ing (just check a suitcase – TSA with pills, powders, and Tupper Ware containers is a huge hassle), suffered through the stomach flu, busy times at work, and the usual craziness that life brings. And then before I knew it, I was on my way to Kentucky.
My first show, the NPC Northern Kentucky arrived! Was I ready? Could I do this? It was everything I had dreamed about and more. No I didn’t win, I didn’t even place, but I felt by stepping on stage I had won. I had my spray tan on (my skin was darker than I thought possible), my makeup all glammed up, and my hair done! The day of the contest began with a competitors meeting at 9am. Following the meeting, the pre-judging began. The show was huge with almost 400 competitors! Talk about overwhelming. My moment came at about 1pm when I finally got to take the stage after anxiously awaiting my moment. I was shaking. I messed up my posing. But it felt glorious! I had made my dream come true. All of the hard work was laid out on stage and it felt great. The rest of the day was filled with meeting competitors from all over and spending time with my family. Finals took place at 6pm that night and I got to step foot on stage one more time. This time, I corrected my posing and wasn’t quite as nervous. It was surreal to see such a large crowd. One of the best parts of the evening was watching several of the Team FitBody women win. Looking back, I wouldn’t change a thing about that day. It will be a fond memory in my heart forever. I cannot wait for the shows to come!
Advice for a First-Timer
My advice for first time competitors would be to take this journey for your self. realize that the reason you began your journey to stage may change along the way. embrace this change. Accept you may not win your first show, or even your second. Step out of your comfort zone. It will positively change you in ways you couldn’t even imagine. Take pride in your accomplishments, big or small. Shake off your failures and turn them into successes. Take time to reflect on how amazing you are. Share your experience with someone who has never set foot in the gym and the woman who has won numerous shows. embrace the changes your body makes along the way, and never take for granted what your body can do. Don’t forget to thank everyone who helps you along the way, or to apologize for sometimes having a bad day. remember most people will think you are crazy for carrying chicken breast in you purse and waking up at 4:07am for your first cardio session of the day. realize everyone may not understand your journey, but it is yours to share with the world, and one that is certain to forever change your life and those around you in the most positive way.
Hire an experienced trainer. Find your “Julie.”
- Become a planner. Plan your meals. Plan your workouts. Plan for show day!
- Be ready to laugh one minute and cry the next. This is just as much and even more of an emotional journey than it is a physical.
- Learn to pose. You will work too hard to get to the stage to not know what you are doing. Buy a DVD or attend posing classes.
- Have a support team. You cannot go through this journey alone. Family, friends, co-workers and your trainer will serve as your biggest advocates if you let them.
- Have fun! You are blessed to be able to take this journey. enjoy it.


DREAMERS SETTING GOALS AND MAKING IT HAPPEN
Dad and Daughter
I’ve known OC for years and years. But, I didn’t know he had a daughter until he told me that he was helping her train for a contest. “My daughter told me she wanted to compete in a figure competition for her 30th birthday… I knew we had our work cut out for us. I knew that back, shoulders, and legs are the main body parts figure judges look for, so that’s where we concentrated her training.” Now, Denisha talks about her diet and supplement program. “I followed Beverly’s ‘fast fat loss carb cycling program’ starting with an UMP shake w/ 1 tsp coconut oil upon arising; 3 oz chicken, 3 egg whites, and one-half grapefruit for breakfast after my workout; another UMP shake mid-morning; 5 oz chicken or turkey and 2 cups of green veggies for lunch; and 5 oz lean steak with 2 cups green veggies for dinner. I had the standard BI carb up meal on Monday and Thursday for dinner: ¾ cup oatmeal or brown rice, 5 oz sweet potato, 4 oz banana, 1 cup vegetables and 1 tbsp butter. Supplements included Fit Tabs and EFA Gold at breakfast, 3 Ultra 40, 5 Density, 2 Muscularity, 2 Lean Out, and 1 Energy Reserve with each meal; and Glutamine Select during training. I am pleased to say the show went very well and I placed 1st in my class. Coming from a weight of 143 to my contest weight of 108, I was thrilled with my victory.”

Sick and Skinny to Master’s Bikini Champion: How I Did It
Sick and Skinny to Master’s Bikini Champion: How I Did It
No Nonsense Magazine 2014 Collection
By: Stacey Grubbs, 1st Place, 2011 NPC Kentucky Derby Festival – Master’s Bikini

At a Glance: Stacey Grubbs
Age: 36
Occupation: Photographer
Family: Husband Bill of 8 years, 2 sons, Will 4 years old & Alex 14 months
Residence: Erlanger, KY
Years training: off and on for about 8 years, training to compete, 8 mos.
Height: 5’10”
Weight: 135 (off-season), 140 (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Oatmeal with a scoop of vanilla UMP & blueberries, and UMP pudding
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before: The UMP for sure! It took me years of wasting money and being stuck with horrible protein powders before discovering UMP. And I will NEVER go back!
Music: Beastie Boys, 50 cent, old school hip hop!
Most Inspiring Book: The Bible
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: I love taking pictures and traveling! The combination of the two is even better!
Words to live by: “I can do all things through Christ who gives me strength”, Philippians 4:13
I was always the tallest girl in my class ever since i started school! and not just the tallest, but also always the thinnest! I hated being both! My mom was called to school on a few occasions and questioned on whether or not I had an eating disorder. Thankfully, i never had an eating disorder, just never could gain weight. as an adult I continued to be too thin. a lot of this stems from having had stomach issues and being diagnosed with IBs in my mid 20’s. due to this, i was very limited as to what i could eat without getting sick. My diet usually consisted of nothing but carbs, pasta, rice and bread. Very rarely would I eat vegetables or any type of protein.
I started to go to the gym to try to put on some muscle, but with not eating right I gained nothing! I was very unhappy with my body and wanted to look healthy! after having
my second child, I remembered the name of a trainer that someone had told me about, Julie Lohre. so I looked her up and exchanged emails with her. shortly after, I joined her Team FitBody. When she saw my photos, she said that if I was really motivated I could be ready to do a show as soon as 8 weeks. I thought, “This woman is crazy!” But, I did what she told me to do in the gym and ate what she told me to eat (my meal plan being based around my dietary restrictions). as the weeks went by I started to gain weight and muscle. When the 8th week came, I was exactly where she said I would be, ready and on stage. I had dropped to 10% body fat, and gained almost 10lbs of muscle. it was truly amazing! I actually loved my body! and the best part, I was healthier than I had ever been!
it is amazing that I went from sick and skinny to healthy and fit! since beginning my training I have eaten clean, by eliminating a lot of processed foods, sugar and 80% of the carbs from my diet. now, the base for all my meals is protein. and another thing that is truly amazing, I have had almost no attacks of IBS!
My Bikini Diet
I am very lucky as far as diet is concerned! My contest diet contains two cheat meals each week up until the last 4 weeks out from a show. I take them out at that point. This is what my typical meal plan is like on a daily basis:
Meal 1
2 eggs/ 5 egg whites
1 cup oatmeal (1/2 scoop UMP Vanilla) with ½ cup of blueberries
Meal 2
2 scoops of UMP chocolate for shake
1 medium banana
Meal 3
5 oz. of chicken, 2 pieces of Ezekiel bread
¼ avocado
1 cup veggies (usually broccoli)
Meal 4
Large salad with 7 oz of chicken, salsa and 2 tbsp of low fat dressing
Meal 5
6 oz. of chicken
1 cup brown rice
1 cup veggies (usually red peppers)
Meal 6
1 scoop of UMP chocolate made into pudding with 1 tsp natural peanut butter

My diet pretty much stays the same whether prepping for a show or not. I eliminate my two cheat meals the final four weeks and replace the eggs and egg whites (due to extra sodium) with fish. I also eliminate any condiments the last two days.
When I first started Julie’s program, I found meal preparation a challenge. I was just trying to make each meal as it was time to eat. I finally smartened up and started setting aside Sundays to prepare all my food and supplements for the week. now, I cook all my food at one time and store it in the fridge. That way it’s ready to eat and I can just grab it when I need it! I also do this for my supplements. I take smaller storage containers and fill each with a day’s worth of supplements. They are small and I can throw them in my cooler or purse when I head out the door.

My Bikini Body Supplement Program
UMP (chocolate & vanilla): I use this for my shakes as a fabulous snack, in my oatmeal to add some flavor and to make pudding!
Density: I take 3 right before I work out, 3 right after my work out and 3 with my lunch for losing fat and increasing muscle mass.
Glutamine Select plus BCAAs I add 2 scoops to my water and sip on it as I work out to aid recovery after a hard workout.
Muscle Synergy: I take 5 of these with my density right before I workout and 5 with my first meal for energy and to help build lean muscle and to help with post workout soreness. I also take it shortly before going on stage to give me a good pump and energy!
Ultra 40: I take 3 of these with 4 of my meals, for preservation of lean muscle mass. Ultra 40 has everything in it, protein, iron, and B 12.
Cardio
I incorporate 2-3 days of 20-minute HIIT cardio each week. Cardio can get boring if you let it. You really have to think of creative ways to switch it up! Like trying a dance class or getting out of the gym and riding a bike doing hill intervals. My favorite cardio equipment is the stair master! I also take a dance class for one of my days. I love dancing and get a great workout in as well.
Bikini Training
I work full time and have two young children, so I have to get up pretty early to get my training in. On a typical day of training I usually arise at 4am, get to the gym by 5am, and workout until 7am. at the end of my training I practice posing for about 15 minutes each day. even though I am definitely not a morning person, I honestly look forward to getting up and going to the gym.
Right now I am doing higher weight, lower reps to gain muscle in my legs. My upper body develops pretty quickly, so my trainer said unless I wanted to transition over to figure I need to stick with lighter weights on my upper body for now.
Monday
Legs
Delts
Abs
Tuesday
Chest
Biceps
Abs
Plyometrics
CARDIO
Wednesday
Off
Thursday
Ddelts
Triceps
Hamstrings
Glutes
CARDIO/DANCE CLASS
Friday
Back
Plyometrics
Abs
Saturday
20 minutes of cardio

I will usually add a little ab work after my cardio, since this is an area where I have a hard time gaining muscle.
Presentation for Bikini Competition
I believe that presentation is of prime importance when you are competing! For my first show I had no idea about all that goes into preparing for getting up on stage. I thought I could do my own tan, hair and make-up. Thankfully, I was advised to let someone do all that for me! When you work soo hard and spend soo much time perfecting your body for that day on stage you want everything to be perfect! now, I book my spray tan, as well as hair and make-up appointments, as soon as I register for the show. allowing someone else to do those things takes a lot of worry and stress off your plate at a time when there is al-ready a lot on it. if I order a new suit for the show, I make sure I have it in plenty of time. I start looking for the jewelry I will wear with the suit about a month in advance! I am definitely a planner!
And most important is posing! You have to really dedicate time to practice your posing! as I was preparing for my first show, Julie included times to practice our posing right along with our meal and workout plans. When I first saw this, I thought, “Why would anyone have to practice that much?” now, I know, it is something that if you don’t practice you will never be good at. even the pros incorporate posing into their daily workouts.
My first show was the NPC Kentucky Derby in Louisville. it was a great show for a first timer. as I arrived at the venue I was really nervous and did not know what to expect. Thankfully, a lot of the girls that I trained with were competing as well, so there were some familiar faces. as I sat there and watched all the girls come in I totally started to psyche myself out. You look at all these tan, beautiful, fit girls and think “Oh my gosh! What am I doing?” it is very easy to let yourself be intimidated, but that is when you have to say, “I trained as hard as these girls and I deserve to be here”.
As the time approached Julie was the back stage expediter, ushering the different classes of girls for bikini to get ready to go on. And then it was my turn! I went out there and did what I had practiced over and over again. I loved it! I was immediately hooked! When it was all said and done I ended up taking 1st place in the Masters Bikini! after I came off stage with my award I was greeted by Julie, I don’t know who was more excited, me or her!
I left that competition with many new friends that I still keep in contact with. and more of a feeling that I can accomplish anything if I work hard enough!
My path has not been easy, but it has definitely been most rewarding! I would not be able to do this without my wonderful husband and the support he has given me. My trainer, Julie Lohre, is always looking out for me and my best interests. But there is one person that I could never have done any of this without, and that is God! he provided me with the strength I needed to accomplish what I have. I can do anything as long as I put my faith and trust in him.

SPECIAL REPORT: The Secret to Maximizing Your Results with Pre-Workout Stacks!
SPECIAL REPORT: The Secret to Maximizing Your Results with Pre-Workout Stacks!
No Nonsense Magazine 2014 Collection
By: Beverly International Staff

Whatever your goal… BI has the “ultimate” pre-workout stack for you.
Male? Female? Over 40? Need more energy, strength, stamina, or endurance during your workouts? Want to lose weight, get cut, or gain lean muscle? Stacking can help you achieve all of the above, faster.
One of the things physique and performance athletes and fitness enthusiasts of all kinds appreciate most about Beverly products is that they can be stacked in any of a number of ways to produce synergistic effects. Be-low is a selection of pre-workout stacks designed to maximize the results of a broad range of individuals with different workout styles and goals. Choose the stack that best suits your needs. Don’t be afraid to change it up from time to time by trying a different stack from the list!
What’s the secret?
The secret to designing the “ultimate” pre-workout stack is that you must consider the following three factors:
#1: CNS
- Your central nervous system (CNS) functions like “command central”. During your work-outs, for instance, the CNS sends signals to your muscles telling them when to “jump” (i.e. contract) and how “high” (i.e. how much force to generate). If your CNS is fatigued or has difficulty focusing (think of early morning workouts), you will be, too.
- Nutraceuticals like caffeine (Fast-Up, 7-Keto Musclean) and n-acetyl-carnitine (Quadracarn) can stimulate your CNS. This makes you feel more energetic, alert, focused and even powerful. In turn, you will be more motivated to go to the gym and have a great workout.
- CNS-stimulating nutraceuticals can even reduce your perception of effort. This means that working out at a higher intensity level feels easier.
#2 Muscle:
- Particularly when you’re performing resistance exercise (i.e. lifting weights), you want to use nutraceuticals that:
- enhance your ability to achieve a muscle pump
- promote muscle strength, power, stamina or endurance
- protect your muscles from catabolism (protein breakdown).
- The pump occurs when working muscle tissue becomes filled, or “pumped” with blood. The pump is considered the hallmark of an effective muscle-building workout.
- Nutraceuticals like propionyl-l-carnitine (Quadracarn), arginine and citruline (Up-Lift, Muscle Synergy) promote pumps by supporting vasodilation (relaxation of blood vessels). This means that blood can flow into your muscles more easily.
- Beta-alanine (Creatine Select, Up-Lift), creatine (Creatine Select, Muscle Synergy) and betaine (Up-Lift) help your muscles delay fatigue while performing high-intensity contractions. This means you can perform more reps with a given weight, or take shorter rest periods between sets.
- Carnitine (Energy Reserve, Quadracarn) can also help delay fatigue, especially during intense or long cardio workouts requiring stamina or endurance.
- Glutamine and BCAAs (Glutamine Select) support muscle protein synthesis (anabolism) and help combat excess muscle protein breakdown (catabolism).
#3 Fat Burning:
- We all know that to lose fat (and weight), your metabolism must burn fat faster than it stores it on your body.
- We usually think of cardio workouts as the best place to burn off fat. Cardio is certainly a great way to stimulate your metabolism to burn fat faster. This is partly because it typically involves using large muscle groups (especially the legs) for a sustained period of time.
- Nutraceuticals like 7-Keto (7-Keto Musclean) and caffeine (found in 7-Keto Musclean, Fast-Up), both of which stimulate thermogenesis, can help you take fat-burning to the next level during (and after) your cardio workouts. By increasing thermogenesis, more calories are burned off in the form of heat, instead of being stored as fat.
- Carnitine (Energy Reserve, Quadracarn) also supports fat-burning. It is required to carry fat inside the mitochondria of muscle cells and other types of cells where it is burned to provide energy.
MUSCLE PRE-WORKOUT:
Goals & Benefits: Lean muscle mass and tone, muscle pumps, strength and power.
Applications: Typical resistance exercise workouts used for bodybuilding, figure or fitness.
Products (combine or “stack” together):
1. Fast-Up:
- Suggested Use: Take 1-3 capsules 15-30 minutes pre-workout.
2. Up-Lift:
- Suggested Use: Take 2 full scoops 30 minutes pre-workout. Refer to mixing instructions on product label.
3. Creatine Select:
- Suggested Use: Take 1-1.5 full scoops 30 minutes pre-workout. Refer to mixing instructions on product label.
Caffeine-Free Option: Up-Lift and Creatine Select, but replace Fast-Up with:
1. Quadracarn:
- Suggested Use: Take 3 tablets 30-60 minutes pre-workout.

CARDIO PRE-WORKOUT:
Goals & Benefits:: Fat burning, weight management, energy, focus, overall performance
Applications: Typical cardio workouts used for fat burning and weight management.
Products (combine or “stack” together):
1. Fast-Up or 7-Keto Musclean:
- For energy, focus and overall performance, take Fast-Up. Suggested Use: Take 1-3 capsules 15-30 minutes pre-workout.
- For energy, fat-burning and weight management, take 7-Keto Musclean. Suggested Use: Take 3 cap-sules 30 minutes pre-workout. Refer to product label for complete instructions.
2. Up-Lift:
- Suggested Use: Take 2 full scoops 30 minutes pre-workout. Refer to mixing instructions on product label.
Caffeine-Free Option: Up-Lift, but replace Fast-Up or 7-Keto with:
1. Quadracarn:
- Suggested Use: Take 3 tablets 30-60 minutes pre-workout.

AGE 40+ MUSCLE PRE-WORKOUT:
Goals & Benefits: Lean muscle mass and tone, muscle pumps, strength and power.
Applications: For men and women 40 years of age and older.
Products (combine or “stack” together):
1. Fast-Up:
- Suggested Use: Take 1-3 capsules 15-30 minutes pre-workout.
2. Muscle Synergy powder or tablets:
- • Suggested Use (powder): Take 1-2 full scoops 30 minutes pre-workout. Refer to mixing instructions on product label.
- Suggested Use (tablets): Take 8 or more tablets 30 minutes pre-workout. Refer to product label for complete instructions.
3. Quadracarn:
- Suggested Use: Take 3 tablets 30-60 minutes pre-workout.
Caffeine-Free Option: Same as above, Muscle Synergy and Quadracarn, but replace Fast-Up with:
1. Up-Lift:
- Suggested Use: Take 2 full scoops 30 minutes pre-workout. Refer to mixing instructions on product label

STAMINA PRE-WORKOUT:
Goals & Benefits: Stamina (i.e. the ability to sustain a high work rate)
Applications: High-intensity interval training (HIIT), CrossFit-, P90X-, Boot Camp, Tabata-, and Insanity-type workouts.
Products (combine or “stack” together):
1. Fast-Up:
- Suggested Use: Take 1-3 capsules 15-30 minutes pre-workout.
2. Creatine Select:
- Suggested Use: Take 1-1.5 full scoops 30 minutes pre-workout. Refer to mixing instructions on product label.
Caffeine-Free Option: Replace Fast-Up with:
1. Up-Lift:
- Take 2 scoops 15 minutes prior to workout
1. Quadracarn:
- Suggested Use: Take 3 tablets 30-60 minutes pre-workout.


“Before every workout I take 3 Fast Up for instant energy that lasts through my workout, without the crash. That is very important to me, considering I workout in the middle of the my workday, and have to see clients for 4 more hours following my workout.
In addition to Fast Up, I take Glutamine Select and Muscle Synergy. I am back to working out hard 5 days a week. It’s imperative that my body can handle this type of regimen. I’m not getting any younger as I get closer to the big “40”!
Glutamine Select pre and post workout is essen-tial for recovery. An added benefit is that the branch chain aminos that are so abundant in Glutamine Select, allow my body to use the BCAAs instead of my muscle tissue while I am cutting fat (spare muscle tissue!).
While I’m cutting fat right now, my carbohydrates have been slightly reduced. Muscle Synergy helps me keep the fullness that can sometimes go away while shedding body fat. I realize many people take Muscle Synergy for the “Pump” and the vanity reasons that come with it. What they might not understand is that this “Pump” allows for greater protein synthesis (muscle growth!).”
Sincerely,
Brian Wiefering, www.wiefit.com
Products (combine or “stack” together):
1. Fast-Up:
- Suggested Use: Take 1-3 capsules 15-30 minutes pre-workout.
2. Glutamine Select:
- • Suggested Use (powder): Mix 2 full scoops with 12-16 oz of water in a shaker bottle. Drink half of the contents of the bottle immediately pre-workout. Drink the remaining half 60 minutes into your workout or sip throughout if possible.
3. Energy Reserve:
- Suggested Use: Take 2 tablets 30-60 minutes pre-work-out (ideally with your carbohydrate-containing meal).
Caffeine-Free Option: Omit Fast-Up, add Up-Lift.

Pre Workout I take 1 serving each of 7 Keto, Lean Out, Ultra 40, Energy Reserve and Up-Lift. I do 30 minutes of cardio right after lifting. I consume a mixture of
2 scoops Glutamine Select mixed with 2 scoops Muscle Provider vanilla while doing cardio. – Steve Mousharbash


15 minutes before working out I mix 1/3 cup oat bran, ½ scoop vanilla UMP, 1 scoop Creatine Select, and 1 scoop Muscle Synergy powder in 6 oz. water and drink it. I sip Glutamine Select throughout my training session. – Jennie Gray

Pushing Through Challenges: My First Contest Prep
Pushing Through Challenges: My First Contest Prep
No Nonsense Magazine Volume 24, #3
By: Adrienne Schroll

At a Glance: Adrienne Schroll
Age: 36
Occupation or Education: B.S. Microbiology from the University of Minnesota – Twin Cities. M.S. Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance (Drug Development) – Temple University School of Pharmacy. Currently, work as the Director of Quality for a medical device start-up that is developing an implantable neuromodulation device used to treat chronic migraines.
Family: I have a 13-year-old Yorkie, Jack, and a ginger cat, Gus.
Residence: Minneapolis, MN (but born and raised in Wisconsin)
Years training: 1.5 years specifically training as a bikini athlete, but I have been lifting most of my life to support other sports I have participated in.
Height: 5’3″
Weight: 120-129 (off-season), 110-116 (contest)
Favorite Fitness Meal: UMP Protein Pancakes
Favorite Supplements: UMP Protein Powder – Used to meet protein intake goals, post-workout repair. Glutamine Select – Helps with recovery (Wild Berry tastes great!). Muscle Synergy – Pre-workout supplement.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before: UMP Protein Powder – It is unlike the other products on the market. It is truly something you can enjoy drinking. Not only is it a great protein supplement, but for anyone looking to lose weight, it has been my go-to for those late-afternoon and evening cravings.
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: I love the Midwest weather. During the summer months, I spend time with my family and friends out on the lake, waterskiing, and wakeboarding. I play soccer a few times a week and also enjoy running half-marathons. I have learned to embrace the frigid Minnesota winter months through cross-country skiing.
Words to live by: “Nothing that’s worthwhile is ever easy.”
In the Fall of 2019, I finished my third marathon and completed graduate school. The anticipation I was feeling for a comfortable life without the stress of graduate school and marathon training was short-lived. I needed something new to challenge me and give me purpose. My career has always been fulfilling, but I knew there had to be more. I wanted to compete in a bodybuilding contest for as long as I can remember, but it was always something I put on the backburner, as I did not know where to start. That all changed as I began to verbalize my goal of competing to friends and family and kept getting positive reinforcement to pursue it. It finally became a reality when I was at a birthday party in January of 2020 and told a friend I was going to start training. I did not have a plan, nor did I have a coach, but I found myself committing to making my dream a reality. Verbalizing my goal was the first step; the second step was finding a coach I could trust.
When I first was looking for a coach, I wanted it to feel as though there was a person invested in helping me and not a robot behind the screen. I also wanted someone that was going to hold me accountable and push me to meet my goals. I found Julie Lohre after failed attempts at finding a reliable trainer locally. I had identified Julie earlier in the process as someone I was interested in learning more about and decided to work with her after our initial phone call.
Working with Julie took my level of understanding of my own body to a much deeper level. I learned how my body responds to certain macronutrients and which types of protein worked best for building lean muscle mass-specific to my metabolism. She varied my training programs as needed to maximize lean muscle and overall leanness while avoiding overtraining. You’ll find the diet and training programs that Julie formulated for my competition journey a little later in this article.
The Hardest Part of My Competition Journey
I went through a very tough breakup about two months before my competition. I felt like my world had been flipped upside down. I moved to a new city and was living alone. The little things that gave me comfort and stability were gone, and I had to establish a new normal. All of this and being in the middle of a pandemic with limited time to spend with friends and family made everything seem a lot harder, including training. I felt physically and emotionally drained, and the thought of competing felt so far out of reach. I could not eat or sleep, and I was struggling to complete my workouts each day. As time passed, I slowly found a new daily routine, and my drive to compete intensified, and I was able to regain focus. It did not happen overnight, and I had my share of bad days, but I took it day by day and knew if I completed my workout(s), it would numb the pain for a while. The week before the contest was one of my worst. I was full of emotion and felt angry and sad about everything that had happened. But all of the emotional pain I was dealing with was a blessing in disguise as what happened at the competition changed me for the better.
I placed first in both the Open Bikini and Debut Bikini classes of the 2020 OCB Sugar Maple Classic (Green Bay, Wisconsin). I was overcome with a rush of emotions! I feel like I accomplished something I never thought was possible and did it at a point in my life where things seemed to be at their worst. The best feeling of all was realizing I did this on my own (with the support of my amazing friends, family, and Julie Lohre). That day was one of the best days of my life.

Training
Below is my workout plan at the eight weeks out from my last show:
Day 1 Lower Body & Abs
Squats 4×10-12
Glute Kickbacks (w/band) 4×10-12
Hand to Elbow Planks 4×10-12
DB Push Press 4×10-12
Hamstring Ball Curl-in 4×10-12
Hanging Knee Raises 4×10-12
Plie Squat 4×10-12
Medicine Ball Oblique Twists 4×10-12
Day 2 Upper Body
Bench Triceps Dips 4×10-12
Incline DB Flyes 4×10-12
Triceps Pressdown 4×10-12
Bent over BB Row 4×10-12
Lateral Raise 4×10-12
Barbell Curl 4×10-12
DB Shoulder Press 4×10-12
Day 3 Rest
Day 4 Lower Body & Abs
DB Deadlift 4×10-12
Walking Lunges 4×10-12
Floor Glute Pulses (w/weight) 4×10-12
Upward Hip Thrusts 4×10-12
Bench Step-ups 4×10-12
Squat w/ Side Leg Lift 4×10-12
Ball Crunches 4×10-12
Day 5 Cardio/Endurance Circuit Workout
Complete the following circuit as many times as possible in 30 minutes.
10 Burpees
15 Butterfly Sit-ups
20 Air Squats
15 Push-ups
50 Jump Rope Single-Unders
10 Inch Worms
Rest 2 minutes
Day 6 Full Body
DB Snatch (alternating arms) 4×10-12
Pull-ups 4×10-12
Man-Makers 4×10-12
Barbell Thrusters 4×10-12
Seated Cable Row 4×10-12
Incline Bench Press 4×10-12
Day 7 Rest

Cardio
I perform 2-3 HIIT training sessions per week. I find that 20 minutes of HIIT training with an additional 5-10 minutes for a warm-up and cool-down are ideal for me.
For example:
- Warm-up (5 min) Speed
- 3- 3.5mph and gradually increase to 4.0
- Varied incline throughout to help take your mind off the pain.
- Jog 1 min
- Walk 30 sec
- Sprint 30 sec (Max intensity, you should not be able to have a conversation)
- Walk 30 sec
- Repeat Sprint/Walk for 20 minutes
- Cool-down 5 min
This workout can be tailored to the advanced trainee by increasing the incline during the sprint. This type of workout can also be done on a bike, elliptical, stair-stepper, rower, etc.
For someone not as advanced in cardio or just getting started, trade the “sprint” for a “jog” and work your way to the sprint.
On the other days of the week, I usually throw in a longer cardio session if I am training for a race. I will do a low-intensity run for 45-60 min. I do this on a day that I don’t lift, and it usually helps as an active recovery session.
Posing Tips
Posing is not something to take lightly. Hire a posing coach and start practicing at least two months before the competition. You need to practice posing daily, just like a workout, especially in the final months of contest prep. You can bring your best physique, but all those long hours in the gym will be wasted without the proper posing.
Diet
Nutrition is, of course, super important, and getting into the best shape of my life has taken a lot of consistency with diet. Here are some tips that have helped me and I’m sure they will help you too.
Set up a weekly meal plan. Remember that there is no quick fix. Diet is all about being consistent over an extended period of time. Don’t let one bad meal or lousy day derail your overall goal. If you cheat, get back on track with your next meal. The sooner you get back on track, the sooner you will be back on the pathway to achieving your goals.
There is no benefit to starving yourself to lose fat, especially if you are trying to build lean muscle mass.
Eat clean, unprocessed foods every two-four hours and drink 1-gallon of water per day. Veggies are unlimited, so keeping them in your refrigerator, prepped, and ready to enjoy is vital.
Determine your macro targets and make that your focus. If you are just getting started, your first step is to add a protein supplement such as UMP. FitTabs and Glutamine Select would also play a beneficial role as you start increasing your workouts to get in shape.
During my contest prep, Julie modified my nutrition plan every two weeks to take into account how my body was reacting to the current calories and macro range and to keep it fresh for me. The following is my nutrition plan at eight weeks out from my show:
Meal One
Breakfast Bowl – ¹⁄₂ cup oatmeal, 1 tbsp flax seeds, ¹⁄₄ cup almonds, 1 cup strawberries, and 1 whole egg
Meal Two
Protein Shake – 2 scoops UMP, ¹⁄₂ cup fruit
Meal Three
4oz lean turkey breast, 2 slices Ezekiel bread, lettuce, onions, tomato, 2 tbsp hummus, 3oz carrots, apple
Meal Four
3oz lean steak, ¹⁄₂ cup brown rice, 2 cups mixed veggies
Supplements
Stack 1 – Pre-contest Rapid Fat Loss
Lean Out – 2 with three meals
FitTabs – 2 per day (AM)
7-Keto Musclean – 2 with two meals (AM and Lunch) UMP – 1-2 scoops per day
Glutamine Select – 1 scoop before training
Stack 2 – Post-Contest Lean Muscle Building
Density – 2 with three meals
Ultra 40 – 2 with three meals
Fit Tabs – 2 per day (AM)
Muscle Synergy – 1 scoop before training UMP – 2 or more scoops per day

The supplements that gave me the most noticeable impact were Muscle Synergy and Glutamine Select. The daily UMP was also essential in meeting my protein goals. It also ended up being the one thing I looked forward to during contest prep. I would mix UMP (vanilla) with cinnamon, water, and ice together in a blender. It tasted a lot like ice cream.
In Closing
I feel amazing, even after my show. I have a strong desire to continue to compete and see how far I can go in this sport, as I know I have more room to improve. I crave the discipline this sport requires as it creates stability in my life. I have continued eating the way I did when I first started training. I’m now lifting heavier weights than I ever have and cannot believe how much stronger I am. I’m honestly in the best shape of my life!

SUPPLEMENT SUGGESTIONS
Brandon Bass is a trainer/model living in New York. I asked him to share with us his 3 most important supplements…
- Ultimate Muscle Protein: This has been a staple in my routine since I first discovered Beverly. The taste and quality is unmatched! I look forward to my Ultimate Muscle Protein pudding every day! UMP makes staying on a healthy meal plan a lot easier.
- Muscle Synergy: I believe this is the best muscle building product on the market! The pumps, vascularity and muscular gains I have attained while taking this product are amazing. I take 8 in the morning and 8-10 about 30 minutes before my weight training sessions.
- Mass Amino Acids / Ultra 40 (stack): I love this combination of amino acids, vitamins, minerals and high quality protein. I have gotten bigger and fuller while losing body fat and I attribute it to the combination of 4 Mass Aminos and 4 Ultra 40‘s with every meal.
Obviously I take Quadracarn, EFA Gold, Muscle Provider, Muscle Mass, etc. There isn’t a bad product you guys make but those are the main staples in my program! Thanks for everything and more importantly, thank you for making such quality products. ~ Brandon

Setting Up My Master’s Figure Game Plan
Setting Up My Master’s Figure Game Plan
No Nonsense Magazine 2014 Collection
By: Danielle Smith

At a Glance: Danielle Smith
Age: 46
Occupation:Stay at home mom
Family:Married for 15 years to my best friend Lee. Mom to Sam, 12 and Lily 9
Residence: Pickerington, OH
Years training: Dancing since 13, gym training 26 years, current trainer 7 years, competition training 1 year.
Height: 5’8″
Weight: 133-135 (off-season), 129 (contest)
Favorite Meal: UMP pudding mixed with 1 tbsp. peanut butter and straw-berries without a doubt!
Favorite Supplement: I can’t pick just one; they’re all instrumental to my success. But if I have to, it would be Glutamine Select w/BCAA’s and Muscle Synergy. I can’t separate the two. With Glutamine Select, I can get through 5 straight days of hard training and still feel great. Muscle Synergy (MS) has had a huge impact on my muscular development and size. I drink 2 scoops of MS 10 minutes before my workout and get a dramatic pump. I also sip this before pre-judging and it definitely does the trick.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before: This is an easy question to answer because I am continually telling friends about Beverly products. First what are their goals? Secondly, call the Beverly 1-800-781-3475 Customer Service number and speak to their highly educated specialists. The way you are walked through the programs puts you right at ease. There is no pressure to purchase more than you need, just what is essential. I am always giving scoops of UMP Chocolate away for friends to try. That seals the deal!
Music: BRMC, Kings of Leon, The Black Keys, Cage the Elephant and AC/DC for leg day.
Most Inspiring Book: Even the Stars Look Lonesome by Maya Angelou
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Traveling, adventures with my family, searching antique shops and watching my kids having fun.
Words to live by: Try everything that can be done Be deliberate. Be spontaneous Be thoughtful and painstaking Be abandoned and impulsive Learn your own possibilities – George Bellows
Almost a year ago to the day, one of my best friends, Debbie, challenged me to join her in participating in the bikini division of the NPC Natural Ohio show. Neither of us had ever thought of competing, but I had been training with a group for years. I had no idea where that challenge would lead. Once committed, we were “all in” and needed a game plan. I knew that if I wanted to be my best, I had to surround myself with the best. Knowing nothing about competing, I searched for someone that could help me learn how competitions were run from A-Z.
I found Julie Lohre on-line and immediately signed up for her “Mock Competition”. This event could not have been more suited to our needs. Once meeting Julie, and being a part of that learning experience, we knew we were headed in the right direction. Needless to say, after attending her “Mock Competition”, we were 100% even more committed and inspired.
Julie also introduced me to Beverly International supplements. I had pre-ordered my “bikini package” of supplements and happily went home with a box of UMP Chocolate, 7-Keto, Lean Out and Fit Tabs. I had tasted many other protein powders, but clearly UMP was like no other. The quality of every item was far superior to anything I had ever taken.
The contest came and I placed lower middle of the pack. I decided to make another go at it, but would switch from Bikini to the Figure division instead.
Now, I had to learn a whole new division and its requirements. Luckily, I knew exactly where to get help. I contacted Julie once again and signed up to be a client. The first thing I learned was that to compete in figure, I definitely had to put on some muscle size.
Training without proper nutrition and supplements would not put on size – it just kept me in shape. I couldn’t keep doing the same thing and expect different results. Julie’s first suggestion was a comprehensive supplement program to build muscle. Within weeks of starting my new supplement program, I started to notice a difference. My body fat began to drop and in my weekly photos I began to see more and more muscle definition and size.
Nothing motivates me more than a plan that works. I started lifting heavier and was continually setting new PR’s. I recovered quickly from these heavy workouts and was even seeing better hair and nail growth (thank you EFA Gold)!!!
In my first figure show, just 2 months later, I placed 2nd in Masters and 2nd in Open Tall at the Mike Francois Classic! Wow! Did that really just happen???? I signed up for the NPC Ohio last summer and placed 5th in Open Tall and 6th in Masters.
But, by far my biggest hope, dream and goal came true at the 2013 Arnold Amateur Master’s Figure Competition this year. I won my height division and 3rd over all Masters Amateur Figure. I know without a doubt this never would have been a reality without my family, my trainer, my amazing workout support group, Julie Lohre and the entire Beverly International family and community.
Diet Meal Plan
I’m not a fan of the word “diet”. To me it has a connotation of depravity, that was far from what I experienced. I prefer “meal plan”. Julie mapped out my “meal plan” strategy for the “Arnold” and it looked like this:
MEAL #1 (7:30):
1 egg + ½ cup egg whites; 1 cup mixed veggies
MEAL #2 (8:00):
2 scoops UMP (Pre Workout).
10 MIN PRIOR TO TRAINING:
2 scoops Muscle Synergy
TRAINING SESSION:
2 scoops Glutamine Select + 2 scoops Creatine Select
MEAL #3
(w/in 45 min of finishing training): 6 oz. potato, 1 tbsp. honey
MEAL #4 (1:00):
4 oz. lean protein; large salad w/mixed veggies and 1 tbsp. olive oil & vinegar dressing
MEAL #5 (4:00):
4 oz. lean protein; 1 cup rice
MEAL #6 (7:00):
4 oz. protein (I like fish for this meal); 1 small potato; 2 cups mixed veggies; ¼ cup almonds
MEAL #7 (9:00):
1 scoop UMP (mixed w/water); 1 cup berries
Julie Lohre gave me an immense food substitution list to help keep meals diverse with a variety of nutrients from different, healthy sources.
My two protein shakes, Meal #2 and Meal #7, were by far my favorite. Meal #2 is my pre-workout meal and it made me feel amazing!! I felt it gave me great strength and endurance for my training sessions. Even in off-season I still choose UMP pudding as my desert. To me, it is more satisfying than ice cream!


Contest Prep Supplement Schedule
GOALS: GAIN MUSCLE WHILE LOSING FAT TAKING IN CONSIDERATION MY AGE – 46
ULTRA 40: 3 w/5 meals
MASS AMINOS: 3 w/5 meals
7 KETO: 3 in am / 3 in pm
LEAN OUT: 2 w/5 meals
MUSCULARITY: 2 – 3 X a day
CREATINE SELECT: 2 scoops during training
FIT TABS: 2 – 2 X a day
JOINT CARE: 2 – 2 X a day
EFA GOLD: 2 – 2 X a day
QUADRACARN: 2 – 2 X a day
MUSCLE SYNERGY: 2 scoops pre workout
GLUTAMINE SELECT W/ BCAAs: 2 scoops during workout
UMP: Chocolate, Vanilla, and Cookies & Crème
What I have discovered about the Beverly family is that their Customer Service can’t be beat. I have called so many times with questions and each and every time hung up knowing I was given the best game plan possible. Each representative really cared and would go at great lengths to make sure each supplement and usage was explained. One of the first things they’d say to me was, “Do you have a pencil and paper ready?” That let me know they were serious and had my best interest at heart.
Cardio
I picked what I enjoyed most for cardio. My preference was interval running and the stair mill. I needed to concentrate on on my glute/ham tie-in and both of these exercises target this area. I did cardio 3 times a week for about 20-minutes per session.
Training
I have been with my trainer Brian Taylor for 7 years, ever since moving from San Diego to Columbus. It’s hard to put into words what he has done for my health and how this has shaped my life. I work in a group and this motivates me like nothing else. These amazing women help push me far beyond what I could do on my own. We see each other almost everyday, share our daily exercise and eating struggles, and push each other to be better than we were the day before. Brian has us doing HIIT sessions and always incorporates stretching throughout. The stretching and my Beverly Glutamine Select w/BCAA’s are absolutely paramount for recovery. I train hard 5 days in a row, take a day off, and go right back to another 5 days feeling 100% ready to go.

Presentation
So many months of prep and now comes the day to show off all of your hard work and dedication. It’s a showcase like nothing else. For me everything becomes a checklist: spray tan (check), competition suit (check), heels (check), jewelry (check), and the list goes on. It is beyond motivating and inspiring once you are backstage with your fellow competitors. You would think that it would be a fierce, non-friendly atmosphere, but it’s just the opposite. Competitors helping competitors – fix suits, pining numbers on, and calming each other’s nerves. EVERYONE has trained hard – we have all relatively done the same sort of prep to get to this spot on this day. Competition day is when reality hits – your time to shine and give it all you got. You walk out on stage, hold your head up high; show off all of your hard work, sweat and tears. I think it would be incredible to hand every participant an award, because every person there is a winner. They did it! They put in the time, the hard work, the strain on families, on themselves and they stuck it out until the end. They completed the journey, and for that there is no trophy that can replace their sense of accomplishment.
Conclusion
Once I began to see what my body would do and how I felt, I realized that this was becoming more of a lifestyle for me. I love how I feel when I eat clean, exercise regularly and get a good night sleep. It has definitely crossed over into my family life as my amazingly supportive husband, in solidarity, began to join me in my meal plan and supplement taking. He currently takes the Super Pak daily along with UMP and Glutamine Select. He, as well, has increased muscle mass, strength and overall health. In addition, it is really important to me to set an example for our two kids to incorporate clean eating and exercise for overall good health.
Every time I prep for a competition it becomes a new journey. I continue to learn more and more about how my body responds to the three key factors: train-ing, nutrition and supplements. Along with this, it is instrumental to “maintain balance”. I enjoy the discipline of eating healthy, training effectively, and staying grounded. I know that I cannot and shouldn’t maintain my competition body stats year-round. It’s just not realistic. I’m fine with that. When it is time to dial it all in, I have the game plan and am ready to get down to business.
I have to thank the entire Beverly International family for being a part of and helping me reach and go beyond all of my fitness and physique goals. At 46 years, old I feel better and I think look better than I ever have. I finally have the body I’ve always aspired to have. I think I’m developing the right mental outlook and I am gaining the knowledge to do it the right way. For me, this is priceless!

Lifetime Bodybuilder
Lifetime Bodybuilder
No Nonsense Magazine 2014 Collection
By: Michael Sheppard

At a Glance: Michael Sheppard
Age: 38
Occupation: Owner of Heritage Park Fitness, in Harker Heights, TX.
Education: BS in Early Childhood Development
Family: Children: two boys, Isiah 13, and Deandre 19
Residence: Harker Heights, TX
Years training: 19 years
Height: 6′
Weight: 256 (off-season), 245 (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Steak, rice, and salad
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before: I would let him or her know that they are excellent products. I have been using them since 1999 and trust what they are supposed to do for me, my body, as well as my bodybuilding career.
Music: Kendrick Lamar, Jay Z, Metallica, Rage, Public Enemy, Lil Wayne, Jimi Hendrix, Five Finger Death Punch, Snoop Dogg, Kanye West, and Drake.
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: I am truly a gym rat at heart, but I do enjoy riding my Hyabusa.
Words to live by: When you go through hardship and decide not to surrender, that is strength.
I have been a competitor my entire life. From sports in high school, to college basketball, I wanted to be the best I could be. When I found bodybuilding, I fell in love.
My first bodybuilding competition was in Guam (1997). I didn’t know much about competing, but I had been training for about 5 years. The gym owner talked me into it and I was good enough to win the heavyweight division that night.
Two years later, I moved to Ft. Hood, TX and started working out on post in the same gym where Johnny Jackson once trained. At one of the shows there, I noticed the overall winner talking to a Beverly International representative named Richard Dougherty. I approached Richard and expressed interest in get-ting some diet and supplement help for the upcoming Lackland Classic (1999). Richard invited me down to his store where he taught me all about Beverly International products. Having learned the difference between BI and the other brands, I have been using BI ever since.
I dieted for 12 weeks starting at 220lbs. Contest day I was very nervous, but leaner than I had ever been in my life. I won the 198lb class and also took the overall title. After that win I was hooked, I did the 2000 Southwest Natural and took the heavyweight class. I also did the Texas State and took 5th. I was just not as seasoned as the guys competing at the state show. In 2001, I took second at the Heart of Texas competition, and third at the Texas State. I was moving forward, but I still had a lot to learn and improvements to make. More and more I saw that it is as much about symmetry and the “X-Factor” than just size and definition. I needed to bring my legs up to match my upper body.
I took 4 years off from competition to build more size in my legs and improve my proportions. I used two main strength movements for legs. Every leg day, I’d start with heavy squats and then follow them with heavy dead lifts. I know it’s not com-mon to do squats and deads in the same workout, but it worked for me and my legs grew.
I finally decided to get back on stage in 2006 and pursue my pro card with the NGA. This competition prep was the toughest yet because my sons’ mom was overseas. I was trying to run a business, train and diet for the show, and play both parents at the same time. I was in and out of fast food restaurants while trying to stay on a diet plan of some sort. At the John Colby Classic (2006) I weighed 205 and got a close second. My Beverly supplement plan was on track, but not my diet. I just wasn’t eating right. The following year my sons’ mom was home and I was able to go for my pro card again. I did the John Colby Classic again and this time won first place and took the Overall at 212lbs. I won my NGA pro card that night. At this point my friend wanted to shoot a documentary about my prep and we put a few videos online. (Google: “Mike Sheppard the Natural on you tube” to view them).
hen headed to the big NPC shows in 2011. My official comeback was at the 2011 Adela Garcia Classic where I took the overall. I felt like I kept getting better and better so I went to the Branch Warren and took a close second, then headed to the Europa and took second again. While traveling to the show I got lost the night before weigh-ins. I didn’t get checked in until 3am. Thank goodness I had my Beverly International shakes in the car. My contest weight was now up to 219.
I did the 2012 Branch Warren in Houston as a prep show for the USA’s. I did not put full attention to my prep due to work, meetings, and travel. But, I ended up taking second place to Steven Frasier. I was looking forward to a rematch with Steven at the USA’s in July.
I arrived in Vegas on Sunday night. For the week leading up to the show I ate 5 solid food meals each day and added 4 Ultra 40’s with every meal. I got tighter and tighter as I followed my supplement program which I’ve notated below. The USA was the biggest show I had ever been to in my life. 500 competitors and 40 of them were in my weight class. I was very nervous, but knew I was at my best for this show.
I was second to last to go out on stage and I had nothing to warm up with. So I looked up and saw a beam going across the ceiling. (Anyone who knows me knows that I love doing pull-ups.) I jumped straight up and started doing pull-ups. My fellow competitors were shaking their heads as they watched me doing one pull-up after an-other. You can tell by my smile on stage that I was happy to be there and for the experience. Now I know what’s next and what they are looking for. And as a footnote, Steven Frasier, remember him, the guy who beat me at the Branch Warren, he won the overall and got his IFBB pro card.
I had a few adjustments to make for the 2012 season. My supplement plan was rock solid, but I needed stricter off-season nutrition. I also needed to continue to build up my legs while backing off a little on upper body. I trained legs heavy twice a week. Although I like to stay strong, I know there is no award for strongest legs so I had to work on shape as well. I had to figure out how to balance the two. (See more about this in my training schedule.)
New challenges are ahead for me. I am in the Super Heavyweight category now and am up against a lot of people that natural bodybuilders typically just don’t go after. But I have goals. I want to win the Branch Warren. Taking second there twice is not good enough for me. I would love to qualify and compete at the Master’s Olympia. I know that I have not yet reached my best possible condition. This year I will work harder, I will perfect and tweak what needs to be done. I won’t stop. I’m hooked on Beverly International, on training and on bodybuilding competition. I’ve been a lifetime competitor, and that will never end.
Contest Diet
First and foremost let me say that nutrition is the hardest part of all of this for me. I look at dieting kind of like Lent. For about 40 days I must take things out of my diet that are impure and will harm me in the long run.
MEAL #1
1 cup oatmeal, 1 scoop vanilla UMP with 1 tbsp flax oil, Splenda brown sugar, and dried cranberries. (Occasionally I use one of the recipes from BI’s website for Protein Pancakes/ Shakes).
MEAL #2
2 scoops UMP (Pre Workout).
MEAL #3
2 scoops Muscle Provider (Post Workout).
MEAL #4
10oz chicken or shrimp; 4 cups vegetables; 1 cup rice.
MEAL #5
1 scoop UMP protein somewhere in the afternoon normally gets added in because I am so hungry.
MEAL #6
8oz lean meat; 2 cups vegetables; 1 cup rice.
MEAL #7
10oz lean meat; 2 cups vegetables; 1 cup rice.
MEAL 7 ON MONDAY AND THURSDAY HIGH CARB DAYS: 1½ cups cooked rice, 10oz sweet potato, medium banana, 1 cup vegetables, 1 tbsp. butter at the end of the day.

Competition Supplement Program
UMP, Muscle Provider, Ultra 40, Lean Out, GH Factor, 7 Keto, EFA Gold, Density, Muscularity, and ZMA. I use this entire combination because of the muscle building and fat burning properties.
MEAL #1
4 Ultra 40’s, 4 Lean Out, 2 GH Factor, 3 7-Keto, 3 EFA’s, 2 Density, 3 Muscularity
MEAL #2
UMP (2 Scoops) Pre workout for a sustained release protein source, 2 Lean Out
MEAL #3
Muscle Provider (2 Scoops) Post workout for a fast absorbing protein
MEAL #4
4 Ultra 40’s, 4 Lean Out, 2 GH Factor, 3 7-Keto, 2 Density, 2 Muscularity
MEAL #5
1 scoop UMP protein (to stave off hunger) and 2 Lean out
MEAL #6
4 Lean Out, 2 GH Factor, 2 Density, 2 Muscularity
BEFORE BED
3 ZMA 2000

Training Schedule
Monday/Thursday: Back and Chest
Tuesday/Friday: Shoulders, Bi’s and Tri’s
Wednesday/Sunday: Legs
Saturday: Off (typically)
Major body parts are trained in the morning; every evening I head back into the gym and do a small muscle group workout (20-30 minutes of Dips, Pull-ups, Abs, and Calves), practice my posing, and then do 45-60 minutes of cardio.
Presentation Tips
A basketball player practices year round, on or off-season. He never stops practicing. So, like a basketball player, I never stop. I train year round, and at 12 weeks out I kick my posing practice into high gear, holding each pose harder and holding it for progressively longer periods of time. I spend 15-20 minutes each evening working on my mandatory poses. Monitoring your posing year round really helps me identify areas where I need improvement. As the event grows closer, posing becomes more exciting than working out. That’s when I can really see how I’ve progressed from competition to competition.
Cardio
Two weeks out from every competition I love to put myself through “Hell Week” as I call it. It’s an 8-day week program. I use the stepper and add 5 minutes every day. The first day, I begin at 65 minutes and I end at 99 minutes (since my steppers don’t go to 100). The last day makes everything else seem so easy. Good luck and Godspeed. (Tip: Have really good music with you.)

Beverly International: Scientific Data with Real-World Results
Beverly International: The brand that offers a portfolio of research supported ingredients for the athlete’s total body, by taking a NO NONSENSE approach to Fitness and Health, Muscle Building and Fat Loss.
Since 1967 Beverly International has been a visionary when it comes to creating quality supplements, achieving REAL results with no Hype and systematically feeding the body what it needs when it needs it. The Sports Supplement industry today is so over crowded. There are so many supplement companies that I can’t even keep up with it. Only the best are regulated or 3rd party tested for label accuracy. When asked who is our competition, we just kind of shrug and say, “We stand alone and apart from the crowd.”
From the start, every supplement we created and tested in the lab turned real life results into reality. BI has a strong history of lining up the scientific data with real-world results, fifty-four years to be exact. Only after critical lab testing for purity is the product released to the public. But that’s where the real testing takes place – from REAL-LIFE data from individuals that testify to the results. Beverly has what the body needs. We don’t use catchy drug names to get your attention, we just keep it clean and natural. Take a look at these categories.
Joint Health: Joint Care, EFA Gold
Sleep and Recovery: ZMA 2000, Advanced Antioxidant, Glutamine Select
Brain, Body, & Muscle Energy: Fast-Up, Up-Lift, Muscle Mass, Creatine Select
Lean Muscle Support: Mass Aminos, Ultra 40, Muscularity, Muscle Synergy, Creatine Select, Quadracarn, and Density
Gut Support: Multiple Enzyme Complex, Glutamine Select, ZMA 2000
Fat Loss: Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Quadracarn, GH Factor, Energy Reserve
Internal Health: Lean Out, Energy Reserve (L-carnitine), Quadracarn, Super Pak, FitTabs, Muscle Synergy, Ultra 40
Immune Support: ZMA, Ultra C, Advanced Antioxidant, EFA GOLD, Super Pak
Muscle Food: UMP (all 7 flavors), Mass Maker Ultra, Muscle Provider, PBP, Provosyn, and coming soon—The new UMP BAR.

Becoming a Fitness Model: My Dream Becomes a Reality
Becoming a Fitness Model: My Dream Becomes a Reality
No Nonsense Magazine 2014 Collection
By: Steve Kuchinsky

At a Glance: Steve Kuchinsky
Age: 26
Occupation or Education: Personal Trainer / Professional Model
Family: Extremely fortunate to have a mother, father and older brother whom I am extremely close with and who have always supported me in my aspirations and in following my dreams
Residence: Manhattan, NY
Years training: 8 years
Height: 6′
Weight: 193 (off-season), 191 (contest. Live by rule of thumb of not having an “off season”)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: grilled chicken, egg whites, brown rice, black beans, avocado, hot sauce, spinach. Put it all in a big bowl and mix it up. Hmm, hmm good!
What would you recommend to someone who has never used BI supplements before: I would recommend Muscle Synergy! By far the most effective supplement I’ve ever taken.
Hobby or interests: I am originally from upstate NY and I love the out-doors and hiking.
Words to live by: “Always stay strong and on point, you never know who you are inspiring”
Most inspiring book: Power of Now by Eckhart Tolle
I started lifting 8 years ago at age 18. But, my goal crystallized when I read my first No Nonsense Magazine. Brian Wiefering was featured, and I was hooked. I said to my-self, “I want to look like that”. I didn’t just “want” to look like “that”; I was willing to devote my life to achieving a physique similar to Brian’s.
I wanted to learn more about how Brian did it, so my next move was to get my hands on more of the BI No Nonsense mags and newsletters. I read them cover to cover and started applying what I learned. I experi-mented with the various nutrition and train-ing plans, searching for the best plan to put me on the fast track to success.
And it worked!
My photos first appeared in Exercise for Men. More modeling jobs followed includ-ing Men’s Fitness, Muscle and Fitness, Nike and Under Armour, and the most recent, the front cover of Physique Magazine.
Now, I’ve turned my focus and discipline to a new challenge – competition. Preparing for physique competitions will push me out of my comfort zone and be a new challenge for me to pursue. If you’d like to follow along with me, here is my preparation outline.
Meal Plan / Supplement Schedule Regimen: A Winning Strategy
As an all-natural competitor, supplementation is crucial. Having a quality brand like Beverly International in my corner gives me a winning strategy. My basic approach for competing is the same as prepping for a photo shoot. My arsenal of BI products provided me continuous winning results year after year. Here is the regimen I follow for the weeks leading up to a photo shoot or competition. I believe that this is a great plan for anyone who wants to lean out and build muscle at the same time. Why don’t you give it a try?
(7:30AM) PRE-WORKOUT SUPPLEMENT STACK
2 scoops Glutamine Select, 1 scoop Muscle Synergy powder, 5 tablets Density, 2 scoops Up-Lift
(I take my Pre-Workout stack first thing in the morning on an empty stomach and then head directly to the gym. Muscle Synergy helps give me explosive power and awesome pumps. In addition, the therapeutic dose of HMB in Muscle Synergy helps protect my muscles while training on an empty stomach. I take Up-Lift for energy throughout my workout. I sip an additional scoop of Glutamine Select during my workout to prevent catabolism and help spark the recovery process.)
(8:00am) WORKOUT
(9:30AM) POST-WORKOUT SHAKE AND SUPPLEMENTS
2 scoops Muscle Provider, 1 banana, 5 tablets Density, 1 Ultra C
(Post workout I use 2 scoops Muscle Provider for a fast digesting protein source, 1 Super Pak, 5 Density, and 1 more scoop of Muscle Synergy (for further recovery). Throughout the day I sip on Glutamine Select (2 scoops in my gallon water jug).
MEAL #1 (11:30AM)
12 egg whites, ½ cup oatmeal, 2 tbsp almond butter, 5 tips asparagus
(I take three Mass Aminos and three Ultra 40′s with Meals #1-6. This helps ensure I meet my daily protein requirements and stay anabolic throughout the day.)
MEAL #2 (1:30PM)
2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 1 tbsp almond butter
MEAL #3 (3:30PM)
10 oz tilapia; ½ sweet potato; 1 cup spinach
MEAL #4 (5:30PM)
8oz lean red meat; 1 cup spinach or asparagus; 3 EFA Gold
MEAL #5 (7:30PM)
8oz grilled chicken breast; 1 cup spinach or asparagus; 3 EFA Gold
MEAL #6 (9:30PM)
2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein; 1 tbsp almond butter; 5 tablets Density
(For my last meal, I have two scoops of Ultimate Muscle Protein. UMP helps feed my muscles throughout the night with its slow release protein delivery system.)
PRIOR TO BED: 3 ZMA 2000
Workout Arsenal
My training routine consists of a mix bag of workouts and methods to keep my muscles guessing. No workout is ever the same! I customize workouts for my clients and myself and change them frequently. Below is a sample of my workout routine hitting each body part once a week.
Chest
- Incline Bench Press: 5×5
- Flat DB Press: 5×5
- Decline Bench Press: 5×5
- Incline DB Press: 3×20
- Flat Bench Press: 3×20
- Decline DB Press: 3×20
Back
- Deadlift: 5×5
- Weighted Pull Ups: 5×5
- Seated Cable Rows: 5×5
- Deadlift: 3×20
- Pullups (Body Weight): 3×20
- Seated Cable Rows: 3×20
Shoulders
- Military Press Barbell: 5×5
- Side Laterals: 5×5
- Arnold Presses: 5×5
- Military Press DB: 3×20
- Side Laterals: 3×20
- Arnold Presses: 3×20
- Rear Delt Machine: 3×20
Arms
- Heavy Barbell Curls: 5×5
- Heavy Skull Crushers: 5×5
- Incline DB Curls: 3×20
- Weighted Dips: 3×20
- 21’s On Cable Curl
- Cable Press Downs: 3×20
- Barbell Curls: 3×20
- Skull Crushers: 3×20
Legs
- Squats: 5×5
- Front Squats: 5×5
- Leg Press: 5×5
- Leg Extensions: 5×5
- Squats: 3×20
- Leg Extensions: 3×20
- Leg Press: 3×20
Abs
Every day at the end of my workout.

Kuch’s Oatmeal Delight
Here’s one of my favorite recipes: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, ½ cup oatmeal, 2 tsp cinnamon, 1 tbsp. almond butter.
Cook oatmeal first, then mix in the remaining ingredients and you’re ready for a healthy, nutritious breakfast!
Continuous Journey
It has been an amazing journey, but one that has brought me tremendous pride and joy. At this juncture, I sincerely want to help others achieve a healthy and fit lifestyle. There are times you will be faced with obstacles, but my goal is to help you alleviate those times, the same way Beverly International did for me when I first started out.
WWW.KUCHFIT.COM – Personal training, health and fitness consultation to help all achieve their fitness goals.

FULL STEAM AHEAD: Nutrition, Training, Cardio, and Visualization for Figure Competition
FULL STEAM AHEAD: Nutrition, Training, Cardio, and Visualization for Figure Competition
No Nonsense Magazine 2014 Collection
By: Hyla Conrad, 2012 NPC KY, OHIO, and KY MUSCLE overall figure champion

At a Glance: Hyla Conrad
Age: 29
Education: Bachelor’s degree in exercise science and cur-rently writing articles for Julie Lohre’s TeamFitbody.com website
Family: Married for 2 years to my high school sweetheart, Jimmy. We have a very active border collie named Max.
Residence: Corydon, IN
Years training: Competition training for 2 years, always been active and had a very athletic childhood
Height: 5’3.5″
Weight: 130 (off-season), 122 (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Beef! I love beef, lean steak or hamburger with side salad and sweet potato.
Favorite Supplements: I love FitTabs multivitamin because they make my hair and nails look amazing. I take two in the AM and two PM. Of course, how could I not mention UMP? By far the best protein I have ever used. It keeps me full, while delivering the results I am looking for – lean muscle gain. This protein is so versatile, and tastes amazing just mixed with water. I have at least two shakes a day. My favorite is vanilla mixed with Jell-O sugar free banana pudding powder and 2tbsp of natural peanut butter with a little bit of water and ice topped with fat free Cool Whip. It’s delicious!!
What would you recommend to someone who has never used BI supplements before: Make sure you know your goals and the body type are trying to achieve, and read the Supplement Recommendation Chart on the BI website before you purchase. Educate yourself on the science behind the supplements; connecting the mind to the body is key.
What’s in your CD player: Mix of classical music for my Pilates workout
Hobby or interests: Camping, hiking, and playing in my garden. I love the dirt.
Words to live by: “Fear defeats more people than any other one thing in the world” ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Most inspiring book: Animal, Vegetable, Miracle by Barbara Kingsolver
I have always dreamed of competing but I didn’t know where to start, so in January of 2011, I turned to the Internet and searched for personal trainers in Kentucky. That is how I found IFBB Pro, Julie Lohre. It was the best decision I ever made. I was small and thin, with little to no muscle. Julie suggested I com-pete in bikini, but I always loved the way figure ath-letes looked and dreamed of having a body like that. I was determined to gain muscle in my upper body and with a background in gymnastics, I decided to take a shot at Fitness. I will never forget Julie’s re-sponse to my first 4-week photo update. I had gained muscle in my upper and lower body in just 4 weeks. I was ready for the stage in 9 weeks with lean muscle gains and a lower body fat percentage. I placed 1st in Fitness at the NPC Kentucky Derby Show and 2nd at the Julie Palmer Showdown.
Now, I am a figure competitor. My muscle gains have increased, and my body fat percentage is stable, only dropping during contest prep. The process of contest prep is easier because I am able to stay on track with the help of Julie and Beverly International. I am healthy and have tons of energy. Along with my everyday healthy lifestyle, competitively 2012 was the best year for me! My fall competition season started with Overall Figure wins at the NPC Kentucky State, the NPC Ohio State and the NPC Kentucky Muscle. My fall season ended with a trip to NPC Nationals in Atlanta, GA, which gave me the experience that I’ll need to improve and come back stronger in 2013. This journey and career path is just the beginning for me, and I am excited to see what is next.
Working with Julie has been a positive, life changing experience; committing to her training programs and nutritional guidance delivered results. She introduced me to Beverly International products, which supplemented my success in ways I never could have imagined. The quality of these products has given me the ability to take Julie’s training and nutritional pro-grams to another level.
Now, I’d like to outline exactly what I did this year to achieve these results, and I hope it will help you design your own success program for 2013.
MY MUSCLE GAIN / STAY LEAN DIET
MEAL #1
- 2 whole eggs + 3 egg whites
- 3 slices of turkey bacon
- 3-4 slices of low-carb/high fiber bread with spray butter and sugar-free jelly
- ½ cup of berries
MEAL #2
- ½ cup of low-fat cottage cheese, 1 small apple
MEAL #3
- 8oz ground turkey patty with 2 slices of low-carb/high fiber bread to make a burger with lettuce, tomato, onions, pickles and mustard
- Small salad w/ 1 tbsp olive oil & vinegar dressing
MEAL #4
- 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein
- 1 banana or apple
- 2tbsp natural peanut butter
- 2 rice cakes
MEAL #5
- 4-5oz lean beef
- 2 cups of green vegetables-usually a salad or green beans
- ½ cup of sweet potato or brown rice
MEAL #6
- 2 scoops of Provosyn mixed with ¾ cup of skim milk (awe-some for lean muscle gain)
Supplement Schedule
BI FitTabs Multi-Vitamin: 2 in AM and 2 in PM
BI Glutamine Select: 1 scoop during training and another at night if I’m feeling depleted
BI Lean Out: 2 capsules with 5 meals
BI Ultra 40: 2 tablets with 5 meals
BI EFA Gold: 3 in AM and PM
BI 7-Keto: 3 in AM and 3 with Lunch (4-6 weeks out from competition)

Cardio
3-4 days a week 30 minutes HIIT in the early evening. I can work harder when I do cardio in the afternoon and I have more energy. As a former sprinter, I usually head to the local track and do sprints mixed with some plyos or I run stairs at the local fairgrounds. This type of car-dio really helps keep my legs tight, while developing the glute/ham tie in that many of us struggle with. I also wear a heart rate monitor to help me understand when my heart rate is at its peak and help me to monitor shorter recovery times. My recovery times are based on HR and not muscle exhaustion or accelerated breathing rates.
Training
My training routine is more athletic based and incorporates bodyweight exercises mixed with higher intensity weight training. I started doing Tabata workouts and saw a huge change in my cardiovascular system. My recovery times in between sets were becoming easier and I was becoming more efficient each week. Plus it keeps my mind active by switching up the typical training regimen. I also added in Pilates twice a week to keep my legs and core tight, while helping to elongate the muscle bellies in my lower body.
Monday
Core/Back/ Delts
Tuesday
Legs
Wednesday
Rest
Thursday
Back/Biceps/Triceps
Friday
Shoulders/Abs
Saturday
One Pilates and cardio session on either day
Sample Tabata Workout
8 sets x 20 seconds work/10 second rest each exercise
1. One Arm Overhead Press Standing on one foot (alternate foot)
2. Across Body Delt Pulls (left)
3. Inverted Pushups
4. DB Lateral Raises
5. Across Body Delt Pulls (right)

Presentation/Competition Experience
After working hard for weeks, sweating, training and sticking to clean meal plans, competition day is the day I get to be tan, wear pretty jewelry, and have my hair and makeup done. For me, competition day is my “girly” day! The competition experience is always special to me and each one is unique. I always meet wonderful inspiring women who are living the same lifestyle I am. It’s like, “you step backstage and things you love automatically surround your world”. Just being in the com-petition is a great feat in itself, and everyone should be proud of being a part of something so wonderful.
I practice my presentation at least 3 times a week year round, even if it’s just a quick 5min practice in my gym clothes. This helps me remember some of the reasons why I am training and helps me keep track of symmetry and areas that I need to improve. First thing that goes through my mind is, smile. Second, is eye contact to all the judges. Lastly, I remember this is a show, and people want to see a show. My walk, my stage presence, my confidence, everything is centered on one thing- knowing that I am in a show. I scan the judges and the audience constantly with a huge smile on my face. I prac-tice this at home in a mirror, the walk, eye contact to all the judges, turns, just like it’s a real show.
Vision and Motivation
What helps keep me motivated? I am a strong believer in connecting the mind with the body. I truly believe if you can vision yourself in a positive light, you are able to achieve anything. Connections between the body and mind are very important for diet and training too. Knowing how foods work in my body help to keep me on track and healthy. Understanding the muscle structure and how it works is key to making those connections with the body during training sessions.
I have a vision of what my life will be like in a couple years. It’s a vision that includes everything I have ever wanted to achieve in my life. I revisit this vision often, and have a key word that takes me there. That key word is “steam”. My vision looks like this – “I am cooking a healthy meal for dinner in my kitchen, and the “steam” is rising out of the pot on the stove. My husband is sitting on the couch reading. My dog Max is napping on the floor a couple feet away from me. The windows are open, the air is clean and crisp, and the leaves on the trees are changing. I feel fit, healthy, and happy. I am in my mid 30’s and I am an IFBB Pro and I have won many competitions and have friends that support me and love the bodybuilding industry as much as I do.” This vision is important to me, and holds a special place in my heart. When I lose my focus, I turn to this vision and it keeps me training and pushing towards it. I really suggest that you develop your own personal vision for the life you want to achieve, inside and outside of fitness.
The love for this sport will never die for me. I know when I am 80 years old, I won’t be competing but I will still be training and enjoying this healthy lifestyle, and I will still be using Beverly International products!

Four Years Twenty Pounds of Muscle
Four Years Twenty Pounds of Muscle
No Nonsense Magazine 2015 Collection
By: Aaron Whitten
Between November of 2010 and October of 2014 I gained nearly 22 pounds of muscle and managed to shed a half pound of fat. In comparison to those ridiculous ads we are bombarded with daily about gaining fifty pounds of muscle this year (or month!) it might not seem like much. But for those of us in the real world who fight for every ounce of muscle it is very substantial. The net effect of those pounds was very noticeable and made the journey worthwhile. Let me show you how I did it.

In 2010 I competed in the amateur Universe. I followed the Beverly Contest Workshop Manual to a ‘T’ including taking precise measurements throughout using Beverly’s body fat spreadsheet. I also had lots of photos taken afterward, some purposely from not so flattering angles. I compiled all this data and sat down to analyze it. My thoughts preceding each off season are threefold. First, I look at the big picture, the mile high view to see the most glaring weaknesses in my physique. Secondly, I look in more detailed fashion to determine how those weaknesses are manifested; exactly where am I weak? Third, I create a plan to eliminate them. That’s it, I keep it very simple and go to work.
My analysis of the numbers and pictures told me the following: I needed more overall mass. In particular I needed more muscle in my back. And lastly, I needed to consume more calories to support those goals while following a routine revolving around big, basic movements. In essence, I needed to eat more while doing some power lifting with additional emphasis on back work. Sounds simple enough but…
The trouble is that I am very ectomorphic. If you aren’t familiar with the term it refers to bone structure and metabolism. Ectomorphs are naturally small boned people with fast metabolisms. Endomorphs are the opposite and mesomorphs are your genetic wonders who can gain muscle easily. I have gained a lot of muscle over the years but had hit a wall in terms of caloric consumption. If you have ever had to force feed yourself you know what I mean. It is nauseating and gets old really fast. Most folks are quick to say how lucky I am but that’s only because they have never experienced it. As a bodybuilder I have done both, I have crammed food down my throat in the off season and dieted for shows and I can tell you neither is a picnic. I just didn’t know how I was going to eat any more food on a consistent daily basis.
I needed to find a way to supply my body with additional calories, especially protein, without overly filling my belly or adding to my already extensive food prep. I searched the Beverly website for a day or two and pulled out my old No Nonsense magazines, flipping through hoping to find an article that might pertain to my plight. I found the solution by chance in the form of an old ad for Ultra 40 liver tabs. In that ad it said that by combining Ultra 40 and Mass aminos several times daily a person could gain up to five pounds of muscle yearly. Don’t get me wrong, I was no stranger to either prod-uct. However I had only used them religiously pre contest main-ly to stave off hunger between meals. The thought of using them extensively in the off season sounded really appealing. This way I wouldn’t be bloated and there was no food preparation involved. I don’t believe in doing anything half way so I planned to use 8 of each after each meal. I figured I was approaching my genetic limit so it would be twice as hard to gain that five pounds as for a normal person. What could it hurt? Even at that heightened intake it was cheaper than buying another thousand calories of food daily.
I also cranked up my consumption of the new Mass Maker Ultra. I admit that wasn’t really a conscious decision but just kind of happened because I really like the taste. I followed the meal plan I had in the past from Beverly designed for a 225+lb guy, with a few added calories. Here’s how it broke down:
Meal 1: 6 whole eggs, 8oz ground turkey or beef, small amount of cheese, salsa; 1 cup oatmeal, honey, almond butter and added one scoop of UMP, and some apple juice
Meal 2: 3 scoops of UMP or 4 scoops of Provosyn, 2 tablespoons of flax seed oil. I combined this with one scoop of Mass Maker Ultra and followed it with an apple.
Meal 3: 10oz ground turkey or beef (cooked amount); 1 cup lentils or rice and a large mixed salad with olive oil and balsamic vinegar.
Meal 4: Repeated Meal 2. Since this was usually my pre workout meal I would mix in two scoops of Mass Maker Ultra, sometimes three. I wish shaker cups were larger!
Post workout: I would immediately drink another 2-3 scoops of Mass Maker Ultra mixed in juice.
Meal 5: Basically this was a repeat of Meal 3. I often steamed the vegetables and made a large stir fry.
Meal 6: Protein pudding! 3 scoops of UMP, almond butter, honey and a cup of cottage cheese. I added apple juice or kefir and made it into an ice cream type consistency.
In addition to this I always had a Super Pak, Creatine Select, QuadraCarn and Lean Out, which I take in the off season for the cardiovascular benefits, not fat burning. I used two Multiple Enzymes, sometimes three, be-fore meals and used Up-Lift before every workout. I also used Muscle Synergy sporadically, probably every other month.
This did not constitute a change from my former eating habits. The change was from the Ultra 40 and Mass aminos. I took 8 of each before or after each meal and often during workouts. I went through thousands of those little gems. Since the diet was the same as before and this was the only addition I knew this would be a valid experiment to determine their merit. The frustrating part was how slowly it progressed; it is very easy to second guess yourself and want to try something else because the scale is barely moving. Even at the best rate of five pounds yearly it only breaks down to less than half a pound monthly! During those times I would re-mind myself to stay the course and give it a solid chance. Whether it is a meal plan or workout I believe you need to follow it precisely for at least six months before passing judgment. So I toiled on and faithfully observed the plan.
One quick note: I cannot stress enough the value of Beverly’s most economical supplement, the Multiple Enzyme Complex. In my experience ectomorphs like myself often do not secrete sufficient gastric enzymes to allow for the digestion of large quantities of food. This may be why their stomachs tell their brains that they are not hungry. Taking just a couple of these before a big meal makes the difference between being uncomfortably bloated for hours or feeling normal. Remember, it isn’t what you eat, it’s what you absorb that matters. Multiple Enzymes are an absolute must on a weight gaining diet.
I also keep logs in the off season though not as detailed. As I progressed through 2011-2014 I compared my body weight, strength levels and abdominal skin pinch measurement to those from previous off seasons. My body weight had not sky rocketed but was gradually climbing. My strength levels were higher and at a lower body weight than at previous personal bests. And my belly fat was considerably less. Overall I was carrying more lean mass at a lower body weight which brought me some mental comfort. I didn’t get too excited though as I knew that true gains could only be ascertained by comparing contest to contest, when all the fat had been stripped away. I eventually plateaued at 217 and decided it was time to solidify the gains I had made.
Training
Let’s step back and look at the training plan I followed in con-junction with this meal plan. As a competitive power lifter I have always favored strength oriented routines like the periodization plan detailed in an old NNN issue (“A 12 Week Training Cycle for Muscle Size and Strength”, No Nonsense Vol 12, #3). Any one is welcome to contact me for a spreadsheet copy of this excel-lent routine. I have used it many times with great success, gaining lean mass and strength steadily. I went through four full cycles of this then incurred an elbow injury requiring surgery. Rather than lay around and fatten up (or skinny up in my case) I decided to employ the Smolov squat routine since it required no upper body work whatsoever. I wouldn’t wish that program on my worst enemy but man, did it work. I put over 70lb on my best squat over the course of three months and found my upper body had responded as well; proof of the power of systemic growth exercises like the squat. After that I returned to the periodization plan for several more cycles. I was steadily growing and things were going well. Then I got greedy…
A Year Wasted
I became enthralled with a popular training method followed by many elite powerlifters. I thoroughly studied this unique and com-plex methodology and purchased quite a bit of new equipment in order to give the program my best shot. I desperately wanted this to work. I went for it for a full year. Then I compiled my data again and analyzed the results. A year wasted! At the end of the day my lifts had stalled and my lean mass hadn’t budged. And my target body part, the back, had suffered most! I couldn’t afford to lose any more time, I had to return to what worked FAST. So it was back to the periodization routine that had never failed me. The lesson I learned was to stick with what works.

Pre Contest Nutrition & Training
I continued with the Beverly periodization routine until the end of April, 2014. I wanted to compete in the fall and knew I would need to dedicate at least five months to the process. With my me-tabolism crash dieting is a major no-no. I have to go easy or I risk burning up whatever I may have built in the off season. Using the Beverly International Pre Contest Workshop manual as a guide here is what I formulated to bring me into top shape by October:
- 2 months of the 2 on, 1 off routine while following meal plan 1B.
- 2 months of the 4 on, 1 off routine while following meal plan 2B.
- 1 month of 3 on, 1 off routine while following meal plan 2C.
Note: If you are lucky enough to own the Pre Contest manual, you’ll find the nutrition plans referenced on pgs 15, 21, and 22. The training programs can be found on pgs 39-42. If you do not own the Pre Contest manual, you can still use the “Solutions” section of the BeverlyInternational.com website to access the plans. You’ll find the diets in the “Beverly Nutritional Programs” section:
- Meal plans 1B and 2B are comparable to the “Gain Muscle and Lose Fat Plan”
- Meal plan 1C corresponds to the “Male Bodybuilding Pre Contest Nutrition Plan”
The training programs are illustrated in the “Training” section under the heading PreContest Training Program.
The only change I made to the meal plans was the frequency of Carb Up meals. I know my metabolism pretty well and I know when it is telling me to eat. The meal plans called for Monday/Thursday Carb Up Meals but I added a third and often would have Saturday as a ‘free day’ where I would re-ally stuff in the calories. This wasn’t lack of discipline, this was twenty years of experience of listening to my body. At the end of the day (or the contest) it isn’t who deprived them-selves the most who wins, it’s who looks the best. And I knew that if I pushed it too hard too soon I would burn muscle.
I followed the workouts precisely. I added a pulley set up to my home gym so that I could do smaller moves like pushdowns and cable rows and even got a set of Power Block dumbbells for curls, laterals, etc. I kept an eye on my strength levels and pushed for PR’s up til the last month. On the days that I had more energy I would employ five sets of five on the big moves and supersets on the days I didn’t. I kept it very simple and just trained hard.
As for cardio, I didn’t do it. I am not a fan in general especially for ectomorphs like myself. I really proved this to myself in the off season. To go with the “elite” powerlifting training program that I mentioned earlier, I bought a sled, prowler, wheelbarrow and tire and performed the recommended HIIT workouts faith-fully. Like I said, if I sign up to do something I go all-in. And I watched my lifts drop as my frustration climbed. Maybe it works as a conditioning tool for some but in terms of fat loss for me I will take proper dieting over cardio any day.

Final Results
So the day of the contest, the WPAA Troy Alves Classic, finally rolled around and I won my class. A judge said I was the most conditioned guy in the whole show, a testament to Beverly’s con-test prep wisdom. Just as importantly, I had new measurements and photos to analyze. Here is the hard data from the day before the show in 2010 and again in 2014:
- 2010: 154.4 lb of lean mass, 8.6 lb of fat
- 2014: 175.9 lb of lean mass, 8.1 lb. of fat
- Net result: 21.5 pounds of muscle gained, .5 lb. of fat lost
Now that is what I call progress! Since the training was largely the same as before (I even lost a year) and the meal plans were identical I can safely assume the difference was due to the addition of Ultra 40 and Mass Aminos. I felt this was a very valid study under controlled circumstances with minimal variables, at-testing to the worth of these products.
In my opinion an average of five pounds of muscle gained yearly for the average lifter is a best case scenario. The genetically gifted or chemically enhanced might scoff at these numbers but I am truly pleased. I highly recommend employing this tactic to anyone interested in gaining lean mass with minimal investment. I also feel they are key to maintaining that mass while dieting. To those who may shirk at the thought of ingesting so many pills daily, allow me to briefly toot my own horn: I suffer from dysphagia, a condition that causes difficulty swallowing and frequent choking. Therefore I must chew each and every one of these tablets. If you truly want progress you will find a way.
I am hardly the first person to discover the power of this combination nor am I the first to reap its benefits to this degree. I hope others will read this and decide to give it an honest try. As hard as we work in the weight room I feel that taking a few dozen of these pills daily is a minor inconvenience at most. Take 4 of the Ultra 40 and 4 of the Mass Aminos with each meal this off season and note the impact it has on your own physique. I believe you will be very pleased with the results.
PostScript
I was very pleased with my conditioning and knew that Beverly had contest prep down to a science. Boy was it nice to be working with a tried-and-true outfit instead the many self-proclaimed gurus in the area. I listened to the insanity that other competitors went through at the instruction of their local wizards and knew they had compromised their conditioning. I tried to keep to myself but eventually some fellow competitors asked about my own prep. When I told them how simply I had done things, like not even doing a ‘peak week’ they scoffed. However when my clothes came off a little later they were suddenly silent. Eventually they all asked me who I trained under and how much it cost. When I told them of Beverly’s free information and programs on their website, I thought they might cry! Again the moral here is to stick with what really works, in this case a company with nearly half a century’s experience working with thousands of bodybuilders. A company that cares about more than just their bottom line. What ‘team’ am I on? Beverly!!!

From 10th Place TO FIRST Here’s How I Did It!
From 10th Place TO FIRST Here’s How I Did It!
No Nonsense Magazine 2015 Collection
By: Nicole Phinney

At a Glance: Nicole Phinney
Age: 29
Family: Fiance, Daughter, 6; Son, 3
Occupation: Director of Sales and Marketing, Total Nutrition Shop, Sheffield Village, OH
Residence: Cleveland, Ohio
Years training: 3
Height: 4’11”
Weight: 128 (off-season), 117 (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding or Fitness Meal: Flank Steak, Sweet Potato, Grilled Asparagus with Salad
Favorite Supplements: Glutamine Select and Muscularity!! They were integral to maintaining my muscle mass while leaning down. The pharmaceutical grade quality ensures great results.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? Hands down I would recommend they start with UMP! It tastes delicious and is second to none with regards to nutritional benefits.
In my CD player: Rob Bailey and the Hustle Standard
Hobbies or interests outside of bodybuilding: Baking (watch out for my chocolate chip cookies!!)
Words to live by: “The gratification comes in the doing, not in the results.” – James Dean
“People will forget what you said, they will forget what you did, but they will never forget how you made them feel.” – Maya Angelou
My journey started on May 14, 2011, when my then husband turned off the car while the windshield wipers were still on, leaving them stuck in the middle. This action filled me with such fury that I literally exploded hours later with the birth of my second child via C-section, two weeks ahead of schedule. As with my first child, I had gestational diabetes. I had spent the last five months visiting doctors weekly, checking my sugars multiple times a day, eating on a strict nutrition plan, and giving myself insulin shots (something I had avoided with my first pregnancy). When all was said and done, I waddled into the hospital at 160lbs on my 4’11” frame and unfortunately, I did not give birth to a toddler.
Six weeks after my son arrived, I decided it was time to get my body back. I was going to do something insane; I was going to go to the gym. Nervously, I placed both of my children in the “child watch” center and I ventured into the gym wilderness. I immediately mapped out the “safe” areas which left me with the cardio machines and the group fitness classes. I tried many classes including Zumba, Aerobics, and Step. I wasn’t particularly enjoying myself in these classes nor was I very good (once the step instructor had to stop the entire class because I was so off-tempo)! I persisted and finally found a class that I actually enjoyed and did not require any K-kick, jump over step or grapevine combos. The class taught basic weightlifting, and I gradually moved my way up from the 2lb dumbbells. Over time, I began to feel more comfortable and I took the next step. I ventured out of my “safe” zone and into the machine area.
I started going to the gym in July and by October I had exhausted my training knowledge base, but still craved more, so I hired the gym’s personal trainer. She suggested that I set a goal for myself, and I very naively decided to compete in a Bikini competition the following March. The more I trained, the more I fell in love with the sport and the harder I pushed. I started taking progress photos and they added fuel to my fire. Eight weeks before my competition, I decided to switch divisions and set my sights on competing in Figure and I made what has come to be one of my fitness journey’s greatest decisions; I hired Dave Liberman as my trainer.
Our short timeline meant Dave had to teach me a completely new way of looking at fitness and nutrition, and quickly. (Needless to say, it was a tough 8 weeks.) This is when Dave introduced me to the incredible Beverly International products. Combining my new meal plan, lifting style and Beverly products, I was able to achieve the leanness necessary for Figure in eight weeks.
Through the process of leaning down it became apparent that there had been some serious damage to my abdomen from my pregnancies beyond the normal abdominal separation. The leaner I became, the more pregnant I looked. If I laid on my side my abdominals would sort of slump over in a mushy mass. Many hours were spent sobbing in frustration. I was in the best shape of my life but there I was looking 3 months pregnant and about to step on stage! I consulted with a surgeon and discovered that regardless of how many abdominal exercises I did, the damage could only be repaired surgically. He actually said that he had never seen a patient with this much damage but who could also flex their abdominals into a six pack.
Despite the abdominal difficulties, I had committed to a goal and was going to follow through. My daughter, who was 3 at the time, had grown to recognize my change in lifestyle. I wanted her to see her Mommy as a strong and dedicated woman. I hit the stage for the first time weighing 94lbs on March 23, 2012 and again one week later for the NPC Natural Ohio. I had followed Dave’s training, the nutrition schedule, and supplementation with Beverly International precisely and came in looking in the best shape of my life!
I finished 10th out of 12 girls. I stepped off stage after being in the last call-out, destroyed a chocolate chip cookie (or a dozen) and cried. What made it worse was that I still had to go back on stage for the night show. (Bodybuilding competitions are broken into two parts, the morning prejudging and the evening awards show.) I could have left, but I couldn’t let myself not finish. I took the afternoon to lament in self-pity. I pulled myself together and went back to the evening show with the attitude that it was time to celebrate my accomplishment of stepping on stage in the best condition of my life!
Two days after competing in the NPC Natural Ohio, I was rolled into the operating room for an abdominal-plasty. As it turns out, my abdomen had not only separated medially, but also horizontally. Originally, we thought that I had a hernia, but it was discovered that the abdominals surrounding my belly button had completely torn apart as well. The surgeon had to stitch my abdominal wall back together twice during surgery. It had been almost a year exactly; I was once again wrapped in an abdominal support band just as I had been after my C-section. Right then and there I committed to stepping on stage again, but only after I had appropriately healed and trained for a significant length of time.
Dave had designed an off-season bulk nutrition, supple-mentation and training program for me. I stepped back into my iron cathedral in May 2012 to implement his plan. My training split was 6 days a week, training a different muscle group each day and my lagging muscle group twice. Here’s a sample of my workout program. I’m sure that any female who is trying to develop more muscle mass will benefit from it.

Training schedule
QUADS*
Leg Extension: Warm up
Superset Wide Stance Leg Press / Hack Squat: 5 sets 12 reps each Leg Extension: 5 sets 12 reps
Walking Lunges: 4 sets 15 reps
CHEST
Incline Dumbbell Press: 5 sets 12-10-8-8-8 reps
Incline Flyes: 5 sets 10-12 reps
Barbell Bench Press: 5 sets 10-8-6-6-6 reps
Cable Crossovers: 5 sets 12 reps
BACK
Lat Pulldowns: 5 sets 12-10-8-8-8 reps
Bent Over Barbell Rows: 5 sets 12-10-8-8-8 reps
Seated Cable Rows: 5 sets 10-12 reps
Deadlifts: 5 sets 10-8-6-6-6 reps
SHOULDERS
Standing Barbell Presses: 5 sets 10-8-6-6-6 reps
Lateral Raises: 5 sets 10-12 reps
Rear Delt Raises: 5 sets 10-12 reps
Shrugs: 5 sets 12 reps
LEGS (Workout #2)*
Leg Extension: 5 sets 12 reps
Squat: 5 sets 12-10-8-8-8 reps
Superset Leg Curl & Stiff Leg Deadlifts: 5 sets 10-12 reps each
ARMS
Barbell Curl: 4 sets 12-10-8-8 reps
Skull Crushers: 4 sets 12-10-8-8 reps
Preacher (or Machine) Curls: 3 sets 10-12 reps
Seated 1-DB Triceps Extension: 3 sets 12 reps
Alternate DB Curls: 3 sets 12-10-8 reps
Triceps Pushdowns: 3 sets 12-10-8 reps
*Work abs and calves on your leg days. Pick two exercises for abs and two for calves. Perform 3 sets of 25 reps on each exercise.
It is very important that you track your workouts when trying to add muscle mass. Start a little lighter than you think you should. Work on perfecting your form. Once you get the form down it’s time to start building muscle. In order to build muscle you’ll need to gradually increase the amount of weight you are able to use. Add weight to the exercise whenever you are able to perform all your sets for the prescribed reps in good form. For example on the Incline Dumbbell Press you might be using 25×12, 30×10, and 35 for 3 sets of 8. At first, you might not be able to get 8 reps on each of the last 3 sets. But, keep working and when you successfully get 8 reps on each of those sets in good form, increase the weights the next time you do that exercise.
Nutrition and Supplement Plan
In order to successfully build the muscle necessary for Figure, I had to put on some bodyweight. Here is a sample nutrition plan from the Beverly website (www. BeverlyInternational.com) for a female who is trying to add muscle mass.
Meal #1 (choose 1 of the following)
Option A: 3 egg whites, 1 whole egg omelet with 1 or 2 ounces cheese; 1 slice whole-grain toast with almond butter.
Option B: 2 whole eggs, 5 ounces lean beef or 1/2 cup cottage cheese; 1/2 cup oatmeal
Meal #2
Protein Drink: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein; 1 tbsp. healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream. – Optional: 1 serving low carb fruit.
Meal #3
6oz ground turkey; 2/3 cup cooked brown rice (or other complex carbohydrate source).
Optional: 1 or 2 servings of low carb fruit or vegetables.
Meal #4
1 can tuna or 4oz chicken breast, 1/2 cup cottage cheese; 1/2 cup pineapple (unsweetened) or 1/2 cantaloupe
Option B: Protein Drink with two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein; 1 tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter or heavy cream).
Meal #5
6oz beef, chicken, turkey or fish; 6oz baked potato or sweet potato; 1-2 cups vegetables or salad.
Meal #6 (Optional)
Protein pudding – mix one or two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein in a bowl with just enough water
to make a pudding texture. Add one tablespoon of almond butter, walnuts, or heavy cream.
Dessert Saturday and Open Diet Sunday:
On Saturdays I had a dessert with meal #5 and skipped Meal #6. Sundays were my “open diet days”. I tried to keep portions within reason, but was al-lowed to eat whatever foods I wanted.

Muscle Building Supplement Plan
Fit Tabs: 2 tablets with meals #1 and #5
Ultimate Muscle Protein: As noted in nutrition plan
Mass Aminos: 3 tablets with each meal
Ultra 40: 3 tablets with each meal
Optional: Creatine Select & Muscle Synergy
While most of your off-season weight gain is muscle, you may gain a little fat in your quest to add size. This fat had to hit the road for me to step on stage and we began my prep for the Spring of 2013 in early October. The plan was for an incredibly slow-paced lean-down in order to preserve as much muscle as possible. We adjusted my off-season nutrition plan in steps, so it was a very manageable progression. My in-season plan has turned out to be incredibly similar to my off season plan.
Contest Prep Nutrition Schedule
Meal #1
6 egg whites; 40g oatmeal
Meal #2
4oz lean ground turkey; 3.5oz sweet potato
Meal #3
8oz chicken breast; 1/3 cup cooked brown rice; 170g asparagus, salad
Meal #4
4oz chicken breast; salad
Meal #5
6 egg whites
Pre-Contest Beverly Supplements
Once again, the cornerstone to my contest prep was the use of multiple Beverly International supplements. I researched the entire line and with the recommendations from my coach, we incorporated the following into my supplement schedule:
7-Keto MuscLean: 3 capsules twice daily
Lean Out: 2 capsules with each meal
Density: 3 tablets with each meal
Muscularity: 2 capsules with each meal
Glutamine Select: Before and during training, between meals whenever I started getting hungry
It is with complete honesty and sincerity that I say these prod-ucts absolutely helped me to lean down AND preserve my muscle mass. As an added bonus, the Glutamine Select also helped curb any bouts of hunger I encountered between meals. I followed the recommended guidelines for dosages of each product and stacked them with my meals and training sessions.
Cardio
As a result of my nutrition schedule and the use of the Beverly International products, my cardio schedule was adjusted in manageable stages. At the height of my season I was doing fasted cardio 6 days a week for 35 minutes on the elliptical at a comfort-able pace. While I had to say goodbye to my beloved “Dessert Saturdays” and “Open Diet Day Sundays” earlier than the com-mon 12 week prep, I will forever allow more prep in this slow and steady fashion.
Back On Stage
I stepped back on stage on March 30, 2013, exactly one year later and 5lbs heavier. I competed at the NPC Natural Eastern and placed a very close first runner up in Open Figure Class A! I was elated. The feedback I received was that I came in too “hard” and needed to soften up a bit. The following week before the NPC Natural Ohio Dave adjusted my peak week cycle daily. I stepped back on stage April 6th, fuller and slightly softer and won Open Figure Class A! One year ago I had been sobbing in the back of the car binging on cookies over being in last call outs. This year I was sobbing in happiness over winning! My dream has literally become a reality. This season has been filled with such incredible positivity. The beautiful sentiments that have been expressed to me from family, friends and even complete strangers have exemplified even more how beautifully a blessed life can be. These kind words fuel me, they inspire me, and they lift me up when I’m struggling.
The following summer I began working with IFBB Pro Mike Ely. After another year of intense training and adherence to my nutritional plan I stepped on stage at the 2014 NPC Junior USA’s and won Open Figure A! I missed my IFBB Pro Card in the Over-all by one place! Two weeks later we tried again at the NPC Junior National’s where I placed second in Open Figure A! For the IFBB North American Championships, we made the necessary tweaks to bring my best package to date! All of our time and efforts had paid off; I placed first in my class and earned my IFBB Pro Card. This has been an incredible journey and I truly would have never thought I would be where I am today.
Nicole’s Contest Prep Tip:
Organization! Schedule and chart everything, it makes your day less stressful knowing you are pre-pared and have appropriated the proper amount of time for all of your tasks. And most importantly, listen to one person. It is easy to be overwhelmed in this industry by a myriad of different training and nutrition styles. Follow your coach’s plan; you hired them for a reason!


Never Give Up Never Give In
Never Give Up Never Give In
No Nonsense Magazine 2015 Collector’s Edition
By: Dave Uhlman, 2014 KY State Overall Bodybuilding Champion

At a Glance: Dave Uhlman
Age: 41
Family: Married to my beautiful wife, Susan for 7 years and two amazing boys, Braylon – 5 yr old and Aston – 1 yr old
Occupation: Owner of Elite Personal Training and Contest Prep
Current Residence: Union, KY
Years training (total): 26
Height: 5’1″
Weight: 212 (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: There are quite a few! Jasmine rice, corn, organic rice cakes, grilled chicken, and Walden Farm’s Spicy BBQ. Mix it all up and enjoy!
Favorite Supplements: For my last contest I used Beverly’s Muscle Synergy, Fit Tabs, Glutamine Select, Multiple Enzyme, Energy Reserve, and UMP. All of these were used to give me added energy, help ensure no muscle loss, increase absorption of foods, and as far as the UMP– it gives me a great treat when my sweet tooth is calling!
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? Definitely UMP because it tastes killer. If you are trying to gain muscle then Ultra 40 and Mass Aminos, and Muscle Synergy for a great pump during training.
Hobbies outside of bodybuilding: I love to hang out with my wife and kids. It might not sound exciting but just being with them and having family time is the best. I also do an out of state fishing trip each year, usually in Florida. I love relaxing and being on the ocean!
Music: I listen to either Techno music while training or very relaxing and chill music when driving. Usually Pandora is on and gives great mixes for either.
Words to live by: Never give up. Never give in. You are never too old or beat up to reach your ultimate goals. Believe in yourself, have faith, Bust Your Butt and anything is possible!
My fitness journey has had a lot of ups and downs. Some amazing moments and some I’d like to forget. When I started training 25+ years ago I was a short chubby kid who was very self-conscious. I got into training to change the way I looked and improve my confidence. Life was good for the first 15 years. I made continual progress gaining nearly 60lbs of muscle over that time span. As I progressed, training and eating came to rule pretty much every minute of the day. I had some contest success with several class wins including the 2002 Mr. Ohio super heavyweight class. However, I was the big muscular guy who lacked that really dialed-in look needed to win the overall. I’d train like an animal and eat the same way. Prep was always tough for me because I couldn’t wait for it to be over so I could get back to heavy training and eating. No regrets though. Well that’s not 100% true. The old saying “If I knew then, what I know now…”, definitely comes into play. I ultimately paid the price for always training heavy no matter what my body was telling me.
Over the next 10 years I had 5 rotator cuff tears (some I tore twice), a re-attached bicep tendon, a partial pec tear, herniated disc, and many other minor injuries. I lost 30lbs of muscle. I suffered mentally as well with bouts of depression, sadness, and a loss of hope. My worst moments came after a surgeon told me to “find another sport” and recommended that I never train again. But I never gave up.
In January, 2013 I made a pact with myself to get down to a low bodyfat for my 40th birthday. By the end of June I had got-ten close to the 7% mark. Thoughts of competing started to resurface but I wasn’t sure if my body could do it again. I stayed at 7% or below for almost a year and in April, 2014 I pulled the contest trigger and committed 100%. I knew I wouldn’t have the same amount of mass as in the past, but my goal was to surpass my previous best condition by 10x’s. I also was determined to enjoy the entire contest prep process (including all the ups and the downs) as it could be my last time on stage. I hooked up with friend and fellow prep coach, Jason Theobald of Scooby Prep, to make sure I got to the stage in my best condition ever. Here’s my final 15-week prep schedule. Remember, I was starting at 7% bodyfat and was already within striking distance.
Diet
Each week I’d follow my base diet (see below) for 5 days. I had a LOW DAY (usually on Sunday when I didn’t train) where I ate the same foods as the base diet, but cut the carb portions in half. I also had a refeed day. It was similar to my base diet but calories were raised to between 4300-4700, the carb portions were increased, and until 4 weeks out I could substitute some foods I really liked at a couple meals. For example, I had cereal post training as my carb source, a Chipotle burrito for another of my meals, and made Ezekiel pizzas with low sugar sauce, fat free cheese, pineapple, and mushrooms. I loved my refeed days!!
Here is an example of my base diet. I used a food scale to measure each portion so that we could make minor tweaks weekly, or sometimes even daily.
Upon Awakening: 2 scoops of Glutamine Select, 2 Energy Reserve, and a fat burner
30-35 min of fasted low intensity cardio each morning on a recumbent bike
Meal 1: 370 grams liquid egg whites, 3 pieces Ezekiel bread, 180 grams of blueberries, 1 organic brown rice cake, 5 grams natural peanut butter, Walden Farms maple syrup, 4 Fit Tabs
Meal 2: 82 grams UMP, 1 organic brown rice cake, 5 grams natural peanut butter
Meal 3: (pre workout) 220 grams grilled chicken, 220 grams jasmine rice, 80 grams sweet corn, 2 organic brown rice cakes, Walden Farms spicy BBQ sauce,
Pre workout supplements: 12-14 Muscle Synergy tablets, 2 Energy Reserve, 1 fat burner
During workout: 2 scoops Glutamine Select, beta alanine, citrulline malate, creatine (note: Beverly Creatine Select, Up-Lift, and Fast Up provide effective doses of beta alanine, citrulline malate, and creatine.)
Meal 4: (post workout) 90 grams cream of rice, 5 organic brown rice cakes, Walden Farms caramel sauce, 82 grams UMP
Meal 5: 82 grams UMP, 7 grams natural peanut butter
Meal 6: 210 grams grilled chicken, 1 can green beans
Snacks: Sugar-free Jello and more green beans if hungry which was every night

Training schedule
I trained 6 days a week for the shows. Usually Sundays were my off day. Since I had several surgeries and physical limitations I incorporated more moderate weight for my workouts. I kept intensity high and rest times to a minimum. I’m a huge believer in slowing the movement down and feeling the muscle. I used a lot of pause techniques, drop sets, and almost always did super sets. Again more volume and time under tension was key for my physique and bringing out detail in the muscle.
Monday & Thursday: Chest, Biceps, Abs
Superset Group 1:
Incline DB Press: 15,12,10,8,8
Standing DB Curls: 15,12,10,8,8
Flat Bench Crunches: 5 x 25
Superset Group 2:
Cable Crossovers: 15,12,12,12,12 with a 10 second hold at end of each set
Cable Curls: 15,12,12,12,12
Floor Planks: 45 seconds for 5 sets
Superset Group 3:
Hammer Strength Incline Press: 15,12,10,10
Hammer DB Curls seated: 15,12,10,10
Roman Chair Knee Ups: 4 x 20
Superset Group 4:
Incline DB Flyes: 15,12,10,10
Preacher Bench Single Arm Curls: 12,10,8,8
Pushups: 4 x 20 (hold at bottom for 10 sec on each set)
Tuesday & Friday: Legs, Calves
Superset Group 1:
Leg Curls: 20,15,12,10,10
Standing Calf Raise: 25,20,15,15,15 (stretch and squeeze between each set!)
Superset Group 2:
Leg Extensions: 20,15,12,10,10
Seated Calf Raise: 20,15,12,12,12 (stretch and squeeze between each set!)
Step Ups: 15 each leg with Dumbbells
Superset Group 3:
Squats: 20,15,12,10,8
Wall Sits: 45 seconds after each set of squats
Superset Group 4:
Leg Press: 15,12,12,12,12
Step Lunges: 5 sets of 20 each leg with 20-30lb Dumbbells

Wednesday & Saturday: Back, Shoulders, Triceps, Traps
Superset Group 1:
Pulldowns to front: 15,12,12,12,12
Cable Straight Bar Pushdowns: 20,15,12,12,12
Standing Side Lateral Raise: 20,15,12,10,10
Superset Group 2:
Barbell Deadlifts: 12,10,10,10,10
Lying DB Skull Crushers: 15,12,12,12,12
Seated Shoulder Press: 15,12,10,10,10
Superset Group 3:
Single Arm Row: 15,12,12,12,12
Dumbbell Kickbacks: 15,12,12,12,12
Single Side Lateral Raise: 5 sets of 12
Superset Group 4:
Cable Rear Delt High Row: 20,15,15,15
Under Grip Pulldowns: 15,12,12,12
Palms Facing Seated Dumbbell Shoulder Press: 12,10,10,10
Superset Group 5:
V-bar Tricep Pushdowns: 20,15,15,15
Front Dumbbell Shoulder Raise: 4 sets of 12
Underhand Single Cable Tricep Pushdowns: 15,15,15,15
Cardio: In addition to my morning low intensity cardio, I also included two 15 minute High Intensity cardio sessions each week. I used the elliptical for my HIIT sessions.
Posing: I practiced my posing quite a bit. I think having muscle control is important and knowing what poses are your best and how to hit them properly is key. My back poses were some of my best, so I really keyed on glutes and hams, not just my back in these poses.
One Week Out – A Major Setback
As if training around major injuries wasn’t hard enough, I suffered a huge blow a week out from the 2014 KY State. I had a routine massage to help with recovery and keep my muscles loose, as I had done for the previous 12 years, and something bad happened. Several capillaries burst and my left pec swelled 5 times its size. Within 2 days bruising covered one quarter of my left pec and left side. 15 weeks of contest prep, not to mention 9 years waiting to get back on the stage, were in jeopardy. At 3 days out I decided to do the show regardless of all the bruising and inflammation. Well it all worked out and I won 3 classes (Masters 40+, KY Open heavyweight, KY State heavyweight) and the Overall KY State for 2014.
Closing Thoughts
This prep was my favorite to date. Mentally I was engaged from the first minute of prep all the way through the final posedown of my show. It really helped that I had taken those 6 months back in 2013 to get down to 7% bodyfat and kept it there for a year. So when I started prep late April this year I was in a great spot to start. I was able to eat WAY more food, have more energy, and even put on some muscle getting ready for the shows. I believe if you are smart during the off season and keep bodyfat levels down then prep is more enjoyable and you have a better chance to get that super lean look without killing yourself.
In closing, I want to key on one major point. And that is you can never give up on yourself or your dreams. No matter what obstacles come into your path you have to push on and not give up. I try to teach this to my clients and prep athletes. This last contest prep has taught me a lot about myself. I am stronger than I have ever been. Not physically by any means but mentally, spiritually, and emotionally. This sport can bring you so many wonderful things all you have to do is believe and Never Give Up. Never Give In!
Sandy digs deeper with Dave, one of our Beverly “longtimers”
- When did you first meet up with Beverly In-ternational? What brought you into the Beverly cult?
I first discovered Beverly International in 1994. I knew I needed some help with supplements for my first contest so I asked around to see what others recommended. A lot of people were using Beverly so I gave it a shot. I used several Beverly products for that show and have been hooked ever since. I continued to put on muscle through the diet even though I was still learning the nutrition part of contest prep. - What changes have you seen through the years that you can contribute to using Beverly International?
The biggest change is gaining muscle. When I decided many years ago to use Beverly supplements I made a choice to go all in. Not just take the supplements here and there with no plan. I used them in the amounts and consistency needed to make huge changes. And it worked. Between 1994 and 1998 my contest weight rose from 175lbs to 218lbs while I was way leaner on stage. The biggest addition was the Beverly supplements during that period. - What is your favorite product?
It is tough to pick just one so I’m going to pick two. The combination of Ultra 40 and Mass Aminos were a mainstay throughout my muscle gain-ing years. I took upwards of 40 of each a day, 5-6 with every meal. While bartending for many years I always had 2 small cups by my register. One contained Mass Aminos and the other, Ultra 40. I would take a few of each every hour that I worked. That along with my Beverly shakes ensured I always had killer nutrition all night long. I can’t tell you how many times people asked what kind of pills were in those cups! - Do you have a favorite protein recipe?
First, there are literally hundreds of killer recipes using UMP out there. I’ve never seen a protein used in so many ways to make tasty meal re-placements. With that being said here’s one that’s quick and easy but tastes great!Quick, Easy UMP Goodness.- 2 scoops chocolate UMP
- 2 tbsp shaved coconut
- 2 tbsp slivered almonds
- 1 tbsp coconut oil
- ½ cup steel cut oats
- Mix all ingredients in a bowl with just enough water to make a paste. Put in the fridge or freezer to cool.
- How do you feel Beverly International compares to other companies in the industry?
Beverly is much more accessible to their customers than other companies in the industry. They have always been grounded and approach-able no matter how successful they’ve become. They use the best ingredients to formulate their products. They don’t go the cheap route that so many other companies use. I just want to say that I would not have built the physique I have without the help of BI supplements. I truly feel they have made a definitive difference in my quest for gaining lean mass and losing fat all these years. I also want to thank Roger and Sandy for all they have done for me over the years and truly am blessed to have had a relationship with them all these years! - What is something that sticks out in your memory about your association with BI?
What I remember most is Roger and Sandy’s willingness to help. For many years Roger helped me with my contest prep and he would always take time to regularly meet with me for updates and posing. He always cared how I progressed and put forth a lot of his time to help me. I learned a lot about nutrition during those sessions which I carry on to this day. I don’t know of many large business owners who would sacrifice their time like that. He always would and I’m still grateful for it - Tell us a little more about yourself. What things are really important to you?
First and foremost my faith and family are at the top. I’m blessed with an awesome wife, two beautiful sons, and a great family that has always backed me and my dreams. Second, my business and helping others is very important to me. I’m lucky to have a job that I can help people not only achieve their best but in some cases overcome huge lifelong battles. To be part of a journey with people who are changing their lives to be more healthy and happy is awesome.I have had my training and nutrition business, Elite Personal Training and Contest Prep, for 17 years. I offer in person training to clients in the Greater Cincinnati area and also online nutrition and training programs for competitors and non-competitors from all over the U.S., Canada, and several other countries. I work with all types of people with many different goals.
Mass Building Workouts
Dave states that he is training lighter now with more volume (more exercises, more sets, and more reps) than in the days when he was adding pounds of muscle to his frame. Many of you may be interested in the kinds of programs he used when adding nearly 60lbs of muscle to his frame. His starting bodyweight was 175lbs and he built it up to a relatively lean 235lbs over his first 15 years of training. Throughout his building phases his favorite supplements were (and still are) Mass Aminos, Ultra 40, and Muscle Synergy. Here are two mass building workouts you can try. One is for an advanced novice bodybuilder (6 months or more of training), the other for the intermediate who has been training regularly for at least one year.

Advanced Novice Mass Building Workout
Monday & Thursday: Chest, Back, Shoulders
Start with 2-3 sets of Sit-Ups or another abdominal exercise. 15-20 reps should be fine. The idea is to get some ab work in and start the blood flowing.
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Bench Press | 6 | 15, 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Bent Row | 6 | 15, 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Standing Presses | 5 | 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Calf Raises | 5 | 15, 12, 10, 8, 6 |
Tuesday & Friday: Legs, Biceps, Triceps
Start with Leg Raises or another abdominal exercise.
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Squat | 6 | 15, 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Straight Leg Deadlift | 4 | 12, 10, 8, 6 |
Barbell Curl | 5 | 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Close Grip Bench | 5 | 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Set/Rep Strategy
You’ll be using a Pyramid Set/Rep scheme. That means you’ll add weight each set while reducing the reps. Here’s an example of how you might incorporate the 6 sets / 15-5 reps for the Bench Press:
Set# | Weight | Reps |
---|---|---|
1 | 95 | 15 |
2 | 135 | 12 |
3 | 165 | 10 |
4 | 185 | 8 |
5 | 200 | 6 |
6 | 210 | 5 |
When you can get all 5 reps on your final set in good form add weight to sets #3-6 on your next workout. If your workout calls for 5 sets of 12-5 reps, you’ll use the same procedure but your 1st set will be 12 reps instead of 15.
Intermediate Mass Building Workout
Monday & Thursday: Chest, Back, Shoulders
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Bench Press | 6 | 15, 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Incline DB Press | 4 | 12, 10, 8, 6 |
Bent Row | 6 | 15, 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Front Lat Pulldown | 4 | 12, 10, 8, 6 |
BB or DB Presses | 5 | 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Upright Row | 3 | 10, 8, 6 |
Calf Raises | 6 | 15, 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Tuesday & Friday: Legs, Biceps, Triceps
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Squat | 5 | 15, 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Leg Press | 5 | 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Straight Leg Deadlift | 5 | 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Barbell Curl | 5 | 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
DB Curl | 3 | 10, 8, 6 |
Close Grip Bench | 5 | 12, 10, 8, 6, 5 |
Tricep Pushdown | 3 | 10, 8, 6 |

Out with the old, and in with the new Ruth Reynolds!!
On her 63rd birthday Ruth returned to the gym with a 10 pound saddle bag on each hip and a total weight of 146 pounds. Her goal was to weigh 135 pounds at 18% body fat. Same as she weighed one month after she won the Ms Cincinnati in 1987. She decided to follow the same level one, two, and three principles that she used then.
May 2012 – Level One (Starve the fat)
Weight = 146 lbs at 31% body fat with belly rolls, cellulite, and large saddle bags on each hip.
Game Plan: 1600 calories, 7-KETO, ZMA, FIT TABS / Large body part H.I.I.T. one hour/4 days/week to increase BMR.
Dec 2012 – Started Level Two (Feed the muscle)
Weight =126 lbs at 16% bodyfat… Fat is all gone, but lacking muscle tone.
Game Plan: 1800 calories, UMP, Mass Aminos, Ultra 40 Liver , 7-Keto, ZMA, Multiple Enzymes, EFA Gold, Joint Care / Large body part H.I.I.T. one hour/4 days/wk.
Jan 1st 2013 – Level Three
64 years old, 5’7”, 130 lbs at 18% body fat, along with 3 Kids, 7 Grand Kids, and 2 Great Grand Kids
Game Plan: Increase calories to 2000 with 40/30/30 ratio of macro nutrients to reach 135 lbs at 18-20% body fat. (Same as she was in 1987)

My Never Ending Quest for Perfection
My Never Ending Quest for Perfection
No Nonsense Magazine Vol. 24 #2
By: Aaron Robey

At a Glance: Aaron Robey
Age: 35
Occupation: Fitness trainer, model, actor
Current Residence: Atlanta, GA
Years training (total): 10
Height: 6’4″
Weight: 265 (off-season), 235 (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Ground turkey (with ketchup), white rice, and peanut butter
Favorite supplements: Ultra 40 and Mass Aminos
What supplement would you most recommend? From my own experience, I’d recommend Ultra 40 liver tablets. I achieved significant muscle growth from Ultra 40 and no bloating.
Music: Rap and rock.
Favorite Book: SEO 2020 by Adam Clarke.
Hobbies and interests: I love muscle cars – restoring them, studying them, and watching them in car shows. I can be captivated by them all day.
Words to work out by: “Study proper form for each exercise and hit high burning reps till failure.”
Instagram: @thegodofmuscle
Website: aaronrobey.com
Originally from Columbus, OH, I moved to Atlanta in the 8th grade. I was always tall but extremely skinny. Being thin in high school wasn’t a problem. I played basketball, and my height was an advantage. But as I transformed into a man, skinny no longer was working for me. I wanted size. People who worked out regularly looked like giants to me. I was enthralled. Lol, getting size became my mission in life.
One problem, I had the ambition but zero ideas on how to go about achieving it. Then one day, while eating breakfast at a restaurant, I saw one of the trainers from the local gym. He looked like he was 300lbs of
pure muscle. I wanted that look. The next day I joined his gym and was faced with a whole new set of challenges. Primarily, I had no idea how to train. First, I turned to the muscle magazines for advice. I tried various workout routines and made a little progress.
My reading led me to believe that the supplements advertised in the mags were the real secret. I spent hundreds of dollars monthly looking for the combination of supplements that was right for me. Unfortunately, none of the products worked as advertised. I was discouraged, but at the same time, I was gaining knowledge. I began eating cleaner. I started to see some quality results by ditching the fast foods and sugars for whole meats and complex carbohydrates.
Fast forward a year or so, I had a conversation with a professional bodybuilder. I asked him the same question that probably a hundred others like me had asked. “How can I get bigger?” He told me that he was personally eating beef liver tablets like candy. I immediately started researching and wore out Google looking for “the best liver pills.” All signs came back to Beverly International’s Ultra 40. I ordered two bottles and started taking ten tablets per day. The tablets are defatted liver, nearly pure protein. As the months passed, the lean muscle came.
I learned that what the magazines and internet made look easy, was in reality, the hardest thing I’d ever done in my life. However, I was hooked and continued learning more and more about my body. As I progressed, I realized that I was not taking in enough amino acids to maximize my muscle gains. So, I did my research and came back to Beverly for their Mass Aminos tablets. Mass Aminos was a game-changer. I finally was reaching my full potential and, within a year, had gained enough confidence to compete.
I pushed my body to the absolute limit during my contest prep and was devastated when I didn’t win. I looked good but not as good as I thought. I learned from my defeat and went back to the drawing board. I realized that fitness was a mathematical equation as simple as 1 + 1 = 2: Hard work plus consistent dieting equals success. The amount of focus needed to achieve the physique of your dreams is incredible.
Diet is something I still haven’t mastered
Off-season, I’m pretty relaxed. My foundation eating is to be sure to include a dozen eggs and 2lbs ground turkey each day (along with 30 each Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 liver tabs) plus some nut butter each day. But carrot cake, cookies, and cheeseburgers are the nutritional devils in my life (which I try to enjoy in moderation). I don’t think you need to have an extreme diet all year. Learn your body. Understand what you can eat and what you can’t. Whatever I eat throughout the day, I make sure I complete my foundation eating.
Everything changes with contest preparation. Every gram of protein, carbohydrate, and fat is ever so important. A typical contest diet entails 12 egg whites, 2lb of ground turkey, oatmeal, cabbage, and unsalted nut butter daily. My favorite supplements are Ultra 40 and Mass Aminos. First thing in the morning, I take 6 of each along with my essential vitamins (A, B-Complex, C, D-3, E). At each meal, I take eight more Ultra 40 and Mass Aminos. These supplements have worked great for me in preserving my precious muscle during extreme dieting and cardio.
Sodium is cut by nearly 90%. Sodium acts like a sponge in my body that absorbs water. When I remove sodium, I have minimal water retention. I don’t cheat, I don’t miss meals, and I don’t skip workouts. At this stage in prep which is around three weeks out, I am like a robot. Each day becomes a repetition of the last. Stick to and complete the process in its entirety, and you will reap the benefits.

Competition training is brutal
Typically, in the off-season, I lift for high reps to failure with lighter weights. While training for a contest, my trainer, Rory Sessions, pushes me to the brink of exhaustion using heavy weights and high reps. I have never been a fan of lifting heavy, but his method completely transformed my physique. I entered the Arnold Classic Amateur with a transformed body – an extreme amount of clean and lean muscle. I took 4th in that show.
Unfortunately, Covid hit as soon as I made it home from Ohio. Gyms were closed everywhere, and I didn’t lift for three months. My weight increased to 265, but the 3-month rest healed my body completely. The Olympia was a few months away. Rory and I went right back where we left off. What I learned from the last show is that recovery was an issue because of the heavier weights. Beverly International had the answer.
I increased my Ultra 40 and Mass Aminos and added ZMA 2000 for nighttime recovery. This stack prevented me from losing muscle while I dropped body fat. Showtime, I gave all I had left in the tank and earned a 2nd place performance at the Olympia Amateur. Rory is the king of training, and Beverly International is the king of supplements.
Training Tips
- Don’t count reps; take every set to failure.
- Don’t always wear headphones when you train; get in tune with the soundtrack of your body.
- Get your sleep. Get your sleep. Get your sleep.
- Hit calves from 3 angles – toes to the front, toes out, and toes in.
- Hit abs daily.
- Perform Pull-ups and Dips daily no matter what.
- Get your sleep, lol.
- Be humble enough to take advice.
- Fasted morning cardio is king. Cardio before sleep is queen.
- Only use the scale as a reference. It’s not the judge of your fitness journey. How you look in the mirror and how your clothes fit is the actual scale.
Diet Tips
- Drink distilled water to pull the water out of your system as the contest approaches.
- Eat cabbage every day. It’s a natural anti-inflammatory.
- Watch your sodium. Water retention looks the same as body fat on stage.
- Protein is essential for building muscle. Whether you are vegan, vegetarian, or omnivore, get some protein in every meal.
- Don’t force yourself to eat 6-7 meals a day to lose fat. In competition prep, I only eat 3. Find what works for you.
- Drink black coffee before your workout. You will thank me later.
- I drink fresh parsley tea daily. It’s a natural diuretic.
Supplement Tips
- Take Ultra 40 beef liver tablets and Mass Aminos every meal. 1 per 10lbs of your bodyweight.
- Never underestimate the power of Vitamin A, B-Complex, C, D-3, and E. Beverly’s Super Pak and FitTabs contain huge doses of them.
- Take digestive enzymes at every meal. Beverly’s Multiple Enzyme Complex is a good one (and inexpensive).
- Don’t live on protein powder. Moderation is key. I use it 10 minutes after my workout. Both Muscle Provider and UMP.
- Take ZMA 2000 before bed. It helps recovery and will also give you a great night’s sleep.
- Creatine is good, but don’t abuse it. I take five grams immediately after my workout.
- I drink a shot of apple cider vinegar every morning.
- Dandelion root is another natural diuretic. I take it in the morning and before bed.
Cardio
- Off-season: Every other day for 30 minutes first thing in the morning. I lose weight relatively fast, so I don’t go mental during the off-season.
- On-season: Yes, I go mental. 30-45 minutes fasted cardio in the morning and another 30 minutes before bed. But I will adjust depending on how I look in the mirror.
Training
- Off-season: 1.5 hours max in the gym, working my entire body. Everything from calves to arms gets worked.
- On-season: I work my “show” muscles in the afternoon – abs, calves, forearms, and delts. Everything is high reps. There’s no time limit; I stay in the gym till I’m finished.
Sample Evening Training Sessions
Monday: Chest
- Machine Chest Press 5 x 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, start with 45lbs on each side, increase weight every set
- Machine Incline Press 5 x 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, start with 45lbs on each side, increase weight every set
- Standing Triceps Extension 5 x 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 (60 lbs) Push-ups 100
Tuesday: Back
- Lat Pulldown 8 x 50, 50, 50, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, start with a moderate weight, add weight every set
- Seated Lat Row 5 x 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, start light, add weight every set
- Deadlifts to Hang Clean with Olympic Bar 135 lbs, six sets to failure
- Pull-ups 100
Wednesday: Shoulders
- Shoulder Press Machine 5 x 50, 40, 30, 20, 10
- Dumbbell Press 5 x 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 (25, 35, 45, 55, 65lbs)
- Lateral Raises 6 x 50, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 (15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40lbs)
- Push-ups 100
Thursday: Arms
- Pull-ups 100
- Dips 100
- EZ Curl 5 x 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 (60 lbs)
- Standing Triceps Extension 5 x 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 (60 lbs)
Friday: Legs
- Pull-ups 100
- Dips 100
- Walking Lunges 8 x the full length of the gym, up and down
- Leg Press 8 x 100, 80, 50, 40, 30, 20, 20, 10, start with 2-45’s each side, add 1 plate every set
- Leg Extension 8 x 40, 40, 40, 40, 30, 30, 20, 10, start light, add 1 plate each set
- Leg Curl 8 x 30, 30, 30, 30, 20, 20, 20, 10, go up 1 plate each set
Working out is a never-ending push for perfection. Enjoy the journey and take your training seriously. But as with everything in life, you must learn moderation. Take a break from working out sometimes and eat that burger. It will increase your motivation to push harder in the future.

Get ready to Tighten, Round, and Firm Your Backside with the Best Butt Workouts for Women!
Get ready to Tighten, Round, and Firm Your Backside with the Best Butt Workouts for Women!
No Nonsense Magazine Vol. 24 #2
By: Julie Lohre

Note from Sandy: It’s just a personal thing… a glute thing. I can remember even back in high school, wanting to have a good butt. I weighed about 117 (5’7″) and was very skinny. Track season would begin in the spring, and when training started, my butt would jiggle a bit on our mile warm-up runs. After about two weeks, it got firmer and shapelier. As I got a bit older, the power of the squat and lunge became a strong staple in my routine. Over time, my glutes began to take on a different look. Not so much just a firm behind, but also a more rounded shape. It was a strong accent, and as I saw the changes, I wanted to keep developing that area of my body. Even now, at 58, I look at my glutes and hope that I can keep what I have as I continue to
age. Heavy squats and lunges are out of the question for me now due to injuries and overuse, but I’ve continued to find good/safe ways to keep what I have tight and firm. We all have our own BUTT stories to share, so take a look at what Julie writes here, and maybe you can grab a few takeaways for yourself. Improvements can happen every day!!!
Great legs and a tight, round butt is something that we are all after. Not only can a firm, round butt fill out your clothes and make you look amazing, but it will also make your whole body work better. Weak glutes can impact your efficiency and strength, affecting how you run, squat, jump and do other everyday activities. It’s important to build those muscles with the right kind of exercises to keep your hips aligned and rotating correctly.
So, I went on a mission… find the best butt exercises for women. We want to focus on the best exercises out there and follow the correct principles to build lean, shapely muscle; this means focusing on the basics because there is no magic shortcut. We will be doing Squats, Bulgarian split squats, Romanian deadlifts, Thrusters, and Plie Squats.
I’ve put them together for a butt workout that will seriously activate your glutes and help your butt grow tight, round, and firm. As a bonus, this workout will also serve as a great leg workout that targets, builds, and defines your quads and hamstrings too!
I am going to recommend two “butt dominant” leg workouts per week. Your goal should be to improve weekly on each of the exercises in these routines. If you are a beginner, start with just 1 set per exercise and add another set every two weeks until you are performing the full workout
that follows.
Day 1
SQUAT
4 sets of 6-8 reps
If you are looking for a tremendous butt-building exercise, you would be hard-pressed to do much better than the traditional back squat. Back squats place a significant load on your posterior, namely the glutes and hamstrings. To execute a back squat with proper form, I recommend practicing first with an unweighted bar as these types of butt exercises require practice to perfect.
Begin with a barbell resting behind your head at your shoulders. Keeping your weight on your heels, begin descending slowly into the back squat keeping your chest lifted. Drop your hips until they are parallel with the floor. As you start to come back up from your back squat, be sure that you are utilizing your glutes and hamstrings by squeezing your glutes to help you rise back to the top. It is critical to keep the core tight during this challenging exercise. Go relatively heavy using a full range of motion.
BULGARIAN SPLIT SQUAT
4 sets of 8-10 reps
With the Bulgarian split squat, the glutes are very active in the eccentric phase for control and hip stability while also at deeper hip flexion ranges. I love exercises that challenge both your glutes and your balance while engaging stabilizing muscles to allow you to get the most out of the movement. This exercise targets the front of your leg with your back leg there to offer some balance support.
Stand lunge-length in front of a stable bench or stability ball. Hold a dumbbell in each hand and rest the top of your left foot on the bench or ball behind you. Lower your body until your front knee is bent at a 90-degree angle. Press through your front heel and squeeze your glutes as you rise from the single-leg lunge position.
One thing to remember about the Bulgarian split squat is that it takes some trial-and-error to find proper foot placement to perform the exercise comfortably. Feel free to use a stable bench as you learn the Bulgarian split squat, but for advanced athletes, few things are better than a stability ball to make this one of the most challenging butt workouts out there!
BARBELL THRUSTERS
4 sets of 12-15 reps
Ready to take things to the next level and make one of the great butt exercises work for your whole body? Meet the barbell thruster. Cross fitters have known for some time that combining a powerful front squat with a push press is a full-body slam dunk that will help you get stronger and increase your functional fitness.
Those looking to build the best butt possible will appreciate the barbell thruster even more. Begin holding a weighted barbell at your shoulders, hands in an overhand grip, and elbows squeezed together and lifted. Sit back, pressing through your heels and keeping your core strong as you descend into the front squat portion of the barbell thruster. Sit until your butt is parallel with the floor. With power, press upward, pushing with your legs and arms at the same time. You end this exercise in a full overhead press keeping tight alignment all the way through from the barbell, shoulders, hips, and heels.
This exercise will be challenging when you first incorporate it into this routine following squats and split squats, so use a very light poundage.


DAY 2
SQUAT
5 sets of 5 reps
We are starting with squats again because your goal is to become an expert on this essential exercise while getting stronger over time. Start with a light to moderate weight and add a little weight to each set.

ROMANIAN DEADLIFT
4 sets of 10-15 reps
Romanian deadlifts might be old school, but there is nothing dated about how they help build your glutes and legs. But take it easy on this exercise at first, because you can get very, very sore from it.
Start by standing in front of the bar with your feet slightly under it. Feet should be hip-width apart with toes slightly turned out. As you squat down, keep your arms straight and shoulder-width apart, just outside of your legs. Bend your knees slightly while keeping your chest lifted to place the bar right at shin level or a little above and your hips slightly elevated. Take a big breath and begin to stand up while maintaining a flat back. Keep the bar close to your shins allowing it to follow your legs upward. As you lower back down slowly, keep your weight pressing through your heels and hamstrings engaged.
There is a good reason that this exercise has been around forever! Romanian deadlifts are a glute and hamstring dominant movement that develops the entire posterior chain (hamstrings, glutes, and back). One of the unique things about this deadlift is that it focuses on the eccentric lowering motion, allowing for deeper engagement. Essentially, you are fighting gravity as you slowly lower the bar down toward the ground. You are engaging the hamstrings and glutes in a totally different way than when you focus on the concentric lifting portion.
PLIE SQUAT
4 sets of 8-10 reps
For one of my favorite targeted butt exercises, check out Plie Squats. Stand with your feet wider than shoulder-width apart, toes turned out. I like to hold a plate in front of me for the plie squat, but you can also hold a dumbbell straight down. Push your hips back and lower your body until your thighs are parallel to the floor.
Be sure to keep your chest lifted and the core engaged. While pressing firmly through your glutes, a plie squat will take you back up to the starting position with your legs straight. As an upper-body bonus, squeeze tightly with your arms by keeping your elbows close to your body.
This is another exercise that can make your thighs, hamstrings, and butt very sore the first couple of times you do it, so use a light weight at first and focus on your form.
Best Supplements for Building Amazing Glutes
Of course, you need a solid nutrition and workout plan to see growth in your glutes, but beyond that, the right supplements can make a big difference. Here is what I recommend when you are on a mission to achieve a lean, shapely booty.
Beverly International Ultimate Muscle Protein
Start at the beginning with the highest quality, best-tasting protein on the market. This delicious 5-star protein powder will simplify your diet by helping you build and preserve lean, strong muscle and lose fat. In my experience, UMP will help you gain powerful muscle naturally while boosting your metabolism to help you lose fat. I recommend including 1-2 shakes per day.
Beverly International Mass Aminos
This one-of-a-kind formula is a valuable aid for building and preserving muscle. Bodybuilders, powerlifters, weekend warriors, collegiate athletes, and everyday fitness enthusiasts of all ages report gaining strength and getting leaner when using Mass Amino Acids tablets. Mass is the most effective form of protein supplementation available for increasing nitrogen retention and lean mass.
Beverly International Ultra 40
Ultra 40 is an all-natural performance enhancer obtained from cattle that graze on the grassy, fertile hillsides of Argentina. Each tablet contains 100% Argentine beef liver loaded with a powerful array of vitamins and other growth factors that support optimal blood and muscle health and much more. Many women consider Ultra 40 to be one of the best supplement investments they’ve ever made.
Beverly International FitTabs
Restore your energy and performance, diminish stress, and rebalance your entire body with this multivitamin custom-made for the fitness lifestyle. It’s used by nearly all of my figure and bikini competitors, and the impact it makes on your hair, skin, and nails is incredible!
Beverly International Glutamine Select
Glutamine Select is all about recovery, and it supports the fastest possible improvements in the appearance and performance of your physique by tackling a little-known but pervasive condition known as “anabolic fatigue.” Use before, during, and or after training. You can also take Glutamine Select between meals to sustain blood sugar levels while dieting. It is best mixed in a water bottle or shaker cup and sipped.


Mass Maker Ultra
Mass Maker Ultra
No Nonsense Magazine 2014 Collector’s Edition
To athletes and workout enthusiasts, “gaining mass” means making your body stronger, more muscular, and more powerful. To gain mass, you need to feed your body more energy (calories). New Mass Maker Ultra (MMU) makes it easier and more economical.
Mass Maker Ultra (MMU) is creamy, delicious, and ideal for hard-training natural athletes who want to gain lean weight (mass) quickly and need a convenient, concentrated source of extra calories to help them do it.
MMU adds rich, satisfying flavor and time- and money-saving convenience to any mass-gaining diet. It’s as super concentrated in creamy deliciousness as it is in the protein and carbohydrate energy that your muscles need to expand in size, strength, and overall performance.
- Helps you gain weight and build muscle.
- Helps stabilize weight loss in hard-training athletes who aren’t consuming enough calories.
- Enhances recovery from training.
- Enhances training performance (e.g. strength, power, and stamina).
- Saves time and money.
MMU: The best-tasting Mass gains you’ll ever make.
- 4 High-Quality Proteins: MMU’s multi-stage system of fast- and slow-release proteins (25 g per serving) supports a sustained mass-building state.
- 11 High-Quality Carbohydrates: MMU’s multi-stage system of fast- and slow-release carbs includes ancient whole grains like quinoa and amaranth. They provide essential fuel to drive your athletic performance and support recovery from long, tiring workouts.
- High-Potency: To make gaining mass even easier, we boosted the energy density of MMU to 390 delicious calories per serving!
- Incredible taste and aroma: Testers of MMU Vanilla have compared its taste and aroma to “creamy whip ice cream”, “tapioca”, “vanilla pudding”, and even “Crème brûlée”! The aroma of MMU Chocolate is like natural cocoa. Its taste reminds you of drinking a glass of fresh milk mixed with a spoonful of your favorite chocolate syrup as a child!
What makes MMU better than other weight gainers?
- Incredible taste and aroma
- Fast and slow proteins, including Milk Protein Isolate (MPI)
- Fast and slow carbohydrate, including brown rice and ancient whole grains
- Coconut oil
- Lower in sugar (one leading weight gainer has 20 g of sugar, vs. only 6 g in MMU)
For weight gain: Take one or more servings of Mass Maker Ultra daily.
- After workouts
- First thing in the morning
- Before bed
- As an occasional meal replacement.
MMU is ideal for:
- Physique athletes (i.e. bodybuilding, figure, fitness, etc.) and powerlifters.
- Any other type of athlete who is trying to gain mass, is having difficulty maintaining their weight, or wants to improve their performance. Examples:
- Football
- Basketball
- Soccer
- Baseball
- Hockey
- Track & Field
- Swimming
- Volleyball
- Running
- CrossFit
- Any healthy person who has difficulty gaining weight.
Ultimate weight gain stack
Mass Maker Ultra, Multiple Enzyme Complex, Creatine Select
Advanced: Add UMP or Provosyn, Mass Aminos, and Ultra 40 liver tablets

I Haven’t Looked Back
I Haven’t Looked Back
Dear Sandy,
I’m Taneisha Henline and my husband, Eli has been a Beverly User for more than 15 years. He competed in three of your Northern Kentucky shows in the past and even earned a trophy at one of them. I met him while he was on vacation in my homeland Jamaica; I came for a visit; we fell in love and the rest is history.
I eventually started the bodybuilding journey myself and haven’t looked back. I’ve tried many different brands of protein powder and was discouraged because they all were distasteful. But then Eli introduced me to Beverly supplements. It’s definitely the best on the market. Finding Beverly has made my journey so much better.
Morning Cocktail: Each morning before the gym I take one scoop each of Glutamine Select, Creatine Select and Muscle Synergy along with two Lean Out and two 7-Keto MuscLean.
During my training session I am always sipping on another muscle building cocktail of one scoop each Glutamine Select, Creatine Select and Muscle Synergy mixed in 16oz or so of water.
My workout is a 5-way split: chest, back, legs, shoulders, arms, then repeat.
Here’s my meal plan:
Meal #1: 1 scoop of UMP protein powder in water
Supps: 2 Density, 2 Ultra 40, 1 Lean Out and 1 Multiple Enzymes
Meal #2: 5oz chicken burger, ¹⁄₂ cup sweet potato or Jamaican rice and peas, and 1 cup raw cabbage mix
Supps: Same as meal #1
Meal #3: 5oz ground chicken and 1cup of raw cabbage mix
Supps: Same as meal #1
Meal #4: 1 scoop of UMP protein powder
Supps: Same as meal #1
Meal #5: 5oz of salmon and 1 cup of raw cabbage mix.
Supps: Same as meal #1
Meal #6: 1 scoop of UMP protein powder
Supps: Same as meal #1
Note: I take 2 Density, 2 Ultra 40, 1 Lean Out and 1 Multiple Enzymes with every meal. I think it is the perfect stack.
Every Sunday I have a cheat meal 🙂

Bodybuilding Through the Decades
Bodybuilding Through the Decades
No Nonsense Magazine Vol. 24 #2
By: James B. Lucas

At a Glance: James B. Lucas
Age: 54
Occupation: Project Manager
Family: Wife, Karen for 24 years and son, David (20), daughter, Jordan (17)
Current Residence:Tarpon Springs, FL
Years training (total): 16 years training total with a gap of 20 years from age 33 to 53
Height: 5’6″
Weight: 185 (off-season), 165 (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: 1 whole egg, 12 egg whites with salsa, and an Ezekiel muffin
Favorite supplements: UMP, Ultra 40 liver tablets help with energy and oxygen transportation and is essential when dieting. Mass Aminos is an excellent, full-spectrum amino that allows you to retain as much muscle as possible during contest prep, another essential when dieting.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? I would say trust in Sandy and Roger. They helped me in the ’90s to win contests, and they are
still helping today. Even if you don’t wish to compete, Beverly International can help you reach your fitness goals. All you have to do is check out their website with recommendations from beginner to competitive athletes.
Music: I am a classic rock kind of guy and enjoy U2 and Bruce and the E Street Band
Most Inspiring Book: Arnold, The Education of a Bodybuilder, which came out in 1977. I have an original hardcover copy and reading that got me into the gym and changed my life as a teenager.
Hobby or interests: I loved coaching football for many years. The thrill of taking a team and making them competitive gives me that same exhilaration as being on stage. I also love spending time with the family, but there is far less of that as the kids get older.
Words to live by: “What you get by achieving your goals is not as important as what you become by achieving your goals.” — Henry David Thoreau
My introduction to bodybuilding happened when I bought Arnold’s Education of a Bodybuilder when I was 12 years old. I was mesmerized by Arnold’s story and the black and white photos of his physique. Bodybuilding was about to become part of my life. I re-read that book again and again throughout my teenage years. I bought various muscle magazines from the smoke shop at the mall featuring Franco, Frank, Chris Dickerson, and of course, anything with Arnold in them. I lifted to get better at wrestling and was fortunate to have Miklos Kiss, a European powerlifter, teach me form and the fundamentals.
In my twenties, I began adding size to my frame while working as an auto mechanic and putting myself through school to earn my Bachelor’s degree. It was the 80’s; Rocky III had just come out and became my favorite movie. I was inspired by Stallone and his new physique along with the song, Eye of the Tiger. I decided it was my time to evolve myself, and I entered a contest without any knowledge. I took 5th place at Mr. Akron.
Along came the 90’s and I’m managing Nutrition Services at various hospitals. I met my wife Karen, and we bought a home in the little town of Canal Fulton, OH. In 1999 I met Sandy and Roger from Beverly International. I sent “Polaroids” bi-weekly to Roger, and he crafted and adjusted my nutrition plan based on the photos. With his guidance, I continued to improve and took 3rd place in the 1999 Natural Ohio Classic and first place in the 2000 Powerhouse Classic. Karen gave birth to our son, David, in 2000 and our daughter, Jordan, in 2003. A career relocation to East Lake, FL, started the new millennium for us.
Lifting and personal goals gave way to family goals. I coached David in baseball, soccer, and football. I was fortunate to have the opportunity to coach him through high school. I was the “Cheer Dad” to Jordan, and we traveled the state to competitive cheerleading events (as well as spotting her in the living room as she perfected her back handspring).
A few more years passed. David and Jordan were moving on to college. I looked at myself and found that at 54, I weighed 221lbs (almost 75 pounds heavier than when I had competed 20 years prior). In September, I made it my mission to get back in shape. I started working out again, paying attention to my diet, and started to feel and look better. I began wondering, “Could I get back on stage?” I sought advice from a former Natural Mr. Universe, John Hansen, and started using Beverly products again. UMP, Mass Aminos, Ultra 40, and Lean Out helped me reduce my waist from 42″ to 34″ while adding muscle.
The Covid pandemic came along, but I still set my sights on entering the NGA Hurricane Classic in September of 2020. I entered the NGA Hurricane Classic at 179lbs, 42 pounds less than when I started my prep. I took 3rd in the Masters Bodybuilding 50+ division. The judges’ critique was that I had good muscle size and symmetry, but I needed to get leaner. Six weeks later, I entered the NGA Central Florida Fall Classic. I lost another 12lbs and 2″ more off my waist in those six weeks, coming in at 167lbs with a 32″ waist. The addition of Beverly’s 7-Keto MuscLean and GH Factor to my supplement plan helped me accelerate my fat loss while maintaining muscle mass.
Those additional six weeks of training, cardio, dieting, and my Beverly supplement plan paid off. I was awarded 1st place in Masters Bodybuilding 40+ (at 54 years of age) and 3rd in Open Mens Bodybuilding.
My new goal is to win a Masters Overall Bodybuilding competition. Six months to go, and I have already started getting ready. I will continue to improve and get harder and leaner with Beverly International products. I’m not only a Beverly product user but also a retailer of Beverly products. If you are looking in the Tampa Bay area to find Beverly products locally, go to www.docmusclesupplements.com
I am also on Facebook https://www.facebook.com/james.lucas.5832 and Instagram @docmuscle10. Please follow or reach out to me.
Workout Plan: 2 Days On – 1 Day Off
I follow the same basic workout plan both off-season and pre-contest. The only difference is the addition of cardio during pre-contest. To illustrate, I’ve listed a recent workout from my training journal. Since machines differ, some of the weights listed may be different if performed on another machine. But this is an excellent approximation of what my actual workout looks like. Remember, I am 54 years old, weigh in the 170s, have laid off for 20 years before coming back, and am 100% natural.
Day 1: Back, Biceps
- Pullover (90×12, 160×8, 170×7, 170×7)
- 1-Arm Lat Pulldown (70×10, 80×8, 80×8 )
- T-Bar Row (90×10, 125×8, 145×6)
- Cable Row (65×10, 85×7, 85×7)
- Hyperextension (BWx25 x 3 sets)
- Barbell Curl (70×10, 90×8, 90×8)
- Hammer Curl (40×10, 45×8, 45×7)
- Concentration Curl (20×12, 25×10)
Day 2: Abs, Legs
- Leg Raise (30, 25, 25)
- Crunches (25, 20, 20)
- Leg Extension (80×15, 95×12, 110×10)
- Leg Press (180×12, 360×10, 540×10, 590×8)
- Hack Squat (270×12, 470×8, 470×8)
- Leg Curl (90×10, 110×7, 110×7)
- Straight Leg Deadlift (135×12, 185×10, 225×8)
- Glute Machine (60×15, 60×12, 60×12)
- Seated Calf (90×15, 140×10, 140×9)
- Standing Calf (120×12, 135×10, 150×8)
Day 3: Chest, Shoulders, Triceps
- Bench Press (185×10, 225×8, 245×6, 245×6)
- Incline Press (185×8, 205×6, 205×6)
- DB Flyes (70×8, 75×6, 75×6)
- Machine Pullovers (80×12, 90×10, 100×8)
- Military Press (90×12, 160×8, 170×6, 170×6)
- Lateral Raise (30×10, 35×9, 35×9)
- DB Shrug (75×8, 80×6, 80×6)
- Triceps Pushdowns (70×12, 80×10, 90×8)
- Lying Extensions (40×10, 50×9, 60×7)
- Dips (12, 10, 10)


Cardio Plan
For contest prep, I perform the same workout as above, but with added cardio. I have NO favorite cardio but used the treadmill, elliptical, Stairmaster, and bike to burn extra calories.
12 weeks out:
15 minutes on the elliptical machine every other day
8 weeks out:
20 minutes a day every workout day
4 weeks out:
20 minutes of elliptical on workout days and 20 minutes Stairmaster on my off days (or went for a ride on the bike).
Meal & Supplement Plan
This is the basic meal plan that I used to reduce my weight from 220lbs to 179lbs and my waist from 42” to 34”.
Meal One
- One scoop UMP
- ¹⁄₂ cup oatmeal
- ¹⁄₂ cup blueberries
- 6 Ultra 40
- 6 Mass Aminos
- 2 Lean Out
- 3 7-Keto MuscLean
Meal Two
- One whole egg
- 6 egg whites
- 1 Ezekiel muffin
- 2 Lean Out
Meal Three
- 6oz tuna fish
- 130g sweet potato
- 3oz broccoli
- 6 Ultra 40
- 6 Mass Aminos
- 2 Lean Out
Meal Four
- UMP Protein Shake
- 2 slices Ezekiel bread
- 2 Lean Out
- Three 7-Keto MuscLean
Meal Five
- One whole egg
- 7 egg whites
- 1 slice Ezekiel bread
- 6 Ultra 40
- 6 Mass Aminos
- 2 Lean Out
In addition, I use Quadracarn throughout the year as a precursor to increase testosterone production. I always feel leaner, stronger, and have more energy with it. I also use Energy Reserve before weights and cardio. It gives me a pick-me-up for those exhausting days in the gym.


Final 6 Weeks’ Meal Plan
My weight dropped 12 lbs and my waist another 2 inches. I kept my protein up, lowered my carbs, increased my fats, and added cardio. The Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 liver tablets helped keep my energy up and maintain as much muscle as possible. (From what the judges said, I kept most of that hard-earned muscle and symmetry while gaining a lot more definition.)
I used UMP Angel Food Cake in my coffee instead of creamer to get in more protein and add a little variety. It mixes easily and tastes like French Vanilla creamer.
I also added GH Factor during this phase of my diet. Take 12 capsules daily – 6 upon arising and 6 before bed. Alternatively, you can take 2 with each meal and 2 before bed.
Meal One
- One scoop UMP
- 1/2 cup oatmeal
- 6 Ultra 40
- 6 Mass Aminos
- 2 Lean Out
- three 7-Keto MuscLean
Meal Two
- One whole egg
- 6 egg whites
- 1 slice Ezekiel bread
- 2 Lean Out
Meal Three
- 6oz chicken
- 3oz broccoli
- 6 Ultra 40
- 6 Mass Aminos
- 2 Lean Out
Meal Four
- UMP Protein Shake
- 2 Lean Out
- three 7-Keto MuscLean
Meal Five
- 6oz salmon
- 3oz broccoli
- 6 Ultra 40
- 6 Mass Aminos
- 2 Lean Out

41 Years of Age … and Never Looked Better
41 Years of Age … and Never Looked Better
No Nonsense Magazine Vol. 24 #2
By: Kerry Tighe, OCB Natural Figure Professional

At a Glance: Kerry Tighe
Age: 41
Occupation: 17yrs NASM Certified Personal Trainer/ Nutrition Coach
Family: Husband, Lucas, 20-year retired Army Veteran. We will be married 20yrs in 2021! Daughters, Olivia 18 and Deirdra, 16, and son, Thomas, 6.
Current Residence: Monument, CO
Years training (total): 25 years (Began in 1995 as a high school athlete)
Height: 5’6″
Weight: 145 (off-season), 130 (contest)
Favorite Fitness Meal: Egg White Omelets, Grapefruit, and Coffee
Favorite supplements: Top 2 Beverly Supplements…
UMP: It is critical in hitting your protein macros to build and maintain muscle. UMP ensures I hit that number every day without stressing or cooking whole food meals for all five meals. I use UMP for two of my five meals every day.
Muscle Synergy: This was a new addition to my stack this year. The muscle growth while using Muscle Synergy was unlike anything I had experienced before. I took 1 scoop first thing in the morning and 1 scoop during my workouts.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? Always start with Ultimate Muscle Protein! A proper and consistent nutrition plan is essential to see changes in body composition. UMP makes this goal easy and delicious.
Music: Classic rock, upbeat pop, and motivational podcasts. I am also a true-crime podcast junkie and sometimes listen to these on long, steady-state cardio sessions.
Most Inspiring Book: Can’t Hurt Me by David Goggins and any Jon Gordon book.
Hobby or interests: Hiking and traveling.
Words to live by: “I did not come this far to only come this far.”
At the age of 15, I had my first taste of success at being an athlete, and I was hooked. Back then, it was track and field, and by the time I graduated high school, I was a two-time state champion. My body clock was wired to be at practice, training at 3 pm every day. This schedule continued into my college days at Florida State University. My afternoons consisted of gym sessions of strength work and plyometrics to help me throw further.
Even after I became a wife and mom, I never stopped showing up at the gym; it was a part of my life no matter what. In my late 20’s and early 30’s, I competed in NPC figure and bodybuilding contests. I won my class at multiple shows and was even featured in Beverly’s No Nonsense magazine. But by 2010, I was burned out. Our family was stationed overseas, and it seemed like the perfect time to try something new. Long-distance running became my new athletic activity. I completed three half marathons in Europe, and by the time we moved stateside to Colorado, I had the running bug.
Colorado is a hotbed for long-distance trail running, and it did not take long before I finished my first full marathon. My next challenge was ultra-running. I had completed both 50k and 50-mile races by 2014.
Now I was in my 40s and ready to go back to figure competition, this time in the figure masters division. I contacted Rachel Wade at Focused Fitness for guidance. Rachel had helped me with nutrition, training, and Beverly supplement plans when I first stepped on stage. Even though I have been a practicing NASM-CPT for the past 17 years, I needed someone to help me stay accountable. Even the coach needs a coach!
We discussed expectations and agreed that I couldn’t compare myself to my condition more than a decade earlier. I had a lot of work to do. Muscle loss had ramped up in my late 30’s. While my diet was solid, I knew I needed to add more protein to improve my body composition. I needed to gain muscle and lose body fat, so I started with what I call the “Baseline Bev Stack.” I took UMP twice a day every day along with Ultra 40, Mass Aminos, FitTabs, Lean Out, and Glutamine Select.
During the first six weeks, I made significant progress combining my “Baseline Bev Stack” with a 5-day training plan and some cardio. It was March 2020, I was right on track and had picked out a few local summer shows in Colorado to make my 10-year return to the stage. What could go wrong?
Then Covid-19 showed up!
The local gyms closed up. I had no choice but to move my training to my garage. Fortunately, my husband, Lucas, and I had some equipment set up in the garage, including a squat rack, resistance bands, barbells, plates, and a set of dumbbells from 5-45 pounds. I had to become creative and modify my workouts to fit my equipment. Lucas is handy with welding equipment, and he quickly made me a pulley system to replace resistance bands on my heavier exercises. For cardio, I had an old exercise bike and the local school track to get it done.
As the weeks clicked by, I started adding some HIIT sessions at the track. In mid-May, I was performing a sprint session and tweaked my hamstring. I modified my training a little to let it recover. It was coming along fine until one day when I was playing with my son in our backyard. I planted my foot to run and felt pain shoot up my leg. My leg was swollen, bruised and the pain was unbearable. Later that week, it was confirmed that I had torn my hamstring in three places. I was angry. I had made so much progress. Just a few days ago, I was on top of the world. I was in the nutrition zone; I could even see my abs! Now I was injured badly and would need weeks, if not months, of rehab before I could train my legs and glutes.
There was a ray of light in my misfortune. My scheduled shows were canceled due to Covid restrictions. The contests’ cancelation gave me breathing room to heal and be ready to compete by late fall. I shifted my training to a six-week gaining cycle. My favorite training schedule for muscular weight gain is what I’ve dubbed the “Coat Rack Plan.” I cut my reps in half, doubled my sets, and added weight every week to add as much upper body size as possible. See page 10 for a complete illustration of the “Coat Rack Plan.”

I used the designated leg day to do additional therapy work. I treated rehabbing my hamstring like it was my job. I spent nearly all of my free time in the PT facility doing compression therapy, red light treatments, and balance exercises. Soon I was able to get back on the bike for moderate therapy and light leg work. My nutrition plan was crucial during this time for healing and to limit fat gain. I upped my Ultra 40 and Glutamine Select, switched from Mass Aminos to Density, and added Muscle Synergy to assist my muscle gains and healing.
I had pretty much recovered by August and was ready to crush the last 12 weeks of contest prep for the OCB Natural Viking. I added sessions of outdoor stair climbing on a set of 310 steps built on the side of a mountain 15 minutes from my home. I burned hundreds of calories on those stairs while giving my glutes and legs the extra work they needed. The local gyms started reopening, and I was able to add leg presses, power squats, and traditional leg machine exercises back into the plan. I upped my reps and increased cardio each week as my body grew leaner, harder, and more muscular. I began practicing my posing 3-4 days a week for 15-20 minutes, plus traveling to Denver to work with posing coach, Nick Natt once a week.
Finally, it was contest time. I was now 41years old and had never looked better. My husband, son, and I flew to Minneapolis, MN, and I competed in the 2020 OCB Natural Viking. I entered both the Open and 40+ Masters divisions. With Covid restrictions in place, the contest flew by. Before I knew it, I had won my OCB Masters Figure Pro Card and finished 3rd in the Open division against six other women, some half my age. I was thrilled, but it was over so quickly that it was difficult to take it all in.
Despite my success, I decided to take the stage one more time in 2020. By the time I returned to Colorado, I had entered the OCB Natural Tampa and went right back into contest prep mode. My celebration meal would have to wait. I was pretty sure that the OCB Tampa show would have some of the absolute best natural figure athletes in the country. When I hit the stage in Tampa, my intuition was proven right. These ladies looked incredible. Pre-judging was intense. We were compared for over 25 minutes, quarter turn after quarter turn. Boy, was I glad I had put so much time into my posing practice! When pre-judging ended, I felt like I had done an hour of cardio. However, I had also secured myself a placing in the top 3 in both divisions. It was a terrific day, and for the first time, my daughter Deirdra was able to be my backstage helper. What a fantastic way to wrap up my year!
Since Tampa, I have wasted no time getting right back to training, my “Baseline Bev Stack,” and slowly adding protein and carbs to my diet to accommodate another growth phase. I plan to make my 2021 OCB pro debut at the 2021 OCB Yorton Cup Pro Championship. With my “tough as nails” mindset, I know that I will be bringing my best all-natural figure package to the stage in 2021.
Meal and Supplement Plan
Carb Cycling works best for my body. I keep my carbs low five days a week, and then I eat a carb meal in place of Meal 5 on Monday and Thursday to replenish glycogen.
Meal #1: 3 egg whites, 2oz chicken, ¹⁄₂ grapefruit, coffee
Meal #2: 4-5oz chicken or whitefish, 4 cups salad veggies, 1tbsp oil and vinegar dressing
Meal #3: 1-2 scoops UMP
Meal #4: 4-5oz chicken or turkey breast, 4 cups salad veggies or 2 cups green beans/zucchini, 1 tbsp oil and vinegar dressing
Meal #5: 1-2 scoops UMP
Monday and Thursday (in place of Meal 5): 4oz sweet potato, 4oz green vegetable, ³⁄₄ cup oatmeal, 1tbsp butter, and 4oz banana

Baseline Bev Stack
I started with my “Baseline Bev Stack” of UMP (per my meal plan), Ultra 40 Liver tabs & Mass Aminos (3 with each meal), FitTabs (2 with meals 1 and 4), Lean Out (2 with each meal), and 1-2 scoops Glutamine Select (pre and intra workout).
Stage Worthy Beverly Stack
At eight weeks out, I continue my “Baseline Bev Stack” (substituting 3 Density for 3 Mass Aminos at each meal), take 1 Multiple Enzyme Complex with each meal, and add the following supplements to complete my “Stage Worthy Beverly Stack.”
Upon waking: Three 7-Keto MuscLean, 2 Energy Reserve, one scoop Muscle Synergy powder, and 6 GH Factor
Pre-workout: Three 7-Keto MuscLean, 2 Energy Reserve, one scoop Muscle Synergy powder
Before Bed: Six GH Factor
I also mix 1-2 additional scoops of Glutamine Select in a blender with ice and Mio water enhancer for a fantastic “Muscle Slushie” after training or whenever I need to ease my hunger pangs.
Workout Plan
Ladies, DO NOT BE AFRAID TO LIFT HEAVY! I’ve made the most progress by far by embracing what I call the “Coat Rack Training Plan.” I have used this plan off and on for years to add size and strength, especially in my upper body.
Day 1: Chest, Shoulders, Triceps
- Incline BB Press 6×6
- Flat DB Press 6×6
- High Pulls 6×6
- Heavy Laterals 3×8 each (front, side, rear)
- Triceps Pressdown 6×6
Day 2: Legs
- Leg Press 6×6
- Squat 6×6
- Hack Squat 6×6
- Leg Curl 5×8
- Leg Extension 4×10
Day 3: Off
Day 4: Chest (light), Shoulders, Triceps
- Incline Speed Bench Press 8×3 (50-60% of Day 1)
- Flat DB Press 6×6 (85% of Day 1)
- Shoulder Press 6×6
- Lying French Press 6×6
- Incline Dumbbell Kickouts 4×8
Day 5: Back, Biceps
- Reverse Grip BB Row 6×6
- Lat Pulldown 6×6
- Seated Good Morning 6×6
- Barbell Curl 6×6
- Preacher Curl 6×6
Days 6-7: Off

Notes
- The key to the success of this program is that you DO NOT start too heavy. On 6 x 6 exercises, begin with a weight you could perform 12 reps with on week one, but only do the prescribed amount.
- Progress at a pace that allows you to continue to get all 6 reps on all 6 sets each of the first five weeks. Do not increase the weight by more than 5% or at most 10% any given week.
- The final week is an all-out max effort! (If you reach failure before week 6, you started too heavy or tried to progress too fast.)
- High Pulls – this is a powerful and explosive version of upright rows. Start with the bar just above your knees and explode the weight up above your sternum – keeping your elbows high.
- Speed Bench Press – Lower the bar in a controlled manner and explode up as fast as possible with the bar. Speed is the real key to this exercise – it is far more critical than weight. Rest no more than 45 seconds between sets.
- Dumbbell Kickouts on Incline Bench – lay on an incline bench face up. Start with the end of the dumbbells resting on your chest with your palms facing down towards your hips. Extend the dumbbells with your triceps. In the finishing position, your arms should be extended as if they are at the finish of an incline barbell press. Lower to your chest and repeat. This workout focuses on Bulk and Power, emphasizing shoulders, chest, and pressing strength, aka your “Coat Rack.”

The Secret to 40 Years of Bodybuilding Success
The Secret to 40 Years of Bodybuilding Success
No Nonsense Magazine Vol. 24 #2
By: Richard Knight

At a Glance: Richard Knight
Age: 63
Occupation: Retired Aerospace Technician
Family: Wife of 34 years
Current Residence: Anaheim, CA
Years training: 39
Height: 6′;
Weight: 203 (off-season), 198 (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: My off-training day lunch of 6oz Boars Head London Broil roast beef with a slice of horseradish cheese on Milton’s Multi-Grain bread. It’s like eating a Prime Rib sandwich.
Favorite supplements: Muscle Provider and Provosyn for proteins, Quadracarn, Density, and ZMA 2000.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? UMP is a great-tasting all-around protein that works well as an extra meal, especially before bedtime, to repair and build muscle. Muscle Provider digests faster and is best before and after training.
Music: Electronica
Most Inspiring Book: Education of a Bodybuilder by Arnold Schwarzenegger
Hobby or interests: Road cycling, beekeeping, and falconry.
Words to live by: “The results you get out of training depend on the work and nutrition you are willing to put in.”
The first time I had the opportunity to train at a gym was when I moved from Iowa to California in the summer of 1980. At Jack LaLanne’s Health Spa in San Diego, I met a competitive bodybuilder and became interested in weight training to gain muscle size and strength. While visiting a store that sold Olympic barbells and a wide variety of weight lifting equipment, I purchased Arnold Schwarzenegger’s book, Education of a Bodybuilder, and was inspired by his story.
Fast forward two years, and I was back living in Iowa due to some tough economic times. I realized that I needed to learn a skilled job to be successful in life. Since I enjoyed and was good at working on cars, I felt I could apply those same skills on aircraft. I devised a plan to join the Marine Corps as an aircraft mechanic to gain experience, and then when I got out, I could land a job at one of the many aircraft manufacturing plants in Southern California. During my time in the Marines, I made a point of consistently lifting weights. I added 10 pounds of muscle during boot camp – just from all the physical activity and good meals – I wanted to keep progressing. I even purchased 180 pounds of plates and dumbbell handles to take with me on deployment to the Far East.
Upon leaving the service, everything worked out as planned, and McDonnell Douglas hired me in Long Beach, where I worked on the MD80 program. When Boeing bought them in 1997, the commercial airplane production line was phased out, so I moved over to work on the C-17 Air Force cargo plane for my final years. After 25 years at Boeing, I was laid off and then got hired at SpaceX, where I worked on the F9 Falcon rocket for the first few years and then the Dragon capsule. After six years at SpaceX, I retired at the age of 62. During my years at McDonnell Douglas/Boeing, I worked the swing shift, which was perfect for me.
I was able to train in the morning when my energy level was highest, and the crowds at the gym were minimal. However, while working at SpaceX, it was mandated that we work 10-hour shifts, so the only time I had to train was on the weekends (and only then when they didn’t make the Saturdays mandatory too!) Despite being limited to just training one day a week, I was still fortunate to maintain the physical condition I did. The best thing about now being retired is training any day I choose.
My competition journey began after leaving the service in 1986. I joined a Gold’s Gym in Orange County and trained for two years before entering the Southern California Bodybuilding Championship. I won the Tall Novice Division and Overall Novice. A couple of weeks later, I entered the Orange County Muscle Classic and placed fifth. I was pleased with this placing since it was a National qualifier. I trained for another year and gained more size before entering the Ironman (now called Excalibur) and placed near the back of the pack in the heavyweight class. I just couldn’t compete against guys at that level who had 20-30 pounds of lean mass over me. I became discouraged and gave up thoughts of further competition.
As I’ve grown older, I am very fortunate that my metabolism has stayed very high. I am never more than a few pounds away from contest condition, which gives me an advantage in Masters competitions. It is much easier for me to achieve the level of conditioning needed to be competitive.
In 2020, I planned to go back to the Southern California contest I won as a Novice and attempt to win it as a Master, but the show was canceled due to COVID. Instead, I entered the NPC Iron Games Classic Physique over 45 class (the highest age class available) in November and won overall. That qualified me for the Masters USA event in December, where I could earn a Pro Card. At the Masters USA, I won the over 50 C division but not the overall title, thus missing my goal of earning a Pro Card. I’m currently contemplating entering the NPC Teen, Collegiate, and Masters Nationals this year. It has an over 60 class and could offer me a better chance at earning a Pro card.

Workouts
For many years I trained Monday – Friday and then took the weekends off but now that I am retired, I train four days on and one day off. I start each exercise relatively light and increase the weight until the final two or three sets are at my top weights for the day.
Day 1: Shoulders, Chest
Cable Lateral Raises 5×10-15
Seated Dumbbell Shoulder Press 5×10-12
Rear Deltoid Machine 4×10-12
Pec Deck 5×10-12
Incline DB Flys 5×10-12
Incline DB Press 4×10-12
Cable Crossovers x10-12
Day 2: Back
I have two mildly herniated discs from an injury sustained over 30 years ago and spinal stenosis at three locations in my back, so I can’t do anything bent over. I use machines that have a chest pad for support for all rowing movements.
Warm-up with elastic band-assisted Pull-Ups 4×10
Lat Pulldown 4×10-12
Seated Machine Rows 4×10-12
Seated Machine Rows Low Position 4×10-12 (This machine duplicates the range of motion that I would get from T-bar rows if I could do them.)
Straight-Arm High Cable Pulldown 4×10
Shrugs 4×10-12
Day 3: Legs
Leg Extensions 2×15-20 (as a warm-up for my knees)
Leg Press 5×10-15
Lying Leg Curls 4×10-12
Leg Extensions 5×10-15
Seated Leg Curls 4×10-12
I do some Hamstring and Quad stretches to finish up.

Day 4: Biceps/ Triceps
Triceps Pushdown 4×12-15
Skull Crushers or Seated Machine Triceps Extensions (depending on which gym I am training at) 4×12-15
Machine Dips 4×10-12 (I position myself forward on the seat to put more emphasis on my triceps)
Lying Biceps Curl 4×10-12 (Connect a short cambered or straight bar to the cable of a seated row machine, lay back on the seat pad, put your feet on the footrests as you would for rows, keeping your elbows pinned to your sides, curl the bar in strict form and really squeeze at the top.)
Machine Preacher Curls 4×8-10
Seated Hammer Curls 4 drop sets (I do 10-12 reps with 30 lb dumbbells to failure, 6-8 with 25s, and 6-8 more with 20s. I get great pumps with this exercise.)
Cardio
For different periods over the last 30 years, I have ridden mountain or road bikes at least once a week. I currently get in a 28-mile road ride about every six weeks when my off training day falls on a Sunday. For contest prep, I did 30 minutes on a treadmill at a fast walk every morning starting ten weeks out from the Masters USA.
Nutrition and Supplements
Although many pro bodybuilders recommend eating six meals a day, my system just can’t process food fast enough to achieve that even with an excellent digestive enzyme like Beverly’s Multiple Enzyme Complex. That means the three meals a day I consume have to be very nutrient-dense and supplemented with Muscularity, Mass Amino Acids, Density, and Ultra 40.
Regular Daily Meal Plan
Soon after waking, I have a quick snack of four Belvida breakfast biscuits with organic almond butter before setting off on my morning dog walk with ReMax, our German Pinscher.
Meal One
(Training Days) One scoop Muscle Provider, 1 scoop Provosyn, 1 tbsp MCT oil (Parrillo CapTri), and one banana mixed in 12oz pineapple juice. I have used this delicious combo for many years as an easily digested pre-workout meal.
(Non-Training Days) Three scrambled eggs with either a bowl of oatmeal, pancakes, or French toast.
Meal Two
(Training Days) One scoop Muscle Provider, 1 scoop Provosyn, 45 grams powdered sweet potato and oats (5% Nutrition Real Carbs) mixed with 8oz pasteurized egg whites, 4oz cold water, and 1 tbsp flaxseed oil.
(Non-Training Days) 6oz Boars Head London broil roast beef and one slice of horseradish cheese on two pieces of multi-grain bread.
Meal Three
6oz chicken (white and dark meat), 4oz Calrose rice, 2¹⁄₂ tbsp honey sesame sauce.
Daily Supplements
Density 5 tablets upon waking
Muscle Provider and Provosyn with meals 1 and 2 Mass Aminos 6 with each meal
Ultra 40 liver tablets 6 with each meal
Quadracarn 3 tablets with each meal
ZMA 2000 3 capsules before bed
Pre Contest Adjustments
Meal 1: 12oz pasteurized egg whites, 1 tbsp MCT oil, 45 grams powdered sweet potato and oats.
Meal 2: One scoop Muscle Provider, one scoop Provosyn, 16oz cold water, and 1 tbsp flaxseed oil.
Meal 3: 6oz white meat chicken, 3.2oz (uncooked) Calrose rice, and 2oz honey sesame sauce.
Pre Contest Supplements
Muscle Provider and Provosyn (meal 2)
Density 5 tablets upon waking and 5 with each meal
Ultra 40 liver tablets 6 with each meal
Quadracarn 3 tablets with each meal
ZMA 2000 3 capsules before bed

Closing Thoughts
It’s very gratifying to have someone approach me in the gym, ask my age, and be surprised when I tell them. They usually come back with, “I hope to look as good when I reach your age.” I encourage them never to stop training and be consistent.

Lose Weight, Gain Muscle Become Healthier, Compete – My Story
Lose Weight, Gain Muscle Become Healthier, Compete – My Story
No Nonsense Magazine Collectors Edition 2014
By: Rhonda Rotterman
2013 NPC Northern Kentucky Womens Physique Champion

At a Glance: Rhonda Rotterman
Age: 47
Occupation and Education: Program Director at the University at Buffalo’s Institute for Person-Centered Care http://ubipcc.com/ culture.html. BSN; AAS Psychology; Board Certified in Gerontology and Health Care Administration; Licensed Nursing Home Administrator; Certified Group-Fitness Instructor; Certified Personal Trainer.
Family: My wonderful supportive husband Phil and I share a large family of six children and 1 grandchild (with one on the way, due in January 2014)
Current Residence: Kenmore, NY
Years training (total): Four hard-core (but active with weights and training since high school)
Height: 5’ 8”; Weight Off Season 155, Contest Weight 140
Favorite Bodybuilding or Fitness Meal: Breakfast is by far my favorite meal of the day: UMP pancakes and turkey sausage. If I could, all my meals would be breakfast foods (with a side of coffee of course, it’s what we healthcare professionalssurvive on)
Favorite Supplements: I cannot survive without my UMP and Muscle Provider. It has saved me on many travels due to its portability and versatility. The pudding made with just water or adding various ingredients tastes like a cheat without the guilt. I have an entire file with UMP recipes and they just never get old or boring The Super Paks are also fabulous, they port well in their little cellophane packages and you have everything you need without having to store 9 different bottles.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? Nutrition is a must whether your goals are to become healthier, lose weight, gain muscle or compete. I struggled for years trying to find a protein powder that tasted great, mixed well and produced results. I found that in Beverly. Having all of the recipes to create variety without sacrificing taste is just, well, wonderful! Most think healthy food is boring or tastes bad.
You have to strike that balance and understand this is a lifestyle and not a “diet”. Having great products to add to that variety has been an amazing discovery for me and my family. We go through Beverly products like it’s our job. My 9 month old grandson loves UMP pudding and we have no issues with that. We are not evangelists when it comes to how we live our lives, because we recognize that it’s an individual choice that one has to come to on their own, but when we are asked, we sure like to talk about it!
In my iPod: I am so open minded when it comes to music. I have country, rock, pop, reggae, crooner and jazz all loaded into my iPod. I guess it matches my personality.
Most Inspiring Book: Body for Life by Bill Phillips
Hobbies/Interests: Biking, camping/fishing, travel, distance running at dusk
Words to live by: “Mark not your success in life by clinging to the glitter and gadgets you have accumulated during your time on this planet. Instead, take stock of your Earth- School experience by noticing the lives you have touched and the burdens of others you have eased.” ~ Dr. Edward J. Kesgen
They say age is a state of mind and that attitude is everything, I would agree with those sentiments. At the age of forty-four, and with an attitude of gratitude and leaving everything on that stage, I competed in my very first figure competition. It was an amazing feeling to be so disciplined and transform your mind as well as your body into such a conditioned state of being, but the journey to the stage is where the real lessons were learned.
Growing up, even though I was active in sports, I never fully appreciated or understood the importance of nutrition. Long hours after school for practice and games created long periods of time without proper nutrition which led to cravings, eating processed snacks or fast food all in the interest of time. Friends might have categorized me as, “stocky” or “thick”. There was muscle in there, but the fat covered it all up.
By the time I reached college, things went from busy to chaotic. Attending classes as a full-time nursing student, holding down a part-time job, and late night study sessions made my eating habits that much worse. There was no time for sports in my very demanding schedule and while I “tried” to get to the gym when I could, my eating habits were deplorable and access to healthy food on a college campus back then was like trying to find a snowball in Hawaii. Ordering from the local pizza places, grabbing fast food, and trips to the campus store in addition to the three squares I tried to eat at the university cafeteria sent this healthcare hopeful from “thick” to 3-D. I didn’t like what I saw in the mirror. Wasn’t I supposed to be epitomizing health?
I did what so many women fall prey to, cutting way back on calories, exercising like mad, and of course hydration wasn’t even something I considered in the health equation. I indeed lost weight (based on the number on the scale), but retrospectively, I know I sacrificed muscle too due to my ignorance about what I ate/drank.
Food Obsessed and Feeling Guilty
This yo-yo dieting continued throughout my college career and by the time I graduated, I had become food obsessed. Binging, and then feeling guilty about it, only to crash diet again to even the score, at least in my mind. My relationship with food was an unhealthy one. I became a group fitness instructor and worked for a major club in the area, but despite teaching three times per week, plus what I was doing on my own, I was still that chubby aerobics instructor. I was of the mind-set that it was just my body type because with all the exercise I was doing, I must be very healthy right?!
As I matured, married and started a family, exercise had essentially ceased. Sure I went to the health club every January along with the rest of the country, only to find excuses and stop going by March. I jogged when the nicer weather rolled around and I would toss a video or two into the VCR (yes, I’m old!) once in a while and jump around in my living room to “take the weight off once and for all”, but like all quick fixes, it never lasted and I would end up feeling bad about myself.
I remember seeing Cory Everson on every fitness magazine cover and when my subscription to Oxygen arrived I would covet the amazing physiques I would see on the featured women. I wondered how they did it and then would think to myself that I would love to compete. Just as quickly, I would dismiss the thought as I looked at my reflection in the full-length mirror. It’s genetic, I would convince myself; some women are just naturally lean and can build muscle easier than others.
I remember attending a family picnic, going into the kitchen to assist with the meal service and seeing a photo of me and my husband that had been taken the previous summer. I didn’t like what I saw. Why did I not take better care of myself? That was the turning point for me. No more excuses. My children were grown and while work was always going to be there, I had to start making the time to take care of me. If for no other reason, I needed to get healthier.
I joined the gym, started doing regular cardio sessions and then hit the weights. It was fairly benign initially, but as I began to see changes, my passion to get better grew. I felt as though I wasn’t seeing the changes I wanted based on the effort I was putting in, something was missing from the equation. If effort is in direct proportion to success, I should have been Donald Trump.
Nutrition, No Nonsense and Julie
A friend and I were chatting during our workouts and we began talking nutrition. The subject of protein powders came up and soon we were debating about which ones were better, had better taste, mixed well, etc…Soon he produced a copy of No Nonsense magazine and suggested I take a look because the articles were very good and he had learned some fresh ideas from the work-out plans that were listed. I tossed the magazine into my gym bag and didn’t give it a second thought.
A few months later, my husband and I took a week’s vacation in South Carolina. I grabbed my gym bag as an additional travel item. I stuffed the bag full of shoes, my hair styling devices and various other things that don’t fit well in your suitcase without taking up too much room. After we arrived and I began to unpack, I noticed the No Nonsense Magazine and sat down to read it. As I perused the pages, I admired the many stunning physiques and read of a woman who professed she could get me there.
Well, I couldn’t dial that phone fast enough; I wanted to learn the secret as soon as possible. I contacted Julie Lohre and began to work with her on my goal to get on stage, including attending her competition prep class in KY. It was through this process that I began to learn the significance of nutrition and hydration. There was so much more that I didn’t truly understand and appreciate. It is those intricacies that took me from good to great!
The difference that improved nutrition made was indescribable and within the year, I was seeing significant progress and began making plans to purchase my suit, shoes and work on posing and stage presence.
I stepped up my game and hired a trainer to really hone my symmetry, posing and stage skill. When I hit that stage for the first time at 44, it was one of the proudest accomplishments of my life. I have learned that anything worth doing is worth doing right. That luck is in direct proportion to hard work; the harder you work, the luckier you get and boy I was feeling lucky!

Figure and Womens Physique Competitions
I took second place in three divisions in 2011 in the INBF association, figure tall, women’s fitbody and the novice division. I competed in another show that same year in the NPC association and took first in my class and second overall. The following year at two NPC shows, I took first in my class and won the overall at both venues securing the title of Ms. Buffalo and Rochester. That same year I became a grandmother for the first time, I was on cloud nine!
This year I was fortunate enough to return to the NPC Northern Kentucky, the region where it all began with Julie and take the overall in womens physique. It was the best homecoming being surrounded by familiar faces whose love and support have been there all along.
Since my journey to the stage began, I have become a certified trainer and find sheer joy in sharing what I have learnedwith others. My husband who has watched me make this amazing transformation has now joined me in this sport and did his very first bodybuilding competition at the NPC NKY taking 6th in his class. I am so very proud of him!
My take home message to you is this: you can’t possibly get where you need to go without a road-map. Know what you need to do and how you need to do it to make your endeavors successful. Take time to care for yourself and even if you never compete, making a better and healthier you makes you a champion in the competition of life! I extend my best to you in your individual journey to a better you.
My Nutrition and Training Programs
This is my standard diet off season. When I am preparing for a competition, I scale back on carbs, amp the cardio and pound the water and veggies.
BREAKFAST
6 egg whites, 2 whole omega eggs and ½ cup oatmeal with 1 tbsp of UMP vanilla protein powder and sugar free jelly mixed in.
OR: UMP Protein pancakes: 2 scoops UMP, ½ cup organic sprouted wheat pancake mix, 2 egg whites, 1 whole omega egg. Top with sugar free jelly or syrup. Off season I add fresh berries and Greek yogurt or turkey sausage.
(When I am in show prep, I drop the pancake mix and just use UMP andegg whites).
MEAL #2
6oz fish or chicken; 1 cup veggies;¼ cup almonds
MEAL #3
5oz chicken or fish; medium piece of fruit (typically an apple or grapefruit)
MEAL #4
(Post work-out) UMP pudding: 1 scoop UMP, 1 scoop Muscle Provider, 1/3 cup Greek yogurt, 1 tbsp honey
MEAL #5
6oz chicken; 5oz sweet potato; small salad with balsamic vinegar
Bedtime Snack:
1 scoop UMP in a shaker bottle with tons of ice for a great shake
Cheat Meal:
One per week
Supplements
- Super Pak daily
- 3 EFA Gold in the am and 3 in the pm
- 2 Lean Out with each of my 5 meals
- 2 Ultra 40 liver tablets after each meal
- 2 Muscularity (BCAAs) post meals
- 6,000 iu Vitamin D per day
“The difference improved nutrition made was indescribeable!”

Training
Monday: Chest and Triceps
CHEST:
For a killer work-out try this:
- Warm-Up 25 wide push-ups
- 4 sets of 12-15 chest press; 10 wide push-ups
- 4 sets of 12-15 incline press; 10 wide-push-ups
- Finish with 10-12 chest flyes; 10-wide push-ups (if you can get 10 by this time)
TRICEPS:
- 4 sets of 10-12 dips (you should be pretty fatigued if you combine this with your chest work-out, so I don’t kill my tris after my push-up chest medley)
- 3 sets of 8-10 rope pushdowns immediately followed by one arm horseshoe extensions using the universal pulley for 6-8 reps
Tuesday: Legs
- Warm Up with walking lunges
- 4 sets (12-15) leg extensions
- 4 Sets (12-15) hamstring curls
- 3 sets (8-10) hack squats
- 3 sets (8-10) leg press
- Finish with leg adduction, calf raises and walking lunge circuit (3 sets)
Wednesday: Rest
Thursday: Back and Biceps
BACK:
- Warm up with 4 sets of 12-15 pulldowns
- 3 sets of 8-10 barbell rows
- 4 sets of seated rows/close grip
- Finish with 3 sets of weighted pull ups
- Every other week I add back weighted back extensions using a 25 lb plate
BICEPS:
- Warm up with 4 sets of 12-15 10 lb dumbbell curls
- 4 sets of 10-12 using the curl bar
- Finish with 3 sets of dumbbell hammer curls
Friday: Shoulders and abs
Shoulders:
- Warm-Up with 4 sets of 12-15 shoulder presses using a machine or dumbbells
- 4 sets of 12-15 lateral raises using machine or dumbbells 4 sets of 12-15 frontal raises using machine or dumbbells
- Finish with 12-15 rear delt flies
- Every other week I do trap shrugs using the chest press machine or a weighted straight bar.
ABS:
- Warm-Up 4 sets of 15 lying pikes
- 4 sets of 12-15 decline bench weighted crunches
- Finish with 3 sets of 10-15 leg raises
- Every other week I do decline bench oblique crunches with a cross-over
Saturday/Sunday: Boxing / Cardio
Cardio
Off-season, 2-3 times (20 min) per week of HIIT, steady state or cross-fit. I prefer outdoor cardio when I can get it and then rely on the elliptical, tread or step mill when weather is not conducive to exercising outdoors. Remember,
I live in Buffalo…brrrrrrrrr!Comp Prep (12 weeks out) : cardio every day on an empty stomach, 12 weeks at 15 min, 10 weeks out at 20 minutes, 8 weeks out at 30 minutes and I watch my progress with leaning out and adjust as needed.

Beverly “Longtimers” Talk About Beverly International
Most people keep their ageful years to themselves. Not us. We are proud to be owners of one of the oldest sports supplement companies in the industry. BI was founded in 1967. Yep, that’s right, a big 48 years ago. During these years, we’ve seen a lot of products and companies come and go. Mostly go! We have perfected a few items that have stood the test of time such as the Super Pak, Mass Aminos, Ultra 40 liver and a few others. There is something to be said about creating something that is too good to be replaced! We feel that way about our years of investment with our clients, who have become dear friends. Roger and I made the big jump and bought BI in 1998. Before that we were involved with Beverly, using the products ourselves and advising clients on supplement usage for contest prep and body re-composition. During these early years, relationships blossomed and some have become our most memorable times. This NEWS BEAT will give you a little taste of what three long- time BI friends think about our company.
Todd Jackson first used Beverly International supplements in 1982 and became a client in 1992. He’s now 48 years old, a teacher, married with two grown daughters.
Jim Caudill began working with us in 1996. He’s now 44 years old, a senior manufacturing manager in the aerospace industry, married with 2 sons ages 15 & 14.
Mitch Gold first met us in 1998. He’s now 46 years old, an industrial/organizational psychologist, married with twin boys 14 and an 8-year old daughter I asked these Long Time BI users a set
of questions to see WHY they chose to stay with us for so long. Their responses were incredible. Check it out!
1. What brought you into the BI cult?
Mitch: I first met up with BI back in 1998. I’d been lifting for 10 years and even competed in a couple bodybuilding shows. But I was suffering, like many people, from supplement advertising overload. It had gotten to the point where I wasn’t even sure which companies were legitimate providers of quality products that would help me up my game. But I kept noticing the BI name in magazines I read and particularly the simplicity of their labels. So I decided to contact BI and met up with 2 very helpful men, Roger Riedinger and Jeremiah Forster.
Jim: I was introduced to Beverly via The No Nonsense Newsletter which at that time was in black & white format. Tommie Robertson was featured in that issue. I remember being so excited that I found something that had actual information in it that I could apply to my own situation. I showed up at the Riedinger house one Saturday morning with my wife Beth for my 1st appointment & initial body fat analysis. After about 2 hours of education from Roger & Sandy we left for the 3 hour drive home with 2 boxes of supplements, a contest meal plan & a date to enter my 1st show. I should mention this was long before their Cold Spring location.
Todd: I first started using BI products in high school to get bigger and stronger for football in 1982. I chose BI because the biggest, strongest bodybuilders and power lifters in the gym used it and told me it was the best. Over the next dozen years or so I tried other brands, but always came back to BI. In 1992 I began a more personal relationship with BI. I started selling Beverly products at
the gym I owned at the time and also went to Roger and Sandy for contest prep advice.
2. What are your all-time favorite supplements?
Mitch: (1) UMP-due to my schedule I simply can’t eat 6-7 meals per day so UMP and whipping cream is an anabolic lifesaver. Since the days of Ultra Size and now UMP, I’ve never tired of my chocolate brownie cake. I mix UMP with cream, sugar free instant chocolate fudge pudding and microwave it. A dollop of whipped cream on top and you’ve never seen this guy happier. (2) The Ultra 40 liver/Mass Aminos stack-which I use to fill in any nutritional gaps of my meals and to keep my nitrogen levels optimum during the day. (3) Muscle Synergy-taking this before my brutal
Crossfit workouts gives me the critical push I need (along with my Crossfit compadres screaming at me…) Jim: UMP is my favorite product. It’s the best tasting, “cleanest” protein out there & yes, I’ve tried the rest. Chocolate is my favorite but Cookies & Crème is a very close 2nd. My favorite UMP meal – crushed ice & little water mixed with 2 scoops of UMP, shake it up then put in the freezer for about 30-45 minutes. Just long enough that it starts to freeze then devour it. Down here in Texas this drink is great right after training. I still use Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 as well. I feel these are a must for everyone who trains. Todd: The two products I have continued to use over the last 30 years are the proteins and Ultra 40 (liver tabs), I think these two should form the foundation of any muscle building diet.
3. Why do you keep using the products?
Mitch: Reliability, quality and predictability of results. Frankly, I know that the BI products are controlled from a research perspective and that only the highest quality ingredients based upon latest sports nutrition science and research are used.
Jim: The business philosophy Roger & Sandy have incorporated into their company is to let the products sell themselves. Compare this to many other companies who choose to pay big name bodybuilders to represent their companies. I suspect the money BI saves by not paying big names to endorse their product line equates to a better product for us.
Todd: I continue to use BI for two reasons. First, I get results because they are the best supplements on the market. Second, the personal relationship over the years has always been something I can count on like so many other people that BI has helped become their best.
4. What experience do you remember most about BI?
Mitch: I remember when I first started with BI, I was a bit overwhelmed by all the products available. I was on a tight budget and of course wanted EVERYTHING. I put forth this concern in an email to BI and almost immediately I got a personal email back from Roger R. giving me a personalized diet with the 4 most critical supplements he felt I should use. I knew then I was dealing with a pretty special crew….One that had my best interests in mind.
Jim: What sticks out to me is the fact Roger & Sandy always made time for me. I use to call between 2-5 times a week to ask questions about food, why am I using these aminos, what does this do, when will I weigh 225lbs ripped (in hindsight that is hilarious), what do the other guys look like? Roger & Sandy taught me how to pose, how to diet & why it was important. You will not get that help from any other supplement company. This personal attention to detail lives on today through the many contest prep specialists that took what they were taught at Beverly International and have made it into a career.
Todd: Most of all it is the personal relationship that developed into a great friendship. I have seen this with so many people over the years that like me have become members of the extended BI
family.
5. What benefits have you seen over the years that you could contribute to using the products?
Mitch and Todd agree with Jim: The changes I have experienced using Beverly products over the past 20 years are a definite increase in lean muscle & I have maintained a good strength level (as the young guys tell me now – you’re pretty strong for a guy your age…”). Mitch adds, the biggest change I have seen is a refined quality to my musculature. Interestingly, I have stayed within 10 pounds over the past 10 years, but bodyfat has consistently gone down year after year, and lean muscle tissue has continued to increase.
6. Last question: After all these years how do you feel about Beverly International as a company?
All agree that relationship, guidance and trust are what define the Beverly difference. Jim adds, Beverly International as a company feels like a family to me. The sense of integrity & loyalty that
Roger & Sandy instill into the products, but more importantly the people – that is the difference. I consider Roger & Sandy like family to me as I trust them 100% – they set the standard the rest
of the supplement industry should be measured to.
The Beverly approach is based on interaction with the customer. Once the customer expresses what their goals or interests are then the Beverly group begins formulating what products will be needed for you to achieve your goal. Beverly has posted a number of their most successful meal plans in the Bev Solutions section of their website. You’ll also find nearly twenty years’ worth of individual meal plans in the Articles section at beverlyinternational. com.

Mitch Gold

Jim Caudill

Todd Jackson

Use This HIGH-POTENCY STACK to Produce Unprecedented Gains in Muscle Size
Use This HIGH-POTENCY STACK to Produce Unprecedented Gains in Muscle Size
No Nonsense Magazine Collectors Edition 2015
By: Beverly International Advisor Team
Help is here
Maybe you just started working out and want to hit the ground running. Or, perhaps you’ve been training for years and are struggling to break out of a “plateau”. In either case, help is here.
We guarantee that your muscles will increase in size, strength, and overall performance, faster, when you stack the combination of supplements revealed below. As usual, you’ll encounter no marketing non-sense, only high-potency products proven over years of real-world use.
The Beverly Muscle Size Stack for Men
We all know that lifting weights can increase muscle size. Each exercise you perform in the gym stresses your muscles from a different “angle”. This is why the best results come from a routine consisting of several exercises for each muscle group.
Supplements work in a similar fashion. The best results come from a regimen consisting of several supplements, each one care-fully selected to stimulate your muscles from a different “angle”, or through what scientists would describe as different “mechanisms of action”. Case in point: The Beverly Muscle Size Stack for Men. Below, we talk about each supplement in this stack.
1: Ultimate Muscle Protein (UMP)
- To increase the size of your muscles, you’ve got to work them hard in the gym and then feed them high-quality protein throughout the rest of the day. That’s why protein supplements like UMP, Muscle Provider, and Provosysn (the latter two are discussed below) are a “must have” in the Muscle Size Stack for Men.
- Amino acids are the building blocks of protein, and protein is a key building block of muscle tissue. Drinking a shake made with UMP is a simple, delicious way to supply your body with ample doses of all of the amino acids that it requires to build muscle as quickly as possible.
- UMP contains more in the way of “slow-release” proteins than other protein supplements. This makes it especially useful as a meal alternative in the morning, afternoon, or before bed. UMP’s proteins will supply your muscles with amino acids for several hours so that they can continue building without interruption until the next meal arrives. The fewer interruptions, the faster your muscles will increase in size.
- Drinking a UMP protein shake is like having dessert. (You’ll find an entire menu of “Cool, Creamy Shake Recipes” at www.BeverlyInternational.com).

2: Ultra 40
- Ultra 40 is a highly concentrated beef liver tablet. It is naturally rich in nutrients and growth factors that support healthy iron levels, red blood cells, muscle building, energy, and stamina.
- Bodybuilding “gurus” of the 1950s and 1960s such as Vince Gironda and Rheo Blair compared the profound physique and performance enhancing effects of liver tablets to steroids -minus the side effects, of course. They recommended that their clients consume up to 100 or more tablets daily. (Keep in mind that these liver formulations were less concentrated than Ultra 40; 25 Ultra 40 tabs are equivalent to 100 of the old school tabs.)
- Ultra 40 uses the highest grade of liver obtained from grass-fed, pesticide- and hormone-free cattle raised in Argentina. The facilities in which the cattle are raised are inspected by SENASA, the Argentinean equivalent of the FDA.
- Ultra 40 is popular with elite bodybuilders, some of whom have been using it for decades to maximize muscle size and performance.
- For more information about Ultra 40, refer to e-newsletter issue #42. (Go to www.BeverlyInternational.com, scroll to e-Newsletter archive under Extra Info.)

3: Mass Amino Acids
- Mass Amino Acids is an amino acid nitrogen technology with an ingredient profile unlike anything else on the market. It is principally used to increase muscle size and speed up recovery from workouts.
- The most distinguishing ingredient in the Mass Amino Acids formula is a partial hydrolysate of casein. This ingredient, which can cost twice as much as a whey protein hydrolysate, packs up to 500% more amino acid nitrogen than other products.
- The partial hydrolysate of casein in Mass Amino Acids is rich in peptide-bonded amino acids (PBAAs). Studies suggest that PBAAs are absorbed rapidly and possess up to double the anabolic potency of regular food This may explain why some users of Mass Amino Acids report that they are able to gain muscle mass while cutting (losing body fat).
- Users who combine Mass Amino Acids and Ultra 40 commonly gain several pounds of lean muscle mass in 6-8 weeks.

4: Quadracarn (Essential for men 35 years of age and older)
- Quadracarn is an ideal carnitine formula for men 35 years of age and older in search of all-around health and performance enhancement.
- Distinguished by its four types of carnitine, Quadracarn is most frequently used to help:
- boost muscle energy & stamina
- boost testosterone & muscle anabolism
- quicken recovery from workouts
- enhance muscle tone, definition and fullness
- support healthy blood sugar control
- support healthy circulation
- enhance sexual potency

Provosyn Optional, but recommended.
- Provosyn is Beverly’s newest high-quality protein formula. It may be used as an alternative to, or in addition to, UMP and/or Muscle Provider.
- If you think you may be a “hard gainer”, then give Provosyn a try. Its formula is based on a secret protein-combining strategy used by bodybuilding nutrition gurus of the 1950s and 1960s, such as Rheo Blair. Provosyn contains a precise ratio of protein from 100% whole egg, Grade A milk protein isolate, and 100% natural beef.
- Provosyn users quickly fall in love with the rich, satisfying taste and texture, not to mention the benefits. They report that it helps them build muscle, feel pumped, and even get cut.
Muscle Provider Optional, but recommended.
- Like UMP, Muscle Provider is a high-quality protein supplement. It may be used as an alternative to, or in addition to, UMP.
- Muscle Provider contains more in the way of “fast-release” proteins than other protein supplements. This makes it great for use right after lifting weights, when your muscle cells are revved up and ready to build muscle protein.
- Many men use MP as their post-workout protein and reserve UMP for use as a meal alternative in the morning, after-noon and/or evening.
- If, for budgetary reasons, you decide to go with only one protein, don’t sweat it. You can’t go wrong choosing UMP or MP. Either one can be used post-work-out and as a meal alternative.
- When considering your budget, keep in mind that by using UMP and MP at the same time, each for a particular occasion (e.g. MP post-workout vs. UMP in the afternoon or evening), they will last longer.

All In The Family
All In The Family
No Nonsense Magazine Collectors Edition 2015
By: Joey Martinolich
My name is Joey Martinolich and I am going to tell you a story that involves hard work, perseverance, good coaching, great supplements, the unconditional support of my family and chance (or divine intervention). I hope you can relate to and are encouraged by my story.
I was 46 years old and had spent more than half of my life in the gym. My wife and I had been going to the same gym for over 10 years. Three of our six children were active participants in various fitness regimens and one of my daughters had 3 competitions under her belt. Like many of you, I had trained hard, built a good amount of muscle and followed what I thought was a good diet. I lived in a smaller community, was one of the bigger guys around, and looked good in the gym. However, when no one was around; when it was just me, my wife and my fam-ily, I shared my dreams of becom-ing a competitive bodybuilder.
Tell me if you ever heard this one? I thought that if I could just put on another 20-30 lbs. then maybe I could compete sometime. The more I thought about the task at hand of building all that muscle and looking like the guys in the magazines, the further and further my dream drifted away out of my reach.
Then one day as I was going through my normal routine, chance happened (di-vine intervention). The general manager of my gym, Jeremiah Forster, a former Beverly employee and cover man for No-Nonsense, and I were discussing my wife and a few struggles she was facing with her personal training. By the end of the conversation the focus drifted to me. The question was asked, “So, are you ever going to compete?” I had thought about it, but I simply replied that I needed to pack on some mass before even thinking about looking at a show. Jeremiah suggested that we have a formal consultation the next day.
The following day Jeremiah tested my body composition. I weighed 215lbs with 8.9% body fat and slightly less than 20lbs of fat on my body. I was leaner than I thought! Jeremiah told me I could go on dreaming forever or start getting ready to compete NOW. He said I definitely had enough muscle to hold my own against bodybuilders half my age and was lean enough to do a show in 4 months. By the end of the consultation, I had my diet, a new workout and a specialized supplement regimen that were targeted to my specific needs. (See Nutrition, Training, and Supplement sections for the specifics.)
Jeremiah said we could negotiate on diet and training, but there would be zero negotiating on supplements. He went on to explain his history with Beverly Interna-tional, the integrity of the company and the supreme trust he had in the products. It would be Beverly and Beverly ONLY!

I had about 16 weeks to drop 10lbs of fat and build a little muscle in the process. Since I’d already been eating a clean bodybuilding diet for many years, Jeremiah and I decided that I would need a strict and precise plan – zero deviation, zero temptation, and no guess work.
Jeremiah formulated my plan on an Excel spreadsheet. Each of my meals was calculated down to the ounce. I had to stick to the exact foods, the exact amounts. There was no gray area. Hey, if I just wanted gym muscles I could eat like everyone else. But if I wanted to look great on stage, I had to eat with precision in a way that not too many people are willing to do.
Each week we would test my body fat, discuss my overall feedback, and adjust the nutrition and supplements based on my results. I was eating more food (from more nutrient dense sources) than previously, taking fewer supplements (but better quality and in a targeted plan), and after 1 month my results were:


4 lbs. of fat lost and 4 lbs. of muscle gained. My weight stayed the same, but I was getting bigger and leaner at the same time. In just a month I went from a “wanna be” bodybuilder to someone who not only could see the road ahead, but already was visualizing how I was going to look on stage. The results from my Beverly Supplement regimen were al-most immediately noticeable. I’d never put on muscle so quickly, never recovered so quickly, or even felt this good. I had taken some Beverly in the past but never exclusively or in a precision plan. My physique looked completely different in a month. Soon my daughter and I weren’t the only Beverly users in the family. My wife used at least 5 of the products, and the rest of my family and many of my friends started using Beverly. If you visited our house, you’d literally see that half of our pantry is Beverly.
Fast forward to 1 month out. I was under 200 lbs. and looking ripped, but Jeremiah cautioned me. He said I still had a couple of pounds to lose and those 2-3 pounds would make a huge difference on how I looked on stage. He told me many guys look phenomenal in the gym a month out, but are unwilling to go through the very difficult final 4 weeks that takes you from looking great in the gym to great on stage.
Let me tell you, that last month was tough! I can see why many bodybuilders either give up entirely or start alienating everyone around them with their selfish attitude. But my entire family was there for me. They were my rock, my support, my encouragement and my light when I needed them most. I don’t think they fully understood how much their participation helped. They went to the gym with me (getting into the best shape of their lives as well). They held me accountable to my diet; they videotaped my posing sessions, offered their critiques, and continually gave me feedback.
My nutrition the final 4 weeks was quite challenging. My diet became more re-strictive while my cardio increased. I felt depleted, I was tired and my brain was telling me to quit. I’d find myself drooling when the Food Network was on TV. My only refuge was my wife, my fam-ily, and the confidence that the plan was working.
At the beginning of my diet the low-calorie day was only about 500 calories less than the high-calorie base diet. But, as the show got closer, the fat got harder to lose. Jeremiah started making the low-calorie day more restrictive (progressively fewer carbs and calories) while keeping my base diet the same. With 2 weeks to go Jeremiah made a final adjustment that would strip the remaining extra one pound of fat off me. Now, I’d follow one day on the base diet with 2 low-calorie days. This simple change made all of the difference in the world. I went from ripped to shredded.
I met with Jeremiah one final time eager to see what my final week would look like. I had buddies who told me about all this crazy stuff they did during their final week. But to my surprise, Jeremiah’s changes were minimal. He told me that if I was in great shape a week out that I was going to look great the day of the show. He re-introduced carbs on Wednesday, starting off very high and then tapering them down each day into the show. My water intake followed the same protocol – higher intake on Wednesday and a little less each subsequent day. My sodium intake decreased some but was never eliminated. I took in enough carbs to refuel my depleted glycogen stores and I was very careful of my water, sodium and potassium balance. My carbs consisted of mainly white potatoes (due to being simple and loaded with potassium) as well as sweet potatoes and rice cakes.
By the day of the show I was full, hard, dry and shredded. Every-thing came together just as Jeremiah promised. I looked even better than I had dreamed. Some people don’t like getting on stage, but not Joey Martinolich. I hammed it up, nailed my posing routine and looked like a polished pro on stage. My goal from the beginning was to get to the show and look like I had been therefore. I walked away with two 1st place trophies, but the best part was sharing those moments with my wife, family and friends. I can honestly say that all the work and suffering was worth it and I had the time of my life.
Since that show I have competed again and was even better at my second show. Now I am happy to take all the love, support and knowledge that I experienced get-ting ready for my first show and help others who share my dream with support and advice.
I think bodybuilding is more than dudes grunting, pushing weight and looking at ourselves in the mirror. It is more than getting in a speedo, throwing some oil on and flexing in front of a lot of people. Bodybuilding to me is the battle we all face between what we have the capacity to achieve and what we settle for. Don’t give up on your dreams!
Now let me show you what I did to make this transformation.
Nutrition
High calorie (base) day
Meal 1: Protein pancakes – 2 servings egg beaters, 2 whole eggs, 1 scoop UMP, 1 cup oatmeal (mix together with Splenda in a batter and cook like pancakes)
Meal 2: Protein shake or bake – 1 scoop UMP, 2 scoops Provosyn, 2 tbsp heavy cream, 1 cup oatmeal (mix together into a shake or combine all ingredients and cook in micro-wave)
Meal 3: 8 to 10oz very lean meat; 12oz potatoes
Meal 4: Same as meal 2
Meal 5: 8 to 10oz very lean meat; 1.5 cup cooked rice
Meal 6: repeat any of the meals above (non-workout days only)
On workout days, I have the following pre-workout and post-workout meals instead of meal 6.
Pre-workout shake: 1 scoop Muscle Provider, 2 scoops Mass Maker Ultra
Post-workout meal: 6oz lean steak; 18oz potatoes
Low calorie day
- High and low calorie days were alternated; at a few weeks out we went to one high calorie day followed by two low calorie days.
- On low calorie days I eliminated egg yolks, heavy cream, oatmeal and Mass Maker Ultra.
- As show got closer, the high calorie day remained the same, but the low calorie day became even more restricted. At 2 weeks out I eliminated all carbs on low calorie days.
Supplements
Let me take a moment to tell you about my supplement strategy. Jeremiah started me off with the basics – the Super Pak to supply essential micronutrients, Ultra 40 and Mass Amino Acids to give me the optimum amino profile in every meal, and EFA Gold for my essential fatty acids. Ultimate Muscle Protein, Provosyn, Muscle Provider, and Mass Maker Ultra (on high calorie days) were considered part of my daily food intake. I continue to take these year round, not just during pre-contest dieting.
Jeremiah’s rule was simple; always take the basics and add supplements to make up for any deficit in essential nutrients as the diet becomes more restricted. If you don’t, there’s a good chance you’ll start losing muscle instead of fat. I started adding Density (essential amino acids) to my meals at 8 weeks out and during training. I also started taking Lean Out and 7-Keto MuscLean to keep my metabolism stimulated and to make certain that I was burning stored bodyfat for fuel rather than muscle tissue. I read where Quadracarn could help with muscle gain and fat loss, especially for those over 40, and that was added as well.
I mixed several scoops of Glutamine Select plus BCAAs in a shaker bottle and sipped it throughout the day to increase my immune system and level of recovery.
The final supplement in my arsenal was GH Factor. Fat burning toward the end of contest prep (especially in stubborn areas) can be very difficult due to a decrease in hormonal production. The two amino acids in GH Factor when taken on an empty stomach allowed my body to naturally produce more growth hormone and allow for a bit of extra fat loss in some of my trouble areas.
During workouts I took an old school page out of my coach’s book and took at least 20, and more often 30-40 Mass Aminos during training to take advantage of that precious anabolic window. As the show approached I changed from Mass to Density and took 20 to 30 throughout each workout.
Daily Supplements
Super Pak with meal 1
Meals 1-6: 4 Ultra 40, 4 Mass Amino Acids, I add 3 Density (low calorie days)
Quadracarn: 12 tablets spread throughout the day
Lean Out: 12 capsules spread throughout the day (low calorie days)
7-Keto MuscLean: 3 capsules twice a day on an empty stomach (low calorie days)
GH Factor: 6 capsules upon waking / 6 before bed (on an empty stomach – final 4 weeks)
Workout Supplements
Mass Amino Acids: 20 to 30 during training (until 8 weeks out)
Density: 20 to 30 during training (at 8 weeks out to show time)
Glutamine Select: 3 scoops during training
Training
If I may steal a line from the legendary Lee Haney, my training philosophy was, “Stimulate, don’t Annihilate”.
My training (as listed below) was based on a workout plan from a past issue of No Nonsense. (All No Nonsense back issues can be found at BeverlyInter-national.com, click on the articles tab at the top.) Being almost 50, I have more aches and pains than this article has room for. So, I did have to tweak the training program from day to day to work around various injuries that cropped up from 35 years of pounding in the gym.
Cardio: Due to the intensity of weight training and sore joints only light intensity cardio was done. In the beginning no cardio, at 12 weeks out I did 30 minutes post training; at 8 weeks out I added 30 minutes in the AM + 30 minutes post training; at 4 weeks out it progressed to 60 minutes in the AM + 30 minutes post training.
Day #1: Calves, Legs (heavy), Back (light), Biceps (light)
Standing Calf Raises 5×8-12
Squats 6×12-10-8-6-4-15
Leg Extensions 5×15-12-10-8-20
Leg Curls 5×15-12-10-8-20
Pulldowns (varied grips) 3×12-15
Seated Cable Rows 3×12-15
Preacher Curls 3×12-15
Concentration Curls 3×12-15
Abdominal Crunches 3×25-50
Day #2: Calves, Chest (heavy), Shoulders (light), Triceps (heavy)
Seated Calf Raises 5×20-30
Incline Barbell Press 4×10-8-6-15
Bench Press 5×12-10-8-6-15
Upright Rows 5×10-12
Rear Lateral Raise 5×10-12
Close Grip Bench Press 4×12-10-8-20
Dips (Weighted) 4×15-12-10-then as many reps as possible with no weight
Leg Raises 3×20-30
Day #3: Calves, Legs (light), Back (Heavy), Biceps (heavy)
Standing Calf Raises 5×6-10
Deadlifts 5×10-8-6-4-15
Bent Over Rows 5×10-8-6-4-15
Weighted Chins 4×12-10-8-then as many reps as possible with no weight
Barbell Curls 4×12-10-8-15
Reverse Curls 3×10-8-12
Leg Press 4×15-18
Stiff Leg Deadlifts 3×12-15
Abdominal Crunches 3×30-50
Day #4: Calves, Chest (light), Shoulders (heavy), Triceps (light)
Seated Calf Raises 5×20-30
Standing Front Press 5×10-8-6-4-15
Dumbell Arnold Presses 4×10-8-6-15
Dumbell Incline 4×10-12
Flat Dumbell Flyes 4×10-12
Tricep Pushdowns 3×12-15
Lying Tricep Extension 3×12-15
Lying Leg Raises 3×20-30
In closing, I am so thankful for the FITBODY Contest Prep Figure & Bikini Team! With my teammates and Julie’s help, I am not alone in competition prep. This journey (though I feel it is still just the beginning) has already given me so much… a better under-standing of my nutrition, knowledge of the competition scene, a supportive team of women that are now also my friends, and a bangin’ body to boot!
Advice from Joey’s trainer Jeremiah Forster
I have more than 20 years’ experience as a per-sonal trainer. I started as a “contest prep coach” in 2000 when I was taught how to do so by Roger and Sandy at Beverly International. I have helped several clients accomplish what they thought impossible. These range from dreams of representing themselves on stage with pride in their first contest to numerous 1st places. I am happily married with 4 beautiful children. My online training business has now turned into a fitness ministry. www.jeremiahforster.com

Training
Over the years I have prepared hundreds of training programs. These workouts range from basic bodybuilding training to very complex optimum performance training, kettlebells, etc. As Roger once told me, “All training works until it stops working.” No matter what your goal is, PROGRESSION is a universal truth that never lies. Progression is a deliberate increase in your repetitions, weight, decreased time between sets or the amount of time under tension. Every workout plan should have a component of planned progression. Once progression cannot be made in any of the above scenarios, then and only then should your workout be changed. There is no magic length of time to a workout, there is only progress. If you are still progress-ing, you are doing the right workout; if you are not, then you should change your workout. That brings up a good point, how do you know you are making progress if you are not tracking your progress? How many notebooks or notes on phones or tablets have you seen in the gym? I suggest you start recording your workout today.
DIET
As with training there is no one diet that is the end all and be all. However, certain body types react differently to different foods and macronutrient ratios. PRECISION IS THE MOST IMPORTANT THING IN YOUR NUTRITION. If you are precise in following your base diet, you or your trainer will be able to adjust it easily to attain a specific goal – whether it be fat loss, muscle gain, or contest prep. Your results become a mathematic equation not a hope and a prayer.
SUPPLEMENTS
I do not believe you need 20 different supplements to be successful. Start with a basic supplement plan of the essentials that you take year round. Then add a couple more that will help you achieve your specific goal. I’d rather you concentrate on really getting the maximum benefit from 2 or 3 targeted supplements, than see you trying everything under the Sun. Which do you think is more effective? One pill of 20 different supplements or 2-3 scoops each of Muscle Synergy, Creatine Select, and Glutamine Select per day? Once you choose the correct supplements be sure to take the recommended amounts or even a little more, to see the most benefits.
CONTEST GUIDANCE
Before your contest prep begins, search your soul, look in the mirror, and have a long, hard talk with yourself. Are you willing to make the sacrifices that contest prep requires? If the time isn’t right yet, it’s okay to put it off. Starting something and then quitting can be damaging to your spirit, finishing something is empowering. Don’t just go through the motions of your contest prep, do it with excellence. Give your best effort day in and day out to your diet, training, cardio, and posing. Why? Because little is more satisfying than knowing you gave your heart and soul to achieving something. In my experience, pure and full dedication always produces life’s sweetest rewards.

The Dynamic Drug-Free Duo
The Dynamic Drug-Free Duo
No Nonsense Magazine Collectors Edition 2015
By: Ryan Propst


At a Glance: Ryan Propst & Beth Muntean
Age: Ryan 39, Beth 31
Occupation: Ryan is a University of Akron graduate of the Radiology Technician program and currently a student at The Ohio State University working for his Masters in Exercise Physiology.
Beth recently graduated from the University of Akron with her Masters in Nursing with a specialty in Nurse Anesthesia and is employed with The Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center as a Nurse Anes-thetist.
Family: Engaged, no children
Current Residence: Columbus, Ohio
Years Training (total): Ryan 25 years, Beth 14 years
Height/Weight: Ryan 5’9”, 190 off-season/160 con-test; Beth 5’10”, 150 off-season/135 contest
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: protein pancake with UMP, liquid egg whites, and oatmeal.
Favorite Supplements: UMP chocolate and Lean Out.
Music: Pandora radio during training sessions with sta-tions ranging from Marilyn Manson to Little Wayne.
Most Inspiring Book: Ryan: Arnold Schwarzenegger’s Encyclopedia of Modern Bodybuilding by Arnold Schwarzenegger, Beth: As A Man Thinketh by James Allen
Hobbies: Snowboarding, mountain bike rid-ing, free running, hiking, volleyball, boxing, watching movies, and spending time with our new puppy.
Words to live by:“You must be shapeless, formless, like water. When you pour water in a cup, it becomes the cup. When you pour water in a bottle, it becomes the bottle. When you pour water in a teapot, it be-comes the teapot. Water can drip and it can crash. Become like water my friend” ~ Bruce Lee
We take this quote by Bruce Lee to mean whatever your passion in life is, engulf yourself in it. Surround yourself with it, become it fully. Be at peace and rest-ful when you can, but also commit fully and forcefully when necessary. Goals are only reached through dedication, discipline, sacrifice and HARD WORK.
What comes to mind when you think of a dynamic superhero team? Batman and Robin, Superman and Wonder Woman, the Wonder Twins? We may not have super powers or be famous, but at Buckeye Gym in Tallmadge, Ohio we are known as Team B&R.
I have been blessed to have the love of my life as my training partner for the last eight years. Sharing our passion in life has been incredible for us. So how did this all begin? My first experience with weight training came in the form of a Christmas present when I was 10. My parents gave me a plastic water weight set, two dumbbells, a barbell and a few plates. Yes, they were hollow and designed to be filled with water to add resistance; however, whenever I was thirsty I would just open up a dumbbell and take a drink. It was like a thirst quenching drop set.
I started weight training in earnest during my fresh-man year of high school hoping to put some weight and muscle on my skinny 5’9”, 135 pound frame. I wanted to participate in football and track. I also desired to stop getting picked on by upper classmen. I didn’t know a lot at the time about bodybuilding, but I admired the one and only Arnold Schwarzenegger and would read anything about him I could get my hands on. By the be-ginning of my sophomore year I had gained ten pounds, and had begun to transform my physique. So began my love of bodybuilding.
As a high school athlete, Beth stood out in basketball and volleyball, but had no prior experience with body-building before meeting me. When we started dating she became interested in working out and started going to the gym with me. It took a few months and countless requests for spots, before she started hinting around that maybe we could become training partners. At first I was skeptical. I had never had a female training partner and never known anyone who had successfully trained with their significant other. I was quite wrong to be worried!
We clicked as training partners from the first moment, feeding off each other’s energy and instinctively knowing how and when to push one another. We started training together in 2006 and by 2007 we were getting ready for our first show.
We have competed in ten shows together. We’ve both earned our NGA and WNBF drug-free pro cards, Beth in figure and me in bodybuilding. She is coming off a great 2013 season with an overall win at the INBF Cardinal Classic and a class win at the NPC Natural Northern. I have won my weight class in all but one tested show. That loss was to the eventual over-all winner and it fueled me to train even harder. More importantly, it compelled me to maintain consistency with my supplementation and nutrition regimen. Since then I have been undefeated in tested shows. I have four overall wins: NPC Monster Mash, NGA Fall Classic, INBF Cardinal Classic and NPC Natural Northern. My most memorable achievements are the two competitions where Beth and I took the overalls together. The feeling of us as a team on stage together at the end of the night is something I will cherish for a life time.
In the remainder of this article I will share our nutrition, supplement, and training programs. We encourage you to study them, adapt them to your own programs, or follow them exactly and see if you can get the same results that we achieved.



Diet
During our contest prep, Beth and I eat the same foods except for the portion sizes. This makes it much easier for us to shop and prepare our meals together. We’ve noticed that we lose fat and our strength in the gym actually increases when we start on the diet and supplement plan listed below.
Meal 1 Pancake made with UMP, egg whites, 1 whole egg, uncooked plain oatmeal, blueberries and/or blackberries. 1-2 cups coffee or green tea, roughly 1 liter of water.
Meal 2 Chicken breast or ground turkey breast, brown or white rice, green beans or broccoli.
Meal 3 Tilapia, sweet potato or brown or white rice, green beans or broccoli or asparagus.
Pre-workout meal 1 scoop Muscle Provider or UMP and 1/2 cup un-cooked oatmeal. I either blend this in a shake or cook it as oatmeal. Either way it’s delicious and digests very quickly. We put 2 scoops of Beverly’s Glutamine Select plus BCAAs in our water bottles for the gym.
Post workout meal Blend together unsweetened almond milk, water, spinach, 6oz pasteurized egg whites, 1 scoop Muscle Provider and 1/2 cup uncooked oatmeal. I also take my Beverly Creatine Select at this time.
Meal 4 Any combination of the above, one food from each category, protein, carbohydrate and vegetable.
Meal 5 Chicken breast and a large mixing bowl size salad, consist-ing of red and green leaf lettuce, tomatoes, mushrooms, red and green peppers. Dressing consists of 3 tablespoons Bragg’s unpasteur-ized apple cider vinegar mixed with a little mustard and a packet of Sweat Leaf natural stevia. It tastes like honey mustard and is healthy. (No complex carbs at dinner.)
Condiments Mustard, hot sauce and anything we can find that is sugar free.
Water We drink when we are thirsty, at least 4-6 liters a day. Usually a little more if the temperature is high. However, I don’t believe in drinking gallons and gallons of water a day. This just flushes out your sodium, electrolytes and may tax your kidneys.
Supplements
Meal 1: Multivitamin, 3 Quadracarn, 4 Ultra 40 liver, 4 Mass Amino Acids, 2 Lean Out
Meal 2-3: 4 Ultra 40, 4 Mass Amino Acids, 2 Lean Out
Meal 4: 3 Quadracarn, 4 Ultra 40, 4 Mass Amino Acids, 2 Lean Out
Meal 5: 3 Beverly ZMA 2000
Training
Our training remains relatively constant whether we are in the off-season or preparing for a contest. As men-tioned above, we actually get stronger at the beginning of our contest prep phase even though we are losing weight. I believe this is due to the strict, clean eating and regi-mented supplement program. It is not until the last few weeks that we start to see a decrease.
Beth and I perform the same exercises, repetitions and sets. Although she is aware that women’s figure demands a certain look that may require over-developing certain muscle groups, her goal, like mine is to develop a well-rounded, proportionate physique.
Here are some key points regarding our training:
- You have to check your ego at the door and focus on the form you are using over the weight people see you moving.
- Practice the mind-muscle connection. Squeeze the working mus-cle on each rep.
- You are only as strong as your weakest muscle.
- We add an intensity element after completing the last set on many exercises. It may be any one of the following:
- 2 assisted forced reps after completing our scheduled 8 reps
- A drop set to failure (starting with the same poundage as our 1st set)
- A set of negatives to failure – we are strong advocates of us-ing negative reps in our training. It is a great way to tear down muscle tissue without beating up one’s joints.
Note: If we are too exhausted to maintain good form on any of the exercises listed below, we reduce the weight and do 3 sets of 10 reps instead of the listed schedule. An asterisk (*) on the final set of an exercise means that we usually incorporate one of the above intensity techniques.
Monday – Back/Traps:
Wide-grip Pull-ups 3×12-10-8 (*) increase weight using dip belt
V-Bar Close-grip Pulldowns 3×12-10-8
Behind the head Wide-grip Pulldowns 3×12-10-8 (*) Wide-grip pulldowns 3×8 with a 5 second negative to failure
DB Shrugs 3-4×10-15
Thursday – Bicep/Triceps:
Bicep Standing French Bar Curls 3×12-10-8 (*)
Triceps Rope Pressdowns 3×12-10-8 (*)
Bicep Seated Incline Bench DB curls 3×12-10-8 (*)
Triceps Behind the head DB Extensions 3×12-10-8 (*)
Bicep Standing DB Hammer Curls 3×12-10-8 (*)
Triceps Seated Dips 3x all to failure
Friday – Off
Tuesday – Chest/Calves/Abs:
Flat Bench Press 3×12-10-8 (*)
Incline DB Press 3×12-10-8
Incline Flyes 3×12-10-8 (*) or 3×10-10-10 depending on energy that day
Pec-Deck 3×12-10-8
Cable Crossovers 3×12-10-8 (*) or 3×10-10-10
Calves Pick your favorite 2 exercises and do 4 timed sets, 30 seconds for as many as you can do.
Saturday – Shoulders/Traps/Calves:
Seated DB Presses 3×12-10-8 (*)
Front DB Raises 3×12-10-8 (*)
Side Lateral Raises 3×12-10-8 (*)
Pec-Deck Rear-Delt Laterals 3×12-10-8 or 3×10
Barbell Shrugs 3-4×12-10-8
Standing Machine Calf Raises 3-4×12-10-8 2*
Seated Calf Raises 3-4×12-10-8
Wednesday – 1st Leg Day:
Squats 7×12-10-8-6-4-2-2
Leg Extensions 3×12-10-8 (*)
Leg Curls 3×12-10-8 (*)
Leg Press 3×12-10-8
Walking Lunges 3×15-20
Sunday – 2nd Leg Day:
Leg Extensions 3×10-10-10
Squats 5×10-10-10-10-10
Leg Press 3×15-12-10
Leg Curls 3×15-12-10
(*) On final set incorporate one of the 3 intensity techniques listed on pg 7.
Cardio
Beth does three days of HIIT training and two, 30-45 minute low intensity sessions. I do not do cardio during contest prep. I feel it drains me and I look stringy. I rely on the foods I eat and not getting too far out from my contest weight in the off-season.
Summary
Be consistent! There are endless approaches to eating plans, contest preparation, training strategies and supplementation. The key is to find what works for you. Once you develop a working strategy, stay with it and give it time to work.

Joyful Transformation
Seeing the Driscoll’s transformation just made me joyful. They put the work in and the reward was 10-fold!
Lenia Driscoll writes… In the Summer of 2018, I tipped the scale at 284lbs and was feeling really down with hardly enough energy to play with our kids. My husband, Sean, weighed 200lbs, drank too much beer, was bloated, with high blood pressure and high cholesterol. We knew something had to change for our health and wellbeing. We have 3 beautiful boys we wanted to see grow into healthy adults and we knew we had to be the role models and set the example of a healthy lifestyle for them to follow in the steps of.
I kicked off my journey with intermittent fasting, or 16/8 (16 hours of fasting and 8 hours of eating). My husband opted to do 5 small meals throughout the day eating most of his carbohydrate distribution in the morning and low carbs in the afternoon/evening. I concentrated on a low carbohydrate, high protein diet. I ate salads with lots of protein sources on top like chicken, shrimp, hard boiled eggs and sometimes tuna. For dinner, I always ate what I make for my family, minus the starchy sides.
One day at a family gathering, my brother-in-law raved about Beverly International products that he had been using for 2 decades and recommended we try them out. I started with UMP Protein shakes, Lean Out and 7-Keto MuscLean. Sean started with UMP shakes, Quadracarn, GH Factor, Advanced Antioxidant, Mass Aminos and Ultra 40. Within 6 months I lost 60lbs, hubby lost 30lbs. We both felt fantastic, stronger and our overall happiness and confidence increased dramatically. Our gym routine was to do 6 days of 60 minutes of weight training with cardio for 30 minutes, 4 times per week. In the months following, I continued to shed the weight and am now down 110lbs and hubby is now putting on more muscle. He started taking Mass Maker Ultra and increased his caloric intake.
The Summer of 2019 was fantastic! We had so much more energy to play with our boys, take them hiking, to the beach and Disney. I wasn’t ashamed to wear a swimsuit in public and hubby felt confident to go shirtless at the pool. It’s now been over a year since we embarked on this journey and I am happy to report my husband hasn’t had a drink, is off his blood pressure and cholesterol medicine and looks and feels better than ever! I have been able to keep the weight off and enjoy shopping in normal stores instead of the plus sized clothing stores I had to previously resorted. We couldn’t have attained the success we’ve had without the help from Beverly International supplements! They have been key to our transformation and we are so very thankful!

Two Overall Bikini Titles – Here’s How I Did It
Two Overall Bikini Titles – Here’s How I Did It
No Nonsense Magazine Collectors Edition 2015
By: Molli Smith, 2013 Kentucky State and Kentucky Muscle Overall Bikini Champion

At a Glance: Molli Smith
Age: 25
Occupation: Personal trainer at No Non-sense Personal Training/Licensed Cosmetologist
Years Training (total): 2
Height: 5’5.5″
Weight: 125
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Pre-contest I follow a low carb diet plan with a “Carb Meal” on Mondays and Thursdays. This is my favorite meal. I eat 1 cup oats, an 8oz sweet potato, 1 cup broccoli, and 1 banana for my last meal on those days.
Favorite Supplements: UMP- It is so versatile, great tasting, and very convenient with my busy sched-ule. It’s perfect for someone who can’t get in 5-6 meals a day. I have also found it to be very handy in baking (which I love to do!) Muscle Mass Branched chain amino acids during training; Muscularity with my meals to help maintain lean body mass on a low calorie diet. Lean Out- It is perfect for someone who isn’t that strict to help regulate insulin levels.
Music: Rock, Heavy Metal, & Hip Hop on my iPod
Most Inspiring Book: The Success Principles by Jack Canfield
Hobbies: Cooking, Baking, Reading, Hiking, Canoe-ing, Jet Skiing, Mountain Biking, Softball, Basketball, Sand Volleyball, Camping, Skiing, Snow Tubing. I could go on and on! I love to stay active and help people achieve their goals.
Words to live by: “It’s not the will to win that mat-ters—everyone has that. It’s the will to prepare to win that matters.” “Only those who dare to fail greatly can ever achieve greatly.”
I grew up happy with a very active lifestyle. I was very involved in sports ever since I was little. I started playing t-ball at 5, then progressed to slow-pitch softball which turned into fast-pitch softball. I played 3 years in high school and also on a select team as a catcher, shortstop, and center fielder. Our select team actually was invited to play in a tournament in Maui! My whole team bagged groceries on weekends for months to earn the money to cover our plane tickets—it was worth it!
I played basketball (my fav!) ever since I was 7. I was a guard on my school teams up until my senior year. I also was a setter on my schools’ volleyball teams from middle school through my junior year in high school.
All of that activity kept me in pretty good shape, but I was very skinny. I had some tone, but little-to-no muscle. I don’t know how I stayed so thin because I paid no attention to my diet whatsoever! I ate out- ALL THE TIME! Whatever and whenever I wanted to eat, I ate. Never ate breakfast unless it was a banana or a Pop Tart. I’d skip lunch half the time and just eat a huge meal before bed. Even when I thought I was eating something that might be good for me like fish, as often as not it would be deep fried. I made those kinds of mistakes all the time.
I wasn’t just clueless about nutrition, but even with my sports background, I had zero knowledge about working out. I became interested in really improving my body but I didn’t know where to turn. Then I met my fiancé, Mark Ritter, a successful bodybuilder and very knowledgeable about training and nutrition.
Within 1 year he had me ready for my first competition, the 2012 Northern Kentucky. I placed 7th in a pretty big class of girls. I loved it! I was psyched and wanted another go at it. Next time I wanted to be in the center of the top 5 line up. In the Nutrition and Supplement section I’ll give you the details of how I ramped up both for my next competition in Indianapolis, just 3 months after the Northern. One week before the show, I got a HUGE surprise… I got engaged to Mark!
I went on to place 5th at the Indy out of 17 girls! I was ecstatic. Not only did I get engaged to the love of my life (my swole-mate) just a week prior, I also had earned my first trophy. I was hungry for success and I knew I could do better if I kept pushing my-self, so that’s exactly what I did. Finally I achieved my goal of not only a class win, but an overall title at the 2013 Kentucky State. I followed that with another class and overall win at the 2013 Kentucky Muscle. Now, let’s get into how I did it.
Nutrition & Supplements
Mark put me on my first supplement regimen shortly after I started training with him. Mark’s been using Beverly supplements since 1999 and knows the product line inside and out. He explained I needed to start building some muscle if I wanted to compete. The best supplements he’s seen for this are the combo of UMP, Mass Aminos, Ultra 40, and Fit Tabs. It was a lot of pills at first, but I went from a skinny girl to a toned and shapely bikini competitor in less than a year.
I was hooked on the supplements from then on. For my second contest we stayed with the “musclebuilding supplement combo” I used for the Northern, but Mark added a trick he’d learned long ago when he worked at Beverly of taking Muscle Mass BCAA tablets throughout the workout. I also added Muscularity (more BCAAs) with my meals and Lean Out to help me, well, lean out.
My Daily Supplement Plan
UMP: 2 scoops twice daily
Mass Aminos: 2 or 3 with each meal
Ultra 40: Same as Mass Aminos
Muscle Mass: I weigh 125, so 12-15 during my workout is ideal Muscularity: 2 capsules with each meal
Lean Out: 1 or 2 capsules with each meal
My Daily Meal Plan:
One thing I can tell you that has definitely changed for me is my nutrition. It went from Pop Tarts and fast food to chicken, eggs/egg whites, lean beef, turkey, oatmeal, sweet potatoes, and veggies! I now eat 6 meals throughout the day, spread 2-3 hours apart. This way I’m never hungry or too full. I also drink at least 1 gallon of water per day. If I’m trying to lean out for a contest, I’ll substitute ½ of a grapefruit for my oatmeal in Meal 1 and about 8-10 stalks of asparagus for my sweet potato in Meals 3 & 5. During contest prep, I have carb up meals on Mondays and Thursdays at Meal 6. That consists of 1 cup oats, 8oz sweet potato, 1 cup broccoli, and 1 banana.
Meal 1 8:00am: 3 egg whites 1 whole egg, 3-4oz lean beef; ½ cup oats
Meal 2 11:00am: Chocolate UMP shake 2 scoops mixed with cold water
Meal 3 2:00pm: 6oz chicken breast; 6oz sweet potato
Meal 4 5:00pm: Same as meal 2
Meal 5 8:00pm: 6oz chicken breast; 6oz sweet potato
Meal 6 11:00pm: Chocolate UMP 2 scoops mixed with water to pudding consistency PB2 sprinkled on top
I always buy in bulk and prep our meals for up to 2 or 3 days prior, except for breakfast. I always cook our breakfast fresh every morning which is an egg/beef omelet! For me, having our meals prepped in advance creates less stress throughout the day. We can just grab our container, throw it in the microwave and eat! If you are someone who is gone most of the day, I would suggest having some type of cooler to keep your meals in. Along with having all of your meals in one place, it keeps them cool and you have them right there with you so you’re not tempted to swing through a drive thru. A food scale really helps with weighing out your portions, especially if you’re cooking for more than one! If you would like more information please visit our website at www.nnpt.net.

My Workouts
Monday- Chest
Incline Barbell Presses 4 sets of 12-15 reps
Incline Dumbbell Presses 4×6-8
Flat Dumbbell Flyes 4×5-max reps (Mark creates resistance on the way up and down by having me push against his forearms for 5. Then I rep out as many as I can)
Flat Barbell Bench Presses 2×10
Cable Crossovers 3×12-15
Wednesday- Arms
Barbell Curls 4×8-12
Incline Curls 3×6-8
One Arm Preacher Curls 3×8-10
Hammer Curls 3×6-8
Rope Pushdowns 3×10-15
Close Grip Bench Press 3×6-10
Pushdowns 3×10-12
Dips 3 sets of as many as I can
Triceps Kickbacks 7×12-15 (only 30 second rest in between)
Friday- Shoulders
Side Laterals 4×20 (first 5 super slow then 15 regular) Dumbbell Press 4×20 (first 5 super slow then 15 regular)
One-Arm Cable Laterals 3×8-10
Front Dumbbell Raise 3×12 (performed on incline bench)
Reverse Pec Dec 3×10-12
Rear Dumbbell Raise 3×8-12 (lying face down on incline bench)
**I will usually hit additional glutes on Monday or Saturday**
Tuesday- Back
Wide Grip Pull Ups 4 sets of as many as I can Barbell Row 4×8-10
Rack Pulls 3×6-8
Seated Cable Row 4×8-10
Hammer Strength ISO Lateral Pull Down (reverse grip) 4×8-10 together then 2-3 assisted single arms
Thursday- Legs
Giant Set – Lying Leg Curls/ Stiff Leg Deadlifts/Standing Leg Curls 4×20
Leg Extension 2×20 (super slow on 1st 5 reps, then rep out fast on the final 15)
Leg Extension 2 drop sets (max reps starting with super slow reps for the first 5)
Leg Press 4×20 (first 5 reps performed extremely slow then rep out 15)
Hack Squats 3×8-10
Walking Lunges 2 sets
Presentation
Sandy asked me to include some tips on presentation. Even though this is only going to be my 3rd year in competition, I think I can give you some good pointers. The first is walk, walk, walk! I cannot stress enough how important your stage presence is. It’s very important that you look and feel confident on stage. I am constantly practicing my walk no matter if I’m 10 weeks out from a show or 2 days out. You cannot practice enough! On the day of the show you may be tired, hungry, thirsty, fatigued, nervous or scared. Trust me, I’ve been all of those! You’ll want to be able to power through those emotions, dig deep, and own that stage. Always keep a smile on your face. Think about all the hard work you put in to that very moment and how beautiful you look. Practice alone, in front of a mirror-not too much though! You don’t want to get in the habit of always seeing yourself when you practice, so make sure to practice without the mirror too! Practice in front of people and have someone video tape you while you walk so you can see what others see, and possibly some things you want to change or work on. I promise you- once you get it down you’ll be able to do it no problem. If you’ve never posed before it can be a little overwhelming. I tell my clients this all the time. First, find which poses are the most comfortable for you. Then work on putting them together in your walk. You’ll want the whole presentation to flow. It takes time, but you’ll be glad you practiced when the show comes and your confidence will shine. Good luck!
In closing, I would like to thank my fiancé, Mark for all of his wonderful help with my training and nutrition along with the best support I could ever ask for. It is such an honor to be learning from such an amazing, smart, and talented person. Also, to Roger and Sandy for having an extraordinary product line. I will never use or recommend any-thing else!


Classic Physique – Nutrition
Classic Physique – Nutrition
No Nonsense Magazine Collectors Edition 2016
By: The Beverly Advisor Team
Have you been itching to compete but don’t feel you are quite big enough for Bodybuilding and also aren’t crazy about competing in Men’s Physique? A new division called “Classic Physique” could be just the thing for you. It’s planted firmly between the extremes of the massive, ripped muscle prioritized in Bodybuilding and the smaller, cover model look of Physique divisions. Many of you will naturally fall into this category based on your structure and genetics. Plus, if you’re goal is to look more like Frank Zane, or even closer to Arnold, than Kai Greene, you now have a competitive outlet.

As regular readers of No Nonsense already know, BI users and followers of our diet methods have been achieving this type of look for years. A physique where shape, symmetry and a pleasing athletic, muscular look is rewarded. It’s the type of overall physique that the majority of men will see and say, “That’s what I would like to look like”. And most women will prefer looking at!
Best of all it’s a look that’s realistically achievable for most aspiring natural competitors with hard work, dieting and proper supplementation. Going to “extremes” is not necessary and it can be balanced with your real life that includes jobs and families.
This is a brand new division and we’re going to get you way ahead of the curve by presenting a complete program to achieve the “Classic Physique”. Whether your goal is to compete, or to just do it for yourself, in the remainder of this article we’ll provide a 3-Phase Nutrition Program, a specialized 2-Phase Workout including “Feeder Workouts” to help you develop your “Classic Physique”, and if you wish to compete, we’ll also include a Presentation Section to help you better show off your “Classic Physique”. In closing we’ll include a Table of Classic Physique measurements to give you specific body part goals to shoot for.
“Classic Physique” Nutrition
Your Classic Physique nutrition plan is designed help you gain and retain muscle while you lean out. You should start your diet for the contest as early as possible. Don’t wait until the last minute. The earlier you start, the more time you will be able to spend in Phase 1 (the Musclebuilding phase). There are 3 diet phases in all. Each one emphasizes excellent food choices which will allow you to keep gaining muscle where you need it while you whittle away fat from your waist and other problem areas.
Phase 1 “Classic Physique” Nutrition Plan
Start the Phase 1 nutrition plan at least 16-20 weeks out from your contest date. The first phase is designed to help you gain as much muscle as you can while increasing your muscularity. But even this early in your preparation, you should still focus on achieving that classic small waist, so losing fat is also a priority. Train as heavy and hard as possible, but use textbook form and concentrate mentally and physically on improving any weak points in your physique. The recommended high protein foods and quality supplements will allow you to continue to make improvements to your physique so make every training session count.
Note: In the meal plan below if you weigh less than 165 lbs reduce meat and carb portions listed by 2oz. (All meats are weighed prior to cooking.)
Meals
Meal 1: 2 whole eggs + 4 egg whites, 6oz lean meat, ½ cup oatmeal – (measured before mixing with water and cooking)
Meal 2: (Choose one option)
Option A: Protein Drink with two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 1-2 tablespoons healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy whipping cream.
Option B: 8oz lean beef or chicken or 10-12oz tuna, one small apple or orange
Meal 3: 8oz lean meat (chicken or other lean protein source), 6oz sweet potato or 2/3 cup cooked brown rice, 2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.) or green salad with 4 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal 4: (same options as meal #2)
Meal 5: 10oz very lean meat (chicken breast, fish, turkey breast, lean beef – sirloin, filet, etc.), 2 cups vegetables, salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal 6:
Option A: Protein Shake or Pudding: 2 Scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire
Option B: 8 egg whites + 2 whole eggs or 6oz beef, 1-2 cups vegetables
Essential Supplement Program
• 1 Super Pak with meal #1
• 4 Ultra 40 tablets and 4 Mass Aminos with each meal
The Best Optional Supplements for Phase 1 (in priority order)
Glutamine Select – take 2-4 scoops during training to preserve muscle during precontest dieting.
Muscle Synergy – if you want to continue to add muscle, get a great pump every workout, and can afford it – then Muscle Synergy is for you. You have to take enough though, eight tablets or 1 scoop twice a day if you weigh less than 185; if you’re a light heavy or heavyweight you’ll benefit most from 24 tablets or 3 scoops per day. Muscle Synergy holds lean muscle tissue while dieting better than anything. We just don’t always recommend it to everyone because of the expense.
Creatine Select – will help you keep your strength up and train harder while dieting so that’s another product you should consider. Take 5 scoops per day with meals for the first 5 days, then 2 scoops daily on training days, and 1 scoop on non-training days.
An economical way to use Muscle Synergy and Creatine Select during Phase 1
Weeks 1-2: Use Creatine Select as directed above.
Weeks 3-4: Take Muscle Synergy and Creatine Select together for the next two weeks.
Weeks 5-6: Creatine Select, no Muscle Synergy.
Weeks 7-8: Creatine Select and Muscle Synergy.
If you have any questions at all about our supplements be sure to call our Beverly Advisor Team at 1-800-781-3475.
Phase 2 “Classic Physique” Nutrition Plan
This is the first “precontest diet” that you’ll follow. In general you will switch from Phase 1 to Phase 2 at 8-10 weeks out. If you think that you are not leaning out fast enough go to Phase 2 at 10 weeks out; if you’re on track wait until the 8-week mark.
Note: As before, if you weigh 165 or less, reduce the meat portions by 1 or 2 ounces in each of the listed meals. (All meats are weighed prior to cooking.)
Meals
Meal 1: 8oz lean beef or turkey, 3 egg whites, 1 yolk, 1 grapefruit
Meal 2: Protein Drink: 2 scoops UMP or Muscle Provider, 1 tbsp healthy fat (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter, etc.) or 1 tbsp heavy whipping cream
Meal 3: 8oz chicken or turkey breast (weighed prior to cooking), 2 cups vegetables
Meal 4:
Option A: Protein Drink: 2 scoops UMP or Muscle Provider, 1 tbsp healthy fat (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or 1 tbsp heavy whipping cream
Option B: 6oz can tuna or 5oz chicken, 3 egg whites, 1 whole egg, 1 tomato
Meal 5: 10oz lean meat (chicken, turkey, fish, 93% or leaner beef, etc.), 4 cups salad (lettuce, tomato, carrot, cucumber, green peppers, etc.), 2 tbsp cider vinegar and 1 tbsp olive oil for a dressing
Meal 6: 5oz chicken or turkey breast; 6 egg whites, 1 cup omelet vegetables
Monday and Thursday: In place of meal 6 (or as an added 7th meal if you weigh over 185 and your condition warrants it): 1.5 cups oatmeal (precooked) or cooked rice, 10oz sweet potato, 1 medium banana, 1 cup vegetables, 1 tbsp butter, almond butter or oil
Best Supplements – Phase 2
Meal 1: 1 Super Pak, 3 EFA Gold
Each meal: 4 Ultra 40; 3 Density (and/or Mass Aminos); 3 Muscularity; and 2 Lean Out.
Training: 2-4 scoops Glutamine Select plus BCAAs and 10-20 Muscle Mass (5 Muscle Mass per scoop of Glutamine Select).
Take 3 Quadracarn 3 times daily: 1st thing in the morning, before training, and before bed.
Optional: Up-Lift – 2 scoops before training; Creatine Select w/ beta alanine – 2 scoops daily or Muscle Synergy – 2-3 scoops (or 16-24 tablets) daily
Phase 3 “Classic Physique” Contest Peaking Nutrition Plan
Phase 3 is a no-frills, no nonsense, basic precontest diet program that works for nearly everyone. However, you should stay with your Phase 2 Plan as long as you are getting results in terms of improved conditioning. Don’t change just for the sake of change.
Kick in the Phase 3 plan at 4 to 6 weeks out and only if your progress has stalled.
Meals
Meal 1: 5oz lean beef or turkey, 6 egg whites + 1 whole egg, 1/2 grapefruit
Meal 2:
Option A: Protein Drink: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein or Muscle Provider, 1 tablespoon healthy fat or heavy whipping cream (optional), 4 strawberries (optional), 16oz water
Option B: 6oz tuna or chicken, 3 egg whites + 1 whole egg, 1 tomato
Meal 3: 8oz chicken (weighed prior to cooking), 4 cups salad (lettuce, tomato, carrot, cucumber, green peppers, etc.), 2 tbsp cider vinegar and 1 tbsp olive oil for a dressing
Meal 4:
Option A: 6oz tuna or chicken, 3 egg whites, 1 whole egg, and 1 tomato or a cup of vegetables
Option B: Protein Drink: 2 scoops Muscle Provider, 12oz water (if post training); or 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein
Meal 5: 8oz lean meat (chicken, turkey, fish or 93% lean beef, etc.), 2 cups vegetables
Monday and Thursday: Add a 6th meal at the end of the day: 1.5 cups oatmeal (precooked) or cooked rice, 10oz sweet potato, 4oz banana, 1 cup vegetables, 1 tbsp butter, almond butter or oil
Best Supplements – Phase 3
Meal 1: 1 Super Pak and 3 EFA Gold
Each meal: 4 Ultra 40; 3 Density; 3 Muscularity; 2 Lean Out.
Training: 2-4 scoops Glutamine Select plus BCAAs and 10-20 Muscle Mass (5 Muscle Mass per scoop of Glutamine Select). Optional take 5 Density just before training.
Take 3 Quadracarn 3 times daily: 1st thing in the morning, before training, and before bed.
Take 3 7-Keto MuscLean capsules twice daily, in the morning and afternoon.

Christina and Joe Mink
Christina tells us that UMP has solved her sensitive stomach issue – not to mention UMP’s amazing taste. I started using Beverly UMP when I began lifting weights in 2013. I had tried several different brands before that and found that I was not fond of the taste of any, and they all upset my sensitive stomach. Beverly International has been the only product I’ve found that not only tastes amazing, but also gave my stomach ZERO issues!
My all-time favorite meal is Oats ‘n’ UMP, my pre-workout meal. It satisfies my sweet tooth and kills cravings. The perfect high protein meal that keeps me feeling full, and adequately fuels my workout.
OATS ‘N’ UMP: ³⁄₄ cup of oats, add water and microwave for 2 minutes. Let cool for 1 minute and then add Beverly UMP, mix (add more water as needed), then sprinkle chocolate chips, cinnamon, or add peanut butter for a delicious pre workout meal.
After training, I like to blend 1 scoop of Muscle Provider and a banana for the perfect post workout snack to replenish glycogen stores, and restore/repair muscle tissue.
I also like to have a scoop of UMP before bedtime to curb my night time cravings. The casein keeps me full, and aids in muscle recovery as I sleep.
Christina’s husband, Joe has been using Beverly for nearly 16 years. Watching his Dad, Randy working out every day was the impetus for Joe to start working out. “In high school, I was one of those guys who continually wanted to get bigger, faster, and stronger.” Now as a personal trainer with a B.A. in Health and Fitness, Joe continues to strive to improve.
When I am on my strength and mass gaining program, I substitute Muscle Provider for Mass Maker Ultra in the morning, UMP with oatmeal for my pre-workout meal, 15-20 Ultra 40 tablets daily and 1 scoop of Creatine Select before and after my workout.
Training is five days of weight lifting, one day of active rest (hiking, kayaking, etc.) and one day of total rest. Lifting tips: When lifting heavy with low reps, give yourself 2-3 minutes or more rest between sets. For light weight and high reps give 45-60 seconds rest between sets.
Here’s his typical daily meal plan:
Meal #1: 2 scoops of Muscle Provider and a serving of greens in a shake
Meal #2: 1 and a half cups of oatmeal, a scoop of chocolate UMP, one sliced banana
Meal #3: 8oz grilled chicken, 1 cup brown rice, half cup of shredded cheese, and 1 cup spinach.
Meal #4: 8oz lean ground beef, baked potato, and 1 cup spinach
Meal #5: 1 scoop of chocolate UMP, 1 cup Greek yogurt or cottage cheese.

Women’s Physique: My Journey from Competitive Boxer to Women’s Physique Competitor
Women’s Physique: My Journey from Competitive Boxer to Women’s Physique Competitor
No Nonsense Magazine Collectors Edition 2016
By: Rebecca Powell, 2015 Natural Ohio Masters Women’s Physique overall champion

At a Glance: Rebecca Powell
Age: 39 (will be 40 on July 3rd)
Occupation: Branch Manager for Mueller Roofing Distributors, I am 5th generation in our family-owned business.
Family: Curt (husband), sons Christian (age 22 and also a body builder), Tristan (19) and Trenton (19) (twins)
Current Residence: Liberty Township, Ohio
Years training: 3 years
Height: 5′ 2″
Weight: 130 (Off-Season), 122 (Contest)
Favorite UMP recipe (off-season treat): Peanut Butter Protein Bites – 1/3 cup natural peanut butter, 1/4 cup honey, 1 scoop chocolate UMP, 3 tbsp ground flaxseed, 3 tbsp mini dark chocolate chips. Mix all ingredients together. Form dough into quarter size bites. Store in the refrigerator.
Favorite BI Supplement: Muscle Mass – This is an excellent BCAA! I used it throughout my prep to aid in muscle preservation and muscle recovery. Taking Muscle Mass during training is the secret to sustaining my intense training schedule.
Supplement Recommendation: Make it simple! Start small… more isn’t always better. Follow the BI plan that best aligns with your goals.
Music: Anything from the 80s and 90s to current: Van Halen, White Snake, Prince, Journey, Eminem, Alter Bridge, Metallica and Anthrax
Most Inspiring Book: The Servant by James C. Hunter
Hobbies: Boating with my family, reading, and traveling
Words to live by: “You were born to win, but to be a winner, you must plan to win, prepare to win and expect to win.” ~ Zig Ziglar
I have always been an avid fitness enthusiast. I was raised in a very active household and physical activity has always been a part of my life. In the ‘80’s it was aerobics and later, Tae Bo. But, deep down I always wanted to be like one of the “fit” girls on the magazine covers. Although I tried to stay active as I raised a family, I really couldn’t dedicate any significant time to fitness until my sons grew older. In 2012 I began taking cardio boxing classes at a local gym and fell in love with it. After a year of boxing for fun and fitness, I decided to take it to the next level and began training to box competitively. My first tournament was at the 2014 Arnold Classic. I came in second. What an amazing experience! Following that tournament I continued to train and looked forward to my next fight.
Then, in the fall of 2014, my oldest son, Christian competed in a bodybuilding competition. It was the Natural Ohio, hosted by Dave Lieberman. My husband and I made the trip to cheer him on. We really enjoyed the show and were proud and thrilled when Christian placed first in several classes. Another highlight of the show was the Women’s Physique competition. I was completely taken aback and in awe of those women. I loved their combination of femininity and muscle without the glitz and glam of those in the Figure or Bikini divisions. Right then and there I knew that I wanted to compete in Women’s Physique. I nudged my husband and said, “I can do that…I know I can do that!”
And so my “physique” journey began. Being an “all in or all out” girl, I knew I needed help if I was going to successfully make the switch from boxer to physique competitor. Training and diet changes would be a necessity. Instead of emphasizing quickness and conditioning alone, I needed to eat and train for muscle growth and development while minimizing bodyfat. Luckily, I was fortunate to have the opportunity to work with some amazing coaches. Coach Rob Quimby, former bodybuilding champion and owner of Fitness Lifestyle Personal Training, along with Coach Tina Triguero, IFBB Pro and owner of Tfit Training, gave me all of the tools that I needed to succeed.

20% Bodyfat to 7.7% Nutrition and Supplement Plan
Starting with a body fat percentage of about 20%, I had my work cut out for me. I began my overall nutrition and training prep about 20 weeks out from my contest. At 12 weeks out, I really tightened things up. Here is the nutrition and supplement program that I used to drop my bodyfat to 7.7% while maintaining all my muscle.
Meal 1: 2 eggs + 6 egg whites, 1 cup broccoli, ½ cup oatmeal, ½ grapefruit
Meal 2: Strawberry UMP shake
Meal 3: 6oz chicken, 1 cup asparagus, 4oz sweet potato
Meal 4: Strawberry UMP shake
Meal 5: 6oz tilapia, 1 cup broccoli
I am a busy girl so I like to keep things simple. I do all of my meal planning and prep for the week on Sunday afternoons. It takes about 3 hours but saves me loads of time during the week and it keeps me on track. I cook 10 skinless chicken breasts at a time in the crock pot with salt and pepper, Flavor God seasoning, and 2 low sodium chicken bouillon cubes. I bake tilapia with lemon juice and a little pepper. I pre-cut all of my veggies, separate them into servings and I place them all into disposable steamer bags for easy storage and cooking. Meals #2 and #4 are UMP Strawberry shakes. I prepare them the night before by adding 2 scoops to a shaker bottle with about 10oz water. I then put it in the freezer overnight. I take the frozen shake with me to work and by the time I’m ready to drink it, it’s a slushy! I LOVE it.
Supplements
(PRIMARY GOAL: GAIN/MAINTAIN MUSCLE MASS WHILE LOSING FAT)
During my meal planning sessions, I also prepare my supplements in daily dosages and store them in a pill organizer to expedite things during the week. Beverly products were instrumental to my success. When boxing I had used various supplements, but my contest prep trainer said that Beverly was the best and helped me design a supplement plan to gain lean muscle mass while losing fat. I noticed a huge difference in my ability to gain muscle and lose fat. Here’s the program I used to lose more than 12% of my bodyfat in 20 weeks while securing all of my muscle.
UMP: (Chocolate and Strawberry) Strawberry is my favorite… a treat that tastes like cake batter!
Ultra 40: (3 with each meal)
Mass Aminos: (3 with each meal)…switched to Muscle Mass around 8 weeks out (3 with each meal and 10-15 total taken before, during and after training)
Lean Out: (2 upon rising and 2 with each meal)
7-Keto MuscLean: (3 upon rising and 3 mid-afternoon)
Joint Care: (3 capsules twice daily) I swear by this supplement…I have bad tennis elbow and as long as I keep this on board I am in good shape.
EFA Gold: (3 softgels twice daily)
Glutamine Select (2 scoops while training and 1-2 scoops throughout the day to curb hunger)
Kudos to Beverly and excellent customer service! The online ordering page is fantastic and repeat user friendly. My order is always spot-on and arrives at my doorstep within a day or two at the most!

Weight Training
I work a sedentary job from 7:30-4:30 daily, and then go right to the gym where I meet my husband. We train together for 1.5 – 2 hours, six days a week. We work with one of my coaches, Rob Quimby, on two of those days.
Rob and I focused on leaning out my legs while also improving shoulder and chest mass. Although I have a decent amount of muscle in my legs, I tend to carry some excess “baggage” there too. I trained them twice a week in completely different ways to lean them out and expose those detailed lines. My favorite leg exercises are squats alternating with 150# sled pushes. Here are the basic parameters for my training:
• Trained each body part twice weekly
• Focused on weight for reps (12-15 reps per set/4-5 sets each exercise/Increased weight with each set/Enough weight that the final few reps of the final set are very challenging and near failure)
• Use a lot of supersets
Training
THURSDAY: CHEST/BACK – REPEAT TUESDAY WORKOUT, SATURDAY: SHOULDERS/BICEPS/TRICEPS – REPEAT WEDNESDAY WORKOUT
MONDAY: LEGS (MY FAVORITE) |
---|
Deep heavy Barbell Squats superset with 30-yard 150# Sled Pushes |
Leg Extensions and Sissy Squats superset with 20-yard steep Hill Runs |
Heavy barbell Walking Lunges superset with 40-yard Sprints |
Weighted Jump Squats |
TUESDAY: CHEST |
---|
Dips superset with Incline Dumbbell Press |
Flat Dumbbell Press superset with Chest Flyes |
Barbell Bench Press |
Incline Barbell Bench Press |
Dumbbell Pullovers superset with Push-ups |
TUESDAY: BACK |
---|
Heavy Deadlifts superset with Seated Cable Rows |
Chin-ups superset with One Arm Dumbbell Rows |
Wide Grip Pulldowns superset with Bent-over Barbell Rows |
Inverted Chin-ups using the TRX suspension trainer |
WEDNESDAY: SHOULDERS |
---|
Seated Arnold Press superset with Behind the Head Pulldowns |
Standing Dumbbell Press superset with Side Lateral Raises |
Barbell Press in front of head and behind |
Bent Over Rear Delt Raises superset with Barbell Upright Rows |
Shrugs superset with Cable Face Pulls |
WEDNESDAY: BICEPS / TRICEPS |
---|
Close Grip Pullover & Press superset with weighted Bench Dips |
Skull Crushers superset with Tricep Pushdowns |
Overhead Tricep Extensions using the rope/cable |
Barbell Curls superset with Reverse Curls |
Standing Dumbbell Curls superset with Hammer Curls |
Preacher Curls or Concentration Curls over a bench |
FRIDAY: LEGS (HEAVY) |
---|
Heavy Squats |
Leg Press superset with Leg Curls |
Romanian Deadlifts superset with Swing Squat Machine |
Donkey Calf Raises superset with weighted Reverse Hyperextensions |
Cardio
20-30 minutes of fasted HIIT cardio first thing in the morning on the treadmill, 6-7 days per week- incline jog/sprint.
Evening cardio following weight training: 20-30 minutes on the stationary bike 5-6 evenings per week.
The Results
I competed in my first show in March of 2015, the NPC Natural Ohio. I was thrilled to garner second place in the Women’s Physique Open “A” Class and win the overall in the Master’s Women’s Physique division. Four weeks later, I competed in the NPC Kentucky Derby and placed third in both the Women’s Physique Open Class “A” and Master’s Women’s Physique Class. It was a great start to what I know will be a challenging but rewarding experience in Women’s Physique. A big thank you to my awesome coaches, my amazingly supportive husband and family for helping me battle through this huge accomplishment.

Don’t Call It A Comeback!
Don’t Call It A Comeback! Frank LaGarde’s Nine-Year Competitive Pause Leads to BIGGER Wins
No Nonsense Magazine Collectors Edition 2016
As told to: Steve Colescott

It is traditional for winning athletes to retire; step away from the gridiron, court, field or ring; focus on other things. Then, given time, they find their mind questioning things: Do they have what it takes for another win? Are their best years behind them? Most of all, have they accomplished everything that they are capable of in the sport?
For natural bodybuilders like Frank LaGarde, the situation can be different. Taking almost a decade away from the posing platform, did not remove him from the gym. Bodybuilding is a sport in which 99% of the athletic performance takes place before the day of competition. LaGarde’s nine-year break was not a retirement.
“In addition to getting married and moving, doing too many shows in a three-year period burned me out,” LaGarde says. “I also knew I needed time to put on some muscle since I was squeezing into the middleweight class (at six-feet tall).”
Natural bodybuilding requires time, even for those possessing good genetics. Frank LaGarde definitely has some genetic advantages, including broad shoulders and a small waist. His V-taper exaggerates itself when he diets for a contest. “It’s a gift and a curse. It helps you in bodybuilding but it is hard to buy clothes that fit you.” This is NOT a terrible burden.
Frank began lifting for basic recreational exercise after high school but he got serious in 1999, which led to him competing in 2000. “I went to a contest that one of my wife’s college friends competed in and said, ‘I can do that’”. Since Frank placed well in his early contests (and went on to win in the most of the ones he entered) he became hooked on competing. Here is a listing of his three hectic early years in the sport:
2004 NPC Natural Ohio
(Middleweight: 1st place)
2004 NPC Upper Ohio Valley
(Middleweight: 1st place)
2004 NABBA Canton Open
(Middleweight: 1st place)
2005 NPC Natural Ohio
(Middleweight: 1st place)
2005 NPC Upper Ohio Valley
(Middleweight: 1st place / Overall Champion)
2005 NABBA Canton Open
(Middleweight: 1st place / Overall Champion)
2005 NPC Mike Francois Classic
(Middleweight: 1st place)
2006 Team Universe (National Contest)
(Middleweight: 5th place)
2006 NPC Motor City Classic
(Middleweight: 1st place)
2006 NPC Ohio State Championships
(Middleweight: 1st place)
Prior to taking a break from competition, Frank had difficulty dieting down to the 176-pound limit of his weight class. Few things are as frustrating as whittling away hard-earned muscle mass just to weigh-in for a class victory.
Resurgence
During his nine-year break from competitive bodybuilding, Frank’s focus outside of the gym had been on marriage and career. In the gym, he slowly added muscle onto his new light-heavyweight build. He now plans to bring up his calves and traps before looking for the next areas required for ongoing construction.
Frank works from 8:30 until 5:00pm as a Sales Rep for AT&T-Midwest in the Small Business Sales department. His co-workers respect his bodybuilding goals and the job fits in well with his needs.
After work, he returns home, gets something to eat or drinks a shake, and makes it to the gym around 7:15. After work, Frank trains at Pep Wahl’s Body Builders Inc in Akron, Ohio. Body Builders Inc is one of the country’s best (and most under-rated) gyms. Need to chalk your hands? No worry about having to clean up after yourself. Chalk boxes are positioned throughout the gym. Body Builders’ has an uncommon “men only” rule. What might seem like an outdated rule insisted upon by the landlord 35 years ago, does have its benefit for those that train there. Lack of the fairer sex removes the need for gym clothes that match. You don’t see men in custom-designed athletic footwear, $60 gym hoodies, or matching lifting belt-and-shoe combos. Heck, even a hairstyle flattened by the pillow is not uncommon here. The vomit buckets get used and hard work is typical, with powerlifters, bodybuilders and non-competition gym meatheads all training hard and driven by their own purpose…whatever it might be.
Frank trains solo and likes to hit each body part twice a week. His training takes between 90 minutes to two hours, so he is home by around 9:00. This gives him just an hour to relax with his wife, Jennifer, before wrapping up his day.
Frank’s approach in the gym doesn’t change much pre- or post-contest. As the contest approaches, he does go a bit lighter, slightly reduces the rest periods, and does high rep burnout sets (with maybe 15-20 reps). For example, his chest training may involve a heavy pressing movement followed by higher reps pec deck or flyes.
Why does Frank not make big changes to his training as a contest approaches? “I don’t let my body composition get out of control.” Like other smart and dedicated lifters, his off-season condition does not become sloppy with some type of “bulking” strategy. “At the recent NPC Natural Northern USA, I came down from around 212-213 and competed around 180.” This contest (promoted by Dave Liberman) is one of the largest regional drug-free contests in the country so Frank’s overall wins in both the Open Class and Masters Class show that he properly filled out his now light-heavy frame. This made his return to the stage a success:
2015 NABBA Rubber City Classic
(Light-Heavyweight: 1st place)
2015 NPC Ohio State Championships
(Light-Heavyweight: 1st place)
2015 NPC Ohio State Championships Master’s Class
(1st place)
2015 NPC Natural Northern USA
(Overall winner and Light-Heavyweight class 1st place)
2015 NPC Natural Northern USA Master’s Class
(Overall winner and Light-Heavyweight class 1st place)
Maximum Potential
So why did Frank LaGarde make the decision to contact Beverly International? “My initial goal was to maximize my potential in order to get the very best results when competing,” Frank says. He started reading the No Nonsense Newsletter around 2000, but didn’t try the products until 2003.
“When I first started bodybuilding, I was not using Beverly. But I decided to give Beverly a try. I noticed that the people winning at the shows were being featured in the No Nonsense Newsletters as loyal Beverly supplement users. That was proof enough for me!”
“I’ve been using BI supplements for so long, I do not have anything to compare it to. I guess that’s pretty good.”
“I first met Steven Wade at the Beverly booth at the Arnold Classic, I believe it was 2002. We talked about the different products, mostly the protein powders.” When Frank decided to begin using Beverly he sent an email detailing his goals, and Steven was the Beverly Advisor Team member who replied. The two men crafted a contest diet that he has been using to this day. “Why change, if it’s working?”
Frank’s use of Beverly supplements is very diverse. His favorite products include Ultimate Muscle Protein (UMP), Provosyn, and Quadracarn.
In his off-season, Frank takes one scoop of UMP and one scoop of Provosyn, two to three times daily. He also adds in four Ultra 40 tablets and four Mass Aminos twice daily, first thing in the morning and in the evening post-workout. For overall vitamin/mineral support, he has a Super Pak in the morning. To fuel his training, he has two scoops of Glutamine Select post-workout or three scoops sipped during training. He wraps his intake up with Quadracarn, three tablets, three times a day.
Like many successful bodybuilders, Frank’s supplement intake makes minor increases as the competition approaches. This is to protect against muscle loss when calorie intake and metabolism are more strictly controlled. He increases his intake of Ultra 40 and Mass Aminos to four of each with every meal (five times a day). He increases this to a sixth dose of the two products as the diet continues. Beverly’s Creatine Select is added in to keep his muscles full of creatine when glycogen may be a bit low. The contest prep period also includes two Lean Out and four Muscularity with each meal. GH Factor is also included with six capsules in the morning and another six before bed. As a final support, Frank includes three 7-Keto MuscLean capsules in the morning, followed by a second similar dose in the afternoon.
“I didn’t want to waste time with a lot of guess work and experimentation. Beverly has definitely helped me with that. They’ve helped me meet my goals…from the very beginning up until current day. Their input has always been on the money. Even after I took nine years from competing, Steven was still there to help me get back into contest shape.”
Frank’s praise of Beverly International goes beyond his own contest victories and reflects his early views of the newsletter (which has now transformed into the No Nonsense magazine). He likes BI “mainly because they use “real world” people such as myself, not just professional bodybuilders and fitness models, but regular people who have to be at work every day. I think that goes a lot further, when discussing real world results.”
In life, real world results are the barometer of success. This involves goals taken beyond wishful dreams to becoming accomplished objectives. Frank LaGarde’s impressive extensive list of contest victories demonstrate real world results. And now his profile in a Beverly article may serve to inspire more future champions to accomplish their own real world results!
Meal Plan
Meal 1: 1 whole egg, 6 egg whites, 1 can tuna , 1 scoop Muscle Provider , ½ grapefruit
Meal 2: 1 can tuna mixed with 4 boiled egg whites
Meal 3: 8oz grilled chicken breast, 2 ½ cups green beans
Meal 4: 2 scoops Muscle Provider, 1 tomato or ½ grapefruit
Meal 5 (pre-workout): 1 can of tuna or 10 egg whites
Meal 6: 7oz turkey breast or 8oz white fish, 2 cups of steamed vegetables (usually broccoli)
On Mondays and Thursdays, I ate the following in place of my normal 6th meal:
1 ½ cups of oatmeal (measured before cooking) or 1.5 cups cooked brown rice, 10oz sweet potato, 1 banana, 1 cup vegetables, and 1 tablespoon butter
Training
As mentioned before, Frank’s training program doesn’t change drastically between his pre-contest and off-season sessions. He attacks most body parts twice a week to encourage optimal growth. His typical workout each week breaks down as the following:
WEDNESDAY: REST, FRIDAY: REST, SUNDAY: REST
MONDAY: ABS, HAMSTRINGS, CHEST, BICEPS | Amount |
---|---|
Ab Crunches or Declined Sit Ups | 4×25 |
Leg Curls | 5×10 |
Straight-Leg Deadlifts | 5×10 |
Chest Press Machine | 5×10 |
Pec Deck Flyes | 5×10 (sometimes superset with Dips 5 x10) |
Standing Bicep Curls | 5×10 |
Dumbbell Hammer Curls | 5×10 |

TUESDAY: ABS, BACK, SHOULDERS, TRICEPS | Amount |
---|---|
Weighted or Machine Crunches | 3×25 |
Lat Pull Down | 5×10 |
Seated Rows | (sometimes superset with Shrugs 5×10) |
Machine Shoulder Press | 5×10 |
Lateral Raises or Upright Rows | 5×10 |
Triceps Pressdowns | 5×10 |
Overhead Triceps Rope Extensions | 5×10 |
THURSDAY: ABS, CALVES, HAMSTRINGS, CHEST, BICEPS | Amount |
---|---|
Hanging Ab Crunches | 4×25 |
Seated Calf Raises | 5×10 |
Leg Press | 5×10 |
Standing Ham Curls | 5×10 |
Incline Chest Press | 5×10 |
Wide Chest Press | 5×10 |
Preacher Curls | 5×10 |
Rope Curls | 5×10 |
SATURDAY: BACK, QUADS, SHOULDERS, TRICEPS | Amount |
---|---|
Romanian Deadlifts | 5×10 |
Front Squats | 5×10 |
Reverse Grip Lat Pulldowns | 5×10 |
T-Bar Rows | 5×10 |
Machine Shoulder Press | 5×10 |
Rear Delt Flyes | 5×10 |
Single Arm Triceps Pressdowns | 5×10 |
Overhead Triceps Extensions | 5×10 |

From Start to Finish: Conquering the Course and the Stage
From Start to Finish:
Conquering the Course and the Stage
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 24, #1
By: Scott Siegel, D.C. (Doctor of Chiropractic)

I have always exercised in one form or another.
When I was younger, raising kids, and building a practice, I was limited to quick trips to the gym or a workout in the basement. Once my children were grown and my practice was more established, I had more time to devote to my fitness and became really involved in endurance sports. My first 5K led to a half marathon, which led to a full marathon and before I knew it, I had completed over 60 full marathons, including one in every state. I finished a hundred mile run from Key Largo to Key West.
I became interested in triathlons and worked my way up to a full Ironman. Training at that point consisted of 100-mile bike rides in the morning, 2-mile swims in the Detroit River in the evening, and running as often as I could. I snuck in some cross-training with weights a couple times a week, but for the most part my exercise was aerobic in nature.
That all changed when my wife, Sandy, convinced me to attend a bodybuilding show with her. She had undergone a recent transformation, losing over 40 lbs with weight training and macro-focused dieting. Her gym was sponsoring the show and I reluctantly agreed to go. I was inspired by the dedication and commitment of the athletes that competed. I told my wife “next spring we are going to be on that stage”.
As a runner, my philosophy regarding nutrition was that I could eat and drink whatever I wanted, and I would just run it off. My weight was good, but I didn’t always look or feel the greatest, and as I got older my blood work was not so great. My cholesterol was climbing, and my blood sugar was bouncing around. I knew some disciplined eating would be good for me. I hired a coach, who gave me some starting macros. Because I was still running and cycling while I was training for my first show, my macros were pretty generous. I ran four marathons while I was training for my first show, so I was really putting my coach to the test. But with a solid nutrition plan and supplementation with Beverly products I was able to drop from 162 lbs to 147 lbs and still maintain lean muscle mass. The 2019 ANBF 3D Fit show went well for me. At the age of 55, I took first in four of the six divisions I competed in, and earned a pro card from the ANBF in Classic Physique and in Master’s Physique.
I had been using UMP for years and recommending it to my patients and training clients. However, when I started competitive bodybuilding, I researched the rest of the Beverly products line by reading prior issues of “No Nonsense” and I even made a few phone calls to the Beverly Advisor Team with questions. Don’t hesitate to reach out to them for advice, they are very helpful and knowledgeable with sports nutrition.

Supplements
When training for a contest I use an array of Beverly Supplements.
Strength and Growth Factors
I take Mass Aminos, Ultra 40, and Quadracarn
pre and post workout, as well as with each meal.
Pre-workout and Recovery
Up-Lift, Glutamine Select, and Muscle Provider
Fat Loss
Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, and Energy Reserve
General health and Vitality
Multiple Enzyme Complex, EFA Gold, FitTabs
or Super Pak, and ZMA 2000
I take Multiple Enzyme Complex with every meal because it helps make nutrients more bio-available and helps minimize digestive disturbances associated with a high-protein diet. I also try to consume 1-2 gallons of water per day.
Favorite Recipe
Chocolate Mousse with Berries
1 cup nonfat Greek yogurt
¹⁄₂ cup low fat cottage cheese
¹⁄₂ scoop chocolate UMP
¹⁄₂ cup strawberries
¹⁄₄ cup raspberries
Combine yogurt and cottage cheese and mix UMP in slowly to prevent clumping. Top with berries.
Macros: Protein 46.9, Carbs 25.5, Fat 3.2
Training Schedule
I lift at home in the mornings 6 days a week with a three-day split:
Chest/Triceps
Back/Biceps
Shoulders
I sneak to the gym at lunch a couple days a week to do legs and abs. Being a runner, I have skinny legs, so I’m trying to spend some extra time working lower body.
I do 15-20 total sets for large bodyparts and about 12 sets for biceps and triceps.
Favorite exercises include DB Bench Presses (incline, flat, and decline), Pushups, Pullups, Shoulder Presses
(DBs, Arnold Presses), and Kettlebell Presses.
For legs I pre exhaust with Leg Extensions, then do Squats, Deadlifts, Leg Presses, and Leg Curls.
I run 3-5 miles a couple of days per week after weight training and do a long run or a race on Sunday.

Recovery Advice
Training 6-7 days a week at any age requires focused recovery:
Chiropractic care: Get regular adjustments, it’s huge!
Supplementation: Give your body what it needs to rebuild- adequate protein with UMP or Muscle Provider. Amino acids from Mass Aminos and Glutamine Select. Nighttime recovery with ZMA 2000.
Sleep: Your body needs adequate rest to grow.
Soft tissue techniques like massage therapy, Graston technique, and even Epsom Salt baths. If pro athletes are using this stuff, you probably should too!
Biggest Challenges
I love weight training and natural bodybuilding, but I’m not ready to give up endurance sports. When my calories start dropping during show prep, it can be difficult to have enough carbohydrates to fuel a long run. Timing is critical, so I try to consume most of my carbs pre- and immediately post workout so that they are a source of fuel and glycogen replenishment. If you are going to consume any high-glycemic carbs it is important to do it during this window. At any other time try to consume low glycemic carbs so your insulin is not spiking later in the day. I also try to take most of my supplements around this window. I feel like my body is like a sponge during and after exercise and much more likely to absorb macro and micronutrients.
Timing of workouts can also be a challenge. I need to put enough training days between a hard leg day in the gym and my long runs or speed days. Heavy leg days need to be avoided for about 5 days before a race.
Future Goals
Now that I completed my 50-states goal, I am going to try to run a full marathon on every continent, so races in South America, Africa and Antarctica are on the horizon. In between I want to focus on adding some muscle to my legs and shoulders (not an easy task for a runner in his fifties!) so I can better compete in the classic physique bodybuilding category as a pro.

Magic Happens! Iryna McCraw’s Road To Success
Magic Happens! Iryna McCraw’s Road To Success
No Nonsense Magazine Collectors Edition 2016
By: Steve Colescott, The Guerrilla Journalist

There are various levels of gym devotion, from the lazy gym wallflower (that directs equal effort into cable crossovers as they do to texting on their cellphones) all the way up to the all-or-nothing iron fanatic (that wouldn’t think twice about missing his mother’s funeral if it falls on leg day). The best lifters, however, land somewhere in the middle, with their fitness goals being very important to them, but just one part of a very rich and balanced life.
Russian-born immigrant Iryna McCraw is an excellent example of someone that fits family, career, and training into a life in which she can excel at all three. Her resume includes raising two happy, well-adjusted children; the founding of her own training business (Success Fitness Systems Gym in Madisonville, Kentucky) with a full roster of one-on-one, group and online clients; and a number of championship placings in figure competitions, with the goal of eventually earning her IFBB pro card. But Iryna was not always certain for fitness success. She faced a well-defined turning point which led her to completely transform her lifestyle.
Iryna’s defining moment occurred following the birth of her first child in 2001, when her body weight rose to an unhealthy 210 pounds. It was this moment of reckoning that served as the impetus for her to force dramatic change, with the gym, kitchen (and eventually figure stage) being the staging grounds for that rebirth.
Iryna found that having a weight problem was extremely difficult, both from a physical and emotional perspective. “I was embarrassed to wear certain clothing,” Iryna says. “I remember wearing long stretchers under my jeans so I wouldn’t look so chunky. I also remember feeling very intimidated in the gym with my chubby arms.”
“I didn’t know how to start,” Iryna recalls, “but I knew I had to do something.” Due to her competitive nature, the hard work, even if not necessarily focused in the right direction, started to change her body. “I began pushing myself even harder in the gym and experimenting with nutrition. With consistency and determination, the results that I wanted began appearing.” This is when she started to get the attention, and help, from more experienced lifters in the gym. They mentored her and (most importantly) showed her the areas she needed to explore to get her training, nutrition and supplementation right.
When the results in the gym really started to show, Iryna was told that she HAS TO compete in figure events. It turns out this is exactly the motivation and focus she needed to give her efforts greater purpose. She first competed in 2004 at the NPC Kentucky Muscle, and she has since continued to compete, even winning the overall at the 2011 Northern Kentucky Figure, one of the most competitive regional events in the country. Her goal is to win an IFBB pro card. A goal that seems attainable by someone as driven as Iryna.
It was at the 2004 Kentucky Muscle show that Iryna met Sandy Riedinger. “I asked Sandy for her feedback on my physique and how I can improve because I knew deep down inside that there is no turning back for me!” Iryna not only received competitive guidance from Sandy, but she was introduced to the Beverly International products, which have contributed greatly to her progress.
Iryna has created a foundation and support system of like-minded women that bolsters the support she receives from her family and clients. “Meeting so many wonderful and strong women inspires me to continue. I am now officially hooked! I approach my daily workouts with great enthusiasm.” She looks forward to her training sessions each day, as it helps her relieve stress, sharpen her focus and discipline and continually challenge and improve herself. “Staying healthy and fit is necessary for me to have the energy to balance my busy life. It is necessary for me to stay sharp in all areas… mental, physical and emotional… and is something that my healthy lifestyle affords me.”
Since starting, Iryna has become a student of the game, learning everything required to optimize her training, nutrition and supplementation. This has allowed her to share that knowledge with her clients, both those that train in her commercial gym and those she helps through her online coaching business (www.irynamccraw.com). Their progress mirrors her own and not only has driven the success of her coaching, but made her work extremely fulfilling. “I can’t imagine myself living without working out and the way it makes me feel.”
Iryna’s Training Program
As a busy trainer and someone who values her family time, Iryna keeps her training fast-paced and gets things accomplished quickly. This is part of the reason she makes great use of super-setting, to cut down her rest periods. This follows her “working my muscles, not my mouth” philosophy. In addition to being an efficient way to train, Iryna also feels that the short rest
periods contribute to keeping her lean. Here is a typical week’s training:
SUNDAY: OFF
MONDAY: LEGS
• Alternating Lunge Jumps 3×30 (warm-up) explosive split movement
• Leg Extensions 4×10 super-setted with…
• Walking Lunges 4×20
• Weighted Side Lunges 4×10
• Leg Curls 4×15 super-setted with…
• Abductor Machine 4×25
• Good Mornings 4×10
• Leg Press (wide-stance) 4×30
TUESDAY: SHOULDERS
• Heavy One-arm Dumbbell Press 4×12,12,10,8
• Arnold Press 3×10 super-setted with…
• Palms Up Laterals 3×20 to emphasize front delts
• Alternate Dumbbell Front Raises 3×15 super-setted with…
• Decline Push-ups 3×20
• One-arm Lateral Raise 3×12 super-setted with…
• Full-range Laterals 3×20
• Bent-over Lateral Raises 3×12 super-setted with…
• Plate Front Raises 3×20
WEDNESDAY: CHEST
• Incline Bench 4×12
• Cable Crossovers 3×15 emphasizing the bottom half of the movement
• Heavy Flat Flyes 4×10 super-setted with…
• Explosive Push-ups 4×10
• Flat Dumbbell Press 4×15
• Pec Deck 3×10
• Pullovers 3×15
THURSDAY: BACK
• Dumbbell Rows 4×12
• Dumbbell Deadlifts 4×10 super-setted with…
• Hyperextensions 4×10
• Wide-grip Pulldowns 4×12
• Narrow-grip Pulldowns 4×12
• Wide-grip Behind-the-Neck Pulldowns 4×12
• Bent-over Pulldowns 4×10
FRIDAY: LEGS
• Wide-stance Leg Press 4×15 (light)
• Narrow-stance Leg Press 4×10 (heavy)
• Weighted Walking Lunge 3×20
• Straight-leg Deadlifts 3×15
• Leg Extensions 4×15 super-setted with…
• Adductor Machine 4×25
• Alternating Jump Lunges 3×30
SATURDAY: ARMS
• Dumbbell Skullcrushers 4×10 super-setted with…
• EZ Bar Preacher Curls 4×10
• Incline Hammer Curls 3×15
• Supinating Dumbbell Curls 3×15
• Standing Cable Curls 3×15
• Bar Dips 3×10
• Narrow-grip Pushdowns 4×20

Additional Info
ABDOMINAL WORK
Iryna does not train abs on any particular day or with a specific program. She trains them occasionally and without heavy weights as she wants abdominal development without thickness. She also finds that they already get worked since they are stabilizers for everything from squats to triceps pushdowns.
CARDIO TRAINING
Iryna usually doesn’t do any cardio during the offseason to ensure that she maintains her muscle gains. She starts her contest prep diet twelve weeks out, which does not include cardio until four to six weeks out (depends on her fat loss progress and overall conditioning). Her cardio is 30-35 minutes long, four times a week and includes sprints and the Stairmaster in the late evenings. “I like looking ready two weeks before the actual event so that I can polish a few things without killing myself and don’t look exhausted and flat,” says Iryna. This level of year-round preparation keeps contest dieting from being torturous. “I guess all of us at some point need to realize everything we do in life voluntarily needs to be enjoyable.”
POSING PRACTICE
Iryna practices her posing all year long. “To be honest, I never stop. I think it is fun, improves my posture, and helps me project a natural look on stage.” Iryna makes this part of her consistent regimen.
Iryna’s Nutrition Program
“We all know where abs truly are made… in the kitchen!” says Iryna. If you follow a clean diet of healthy foods with proper caloric amounts, you will have no problem seeing your six-pack. Here are examples of Iryna’s eating protocol…
Off-Season
Meal #1: 1 cup scrambled Liquid Egg whites, ½ cup oatmeal (before cooked) with 1c Carbmaster milk (Kroger brand), 1tbsp unrefined coconut oil, 1tbsp chia seeds, 1tbsp flax seeds
Meal #2: 5oz baked fish with 1 ½ c fresh bell pepper and cucumber
Meal #3: 5oz grilled chicken breast, 1c of brown rice, ½c homemade guacamole
Meal #4: 2 scoops UMP mixed with 1c egg whites, ½c water and ½c ice, 4 low sodium rice cakes
Meal #5: 4oz lean ground beef burger, 4oz sweet potato
Meal #6: 1 scoop chocolate UMP pudding with PB2 spread on 2 apple cinnamon rice cakes
Meal #7: (30 min. prior bedtime) 3oz flank steak, 2 hardboiled eggs (no yolk), ½ avocado
Contest Prep
Meal #1: 2 scoops UMP mixed in 1c egg whites, ½c water, ½c ice, 2 rice cakes
Meal #2: 5oz chicken breast, 10 asparagus spears, ½ avocado
Meal #3: 5oz flank, 5 Brussel sprouts with 2tbsp salsa
Meal #4: (post workout) 2 scoops UMP mixed in 1c egg whites, ½c water, ½c ice and 2 rice cakes
Meal #5: 4oz lean ground beef burger, 4oz sweet potato
Meal #6: 1c liquid egg whites omelet with spinach and mushrooms
Meal #7: (30 min. prior to bedtime) 5oz fish, 10 asparagus spears
As an energy snack, I have a half grapefruit twice during the day.
I drink about one-and-a-half gallons of water a day and add about an extra gallon during pre-contest with extra electrolytes added to the jug.
She has a number of recipes using Ultimate Muscle Protein (UMP) as the base, but her Banana Nut Muffin Tops recipe is her favorite (see below).
BANANA NUT MUFFINS TOPS
• 2 cups UMP Vanilla
• 1 cup apple sauce
• ½ cup sweetener (stevia)
• 1 cup liquid egg whites
• 2 mashed bananas
• ½ cup fine chopped pecans (optional)
• 2 cups oats bran
• 2 tbsp coconut oil
• 1 tbsp baking powder
• 1 tbsp vanilla extract
• 2 tbsp banana extract
1. Preheat oven to 350°.
2. Combine all ingredients.
3. Stir until well blended.
4. Pour into Pam-sprayed muffin top pan and bake about 12-15 minutes.
5. Muffin tops should be firm in the center when done and must be refrigerated or frozen.
6. Pop it in the toaster in the morning or eat cold on the go. Good for pre- or post-workout healthy treat.

Supplementation Guidelines
Iryna has been taking Beverly International supplements since 2004! “I subscribed to the Beverly No Nonsense magazine and also received one of their books about the benefits of taking BI products. It provided easy, step-by-step guidance for beginners all the way up to advanced bodybuilders.” Beverly is more about passing on proper knowledge than selling products. That said, they also have a line of supplements of the highest quality. “Our bodies must recover with best available supplements on the market,” says Iryna. “You can’t go wrong with Beverly. I have been using it for years and it works!”
Iryna’s Favorite Beverly International Products
Ultimate Muscle Protein: “The one and only! Occasionally, I have tried different brands but always come back to Beverly products for the best flavor, texture and quality. UMP also helps me with my sweet cravings.”
Glutamine Select: “This is the best during/post-workout recovery drink made! Plus, it also contains BCAA (leucine, isoleucine, valine) which helps maximize recovery and build solid muscle.”
Ultra 40: “The ingredients speak for themselves. BEEF it UP!!! This is made to gain lean quality muscle. It contains heme iron, the most bio-available form of iron in the diet.”
Quadracarn: “Quadracarn gives me tremendous energy, drive, pump and muscle hardness. I absolutely love the way it makes me feel.”

The Beverly line of products have become a consistent part of Iryna’s daily intake. She also lists the Super Pak and/or Fit Tabs among her regular purchases, and adds in 7-Keto MuscLean and Lean Out as a contest approaches. “I also take them during work travel and family vacations.”
The Beverly International products are well-regarded by all members of the McCraw family. Iryna’s husband Ron also set a goal to feel better overall and lose weight (he lost 50 pounds) and included Beverly supplements in his diet. 14-year old son Daniel, who plays football, uses Glutamine Select for post-workout recovery. “My 3-year old daughter Eva even likes to sip on my vanilla UMP shakes!”
Since her livelihood is based on providing results, Iryna also makes it a point to recommend Beverly products to all of her clients. “The changes with using Beverly have been unbelievable!” says Iryna. “Supplements help my clients to stay focused and always on top of their game. They are busy people so if I can teach them to incorporate a shake and supplements into their routine, it will easily fit into their hectic schedule and keep their energy levels stable. And the taste of Beverly’s protein is truly the best. I dedicate my life to helping people who want to achieve their goals, and Beverly is a helpful part of that.”
Iryna McCraw serves as a great example of how a person can make the decision to go from a life of quiet desperation to accomplishing amazing things. “With the right nutrition, training, supplements, unwavering focus, determination and belief in yourself, magic happens! I truly believe that there is nothing that is unattainable. Trust yourself. Trust results. Trust Beverly!”

Juggling Act: Balancing Life’s Demands with Bringing My Best to the Stage
Juggling Act: Balancing Life’s Demands with Bringing My Best to the Stage
No Nonsense Magazine Collectors Edition 2016
By: Chad Forrester

At a Glance: Chad Forrester
Age: 43
Family: Married, 2 children
Occupation: Manager, “Big Box” Home Improvement Store
Training Music: Kill Switch Engage on Pandora
Favorite Contest Prep Meal: Blackened salmon, sweet potato, and green beans
Favorite Cheat Meal: Greasy burger and fries
Favorite Beverly Supplement: Hands down UMP, utterly the best protein I’ve ever had. Tastes incredible, mixes great!
Bodybuilders often experience tunnel vision when it comes to getting ready for a contest. They allow their training schedule, diet, posing, etc. to take over every fiber of their being. Friends and family become alienated. But, it doesn’t have to be that way. Producing a stage worthy physique does not have to consume your total being. The key is maintaining healthy relationships and balance in your life while still getting it done in the gym (and at the dinner table).
I was fortunate enough to gain the assistance of prep coach, Ray Binkowski, who explained things to me in Yoda-like fashion. Ray said, “Remember, it’s your family and work which allow you to do what you do.” In other words, real life takes precedence over prep and training. “If you need a day off, take one. If you have a birthday dinner, eat it.” I lived my last prep according to this cardinal rule. My experience was much more enjoyable than my previous contest preps. I could still satisfy my OCD-like personality by following his direction to a “T”. However, he had built enough flexibility into my training schedule and diet to allow me to achieve a balance between family, job, life in general, and bodybuilding.

Life’s Demands
My career is very demanding. I am a retail store manager for a large home improvement company. I work long hours and have to remain somewhat flexible as my schedule can and does often change. Passion for my job is an understatement. And it’s a good thing since much of my pay is tied directly to job performance. During this latest contest prep, a new element was thrown in the mix. Our company is continually looking for ways to give back to our community. Last fall we took on the challenge of completely remodeling a duplex which had been given to a homeless Army Veteran and his family. Although rewarding, I worked on Balancing Life’s Demands with Bringing my Best to Stage the project 12 hour days, 7 days per week for a month in order to complete it on time. This was smack dab in the middle of my contest preparation. I continued to make my lifts in the gym (before or after work) and keep my diet on point whether I was home or on the construction site.
Even more important than my job, is my family. My son plays football for Grand View University in Des Moines, Iowa. Of course I wanted to see him play, so I took several nine hour round trips to Iowa on Saturdays to watch his games. My daughter, a junior in high school, was cheering for Friday night football games and performing on a competitive cheer squad. I didn’t miss out on those either.
The point is I did not compromise the important things in life (being a good husband, parent, leader, co-worker, etc.) for bodybuilding, but I still stepped on stage looking my best. In the remainder of this article I’ll tell you how I got into bodybuilding and provide my training program, diet, and supplement program. This has helped me continue to make muscle gains while dropping body fat, as well as allowing me to stick to my diet while on the job site, traveling to my son’s games, and attending my daughter’s cheering events.
Why I started bodybuilding
I have always been an athlete, was a four letter athlete in high school, and even played a couple years of college football. I trained with weights throughout, but after my organized sports career was over and life stepped in, my lifting became an “on again, off again” (mainly off) proposition. One day in 2006, as my wife and I were getting ready in the bathroom she mentioned that I looked like I had put on a few pounds. That’s all it took. Off to the gym I went. I started with a typical three day per week program, much like how I had trained for athletics. Then I added a fourth day, and eventually a fifth. After a few years of steady training a friend suggested that I think about competing. I did some research and in 2010 I took the plunge into competition. I made a respectable showing, and then took 4 years off to live life. But, the itch returned. I decided to compete again in the OCB Midwest States in November of 2014. I was hoping to attain my natural pro card but the competition was of an extremely high caliber. I was still able to place fourth in the master’s class, and fifth in my open class.
Training, Cardio, Nutrition, and Supplements
Here is one of the best parts of my program – my training, nutrition, and Beverly supplement programs allowed me to step on stage having done NO cardio! That’s right, no cardio! To be honest with everything else I had going on, I don’t know if it would have been possible to do the kind of cardio I had always done for past contests.
In the training program below, almost all exercises were supersetted. This had a two-fold positive effect of cutting down my time in the gym while keeping my heart rate elevated and allowing me to burn more calories each workout.
Train 4 on 1 off, Repeat.
Core exercises are performed at the end of workouts on days 1, 2, and 3. On day 4, I performed a special superset designed to cut up my quads (which were lacking).
Training
Core Workout | Sets | Reps | Rest |
---|---|---|---|
Crunch | 4 | 20 | 0 |
Toe Touch Crunch | 4 | 20 | 0 |
Bicycle | 4 | 20 | 0 |
Plank | 4 | 20 | 0 |
Alt Knee to Elbow | 4 | 20 | 60 |
Day 1 | Sets | Reps | Rest |
---|---|---|---|
Pullup | 3 | 15 | 0 |
Dip | 3 | 15 | 30 |
Bench Press | 4 | 8 | 0 |
Bent Row | 4 | 8 | 30 |
DB Flye | 4 | 8 | 30 |
Wide Lat Pulldown | 4 | 8 | 0 |
DB Shoulder Press | 3 | 12 | 0 |
DB Lateral Raise | 3 | 12 | 0 |
DB Front Raise | 3 | 12 | 30 |
Core |
Day 2 | Sets | Reps | Rest |
---|---|---|---|
Leg Extension | 4 | 12 | 0 |
Leg Curl | 4 | 8 | 30 |
Lunge | 3 | 15 | 0 |
Squat | 3 | 15 | 30 |
Leg Press | 3 | 25 | 0 |
Stiff Leg Deadlift | 3 | 12 | 30 |
Seated Calf Raise | 3 | 30 | 0 |
Leg Press Calf Raise | 3 | 8 | 30 |
Core |
Day 3 | Sets | Reps | Rest |
---|---|---|---|
DB Curl | 3 | 12 | 0 |
DB Extension | 3 | 12 | 30 |
DB Hammer Curl | 3 | 12 | 0 |
DB Skull Crusher | 3 | 12 | 30 |
DB Rotating Curl | 3 | 12 | 0 |
Close Grip Bench | 3 | 12 | 30 |
Core |
Day 4 | Sets | Reps | Rest |
---|---|---|---|
Leg Extension | 10 | 10 | 0 |
Leg Curl | 10 | 10 | 60 |
Seated Calf Raise | 4 | 35 | 0 |
Leg Press Calf Raise | 4 | 15 | 30 |
Special Quad Cutting Superset: 60 seconds rest after completing both exercises, repeat for 4-6 sets | |||
Front Squat | 4-6 | 12 | 0 |
Hack Squat | 4-6 | 12 | 60 |
Nutrition
2 DAYS IN A ROW – HIGH
Meal 1:
2 eggs
4 egg whites
6oz lean meat or chicken breast
¾ cup oatmeal
Meal 2:
2 scoops of Ultimate Muscle Protein
2 tbsp heavy cream
handful of berries
Meal 3:
8oz lean meat, chicken, or turkey
2 cups of vegetables
1 tbsp olive or flax oil and vinegar
8oz sweet potato or 1 cup brown rice
Meal 4:
2 hard-boiled eggs
Greek yogurt with fruit
Meal 5:
8oz lean meat, chicken, or turkey
2 cups vegetables
6oz sweet potato or 1/2 cup of rice
Meal 6:
Protein bar
1 hard-boiled egg
2 DAYS IN A ROW – LOW
Meal 1:
2 eggs
4 egg whites
4oz lean meat or chicken breast
1 grapefruit
Meal 2:
2 scoops of UMP
a handful of berries
Meal 3:
8oz lean meat, chicken, or turkey
2 cups vegetables
1 tbsp olive or flax oil and vinegar
Meal 4:
2 hard-boiled eggs
Meal 5:
8oz lean meat, chicken, or turkey
2 cups of vegetables
Meal 6:
Protein bar
My Specialized Beverly International Supplement Stack
A specialized supplement stack of Beverly products helped me achieve and maintain balance in my life. UMP made it convenient to stay on track while road tripping to college games or locally for cheer. I felt better and had more energy, drive, focus, and improved health. Week after week I continued making muscle gains while dropping body fat. You read that right; I was building muscle and losing fat at the same time as a drug free athlete. When my day was done, ZMA 2000 helped me sleep like a rock. The Quadracarn/Muscularity combo helped me drop fat without cardio while Density helped me retain max muscle.
SPECIALIZED SUPPLEMENT STACK
• 4 Mass Aminos per meal
• 4 Ultra 40 per meal
• 1 Super Pak with Meal 1
• 3 ZMA 2000 before bed
• 3 Density per meal
• 3 Quadracarn with 3 Muscularity 3 times per day


Why did I use Beverly? My trainer said that it was the only brand he would recommend. That got me researching their products, and after learning about Beverly’s quality and reputation, I decided to go all in. I am so glad I did. I truly believe my prep experience would have been a much different outcome if not for Beverly. Having prepped for contests with and without Beverly International supplements, I can say that with Beverly I gained more muscle, and had more energy and FOCUS.

Six Weeks to Mass and Power
Six Weeks to Mass and Power
No Nonsense Magazine Collectors Edition 2016
By: The Beverly Advisor Team
Are you looking for a new workout approach? Here’s one that focuses on increasing both your muscle mass and power. Special emphasis is given to developing your shoulders, chest, and pressing strength, aka your “Coat Rack”.
The key to this program’s success is the incremental increase in workout poundage, nutrition, and nutritional supplements each week. Be sure to start at a comfortable level in each of these2035 three key progress areas. Progress gradually, but consistently in each area each week.
Here’s the basic workout structure.
DAY 1
• Chest (heavy)
• Triceps (light)
• Delts (light)
DAY 2
• Quads (heavy)
• Hams (heavy)
DAY 3
• Chest (light)
• Triceps (heavy)
• Shoulders (heavy)
DAY 4
• Back (heavy)
• Biceps (heavy)
*Heavy Abs on day 2 and 4.
*Calves – 1 exercise up and down the weight stack for 15 reps per set on day 1 and 3.
Here are the workout specifics (all Protocols are Sets x Reps):
DAY 1: MONDAY | Amount |
---|---|
Incline Bench Press | 6 x 6 |
Flat DB Press | 6 x 6 |
High Pulls | 4 x 4 or Upright Row – 6 x 6 |
Dumbbell Laterals | 2 x 6-8 each way (front/side/rear) |
Triceps Pressdown | 4 x 6-8 |
DAY 3: THURSDAY | Amount |
---|---|
Incline Bench Press | 6 x 6 (use 85% of heavy day) |
Flat DB Press | 6 x 6 (85% of heavy day) |
Shoulder Press | 6 x 6 |
Lying Triceps Press | 6 x 6 |
DAY 2: TUESDAY | Amount |
---|---|
Leg Press | 6 x 6 |
Squats | 6 x 6 |
Leg Curl | 4 x 6-8 |
Leg Extension | 4 x 6-8 |
DAY 4: FRIDAY | Amount |
---|---|
Dead Lift | 6 x 3 (increase weight each set) |
Barbell Row | 6 x 6 |
Curl Grip Pulldown | 6 x 6 |
Barbell Curl | 6 x 6 |
Dumbbell Curl | 6 x 6 |
Note: Use the same weight for all sets of a particular exercise except the dead lift. On the dead lift add 20lbs or so each set, so that only your final set will be with your working weight.
The most important factor to the success of this program is that you DO NOT start too heavy. On 6 x 6 exercises start week one with a weight you could perform 12 reps if you had to, but
only do the prescribed six reps. Progress at a pace that allows you to get all 6 reps on all 6 sets each workout throughout the first five weeks. Your goal should be to complete every rep
(Unassisted!) each workout. Only go for an all-out, max effort during the final week!
Six Weeks to Power and Muscle Supplement Plan
Core Supplements
Mass Maker Ultra: add 2 servings (2 scoops each) per day mixed in 12-14oz water or milk to your regular meal plan.
1 Super Pak with breakfast for nutritional micronutrients and muscle building co factors
4 Ultra 40, 4 Mass Aminos, 1 Multiple Enzyme Complex with each meal and shake
Muscle Synergy: 1 serving (8 tablets or 1 scoop) first thing in the morning; another serving 30 minutes prior to workout; and a final serving immediately following your workout. On non-training days, take Muscle Synergy twice – one serving in the morning and another mid-afternoon.
Special supplement instruction for weeks 4 – 6
Add one additional Ultra 40 tablet and one Mass Amino tablet to each meal on week 4, then another on week 5, and a third additional Mass and Ultra 40 to each meal or shake during week 6. This will end up as 7 Mass tablets and 7 Ultra 40 tablets with each meal during week 6 (about 35-42 tablets each for the day).
For even greater gains add Glutamine Select and Creatine Select to the core supplements as follows:
Glutamine Select: Sip 3-4 scoops mixed in water during training
Creatine Select: Load during week 1 by taking 1 scoop with each meal. For the next 5 weeks take 1-2 scoops daily. On training days, take 2 scoops pre-workout (with Muscle Synergy). Non training days – 1 scoop.
***Beverly Advisor Team member, Steven Wade, devised this program and gained nearly 15lbs of lean mass his first six weeks on it.***

BEVERLY’S BEST Gain Muscle & Lose Fat Nutrition & Training Plan
BEVERLY’S BEST Gain Muscle & Lose Fat Nutrition & Training Plan
No Nonsense Magazine Collectors Edition 2016
By: The Beverly Advisor Team
We published one of our best Nutrition, Training, and Supplement plans for females. But, we didn’t want to leave you guys out so here we present our best “Gain Muscle / Lose Fat” nutrition program for males along with a workout designed especially for naturals to develop muscle size and strength while expediting fat loss.
Nutrition
Gain Muscle and Lost Fat Nutrition Plan
Meal #1: 1 whole egg + 3 egg whites, 5oz lean meat, ½ cup oatmeal
Meal #2: Protein Drink: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 2 tbsp healthy fat (almond butter, flax oil, olive oil or heavy whipping cream), add enough water to make a shake the consistency you desire.
Whole food option: 8oz lean beef, 1 apple
Meal #3: 8oz lean meat, 6oz sweet potato or 2/3 cup cooked brown rice, 2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.), salad with 2 tbsp dressing
Meal #4: (same as meal #2)
Meal #5: 8oz lean meat, 2 cups vegetables, salad with 2 tbsp Newman’s Own vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #6: (if you weigh 185lb or more): Protein pudding – mix two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add 1 tbsp of almond butter, walnuts, or heavy cream.
Beverages: Make sure that you drink at least six to eight 8oz glasses of water each day (that’s four 16oz bottles). Watch out for empty calories in the liquids you drink, juices and regular soft drinks will sabotage your progress. Limit beverages to water, coffee, unsweetened tea, diet sodas, and Crystal Light.
Gain Muscle and Lose Fat Supplement Plan
ESSENTIAL: Ultimate Muscle Protein (UMP), Mass Amino Acids, Ultra 40
UMP: Start with two containers (stick with your favorite flavor or mix it up for variety) and take it as recommended in the meal plan.
Mass Aminos and Ultra 40: Start with one bottle each of Mass Aminos and Ultra 40. (Note: see how Aaron Whitten added 20lbs of muscle naturally using this time tested, proven effective muscle building stack in the “Article” section of BeverlyInternational. com.) You should take 1 tablet each of Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 for every 10 pounds of bodyweight. If you weigh 180lbs that equates to 18 tablets each per day or 3 or 4 with each meal or shake.
OPTIONAL: Quadracarn, Muscle Synergy, Creatine Select, Super Pak
Over 35: Quadracarn for anti-aging, hormone support and recovery benefits. Take 3 tabs twice daily with meals 1 and 5 for increased recovery, fat loss and muscle building. Add 3 additional tablets on training days with your pre-training meal.
Over 50: Muscle Synergy for its muscle preservation properties.
Added strength: Creatine Select is the perfect add-on to the Essential stack.
General health benefits: Super Pak with your first meal every morning.
SPECIAL FOCUS ON WEIGHT GAIN OR FAT LOSS
Need to gain weight: Add a Mass Maker Ultra shake (before and/or after your workout) to the above meal plan and Essential supplement stack.
Need to cut fat: Add 2 Lean Out with meals #1, 3, and 5 to the Essential supplement stack.
The Best Muscle Size Workout for Naturals
This workout program is based around a 1 on/1 off, 1 on/2 off training split. This type of split allows you to work really hard, yet still get maximum recovery. This routine has produced WONDERS in size and strength gains across a wide range of population bases. Chances are it will do the same for you.


Muscle Size Workout
DAY ONE: CHEST, TRICEPS
• Bench Press: (3 warm up sets of 20,12, and then 6-8 reps); work sets: 2×6 with 80% of your 1-rep max (1RM); 2×3 (90% 1RM); rep out for 1 set of 8-15 (60-70% 1RM)
• Low Incline DB Press: 1×12-15 (warm up); 2×6-9 (enough weight to fail before 10)
• High Incline DB Press: 3×6-9
• Triceps Pushdown: 1×10 (warm up); 2-3 sets of 6-8 reps
• Pullover and Press: 1×10 (warm up); 2×8-12
• Alternate DB Curl: 2-3 sets of 8-12 reps
• Crunches: 3-4 sets of 15-25 reps
DAY TWO: REST
DAY THREE: LEGS, BACK
• Squats: (2 warm up sets of 15 and then 10 reps); work sets: 3×6-8 (75% 1RM); 1×10-15 (65% 1RM and add 5 half squats at the end of the set); 1×15-25 (50% 1RM and again, add 5 half squats at the end of the set)
• Leg Press: (2 warm up sets of 20 and then 10 reps); 3-4 sets of 6-10 reps (add weight each set and go to failure)
• Bent-Over BB Row or DB Row: 1×12 (warm up); 3×6-10
• Lat Pulldown: 1×15 (warm up); 2-3 sets of 8-12 reps, to failure
DAYS FOUR AND FIVE: REST
DAY SIX: CHEST, SHOULDERS, BICEPS
• DB Bench Press: 1×15 (warm up); 3-4 sets of 6-8 reps to failure each set; 1×15 (for pump)
• Front DB Raises: 1×15 (warm up); 2-3 sets of 8-12 reps
• Shrugs: 1×20 (warm up); 3×8-15 (increase weight each set)
• Straight Bar Curls: 1×20 (warm up); 1×10-15 (to failure); 3×8-12 (to failure)
• Hyperextensions: 2 sets-max reps
• Crunches: 2 sets-max reps
DAY SEVEN: REST
DAY EIGHT: LEGS, LOWER BACK
• Leg Extension: 5×12-16, superset with Front or Smith Machine Squats: 5×8-12
• Leg Curls: 3×10-15, superset with Deadlift: 3×8-12
• Seated Calf Raise: 3×10-15 (add partials at the end of each set)
DAYS NINE AND TEN: REST, AND THEN START OVER WITH DAY 1 WORKOUT
A Note about Poundage Progression:
Here are some guidelines you can use to get the most out of your “Muscle Size” workout. Increase the poundage a small amount (and don’t be afraid to use the 2.5lb plates) the next workout if:
• A. Rep range is 2×6 or 2×3 –and you can successfully get 6 reps (or 3 reps) on both sets
• B. Rep range is 6-8 or 6-9 – and you can get the top number on the 1st set, and 6 or more on each of the remaining sets. Ex: 9,7,6.
• C. Rep range is 8-12 and you can get 12 on the 1st set; or rep range is 10-15 and you get 15 on 1st set, etc.
If you want to gain muscle and strength, while losing fat give this program a try for 16 weeks. If the workout is more than you are accustomed to, start with 1 or 2 less work sets on each exercise. Then gradually work into the full routine. But, even if you are used to training more often or with more volume, please don’t add anything to the routine. It is tested and proven to be one of the most effective workout plans ever. Combine the “Best Muscle Size Workout Plan for Naturals” with the “Gain Muscle and Lose Fat” nutrition and supplement plan for the next 4 months and be ready to see a dramatic positive change in your physique, body composition, and strength.


Beverly’s Natural Muscle Size Supplement, Workout, and Diet Program
Beverly’s Natural Muscle Size Supplement, Workout, and Diet Program
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 21, #2
By: The Beverly Advisor Team
NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE SUPPLEMENT PROGRAM
Here’s what this program can do for your muscles.
Beverly has been building natural muscle since 1967. Natural Muscle Size is one of our most popular supplement programs for three main reasons:
1. Based on client feedback, it is possible to gain 3-8 pounds or more of muscle and measurable increases in muscle girth (e.g. chest and arm circumference) by the time you’ve completed
Levels 1 and 2, and a total of 10-12 pounds of muscle by the time you’ve completed Level 3. (This is natural muscle – not the kind that begins to “deflate” in a matter of days.)
2. It works for everyone from hard gainers to 55-year-olds and beyond.
3. Every supplement in the program is backed by our zero-risk, 60-day, 100%-satisfaction guarantee.
Add it all up, and Natural Muscle Size is about as close to a muscle-building “slam dunk” as you can get. So make a copy today, tape it to your fridge, and follow it level by level, step by step. You can’t help but grow.
Who Is It For?
The Natural Muscle Size program is designed for any healthy man who wants to increase the size of his muscles.
How Does It Work?
Start at Level 1 and work your way up to Level 3. Follow the instructions for each level exactly as described.
How Should I Train And Eat During This Program?
Training and diet are critical determinants of your success with any supplement program, of course. You’ll find a training routine and meal plan following this article which will work
fantastic when used in conjunction with the Natural Muscle Size Supplement program.
How Will I Know How Much To Order Of Each Supplement In The Program?
Your needs will vary according to your bodyweight and training routine, among other factors. Simply call or email us and a Beverly Supplement Advisor will help you figure out exactly how much to order of each product so that you don’t interrupt your program by running out.
LEVEL 1: (LASTS ROUGHLY 6-8 WEEKS, DEPENDING)

ULTIMATE MUSCLE PROTEIN (UMP)
Take 1-2 scoops post-workout and 1-2 scoops before bed. On rest (no workout) days, take 1-2 scoops in the morning or afternoon and 1-2 scoops before bed.
Note: If you are a hard gainer or a very active individual who requires additional calories, you can replace UMP with Mass Maker Ultra (MMU), or use both products. If using both products, take MMU post-workout and UMP before bed.

ULTRA 40 & MASS AMINO ACIDS
Start by taking 6 tablets of each product daily for the first week. Each week thereafter, increase your daily allotment of tablets by 2 until you reach the ultimate dose of 1 tablet per 10 pounds of bodyweight. (Refer to the example below.) Upon reaching your ultimate dose, proceed to Level 2. Spread your daily allotment of tablets across the day in smaller doses (e.g. 2-4 tablets each).
Example: To calculate your ultimate daily dose, divide your bodyweight by 10. If the number you get is odd, round it up to the next even number. For example, let’s say you weigh 170 pounds. 170 divided by 10 equals 17, an odd number. Round this up to the next even number, which is 18. This is your ultimate daily dose of tablets for each of Ultra 40 and Mass Amino Acids. Here’s how you would build up to this dose:
Week 1: 6 tablets of Ultra 40, 6 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily.
Week 2: 8 tablets of Ultra 40, 8 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily.
Week 3: 10 tablets of Ultra 40, 10 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily.
Week 4: 12 tablets of Ultra 40, 12 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily.
Week 5: 14 tablets of Ultra 40, 14 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily.
Week 6: 16 tablets of Ultra 40, 16 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily.
Week 7: 18 tablets of Ultra 40, 18 tablets of Mass Amino Acids daily.
LEVEL 2: (LASTS ROUGHLY 4 WEEKS)
Instructions: Take the supplements listed below in the doses indicated. Once you have used up your entire bottle of Creatine Select, proceed to Level 3.

ULTIMATE MUSCLE PROTEIN (UMP)
Same as Level 1.

ULTRA 40 & MASS AMINO ACIDS
Same as Level 1 (ultimate dose).
Note: Many Beverly clients have exceeded the ultimate dose of Ultra 40 and Mass Amino Acids with great success. For instance, bodybuilder Joe Corbett, who is featured elsewhere in this magazine, recently won his class at the Team Universe in Classic Physique. He takes 8 tablets of Ultra 40 and 8 tablets of Mass Amino Acids at each of his 6 daily meals.

CREATINE SELECT
Start by taking 1 serving, 4 times daily, for 5 days. This is the loading phase, during which your muscles will become saturated with creatine. Mix each serving with 10 oz (1 1/4 cups) of water and make sure to drink one of the servings 15 minutes before your workout and another 15 minutes after your post-workout meal. After the loading phase, take 1 serving of Creatine Select daily (either before your workout or after your post-workout meal) until you have used up your entire bottle. Then proceed to Level 3.
LEVEL 3: (LASTS ROUGHLY 4 WEEKS)
Instructions: Take the supplements listed below in the doses indicated. Stay with Level 3 for 4 weeks. Then take one week off from training and supplements and begin a different routine or return to Level 1 and repeat.

ULTIMATE MUSCLE PROTEIN (UMP)
Same as Level 1.

ULTRA 40 & MASS AMINO ACIDS
Same as Level 1 (ultimate dose).

MUSCLE SYNERGY
(tablets or powder -your choice). If you weigh less than 200 pounds, take 16 tablets or 2 scoops daily. If you weigh 200 pounds or more, take 24 tablets or 3 scoops daily. Divide your daily allotment of tablets/scoops into smaller doses and take them throughout the day, ideally upon awakening in the morning and before working out. For instance, a 170-lb male would take 2 scoops or 16 tablets daily, divided into two equal doses of 1 scoop or 8 tablets each. Swallow each tablet one at a time with water.

QUADRACARN
Take 3 tablets, 3 times daily on workout days. On rest days, take 3 tablets, 2 times daily. Don’t miss a dose. Carnitine takes time to accumulate in your body and deliver results. Consistency is important.
WHAT DO THE PRODUCTS IN NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE DO?
UMP is our “gateway” protein supplement. Its unique blend of sustained-release casein and fast-acting whey enhances muscle building (anabolism) and prevents muscle breakdown (catabolism) for hours at a time. You can use it to make delicious shakes and an endless variety of guilt-free, hunger-quenching treats. (Recipes are available on our website, BeverlyInternational.com.)
Derived from 100% Argentinean beef liver, ULTRA 40 is rich in an array of blood- and muscle-building factors. This nutritional powerhouse from the pre-steroid era of bodybuilding boosts stamina, pumps, recovery, and strength unlike anything else.
MASS AMINO ACIDS contains high levels of peptide-bonded amino acids, which studies suggest have up to double the anabolic potency of regular food. This may explain why so many of our male clients count on it to increase and preserve muscle size, especially during periods of hard training or when rehabilitating an injury.
CREATINE SELECT contains the most proven type of creatine, plus beta-alanine, phosphates, and electrolytes. Unlike other creatine products, Creatine Select is easy on the stomach and produces rapid increases in muscle mass and performance without bloating or puffiness. It really is a hard gainer’s dream. As one Beverly client reports, “[Creatine Select] produces results almost immediately. It’s pretty crazy.”
You’ll feel the impact of QUADRACARN (pronounced “kwa-dra-carn”) on your physique from head to toe, with benefits including energy, testosterone, mood, anti-aging, cognitive performance, sexual health, vascularity, pumps, and more. Men 35 years of age and up use it to optimize testosterone safely and naturally.
MUSCLE SYNERGY is another great supplement for the 35+ athlete. It contains a synergistic combination of nutraceuticals that help you build and preserve muscle size and strength, among other benefits. It is available in tablet or powder form.
GET IMMEDIATE HELP WITH YOUR NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE PROGRAM!
Phone calls may seem “old school”, but sometimes a few moments on the phone can help you solve a problem faster than anything else.
If you’ve got a question about the Natural Muscle Size program, or just want to find out how much of each product you need to order, simply call the phone number shown below Monday to Friday, 9 AM to 5 PM ET and speak to a Beverly Supplement Advisor. Each Advisor is hired and trained by Beverly and personally uses our products.
CALL 1-800-781-3475…
Or email…
BEVNUT@BEVERLYINTERNATIONAL.NET
NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE WORKOUT & DIET
The rationale behind our Natural Muscle Size Workout and Diet is that you first must lay down a foundation of size and strength. Whether you’ve been working out for decades and just need to “reinforce” your foundation, or are relatively new to the weights, this can best be accomplished through basic exercises, heavy (for you) weights, systematic progression, and an increased focus on nutrition with an emphasis on frequent use of very high quality protein and a slight overload of calories.
NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE WORKOUT
Here are the basic workout rules:
1. Read the instructions listed for each exercise. They will tell you exactly how to structure your sets, reps, and progression to get maximum results.
2. Follow this schedule for 12-16 weeks as you progress through the levels of your Natural Muscle Size Supplement program. Whether you’re an intermediate or have been training for decades, be prepared to make some of the best gains of your life in strength and muscle size.
MONDAY: CHEST, BICEPS, TRICEPS
BENCH PRESS: 4 work sets; 5-6 reps, but no more than 6 reps per set. Warm up, then do 4 sets of benches with the same weight. You should be able to get 6 reps your first set or two, but may fall to 5 reps on your final 2 sets, with or without a slight spot. As soon as you can get 6 reps on all 4 sets without a spot in a workout, add ten pounds your next workout and start over!
INCLINE PRESS: 3 work sets; 8, down to 4 reps. Use a barbell or dumbbells. Do one warm-up set of 12 reps, then put on a weight that you think you can get for 8 reps. If you make 8 – stop! For the second set, add 10-20 pounds and go for 6 reps. Add 10-20 more pounds for your final work set and try to get 4 reps. If you successfully get 8 – 6 – 4 on your consecutive three sets, 2 workouts in a row, then add 10-pounds to each set your next (3rd) workout.
BARBELL CURLS / CLOSE-GRIP BENCH PRESS: (Alternate Sets – 1 biceps set rest, then 1 triceps set, rest and repeat.) 4 sets, 5-6 reps (Use the same set and rep scheme as bench press.)
ALTERNATE DB CURLS alternate with LYING TRICEP EXTENSIONS: 3 work sets; 8 to 6 reps (Use the same weight all three sets, when you can get 8 reps on all three sets, increase the weight your next workout.)
WEDNESDAY: LEGS
SQUATS: 5 work sets; 4-6 reps. Use a foot position that’s shoulder width apart. As you descend imagine there is a marble on the center of your quad. Keep going down until the marble would start rolling toward your hips. This will guarantee that you’ve broken parallel and will reap the maximum benefits from your squats. Begin with a couple of warm-up sets. Then do one more warm-up set of 6 reps with a weight that is 25-50 lbs below your 6-rep max. Now select a weight that will allow you to squat in perfect form for five sets of 4-6 reps. When you can get 6 reps on every set – add weight! It’s ok to take up to 5 minutes rest between each set!
STRAIGHT LEG DEADLIFTS: 4 sets; 6-8 reps.
LEG CURLS: 3 sets; pyramid from 12 reps down to 8 reps on the final set.
STANDING CALF RAISES alternate with SEATED CALF RAISES: 3 sets; pyramid 20 reps down to 10 reps. For both exercises go all the way up, hold for a two-count, then lower slowly as far as your range of motion will comfortably allow.
SATURDAY: BACK AND SHOULDERS
DEADLIFTS: 5 work sets; 3-5 reps. Keep the bar close to your body as you pull. Warm-up with a couple of light sets and stretch between warmups. Then add weight each set staying in the 3-5 rep range. For example: Week One you might do 135×5, 185×5, 225×5, 255×5, 275×3. As soon as you get 5 reps on the final set, add 10 lbs to each set listed your next deadlift workout.
BENT BARBELL ROWS or CABLE ROWS: 4 work sets; 5-6 reps. (Same sets and reps as Monday’s bench press workout).
REVERSE GRIP PULLDOWNS: 3 work sets; 8-4 reps (same as Monday’s incline press.) Use an underhand (palms facing) grip. Try to make your elbows follow an arced path as you pull them down and back. This is a lat builder – think lats and let your biceps just go along for the ride.
SHOULDER SHRUGS: 3 sets; pyramid from 8 reps down to 4 reps. Shrug straight upwards. Try to touch your shoulders to your ears. Squeeze at the top. Don’t roll your shoulders either.
SHOULDER PRESS: 4 sets; 5-6 reps (same set and rep scheme as bench press). You can use a barbell, dumbbell, or Smith Machine for this exercise.
LATERAL RAISES: 3 sets; 12-10-8 reps (use the same weight for all sets).
NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE WORKOUT SUMMARY
MONDAY: Chest, Biceps & Triceps | Amount |
---|---|
Bench Press | (2-3 warmup sets) then 4×5-6 |
Incline Press | 1×12 (warmup), then 3×8-6-4 |
Barbell Curls | 4×5-6 alternate with |
Close Grip Bench Press | 4×5-6 |
DB Curls | 3×6-8 alternate with |
Lying Tricep Extension | 3×6-8 |
WEDNESDAY: Legs | Amount |
---|---|
Squat | (3 warmup sets) then 5×4-6 |
Straight Leg Deadlift | 4×6-8 |
Leg Curls | 3×12-10-8 |
Standing Calf Raises | 3×20-15-10 alternate with |
Seated Calf Raises | 3×20-15-10 |
SATURDAY: Back and Shoulders | Amount |
---|---|
Deadlift | 5×3-5 (add weight each set) |
Barbell or Cable Row | 4×5-6 |
Reverse Grip Pulldown | 3×8-6-4 |
Shrugs | 3×8-6-4 |
Shoulder Press (BB, DB, or Machine) | 4×5-6 |
DB Laterals | 3×12-10-8 |


NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE NUTRITION PROGRAM
Adding muscle size and strength requires more than just training. Another key component of your Natural Muscle Size program is a balanced nutrition program with the emphasis on protein. A proper nutritional regimen aimed at increasing muscle size should consist of the three major macronutrients that the human body needs in order to function properly in the following proportions: 35%-50% protein, 20%-40% carbohydrate, 20%-35% fat; the lower your carbohydrate intake, the higher your fat intake should be.
How to Utilize the Natural Muscle Size Nutrition Programs
We’ve listed two nutrition plans to go with your Natural Muscle Size Supplement program. Depending on your goal, choose either of the diets listed, or you could alternate them in 4 to 6 week intervals. Here are 4 options you could follow to maximize gains during the next 12-16 weeks.
1. Follow the Maximum Size and Strength plan for the entire 12-16 week period.
2. Follow the Gain Muscle Lose Fat plan for the entire 12-16 week period.
3. Follow the Maximum Size and Strength plan for 6-8 weeks, then harden up by following the Gain Muscle Lose Fat plan for the remaining 6-8 weeks.
4. Follow the Gain Muscle Lose Fat plan for the first 4-6 weeks, then the Maximum Size and Strength Plan for 4 weeks, and then finish out the program with the Gain Muscle Lose Fat plan for the final 4-6 weeks.
As you work into either of the two nutrition plans listed below, it’s okay to adjust portions or add or decrease a meal as needed to maintain progress. Do not worry about the particular order of your meals, if you want to eat Meal #1 as your last meal of the day, go ahead, it’s OK. The most important thing for you to do is make sure you have a minimum of 3 of the food meals listed below in addition to at least 2 UMP shakes (or puddings) each day. In a couple of cases we’ve indicated a particular flavor of UMP, these are just suggestions, go with the flavor you enjoy most.

MAXIMUM SIZE AND STRENGTH NUTRITION PLAN
Meal 1:
Option A: 3 whole eggs, 5oz lean beef or 1 cup cottage cheese, ¾ cup oatmeal (before cooking)
Option B: 3 egg omelet, 2oz cheese, 2 slices whole-grain toast with peanut butter or almond butter, 1 apple
Meal 2:
Protein Shake Option: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 2 tablespoons healthy fat source (olive oil, fl ax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream. Add strawberries, blueberries, or a banana if desired.
Whole Food Option: 6oz beef patty, 1 cup cottage cheese and ½ cup pineapple
Meal 3:
Option A: 8oz roast beef or turkey breast (or other protein source), ¾ cup cooked brown rice (or other complex carbohydrate source), Optional: 1 or 2 servings of low carb fruit or vegetables
Option B: 5oz roast beef, 2oz Swiss cheese, 2 slices rye bread, 1 apple, 1-2 cups salad
Meal 4 (post workout):
Protein Shake Option: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 1 tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream, 1 banana
Mass Maker Ultra Option: If you are a hard gainer, you can replace your post-workout UMP shake with Mass Maker Ultra – 2 scoops Mass Maker Ultra, 12oz vitamin D milk or water, 1 banana.
Whole Food Option (optional on nonworkout days): 6-8oz ground beef, ½ cup cottage cheese, ½ cup pineapple or ½ cantaloupe
Meal 5:
8oz serving of protein (steak, pork, chicken, turkey or fish), 8-10oz baked potato or sweet potato, 1-2 cups low carb vegetables or salad
Meal 6 (before bed):
UMP Shake (same as meal #4) or protein pudding – mix two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add 2 tablespoons of peanut butter or heavy cream.
GAIN MUSCLE SIZE WHILE LOSING FAT NUTRITION PLAN
Meal 1:
2 whole eggs plus 4 egg whites, 5oz lean meat, ½ cup oatmeal (measured before cooking)
Meal 2:
Protein Shake Option: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein (chocolate flavor), 1 tbsp almond butter, 1 tbsp heavy whipping cream, 12-14oz water
Whole Food Option: 8oz sliced roast beef or other protein source, 1 apple or other fruit
Meal 3:
6-8oz lean meat, 6oz sweet potato or 2/3 cup cooked brown rice, 2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.) and/or salad with 2 tablespoons dressing
Meal 4 (post workout):
Protein Shake Option: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein (vanilla flavor), 1 tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream. Add banana or berries if desired.
Whole Food Option (optional on non-workout days): 6oz turkey breast, ½ cup cottage cheese, ½ cup pineapple (unsweetened) or ½ cantaloupe
Meal 5:
8-10oz lean meat, 2 cups vegetables, salad with 2 tablespoons dressing
Meal 6 (before bed):
Protein Shake Option: Shake (same as meal #2) or protein pudding – mix two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein (cookies & crème) in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add 1 tablespoon of almond butter, walnuts, or heavy cream if desired.
Whole Food Option: 4oz chicken or turkey breast, 6 egg whites, 1 cup omelet vegetables
Beverages: Make sure that you drink at least six to eight 8oz glasses of water each day (that’s four 16oz bottles). Watch out for sugars in the liquids you drink, juices and regular soft drinks will sabotage your progress. Limit your beverages to water, coffee, tea, diet sodas, and Crystal Light.
Free Foods: You can eat any of the following at any time, without jeopardizing your results: Sugar free gum, sugar-free Jell-O, Splenda, Equal, seasonings, mustard, vinegar, hot sauce, salt and pepper.
A QUICK SUMMARY OF THE NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE SUPPLEMENT PLAN
Regardless of which nutrition plan you choose, the Natural Muscle Size Supplement plan is a key component. Be sure to go back to page 4 and carefully reread the full instructions so that you set yourself up correctly to achieve the greatest gains. Here’s a summary:
Level 1 (6-8 weeks): UMP – 2 shakes daily, 6-18 Mass Aminos daily, 6-18 Ultra 40 daily.
Level 2 (4 weeks): UMP (same as level 1), Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 (1 tablet each per 10 lbs of your bodyweight, if you weigh 175, that would be 18 per day), Creatine Select – load 4 scoops daily for 5 days, then one serving daily until the bottle runs out.
Level 3 (4 weeks): UMP, Mass Aminos, Ultra 40 (same as level 2). Add 2 servings of Muscle Synergy daily, and Quadracarn (to optimize your testosterone production) 9 tablets on workout days and 6 on nonworkout days.


Bev Solutions – The Best of Beverly Best Muscle Gain Workout, Nutrition, and Supplement Program
Bev Solutions – The Best of Beverly
Best Muscle Gain Workout, Nutrition, and Supplement Program
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 21, #4
By: The Beverly Advisor Team
Best Muscle Gain Workout
You’ll do the following 4 workouts over a 9-day period, then start over on day 10. Add weight, whenever you can get the top number of a particular rep range on all sets for that exercise.
Day 1: Chest, Shoulders & Triceps
Bench Press: warm-up, then 2×6 reps with 80% of your maximum single, 2×3 reps with 90% of your maximum single, and finally a bur n out set of 8-15 reps with 60% of your maximum single
Low Incline Dumbbell Presses: 1×12-15 warm up, 2×6-9 reps
Shoulder Press: 3×6-10
Triceps Pushdowns: 1×10 warm up, 2-3×6-8 reps
Lying Triceps Pullover/Press with EZ-Bar: 1×10 warm up, 2×8-12
Dips: 2 x maximum reps without weight
Abs: 3-4×20-25
Day 2: Rest
Day 3: Thighs, Hamstrings & Upper Back
Squats: warm-up, then 3×6-8 reps, 75-80% of maximum, reduce weight 1×10-15, reduce weight 1×15-25
Leg Press: warm-up, then 3×6-10 (increase weight each set)
Bent-Over Barbell or DB Rows: warm-up, 3×6-10 reps
Front Pulldowns: warm up, 3×8-12 reps
Days 4 & 5: Rest
Day 6: Chest, Shoulders, Biceps & Abs
Flat Bench Dumbbell Presses: 1×15 reps warm up, 3-4×6-8 reps to failure, finish with a pump set of 1×15
Front Dumbbell Raises: 1×15 warm up, 2-3×8-12
Shrugs: 1×20 warm up, 3×8-15
Straight bar curls: 1×20 warm up, 1×10-14 to failure, 3×8-12
Hyperextensions: 2 sets maximum reps
Abs: 2×20-25
Day 7: Rest
Day 8: Thighs, Hamstrings & Low Back
Leg Extensions: 5×12-16 reps to failure each set; supersetted with
Smith Machine Squats or Non-lock Leg Press: 5×8-12 reps to failure
Leg Curls: 4×10-15 to failure each set, supersetted with Straight Leg Deadlifts; 4X8-12
Seated Calf Raises: 3 x 10-15 reps with 10 burns at the end of each set
Day 9: Rest
Then start over with Workout 1 on Day 10
Best Muscle Gain Nutrition Plan
Meal 1:
1-2 whole eggs + 3 egg whites, 5-8oz lean meat, ½ cup oatmeal (measured before cooking)
Meal 2:
Protein Drink: 2 Scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein (UMP), 2 tablespoons heavy whipping cream or 2 tablespoons healthy fat – almond butter, flax oil, ect., 14oz ice cold water; optional add ½ cup strawberries, peaches, or ½ banana to your shake for added flavor
Meal 3:
8-10oz lean meat, 6oz sweet potato or 2/3 cup cooked brown rice, vegetables (broccoli, etc.) and/or salad
Meal 4:
Protein Drink (same as meal #2)
Meal 5:
8-10oz lean meat, 2 cups vegetables, salad
Meal 6:
(Optional): Protein Drink or 6-8oz roast beef, 1-2oz Swiss cheese
Note:
It’s okay to adjust portions or add or decrease a meal as needed to maintain progress. Do not worry about the particular order of your meals, if you want to eat Meal #1 as your last meal of the day, go ahead, it’s OK. Make sure all your beverages are non-caloric: water, Crystal Light, diet sodas, coffee, and tea.
For more Training, Nutrition, and Fat Loss solutions, visit BeverlyInternational.com and click on the BevSolutions button.
Time-Tested Muscle Gain Supplement Plan
Take a Super Pak with your first meal each day.
Drink 2 or 3 UMP protein shakes mixed with water and heavy cream each day.
Take 3 Mass Amino Acids tablets and 3 Ultra 40 tablets every 3 hours throughout the day (a total of 15-18 each per day).
Optional: Add Creatine Select for rapid strength gains and Quadracarn to maximize your anabolic (musclebuilding) hormonal environment.


Driven Part 1 Become a Successful Beginning Bodybuilder!
Driven Part 1 Become a Successful Beginning Bodybuilder!
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 21, #3
By: Steve Colescott, The Guerrilla Journalist
What drives you? What makes you walk into a gym? Even more importantly, what makes you want to get so serious about exercise and nutrition that you transform your body?
With most of us, we have seen someone in amazing shape, either heroes in action movies, models for clothing, or athletes on the playing field. We not only are impressed by their appearance, conditioning and strength, but we want to transform ourselves into something similar.
For some of us, we may have noticed some bad flaws or changes in our physique…skinny arms, a thicker waistline, chubby cheeks, scrawny legs, or a fat rear end…and just decided that WE ARE NOT GOING TO LET THAT BE OUR STANDARD! Making the serious choice to enter the bodybuilding lifestyle, whether it involves competing on stage or just taking control over how your body looks, shows our commitment.
While the decision to go for a fitness lifestyle is important, maintaining your commitment for the rest of your life is crucial. It can’t just be a phase you are in. In order to seriously upgrade your life, it needs to become a central part of your character and existence. The fact that you chose to read this publication, shows that you plan to make this part of your life!
BENEFITS
So what benefits can be expected with this now a part of your life? Obviously, your are going to improve your body composition. This means you will increase muscle size and shape. This is a gradual increase with some men adding just a few pounds of muscle each year (and usually less for women), but if you visualize a few pounds of meat from the butcher shop, and some of that added to your shoulders, a few ounces on each calf, a bit on each arm, etc… that really makes an impressive change to the sculpting of your body. I mentioned shape earlier. Adding muscle and burning fat is what creates a shapely body. Body fat sags due to gravity but muscle defies gravity. While proper training and nutrition is based on research science, the benefits will look like steadily evolving works of art.
As you challenge your body by doing more reps with gradually increasing poundages, you build strength, increase muscle size, decrease body fat, and speed up your metabolism. These changes will improve your general health and possibly even increase your lifespan.
Your work in the gym and the changes brought on obviously improve your appearance. You may not realize this yourself since the changes are so gradual that you may not even notice them. Sometimes lifters go through periods in which they question if their work in the gym is paying off. If you can look back over months (and eventually years) of recordkeeping, that should keep you motivated.
Three-time Olympia winner Frank Zane suggests that we all keep a training journal. “Make use of every possible indicator of progress because this is one of the best ways to keep interested in training.” 1
That is why keeping track of your weight, training poundages, measurements, and (if possible) body composition is important. I recommend that you take your weight once a week (first
thing in the morning each Monday), and (if possible) have your body composition taken once every 2-4 weeks.
While you may not notice your level of physical progress, family and friends that you do not see every week might bring a smile to your face by comments: “Wow! How much muscle have you put on?” or “Your waist looks so much smaller. Did you have to switch to a different pants size?”
So we mention the athletic improvements, the health benefits, and how it boosts your appearance. All of those are great, but perhaps the greatest benefit to your lifestyle is how your mental state has improved. You may find that you possess greater self-confidence, feel capable of handling any challenges, and (most importantly) happier! The bodybuilding lifestyle
could very well be the best decision you have ever made in your personal growth!
THE TRAINING PROGRAM
Champion bodybuilder Arnold Schwarzenegger said, “I personally like the pain from training because it indicates I’ve worked hard enough for things to grow.” 2 As a beginner, muscle soreness will definitely hit you, but you will adapt. In fact, the progress that beginning lifters experience is the highest, and this soreness may just be an indication of the impressive
amount of muscle growth.
This beginner training program has two phases! Phase One lasts for eight weeks (but only if you have completed all of the two dozen sessions). This program is three days a week and each workout should last 40-60 minutes. For example only, we list Monday, Wednesday, and Friday as your three training days each week. If Tuesday, Thursday and one of the weekend days fits your schedule better, then make use of that. What is most important is that you train three times a week with a rest and recuperation day between each of the strength training sessions.
Once you have completed Phase One (24 workouts in an eight week period), we advance to the next phase. Phase Two lasts for four months (but only if you have trained consistently). If an emergency comes up and you miss a day, jump right back into things, even if a day behind schedule. Just get right back on track. In the workout we list each exercise, followed by a numerical listing of the “set and rep” scheme. Here is an example: Squat 3 x 8-12
This means that after warming up, you choose a weight in which you can do eight to twelve repetitions of the squat. That group of repetitions (reps) are considered a “set.” Once you are able to do a dozen strict reps in all three sets, increase the weight in your next workout. Here is an example:
Squat
Monday, March 13: 115×12, 115×11, 115×9
Monday, March 20: 115×12, 115×11, 115×10
Monday, March 27: 115×12, 115×12, 115×11
Monday, April 3: 115×12, 115×12, 115×12
Monday, April 10: 125×11, 125×9, 125×8
As you can see, the lifter in this example increased the number of reps (even if just by a single rep) each workout. This is key to your progress (and why you should record your training efforts). Once the lifter achieved a dozen reps in all three sets (the top number in the 8-12 rep range), they increase the training poundage for their next workout.
When you are not having a good day (even if not feeling your best), you will be amazed that you might have the best workout ever. I have had days in which I was mildly sick or barely slept because of work deadlines, and went into the gym and shocked myself by unleashing unexpected strength and performance that made me walk out of the gym smiling like an idiot!
One of the earlier mass monsters of bodybuilding, Tim Belknap said, “In the simplest terms, to build big muscles, you have to train with very heavy weights in strict form on basic exercises.” 3 These are great guidelines for your program.


PHASE ONE
3 DAYS A WEEK
Monday | Amount |
---|---|
Squat | 3×8-12 |
Leg Curl | 3×8-12 |
Seated Cable Row | 3×8-12 |
Dumbbell Bench Press | 3×8-12 |
Side Lateral Raise | 2×8-12 |
Close-grip Barbell Curl | 2×8-12 |
Lying Dumbbell Triceps Extension | 2×8-12 |
45° Calf Press | 2×10-15 |
Wednesday | Amount |
---|---|
Romanian (or Straight-Leg) Deadlift | 3×8-12 |
45° Leg Press | 3×8-12 |
Bench Press | 3×8-12 |
Lat Pulldown | 3×8-12 |
Seated Dumbbell Press | 2×8-12 |
Dumbbell Curl | 2×8-12 |
Seated Dumbbell French Press | 3×8-12 |
Seated Calf Raise | 2×10-15 |
Ab Crunch | 2×10-15 |
Friday | Amount |
---|---|
Hex-Bar (or Machine) Squat | 3×6-10 |
Bent over Barbell Row | 3×8-12 |
Low-Incline Dumbbell Press | 3×8-12 |
Front and Side Dumbbell Lateral Raise | 2×8-12 |
Incline Dumbbell Curl | 2×8-12 |
Close-grip Bench Press | 2×8-12 |
Hyperextensions (Back Raise) | 2×8-12 |
One-Leg Dumbbell Calf Raise | 2×10-15 |
Twisting Cable Crunch | 2×8-12 (each side) |
NOTES:
• If you are not familiar with the exercises, you can find out about them online or through a qualified strength training coach.
• The three days (Monday, Wednesday, and Friday) are just examples. Any three will work as long as you have one day off after each training session.
• Train hard. Focus on controlling the exercise more than how much weight you lift. Focus on the muscle fibers contracting. And enjoy yourself!
PHASE TWO
4 DAYS A WEEK
Congratulations on making it through the first phase of the beginner training program. That intro program involved you training your entire body three days a week (with a day off for recuperation between each session). Looking back, this is the ideal phase since every bodypart being hit three times weekly provides lots of forward progress.
What changes is that there are two forms of recuperation: the recuperation of each bodypart and the ability for your central nervous system to recover. Your body has improved to the point that we need to increase the volume directed on each bodypart but, since the length of the workout is limited, we split the session into two parts (lower body and waistline in the first session and upper body in the second one).
“Success depends on your recuperating powers, and as a beginner, rest is even more important,” says Mr. Universe winner and bodybuilding legend Chuck Sipes. 4 “As you progress and your body becomes adapted to hard training, you will be able to add additional sets and greater poundages.”
So what is your schedule like? We list the training as Monday and Tuesday training sessions, Wednesday off, Thursday and Friday training, with the weekend off. Again, This is just for example, and you can arrange the calendar as needed, as long as you get two training days in a row, with the following day off for recovery. The second phase of your Beginner Training Program lasts for four months.
Workout 1: (Monday) | Amount |
---|---|
Squat | 4×6-10 |
Dumbbell Lunge | 3×8-12 (ea. leg) |
Leg Curl | 3×8-12 |
Hyperextension (Back Raise) | 3×8-12 |
45° Calf Press | 3×10-15 |
Ab Crunch | 2×15-20 |
Workout 2: (Tuesday) | Amount |
---|---|
Incline Bench | 4×6-10 |
Flat Dumbbell Press | 3×8-12 |
Parallel-grip Lat Pulldown | 3×6-10 |
Under-grip Bodyweight Row | 1xAMRAP |
Dumbbell Overhead Press | 3×8-12 |
Alternate Dumbbell Curl | 3×8-12 |
Triceps Pushdown | 3×8-12 |
Workout 3: (Thursday) | Amount |
---|---|
Romanian Deadlift | 4×6-10 |
Leg Press | 3×8-12 |
Leg Extension | 3×8-12 |
Leg Curl | 3×8-12 |
Standing Calf Raise | 3×10-15 |
Leg Raise | 3×10 |
Workout 4: (Friday) | Amount |
---|---|
Front Chin-up | 4xAMRAP |
Seated Cable Row | 3×8-12 |
Low-Incline Dumbbell Press | 3×6-10 |
RackBar Push-up | 1xAMRAP |
Dumbbell Side Laterals | 3×8-12 |
EZ-bar Curl (medium-width grip) | 3×8-12 |
Close-grip Bench | 3×8-12 |
With each of these training sessions, think of the first exercise as your top goal. You want to get at least one additional rep for each exercise, but that first exercise…that first one…is the exercise you work the hardest. Warm up, then hit it hard!
As you can see, three of the exercises have “AMRAP” as their rep range. This stands for “as many reps as possible.” The first one is the “Under-grip Bodyweight Row.” The exercise involves you using a bar (either the one in the Smith machine or one placed in a power rack). Have it set at waist height. Lay under the bar, face up, gripping the bar with a hands-up (thumbs pointing out), shoulder-width grip. Keep your arms and legs locked in a straight line throughout the set. Pull yourself up so that the bar touches near your sternum and hold the squeeze for three seconds. When you can get more than fifteen reps, raise your feet up on a bench to make your body about parallel to the ground at the top.
On the Friday workout, you have “Front Chin-ups” and “RackBar Push-up” as your as many reps as possible (AMRAP) options. Front Chin-ups simply involve you using a shoulder-width grip and pulling up until your collarbone is about 4-6 inches from the bar. If you can’t get four reps on your own, get the assist from a resistance training band attached to one of your feet until you get a dozen reps, then either go with a thinner band, or go without one.
The RackBar Push-up uses either the bar in the Smith machine (at lowest setting) or a bar in the power rack (8-10 inches from the ground). Go with a shoulder-width grip (thumbs both pointing inward), lightly touch the sternum to the bar and press up 80% of the way (no locking out your arms at the top). When you can do more than fifteen reps in a set, start going to failure, then lift the bar up 4-6 inches higher, and go to failure a second time each set. These are three great upper body building exercises.

WHAT ABOUT CARDIO EXERCISE?
You may be wondering if cardio work fits into your program. That depends on three different factors:
1. What is your body type?
2. What are your goals?
3. What are your thoughts on cardio work?
Are you overweight, with a high level of body fat? Do you have the goals to be leaner or have better cardiovascular endurance? Do you enjoy getting on the treadmill, bike, elliptical, stepper or do you hate all four of those darn machines?
If you need to burn some body fat or feel that you need to increase your aerobic conditioning, then I recommend you do some cardio work three to four times a week for 10-15 minutes in the first phase, and a maximum of 20 minutes during the second phase. If possible, do it on your nonstrength training days. I recommend that (if you have the options) you rotate through different modalities (treadmill, elliptical, stepper, bike, or outdoor jogging). For one reason, repeated stress might beat up your soft tissues (such as bad ankles, aching knee, hips pain, shin splints…) but varied choices make that less likely. For a second reason, you may find the variety more mentally interesting.
Another use of the cardio equipment is a warm-up prior to your strength training. This should take just 5-8 minutes (at a very fast walk if it is a treadmill) and the goal is to increase your internal core temperature (starting to break a sweat), followed by some light sets of the core exercises to loosen you up further. For instance, your can do 15-20 bodyweight squats and then a light set of squats before beginning your work sets of squats. As you get more advanced, the warm-ups become more extensive since your weights will have increased.
NUTRITION ADJUSTMENTS FOR BEGINNERS
You may think, “Let’s do a subtle change to convert my body so that I look less like that guy who starred in the Soprano’s and more like that guy who starred as Thor in the Avenger’s movies.” Unfortunately, subtle changes to your lifestyle will not convert your body. If you are in really bad shape, this may have been from months or years of being lazy, enjoying the comforts of a relaxed sedentary life, and treating yourself to some serious junk food.
Dr. Fred Hatfield says, “Periods of high-stress training require supernormal intake of many nutrients without a commensurate increase in caloric needs.” 5 This means that you need to improve the quality of your nutrition, so every food choice and the inclusion of targeted supplements become more important as you advance.
The things you do, and foods you eat, need to change. As a beginner, the diet will not be incredibly strict, but we will be bumping it up as you advance. We want to bring about “homeostatic disruption,” making the body change in order to handle the new life you are living. Forcing your body to lifting gradually heavier weights will kick this off. To get the most from the training, we need to provide proper nutrition to help you recuperate and build stronger (and larger) muscles and to burn off unneeded and unattractive body fat.
Improving your body requires two different adjustments: 1) provide different stress to your muscles and metabolism, causing your body to adapt, and 2) provide different food and nutrient intake to assist with muscle growth and promote fat loss. We covered the first aspect with your strength training workouts. Now it is time to strategize a proper nutrition plan.
EIGHT NUTRITION BASICS
1. Eat at least five meals a day
2. Eat protein at each meal
3. Limit your starchy carb intake
4. Try to nearly eliminate simple carbs
5. Choose the correct fats
6. Increase veggies
7. Drink plenty of water
8. Enjoy it. Eat healthy, but enjoy treating yourself to delicious healthy foods
PROTEIN
Weight training causes hypertrophy, an adaptation in which your muscle fibers rebuild… stronger, larger, possibly in larger quantity, and ready to better handle what you do in the gym.
Famous Soviet strength coach Vladimir Zatsiorsky said,“Activate the breakdown of protein in the chosen muscle groups during training workouts and protein super-compensation during rest periods.” 6 This reminds us that the most important requirement for that improved muscular structure is protein, providing the necessary amino acids to rebuild bigger, better muscle. A good general rule for protein would be to consume 1.5-2.0 grams of protein per pound of bodyweight in order to promote muscle growth.
Good popular sources for protein include eggs, beef, lamb, bison/buffalo, chicken, turkey, fish, and quality protein powders. While you may have favorites, quality and variety are important. We want to provide the body with vital amino acids so each meal should be at least one-third protein. A Beverly International protein shake provides two basic benefits: 1) they contain high-quality, easily-absorbed proteins, 2) they are quick, easy, delicious…and fit well into a hectic schedule with multiple protein-based meals. Adding a couple of protein shakes in addition to your whole food meals makes it much easier to create a quality daily intake.
CARBOHYDRATES
Your carbohydrates (carbs) provide energy (replenishing your glucose and glycogen stores) as well as a variety of vitamins, minerals, and other nutrients. While carbs are not crucial to survival, they are necessary for recovery from hardcore training. For your diet, we will think of carbs in three categories:
1. Starchy carbs — Such as sweet potatoes/yams, rice, potatoes, oats, quinoa, grains, pasta and breads (limited).
2. Fibrous veggies — Broccoli, cauliflower, lettuce, onions, green beans, carrots, peppers, asparagus, squash, kale, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, spinach, etc.
3. Fruit — Berries, apples, oranges, grapefruit, cranberries.
The amount and how often you add carbs to your meals depends on your bodycomp/goals (how badly do you need to burn fat) and how well your body handles carbs. Many people find they do well by limiting their carb intake. The average person does well with starchy carbs making up a decent percentage in just three of their daily meals. If you are trying to burn fat, reduce the amounts and cut starchy carbs down to just two of those meals.
The fibrous (also called cruciferous) veggies provide a lot of important nutrients, are low in calories, and very filling. You should have at least two to three servings every day.
Fruit also gives you some great vitamins, minerals, antioxidants and healthy cofactors. Look at their carb levels and eliminate those that have too much fructose (natural fruit sugar). Limit fruit juices, since many of these tend to be very high calorie (with added sweeteners often snuck in). Apples and oranges make simple snacks for work or on-the-road. Berries are delicious, low-calorie, and great flavor additions to shakes, oatmeal, and Greek yogurt.
We also want to use starchy carbs to replenish our energy near the end of the training session, so it makes sense to place those meals near your training session and having noncarb meals (protein and healthy fats) placed in other times. So, if you train in the morning, your last meals of the day can be carb-free. If you train in the evenings, the first half of your day can be low in carbs.
While we mentioned that there are three categories we placed the carbs into (starchy carbs, fibrous veggies, and fruit) there is a fourth category, which we want to limit. This is simple carbs (such as sugars, syrup, honey, high fructose corn syrup). These should not be a part of your daily intake and, when consumed, do so in small amounts.
FATS
One of the biggest mistakes uneducated eaters make is the belief that eating fat is what makes you fat. What makes people fat is too high of a calorie intake and not enough exercise or activity. Choosing the right fats and keeping their intake fairly balanced, improves your health. Low fat intake also is known to cause a dramatic drop in your natural testosterone production.
Healthy fats include fish oils, nuts and seeds, grass-fed butters, and avocados. Some of your daily fat intake will be a part of the healthy proteins, such as the fat included in your eggs and your meat and dairy sources. When preparing food, there are great benefits to using the healthier sources, such as macadamia nut oil, coconut oil, olive oil or red palm oil. Also, to balance your fat intake, one or two daily servings of EFA Gold will provide you with essential fatty acids (omega-3 and omega-6), which most diets are badly deficient.
The truly bad fats are margarine, canola oil, saturated fat (in excessive amounts), and trans fats. Trans fats are lipids that have been chemically changed to enhance the shelf-life longevity of those crackers, doughnuts and cookies, which is great for the manufacturer (but terrible for your health and longevity). These are found in many processed foods. Cautiously look for them on product labels. This is another example for the excessive processing of foods being bad for our health.
“I prefer to eat frequent small meals even when dieting,” says retired champion bodybuilder Tom Touchstone, “…because this keeps my blood sugar and blood protein levels fairly constant.” 7 Here is an example of a diet of that nature, to help you create one that fits your needs and schedule:
SAMPLE DIET
Meal 1: Egg omelet (mushrooms, bell peppers, onions, shredded cheese); whole-grain toast (add peanut butter if you need to gain weight)
Snack: Cottage cheese with pineapple or berries
Meal 2: Chicken breast; rice; steamed vegetables
Training
Post Workout Shake: Muscle Provider or Ultimate Muscle Protein shake
Meal 3: Steak; sweet potato; broccoli
Before Bed Snack: Ultimate Muscle Protein pudding (put 2 scoops of your favorite UMP flavor in a bowl, then slowly add water while stirring until it reaches a pudding consistency – for weight gain, add peanut butter or heavy cream to the mix)

NUTRITIONAL SUPPLEMENTS
Quality food choices are the base of an effective bodybuilding diet. Nutrition supplements can only work when added to quality food intake. Supplements will bolster this by adding compounds not found in large quantities in typical foods and making it quick and easy to add protein (at a very high-quality level) to your diet.
As we mentioned earlier in the article, increasing the amount and quality of your protein is the major diet change necessary to enter a bodybuilding lifestyle. Your best choice is Beverly
International’s Ultimate Muscle Protein as the first supplement. It is derived from slow-release micellar casein (80%) and (20%) whey protein. This provides a sustained-release supply of amino acids to encourage muscle growth.
For those with an exceptionally-high metabolism (skinny guys that cannot pack on muscle), you will need Mass Maker Ultra. This is a higher-calorie protein and carbohydrate powder that will help you see some bigger numbers on the scale. This group (called ectomorphs) will often experience impressive muscle gains once they add a higher daily total of nutrient-rich calories.
After choosing which protein fi ts, the second supplement I would recommend to a beginner would be FitTabs. This is a high-quality daily serving of micronutrients, including vitamins,
minerals, bio-flavanoids, antioxidants, lipotropics and digestive enzymes. Since you are placing more physical stress on your body, a pair of FitTabs with breakfast and dinner will help
with your recovery while protecting you from nutritional deficiencies.
The third product I would recommend (even to someone that does not work out) is EFA Gold. This is a source of essential fatty acids from flaxseed oil, borage seed oil, fish oil and vitamin E.
Properly balancing your fat intake is difficult with just proper food choices. Taking three EFA Gold softgels once or twice daily will have a positive influence on your health and conditioning.
Now for the super-driven athletes, the optional products I recommend to take it to a higher-level would be doses of Ultra 40 and Mass Amino Acids taken throughout the day. Ultra 40 is a desiccated liver product (500 large tablets per bottle) in which the heme iron basis works as a blood builder, rich in protein, B vitamins, vitamins A, C and D and a variety of minerals. Mass Amino Acids also comes in a big 500-count bottle of tablets. These are easily absorbed peptide-bond aminos that support hypertrophy. This two product stack involves three to five of each of these tablets, four to six times a day. As you can imagine, this ensures that you have a constant flow of muscle-building nutrients in your bloodstream at all times.
THE NEXT PHASE
In the next issue, look for “Driven — Part 2: Maximum Progress as an Intermediate Bodybuilder!” The progress you achieve if you strictly follow this program will provide you with a direct and efficient way to reach your goals. Some of the changes added in Part 2 includes: more frequent training, an increase in training volume, some higher level training techniques, exercises you probably have never done, a variety of rep ranges, and a stricter nutrition program (based on body types). This program is a challenge, but you will love it!
You need to devote yourself to getting through the Beginner Program in order to succeed and move closer to your goals. Stick to the program. Keep track of your results…and every training session will be like a step forward towards achieving everything in which your body is capable.

REFERENCES
- Zane, Frank. “Equation for Victory,” Muscle & Fitness, July 1983
- Schwarzenegger, Arnold. “Arnold on the Squat,” Muscle Builder/Power, July 1976
- Belknap, Tim. “Gain Ultimate Mass & Power” from Muscle & Fitness, December, 1983
- Sipes, Chuck. “How to Plan Your Bodybuilding Training” (training course) no date listed
- Hatfi eld, Dr. Fred. “Hardcore Bodybuilding: A Scientific Approach,” Contemporary Books, 1991
- Zatsiorsky, Vladimir. “Science and Practice of Strength Training,” Human Kinetics, 1995
- Reynolds, Bill. “Tom Touchstone: Mr. California” from Muscle & Fitness, November 1985

Joe Corbett: Mature Muscle Personified
Joe Corbett: Mature Muscle Personified
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 21, #2
By: Joe Corbett IFBB Classic Physique Professional

At a Glance: Joe Corbett
Age: 54
Occupation: Registered Investment Advisor
Family: Married to Stacey for 28 years, Daughters Kasey 28 and son in law Blake 28, Cecelia 26, Sons Joseph 22, Luke 21, Frankie 17
Residence: Venice, FL
Height: 5’9”
Off-Season Weight: 200
Competition Weight: 190
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Salmon with my secret herb/spice blend cooked on the green egg, sweet potato, freshly sliced cucumbers with Walden Farms calorie free balsamic dressing.
Favorite supplements:
Off season- UMP, either Cookies & Crème with half cup egg whites, a cup and a half of almond milk and ice in the bullet, or I will mix 1 scoop of vanilla UMP and 1 scoop of chocolate UMP in the same shaker.
Competition prep- Energy Reserve and Quadracarn. I think this really made a difference in terms of fat loss.
Music: I like the heavy stuff- Tool, Flaw, Static X, Korn, Disturbed, Volbeat…. But on my training playlist I also have praise and worship which really motivates me especially during cardio.
Inspiring Book: The Bible
Hobbies: Spending time with Stacey and the kids. They are all at the age that it’s so fun to be around them, and I feel I don’t get enough time with them. I don’t really care what we do as long as we’re together.
Words to live by: “I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me” Philippians 4:13
Fitness has always been one of the most important things in my life along with my family and my faith. I first competed more than thirty years ago while in my early twenties. I did a few shows but soon was married and starting a family. Over the ensuing 10 years, we had 5 children. Although I tried to stay in shape by lifting and doing cardio a few times a week, competition had taken a back seat to family. I still ate clean though, not only for myself, but to set a good example for my children and get them off to a healthy start in life. None of us suffered though; my wife is Italian and makes the most nutritious foods taste great.
Fifteen years after our first child was born I decided to try another competition. One show led to another. My children were growing and I was able to become more and more focused on my training and nutrition. Soon I was competing in a couple of local shows each year and doing well in nearly every one.
In 2010, I met Travis Wallis. My goal in working with Travis was to advance from the local stages to larger regional contests. One of the first things he did was introduce me to Beverly International supplements. He explained that we work extremely hard in the gym and watch everything we eat, but when it comes to supplements, most bodybuilders just fall into the trap of taking the “supplement of the month” or whatever has the most advertising behind it. They have no idea what they are paying for, and in many cases, more is spent on the marketing of the supplement than on its ingredients.
Since 2010 I have competed in no less than 3 shows each year and the most was 5 in one year. That was a little much, but boy did I have fun. I was now having good success in many of the larger regional shows. One of my competitive highlights was winning the Masters class at the 2013 Europa in Dallas. During this period I traveled to almost every area of the country to compete and since I was doing well at this level, I decided to try the national stage. Whew, the national shows are huge! There might be over 1,000 competitors in the show, and guess what? EVERYONE is in shape. I finished 7th at last year’s North America, but the truth is, although my conditioning was great, I just wasn’t quite big enough for bodybuilding on the national level. But, I wasn’t through.
Late last year, Travis took a new job and was unable to work with me for 2016, but I found Mitch Staats to take his place. I had met Mitch when he won his IFBB pro card at the North America and what really sealed the deal was that he was totally a family guy like me. During the off season, I kept my calories high, but my diet was absolutely clean. I started my competition diet for the Team Universe in mid-February, 20 weeks out from the show. It was a long prep, but it allowed me to eat more and I was rarely hungry. I trained harder than ever. A new wrinkle that Mitch added was to eat carbs only around training. As you’ll see in my Supplement Schedule, I took nearly 50 Mass Amino Acids and Ultra 40 liver tabs each day. It made a visible difference, I could see my body becoming bigger and fuller while my conditioning improved.
At the Team Universe I competed in both Bodybuilding and the new Classic Physique division. I felt good about entering the “Classic” division because the emphasis was not so much on size, but on aesthetics and conditioning. I have had a dream of being an IFBB pro ever since reading Muscle & Fitness as a kid. Frank Zane was my all-time favorite and I think he still best represents the ultimate “classic physique.” Well that dream never went away, it was always in my heart but I never shared it because I felt it was so out of reach. At Team Universe on July 2nd of this year, I placed 3rd in the light heavyweight bodybuilding class. I was really happy with this result. It was my highest placing yet in a national level contest. But, then I changed out of my posing suit in to the spandex shorts required for Classic Physique. I took the stage and won my class! I had achieved my dream – I also earned IFBB pro status at 54 years old.
Meal Plan
My diet was modified slightly each week in terms of macro quantities based on how my coach thought I looked, but the basic foods didn’t change. By the way, I had no cheat meals or refeeds or whatever you want to call them. Here is a sample of what my daily meals consist of.
Meal 1: 1 cup of Muscle Egg egg whites
Meal 2: Chicken breast, 1/2 cup brown rice
Meal 3: Ground turkey, 1 sweet potato
Meal 4: Grass fed beef or bison, 1 cup brown rice
Meal 5: Chicken breast, 2 cups green veggies
Meal 6: 1 cup Muscle Egg egg whites or Protein Pudding (see recipe below)
Protein Pudding Recipe
Mix 1 scoop of chocolate UMP with just enough water to make the consistency of pudding.
Put it in the freezer. After it is in the freezer for about 10 minutes, put a tablespoon of peanut butter on top and put it back in the freezer for a few more minutes. This was often my last meal before bed, and it really hit the spot. So delicious.


“Over the years I’ve have gotten to know Roger and Sandy and the Advisor Team at Beverly International who are so helpful and service oriented. There are many supplement company options to choose from, but for me it’s a TRUST thing. I trust the products I use, and no amount of money can buy that trust.”
Nutrition & Supplements
I dramatically improved my size and fullness this year. I am convinced that this improvement was the result of the changes I made in my diet and supplementation. I held more muscle, looked fuller, and even grew throughout my contest prep while still achieving a high level of conditioning. My diet and supplement schedule are below.
My Supplement Schedule
Fasted Cardio: 3 Beverly 7-Keto MuscLean and 4 Beverly Energy Reserve upon awakening before cardio.
Meal 1: 1 Super Pak, 8 Mass Aminos, 8 Ultra 40, 2 Multiple Enzyme Complex
Meal 2: 8 Mass Aminos, 8 Ultra 40, 2 Multiple Enzyme Complex, 3 Quadracarn
Meal 3: 8 Mass Aminos, 8 Ultra 40, 2 Multiple Enzyme Complex
Preworkout stack: 3 Fast Up, 2 scoops Up-Lift, 2 scoops Muscle Synergy, 5 Density, 4 Energy Reserve (Try this stack just once and you’ll be hooked!)
Intra Workout: 2 Scoops Glutamine Select
Post Training: 2 scoops Muscle Provider, 5 Density
Meal 4: 8 Mass Aminos, 8 Ultra 40, 2 Multiple Enzyme Complex, 3 Quadracarn
Meal 5: 8 Mass Aminos, 8 Ultra 40, 2 Multiple Enzyme Complex
Meal 6: 8 Mass Aminos, 8 Ultra 40, 2 Multiple Enzyme Complex
Training
I have been training for the better part of 40 years and absolutely love training. My training partners are my son, Joseph, and my daughter, Kasey. I train 1 body part each day and perform a lot of sets each workout. My training is heavy most of the time. Rep range is usually 6-8, but I might slightly increase the reps for movements later in the workout. I utilize many training principles including strip sets, reverse pyramids, rest pause, EMOM (every minute on the minute), forced reps, TUT (time under tension), negatives etc. My current favorite is Mechanical Pause sets – this is where I might not reduce the weight to extend a set past failure, but change my stance or hand placement to keep going – using the bench press as an example, you’d go from a narrow grip, to a wide grip, to your strongest grip.
Here is a typical training session for my favorite body part, legs. Unless noted, I usually do 4-6 sets per exercise.
Leg Extension
1 set of 100 reps. Use a weight that you can do for 40-50 reps without a pause; take a 10-15 second break, then do as many as you can again, another 10-15 second break and so on until 100 reps are completed. I have so much blood in my quads it’s hard to walk to the next piece of equipment.
Hack Squats
6-8 reps. I go heavy on these and emphasize the eccentric movement.
Hammer V Squat Machine
6-8 reps. This is an older piece of equipment, but you can substitute free squats or another type of squat machine, again, go heavy on these.
Leg Press
8-10 reps. Use time under tension (TUT) or mechanical rest/pause.
Walking Lunges
8-12 reps per leg. I do these S-L-O-W emphasizing the eccentric portion dramatically while leaning forward slightly. Your glutes and upper hams will be screaming.
Calf Extensions on Leg press
1 set of 100 reps. Pause for 15 seconds as needed until you complete 100 reps. Use a full range of motion on every rep, all the way up and all the way down, no bouncing. Do these diligently and your calves will respond.
Donkey Calf Raise
6 sets of 20 reps. Again, squeeze each rep and utilize a full range of motion. It’s important for you to feel your calf contract as you come out of that fully stretched position.
Presentation
For many years I felt very uncomfortable on stage, but lately I have learned to love it. I still don’t consider myself a good poser, but I’m getting better. I watch old videos of Bob Paris and Charles Clairmonte and marvel at how fluid their posing is. Practice is vital. There are times during prejudging when you might have to hit each mandatory on stage without a break for 5 minutes or more while judges are comparing you with the other competitors. I have been on stage with guys who were big and peeled but during comparisons they just quit, bending over with hands on knees breathing like they just ran a marathon. If you need help with your posing seek out a professional who understands stage presentation and can effectively communicate the process to you. This year I worked with posing coach, IFBB Pro Angela Coleman, and it made a huge difference for the Team Universe.
On A Personal Note
We now live in Venice, Florida most of the year, but also spend time in our hometown of St. Louis, as well as travel all over the country for work. As I travel, I have been in a lot of gyms. I like those that are privately owned more than the big chains. Regardless of where I am training there are always people who are trying to improve themselves. Almost everyone is helping and encouraging one other. However, you’ll also find a few know-it-alls, and there always seems to be as many gurus and coaches as there are competitors. There are also blogs, videos, and social media with (mis)information in our face constantly. Let’s face it. None of this stuff is proprietary. We should share what we know, and if we can help just one person get over a sticking point or stay with it when they feel like quitting, it is worth it.
Here’s one bit of advice that I know is true. Don’t over complicate things or make them harder than they are. If you eat clean year round, train consistently using basic movements with barbells/dumbbells, and focus on high quality supplements that actually have science behind them like Beverly’s products, you will improve no matter what your age. I’m 54 and I believe I am my best ever, and more importantly I am still improving.
Editor’s Note: Joe is starting an educational entity called “Mature Muscle” that will provide good, accurate, and useful information to anyone who works out – from the beginner who wants to improve his/her fitness level to the seasoned competitor. By the time you read this you should be able to find it on the web at www.MatureMuscleCollective.com, on Facebook at Mature Muscle Collective, and Instagram at Mature_Muscle_; besides some great information, you’ll also find Beverly supplements and fitness apparel on the site.

Never Put a Limit on Yourself
Never Put a Limit on Yourself
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 21, #1
By: Melanie Egner

At a Glance: Melanie Egner
Age: 43 years young
Occupation: I have been a hair stylist for 22 years. I also have multiple fitness certifications and opened a fitness studio 3 years ago, EXL7 Fitness & Bootcamp.
Current Residence: I’m a Kentucky girl through and through
Years training: 10+ seriously
Height: 5’8”
Weight: 140 (Contest), 152-155 (Off-Season)
Favorite Fitness Meal: Grilled salmon, roasted sweet potatoes, and steamed broccoli; to curb my sweet tooth, I love my UMP pancakes with Walden Farms syrup!!!
Favorite Supplements: I love Beverly International supplements. UMP is amazing and I use it every day. If I had to choose, I’d say Glutamine Select is my next favorite.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before?: I would recommend UMP to anyone who is working out and lifting weights. I know that’s where I started.
Music: Hip Hop and Pop, anything with a driving beat.
Words to live by: “I can do all things through Christ who gives me strength.” Philippians 4:13
After living an active lifestyle in my teens, I became a cardio queen in my 20’s. You know the type; I was the one who went from one cardio class to another, always trying to be the best in the class. I wasn’t oversized, I looked fine in my clothes, but despite all the cardio I did, my body fat was high and I had little muscle. In other words, I was “skinny fat!”
In my mid 30’s I started lifting weights seriously. Finally, I began to see the results I had always wanted. My shoulders began to fill out, my glutes became more rounded, and yes, I could see my abs! The next step was competition. I stepped on stage for the first time in 2009 and have been competing ever since. My best placing was at the 2014 Flex Lewis Classic where I placed 1st in the Open tall class and was the overall Masters champion.
I’m so honored to be in the No Nonsense magazine, I always look forward to receiving it in the mail. I read it cover to cover absorbing all I can from each issue! I love Beverly International products! UMP is awesome for muscle recovery and I love the taste! I also take Mass Aminos, Glutamine Select, Ultra 40, Creatine Select, and Quadracarn day in and day out to help me to continue to build lean muscle. When a show is approaching I add Lean Out and Density to increase fat loss and muscle density.
Diet
Here are examples of my Off-Season and Precontest diet plans:
Off-Season
Meal 1: UMP pancakes with Walden Farms syrup
Meal 2: tuna mixed with Wholly Guacamole on 2 rice cakes
Meal 3: 4oz chicken, sweet potato, green veggies
Meal 4: UMP shake and berries
Meal 5: grilled salmon, grilled asparagus, and a large salad
Meal 6: UMP made into pudding with a tbsp peanut butter
As you can see my diet is fairly clean in the off season, but I do enjoy a cheat meal 1x a week.
Pre-Contest Low carb days
Meal 1: 5 egg white & spinach omelet
Meal 2: 4oz cod, 1 c green veggies
Meal 3: 4oz chicken on a large salad
Meal 4: 4oz chicken, 1 c green veggies
Meal 5: UMP shake and a green apple
Meal 6: 4oz tilapia, 1/2 c green veggies 1/4 avocado
After 3 or 4 consecutive low carb days, I have one, higher carb day.
Higher carb day
Meal 1: 5 egg whites, 1/2 c oatmeal
Meal 2: 4oz chicken, 1/2 c rice, 1/2 c green veggies
Meal 3: 4oz cod, 1 c rice
Meal 4: 4oz chicken, 1/2 c rice, 1/2 c green veggies
Meal 5: UMP shake and 2 rice cakes
Meal 6: 4oz tilapia, 1 c green veggies, 1/4 avocado
If I’m still hungry, I snack on more egg whites in the evening.


Supplements
Year Round Supplements
Pre-contest Supplements
UMP, Mass Amino Acids, Ultra 40, Quadracarn, Glutamine Select, Creatine Select
I add Lean Out and Density
Weight Training
My favorite body part to train is shoulders! Love those big caps!
Here’s a typical workout:
Lateral Raises: 4×15
Inverted Lateral Raises: 4×10
Shoulder Press: 4×8
Rear Delt Cable Flye: 4×15
¼ Laterals: 4×20
<Superset>
Dumbbell Shrugs: 4×15
Arnold Press: 3 sets to failure with a light weight (feel the burn)
Cardio
In the off season I weight train 5 days a week and participate in 2 cardio classes during the week. Before a contest I still weight train 5 days a week, but increase my cardio by running the local football stadium steps or engaging in HIIT sessions on the Step Mill.
My cardio classes are high intensity with lots of core work; we are all a sweaty mess when the 50 minutes is over. I have a love/ hate relationship with the Step Mill; I love what it does for my booty, but hate every minute I spend on it. Here’s a typical Step Mill workout:
1. 1st 60 seconds at a decent speed taking one step at a time
2. Next 60 seconds slow the speed down and take two steps at a time
3. Turn to the side and side step for one minute
4. Repeat side steps on the other side
Start again at (1.) and repeat for 30 minutes.
Tell Yourself You Can… And You Can
I meet women all the time who think that working out is not for them because they are 40 plus. I say NEVER put a limit on yourself! We are all capable of great things if we put our minds to
it! Your weight does not define you, your age does not define you, your economic status does not define you! We make what we want out of our lives and God has a plan for each of us. But, we must engage to our full potential. Tell yourself you CAN… and you CAN! Never speak negatively about yourself, positive words and thoughts only! It certainly can be a challenge as we age, our metabolism slows, while our work and family stresses seem to increase. Sure, there are road blocks, but that doesn’t mean it’s impossible! If this 43 year old Kentucky girl can do it, you can too! Just get up, get your mind right, set out a plan of action and then get to it! You will never be sorry for trying to improve your life, body and fitness level!

Skinny Fat to Sculpted Physique
Skinny Fat to Sculpted Physique
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 21, #1
By: Crystal Buchanan INBF/WNBF Professional

At a Glance: Crystal Buchanan
Age: 38
Occupation: Fitness/Supplement Advisor and Sales Stylist
Family: Husband-Todd, 3 beautiful children of my own and 2 amazing stepsons.
Current Residence: Gahanna, OH
Years training: 7 years
Height: 5’4½”
Weight: 135 (Off-Season), 120 (Contest)
Favorite fitness meal: I LOVE TACOS — Baby romaine lettuce (shell) and ground turkey with jalapeno, avocado, tomato, onion, cilantro, lime and hot sauce. 🙂
Favorite Supplements:
1. UMP Cookies & Crème. It’s like a dessert. Todd and I do not go a day without our UMP pudding fix! My entire Family is hooked.
2. Quadracarn. This is my new favorite. I feel stronger, more energized and more vascular.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used BI supplements before?
Start with the fundamentals:
• UMP: This will become a staple because of taste, quality, and all the amazing recipes you can use/create with this amazing protein.
• Fit Tabs
• Glutamine Select
• EFA Gold
Music: I’m a sucker for old school R&B and when I train I listen to Fit Radio. There are motivating genres on there that my husband got me hooked on.
Most Inspiring book: The Purpose Driven Life by Rick Warren
Interest outside of bodybuilding: I love music, writing songs and singing. Music has been a huge part of my life. Another love of mine is watching old movies.
Words to live by: “If the plan doesn’t work, change the plan but never the goal” -Unknown
Growing up in small town West Virginia, fitness was not an important facet of my life. Although I enjoyed track and volleyball, church and school took precedent.
This changed when the youngest of my three children was diagnosed with a seizure disorder and mild autism.
To help combat the stress of my life’s constant uncertainty and changes… I joined a small gym.
The combination of weights and cardio gave me the stress relief I was looking for, and as an added benefit my body was beginning its transformation from “skinny fat” to “fit”. In 2008 I hired my first trainer, Joe Newland, at the local Rec Center. My progress accelerated under his expert guidance. Joe introduced me to my first Beverly International supplements. Adding Lean Out, Density, Glutamine Select and UMP to my nutrition program took my training and development to the next level.
Over the next few years I worked full time as a retail store manager and struggled through a painful divorce while raising my three children. The gym became a stress-free sanctuary for me. A couple of competitors there encouraged me to give competition a try. I competed in my first show in 2010. My first win as a Fit Body competitor was in 2012, and I eventually earned my INBF/WNBF pro card in the Fit Body division. My life was falling back into place. I met and married Todd, who is a main part of my support system. I am now focused and my next goal was to compete in the NPC Women’s Physique division. Although I had achieved a “lean” physique, I now had to add more lean mass. Todd and I devised a two-year plan to add needed size.

The challenge I faced was that it had become harder and harder to build muscle in the off season, and then holding on to it when dieting down for a show. Luckily, a simple recommendation from the Beverly Advisor Team solved my problem. I added Mass Aminos, Ultra 40, and Quadracarn, not only during the building phase, but also while cutting. Within two weeks I felt and saw a difference. My energy levels improved. I recovered from my workouts much quicker. And I attained a level of muscle fullness and hardness that I had never had before.
I felt confident as I stepped on stage for my first NPC Women’s Physique contest. I placed 2nd and was very happy with the progress I had made. My next competition was in the fall of 2015. I took 1st place in Class B in the Women’s Physique Open division at the West Virginia State/Mid Atlantic Grand Prix and 1st in the masters division.
Now, I’d like to share my nutrition, supplement, and training programs with you. Whether you wish to compete, or just add some lean, shapely muscle to your physique, I’m sure you’ll get great results like I did.
Women’s Physique Nutrition Plans
Off-Season
Meal 1: 1 whole egg, 1 c egg whites, 3/4 c steel cut oats cooked with 1/2 c berries
Meal 2: 5oz salmon, 1/2 c brown rice, 1/4 avocado
Meal 3: 5oz lean ground turkey or chicken breast, 5oz sweet potato, 1 c green beans
Meal 4: 2 scoop UMP shake, 1oz almonds or cashews
Meal 5: 5oz ground bison or flank steak, 1 c cooked spinach, 1/2 c peppers and onions cooked
Meal 6: 2 whole eggs, 1 c egg whites, 1 c veggies
Post workout: 1 scoop of whey (Muscle Provider)
Contest Prep
I drink a minimum of 1.5 gallons of water daily. Upon awakening I have a cup of green tea and go right into a 20-minute cardio session.
Meal 1: 1 c egg whites, 1 c spinach, 1/2 grapefruit
Meal 2: 1-1/2 scoop UMP shake, 1oz almonds
Meal 3: 5oz chicken breast, 2 c salad mix, 1 tbsp oil/vinegar dressing with one packet of stevia
Meal 4: 5oz 99% lean turkey, 1 c green veggies, 1/2 c peppers and onion
Meal 5: 1-1/2 scoops of UMP made into a pudding with 1tbsp Just Great Stuff chocolate powdered peanut butter!!! YUM!
Meal 6: 5oz fish, 1 c spinach or asparagus
Wednesdays and Saturdays: I eat the following for meal 6. I call it my fitness “Happy Meal :)” 6oz flank steak or bison, 8oz sweet potato, 8 large asparagus spears, 1 tbsp coconut oil
Supplement Schedule
UMP: 1-2 times daily, my favorites are Cookies & Crème and Strawberry
Ultra 40: 2 tablets with each meal, total of 12 per day
Lean Out: 2 capsules with each meal, total of 12 per day
Quadracarn: 3 tablets with Meal #1 and #4. This is my new favorite supplement! Why wasn’t I taking this all along?
EFA Gold & Joint Care: 3 capsules each with Meal #1 and #5
Mass Aminos: 5 tablets pre and post training
Women’s Physique Training Plan
Monday: Chest/Triceps | Amount |
---|---|
Incline DB Press | 5×20/15/15/12/10 add weight each set |
Cable Crossover | 5×15-20 |
Hammer Chest Press | 5×10-15, superset with next exercise |
Pushups | to failure |
Pec Dec | 5×20/15/15/12/10 |
Cable Extensions with rope | 5×20, superset with next exercise |
Reverse Pushdowns | 5×20 |
Tuesday: Back/Biceps | Amount |
---|---|
Wide Grip Pulldowns | 4×15 |
Reverse Close-grip Pulldowns | 4×15 |
Rack Deadlifts | 4×15/10/10/8 |
One Arm DB Rows | 5×10 |
Hyperextensions | 4×15, superset with next exercise |
Cable Rows | 4×15 |
Barbell Curls | 4×20 |
DB Curls | 4×15 |
Reverse-grip Cable Curls | 3×15 |
Wednesday: Legs | Amount |
---|---|
Seated Leg Curls | 4×20/15/12/10 |
Lying Leg Curls | 4×20/20/15/15 |
Glute Kickbacks | 4×15, superset with next exercise |
Calf Raise | 4×40/30/25/20 |
Leg Extension | 3×30 |
Hack Squats | 3×20 non lock keeping tension on quads |
Leg Press | (Ascending sets – the opposite of descending sets, instead of decreasing the weight within a set, I add weight after each 15 reps) Set (1) 15x 3 plates/4 plates/5 plates Set (2) 15x 4 plates/5 plates/6 plates Set (3) 15x 5 plates/6 plates/7 plates |
Walk | 20 minutes post workout at 3.0 mph |
Thursday: Shoulders | Amount |
---|---|
Hammer Shoulder Press | 3×20/15/12 |
Rear Delt Machine | 4×15, superset with next exercise |
Plate Raises | 4×15 |
DB Shoulder Press | 4×15/12/10/8 |
Side Lateral Raise | 4×20 |
Friday: Back | Amount |
---|---|
Wide-grip Pullups | 4×10 |
Single-arm Low Cable Rows | 4×10 |
Smith Machine Bent-over Rows | 4×15 |
Seated Close-grip Cable Rows | 4×15 |
DB Stiff-leg Deadlifts | 4×10 |
Saturday: Legs | Amount |
---|---|
Leg Curls | 4×15 |
Leg Extensions | 3×30/20/15/30 – drop the weight every 10 reps on the final |
Leg Press | 4×40/30/20/15 |
Wide Stance DB Squats | 4×20 add weight each set / focus on each rep/target that bootay! |
Walking Lunges | 3×15, superset with next exercise |
Step-Ups | 3×15 |
Cardio Schedule
Offseason cardio is 3-4 days a week for 20-45 minutes.12 weeks out from a competition cardio is bumped up to 6 days a week with a 20-minute morning session and 30-45 minutes in the early evening. Cardio sessions include Stairmaster, high incline on treadmill, HIIT and LISS training. My goal is to shed fat and hold on to as much muscle as possible. Truth is I love lifting, but cardio is a necessary evil to present a complete package on stage.
Presentation
Offseason I hit key poses between sets when my muscles are full. Closer to the show I have a designated session just for posing! This helps me feel confident and look polished on stage. Always smile and have fun! Remember how hard you worked for that moment on stage and take that time to shine!!
In Closing
I started my fitness journey as a “skinny fat” mother of three with zero weight training experience. When I walked into the gym for the first time in 2008; I was intimidated by the machines and wouldn’t even go near the free weights. Some of you reading this may be in the exact situation I was in – nervous, scared, and clueless. If you are uncertain where to begin, do what I did – reach out for help and ask for guidance. Soon you’ll be as confident in the gym as anyone. If you are more advanced and perhaps considering a competition, there are no better competition plans than those you’ll find in Beverly’s No Nonsense magazine. Page through some back issues or visit the “Articles” section at Beverly International.com. Find someone who is similar to you and your goals and simply follow her plan. Or, I’d be honored if you follow the plans that I have laid out in this article. They’ve worked for me and very likely will work for you too.


After a Lifetime of Lifting – My First Year of Competition
After a Lifetime of Lifting – My First Year of Competition
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 21, #1
By: Eric Senter

At a Glance: Eric Senter
Age: 39
Education: BA, Eastern Michigan University; MA, Marygrove College; Post Grad, Loyola Marymount University
Occupation: Teacher/Personal Trainer
Family: Married to Katie Senter
Current Residence: Linden, Michigan
Years Training: 23
Height: 5’11”
Weight: 195-200 (Off Season); 178-182 (Contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding or Fitness Meal: Eggs with beef sirloin and oatmeal with chocolate Beverly UMP (tastes like chocolate no-bake cookies).
Favorite Supplement: Muscle Provider vanilla. I look forward to taking a full scoop after my workouts. I take it dry with a little water and chew it up. People think I’m crazy but the Beverly protein tastes really good, it’s like a treat.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before: Speaking from experience, I can tell you Beverly supplements are effective if used the right way in correlation with a quality diet. I think Beverly has found a way to enhance competitors’ physiques and it shows when they step on stage. Even if you don’t compete, Beverly products improve your quality of life.
Music: At heart, I’m a country guy; however, I enjoy listening to all types of music as long as I can understand the words.
Most Inspiring Book: Coach Wooden One-On-One. I love this book because I coached varsity basketball and baseball for a number of years. John Wooden talks about doing things with purpose and passion. I’ve done my best to apply these principles to my training and lifestyle. Every time I step into the gym, I remind myself to train with a purpose and to be excited about being there.
Hobby or interest outside of bodybuilding: Fantasy Football (it’s addicting).
Words to live by: “Success is to be measured not so much by the position that one has reached in life as by the obstacles which he has overcome.” – Booker T. Washington
I grew up playing sports as a kid (football, basketball, and baseball). The desire to become bigger, faster, and stronger fueled me to be the best I could be in any athletic competition and led me to start weight training. I began to train consistently when I was a sophomore in high school and have stuck with it ever since. I have been training at the same gym, Fenton Powerhouse, for the past 17 years.
Last year, I competed for the first time at the NPC Great Lakes Ironman in the Men’s Physique division. I placed 1st Overall True Novice, 1st Overall Novice, 2nd in the Masters, and 3rd in the Open. Just recently I stepped on stage for only the 2nd time at the NPC Michigan State Championships and won the Masters while placing 2nd in the Open division.
I don’t take my initial success lightly. I continue to challenge myself with each workout because I’ve learned that my real competition is against myself. The only thing I can control is how hard I’m willing to work every time I step into the gym. I try to live by the principles of dedication, pride, commitment, and excellence each and every day. In the remainder of this article I am going to present my workout, my precontest nutrition plan, and the supplement program that helped me gain 10 pounds of muscle.
Training Schedule
I normally train each bodypart one time per week using 4-5 exercises per muscle group. I do each exercise 4-6 sets doing up to 20-25 reps on some and 8-10 reps on others. I’ll usually incorporate the time under tension (TUT) principle on one exercise per bodypart, and often superset two of the exercises. I try not to pick the same exercises two weeks in a row (ex: if I barbell bench press this week, I will use dumbbells the following week), and I never use the same order (ex: if I bench press first this week, I will do it last next week).
Of course my schedule can vary at any time, but for the most part this is what a typical week looks like:
Monday: Back | Amount |
---|---|
Pull-ups | 5×10 |
Reverse Lat Pulldowns | 5×25 |
Bentover Barbell Rows | TUT* 5×12 |
T-Bar Row | 6×8 |
Lat Pulldown | 5×10, superset with next exercise |
Close Grip Chin Assisted Pull-ups | 5×10 |
*TUT: 2 seconds up, hold at top for 1 second, 4-5 seconds down
Tuesday: Biceps/Triceps/Abs | Amount |
---|---|
Static Curls | 5×10 (10 on each alternating holding opposite in a halfway curl position) |
EZ Bar | 4×21’s |
Straight Barbell Curls: | 6×8 TUT |
Spider Curls | 4×15 |
EZ Bar Overhead Extensions | 5×10 |
EZ Bar Skull Crushers | 4×21’s |
Single Cable Kickbacks | TUT 6×8 |
V-Bar Pushdowns | 4×15 |
Ball Crunches | with 10lb plate behind head 3×20 |
Oblique Cable Twists | 3×20 |
Hanging Leg Raises | 3×20 |
Lying Bicycle Crunches | 3×20 |
Wednesday: Shoulders/Traps | Amount |
---|---|
Front Dumbbell Statics | 5×10 (hold one dumbbell out while raising the other) |
Lateral Raises | 4×20 |
Military Press | TUT 6×8 |
Machine Rear Delt | 7×10 (30 second rest between sets) |
Upright Row | 4×12 |
Barbell Shrug | TUT 6×10 |
Smith Machine Reverse Barbell Shrug | 6×12 |
Thursday: Lower Back/Calves/Abs | Amount |
---|---|
Deadlift | 6×8 |
Hyperextension | 5×20 |
Standing Calf Raise | (2 toes forward, 2 toes out, 2 toes in) 6×20 |
Seated Calf Raise | 6×8 |
Decline Sit-ups | TUT 3×20 |
Stick Twists | 3×100 |
Machine Crunches | 3×20 |
Dumbbell Oblique Raises | 3×20 each side |
Friday: Legs | Amount |
---|---|
Hack Squat | 5×20 (10 wide/10 close stance) |
Leg Curl | TUT 5×6 (1/3, 1/2, Full)=18 reps |
Squat | 5×8, superset with next exercise |
Lunges | 5×10 on each leg |
Leg Press | 7×10 (30 sec rest between sets) |
Saturday: Chest/Abs | Amount |
---|---|
**Superset each chest exercise with pushups | |
Incline Barbell Press | TUT 4×12 / 25 Push-ups |
Barbell Bench Press | 8×8 / 20 push-ups |
Wide Chest Machine Flye | 4×15 / 15 push-ups |
Low Cross Cable Raise | 4×10 / push-ups to failure |
Ab Roller | 3×25 |
Alternate Heel Touches | 3×20 |
Planks | 3×25 |
Hanging Oblique Rockers | 3×40 |
Sunday: Calves | Amount |
---|---|
Seated Calf Extension | 6×20 (vary foot placement) |
Standing Machine Calf Raises | TUT 6×8 |
Cardio Schedule
One of the reasons that I stay near contest weight year round is that I really don’t like cardio. When a contest is approaching I do include 20 minutes, 2 or 3 days a week on the Stair Stepper or walking at a high incline on the Treadmill.
My Diet Plan
I run a high/low diet (when I run high fats I go low carbs and vice versa). There is really not that big of a difference between my offseason and precontest diets. I prefer to stay fairly lean year round and rarely go more than 15 pounds above my contest weight. In the off season, I include more fats (especially peanut butter) and carb up more frequently (once every 3 days). I also have a cheat meal once a week when I’m not prepping for a show. I start my show diet 8 weeks out from the contest.
Low Carb Days (Days 1-4)
Meal 1: (6:00am) 4oz beef sirloin (93%), 1 whole egg, 6 egg whites
Meal 2: (9:00am) 8oz chicken breast, 12 almonds, 3 c baby spinach, 1 tbsp olive oil, 1 tbsp apple cider vinegar
Meal 3: (12:00pm) 8oz chicken breast, 12 almonds, 3 c baby spinach, 1 tbsp olive oil, 1 tbsp apple cider vinegar
Meal 4: (3:00pm) 8oz chicken breast, 12 almonds, 3 c baby spinach, 1 tbsp olive oil, 1 tbsp apple cider vinegar
Meal 5: (6:00pm) 8oz salmon, 1 c asparagus
Meal 6: (9:00pm) 1 whole egg, 6 egg whites
High Carb Day (Day 5)
Meal 1: (6:00am) 5oz extra lean turkey (99%), 6 egg whites, 1 c oatmeal
Meal 2: (9:00am) 6oz chicken breast, 1/3 c brown rice, 1 c broccoli
Meal 3: (12:00pm) 6oz chicken breast, 1/3 c brown rice, 1 c broccoli
Meal 4: (3:00pm) 6oz chicken breast, 1/3 c brown rice, 1 c broccoli
Meal 5: (6:00pm) 8oz cod, 1 c broccoli, 8oz sweet potato
Meal 6: (9:00pm) 5oz extra lean turkey (99%), 6 egg whites, 1 c oatmeal
Supplements
I firmly believe that Beverly International products have helped with my success. I have always had a really fast metabolism and a hard time adding muscular size. My friend, Steve Robinson, an all-natural bodybuilder who has been competing for a long time, suggested I try adding Beverly International supplements into my nutrition program. He uses them himself and suggested a specific protocol to add muscle. I went “all in” taking Mass Aminos, Ultra 40, Creatine Select, Muscle Mass, Muscle Provider and UMP. The results were spectacular, in a year’s time I’ve added ten pounds of muscle to my competition weight. At 8 weeks out I add Density, Muscularity, Glutamine Select, Quadracarn, Lean Out and 7-Keto MuscLean in order to hold all of this hard earned muscle while I diet down for competition.
Off Season (Gaining) Supplement Protocol
Precontest Supplement Protocol (8 weeks out from a contest)
Mass Amino Acids and Ultra 40 with every meal
Muscle Mass with meal 1 and meal 4
Muscle Provider anytime that I don’t have a meal scheduled within 20-30 minutes following my workout
UMP sometimes between meals, in addition to a meal, or as a meal replacement
I continue with my “gaining” supplement protocol but also add the following:
Density throughout the day, 3 tablets halfway between each meal
Lean Out with every meal
Muscularity with every meal
Quadracarn with every meal
7-Keto MuscLean 30 minutes prior to meals 1 and 4
Glutamine Select with meal 1 and immediately after my workout
Creatine Select with meal 4 and immediately after my workout



It’s All About the Battle
It’s All About the Battle
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 21, #1
By: Hondre McNeil

At a Glance: Hondre McNeil
Age: 35
Occupation: HRIS Coordinator at Fairfield Medical Center, Gym Founder and Owner of SWET Fitness LLC
Education: Wofford College, Spartanburg SC (BA in Computer Science and Mathematics), ACE-CPT Personal Training Certification, TRX Level 1, CrossFit Level 1
Current Residence: Lancaster, OH
Height: 6’1″
Weight: 212lb (Off-Season), 197-202lb (Contest)
Favorite Fitness Meal: 1½ cup oatmeal mixed with 1 tablespoon butter and 1 whole banana.
Favorite supplements: I could say all the Beverly products I use, but I guess I have to choose. Here are my top four favorites.
UMP Protein. It tastes great and it’s quality protein!
Ultra 40, Mass Amino Acids, and Multiple Enzyme Complex. Bulk Season! This combination put 10 pounds of lean muscle on me. I use it in the off-season to take my muscle size to the next level.
For someone who has never used Beverly before: My one word to describe Beverly is “quality”. They mean what they say and say what they mean in this company. All the products I’ve used have done just what it says they will do on the label. With other supplement companies, you may not be positive that you’re getting what it says on the label. With Beverly, there is never that fear.
Music: In the gym, I need some “crunkness”. I usually go with Lil Jon, Lil Wayne, Meek Mill, or MGK!
Most Inspiring Book: This is easy, The Bible.
Hobbies: Reading fitness magazines of course!
Words to live by: Success is a journey, not a destination. Enjoy the ride!
Fitness has always been a major part of my life. Ever since I was a little kid, I’ve liked the way working out makes me feel. When I played Pop Warner Football I would wake up early every morning before school so I could do push-ups and sit-ups to get “strong and tough”.
My mom and dad also helped me make exercise a lifelong habit. Growing up in Lake View SC, there wasn’t a fitness center nearby, so my mom worked out at home. I would copy her as she did her routines. Every Sunday my dad and I would play a couple of hours of basketball at our local park.
In high school, I was a running back for the state champion, Lake View Wild Gators, and won all-state honors. After graduation, I accepted a 4 year football scholarship to Wofford College. At Wofford, I became interested in learning more about athletic conditioning and training. After college, I pursued a career as a fitness trainer and have been helping people reach their fitness goals ever since.
My personal workout focus had never been about developing my physique. It’s always been about improving my physical performance and putting my all into every workout. At my gym you’ll frequently hear one of us hollering, “Bout That Battle!” In other words, it’s all about the battle within yourself to keep pushing through a workout, pushing your limits when you want to quit.

My Introduction to Men’s Physique
My journey of competing in Men’s Physique is different than most. It started when one of the trainers at my gym said he thought I would be a perfect fit for it. At first, I laughed it off. I told him I wasn’t really interested in getting on stage. He explained the rules to me and said that basically it was just about being in tip-top shape. That caught my interest, but I still wasn’t ready to say yes. It wasn’t until about a year later that I finally followed up with him.
At my gym we focus on HIIT (High Intensity Interval Training), core training, and strength work. The only mirror you’ll find is in the bathroom. However, to compete in Men’s Physique, I needed to round off some of my rough edges and learn how to pose. So, I contacted Matt Packer from Healthier U, another gym here in town. I had just 4 weeks to get ready for my first show, the Natural Ohio Bodybuilding Association contest in Newark OH. Matt put me on a strict diet, and worked with me on posing. I continued to do my workouts at SWET during the week and met with Matt on Saturdays to get the poses down. With his guidance, I took first place in my class and second overall! I loved the adrenaline rush when those stage lights hit me! I had definitely caught the contest bug!
Next, I added some sculpting days at Healthier U to my normal workouts at SWET. At SWET, I kept working on strength, Olympic lifts, core work, and pushing myself to my anaerobic limit in our HIIT sessions. At Healthier U, I did more traditional bodybuilding exercises and focused on muscle development. This proved to be a perfect combination for me. I was able to feed my competitive energy and football background as well as catch a great pump all during a week’s workouts.
3 Beverly Supplements and a 10-lb Gain
I was introduced to Beverly International products at this time. The first products I purchased were Ultra 40, Mass Amino Acids, and Multiple Enzyme Complex. Wow! I’d been weighing around 195lbs for 10 years, ever since college. I could never break 200lbs. By taking Beverly supplements the right way, I gained over 10lbs of muscle at 34 years of age and found myself weighing 212lbs! Beverly definitely had my attention from that day forward!
My next competition was the NPC Natural Cincinnati presented by Rick Ruether and his team. I weighed in 6lbs heavier and leaner than at my NOBA competition. I took first place in my class and first overall! Then I went to Chicago for the NPC Jr. Nationals. Now here was a different breed! I recall telling my wife, “We’re not in Kansas anymore.” The results from this competition didn’t end close to where I’d hoped. I was in the 3rd call out! Even though I was in a huge class with extreme competition, I was not happy with myself about this finish. I’d have to go back to the drawing board before my next national contest.
For the IFBB North America, in Pittsburgh, I kept my off-season process of using Ultra 40, Mass Amino Acids, and Multiple Enzyme Complex. I also added Beverly UMP Protein. I have never had a better tasting protein in all my years of training. Another change I made for this show was to further tighten my diet. For the Pittsburgh show, I weighed 202lbs! This was still a lot more weight than my first ever physique show. Now 202lbs is my “light weight”! I have to thank Sandy and the Beverly team for that! Also, I went back to my normal split of Olympic lifting, HIIT, and body building being evenly dispersed through the week. For the Chicago show I had thrown off this balance. I did a little too much bodybuilding and not enough conditioning. My results were better in Pittsburgh! I finished 6th in my class, just 4 slots away from getting an IFBB pro card!
A Lesson Learned
I learned a ton from this experience. The main thing was to just be myself. For Chicago, I had gotten too uptight. I broke my own rules and starting paying attention to other Physique guys on the web. That’s not me. My motivation is internalized. When I stopped caring about what others were doing, my results were significantly better! I was much more relaxed and conditioned, and this reflected on stage at the North America. Let that be a lesson to you. Make a goal and go for it! However, whatever you do, don’t worry about what others are doing or thinking. Everyone has their own opinions. You can’t worry about that though. Take strategic steps to achieve your goals and never lose focus. Keep those around you that help motivate you and don’t pay attention to those who might discourage you.
Now, I’m beginning another year of competition. I’m 35 years old and feeling better than ever! I call this my sophomore year since it is only my 2nd year in the game. Whatever the results, I plan on being myself and having fun throughout. I am also making sure not to neglect my loved ones, my beautiful wife Jennifer, my son Gabe, and my daughter Grace. If my ambitions ever get in the way of my quality time with them, it’s time to hang it up. It’s up to me to be proactive and keep this balance. Also, I have to keep my eyes on the Man upstairs. God is the reason I’m here. With Him on my side, nothing or no one can be against me.
“Operation Shred” Meal Plan
This is my meal plan 4 weeks out from a show. I call it “Operation Shred”.
Meal 1: Protein Shake – 2 scoops UMP mixed with almond milk, 1 tbsp of flaxseeds
Meal 2: 8oz lean meat (chicken, turkey, or fish), 6 egg whites, ½ grapefruit
Meal 3: 8oz grilled chicken and a large salad
Meal 4: 1 can tuna, 2 egg whites, 1 tomato
Meal 5: 8oz lean meat (chicken, turkey, or fish), 2 cups steamed vegetables
Mondays and Thursdays: I add 1 and ½ cups of oatmeal, 1 tablespoon of butter, and a banana to meal 5 with the lean meat and vegetables.

Beverly International’s SUPPLEMENT SOLUTIONS How to Design Your Personalized Supplement Stack
Beverly International’s SUPPLEMENT SOLUTIONS – How to Design Your Personalized Supplement Stack
Beverly Archives
By: The Beverly Advisor Team
To help you craft your own personalized supplement strategy, we analyzed more than a thousand individualized nutrition plans we formulated for individuals over the past twenty years. We then divided them into twenty unique fitness goal profiles and prioritized the most effective supplements for each goal.
How to Design Your Personalized Supplement Stack
1. Choose the goal that best fits your situation from the categories listed below.
Example:
• A female 45 or older would choose the Fit45+ Category
• A male looking to lose bodyfat would choose the Emphasis on Fat Loss category
2. Start with the supplement or supplements listed as “Essential”. These will form the foundation of your supplement program.
3. If your budget allows, choose the “Advanced” list.
4. The “Comprehensive” list will give you a complete supplement strategy to achieve your goal.
5. “Maximum” stack is for the high achiever who “wants it all”.

You can learn more about each supplement in our “PRODUCTS” section or visit our webstore here. If you have further questions please call Beverly International at 800-781-3475 to speak with an advisor or email info@beverlyinternational.net with Supplements in the subject line.
FEMALES
ACTIVE FEMALE SHAPE-UP
Essential: UMP
Advanced: UMP, Lean Out
Comprehensive: UMP, Lean Out, Glutamine Select, Muscularity
General Health Supplements: Fit Tabs, EFA Gold
BEACH BODY
Essential: UMP or Muscle Provider
Advanced: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean
Comprehensive: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select, Muscularity
Maximum: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Energy Reserve
General Health Supplements: Fit Tabs, EFA Gold
TONED, ATHLETIC PHYSIQUE
Essential: UMP or Muscle Provider
Advanced: UMP & Glutamine Select
Comprehensive: UMP, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, Density
Maximum: UMP, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, Density, Energy Reserve
General Health Supplements: Fit Tabs, EFA Gold
Fit 45+
Essential: UMP & Quadracarn
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, GH Factor
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, GH Factor, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, GH Factor, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select, Creatine Select, Muscle Synergy
General Health Supplements: Fit Tabs, EFA Gold
BODYSCULPT – SHAPE AND MUSCLE
Essential: UMP or (Muscle Provider or Provosyn)
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn and Creatine Select
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Mass Amino Acids, Ultra 40
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Mass Amino Acids, Ultra 40, Muscle Synergy
General Health Supplements: Fit Tabs, EFA Gold
MALES
INCREASED MUSCLE SIZE
Essential: UMP or (Muscle Provider or Provosyn) & Quadracarn
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Mass, Ultra 40
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Mass Amino Acids, Ultra 40, Glutamine Select
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA Gold
EMPHASIS ON FAT LOSS
Essential: UMP & Quadracarn
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Density
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA Gold
MAXIMUM STRENGTH AND SIZE
Essential: UMP or (Muscle Provider or Provosyn) & Mass Maker Ultra
Advanced: UMP & Mass Maker Ultra, Creatine Select
Comprehensive: UMP & Mass Maker Ultra, Creatine Select, Mass Amino Acids, Ultra 40
Maximum: UMP & Mass Maker Ultra, Creatine Select, Mass Amino Acids, Ultra 40, Muscle Synergy, Quadracarn
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA Gold
ATHLETIC IMPROVEMENT
Essential: UMP or (Provosyn)
Advanced: UMP, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select
Comprehensive: UMP, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Muscle Synergy
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA Gold
50 & UP
Essential: UMP or (Provosyn) & Quadracarn
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Density
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Density, Muscle Synergy
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA Gold
PRE-CONTEST
BIKINI – PRE-CONTEST
Essential: UMP, Lean Out & 7-Keto MuscLean
Advanced: UMP, Lean Out & 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select, Muscularity &/or Density
Comprehensive: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Density, Energy Reserve
General Health Supplements: Fit Tabs, EFA Gold
FIGURE / WOMEN’S PHYSIQUE – PRE-CONTEST
Essential: UMP, Lean Out and 7-Keto MuscLean
Advanced: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select and Muscularity
Comprehensive: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Mass Amino Acids, Ultra 40, Density
Maximum: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Mass Amino Acids, Ultra 40, Density, GH Factor
General Health Supplements: Fit Tabs, EFA Gold
MEN’S PHYSIQUE
Essential: UMP & (Muscle Provider or Provosyn), Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select, Mass, Ultra 40
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select, Mass, Ultra 40, Muscularity, Density
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Glutamine Select, Mass, Ultra 40, Muscularity, Density, Muscle Synergy
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA Gold
MEN’S BODYBUILDING
Essential: UMP & (Muscle Provider or Provosyn), Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Density
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Density, Mass Amino Acids, Ultra 40
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Density, Mass Amino Acids, Ultra 40, Muscle Synergy, Muscularity
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA Gold
SPORTS PERFORMANCE (Male and Female)
CROSSFIT
Essential: Provosyn or (UMP or Muscle Provider), Glutamine Select
Advanced: Provosyn, Glutamine Select , Creatine Select
Comprehensive: Provosyn &/or UMP, Glutamine Select, Creatine Select, Up-Lift
Maximum: Provosyn &/or UMP, Glutamine Select, Creatine Select (or Muscle Synergy), Up-Lift, & Mass Maker Ultra (if muscular gains are the primary goal)
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA Gold
ATHLETES WHO WISH TO IMPROVE PERFORMANCE IN AN ENDURANCE EVENT
Essential: Glutamine Select
Advanced: Glutamine Select , Up-Lift
Comprehensive: Glutamine Select, Up-Lift, Energy Reserve and Ultra 40
Maximum: Glutamine Select, Up-Lift, Energy Reserve, Ultra 40, ZMA 2000
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA Gold
ATHLETES WHO WISH TO ATTAIN MAXIMUM SPEED AND STRENGTH
Essential: Creatine Select
Advanced: Creatine Select, Up-Lift
Comprehensive: Creatine Select, Up-Lift, Ultra 40 and Quadracarn
Maximum: Creatine Select, Up-Lift, Ultra 40, Quadracarn, Muscle Synergy
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA Gold
TEENAGE ATHLETIC IMPROVEMENT
Essential: Mass Maker Ultra or UMP
Advanced: Mass Maker Ultra, UMP, Creatine Select
Comprehensive: Mass Maker Ultra, UMP, Creatine Select, Mass Amino Acids
Maximum: Mass Maker Ultra, UMP, Creatine Select, Mass Amino Acids, Muscle Synergy, ZMA 2000
MASTERS ATHLETE
Essential: UMP and Quadracarn
Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select (or Muscle Synergy)
Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select (or Muscle Synergy), Glutamine Select and Up-Lift
Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select (or Muscle Synergy), Glutamine Select, Up-Lift, ZMA 2000
General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA Gold

Beverly International’s Blueprints for Success – Intermediate Gain Muscle and Lose Fat Nutrition and Training Plan for Men
Beverly International’s BLUEPRINTS FOR SUCCESS – Intermediate Gain Muscle and Lose Fat Nutrition and Training Plan for Men

Intermediate Nutrition Plan #1
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 23, #4
GOAL: Increase and harden lean muscle, minimize fat, increase energy levels, and improve overall health. Your goal is controlled fat loss while increasing lean muscle.
SUPPLEMENTS: The following supplement schedule is the best there is for the intermediate bodybuilding who wants to add 6-8lbs of muscle over the next 16 weeks.
Supplement Schedule
Super Pak w/ breakfast.
Mass Amino Acids Take 3 tablets with each meal and shake
Ultra 40 Liver Tablets Take 3 tablets with each meal and shake
Creatine Select Take 4 scoops per day for 5 days to load, then 1 scoop daily
Glutamine Select Mix 2 scoops in 16 oz water. Sip before or throughout training sessions.
Meals
Your nutrition goal will be to have 3 food meals and 1 or 2 protein shakes each day.
Breakfast
Basic Structure:
1 medium serving protein
1 or 2 servings complex or fibrous carbohydrate
Sample Meal: Omelet (6 egg whites + 2 whole eggs, 1oz cheese, vegetables), 1 cup oatmeal (you may add cinnamon, fruit and/or nuts – but no sugar)
Mid-Morning Snack
Protein Drink:
2 scoops UMP protein mixed in 12-16oz water – you may add up to 2 tbsp almond butter or whipping cream per shake (for weight gain mix in 16oz milk plus 2 tbsp whipping cream)
Lunch
Basic Structure:
1 large serving protein
2-3 servings vegetables
1 serving complex carbohydrate
Sample Meal: Large turkey burger or chicken breast, 2 cups broccoli or 1 can green beans, 1 medium sweet potato or 2/3 cup rice
Mid Afternoon Snack
Protein Drink: Same as mid-morning snack (or you may use Muscle Provider in place of UMP)
Dinner
Basic Structure:
1 large serving protein
2-3 servings vegetables
1 serving fat (dressing)
Sample Meal: 1 or 2 large chicken breasts or lean beef patties, 1-2 cups green beans, 2 cups salad vegetables; 2 tbsp vinegar & oil dressing
Weekly Cheat Meal
Choose one meal each week to eat whatever you want

Intermediate Training Program #1
PRIMARY GOAL: Complete development of all muscle groups
Split Routine-Train 2 days in a row, rest a day, then train 2 more days in a row:
One of the most effective training programs for the intermediate is weight training a total of 4 days each week, working each bodypart twice a week. Incorporating a heavier and lighter day doing the same movements will allow your body to use different training methods and shock it into muscular growth and recovery. Please keep personal records each workout to measure your success. Once you have successfully hit the rep goal, mark it in your book and increase the weight by 3-5% your next workout.
Your rest periods can vary from 60-180 seconds, but please do not let your total workout exceed 1 hour and 15 minutes. Your goal each 2-3 weeks should be to hit the top number of reps listed and then increase the weight by 3-5% the next time you do that workout.
For example: If you can start out with the Pulldowns at 95lbs and your upper rep goal is 15 reps: by week 2-3 you should hit the 15 reps and your following workout you should increase the weight to 100lbs, once you can get 100 for 15 reps you would once again increase the weight to 105 lbs.
In this program you’ll also use one of the oldest and most basic progression schemes:
Pyramid Training: Add weight lower the reps each set | Amount |
---|---|
Set 1 | 12-15 reps with a very easy warm-up weight |
Set 2 | 10 reps still pretty easy |
Set 3 | 8 reps-use a weight you could get for 9 here but stop at 8 |
Set 4 | 4-6 reps-a max set. Once you reach 6 reps add weight to the final 3 sets. |
Set 5 | 15-20 reps – reduce the weight to your starting poundage and go for max reps |
Monday: Calves, Legs (Heavy), Back (light), Biceps (Light) | Amount |
---|---|
Standing Calf Raises | 3×8-12 |
Squat | 1×12, 1×10, 1×8, 1×4-6, 1×15 |
Leg Extension | 1×15, 1×12, 1×10, 1×8, 1×20 |
Leg Curls | 1×15, 1×12, 1×10, 1×8, 1×20 |
Pulldowns | (use varied grips) 3×12-15 |
Seated Cable Rows | (use varied grips) 3×12-15 |
Preacher Curl (barbell or dumbbell) | 3×12-15 |
Concentration Curl | 3×12–15 |
Abdominal Crunch | 3×25–50 |
Tuesday: Calves, Chest (heavy), Shoulders (light), Triceps (Heavy) | Amount |
---|---|
Seated Calf Raises | 3×20-30 |
Bench Press | 1×12, 1×10, 1×8, 1×6, 1×15 |
Incline Barbell Press | 1×10, 1×8, 1×6, 1×4, 1×15 |
Upright Rows | 3×10–12 |
Rear Lateral Raise | 3×10–12 |
Close Grip Bench Press | 1×12, 1×10, 1×8, and 1×20 |
Triceps Pressdown or Dip Machine | 1×15, 1×12, 1×10 |
Leg Raise | 3×20–30 |
Thursday: Calves, Legs (Light), Back (Heavy), Biceps (Heavy) | Amount |
---|---|
Standing Calf Raise | 4×6-10 |
Deadlift | 1×10, 1×8, 1×6, 1×4, 1×15 |
Bent Over Row | 1×10, 1×8, 1×6, 1×4, 1×15 |
Lat Pulldown | 1×12, 1×10, 1×8 |
Barbell Curl | 1×12, 1×10, 1×8, 1×15 |
Reverse Curl | 1×10, 1×8, 1×12 |
Leg Press | 4×15-18 |
Stiff Leg Deadlift | 3×12-15 |
Abdominal Crunch | 3×30-50 |
Friday: Calves, Chest (light), Shoulders (Heavy), Triceps (Light) | Amount |
---|---|
Seated Calf Raise | 3×20-30 |
Standing Front Press | 1×10, 1×8, 1×6, 1×4, 1×15 |
DB Press | 3×8-12 |
DB Incline Press | 3×10-12 |
Flat DB Flye | 3×10-12 |
Triceps Pushdown | 3×12-15 |
Lying Triceps Extension | 3×12-15 |
Lying Leg Raise | 3×20-30 |
Some Helpful Training Tips
• There are only three types of progression.
1. Decrease the rest between sets.
2. Increase the weight.
3. Increase the number of reps with the same weight.
• Progression in any one of these three areas keeps you moving forward and producing results. This workout focuses on weight and rep progression.
• It’s essential to keep a training journal to monitor your progression.
• Rest 2-3 minutes between sets on compound exercises.
• Rest 60-90 seconds on isolation exercises.
• For any listed rep range, you should use a weight that allows you to get the prescribed number of reps in perfect form. If you can’t get the minimum number of reps, reduce the weight. If you can perform more than the maximum reps listed, add weight on that exercise your next workout.
• If there are any listed exercises that you cannot perform because of an injury or physical limitation, substitute a similar exercise for that muscle group that you can perform.
• Try your best not to miss a scheduled training day, but if it’s unavoidable don’t skip it. Simply perform the scheduled day on the next day you’re able to train.
• It does not matter what time of day you train.

• It’s not necessary to eat before you train, but it is necessary to consume sufficient amino acids if training on an empty stomach. Consuming Beverly’s hybrid training formula Up-Lift, Glutamine Select, Density or Muscle Mass before and during training is more effective at that moment for muscular gain and strength than whole food. It also accelerates fat loss. Keep in mind that food takes hours to digest while Up-Lift, Density, Muscle Mass and Glutamine Select do not require digestion and are absorbed immediately.
• Don’t do too much cardio. Your workout and nutrition plan will help you to achieve measurable fat loss while adding muscle.

My First Top 5 Pro Finish
My First Top 5 “Pro” Finish
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 22, #4
By: Ken Blunkosky, OCB & IFPA Natural Pro Bodybuilder

At a Glance: Ken Blunkosky
Age: 45
Occupation: IFPA and OCB Pro Bodybuilder, OCB Judge, ACE certified personal trainer, Associates of Science in Nursing, Certified Massage Therapist, and owner of Diamond Athletic Club in Pittsburgh, PA
Family: Married to my amazing wife Beth, daughter, Madison. We are a faith and fitness-based family.
Current Residence: Export, PA
Years training: 25 years
Height: 5’9”
Weight: 175 (Off Season), 171 (Contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: 1 cup oatmeal, 1/4 cup walnuts, 1 tsp flax meal, cinnamon, 2 scoops UMP Graham Cracker!!
Favorite supplements: I can’t pick just 1 or 2 products; UMP, all the flavors are awesome! All through my contest prep, I enjoyed making mine a little thicker and eating it like a pudding. Post-workout I have 2 scoops of chocolate or vanilla Muscle Provider, or sometimes one scoop of each. I always have 2 scoops of Glutamine Select during my workout and another 2 scoops 1 or more times throughout the day to help get me past those cravings. 16 tabs of Muscle Synergy (8 a.m., 8 pre-workout) had me feeling pumped all day. Ultra 40, Mass Amino Acids, Quadracarn…I can’t say enough about the results I see and feel with all the Beverly products I take.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? First and foremost, I would emphasize the quality of Beverly International products. And not only “they are what they say they are,” but through numerous emails and phone calls, I felt like they were genuine, they answered all my questions, and gave some recommendations…they made me feel like I was family.
Music: K-Love plays 24/7 at our gym, but while I’m working out, it’s usually Toby Mac, Mercy Me, Mandisa, or FLAME in the headphones.
Most Inspiring Book: I Am by Joel Osteen
Words to live by: “Fear is a liar” Zach Williams; “I will fight” Steven Furtick
I’ve been training for 25 years, and competing for twenty. My first ever competition was in 1998, and then I did a couple more here and there over the next couple years. I bought a gym in 2003 and took time off from competing, but continued to train. In 2009 I got back in the game. I competed in a natural show and ended up winning the novice class, bantamweight class and the overall and earned my IFPA pro card. Since then I’ve competed in numerous drug-free pro shows. My goal was always to be better than I was at my previous show. Although my condition was improved show after show, I still did not crack the top 5 in a pro show.
In January 2018, I decided to compete in, what I thought would be my last show. I trained like it was my last…4 am fasted cardio, increased intensity every workout, near perfect diet, but something just wasn’t right. I turned to the internet for answers (cause we all know, if it’s on the internet, then it’s got to be true). That just shows my desperation. I’m the guy who is skeptical of just about anything published on the web.
However, in this case, I believe divine intervention may have been involved and lead me to Beverly International. I searched for “supplements”, “best supplements for competitive bodybuilding”, “best supplement brands”, etc. The results lead me to many different supplement company websites, but in my side bar, Beverly International products kept appearing… UMP, Muscle Provider, Mass Amino Acids, Ultra 40. I figured someone (the man upstairs) was trying to tell me to look into this company. I did some more research, then took a leap of faith and ordered that day. (The funny thing about that is I’m one of those people who puts items in my cart and they are still there 3-4 weeks later, it’s a running joke in our family.)
As I was browsing through the Beverly International website, I clicked on the BevSolutions link. The information here is priceless! I incorporated the “Bodybuilding Pre-Contest Dieting Program up to 185” and went all in with the supplement recommendations (UMP, Muscle Provider, Ultra 40, Mass Amino Acids, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, Quadracarn, Density, Muscularity, Creatine Select, Muscle Synergy).

I really didn’t know what to expect, or what results I could achieve in such a short period of time. Within the first week, I felt fuller, thicker and leaner, with more energy and endurance. I couldn’t believe the transformation that was taking place. In as little as 3 weeks, I knew that I was going to show up with my best physique ever! At 8 weeks out I emailed Beverly International and explained exactly what I was taking and asked for any suggestions as to what I should take coming down the home stretch. Almost immediately I received a reply with a couple of suggestions that I implemented and never looked back (or better).
I went into the competition in the best shape of my life and was honored to place 5th in the best pro class that I have ever been a part of. This was “supposed” to be my last show, but with the results that I achieved with Beverly International, it’s only the beginning! Every finish line is the beginning of a new race!
My Daily Nutrition Plan
Post AM Cardio: 1 scoop Muscle Provider in water
Meal 1: 5oz lean ground turkey, 6 egg whites, 1/2 grapefruit
Meal 2: 6oz chicken, 4 cups salad with tomato, carrot, and cucumber, 3 tbsp Newman’s oil and vinegar dressing
Meal 3 (post-workout shake): either 2 scoops UMP in water, 2 scoops Muscle Provider in water, or 1 scoop each Muscle Provider and Provosyn in water
Meal 4: 5oz chicken, 2 cups salad, 1 tbsp apple cider vinegar and 1 tbsp olive oil
Meal 5: 5oz chicken, 1 cup broccoli or green beans
Meal 6 (Protein Pudding): 2 scoops UMP stirred into about 6oz water (every flavor is amazing!)
Carb Load Meal (Monday and Thursday, in place of meal 6): 1 cup oatmeal (precooked), 8oz sweet potato, 4oz banana, 1 cup broccoli or green beans, 1 tbsp almond butter (to prolong the positive effects of the carb-up meal and stabilize my blood sugar through the night).
My Daily Supplement Plan
Throughout the years I have used many different brands of supplements. I took advice from others who I believed knew the answers to my problems. I did this for all the pro shows I competed in and all produced the same result…minimal change. It was the definition of insanity… doing the same thing over and over again expecting different results.
Going into my last show (so I thought) I decided that I wasn’t going to
listen to anyone else but myself. I began with the same supplements, but changed my workouts and diet to pre contest mode. I started out feeling good, then I just hit a brick wall. That was when I decided that I needed to change the supplements. I did the research, figured out the best supplement plan for me (Beverly International makes this process seamless). I only wish that I would have found Beverly International
when I started my bodybuilding career. The BevSolutions section on their website makes sense of it all, nutrition, supplements and training. You can’t go wrong, but even when you are in doubt, they are just a phone call or email away.
My results were far greater than I had ever imagined. I stepped on stage in the best shape of my life. And now I can only imagine what the results will be with a full 16-week prep with Beverly International supplements. Thanks to Beverly international, the finish line is just the beginning of a new race and retirement is nowhere in my near future!
Beverly breaks down their competition supplement plan into four levels – Essential, Advanced, Comprehensive, and Maximum. If a competitor had enough time before his contest he might start at the Essential level and add the next levels of supplements progressively as the show approached. For example, if you had 16 weeks to the contest you might start at the Essential level for four weeks, then add the Advanced level supplements, with eight weeks to go add the Comprehensive level supps, and finally add in the Maximum level supps for the final 4 weeks.
Personally, I went straight to the Maximum plan. I was competing in what I thought would be my final Pro show and wanted to be at my absolute best. Here is the complete supplement regimen that I followed leading into my first ever top 5 pro placing.
Essential: To maintain and gain muscle while dieting: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, and Glutamine Select.
• Ultimate Muscle Protein – As part of my daily meal nutrition plan
• Quadracarn – 3 tablets, three times daily (morning, pre workout, and evening)
• Creatine Select –1 scoop in the AM and 1 scoop preworkout
• Glutamine Select – 2 scoops mixed in 8-16 oz. water and sipped during training
Advanced: Lean Out and 7-Keto MuscLean took my fat loss to the next level, while Density ensured that I was completing the amino acid profile for all the foods I was eating.
• Lean Out – 2 with every meal
• 7-Keto MuscLean – 3 capsules, 2x daily morning and early afternoon
• Density – 2-3 with each meal
Comprehensive: Mass Amino Acids and Ultra 40 Liver tabs to preserve and gain muscle on a fat loss diet.
• Mass Aminos – 3 with each meal
• Ultra 40 – 3 with each meal
Maximum: The final step in achieving my best ever competition body was to add Muscularity and Muscle Synergy.
• Muscularity – 2-3 with each meal
• Muscle Synergy – 8 tablets 2x daily; on training days, make sure one dose is taken prior to your workout.
Ken Blunkosky’s Off Season and Pre Contest Training Programs
I started to use Beverly’s Pre-Contest Training manual as a guide in early 2018. I have made some adjustments along the way (more sets, lower reps, heavier weights). My workouts last from 45 to 90 minutes. Here’s an example of my training:
Off Season Training Schedule
One body part per day. On major exercises I do 5 sets of 5 reps heavy, and then repeat the same exercise with lighter weights for 3 sets of 10 reps to maximize my pump.
Monday: Chest | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Bench Press | 5 | 5 |
Bench Press (pump) | 3 | 10 |
Incline Press | 4 | 8-10 |
Decline Press | 4 | 8-10 |
Pec Deck (or Cables) | 4 | 12-15 |
Tuesday: Back | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Pullups | 5 | 10 |
Deadlift | 5 | 5 |
Deadlift | 3 | 10 |
Bent Row | 4 | 8-10 |
Lat Pulldown | 5 | 5 |
Lat Pulldown | 3 | 10 |
Wednesday: Legs | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Leg Extension | 3 | 12-15 |
Squat | 5 | 5 |
Squat | 3 | 10 |
Walking Lunge | 3 | 10 |
Leg Curl | 4 | 8-10 |
Standing Leg Curl | 4 | 8-10 |
Thursday: Shoulders | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
1-Arm Lateral Raise | 4 | 8-10 |
Front Cable Raise | 4 | 8-10 |
Bent Lateral | 4 | 8-10 |
Press | 5 | 5 |
Press | 3 | 10 |
Friday: Arms | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
BB Curl | 5 | 5 |
BB Curl | 3 | 10 |
Incline Curl | 3 | 15 |
Preacher Curl | 4 | 8-10 |
Triceps Pushdowns | 5 | 5 |
Triceps Pushdowns | 3 | 10 |
DB Kickback | 3 | 15 |
1-Arm DB Extension | 4 | 8-10 |
Pre Contest Training Schedule
3 days on, 1 day off, 2 days on, 1 day off. I go as heavy as I can to get the reps while keeping good form. I limit my rest between sets to the minimum required.
Here’s an example of my training: Day 4: Rest, Day 7: Rest
Day 1: Chest, Shoulders, Triceps, Calves | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Incline DB Press | 5 | 12 |
Seated Calf Raise | 6 | 10 |
Incline DB Flye | 4 | 10 |
Military or DB Press | 5 | 8-10 |
Lateral Raise | 4 | 15 |
Weighted Triceps Dips | 4 | 15 |
Close Grip Incline Press | 4 | 10 |
Calf Raise | 4 | 25 |
Day 2: Back, Traps, Rear Delts, Biceps, Abs | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Triangle Bar Pullups | 3 | 15 |
Behind the Head Pullups | 3 | 12 |
Curl Grip Pulldown | 4 | 8 |
Bent DB Lateral | 4 | 10 |
Reverse Curl | 4 | 10 |
1-Arm Preacher Curl | 4 | 12 |
Hanging Leg Raise | 4 | 20 |
Hyperextension | 3 | 15 |
Day 3: Legs | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Leg Extension | 4 | 20 |
Squat | 5 | 10 |
Leg Press* | 2 | 10+ |
Leg Curl | 4 | 10 |
Seated Leg Curl | 4 | 10 |
Single Leg Deadlift | 3 | 10 |
*On Leg Presses I start with one plate on each side, do 10, add a plate to each side, do 10… keep adding until I can’t get 10 reps. That completes one set. I rest two minutes and start over at one plate per side.
Day 5: Shoulders, Chest, Calves | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Shoulder Press | 5 | 12 |
Pec Deck | 5 | 12 |
Seated Lateral Raise | 4 | 10 |
Cable Crossover | 3 | 20 |
DB Round the World | 3 | 16 |
Flat DB Press | 4 | 12 |
Cable Extension w/Rope | 4 | 15 |
Triceps Pushdown | 4 | 15 |
Stair Calf Raises* | 1 | 3 |
*Start at the bottom of a set of stairs. Step up to the 1st step and do one calf raise, go up a step and do 2-3, add 1 or 2 reps on each step up until you reach the top. On the top step do 10 reps with toes straight ahead, step down and do 10 reps with toes pointed outward, step down and do 10 reps with toes pointed in, then step down and do 9 reps with toes pointed forward, and so on all the way back down.
Day 6: Back, Traps, Rear Delts, Biceps, Abs | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Deadlift | 5 | 8 |
Incline DB Row | 4 | 10 |
Bent Row | 4 | 8 |
Reverse Pec Deck | 4 | 10 |
Hammer Curl | 4 | 10 |
Drag Curl | 5 | 8 |
Preacher Curls | 4 | 8-10 |
V-Ups (for abs) | 5 | 20 |
Weighted Hyperextension | 3 | 10 |
Weighted Plank | 3 | 60 sec |
Cardio
I typically do 30 minutes fasted cardio 3-4 days/week, usually treadmill with an incline of 15 and average speed of 3.2 (start slow and work the speed up as tolerated, because the idea is to NOT hold on). I occasionally would slow the speed to 2.7 and walk backwards for 60-90 second intervals. I am a firm believer in heart rate-based training, so this was the best form of cardio for me to regulate my heart rate (speed up and/or slow down).
Posing
The key here is practice, practice, practice! I suggest that you practice your mandatory poses at least once/week starting the day you decide to enter a competition. At about 8 weeks out, I usually start holding each pose for 2-3 sets of 10 to 15 seconds, 3 days/week. Then each week I add 5 seconds to each pose and do 3-4 sets. I have even used posing in place of my morning cardio. Posing can make you or break you. I have seen many “backstage winners” place lower than someone who didn’t look as good but knew how to present their physique through posing.
Conclusion
The best advice I can give to anyone who wants to compete is to trust and believe in the process and more importantly, yourself! You will find that everyone has “the answer”, they all have their opinions, but you can’t worry about them or what you see on social media. So, if you need a push, find one person who has been there/done that and has the credentials to guide you on this amazing journey. There’s no doubt that a good, reliable training partner is beneficial, but you’re the only one who can hold yourself accountable; dedication is doing the things you don’t want to do, when you don’t want to do them. Remember that the only one who can tell you that you can’t is you, and you don’t have to listen.
A strong support system goes a long way. These are the ones who build you up and give you that reassurance when you need it the most (when you’re carb depleted!). I can’t thank my wife and daughter enough for all their love and support. And I also want to give a huge shout out to Chuck and the rest of my Diamond Athletic Club family in Pittsburgh, PA.
I’m blessed, and I thank God every day for everything that happens to me. It’s a blessing to be able to do what I love to do.


Male Muscular Weight Gain Level 3

GOAL: The goal of this program is to attain the maximum amount of muscle and strength gain with minimum fat accumulation.
STRATEGY: This is a 12-week program that alternates gaining and hardening phases in a specific pattern.
The “Gain” cycle includes six meals PLUS a pre and post workout recovery drink. During the “Gain” cycle your weight should increase one-half to two pounds per week.
The “Hardening” cycle consists of five or six meals daily and is designed to solidify the gains you made during the “Gain” cycle.
Schedule:
Weeks 1-4 4-Week Gaining Phase
Week 5 1-Week Hardening Phase
Weeks 6-8 3-Week Gaining Phase
Week 9 1-Week Hardening Phase
Weeks 10-11 2-Week Gaining Phase
Week 12 1-Week Hardening Phase
You have to take a disciplined approach and consistently eat the right combination of nutrients during the Gaining Phase to ensure that you add quality muscle.
Protein
Protein will account for approximately forty percent of your nutritional intake.
Best sources of protein for building quality muscle during the gaining phases are: lean beef, whole eggs, cottage cheese, chicken, turkey, lean pork, fish, and egg whites. The best protein supplements are UMP and Muscle Provider.
During the hardening phases you should eat primarily egg whites, chicken breast, turkey breast, and UMP and Muscle Provider.
Mass amino acid tablets and Ultra 40 liver extract are invaluable to make sure that you utilize the protein you eat and they provide additional amino acids you need to build muscle.
Complex Carbohydrates
Complex carbohydrates will make up thirty-forty percent of your nutritional intake. The leaner you already are, the higher your complex carbs can be.
Best sources of carbohydrate for the gaining phases are oatmeal, rice, baked or boiled potatoes, sweet potatoes, yams, and all variations of beans. You can occasionally include peas, corn and whole grain products in moderation. Fruits that qualify as complex carbs for the gaining phase are apples, pears, and pineapple.
During the hardening phases you should stick to oatmeal, brown rice, sweet potatoes, and beans for your complex carbohydrate sources.
Low Carb Vegetables and Fruit
Low carb vegetables include salads, broccoli, cauliflower, spinach, green beans and just about any other green or yellow vegetable. Low carb fruits are blueberries, cantaloupe, grapefruit, peaches, and strawberries. (You can add a small amount of low carb fruit to any of your protein shakes while on this program.)
Fats
Dietary fats should make up twenty-thirty percent of your caloric intake. Best sources are olive oil, coconut oil, flax oil, sunflower oil, safflower oil, almond butter, almonds, walnuts, and heavy cream. During the hardening phases you should reduce saturated fats and take an essential fatty acid supplement like Beverly’s EFA Gold or a fish oil supplement.
Free Foods
You can eat all of the following as much as you like during the gaining and hardening phases: Sugar free gum, Crystal Light, diet soda, coffee, tea, sugar-free Jell-O, Splenda, Equal, seasonings, mustard, vinegar, hot sauce, salt and pepper.
Free Meals
Remember that this program is designed to add maximum muscular size while minimizing fat accumulation so it’s not a time to eat whatever you want, whenever you want it, but planned free meals at specific intervals can be beneficial – mentally, metabolically, and physically. Plan to have one free meal on the last day of the final week of each of your “Gaining Cycles”, i.e. week 4, week 8, and week 11.
A free meal lasts sixty minutes and consists of whatever you’d like to eat in that amount of time.
Beverages
Make sure that you drink plenty of water. Everyone should drink at least 64 ounces each day. This is important to improve your health, help you to gain muscular weight (muscles are nearly seventy percent water by volume), and help flush out harmful toxins (and fat).
Other acceptable beverages are unsweetened tea and coffee, as well as diet drinks like Crystal Light and diet sodas.
If you gain fat fairly easily limit the amount of milk you drink. If you are a hard gainer, and eat just about anything without adding fat then you might try mixing your UMP protein shakes with milk.
Regular fruit juice is another area you must be careful about. Both milk and juice have large amounts of naturally occurring sugar; and although they may be good foods, they may also result in fat accumulation.
Portion Size
Remember you can adjust portions or add or decrease a meal as needed to average a one-half to two pound weight increase each week.
Lifestyle Hints to Maximize Your Off-Season Bodybuilding / Strength Program
- Remain calm throughout the day. If you spend too much nervous energy stressing and worrying you will compromise your muscular gains.
- Try to live a regulated life. Train, eat, and go to bed at the same times each day whenever possible.
- Strive to progressively increase your workout weights over the course of each gaining cycle. During the hardening cycle you should focus on form and muscular contraction on each exercise rather than the weight you use.
- Have a positive and productive attitude. Read a positive quote of the day, self-help or spiritual literature at a specific time each day. (Sound mind in a sound body principle.)
- Never miss meals or workouts unless it is an emergency. Regularity is the key to setting your body into a fixed pattern of muscular growth.
MAXIMUM MUSCULAR WEIGHT GAIN PROGRAM – MALE
Gaining Phase (Weeks 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11)
ESSENTIAL SUPPLEMENTS for the Gaining Phase
Super Pak – with meal #1
Creatine Select – Load with 4 scoops per day for 5 days, then 1-2 scoops daily
Mass Aminos – 4 with each meal
Ultra 40 – 4 with each meal
1-2 Multiple Enzyme Complex with meals #1, 3, and 5.
ADVANCED (Add one or more of the following):
Quadracarn – 3 tablets, 3 times daily
Muscle Synergy – 8 tablets twice daily or 1 scoop Muscle Synergy powder twice daily
Glutamine Select – 2 scoops before, during, or after training
ZMA 2000 – 3 at bedtime on empty stomach
Meal #1
3 whole eggs
5oz lean beef or 1 cup cottage cheese
¾ cup oatmeal
Option B: 4 egg omelet with 2oz cheese, 2 slices whole-grain toast with almond butter, 1 apple.
Meal #2
Protein Drink: 2 scoops UMP, 2 tbsp healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream. – Optional: 1 serving low carb fruit.
Option B: 1 can tuna (water packed), 1 cup cottage cheese and ½ cup pineapple (unsweetened).
Meal #3
8oz chicken breast (or other lean protein source),
1 cup cooked brown rice (or other complex carbohydrate source).
Optional: 1 or 2 servings of low carb fruit or vegetables.
Option B: 6oz roast beef, 1 or 2oz Swiss cheese, 2 slices rye bread, 1 apple, salad.
Meal #4
1 can tuna or 6oz turkey breast
½ cup cottage cheese
½ cup pineapple (unsweetened) or 1/2 cantaloupe
Option B: Protein Drink with two scoops UMP or Muscle Provider, one tbsp healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream.
Meal #5:
10oz steak, pork loin, chicken, turkey or fish
8-10oz baked potato or sweet potato
1-2 cups low carb vegetables or salad.
Meal #6: Protein pudding – mix 2 scoops UMP in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add one tablespoon of almond butter, walnuts, or heavy cream.
Option B: 6 egg whites, 3oz chicken breast, one serving low carbohydrate vegetable or fruit
Training Days Only
30 Minutes before training: 2 scoops Mass Maker Ultra mixed in 8oz water
Immediately after training: 2 scoops Mass Maker Ultra mixed in 8oz water (Eat your next meal about 60 minutes after your Mass Maker shake. You may also add 1 scoop Muscle Provider to your post training shake.
HARDENING PHASE NUTRITIONAL PROGRAM
(weeks 5, 9, and 12)
ESSENTIAL SUPPLEMENTS for the Hardening Phase
Super Pak – with meal #1
Lean Out – 2 capsules with each meal or shake
Density – 3 tablets per meal
Ultra 40 – 4 with each meal
ADVANCED
Muscle Mass BCAAS – take five Muscle Mass tablets at the start of your workout, five at about the half-way point in your workout, and five more at the end of your workout.
Mass Aminos – 4 tablets with each meal (Mass is still valuable during the Hardening Phase, but not essential).
Glutamine Select 2 scoops in 16oz water, sip before or throughout training sessions
Optional
Up-Lift – Beverly’s hybrid training formula would be very beneficial to keep up your “training drive” while consuming fewer calories during the “hardening phase”. Take 2 scoops before training and 1 scoop half way through your training session.
Do not take the Mass Maker Ultra pre and post workout shakes during the Hardening Phase.
Hardening Phases Meal #1:
1 whole egg, 5 additional egg whites
5oz chicken breast or turkey breast
½ cup oatmeal; 3 EFA Gold capsules
Meal #2:
Protein Drink – 2 scoops UMP, 1 tbsp healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream
Option B: one can tuna (water packed), one carrot, one tomato.
Meal #3:
8oz chicken breast (or other lean protein source)
½ cup cooked brown rice (or other complex carbohydrate source).
Optional: add one or two servings of low carb vegetables.
Meal #4:
6oz tuna (water packed) or 6oz turkey breast
1 or 2 servings of low carb vegetables or ½ cantaloupe
Option B: Protein Drink with 2 scoops Muscle Provider or UMP mixed in 16 ounces water.
Meal #5:
10oz chicken breast, turkey or fish
1-2 cups low carb vegetables or salad; 3 EFA Gold capsules.
Meal #6: Protein pudding – mix 2 scoops UMP in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture.
Option B: 6 egg whites, 3oz chicken breast, one serving low carbohydrate vegetable

Male Muscular Weight Gain Level 2

This plan is for the intermediate or advanced bodybuilder who wants gains in muscle mass and muscularity.
MASTER SUPPLEMENT PROGRAM FOR GROWTH AND MUSCULARITY
Super Pak –with meal #1
Creatine Select – Load with 4 scoops per day for 5 days, then 1-2 scoops daily
Mass Aminos – 4 with each meal
Ultra 40 – 4 with each meal
OPTIONAL (Add one or more of the following):
Quadracarn – 3 tablets, 3 times daily (if you are 35 or over)
Muscle Synergy – 8 tablets twice daily or 1 scoop Muscle Synergy powder twice daily
Glutamine Select – 2 scoops before, during, or after training
ZMA 2000 – 3 at bedtime on empty stomach
Meal #1
2 whole eggs + 4 egg whites
6oz lean beef
1 cup oatmeal before cooking (optional: add cinnamon, raisins and a banana)
I know a lot of you have trouble eating a lot in the morning so here are two options:
Drink Option: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein + 2 scoops cottage cheese (use the Ultimate Muscle Protein scoop) mixed with 2 tbsp heavy cream and 12oz water
Alternate Meal Option: 4 (whole) egg omelet with 2oz cheese, ½ grapefruit or ½ cantaloupe, 1 cup oatmeal
Meal #2
1-2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein + 2-scoops Mass Maker Ultra*
Meal #3
8oz chicken (before cooking) or other meat listed above
8oz sweet potato, potato, or 1 cup cooked rice
2 cups vegetables or 1-piece fruit (apple, orange, cantaloupe, nectarine, peach, a cup of berries)
or
8-12oz roast beef, chicken or tuna made into 2 sandwiches with 4 slices whole grain or rye bread, 1-piece fruit
Meal #4
1-2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein + 2 scoops Mass Maker Ultra*
Meal #5
10-12oz sirloin steak (lean) or other meat
8oz sweet potato or baked potato
2 cups vegetables / salad / or fruit
Meal #6
3 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 3 tbsp Heavy Whipping Cream, 18-20oz water*
OR: 9oz sirloin strip steak (lean) or 10oz chicken + 2 cups vegetables – no potatoes or other starchy vegetables.
*If you find you are gaining less than ½ lb. per week mix the above in 16oz milk.

Male Maximum Fat Loss Level 4

This is a strict pre contest plan (final 2-3 weeks) for the competing bodybuilder.
DAILY SUPPLEMENT SCHEDULE
ESSENTIAL
UMP (and/or Muscle Provider) as a meal replacement
Quadracarn 3 tablets three times daily
Super Pak w/ breakfast
Lean Out 2 capsules with each meal or shake
7-Keto MuscLean 3 capsules twice daily – morning and mid afternoon
ADVANCED – for advanced fat loss and muscle retention add:
Density or Mass Aminos 3 tablets with each meal or shake
Muscularity 3 capsules with each meal or shake
Ultra 40 4 tablets with each meal or shake
COMPREHENSIVE – to retain and build muscle while on a maximum fat loss diet
Creatine Select load with 4 scoops per day for 5 days, then 1-2 scoops daily
Muscle Synergy 8 tablets or 1 scoop twice daily
Glutamine Select 2 scoops in 16oz water, sip before or throughout training sessions
EFA Gold 3 with Meals #1 and #5
FOR ACCELERATED FAT LOSS:
Energy Reserve 2 tablets with breakfast, 2 pre-workout, 2 post workout, and 2 before bed
Optional Pre-Workout – Up-Lift – 2 scoops before training for pump, focus, utilization of stored fat for energy, and increased strength
Meal #1
5oz lean beef or turkey
6 egg whites
½ grapefruit
Meal #2
Protein Drink: 2 scoops UMP, water
Or 6oz tuna; 3 egg whites; 1 tomato
Meal #3
6oz chicken (weighed prior to cooking)
4 cups salad (lettuce, tomato, carrot, cucumber, green peppers, etc.)
2 tbsp cider vinegar and 1 tbsp olive oil for a dressing
Meal #4
Protein Drink: 2 scoops UMP or Muscle Provider, water
Or 6oz can tuna; 3 egg whites; 1 tomato
Meal #5
6oz lean meat (chicken, turkey, fish, 96% or leaner beef, etc.)
1½ cups vegetables
Monday and Thursday: In place of your 5th meal: 1 cup oatmeal (precooked) or cooked rice, 8oz sweet potato, 4oz banana, 1 cup vegetables, 1 tbsp butter, almond butter or oil

Male Maximum Fat Loss Level 2

This program contains a few more carbs than the Level 1 program. It works well at the starting point to a pre-competition diet. You should be in decent shape if you choose to follow this program.
DAILY SUPPLEMENT SCHEDULE
ESSENTIAL
UMP (and/or Muscle Provider) as a meal replacement
Quadracarn 3 tablets three times daily
Super Pak w/ breakfast
Lean Out 2 capsules with each meal or shake
ADVANCED – for advanced fat loss and muscle retention add:
7-Keto MuscLean 3 capsules twice daily – morning and mid afternoon
Density or Mass Aminos 3 tablets with each meal or shake
UMP (and/or Muscle Provider) as a meal replacement
Quadracarn 3 tablets three times daily
Super Pak w/ breakfast
Lean Out 2 capsules with each meal or shake
ADVANCED – for advanced fat loss and muscle retention add:
7-Keto MuscLean 3 capsules twice daily – morning and mid afternoon
Density or Mass Aminos 3 tablets with each meal or shake
COMPREHENSIVE – to retain and build muscle while on a maximum fat loss diet
Muscularity 3 capsules with each meal or shake
Ultra 40 3 tablets with each meal or shake
Creatine Select load with 4 scoops per day for 5 days, then 1-2 scoops daily
Glutamine Select 2 scoops in 16oz water, sip before or throughout training sessions
Optional Pre-Workout – Up-Lift – 2 scoops before training for pump, focus, utilization of stored fat for energy, and increased strength.
Meal #1
5oz turkey breast
6-8 egg whites
½ cup oatmeal
Meal #2
Protein Drink: 2 scoops UMP, or 2 scoops Muscle Provider, 16oz water
Meal #3
10oz chicken or turkey breast (weighed prior to cooking)
6oz sweet potato (before cooking)
1 cup vegetables
Meal #4
Option A: Protein Drink: 2 scoops UMP, or 2 scoops Muscle Provider, 16oz water
Option B: 6oz can tuna ; 3 egg whites; 1 tomato
Meal #5
10 ounces 96% lean beef
2 cups vegetables
Meal #6
12oz fish or chicken breast; 2 cups spinach or salad
Meal #7:
6oz chicken or turkey breast; 6 egg whites; 1 cup omelet vegetables
Monday and Thursday: In place of meal 7: 1½ cups oatmeal (precooked) or cooked rice, 10oz sweet potato, large banana, 1 cup vegetables, 1 tbsp butter, almond butter or oil at the end of the day.

Male Maximum Fat Loss Level 3

This plan is for the upper intermediate or advanced bodybuilder who wants to lose fat rapidly.
DAILY SUPPLEMENT SCHEDULE
ESSENTIAL
UMP (and/or Muscle Provider) as a meal replacement
Quadracarn 3 tablets three times daily
Super Pak w/ breakfast
Lean Out 2 capsules with each meal or shake
7-Keto MuscLean 3 capsules twice daily – morning and mid afternoon
ADVANCED – for advanced fat loss and muscle retention add:
Density or Mass Aminos 3 tablets with each meal or shake
Muscularity 3 capsules with each meal or shake
Ultra 40 4 tablets with each meal or shake
COMPREHENSIVE – to retain and build muscle while on a maximum fat loss diet
Muscle Synergy 8 tablets or 1 scoop twice daily
Glutamine Select 2 scoops in 16oz water, sip before or throughout training sessions
EFA Gold 3 with Meals #1 and #5.
FOR ACCELERATED FAT LOSS:
Energy Reserve 2 tablets with breakfast, 2 pre-workout, 2 post workout, and 2 before bed
Optional Pre-Workout – Up-Lift – 2 scoops before training for pump, focus, utilization of stored fat for energy, and increased strength
Meal #1
5oz lean beef or turkey
6 egg whites, 1 whole egg
1/2 grapefruit
Meal #2
Protein Drink: 2 scoops UMP, 1 tbsp healthy fat or heavy cream, 4 strawberries (optional), 16oz water
5oz tuna or 5oz chicken; 3 egg whites, 1 whole egg; 1 tomato
Meal #3
8oz chicken (weighed prior to cooking)
4 cups salad (lettuce, tomato, carrot, cucumber, green peppers, etc.)
2 tbsp cider vinegar and 1 tbsp olive oil (or other vegetable oil) for a dressing
Meal #4
Protein Drink: 2 scoops UMP or Muscle Provider, 12oz water
Or package of tuna; 3 egg whites, 1 whole egg; 1 tomato
Meal #5
8oz lean meat (chicken, turkey, fish or 93% lean beef, etc.)
2 cups vegetables
Monday and Thursday: Add a 6th meal: 1½ cups oatmeal (precooked) or cooked rice, 10oz sweet potato, 6oz banana, 1 cup vegetables, 1 tbsp butter, almond butter or oil at the end of the day

Male Gain Muscle Lose Fat Level 5

This plan is for an advanced bodybuilder who weighs over 200 in decent shape wants to add muscle while losing fat.
SUPPLEMENT SCHEDULE
Super Pak w/ breakfast.
Mass Aminos 4 tablets with each meal or shake
Ultra 40 4 tablets with each meal or shake
Glutamine Select Mix 2 scoops in 16oz water. Sip before or throughout training sessions.
Optional Supplements for the Gain Muscle and Lose Fat program:
Creatine Select will help you keep your strength up and train harder. Take 1 scoop with each meal or shake for the first 5 days, then 2 scoops daily on training days, and 1 scoop on non-training days.
Muscle Synergy – if you want to continue to add muscle, get a great pump every workout – then Muscle Synergy is for you. Take eight tablets twice a day or 1scoop twice a day.
Density – take 5 Density before training, and 3 Density with each meal
Up-Lift – take 2 scoops before training for pump, focus, and increased strength.
If you have any questions about our other supplements be sure to call us at 1-800-781-3475.
Meal #1
2 whole eggs + 4 egg whites, 8oz lean meat
1/2 cup oatmeal – before cooking
Meal #2
Protein Drink: 2 Scoops UMP (Ultimate Muscle Protein), 4 tbsp healthy fat (almond butter, flax oil, olive oil) or 2 tbsp heavy whipping cream, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire.
Whole food option: 10oz lean beef, 1 apple or other fruit from “Master Food List”.
Meal #3
10oz lean meat
6oz sweet potato or 2/3 cup cooked brown rice
2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.) or salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #4
(same as meal #2)
Meal #5
10oz lean meat
½ cup rice
2 cups vegetables
Salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #6
Protein Shake or Pudding: 2 Scoops UMP (Ultimate Muscle Protein), 2 tbsp healthy fat (almond butter, flax oil, olive oil) or 2 tbsp heavy whipping cream, add enough water (about ¼ cup per scoop of protein) to make shake or pudding the consistency you desire.

Male Gain Muscle Lose Fat Level 4

This is a great plan for the fairly serious bodybuilder who wants to add muscle while reducing bodyfat.
SUPPLEMENT SCHEDULE
Super Pak w/ breakfast.
Mass Aminos 4 tablets with each meal or shake
Ultra 40 4 tablets per meal or shake
Glutamine Select Mix 2 scoops in 16oz water. Sip before or throughout training sessions.
Optional Supplements for the Gain Muscle and Lose Fat program:
Creatine Select will help you keep your strength up and train harder. It is a “best buy” when you compare benefit to price. Take 1 scoops with each meal or shake for the first 5 days, then 2 scoops daily on training days, and 1 scoop on non-training days.
Muscle Synergy – if you want to continue to add muscle, get a great pump every workout, and can afford it – then Muscle Synergy is for you. You have to take enough though, eight tablets or 1 scoop twice a day. Muscle Synergy is one of our very best supplements, we just don’t always recommend it to everyone because of the expense.
Up-Lift – take 2 scoops before training for pump, focus, and increased strength.
Meal #1
2 whole eggs + 4 egg whites
5oz lean meat
1/2 cup oatmeal – before cooking
Meal #2
Protein Drink: 2 Scoops UMP (Ultimate Muscle Protein), 2 tbsp healthy fat (almond butter, flax oil, olive oil) or 2 tbsp heavy whipping cream, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire.
Whole food option: 8oz lean beef, 1 apple or other fruit from “Master Food List”.
Meal #3
8oz lean meat
6oz sweet potato or 2/3 cup cooked brown rice
2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.) or salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #4
(same as meal #2)
Meal #5
10oz lean meat
2 cups vegetables
salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Optional Post Workout Shake: if you are less than 10% bodyfat (you can see your abs pretty clearly), you can add a post workout shake of 2 scoops Mass Maker Ultra plus 1 scoop of Muscle Provider for rapid gains in strength and mass.

Male Gain Muscle Lose Fat Level 3

This is a great plan for the fairly serious bodybuilder who wants to add muscle while reducing bodyfat.
SUPPLEMENT SCHEDULE
Super Pak w/ breakfast.
Mass Aminos 4 tablets with each meal or shake
Ultra 40 4 tablets per meal or shake
Glutamine Select Mix 2 scoops in 16oz water. Sip before or throughout training sessions.
Optional Supplements for the Gain Muscle and Lose Fat program:
Creatine Select will help you keep your strength up and train harder. It is a “best buy” when you compare benefit to price. Take 1 scoops with each meal or shake for the first 5 days, then 2 scoops daily on training days, and 1 scoop on non-training days.
Muscle Synergy – if you want to continue to add muscle, get a great pump every workout, and can afford it – then Muscle Synergy is for you. You have to take enough though, eight tablets or 1 scoop twice a day. Muscle Synergy is one of our very best supplements, we just don’t always recommend it to everyone because of the expense.
Up-Lift – take 2 scoops before training for pump, focus, and increased strength.
Meal #1
2 whole eggs + 4 egg whites
5oz lean meat
1/2 cup oatmeal – before cooking
Meal #2
Protein Drink: 2 Scoops UMP (Ultimate Muscle Protein), 2 tbsp healthy fat (almond butter, flax oil, olive oil) or 2 tbsp heavy whipping cream, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire.
Whole food option: 8oz lean beef, 1 apple or other fruit from “Master Food List”.
Meal #3
8oz lean meat
6oz sweet potato or 2/3 cup cooked brown rice
2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.) or salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #4
(same as meal #2)
Meal #5
10oz lean meat
2 cups vegetables
salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Optional Post Workout Shake: if you are less than 10% bodyfat (you can see your abs pretty clearly), you can add a post workout shake of 2 scoops Mass Maker Ultra plus 1 scoop of Muscle Provider for rapid gains in strength and mass.

Male Gain Muscle Lose Fat Level 2

This plan is for the intermediate bodybuilder who is starting to become serious about his nutrition. It is designed to help you add muscle while losing fat.
SUPPLEMENT SCHEDULE
Super Pak w/ breakfast or 2 FitTabs w/ breakfast and dinner
Mass Aminos 3 tablets with each meal or shake
Ultra 40 3 tablets with each meal or shake
Glutamine Select Mix 2 scoops in 16oz water. Sip before or throughout training sessions.
Optional Supplements for the Gain Muscle and Lose Fat program:
Creatine Select will help you keep your strength up and train harder. It is a “best buy” when you compare benefit to price. Take 4-5 scoops per day with meals for the first 5 days, then 2 scoops daily on training days, and 1 scoop on non-training days.
Muscle Synergy – if you want to continue to add muscle, get a great pump every workout, and can afford it – then Muscle Synergy is for you. You have to take enough though, eight tablets or 2 scoops twice a day. Muscle Synergy is one of our very best supplements, we just don’t always recommend it to everyone because of the expense.
An economical way to use Muscle Synergy and Creatine Select during phase 1:
Weeks 1&2: Use Creatine Select as directed above.
Weeks 3&4: Take Muscle Synergy and Creatine Select together for the next two weeks.
Weeks 5&6: Creatine Select, no Muscle Synergy.
Weeks 7&8: Creatine Select and Muscle Synergy.
Up-Lift – take 2 scoops before training for pump, focus, and increased strength.
If you have any questions about our other supplements be sure to call us at 1-800-781-3475.
Meal #1
1 whole egg + 3 egg whites, 5oz lean meat
1/2 cup oatmeal – before cooking
Meal #2
Protein Drink: 2 Scoops UMP (Ultimate Muscle Protein), 2 tbsp healthy fat (almond butter, flax oil, olive oil) or 2 tbsp heavy whipping cream, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire.
Whole food option: 8oz lean beef, 1 apple or other fruit from “Master Food List”.
Meal #3
8oz lean meat
6oz sweet potato or 2/3 cup cooked brown rice
2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.) or salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #4
(same as meal #2)
Meal #5
8oz lean meat
2 cups vegetables
salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing

Male Gain Muscle Lose Fat Level 1

GOAL
Increase and harden lean muscle, minimize fat, increase energy levels, and improve overall health. Your goal is controlled fat loss while increasing lean muscle.
SUPPLEMENT SCHEDULE
The most important supplement for you is protein powder, as your goal will be to have 3 meals and 2 snacks each day. UMP (Ultimate Muscle Protein) and Muscle Provider are the best.
Super Pak w/ breakfast or 2 FitTabs w/ breakfast and dinner
Lean Out 2 caps with each meal and shake (if fat loss is primary goal).
Mass Aminos and/or Ultra 40 3 tablets with each meal (if muscle gain is your primary goal)
Glutamine Select Mix 2 scoops in 16 oz water. Sip before or throughout training sessions.
MEALS
Eat 4-6 meals per day spaced 2-4 hours apart. Eat your last meal at least 1-2 hours before going to bed. Your goal will be to have 3 food meals and 1 or 2 protein shakes each day.
Diet
Breakfast
Basic Structure:
1 medium serving protein
1 or 2 servings complex or fibrous carbohydrate
Sample Meal: 6 egg whites + 2 whole eggs omelet w/ vegetables; 1 cup oatmeal or 1 grapefruit
Mid Morning Snack
Protein Drink: 2 scoops UMP + water – for flavor and variety you may add up to 2 tbsp almond butter or whipping cream per shake (for weight gain mix in 16 oz milk plus 2 tbsp whipping cream).
Lunch
Basic Structure:
1 large serving protein 2-3 servings vegetables
1 serving complex carbohydrate
Sample Meal: large turkey burger; 2 cups broccoli or 1 can green beans; 1 medium sweet potato
Mid Afternoon Snack
Protein Drink: same options as mid-morning snack
Dinner
Basic Structure:
1 large serving protein
2-3 servings vegetables
1 serving fat (dressing)
Sample Meal: 1 or 2 large chicken breasts or lean beef patties; 1-2 cups green beans; 2 cups salad vegetables; 2 tbsp vinegar & oil dressing
Weekly Cheat Meal – Choose one meal out of one day each week to eat whatever you want.

Female Maximum Fat Loss Level 4

DAILY SUPPLEMENT SCHEDULE: (take these supplements every day)
ESSENTIAL
FitTabs – 2 with meals 1 and 5, or 1 Super Pak with meal 1
EFA Gold 3 with meals 1 and 5
ADVANCED
Each meal: 3 Ultra 40, 2 Density, 2 Muscularity; 2 Lean Out
COMPREHENSIVE
Before training: 5 Density, 2 scoops Glutamine Select, and 6 Muscularity
Before cardio: 2 Energy Reserve and 2 scoops Up-Lift
Before bed: 2 ZMA 2000
Monday and Thursday: (Low Carbs / Moderate Calories / Carb Meal at end of day)
Special Supplements for Monday and Thursday: Three times daily on an empty stomach: 2 7- Keto MuscLean, 2 Energy Reserve, and 4 GH Factor
Meal #1: 4oz turkey breast; 3 egg whites, 1 yolk; ½ grapefruit
Meal #2: Protein shake or pudding: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein
Meal #3: 6oz chicken (weighed prior to cooking) or 6oz tuna; 2 cups salad; 2 tbsp apple cider vinegar and 1 tbsp olive oil for a dressing (or use 3 tbsp Newman’s Own oil and vinegar)
Meal #4: Protein shake: 2 scoops Muscle Provider or UMP
Meal #5 Carb up meal: 1 cup oatmeal (before cooking); 6oz sweet potato (after cooking); 4oz banana; 1 cup vegetables; 1 tbsp butter or almond butter
Tuesday and Friday: (Low carbs / Low Calories)
Special Supplements: Three times daily on an empty stomach: 2 7- Keto MuscLean, 2 Energy Reserve, and 4 GH Factor
Meal #1: 4oz turkey breast, 3 egg whites, ½ grapefruit
Meal #2: 5oz chicken (weighed prior to cooking); 2 cups salad with 2 tbsp apple cider vinegar and 1 tbsp olive oil for a dressing (or use 3 tbsp Newman’s Own oil and vinegar)
Meal #3: Protein shake or pudding: 2 scoops UMP or Muscle Provider
Or a small can of tuna, 2 egg whites, and 1 small carrot or tomato
Meal #4: 5oz lean meat (chicken breast, turkey breast) or 6oz cod fish; 2 cups vegetables (spinach or asparagus is best here)
Wednesday – Saturday – Sunday (Moderate carbs / Moderate Calories)
Special Supplement for Wed-Sat-Sun: Three 7-Keto MuscLean twice daily
Meal #1 3 egg whites and 3oz chicken or turkey breast; ½ cup oatmeal before cooking
Meal #2: Protein shake or pudding: 2 Scoops UMP
Or 3.25oz can tuna, 3 egg whites, and 1 small carrot or tomato
Meal #3: 5oz chicken (before cooking); 4oz sweet potato or ½ cup cooked brown rice; 1 cup vegetables (broccoli, etc.)
Meal #4 (Same as meal #2)
Meal #5: 5oz 93% lean beef, chicken, turkey, fish; 1-2 cups vegetables

Female Controlled Fat Loss Level 3

SUPPLEMENT SCHEDULE
FitTabs 2 with meal #1 and 2 with meal #5
Lean Out 2 caps with each meal and shake
Density 2 tablets with each meal
Glutamine Select Mix 1-2 scoops in 8-16 oz water. Sip before or throughout training sessions.
If your primary goal is to build muscle, add 2 Ultra 40 to each meal below.
If your primary goal is to lose fat, take 3 7-Keto MuscLean twice daily.
If you have any questions about our other supplements be sure to call us at 1-800-781-3475. We want to help you get the best results possible.
Note: In the meal plans below all meats are weighed prior to cooking.
Meal #1
1 whole egg + 3 egg whites, 3 oz very lean meat, 1/3 cup oatmeal – measured before cooking
Meal #2 (Choose one option)
Protein Drink with 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 1 tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire.
Whole food option: 4 oz lean beef or chicken or 1 can tuna, one small apple or orange
Meal #3
5 oz lean meat (chicken or other lean protein source) 1/2 cup cooked brown rice or 4 oz sweet potato
Cup vegetables (broccoli, ) or 2 cups green salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #4
Scoops UMP or Muscle Provider in 16 oz water
Meal #5
6 oz salmon or very lean meat (chicken breast, fish, turkey breast, lean beef – sirloin, filet, etc) 1 cup low carb vegetables, Salad with 1 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #6 OPTIONAL (You can have this if you are hungry at the end of day – you don’t have to eat it every day unless you want to.)
OPTION A: Protein Shake or Pudding: 1 Scoop Ultimate Muscle Protein, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire
OPTION B: 6 egg whites with 1 cup of vegetables

Female Controlled Fat Loss Level 2

GOAL
Increase and harden lean muscle, minimize fat, increase energy levels, and improve overall health. Your goal is controlled fat loss while increasing lean muscle.
SUPPLEMENT SCHEDULE
FitTabs 2 tablets with meals #1 and #5
Lean Out 2 caps with each meal and shake
Density 2 tablets with each meal (or Mass Aminos – 2 per meal)
Glutamine Select Mix 1-2 scoops in 8-16 oz water. Sip before or throughout training sessions.
If your primary goal is to build muscle, add 2 Ultra 40 to each meal below.
If your primary goal is to lose fat, take 3 7-Keto MuscLean twice daily.
If you have any questions about our other supplements be sure to call us at 1-800-781-3475. We want to help you get the best results possible.
Meal #1
1 whole egg + 3 egg whites, 3 oz very lean meat, 1/3 cup oatmeal – measured before cooking
Meal #2 (Choose one option)
Protein Drink with 1 scoop Ultimate Muscle Protein, 1 tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire.
Whole food option: 4oz lean beef or chicken or 1 can tuna, one small apple or orange
Meal #3
5 oz lean meat (chicken or other lean protein source), 1/2 cup cooked brown rice or 4 oz sweet potato
1 cup vegetables (broccoli, etc.) or 2 cups green salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #4
UMP or 1 scoop Muscle Provider in 8 oz water
Meal #5
6 oz salmon or very lean meat (chicken breast, fish, turkey breast, lean beef – sirloin, filet, etc) 1 cup low carb vegetables, salad with 1 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing

Purpose Driven Prep
Purpose Driven Prep
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 22, #4
By: Jesse Dale

At a Glance: Jesse Dale
Age: 40
Occupation: Co-Founder MacroMissionary & Gym Owner
Family: Wife, Erika Dale
Current Residence: Indianapolis, IN
Years training (total): 28
Height: 5’8”
Weight: 200 (off season), 185 (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Beverly UMP treats! (pancakes, brownies, ice cream), huge stir fry’s and salads
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? Read the No Nonsense magazine, order UMP, ask anyone who has been around for a while about Beverly
Most Inspiring Book: The Purpose Driven Life by Rick Warren
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Music, travel, mentoring others to reach their goals
Words to live by: “If you want to make a million dollars then help a million people” and “people do not care how much you know until they know how much you care.”
I did my first show when I was 18 years old, the Teen Novice Michigan. I was able to win my class and like many others who catch the “competition bug,” was hooked on the sport! In 2003, I was introduced to Beverly International. I have been using Beverly products now for 15 years! But, not only their products, the foundation I gained from Beverly’s information and philosophy on training and diet have led me to many successful competition experiences throughout the years.
In 2011, I did a final series of shows and then decided to “hang up my trunks”. At this time, I owned a few gyms, promoted two drug free NPC shows (the Natural Indiana & Indianapolis), and had a number of nutrition counseling clients. I hadn’t really intended to “quit” bodybuilding, but my priorities slowly drifted away from competing. I still kept in shape and people would always ask when “The Shark” (a nickname I’ve had as long as I can remember) was going to return to the stage.
I half-heartedly planned on competing in 2013; however, due to poor decisions and too much ambition in business, I ignored my relationships, didn’t pay as close attention to family, and even got “too busy” to go to church. As a result this was a rough year of divorce, dividing and dissolving assets, and a time for inner reflection and needed council.
It was later that year that I met Erika. I coached her as she achieved her lifelong goal of competing as a figure athlete, and as our friendship grew, I found myself attracted to her work ethic and dedication to her faith. I was madly in love and didn’t even realize it. Luckily she felt the same and we got married in 2016. Erika shared my passion for health and fitness and using it as a platform to help as many people as we possibly can. She helped me rebrand our nutrition company into MacroMissionary and in late 2017 she declared that she was going to compete again.
Self Reflection Time!
Erika’s decision to compete really made me think. I stopped competing for two main reasons.
- I did not want to start using illegal drugs.
- I’d get too caught up in winning to where it would be messing with my head.
I made no commitment to compete, but set a goal to get in my best shape ever for my 40th birthday. I buckled down and got to work eating and training like a bodybuilder… and the thought of returning to the stage began creeping into the back of my mind.
About this time I read Rick Warren’s book, The Purpose Driven Life. The book inspired me to make the very best of the gifts that God has given me. And to honor not only Him, but also the people that He put in my life to help me foster these talents. Those who helped me the most in life and bodybuilding were my mom and dad, brother, and Erika. I decided I would compete again, not striving for ripped abs or a trophy, but for a much greater purpose – to honor these people who had meant so much to me.
Jump Back into the Contest Waters
I set my mind to compete in the same two shows Erika was doing — the Indianapolis Championships, August 4th and the Indiana state Championships, August 18th. Unfortunately my dad has later stage Alzheimer’s so travelling to Indiana for the shows would be too hard for him and my mom. But on the 4th of July I was scrolling through the NPC site and came across a show in Michigan not too far from my parents’ house. The show was just 3 days away!!! I called my friend and leader in the NPC, Ed Sanders, and asked him his thoughts about my competing and he gave me his blessing. I’ve never believed in crazy changes the final week, and Erika was BEYOND supportive, so I entered the show and dedicated it to my dad.
Three valuable lessons that my dad taught me are:
CONSISTENCY – Dad didn’t chase the next new thing, or greener grass on the other side. He was loyal to his work at GM, never missing a day in 36 years. This taught me in bodybuilding & life to find the basics, follow them, and stay focused, not for days or years, but for a lifetime.
HARD WORK – My dad was not gifted with an Einstein brain or a Michael Jordan jump shot. He put in the work, period. His thought was “I work until the job is done.”
In bodybuilding, I’d get up before school and pay an older friend with a car to drive me to the gym, then hit it again after school. I started weeding gardens, cutting grass, and shoveling snow at 10 years old. Thank you Dad for teaching me to WORK.
FOLLOW THE RULES – Although we butt heads on this one, it’s probably the primary reason I choose not to do drugs illegally. My dad followed the rules, period! If he signed a contract he made right on it. His word meant everything. Thank you for your example dad!
As it turned out, I won the Masters and Open Classic Physique Overall titles, as well as 1st in the Open Bodybuilding LHW class with my dad and mom right there in the audience!


Midwestern States and Indianapolis
The next show was the NPC Midwestern States. This show’s purpose was to honor my brother Jason. He was always a positive role model and was the one who actually got me into lifting when I was 12 years old. He showed me how to do the exercises using old sand weights in my parents’ basement. He gently “forced me” to follow the workout routine 3 times per week and as I grew into high school I became known as “the lifting expert”. While other kids were experimenting with alcohol I was testing new lifting protocols, and when they were eating cafeteria food I was preparing meals and eating out of Tupperware. I never really told him how much I appreciated him until the day of the contest.
I won the Masters Bodybuilding Overall and the Open Men’s Physique Overall. My first overall victory in Indiana.
The next show was the Indianapolis Championships! Erika and I would compete together! I won the Master 40+ class and the Masters Overall at this show and Erika competed with amazing confidence having lost 23 pounds of body fat and reducing her bodyfat percentage by 17% in her journey to the stage!
Our final show was the Indiana State Championships. Ever since I was a kid I wanted to be Mr. Michigan or Mr. Indiana. It was my dream and at one point the only thing that mattered. As it turned out, I cracked top 4 in the open LHW and 2nd in the Masters Over 40, but the mission was much bigger and more meaningful than my placing. This show was dedicated to my mom! She inspired and motivated me in life through her example of overcoming adversity, societal bias and ALWAYS letting her light shine NO MATTER WHAT.
The journey back to the stage was incredible, but also the hardest thing I have ever done in my life. I gained an entirely new respect and empathy for athletes who compete, the hunger, the low energy, social events, and concentration which are really tough the last few weeks before shows. If it wasn’t for the PURPOSE behind the prep there is no way I would have followed through, NO WAY.
Looking for help on your nutrition? Email: coaching@macromissionary.com

Shark Nutrition
One of my more strict contest diets. Guaranteed to get you ripped.
I’m going to start this section with one of my most effective contest diets as a reference for anyone who would like an exact diet template to follow.
Meal 1: 8oz lean beef or turkey, 3 egg whites, 1 grapefruit
Meal 2: Protein Drink: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 1 scoop Muscle Provider, 1tbsp almond butter or heavy whipping cream
Meal 3: 8oz chicken or turkey breast (weighed prior to cooking), 2 cups vegetables
Meal 4: (same as meal #2)
Meal 5: 8oz lean meat (chicken, turkey, fish, 93% or leaner beef, etc.), 4 cups salad (lettuce, tomato, carrot, cucumber, green peppers, etc.), 2 tbsp cider vinegar and 1 tbsp olive oil (or other vegetable oil) for a dressing
Meal 6: 4oz chicken or turkey breast; 6 egg whites; 1 cup omelet vegetables
Monday and Thursday: In place of meal #6: 1.5 cups oatmeal (measured before cooking) or cooked rice, 10oz sweet potato, medium banana, 1 cup vegetables, 1 tbsp butter, almond butter or oil at the end of the day.
Today, I vary my food choices more than in the past and constantly come up with new recipes. Here are a few recent favorites.
Breakfast: Egg white, ham & cheese omelet w/tomato, zucchini, and onion, and my Shark Supershake (kale, spinach, blackberries, strawberries), coffee
Lunch: Massive stir fry or salad (spinach or bok choy, mushrooms, riced cauliflower, red onions, and fish, chicken or ground turkey)
Post Workout: Protein Ice Cream (2 scoops UMP, 1 cup almond milk, 1 tsp xanthan gum – blend almond milk and ice gradually in a high powered blender, gradually add UMP and xanthan gum to an ice cream consistency. Top with a drizzle of Walden Farms no-carb chocolate sauce and Cool Whip free. Delicious!
Dinner: Sharkenator (I saw a commercial for a baconator burger with barbecue chicken from Applebee’s so I created my own healthy version): 6oz Laura’s Lean Beef, 3oz shredded chicken breast mixed with a little G Hughes barbecue sauce, a couple strips of bacon, 1 slice fat free cheese, tomato, and horseradish on a Healthy Life high fiber bun. I also slice a small potato into fries and cook them in our air fryer.
Supplements
I’ve been using Beverly supplements for 15 years. Over that time I’ve had great success with their supplements. Staples for my supplements this past year were:
UMP (Ultimate Muscle Protein) – We make AMAZING ice creams, brownies, pancakes, muffins and other delicious treats with UMP. This protein is an absolute MUST if you do not want to sacrifice flavor or quality. We have tons of recipes that you’d swear are straight from the bakery and yet they are nothing more than UMP, Cool Whip free, oatmeal, and maybe some Walden Farms calorie free sauce!
Super Pak and Vitality Stack (Protandim, probiotic, fish oil) – I take these supplements with my first meal of the day. The Super Pak provides my body with high levels of micronutrients for a full 24 hours to promote maximum growth and performance. Protandim is not a Beverly product but it is very good for reducing oxidative stress.
Lean Out and 7-Keto MuscLean stack – Lean Out is a great stimulant free addition to anyone’s fat loss strategy, it’s a perfect blend of well researched ingredients. It’s also great at controlling blood sugar levels. I take 7-Keto MuscLean in the morning and pre workout to keep my metabolism stoked and to aid the fat burning process.
Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 stack – I’ve used this stack to successfully add muscle in the off season, and to preserve muscle and keep my energy up pre contest.
Creatine Select and Glutamine Select pre workout – Beverly’s Creatine Select is the ONLY creatine on the market that does not bloat me and I get noticeable strength gains from it. I like Glutamine Select over other BCAA products because it contains the most abundant amino acid in skeletal muscle – glutamine – I consider it a MUST.
Shark Workout Terminology
In my workout I use a “Heavy/Light” method which I call “4:13’s”. It consists of using a heavy weight on a particular exercise for 4 reps, then I immediately lower the weight and perform 13 explosive reps of the same exercise. I rest for up to 4 minutes, and repeat 4 reps heavy, 13 reps light until a total of 4 sets of “4:13’s” are completed.
HATA is my abbreviation for (heavy as technique allows).
“Death by” exercises – start a new set every 2 minutes. 1st set use a very moderate weight and perform 10 reps. Add 1 rep each set until you can no longer complete the assigned reps for a set while adhering to the rule of starting a new set every 2 minutes.
Here is the split that I followed this year that made a huge impact in my muscularity and fullness.
Day 1: Lats & Hamstrings intense/heavy | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Deadlift | 4 | 4:13’s |
Weighted Bridge | 3 | 9 |
Neutral Grip Seated Row | 4 | 4:13’s |
Wide Grip Machine Row | 4 | 9 (HATA) |
Day 2: Chest, Shoulders, Arms intense/heavy | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Floor Press | 4 | 4:13’s |
Cable Crossovers | 4 | 7 (HATA) |
DB Overhead Press | 4 | 4:13’s |
Seated Side Laterals | 3 | 9 (HATA) |
Tricep Cable Extension | 4 | 4:13’s |
Seated DB Curls | 4 | 4:13’s |
Barbell Curls | 3 | 9 (HATA) |
Day 3: Legs (quad focus) volume | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Box Squats “Death by” | 5 | 10 |
Leg Extensions | 5+ | 10+ |
Walking Lunges | 3 | 20 |
Day 4: Back & Shoulders volume | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Wide Lat Pulldown | 5 | 12 |
Close Grip Pulldown | 4 | 10 |
Wide Grip Bent Rows “Death By” | 3 | 12 |
Cable Overhead Press | 5+ | 10+ |
Cable Laterals | 3 | 12 |
Wide Grip Upright Row | 2 | 17 |
Day 5: Chest & Arms (volume) | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Bench Press “Death By” | 4 | 10 |
Cable Incline Press | 5+ | 10+ |
Pec Deck | 2 | 17 |
Overhead Rope Extension “Death By” | 4 | 12 |
Cable “V bar” Extensions | 5+ | 10+ |
Cable Curls “Death By” | 5 | 10 |
Overhead Cable Curls | 2 | 17 |

From Track Star to Powerlifter
From Track Star to Powerlifter
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 23, #4
By: Sydney Hunter

At a Glance:Sydney Hunter
Age: 23
Occupation or Education: Certified Personal Trainer with a Bachelor’s of Science from UC Riverside in Sociology with a concentration in the Social Determinants of Health. Owner of Body by Syd Personal Training.
Family: I have a brother who is 18 months younger than me and two loving parents who support my dreams and aspirations.
Current Residence: Glendale, CA
Years training (total): 13 years
Height: 5’5”
Weight: 138, Contest – 132 (Powerlifting 60 kg class)
Favorite Fitness Meal: My go to meal is salmon, asparagus and potatoes.
Favorite Supplements: UMP Graham Cracker tastes great and gives me the protein boost I need to build strength without feeling bloated. UMP gives me that extra lift I need to power through some crazy tough workouts.
During my bulking/building phase, Mass Maker Ultra is an integral part of my diet as it has carbs that feed and promote muscle growth in the weight room and keeps me on track while I’m in a calorie surplus.
When it comes to focus and endurance, Ultra 40 does the trick. I also feel as though my recovery time is shorter and I have minimal soreness. As a powerlifter, some days of training can be hard and the wear and tear on my muscles can be intense. The best part is how fast you see improvement in muscle growth, I usually see changes within 8 days.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? I have tried many products and UMP is a far superior product. You can both feel and taste the purity in the products. I always recommend UMP to my clients and receive rave reviews and great feedback. The primary comments I hear are that UMP does not have that “chalky” taste so common with protein powders and that they don’t get that bloated feeling.
Music: My favorite songs are Diva by Beyoncé, Love It When You Cry by Steve Aoki and A Milli by Lil Wayne.
Most Inspiring Book: Mind Gym by Gary Mack – it delves deeply into how to be a successful athlete and that it starts in the mind. I believe the mind is a powerful tool and it can be our biggest supporter or our biggest enemy. I tell all of my clients that if you control your thoughts, the possibilities are endless.
Hobbies or interests outside powerlifting: Hiking, eating at new restaurants with friends and shopping.
Words to live by: “No matter what, have fun & keep your head held high.”
Growing up, I played every sport from basketball and soccer to softball and even did equestrian horseback riding. But my heart and my talent were always with track and field. I started running track when I was 10 years old. My specialty events were the 400 meters, 200m and 400m relay. As I progressed in the sport earning numerous awards, the possibility of being a college athlete came into focus and became a reality. I was known in high school as “Sydney the Track Star” so when it came time to get recruited, my heart was set on no less than a Division 1 college scholarship. As a young 18-year-old, I wasn’t thinking much about majors or career–I just knew that I wanted to run track.
I accepted a scholarship to the University of California Riverside to run track. But, before the season even began, I suffered an injury. Soon it seemed that injuries became a routine for me including concussions, back spasms, sprained ankles and a sprained wrist. I was always in the sports rehab room healing an injury. The crazy part is that the majority of the injuries happened in my “happy place” – the weight room. I did not let it deter me; I used it as fuel to get more balanced. I changed my focus to not just moving weight but also connecting with my muscles (mind muscle connection).
After my second year of college it was time to find a summer job. I knew I wanted to work at a gym so I googled “Gyms in Riverside”, closed my eyes, scrolled and picked one and it was A Taylored Body and this was where my love for personal training started. This gym’s atmosphere was something special–everyone was so loving and positive. I gained so much experience training clients from age 7 to 85 and everything in between. After working there for only a few months, I knew I had found my career – I loved being a trainer, using fitness and health to transform lives.
After 3 years of running collegiately, I knew I had a tough decision to make. My passion to help others reach their fitness goals came to the forefront and I made a decision to stop running and leave track behind. I feared that in leaving track I would lose my identity (remember I was “Sydney the Track Star”). But the assurances I received from my track coach, my teammates and my parents helped me in my decision making. They believed in me, the person, and saw my greater potential.
Though I was carrying a full-time load, I was determined to complete college in four years, I wanted to spend every spare moment training clients, it brought me so much joy. My focus has transitioned from track to personal training & powerlifting.
In addition to training clients, I began focusing more on me and my progress in the weight room. After a year without track, my love for lifting weights grew but I never thought about competing, I just liked to challenge myself to lift heavy. In February of 2019, my coach reached out to me about competing in powerlifting and I made the leap and said YES! After my first workout at Iron Addicts I was hooked. Although my physical strength was adapting slowly to my new program, my mental strength was rapidly growing. After my first competition, I knew it would not be my last. Stepping on the platform is electrifying, it seems as if the room goes quiet and it’s just you and the bar. Like running track, powerlifting is a sport where you can always improve and I love that.

Diet & Nutrition Tips
Meal Planning Tips: Think about what you’re going to make for the week before you go to the grocery store so you are not overwhelmed. Also pick your meal prep day. Mine is Sunday so every week I set aside about 2 hours to prep and make everything. Big tip is to prep your snacks, separate your snack items into bags whether it be almonds, strawberries or whatever it may be to ensure you stay on track.
Let’s start with two of my favorite UMP recipes. S’mores Protein Waffles are great during my Muscle & Strength Building season and my Protein Frappuccino works in both my muscle & strength and weight cutting phases.
S’mores Protein Waffles: yields 2 waffles
• 1/2 cup Birch Benders original pancake mix
• 1/2 scoop UMP Graham Cracker
• 1/2 scoop UMP Rocky Road
• dash of cinnamon
• 1 tsp olive oil
• 1 cup of water
Stir all ingredients together in bowl Turn waffle iron on med-high Pour 1/2 batter in waffle maker Leave in waffle maker for 3-5 minutes
Protein Frappuccino
• 8oz cold brew
• 6oz unsweetened almond milk
• 1 scoop graham cracker UMP
• add tons of ice
Blend for a homemade low-calorie Frappuccino
My Daily Meal Plan
Muscle & Strength Building
6am: 1 scoop UMP, 1 Scoop Muscle Provider, 6oz black coffee, 6oz almond milk, 1.5 cup of hash browns, 2 pieces turkey bacon, 1 English muffin, 4 Ultra 40
9am Snack: 1 orange, 1 cheese stick, 3 Ultra 40
11am Snack: 23 almonds, 1 apple
2pm Lunch / Pre Workout: 1 Scoop UMP, 8oz water, 6oz chicken breast, 3oz zucchini, 4oz brown rice, 4 Ultra 40
4pm Post Workout: 1 scoop UMP, 1 granola bar, 10 strawberries, 13 almonds
7pm Dinner: 4 oz salmon, 7-10 asparagus spears, 3oz potatoes, 3 Ultra 40
9:30pm Before bed meal: 1 scoop UMP, 1 tbsp almond butter, 3/4 cup frozen fruit, 1/2 cup granola, dash of cinnamon, 2 tbsp of blueberries, 1 tsp of agave
Cutting Diet to Make Weight
After weeks of slowly cutting my calories, I stay at 1300-1400 calories per day for the two weeks leading up to weigh-ins.
6am: 6oz black coffee, 1 scoop UMP, 1 English muffin, 1 cup hash browns, 4 Ultra 40
10am Snack: 13 almonds, 1 grapefruit, 1 cheese stick
2pm Lunch: 4oz salmon, 1 cup of green beans, 4 Ultra 40
4pm Snack: 1 scoop UMP mixed with 8oz of water, 1 apple, 13 almonds
7pm Dinner: 4oz chicken breast, 7 asparagus spears, 4 Ultra 40
9pm Before bed snack: 1 scoop UMP, 7 strawberries, 2 Ultra 40
Cardio
During my cutting phase which lasts about 2 weeks before a competition:
I do Incline Treadmill 15% for 35 minutes or Stairmaster 4 days a week during prep. I also teach spin classes 2 days a week (1 hour each class). My only cardio during my bulking/building phase are the two spin classes I teach each week.
Tips for cardio:
Things like walking on the treadmill can get boring so pick a cardio show– It is a show that you only watch while doing your cardio so it makes it special. Or take a class like spin where you can get a great workout and sweat like crazy without too much stress on your joints.
Training schedule
I lift 4-5 times a week at the beginning of a training cycle, then as it gets closer to competition, the sessions are 3-4 times a week and one of those days would just be accessory work. Providing full recovery to stay healthy without strength withering. (I’ve included my workout below.) The program is based on progressive overload to ensure maximal strength improvement. I follow the Candito Strength 6-week progression along with extra strength training provided by my Coach James Harris.
Sample Training Program
(Based on Candito 6-Week Strength Program, CanditoTrainingHQ.com)
The program is based on my 1RM’s at the beginning of the program – Bench Press 165lbs, Squat 285lbs, Deadlift 410lbs. I have listed the approximate percentage used for each lift so that you can adapt the program to your personal strength levels.
Week 1
Muscular Conditioning
Monday
Squat 4×6 (80% of 1RM)
Deadlift 2×6 (80% of 1RM)
(Optional Leg Extension and Leg Curl 3-4×8-12)
Tuesday
Bench Press 4×10,10,8,6 (50%, 67.5%, 75%, 77.5% 1RM)
Row 4×10,10,8,6
DB Overhead Press 4×12,12,10,8
Lat Pulldown 4×12,12,10,8
(Optional Barbell or DB Curls 3-4×8-12)
Thursday
Same workout as Tuesday
Friday
Squat 4×8 (70% of 1RM)
Deadlift 2×8 (70% of 1RM)
Saturday
Bench Press 1xMR (80% of 1RM)
Week 2
Hypertrophy
Monday
Squat 1xMR up to 10 (80% of 1RM)
Squats 5×3 – 60 second rest between sets (5lbs more than 1st set)
Snatch Grip Deadlift 3×8
(Optional Leg Extension and Leg Curl 3-4×8-12)
Tuesday
Bench Press 3×10,8,6-8 (72.5%, 77.5%, 80% of 1RM)
Row 3×10,8,8
DB Overhead Press 3×10,8,6
Lat Pulldown 3×10,8,6
(Optional Barbell or DB Curls 3-4×8-12)
Thursday
Squat 1xMR10 (80% of 1RM)
Back Off Squats 8-10 sets of 3 reps – 60 seconds rest between sets (10lbs less than 1st set)
Deficit Deadlift (standing on a small block or plates) 3×8
Friday
Same as Tuesday’s workout
Sunday
Bench Press 1xMR (80% of 1RM)
Week 3
Linear Strength Progression
Monday
Squat 3×4-6 (85% of 1RM)
Deadlift 2×3-6 (87.5% of 1RM)
(Optional Leg Extension and Leg Curl 3-4×8-12)
Wednesday
Bench Press 3×4-6 (85% of 1RM)
Row 3×6
DB Overhead Press 3×6
Lat Pulldown 3×6
(Optional Barbell or DB Curls 3-4×8-12)
Friday
Squat 1×4-6 (87.5% of 1 RM)
Snatch Grip Deadlift 1×8
(Optional Leg Extension and Leg Curl 3-4×8-12)
Saturday
Bench Press 3×4-6 (87.5% of 1RM)
Row 3×6
DB Overhead Press 3×6
Lat Pulldown 3×6
(Optional Barbell or DB Curls 3-4×8-12)
Here are a couple of other important points about the workout.
1. 1RM is the maximum amount of weight that you can lift with excellent form for 1 repetition at the beginning of the 6-week program.
2. 1xMR up to 10 means that you do as many reps as possible in good form with the prescribed weight. If you can do more than 10 reps, stop at 10.
3. The percentages listed are used only for the three power lifts (Bench Press, Squat, Deadlift).
4. On the other exercises your 1st set should be relatively light, add some weight on the 2nd set, and add weight again on the 3rd (and 4th) sets. Use weights that allow you to get all the reps listed in perfect form without straining.
Week 4
Acclimation to Heavy Weights
Monday
Squat 3×3 (90% of 1RM, 90%+5lbs, 90%+10lbs)
Deficit Deadlift 2×6
(Optional Leg Extension and Leg Curl 3-4×8-12)
Tuesday
Bench Press 3×3 (90% of 1RM less 10lbs, 90% less 5lbs, 90% of 1RM)
Row 4×10,10,8,6
DB Overhead Press 4×12,12,10,8
Lat Pulldown 4×12,12,10,8
(Optional Barbell or DB Curls 3-4×8-12)
Thursday
Squat 1×3 (92.5% of 1RM), 1×1-2 (95% of 1 RM)
Deadlift 1×3 (92.5% of 1RM), 1×1-2 (95% of 1 RM)
(Optional Leg Extension and Leg Curl 3-4×8-12)
Friday
Bench Press 1×3 (87.5% of 1RM), 1×2-4 (90% of 1RM), 1×1-2 (95% of 1RM)
Row 4×10,10,8,6
DB Overhead Press 4×12,12,10,8
Lat Pulldown 4×12,12,10,8
Week 5
Intense Strength Training
Monday
Squat 1×1-4 (97.5% of 1RM)
Deadlift 3×4,4,2 (67.5%, 70%, 72.5% of 1RM)
(Optional Leg Extension and Leg Curl 3-4×8-12)
Wednesday
Bench Press 1×1-4 (97.5% of 1RM)
Row 3×8,6,6
DB Overhead Press 3×8,6,6
Lat Pulldown 3×8,6,6
(Optional Barbell or DB Curls 3-4×8-12)
Friday
Deadlift 1×1-4 (97.5% of 1RM)
Week 6
Determining a new 1RM
Determine a new 1 repetition max (1RM) for each of the three powerlifts, or you can project your new 1 RM in this manner. Take what you lifted in week 5, and multiply by 1.03 if you completed 2 reps, 1.06 if 3 reps, and 1.09 if you completed 4 reps.
Power Meet Prep
The preparation for powerlifting is detail oriented, a game of numbers and technique. When it comes to competing make sure you are doing it for YOU. Because you will train harder and be more committed if you are fully wanting to do it and more importantly that you are enjoying doing it. Sometimes when it gets heavy, willpower is the only thing to get those white lights and a clean lift from the judges. I’ve learned that with the correct mindset, support group, and training system ANYTHING is possible.
A Short Q&A with Sydney
How did you get started lifting?
I started lifting when I was 13 years old, as part of a strength and conditioning program. Lifting helped me to get quicker and more powerful on the track–the weight room was something that I both enjoyed and excelled in. I always enjoyed science and found it intriguing how the body responds and develops as lifting was introduced and intertwined into the routine.
Did you have any problems starting out that other readers might relate too?
I enjoyed lifting but my friends at school would sometimes make fun of me because I was “so muscular”. At times I felt uncomfortable wearing tank tops, but I knew I couldn’t let what others say affect me because at the end of the day I was stronger than most of them- I turned my strength into unrelenting confidence.
Did you try anything that didn’t work?
I found that just going through the motions and mindlessly doing workouts leads to injury, lack of awareness and minimal results especially out on the track.
Tell what you did to solve the problem.
It sounds crazy but getting injured so much made me anxious to know more. I was so frustrated because every time I got injured meant I had to sit out and take time to recover, which was the last thing I wanted to do. It took taking a step back and making the change to just “slow down” basically just focus on the movements and think “what is this supposed to be working on, where should I be feeling this” instead of just doing what is prescribed.
Relate your results.
This resulted in me being a better athlete and now a better trainer because I better understand the body. As a trainer it has helped me better relate and explain movements to my clients more effectively with cues on how to engage the movement. As a powerlifting athlete I now know how important it is to listen to my body–in such an intense sport sometimes taking a rest day is equally as important, if not more, than the lift days.
How can our readers contact you?
Email: bodybysydfitness@gmail.com
Instagram & Twitter: @sydbarbz
Website: bodybysyd.com


No Nonsense Biceps Training
- Blueprints for Success
- Training for Figure and Fitness
- Training Programs for Mass and Power
- Training Programs for Maximum Muscular Development
- Intermediate Training Program #1 (Complete Development of All Muscle Groups)
- Intermediate Training Program #2 (Muscle Size Building)
- Intermediate Training Program #3 (Back to the Basics for Maximum Muscle Size)
- Intermediate Training Program #4 (Continuous Quality Improvement for the Natural Athlete)
- Contest Training Programs
- Specific Bodypart Training
By Steve Colescott, Metabolic Specialist
THE IMPORTANCE OF BICEPS
In bodybuilding, biceps are, without a doubt, the favorite bodypart for most of us to train. They tend to respond well to training for 90% of us, due to their strong neural pathways and above average blood supply, which almost guarantee muscle pumps. “A champion bodybuilder should display balanced development of the entire musculature, biceps included,” says NPC Kentucky class winner Steve Weingarten. “And there are very few poses that aren’t enhanced by a pair of billowing, peaked biceps!” The wow factor of big, shapely arms cannot be overlooked, whether on the beach, on the bodybuilding stage or straining under a well-tailored suit.
According to Ray Binkowski, multiple bodybuilding class title holder, “Take the front and rear double bicep poses. Overly developed biceps will overshadow the anterior delts. Underdeveloped biceps will be overshadowed by the anterior delts. Properly developed biceps are important on stage because they balance a competitor’s physique.”
For men, arms have always been a marker of masculinity. In part, because they are displayed nine months out of the year (during short-sleeve weather) and are often the first muscles in which we notice growth during puberty (either in ourselves or in our more genetically-gifted classmates). In women, shapely muscular arms have recently come in vogue. Hollywood starlets Linda Hamilton and Angela Basset sported gun-emphasizing tanktops and impressed audiences with their lean, strong looking arms. The new physical female ideal is not just lean, but possesses a body, and in particular, arms with muscularity and definition.

ANATOMY AND FUNCTION
An understanding of the structures and actions of the muscles of the upper arm are important when designing your biceps training program. When we speak of the biceps we generally mean more than just the biceps brachii. Because they tend to work together, the biceps group also includes the brachialis, brachioradialis and pronator teres muscles. The major bone of the upper arm is the humerus (which gives us the term funny bone). There are two bones in the forearm, the radius (the shorter bone on the “pinky side” of your forearm) and the ulna (the main stabilizing bone of the forearm on the “thumb side”). The tendons that attach muscles are referred to as the origin (the tendon closest to spine) and an insertion (the tendon of attachment furthest down the arm).
As its name suggests, the biceps is a two-headed muscle which crosses both the elbow and shoulder joints. Both heads share a common insertion on the tuberosity of the radius (you can feel this thick tendon just beneath the skin on the inside of your elbow). The lateral (“outer” or long) head originates on your shoulder blade (on the supraglenoid tubercle, above the glenoid fossa) and the tendon crosses inside the head of the humerus to emerge at the upper arm. The medial (short or “inner”) biceps head originates on the coracoid process of the scapula (upper shoulder blade) and the upper lip of the glenoid fossa (the cartilage-lined depression of bone that the humerus is placed in the shoulder joint). If your arms are well-developed and you possess low bodyfat levels, you will be able to see the split between the two heads of the biceps. A peaked shape to the biceps comes from placement of the tendons of the two biceps heads.
The brachioradialis inserts on the other bone in the forearm on the “thumb side” (the lateral surface of the distal radius, at the styloid process), partway between the elbow and wrist) and originates low on the upper arm bone, near the outer elbow (the distal section of the lateral condyloid ridge of the humerus). The coracobrachialis lies under the biceps but, since it does not cross the elbow joint (it assists the shoulder and back muscles with rowing-type movements), it is not considered part of the biceps (elbow flexor) group.
The muscles of the arms have a unique function in sports movement. While the big muscles of the body (hip flexors, quadriceps, hamstrings, pecs, lats, rhomboids, traps, spinal erectors) drive powerful action, the muscles of the arm (biceps, triceps and forearms) transfer that force into your opponent, the ball or the bat, racquet, club or instrument of your particular sport.
Biceps derive a great deal of stimulation from their use as a secondary mover. They overlap with pulling exercises, such as chins, pulldowns, lat rows and upright rows. How much emphasis depends on muscle insertions, exercise form and neural excitatory thresholds. Because your biceps derive a fair amount of work during your back training, minimal direct training may be needed. The biceps generally provide lifters with a high level of neural activation (few have trouble “feeling” their arms) and a low level of inroads into recovery ability, which lends themselves well to arm specialization phases.
MUSCLE SHAPING
Is muscle shaping possible? This is one of the most controversial topics in bodybuilding. The consensus is split, often based on background. Those with a pure in-the-gym trenches background, particularly the old-timers, firmly believe that muscle shaping is a reality. Those enlightened with collegiate degrees in exercise physiology feel certain that muscle shaping is an ancient gym myth; as archaic as kelp tablets and brewer’s yeast. These experts assert that muscle isolation is impossible and muscle fibers contract in an as-needed basis throughout the full length of the functional muscle group.
So, which group is right? Both are partially correct. The scholarly set has valid points. Muscle fibers do contract on an all-or-none basis along their length. Isolation of a particular section of a muscle (lower biceps, for instance) is impossible in a real-life setting. Muscles have an origin point (the attachment closest to the center of the body), belly (central mass of the muscle) and insertion (tendon attachment furthest from the center of the body). When we increase muscle size, we cause growth in fibers along the full length of the muscle, not in a particular section (such as upper biceps, peak or lower biceps).
For example, Preacher (Scott) Curls were commonly prescribed to lengthen biceps, as they were believed to work the lower biceps. Feeling emphasis (stretch) in a particular area does not necessarily mean that area of a muscle group is being worked more than others. We cannot affect muscle length, the origin and insertion points are genetically preset. Nothing short of surgery can change them. If you have “high biceps” like 80s pros Albert Beckles or Franco Columbo, you can build up the muscles of the forearm and brachialis, therefore filling in your gap. Those not possessing full, football-shaped biceps (like Sergio Oliva) tend to have impressive biceps peaks (again Albert Beckles comes to mind). This example serves as a reminder to appreciate what you have and make the best of it.
While it is true that we cannot isolate specific parts of a muscle, we can often place greater emphasize on part of a muscle group through our choice in exercise, grip, range-of-motion, or body position. Lifting with a wide grip (elbows in, your grip wider than your shoulders), places greater emphasis on the medial (inner) biceps. This can be done with Barbell Curls, Scott Curls or Cable Curls simply be choosing proper hand spacing and elbow placement. It can also be done by replicating that same arc of movement with dumbbells or cables. Incline Dumbbell Curls in which the ‘bells are curled outward shift the emphasis more prominently on the inner biceps head.
Conversely, close-grip curling movements shift emphasis to the lateral (outer) biceps. Two-handed Cable Curls from the low pulley and Scott Curls with the elbows placed wide are good exercises to shift emphasis to the outer biceps head. Also, Alternating Dumbbell Curls in which the weights are curled across and in front of the body place a noticeable emphasis on the outer biceps. The traditional Concentration Curl, in which the lifter is seated with his working arms rested along the inside of his knee, also works this area.
Linda Reho mixes her background as an exercise physiologist with her experience as a multiple figure competition winner in her approach to exercise selection. “Some days I use a very close-grip, gluing my elbows tightly to my sides to ensure I’m strictly using my biceps muscles. On other days I change to a wider grip. I believe this hits different muscle fibers, training different aspects of the biceps muscles.”
Adjustments to elbows and grip position not only allow you to shift greater emphasis towards one of the biceps heads, but also adds variety to your training. Extreme, awkward angles however can increase strain on the soft tissues of the shoulder, elbow and wrist. For this reason, use these angles periodically for some of your exercises and never if the exercises cause pain or discomfort in the joints. Intelligently applied, these adjustments can lead to better arm development and less strain from repeated overuse of a single movement pattern.
In addition to grip width and elbow placement, the hand position can shift muscular emphasis. The primary grip positions we have in biceps training are: 1) Supinated or palms-up such as in a curl with a straight barbell, 2) Neutral or palms-facing such as in a hammer curl, or 3) Pronated or palms-down such as in a Reverse Curl. The brachialis is highly activated when you curl with a neutral thumb’s-up grip, such as with DB Hammer Curls. The pronator teres receives greater emphasis when you use a palms-down grip, such as with Reverse Curls.
Of course, these are not the only grips we use. When curling with a cambered (E-Z curl) bar, are hands are in a position halfway between supinated and neutral, just as reverse curls with a cambered bar places our hands halfway between a neutral and pronated grip. Dumbbell Curls allow us to supinate [outwardly rotate the thumb] as we curls so the grip changes throughout the completion of the rep. We do not isolate any of these muscles in an exercise but a general understanding of the biomechanics will help guide you in your exercise selection. Perhaps the views of Brad Steere (WNBF Pro and Northern Kentucky class winner) on muscle shaping say it best: “Hit ’em hard, make ’em grow, and don’t worry about the shape, it will look just fine if it is big enough!”

INTENSIFICATION TECHNIQUES
Utilizing specialized training techniques to increase biceps stimulation tends to be remarkably effective. The biceps group is relatively small, with an excellent blood supply and neural activity. As such, giving them an extra jolt of punishment can push past barriers without making huge inroads into the body’s overall systemic recovery. Still, use these sparingly. A little bit goes a long way.
Partials. Partial Reps create a very different feel (neurological effect) from traditional full reps, which creates an effective growth-promoting stimulus. They can be incorporated in your program in a number of ways. If your primary goal is biceps strength, partial reps in the Barbell Curl can be performed in a power rack with the pins set at the weak point in the range of motion (almost always the point in the rep where your forearms are parallel to the ground). Set the pins in the rack for a 3-4” range of motion and do 4-6 sets of 3-4 reps for no more then six workouts. You should notice a solid strength gain when you go back to full reps.
Another form of partials that is especially adaptable to biceps (and Barbell Curls) is Twenty-Ones. Twenty-Ones involve the use of half-reps. Seven reps are done from the top position to midpoint (forearms parallel to the ground); seven are done from the bottom position to midpoint; and a final seven are done full-range. You can do this technique best with Barbell Curls and Standing Dumbbell Curls. Linda Reho occasionally uses Twenty-Ones regularly to shock her biceps. “Three different ranges of motion, allow for concentration on different angles, thus different muscle fibers of the biceps, and are a great shocker to your bicep routine.” I recommend just two to four sets at the conclusion of your biceps workout due to the high reps.
The final form of partials is One-and-a-Halves. As the name suggests, these involve performing a full-range rep followed by a half-rep from the top to midpoint (which you count as a single repetition). Do One-and-a-Halves for 3-5 sets of 6-8 reps (which, since you are doing counting the one-and-a-half reps as just one rep, will be like doing 9-12 reps) on your final biceps exercise. Reversing the momentum of the weight at the midpoint creates unique neural stimuli that can jumpstart your gains and provides some variety in your training.
While One-and-a-Halves, Twenty-Ones and Partials call for you to change direction mid-rep, in Static Contractions you stop the rep midway in the range-of-motion and “squeeze the muscle” without moving the weight. I recommend pausing at three points of the range of motion, one-quarter of the way down, midway, and three-quarters of the way down for a 30-45 seconds squeeze with the bar not noticeably moving. This works best for two-handed exercises (Barbell Curls, Reverse Curls, Machine Curls) because it is difficult to pause at the same point with dumbbell exercises. Static Contractions should be incorporated for just one or two sets of 6-10 reps of a single exercise.
Studies show that the eccentric portion of a rep (lowering the weight from a contracted position) is responsible for most of our muscle growth. This makes Accentuated Eccentrics something you should try. This can be done in a number of ways: 1) Slow Negatives can be used for nearly any biceps exercise and work very well with Cheating and Forced Reps. Since we can lower heavier weights than we can lift, the heavier weights used for these techniques are further enhanced by slowly fighting the eccentric portion of the lift. 2) Increased Negatives require that you have a training partner to manually apply added resistance to the bar or dumbbells as you lower the weight. This technique should be used sparingly (perhaps for just one or two sets of an exercise as a plateau buster). 3) Negative-Only Reps are difficult to safely do for most curling exercises because they would require two spotters to lift the weight to the top position so that the lifter could slowly lower it. It can be done to great effect with a Undergrip Chin-up, since the lifter can jump (or use a step to lift themselves) to the top position and then slowly lower their body (taking 30-45 seconds to reach full extension of the arms). This is best when used as a finishing exercise for a single set of 6-10 reps.
The following intensifiers are set extension techniques, which allow you to continue a set beyond the point in which you would typically be unable to continue (the added contractions recruiting more muscle fibers).
Cheating. This is probably the most commonly used technique on this list and also the most widely abused. Proper use of cheating involves subtle movement in other joints to create momentum, allowing the weight to move past the sticking point after the lifter has done as many strict reps as possible. In biceps training, this usually means a slight unlocking of the knees and forward hip thrust to begin the curling movement with added momentum. The key here is to only use cheating minimally. Cheating can be used in two ways, beginners should stick to getting just 2-3 extra reps at the completion of their last two heavy sets of a basic exercise (Barbell Curls, Dumbell Curls, Hammer Curls or Reverse Curls). Don’t use this technique on machines or Preacher Curls. Intermediate (4 or more months of consistent training) or advanced lifters (a year of consistent training) can do Cheat Curls as a specific exercise, allowing for heavier weights than they would normally be able to use. If done in this manner, begin with one or two lighter non-cheat warm-up sets and then do three to five sets of four to eight reps. With either style, you should make sure to lower the weight slowly and in control (to take advantage of the eccentric contraction with a heavy weight). An experienced eye can pick out a veteran from a novice by their ability to apply just the necessary amount of assistance to cause more punishment to the biceps rather than making the set easier. This can also be said for the next technique.
Forced Reps. If you have a good training partner, they can assist you in pushing a set beyond failure by gently assisting you by applying just a few pounds worth of pressure on the bar (or dumbbells) through the sticking point. Like Cheat Reps, have your partner assist you through just two to three extra reps at the end of your last two sets.
Rest Pause is another form of intensification that simply manipulates rest periods to allow more work to be performed without requiring a training partner or loss of strict form. For biceps training, Rest Pause can be done for the basic movements (particularly Standing Barbell or Dumbbell Curls). After warming-up, choose a weight that can be done in strict form for 5-6 reps. Once you reach failure, set the weight down for just two or three deep breaths and then try for two to three more reps. Advanced lifters can attempt a second “breather” which should allow for another one to three difficult reps. This should be done for just one to three sets on a single biceps exercise per workout. Rest Pause is best used as a strength move, with the additional rest periods allowing for more forceful contractions.
If you are looking for a lactic acid-inducing, insane pump-causing technique, I would recommend Drop-Sets (also known as the “down the rack”). While the Rest Pause technique uses a 20 to 30-second rest before returning to more reps with the same weight, Drop Sets incorporate almost no rest with a lighter weight. Let’s say you normally do Dumbbell Curls with 45-pounders for around 8 reps… Start with that weight, once you reach failure, set the weight down on the rack and immediately pick up a pair of 35-pounders. Get as many reps as possible (probably around 3-5reps). Beginners should do just a single drop. Intermediates can do a second drop (in this example, 25-pounders for another 3-5 reps). Advanced lifters can do a third drop and you will be amazed how heavy 15 to 20-pounders will feel at this point. My personal twist on Drop Sets is the Band Jettison Technique, modeled after a similar technique used by writer Dennis Weis on Upright Rows. Basically, I perform Barbell or Dumbbell Curls while also holding elastic tubing or power bands to increase resistance. After reaching failure, I step back so that I no longer am anchoring the elastic band or tube (at the bottom of the rep to keep from getting whipped in the face),and then continue on with as many reps with just the metal weight.
The final technique that I use with my training clients for variety is Timed Sets. This is an excellent finisher to a biceps workout (since you won’t have much left once you have done a set of these). I typically have them curl with dumbbells for 60 seconds, which seems like an eternity. We follow a fast pace but don’t count the reps. I count off the time at major intervals and often will have them do twenty seconds curling both ‘bells together, the next twenty seconds alternating, and the final twenty curling together. Talk about lactic acid build-up!
There are a variety of supersets that can enhance the training effect. The idea here is to increase work density (more work performed in less time). In biceps training, there are four styles of supersets that are particularly applicable: 1) Pre-exhaust Supersets. By doing an isolation exercise (pretty much any curl), followed immediately by a compound exercise (such as Undergrip Chins) more reps can be performed after the biceps are fatigued. 2) Antagonist Supersets. There are two benefits to supersetting exercises for opposing muscle groups (such as biceps and triceps): first, more work is done in less time and second, muscle groups recuperate faster when their opposing group is worked. 3) Trisets/ Giant Sets should be done with three movements that vary in feel or emphasis such as Incline Dumbbell Curls (elbows behind the body), Standing Barbell Curls (elbows near the sides) and Overhead Cable Curls (elbows lifted high) or exercises utilizing wide, moderate and narrow grips. You can also break up two biceps exercises with a triceps exercise, for the reasons explained earlier.
BODYPART SPLITS
How should we fit biceps into your weekly training routine? The four best splits include:
- Push/Pull Split. Following your back training with biceps has the advantage that you require less warm-up sets since biceps have functioned as secondary movers in chin-up, pulldown and rowing exercises. This works best for beginner and intermediate lifters or advanced lifters in phases in which they are following abbreviated routines.
- Inverse Push/Pull. By flip-flopping things so that you follow chest training with biceps, you go into biceps training fresh. This is an excellent option if you find that back training is impeding upon your biceps strength.
- Arms Alone. In recent years, more and more advanced lifters have done to once-a-week splits in which a single day’s training is devoted to one major body part. Because increased volume is required to stimulate growth, an arm training (biceps and triceps) day allows for higher volume (14+sets). Personally, I recommend training more often. Instead of training biceps once a week for 16 sets, I’d rather train twice weekly for nine to twelve sets. This allows for more growth opportunities and better recuperation (see the next section).
- Specialization Training. Specialization training requires increase training frequency. Read the Specialization section in the next section for more details.
PROGRAMMING BICEPS PROGRAMS
Okay, with all that info you have to be asking yourself, “How do I fit it all together?” Biceps training is not incredibly complex. Now that you know the anatomy, physiology and assorted details behind biceps training, the rationale behind the following programs will make sense and (more importantly) you will understand how to adapt them to your personal needs.
Teacher and champion bodybuilder James Dalton uses a wide range of reps to build his impressive biceps. “The rep ranges that work best for me are 6-12 reps. This is the rep range that best stimulates the fast-twitch fibers which provide the most muscle growth. Using too low of a rep range (4 or less), can increases the risk of injury and not provide enough time under tension to stimulate the biceps. Using too high of a rep range (more than 15 reps), may not adequately activate/stimulate the fast twitch muscle fibers most prone to hypertrophy. However, I do believe it is good to OCCASIONALLY use a low rep range for power and high rep range for pump and hitting the slow-twitch fibers.” This advice matches the training strategies of the world’s best physique champions.
Although powerlifters are known for performing low-rep singles, doubles and triples, champion lifter Wade Johnson believes in sets of up to twenty reps with light weights for recuperation and building grip.
Look at the following training templates as guidelines:
BEGINNERS
We want to begin the biceps workout with a basic strength exercise like Barbell Curls or Alternate Dumbbell Curls. At this stage in your development, we need general size and strength gains so medium-width grips and arcs of motion are all you need. Exercise physiologist and figure champion Linda Reho advises, “Never sacrifice perfect form for another rep with weight that you cannot handle. Also, always mentally think of the muscle you are training, and then physically squeeze the particular muscle group, with each and every exercise that you execute.” Strength gains happen fastest for beginners, so don’t sacrifice strict form and a slow, controlled negative. The poundages will climb and you will know they were brought on by honest biceps enhancement. The second exercise focuses on the brachialis/ brachioradialis. We will be alternating the two listed exercises each workout. Here’s an example:
- Alternate Dumbbell Curl
Warm-up
3-4 sets of 6-10 reps - Dumbbell Hammer Curl or Reverse Curl
2-3 sets of 8-12 reps
Heavy Squats, Deadlifts, Rows and Presses and plenty of good, nutritious food will do more for busting your biceps size plateau than thousands of heavy curls and dozens of hours of triceps work. At this stage the best thing you can do to increase arm size is to get bigger and stronger overall. “I really feel that the majority of my arm growth has actually come from heavy rowing for my back coupled with arm work after,” says Brad Steere.
It is well-known that increases in bodyweight are also a necessary part of arm growth. Despite our best efforts to circumvent nature, the body’s growth mechanisms are programmed to maintain a certain amount of symmetrical growth. In order to put an inch on your biceps measurement the body requires a bodyweight gain of about fifteen pounds. Once you have decent-sized arms (15-18”) this number is closer to twenty pounds for each added inch. The rare genetic elite among us in the freaky (18-22” arm range) need to add closer to twenty-five to thirty lean pounds for each inch of shirt-stretching size they pack on, since more actually mass is required to increase the measurement as the circumference increases (ask your high school algebra teacher to explain).
INTERMEDIATES
Don’t let the “newbies” from the Beginners group read this section. Read it over three or four times, commit it to memory, and then get out your black Sharpie marker and “reverse highlight” it out of existence before your kid brother (or sister) reads the section.
We told the beginners to keep it strict. In this section we are going to apparently contradict that advice. As an Intermediate level lifter, we are going to start including Cheating and Slow Eccentrics in the last couple sets of our first biceps exercise, which should be a basic strength movement like Barbell Curls or Alternate Dumbbell Curls. You have to have fully mastered strict form to understand properly cheating on a set of curls. Do one to two strict sets (even after your warm-ups) before including cheating sets. Remember: minimal cheating to make the exercise more difficult. Your biceps don’t know how much weight you have loaded up, just how much force they must exert to perform the tasks that you call upon them.
Since you are now able to handle higher training volume, we include a second biceps exercise. This time we increase the rep range slightly and choose a more specialized exercise, targeting a specific bicep emphasis (range of motion, feel or arc-of-movement). Excellent choices here might include Incline Dumbbell Curls, Drag Curls, Scott Curls, any of the various Cable Curls or pretty much any of the exercises listed here that you want to try. I recommend that you switch this exercise often to keep the workouts interesting and your biceps development complete.
- Barbell Curl
Warm-up
4 sets of 6-10 reps - Incline Dumbbell Curls
3 sets of 8-12 reps - Hammer Curl, Zottman Curl, Reverse Curl (choose 1)
2-3 sets of 8-12 reps
As an intermediate, I recommend that you also include forearm work as this will help with the development and strength increases in the biceps group. Your last exercise also serves as a great warm-up for direct forearm exercises like Wrist Curls.
VARIED ARM POSITION ROUTINE
- Barbell Drag Curl
Warm-up
4 sets of 6-10 reps - Spider Bench Curl (or Preacher Curl on the flat-side of bench)
3-4 sets of 8-12 reps - Overhead Cable Curl (from high cable, curling over forehead to base of skull)
3 sets of 10-15 reps - Dumbbell Hammer Curl
3 sets of 8-12 reps
To create natural variety in the workout, choose exercises that work various positions of the upper arm in relations to the spine. The normal position of the biceps in relation to the spine while training biceps ranges from roughly parallel (Hammer Dumbbell Curls) to just short of perpendicular (Scott Curls). Exercises like Drag Curls, Supine Curls and Incline Dumbbell Curls begin with the biceps in a stretched position. Exercises like Overhead Cable Curls (one- or two-handed) work the biceps beginning from a position closer to contracted. There is no special magic to this routine but the eclectic movements may provide new growth stimulus.
ANTAGONIST SUPERSET ROUTINE
- Dumbbell Curl
Warm-up
4 sets of 6-10 reps supersetted with… - A2. Lying Dumbbell Triceps Extensions
Warm-up
4 sets of 6-10 reps - Low-Cable Curls
3 sets of 8-12 reps supersetted with… - Triceps Pushdowns
3 sets of 8-12 reps - Undergrip Chin
3 sets of 10-15 reps supersetted with… - Close-grip Bench
3 sets of 10-15 reps - Reverse Preacher Curl
3 sets of 8-12 reps
We have discussed previously the recuperative benefits of supersetting antagonist body parts. Training biceps and triceps together also has the benefit of providing a wicked muscle pump. In this example, we begin with two basic strength-builders. We are not alternating our Dumbbell Curls since we are employing supersets with the goal of exhausting muscle fibers fast (less of a strength-building emphasis than usual). The triceps exercises are chosen to make use of some of the same equipment (so you are not annoying other gym members by tying up a few different pieces of equipment at once). The final exercise (Reverse Scott Curl) is not supersetted, although it could be, if you had wished. Use the techniques when they serve you but DON’T arrange the program just to follow a previous pattern.
BICEPS GIANT-SET ROUTINE
- Incline Dumbbell Curls
Warm-up
3 sets of 6-10 - Dumbbell Preacher Curls
3 sets of 8-12 supersetted with… - Undergrip Chins
3 sets of 8-12 reps supersetted with… - Dumbbell Hammer Curls
3 sets of 8-12 reps
There is something to be said for hitting a body part hard and fast from a variety of angles. Biceps seem to thrive on this. In this example, we begin with straight sets of Incline Dumbbell Curls since we do not want the short rest periods of supersets to limit the heavy weight used on our bread-and-butter strength move. After completing three sets on the Incline, we obliterate what fibers are left with a three exercise superset. The strictness of Scott Curl acts as a great pre-exhaust exercise for Undergrip Chins. The fresh muscles in our back (lats, rhomboids, delts) help us eek out more from our fatigued biceps. Dumbbell Hammer Curls finish off the biceps group by directing emphasis towards the brachialis. Notice that our overall number of sets is decreased to offset the short rest periods employed.
SPECIALIZATION
If you have read my “Double Whammy” article about body part specialization, you know that I am a huge proponent of more frequent training for weak points. To do this, I recommend a high-volume workout followed two days later by a brief but intense “feeder” workout. The Double Whammy protocol increases arm training frequency even further since it recommends arranging your schedule to a five-day (as opposed to a week-long) rotation. When specializing for biceps, I recommend you train biceps and triceps together, as an overall arm specialization program will be far more effective. Read the article on the Beverly website for more details (www.bodymusclejournal.com/vol10/whammy.html).
While proper bodybuilding nutrition is always important, it is especially important when in a bodypart specialization phase. Top nutrition gurus of the sixties like Rheo H. Blair, Jim Heflin and Vince Gironda recommended repeated feedings of liver and amino acid tablets throughout the day for increases in arm size. For best results, add 3-4 Ultra 40 Desiccated Liver and 3-4 Density Amino Acids throughout the day in4-5 doses to provide a constant feeding of quality amino acids. To take it a step further, I recommend an aggressive peri-workout glycogen and amino acid feeding protocol on your arm training days. Take 10-15 Muscularity BCAA capsules and sip Glutamine Select (2-3 scoops in water) during your workout. To top things off, drink a Muscle Provider/Mass Maker shake as soon as you get home from the gym. If you are following a reduced-carb diet, time you higher-carb days for the days you do your arm specialization program.
Primary Workout
- Incline Dumbbell Curl
Warm-up
6 sets of 6-10 - Wide-grip Barbell Drag Curl:
2-3 sets of 8-12 - Under-grip Chin
2 sets of max reps
“Feeder” Workout (2 days later):
- Seated Dumbbell Curl
Warm-up
1 set of 10-15 reps.
2 sets of 6-10/3-4/1-3 reps*
* in drop set style
The second workout not only provides a second hypertrophy-promoting stimulus but it also flushes the biceps with blood and nutrients increasing recuperation and growth. If you are following the amino-rich nutrition protocol above, you will be flooding your muscles with everything they need.
EXERCISES
If I had to choose just one biceps exercise, I would go with the extremely versatile Dumbbell Curl. The free movement of dumbbells allows for different elbow and hand positions, arcs of movement and ranges-of-motion to provide dozens of distinct variations.
The Incline Dumbbell Curl is a great size builder that places a lot of emphasis on the outer biceps. Set the bench at a 45° angle; focus on supinating the forearm (palms facing one another at the bottom, pinkie side of the dumbbell twisted inward towards your shoulder at the top) and slowly lowering the weight. Be cautious with your form on this exercise because, although it can pay big dividends in size, it also places stress on the shoulder and elbow joints.
Barbell Curls share a reputation with the two previous exercises as excellent strength and size builders. This exercise can be done with a straight or cambered bar and with various width grips. Become a technician on this exercise.
Unbalanced curls are a very effective method to shock your biceps into new growth. Charles Poliquin is a big advocate of the One-arm Barbell Curl. This exercise is done by grabbing an Olympic bar in the center and curling while balancing the bar. Ray Binkowski echoes Poliquin’s sentiments, “It is a great bicep exercise but also forces the lifter to work their core.” A regular 7-foot 45-pound Olympic bar is pretty hard to use at first so some may need to start with a short 5-foot bar (usually around 35-pounds). These can be done either standing or on a Scott Curl bench. Another unbalanced curl is the Kettlebell/Band Resistance Barbell Curl. This one was taught to me by powerlifting coach Louie Simmons and is used regularly by his team at Westside Barbell. Instead of loading a bar with traditional plates, he has them attach light kettlebells to the bar with bands (hanging about a foot below the bar). This makes for resistance that “squirms” as you try to curl it. Louie seemed to delight in the fact that I thought the bar with 25-pound kettlebells would be easy. It isn’t. Give this one a try.
The Imbalanced Dumbbell Curl is an exercise with an off-center load, either by loading an adjustable dumbbell with more weight on the pinkie side or gripping the handle so that the center of the handle is closer to that side. This creates more tension during the supination aspect of the curl.
The Preacher (or Scott) Curl supports the elbows, removing the ability to easily cheat or use body English to complete the reps. My preference is for benches with the rounded face, like the Body Masters unit, as they cause the elbow to raise as the while staying in contact with the bench, giving you a stronger contraction. Lower the weight slowly and never bounce at the bottom.
If your gym has a special Spider Bench (Nebula makes a great one) try the Spider Bench Curl, it braces the arms similar to the Preacher Curl but in a position closer to contraction. You can also duplicate the movement in the same manner that Steve Weingarten does. “I use the flat (90°) side of the preacher bench.” He finds great benefit from the Flat-faced Preacher Curl. “Using the pad at 45°, like most people do, causes the barbell to fall into you just after the halfway mark of the lift. There’s no resistance from the halfway point up.”
The Dumbbell Concentration Curl works the lateral biceps head, since the weight is curled inward towards the midline of the body. It is a controlled, slow movement that makes a good “finishing” exercise.
A similar, but often under-utilized exercise is the Bent-over Barbell (Concentration) Curl. Done either standing or seated at the end of a bench, the weight should be curled up to the forehead and held for a pause in the contracted position. Because the elbows are raised to a position perpendicular to the spine (as in the Spider Bench Curl), you feel an exaggerated bicep contraction.
In contrast, the Barbell Drag Curl places the arm in an enhanced stretch position with your elbows behind the upper body, removing the front delt from the movement. Keeping the elbows back and the bar in contact with the body through the entirety of the exercise. James Dalton (multiple title winner in drug-tested and open contests) says, “Drag curls allow me to accentuate the negative (eccentric) part of the rep and really cut down on the exercise’s momentum.”
Along with Incline Dumbbell Curls and Drag Curls, the Supine DB Curl also places the arm in a stretched position (at the shoulder joint). These are similar to the Incline Dumbbell Curl but are done lying on a flat bench. Because of the strain on the shoulder joint, use this occasionally for variety and go for feel over poundages.
As biceps exercises go, the Undergrip Chin provides a full range-of-motion with significant resistance throughout. Do it with a close grip and don’t be afraid to add weight once your strength allows. Undergrip Chins work well with a variety of intensification techniques: negative-only reps, drop-sets (removing added weight by squirming out of a dipping belt), static contraction pauses, forced reps and super-sets.
Cables allow us to direct the line of resistance in any direction we wish, making them particularly useful in biceps training. The standard is Standing Low Cable Curl but the Overhead Cable Curl (one or two-handed) allows for an excellent peak contraction effect. The Seated Cable Curl is a great finishing exercise. Sit on the floor in front of a low pulley. While resting your elbows on the inside of your knees, curl the weight either to your forehead or lower your head and take it near the base of your skull.
When doing the Zottman Curl, curl the dumbbell in front of the body emphasizing the supination by twisting your pinkie-side inward at the top and pronating on the way down.
Reverse Curls (curls performed with the palms facing downward) and Hammer Curls (curls performed with the palms facing one another) shift more of the workload to the brachialis and brachioradialis. Powerlifting champion Wade Johnson uses Hammer and Reverse Curls as assistance exercises in order to balance the biceps work he gets from all of the pulling and rowing he does in his bench press assistance and deadlift training.
Not many biceps machines have a good feel to them, but if your gym has one you like, Machine Curls are a great place) to do techniques like drop-sets or static contraction pauses. If your biceps doesn’t quite fit you, it may still work well for Reverse Curls or One-Arm Curls.
Well there you have it! If you’ve been involved in bodybuilding for any length of time, you have probably read dozens of biceps training articles. Hopefully this article takes you beyond copying someone’s biceps workout to being able to understand how to create one specifically tailored to your physique. Keep pumping!
VARIED ARM POSITION ROUTINE
- Barbell Drag Curl
Warm-up
4 sets of 6-10 reps - Spider Bench Curl (or Preacher Curl on the flat-side of bench)
3-4 sets of 8-12 reps - Overhead Cable Curl (from high cable, curling over forehead to base of skull)
3 sets of 10-15 reps - Dumbbell Hammer Curl
3 sets of 8-12 reps
To create natural variety in the workout, choose exercises that work various positions of the upper arm in relations to the spine. The normal position of the biceps in relation to the spine while training biceps ranges from roughly parallel (Hammer Dumbbell Curls) to just short of perpendicular (Scott Curls). Exercises like Drag Curls, Supine Curls and Incline Dumbbell Curls begin with the biceps in a stretched position. Exercises like Overhead Cable Curls (one- or two-handed) work the biceps beginning from a position closer to contracted. There is no special magic to this routine but the eclectic movements may provide new growth stimulus.
ANTAGONIST SUPERSET ROUTINE
- Dumbbell Curl
Warm-up
4 sets of 6-10 reps supersetted with… - A2. Lying Dumbbell Triceps Extensions
Warm-up
4 sets of 6-10 reps - B1. Low-Cable Curls
3 sets of 8-12 reps supersetted with… - B2. Triceps Pushdowns
3 sets of 8-12 reps - C1. Undergrip Chin
3 sets of 10-15 reps supersetted with… - C2. Close-grip Bench
3 sets of 10-15 reps - Reverse Preacher Curl
3 sets of 8-12 reps
We have discussed previously the recuperative benefits of supersetting antagonist body parts. Training biceps and triceps together also has the benefit of providing a wicked muscle pump. In this example, we begin with two basic strength-builders. We are not alternating our Dumbbell Curls since we are employing supersets with the goal of exhausting muscle fibers fast (less of a strength-building emphasis than usual). The triceps exercises are chosen to make use of some of the same equipment (so you are not annoying other gym members by tying up a few different pieces of equipment at once). The final exercise (Reverse Scott Curl) is not supersetted, although it could be, if you had wished. Use the techniques when they serve you but DON’T arrange the program just to follow a previous pattern.
BICEPS GIANT-SET ROUTINE
- Incline Dumbbell Curls
Warm-up
3 sets of 6-10 - Dumbbell Preacher Curls
3 sets of 8-12 supersetted with… - Undergrip Chins
3 sets of 8-12 reps supersetted with… - Dumbbell Hammer Curls
3 sets of 8-12 reps
There is something to be said for hitting a body part hard and fast from a variety of angles. Biceps seem to thrive on this. In this example, we begin with straight sets of Incline Dumbbell Curls since we do not want the short rest periods of supersets to limit the heavy weight used on our bread-and-butter strength move. After completing three sets on the Incline, we obliterate what fibers are left with a three exercise superset. The strictness of Scott Curl acts as a great pre-exhaust exercise for Undergrip Chins. The fresh muscles in our back (lats, rhomboids, delts) help us eek out more from our fatigued biceps. Dumbbell Hammer Curls finish off the biceps group by directing emphasis towards the brachialis. Notice that our overall number of sets is decreased to offset the short rest periods employed.
SPECIALIZATION
If you have read my “Double Whammy” article about body part specialization, you know that I am a huge proponent of more frequent training for weak points. To do this, I recommend a high-volume workout followed two days later by a brief but intense “feeder” workout. The Double Whammy protocol increases arm training frequency even further since it recommends arranging your schedule to a five-day (as opposed to a week-long) rotation. When specializing for biceps, I recommend you train biceps and triceps together, as an overall arm specialization program will be far more effective. Read the article on the Beverly website for more details (www.bodymusclejournal.com/vol10/whammy.html).
While proper bodybuilding nutrition is always important, it is especially important when in a bodypart specialization phase. Top nutrition gurus of the sixties like Rheo H. Blair, Jim Heflin and Vince Gironda recommended repeated feedings of liver and amino acid tablets throughout the day for increases in arm size. For best results, add 3-4 Ultra 40 Desiccated Liver and 3-4 Density Amino Acids throughout the day in4-5 doses to provide a constant feeding of quality amino acids. To take it a step further, I recommend an aggressive peri-workout glycogen and amino acid feeding protocol on your arm training days. Take 10-15 Muscularity BCAA capsules and sip Glutamine Select (2-3 scoops in water) during your workout. To top things off, drink a Muscle Provider/Mass Maker shake as soon as you get home from the gym. If you are following a reduced-carb diet, time you higher-carb days for the days you do your arm specialization program.
Primary Workout
- Incline Dumbbell Curl
Warm-up
6 sets of 6-10 - Wide-grip Barbell Drag Curl:
2-3 sets of 8-12 - Under-grip Chin
2 sets of max reps
“Feeder” Workout (2 days later):
- Seated Dumbbell Curl
Warm-up
1 set of 10-15 reps.
2 sets of 6-10/3-4/1-3 reps*
* in drop set style
The second workout not only provides a second hypertrophy-promoting stimulus but it also flushes the biceps with blood and nutrients increasing recuperation and growth. If you are following the amino-rich nutrition protocol above, you will be flooding your muscles with everything they need.
EXERCISES
If I had to choose just one biceps exercise, I would go with the extremely versatile Dumbbell Curl. The free movement of dumbbells allows for different elbow and hand positions, arcs of movement and ranges-of-motion to provide dozens of distinct variations.
The Incline Dumbbell Curl is a great size builder that places a lot of emphasis on the outer biceps. Set the bench at a 45° angle; focus on supinating the forearm (palms facing one another at the bottom, pinkie side of the dumbbell twisted inward towards your shoulder at the top) and slowly lowering the weight. Be cautious with your form on this exercise because, although it can pay big dividends in size, it also places stress on the shoulder and elbow joints.
Barbell Curls share a reputation with the two previous exercises as excellent strength and size builders. This exercise can be done with a straight or cambered bar and with various width grips. Become a technician on this exercise.
Unbalanced curls are a very effective method to shock your biceps into new growth. Charles Poliquin is a big advocate of the One-arm Barbell Curl. This exercise is done by grabbing an Olympic bar in the center and curling while balancing the bar. Ray Binkowski echoes Poliquin’s sentiments, “It is a great bicep exercise but also forces the lifter to work their core.” A regular 7-foot 45-pound Olympic bar is pretty hard to use at first so some may need to start with a short 5-foot bar (usually around 35-pounds). These can be done either standing or on a Scott Curl bench. Another unbalanced curl is the Kettlebell/Band Resistance Barbell Curl. This one was taught to me by powerlifting coach Louie Simmons and is used regularly by his team at Westside Barbell. Instead of loading a bar with traditional plates, he has them attach light kettlebells to the bar with bands (hanging about a foot below the bar). This makes for resistance that “squirms” as you try to curl it. Louie seemed to delight in the fact that I thought the bar with 25-pound kettlebells would be easy. It isn’t. Give this one a try.
The Imbalanced Dumbbell Curl is an exercise with an off-center load, either by loading an adjustable dumbbell with more weight on the pinkie side or gripping the handle so that the center of the handle is closer to that side. This creates more tension during the supination aspect of the curl.
The Preacher (or Scott) Curl supports the elbows, removing the ability to easily cheat or use body English to complete the reps. My preference is for benches with the rounded face, like the Body Masters unit, as they cause the elbow to raise as the while staying in contact with the bench, giving you a stronger contraction. Lower the weight slowly and never bounce at the bottom.
If your gym has a special Spider Bench (Nebula makes a great one) try the Spider Bench Curl, it braces the arms similar to the Preacher Curl but in a position closer to contraction. You can also duplicate the movement in the same manner that Steve Weingarten does. “I use the flat (90°) side of the preacher bench.” He finds great benefit from the Flat-faced Preacher Curl. “Using the pad at 45°, like most people do, causes the barbell to fall into you just after the halfway mark of the lift. There’s no resistance from the halfway point up.”
The Dumbbell Concentration Curl works the lateral biceps head, since the weight is curled inward towards the midline of the body. It is a controlled, slow movement that makes a good “finishing” exercise.
A similar, but often under-utilized exercise is the Bent-over Barbell (Concentration) Curl. Done either standing or seated at the end of a bench, the weight should be curled up to the forehead and held for a pause in the contracted position. Because the elbows are raised to a position perpendicular to the spine (as in the Spider Bench Curl), you feel an exaggerated bicep contraction.
In contrast, the Barbell Drag Curl places the arm in an enhanced stretch position with your elbows behind the upper body, removing the front delt from the movement. Keeping the elbows back and the bar in contact with the body through the entirety of the exercise. James Dalton (multiple title winner in drug-tested and open contests) says, “Drag curls allow me to accentuate the negative (eccentric) part of the rep and really cut down on the exercise’s momentum.”
Along with Incline Dumbbell Curls and Drag Curls, the Supine DB Curl also places the arm in a stretched position (at the shoulder joint). These are similar to the Incline Dumbbell Curl but are done lying on a flat bench. Because of the strain on the shoulder joint, use this occasionally for variety and go for feel over poundages.
As biceps exercises go, the Undergrip Chin provides a full range-of-motion with significant resistance throughout. Do it with a close grip and don’t be afraid to add weight once your strength allows. Undergrip Chins work well with a variety of intensification techniques: negative-only reps, drop-sets (removing added weight by squirming out of a dipping belt), static contraction pauses, forced reps and super-sets.
Cables allow us to direct the line of resistance in any direction we wish, making them particularly useful in biceps training. The standard is Standing Low Cable Curl but the Overhead Cable Curl (one or two-handed) allows for an excellent peak contraction effect. The Seated Cable Curl is a great finishing exercise. Sit on the floor in front of a low pulley. While resting your elbows on the inside of your knees, curl the weight either to your forehead or lower your head and take it near the base of your skull.
When doing the Zottman Curl, curl the dumbbell in front of the body emphasizing the supination by twisting your pinkie-side inward at the top and pronating on the way down.
Reverse Curls (curls performed with the palms facing downward) and Hammer Curls (curls performed with the palms facing one another) shift more of the workload to the brachialis and brachioradialis. Powerlifting champion Wade Johnson uses Hammer and Reverse Curls as assistance exercises in order to balance the biceps work he gets from all of the pulling and rowing he does in his bench press assistance and deadlift training.
Not many biceps machines have a good feel to them, but if your gym has one you like, Machine Curls are a great place) to do techniques like drop-sets or static contraction pauses. If your biceps doesn’t quite fit you, it may still work well for Reverse Curls or One-Arm Curls.
Well there you have it! If you’ve been involved in bodybuilding for any length of time, you have probably read dozens of biceps training articles. Hopefully this article takes you beyond copying someone’s biceps workout to being able to understand how to create one specifically tailored to your physique. Keep pumping!

10-Week Advanced Training Cycle for Maximum Muscle Bulk and Power
- Blueprints for Success
- Training for Figure and Fitness
- Training Programs for Mass and Power
- Training Programs for Maximum Muscular Development
- Intermediate Training Program #1 (Complete Development of All Muscle Groups)
- Intermediate Training Program #2 (Muscle Size Building)
- Intermediate Training Program #3 (Back to the Basics for Maximum Muscle Size)
- Intermediate Training Program #4 (Continuous Quality Improvement for the Natural Athlete)
- Contest Training Programs
- Specific Bodypart Training
(Advice from 700+ lb. bench press champion, Ken Lain, as told to Dennis B. Weis)
The Maximum Muscle Bulk and Power formula IS Genetics + Training + Intensity + Nutrition & Supplements + Recovery & Sleep = Maximum Muscle Bulk & Power. As you can see, each factor is a single entity, but when they all become a unified entity (at the same time), they become a tremendous force for influencing immense muscle bulk and power.
GENETICS
Genetics plays a key role in gaining maximum muscle bulk and power, but you can improve your physique no matter who you are. Desire and discipline are as important as genetics. I’ve personally seen guys in the gym with great genetics but they never follow the discipline necessary to get in contest shape. On the other hand, you’ve got guys with less than ideal genetics with awesome desire and discipline who not only diet and train for a bodybuilding contest, but come home with a trophy. The bottom line is that you can improve your maximum muscle bulk and power no matter who you are.

TRAINING
One of the best ways to train for maximum muscle bulk and power is to do a ten-week training cycle. I suggest dividing your workouts into a push and pull system. Push days will be on Mondays (Heavy) and Thursdays (Light) and involve the chest, shoulders, and triceps. Pull days are Tuesdays (Heavy) and Fridays (Light). On these training days you will work back and biceps. Legs will only be trained once per week, on Wednesdays.
On chest, back, and quads do 9 to 10 work sets and no more than 12. For the remaining muscle groups do about 6 work sets each. That’s not counting specific warm-up sets. Usually, if you do warm-up sets for the chest you won’t have to do any for the shoulders and triceps. Likewise, after training back you won’t have to do many warm-ups sets for the biceps. You’ll notice that I have heavy and light training days for the muscle groups. That’s because a body part can’t recuperate from two heavy training days per week for the same muscle groups. But a second lighter day will actually increase your results over once a week per bodypart training.
On the heavy and light days do basically the same exercises, sets, and reps. The difference will have to do with rest intervals and the poundage used. On the heavy days, rest 3-5 minutes between sets and use maximum poundage for the majority of your sets. On light training days rest no more than 2 minutes between sets and use no more than eighty percent of the weight that was used on the heavy day of training.
This training scheme blends bodybuilding with powerlifting for what I call a power-bodybuilder approach to training. I suggest doing 3 to 4 exercises (your choice since I don’t know what training equipment you have available) for the large muscle groups (chest, back, and legs) and 2 to 3 exercises for the remaining smaller muscle groups (shoulders, triceps, and biceps). Do 2 to 3 sets per exercise for 6 to 8 reps each. This will depend on the total number of exercises for each muscle group. Do each rep nice and controlled; say 1 second in the positive phase and 1 ½ – 2 seconds in the negative phase. While I did say that you could choose your own exercises for each muscle group, I do suggest that you include the Flat bench press, Dead Lift or Bent Row, and the Parallel squat as the very first exercises in the sequence for the particular muscle groups in question (see side bar for a suggested routine). Your sets and reps scheme for these three exercises will deviate somewhat from what I suggested above.
INTENSITY
It’s my opinion that 90% of the bodybuilders and powerlifters train or do the same thing over and over again. This happens at the professional or world-class levels as well. They all get into the same rut, training with the same weights, the same exercises day in and day out. In order for the body to grow, you have to constantly change something. You have to change the speed of the movement (rep speed), you’ve got to vary the number of reps you’re doing, or you’ve got to change the amount of weight being used. We as human beings resist change and while we don’t like it, we have to change in order for the body to continue to improve.
10-WEEK MATRIX PROGRAM
This program makes weekly variations in the poundage and repetitions used. Basically, the Matrix program requires that you add five percent poundage increases to the 3 main sets (after the warm-up sets) while decreasing the number of reps performed by one from a base of 10, each week. By week number 10 you will be doing approximately 10% more poundage than your previous best max effort for one rep. As I mentioned previously, this program can be used on the basic exercises such as the Flat bench press, Parallel squats, Bent Rows and Deadlifts if need be.
Don’t go crazy trying to use the Matrix program on each and every exercise you do on a push or pull training day. At the most use it on two exercises. Personally, I use the Matrix program on just the Bench press on the push day and that’s it. Here’s how it works. At the beginning of a ten-week mass building cycle, let’s say your max was 295 pounds in the bench press. One of the keys to the success of this program is to use 10% more poundage at the end of the 10-week cycle for a one-rep maximum than what you could do previously. In this program it would be 325 pounds (295 lbs. x .10 = 29.5 lbs. 295 + 30 = 325 lbs.). Whenever you are computing poundage by the 10% system and you have an odd poundage (in this case 29.5 lbs.) always take your answer to the nearest five-pound interval. In this case 29.5 lbs. would be moved to 30 lbs., whereas a poundage like 22.1 lbs. would be taken to 20 lbs.
Here’s a ten-week Matrix program for increasing a 295 lb. bench press to one of 325 lbs.
10 WEEK MATRIX PROGRAM (Maximum Muscle Bulk and Power System)
WEEK 1:
Monday (Heavy Day) 55% of Projected Max. Do 2-3 light warm-up sets; then 3 sets, 10 reps, 175 lbs.
Thursday (Light Day) 80% of heavy day. 3 x 10 w/140 lbs.
WEEK 2:
Monday (Heavy Day) 60% of Projected Max. Do 2-3 light warm-up sets; then 3 sets, 9 reps, 190 lbs.
Thursday (Light Day) 80% of heavy day. 3 x 9 w/150 lbs.
WEEK 3:
Monday (Heavy Day) 65% of Projected Max. Do 2-3 light warm-up sets; then 3 sets, 8 reps, 205 lbs.
Thursday (Light Day) 80% of heavy day. 3 x 8 w/165 lbs.
WEEK 4:
Monday (Heavy Day) 70% of Projected Max. Do 2-3 light warm-up sets; then 3 sets, 7 reps, 220 lbs.
Thursday (Light Day) 80% of heavy day. 3 x 7 w/175 lbs.
WEEK 5:
Monday (Heavy Day) 75% of Projected Max. Do 2-3 light warm-up sets; then 3 sets, 6 reps, 235 lbs.
Thursday (Light Day) 80% of heavy day. 3 x 6 w/190 lbs.
WEEK 6:
Monday (Heavy Day) 80% of Projected Max. Do 2-3 light warm-up sets; then 3 sets, 5 reps, 250 lbs.
Thursday (Light Day) 80% of heavy day. 3 x 5 w/200 lbs.
WEEK 7:
Monday (Heavy Day) 85% of Projected Max. Do 2-3 light warm-up sets; then 2 sets, 4 reps, 265 lbs.
Thursday (Light Day) 80% of heavy day. 2 x 4 w/215 lbs.
WEEK 8:
Monday (Heavy Day) 90% of Projected Max. Do 2-3 light warm-up sets; then 2 sets, 3 reps, 285 lbs.
Thursday (Light Day) 80% of heavy day. 2 x 3 w/225 lbs.
WEEK 9:
Monday (Heavy Day) 95% of Projected Max. Do 2-3 light warm-up sets; then 1 set, 2 reps, 300 lbs.
Thursday (Light Day) 80% of heavy day. 1 x 2 w/240 lbs.
WEEK 10:
Wednesday (Personal Record Day) 100% of Projected Max. Do 2-3 light warm-up sets; then first attempt 88-92 ½ Max 1 set, 1 rep, 315 lbs. Second attempt 95-97 ½ Max 1 set, 1 rep, 320 lbs. And finally, a third attempt with 100-102% Max 1 set, 1 rep, 325 lbs.
The heavy weights used in the Matrix program can undeniably take a toll on your body so after the 10 week cycle go into a 4-6 week cycle of high volume training (that is, more reps are done per set). For example, when doing Flat benches on Monday, do 2 sets of 6-8 reps, then 2 sets of 12-15 reps, and finally 2 sets of 25-30 slow continuous tension reps. This is an excellent way to hit all the components of the muscle cell (Fibular, Mitochondria, and Sarcoplasm). Each part in itself contributes about 33 1/3% to the overall muscle volume size. The remaining chest exercises and those for the other muscle groups should be different than (or a variation of) what was used during the 10-week cycle, and performed in straight set style.
On the Thursday (push) and Friday (pull) training days, stay with the same exercises as on the Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday workouts. Rather than reducing the poundages used down to 80% of what was used on the heavy days, you may want to drop down to 65% with super-sets for chest and triceps and tri-sets for the delts. On the back you can do straight sets however. For biceps do one exercise in a double drop fashion, say Standing barbell curl 80 lbs. x 10 reps, 50 lbs. x 15 reps and 30 lbs. x 30 reps. On another biceps movement such as the Dumbbell curl, go down the rack in 20 lb. increases or decreases (depending which way you go) doing all reps to failure. Vigorous super-sets, tri-sets, double drops and down the rack are done basically non-stop until all the required sets for a particular muscle group are accomplished.
Initially, after 4-6 weeks of this, map out a new Matrix program and go back to the original exercises used in the previous 10-week cycle. You may not always be able to add 10% for a new projected one-rep max for the Matrix program. Pretty soon there’s going to come a time when 5% will be all that you can add. You’ll need the desire and discipline to train consistently especially when you are five to six weeks into the Matrix program and want to give up because you think you need to add more.
NUTRITION AND SUPPLEMENTS
A good muscular weight gain program is essential to achieve the maximum results from your Matrix training plan. Choose one of the plans
PRIORITIZED SUPPLEMENTS FOR THE ATHLETE WHO IS FOLLOWING THE MATRIX PROGRAM TO GAIN THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF STRENGTH AND MUSCLE.
- Muscle Synergy
- Creatine Select plus Phosphates
- Mass
- Ultra 40
- UP-Lift (start at week 6)
RECOVERY AND SLEEP
As I mentioned early on in this article, muscle mass and power increases during the rest cycles and not during the workouts themselves. The way I structured the heavy and light push and pull training days and having Saturday, and Sunday for rest will allow your muscles and nervous system to recover completely from the workouts. You must rest completely between workouts and especially on non-training days and get a good night’s sleep each and every night of the week.
Few bodybuilders or powerlifters relax enough. In this modern life, with the tempo stepped up so high, it’s easy to fall into a pattern of fast living. I’m not talking about living in the fast lane of nightclubs, drinking, and parties every night in the week. Television, movies, and attending sports contests, etc., can keep most folks up later in the evening than is good for them. As a result, they try to sleep a little later in the mornings and from then on out it’s a race against time: rush, rush, rush all day long – nerves on edge, eating fast meals, rushing through a workout (weights feel heavy and the bodybuilder feels shaky and has to push himself to continue). These types of conditions, day after day, are more exhausting than beneficial and no profit will be shown from it. Kick back and slow down your pace. Get to bed early so that you can get up in plenty of time to take care of your morning hygiene and eat a sound breakfast such as the one I described previously. Relax several times a day, your body and mind will benefit from this greatly.
Follow the advice as I have outlined it and I am sure you all will find the “Secrets of Gaining Maximum Muscle Bulk and Power” easier than you thought.

Intermediate Muscle and Power Training Program
- Blueprints for Success
- Training for Figure and Fitness
- Training Programs for Mass and Power
- Training Programs for Maximum Muscular Development
- Intermediate Training Program #1 (Complete Development of All Muscle Groups)
- Intermediate Training Program #2 (Muscle Size Building)
- Intermediate Training Program #3 (Back to the Basics for Maximum Muscle Size)
- Intermediate Training Program #4 (Continuous Quality Improvement for the Natural Athlete)
- Contest Training Programs
- Specific Bodypart Training
SIX WEEKS TO POWER AND MUSCLE
Tuesday | Wednesday | Friday | Saturday or Sunday |
---|---|---|---|
Chest (hvy) | Quads (hvy) | Chest (light) | Back (hvy) |
Triceps (hvy) | Hams (hvy) | Triceps (hvy) | Biceps (hvy) |
Delts (light) | Shoulders (hvy) |
*Abs on Wednesday and Saturday/Sunday
*Calves – 1 exercise up and down the weight stack for 15 reps per set Tuesday & Friday. No more than 8 sets.
*Split may be changed to Mon, Tues, Thurs, and Fri.
All Protocols are Sets x Reps

TUESDAY
Incline Bench Press – 6 x 6
Flat DB Press – 6 x 6
High Pulls – 4 x 4
Heavy Laterals – 3 x 8 each way (front/side/rear)
Pressdown – 4 x 10

WEDNESDAY
Leg Press – 6 x 6
Squats – 6 x 6
Hack Squat – 6 x 6
Leg Curl – 5 x 8
Leg Extension – 4 x 10

FRIDAY
Speed Bench Press – 8 x 3 (60% of heavy day [Tues])
Flat DB Press 6 x 6 (85% of heavy day)
Shoulder Press – 6 x 6
Lying French Press – 6 x 6
Dumbbell Kickouts on Incline Bench – 4 x 8

SATURDAY OR SUNDAY
Reverse Grip Barbell Row – 6 x 6
Medium Grip Pulldown – 6 x 6
Seated Good Morning – 6 x 6
Barbell Curl – 6 x 6
Preacher Curl – 6 x 6
Note: on 6 x 6 Exercises start with a weight you could perform 12 reps with on week one, but only do the prescribed amount. Use the same weight for each set. Progress slowly. It’s important that you get 6 reps on all 6 sets over the first five weeks. The final week should be an all-out max effort to get six reps on each set! For all other exercises, start the first week with a weight that would allow you to perform at least four reps more than the prescribed amount (but again only perform the target number of reps) and progress each week.
This is a progressive workout that relies on gradual continuous success – not failure. Your goal should be to complete every rep (Unassisted!) each workout. If you reach failure prior to week 5 on any of the exercises then you started too heavy or are trying to progress too fast. A realistic progression would be a 5-10% increase in weights each week.
EXERCISE DESCRIPTIONS
High Pulls – This is a powerful and explosive version of upright rows. Start with your knees bent, and the bar about half way up your thighs. Initiate each rep with the power and explosiveness coming from your hips (just like you would on hang cleans). This will enable you to use more weight and develop more power. Pull with your elbows high until the bar reaches the top of your chest. Lower and repeat.
Speed Bench Press – Lower the bar in a controlled manner and explode up as fast as possible with the bar. Do not bounce off your chest but explode. Speed is the whole key to this exercise – it is far more important than the weight. Start with about 60% of your regular bench press weight. If your reps are not explosive then lower the weight to only 50% of your heavy day and work your way up to 60% over the 6- week program. Rest only 45 seconds between sets.
Dumbbell Kickouts on Incline Bench – This exercise is for triceps power. Lay on an incline bench face up. Start with the end of the dumbbells resting on your chest with your palms facing down towards your hips. Your elbows should be pointing out and up. The dumbbells should be nearly touching each other at the start. Extend the dumbbells with your triceps. In the finishing position your arms should be extended as if they are in the finished position of an incline barbell press. Lower to your chest and repeat.
This program focuses on Bulk and Power especially – shoulders, chest, and overall pressing strength. The accompanying diet has a nutritional progression and strategy to ensure your success in adding mass and power.
SIX WEEKS TO POWER AND MUSCLE – NUTRITION PLAN
1 Super Pak with meal #1 for nutritional micronutrients and muscle building co factors
4 Ultra 40, 4 Mass, 1 Multiple Enzyme Complex with each meal
Muscle Synergy: 8 first thing in the morning; 8 more – 30 minutes prior to workout; and 8 Muscle Synergy immediately following your workout. On non-training days, take Muscle Synergy twice – 8 in the morning and 8 more midafternoon.
Glutamine Select: Sip 2-3 scoops mixed in water during training
Creatine Select: 1 scoop with each meal for 5 days. For the next 5 weeks take 1-2 scoops daily. *On training days, take 2 scoops pre-workout (with Muscle Synergy). Non training days – 1 scoop.
SPECIAL SUPPLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS FOR WEEKS 4 – 6
Add one additional Ultra 40 tablet and one Mass Amino tablet to each meal on week 4, then another on week 5, and a third additional Mass and Ultra 40 to each meal during week 6. This will end up as 7 Mass tablets and 7 Ultra 40 tablets with meal during week 6.
*** Good luck. I added nearly 15 pounds of lean mass in just six weeks on this program. Please e-mail me your questions at stevenw@beverlyinternational.net.

10-Week Training Cycle For Muscle Size and Strength
- Blueprints for Success
- Training for Figure and Fitness
- Training Programs for Mass and Power
- Training Programs for Maximum Muscular Development
- Intermediate Training Program #1 (Complete Development of All Muscle Groups)
- Intermediate Training Program #2 (Muscle Size Building)
- Intermediate Training Program #3 (Back to the Basics for Maximum Muscle Size)
- Intermediate Training Program #4 (Continuous Quality Improvement for the Natural Athlete)
- Contest Training Programs
- Specific Bodypart Training
Before steroid cycling became a blight on the bodybuilding culture. Before sophisticated diet cycling was ever conceived. Soviet sport scientists developed a definitive training cycle to build muscle, strength and speed. PERIODIZATION.
Every world-class Olympic athlete follows one variation or another of this training system. Virtually every world record in weight lifting, track and field and even swimming is a result of this training system.
You can use this same training system to make consistent “drug free” gains in both size and strength year-round.
Simply put, the “classic” periodization breaks up training into four specific phases:
- Hypertrophy – muscle size increase – moderate to high reps
- Strength / power – medium reps, heavier weights
- Power – low reps, heavy weights
- Rejuvenation – active rest

PHASE 1 – HYPERTROPHY
The first phase of training is the one that builds muscle size and sets your muscles up for strength increases to follow. You’ll do 8 – 12 reps per set. Three work sets plus two warm-up sets per exercise. Sounds pretty much like a standard bodybuilding workout so far, doesn’t it?
Here’s the essential difference between a Periodized program and your typical bodybuilding workout. It’s also the difference between consistent drug free gains and zero progress week after week.
-
- With our cycle training approach your training weights should come near, but never exceed, your limit. That means you do not train to failure. Training yourself to fail can mentally shake your confidence. But more importantly, training to failure can disrupt your neural patterns and do more harm than good.
- Instead make small steady increases on a weekly basis. Remember success breeds success.
We recommend the following 8-day training cycle or “training week:”
Day One: Chest (Heavy), Back (Light)
Day Two: Legs (Heavy)
Day Three: Shoulders (Heavy), Arms (Light)
Day 4 Rest
Day 5: Chest (Light), Back (Heavy)
Day 6: Legs (Light)
Day 7: Arms (Heavy) Shoulders (Light)
Day 8: Rest
Repeat Cycle
Start the first week of each phase at 90% of your 10RM (limit weight you can do for 10 reps.) If your max Bench Press is 225 for 10 reps in good form without a spotter, start Week One with 205 for your three work sets. Each 8-day cycle should see you increase training weights by 4%. Week two is 210, week 3 – 220, and week 4 – is 102% of your starting 10RM or 230 for 3 sets of 10. If 230 goes easy, add another 2% and stay with the hypertrophy phase for a fifth “training week.” If 230 feels like your limit go into the next phase.
Heavy days are as noted above. On “Light” days use just 85% of your planned heavy day poundage. This is crucial. The greatest strength increases occur when a particular muscle group is trained heavy once every 7 – 10 days and stimulated but not maximally trained 3 – 5 days later.
A recommended workout to add muscle size and increase strength using Cycle Training follows:
DAYS #1 AND #5
Chest: Bench Press and Incline Press (Barbell, DB’s, Hammer Incline or other Incline Pressing movement)
Back: Bent Row and Pulldowns or Chins
Shoulders: Choose one Shoulder Press movement (Smith, Military, Behind Neck, DB’s, Hammer)
DAYS #3 AND #7
Legs: Olympic Squat (Bar High – below parallel), Leg Press, and Dead Lift on heavy leg day only (traditional style – bent legs / flat back) omit the Dead Lift on light days
Biceps: One Biceps Curling Movement (Barbell or Dumbbell)
Triceps: One Triceps Pressing Movement (Close Grip Bench, Dips or Dip Machine, or Pullover & Press)
Research shows that the Hypertrophy phase will cause you to add muscle and lose fat. Follow Beverly’s Gain Muscle –Lose Fat Diet Plan of 50% Protein, 20% Carbs, 30% Fat during this phase.
Supplement with Beverly’s Ultra Size / heavy cream combination. Take Mass Aminos with meals for greater protein utilization and Muscle Mass BCAA’s during training for an added build muscle – lose fat effect. You will definitely be adding muscle during this phase but if you find that your bodyweight is decreasing add Mass Maker as a post recovery drink to build more muscle and pack on the weight.
PHASE 2 – BASIC STRENGTH
Do 4 – 5 sets of 5 – 7 reps in the Basic Strength phase. You want to start this phase with a weight that is just slightly higher than the weights you ended with during Phase 1, even though you’ll be doing as few as 5 reps. The procedure is the first week of a cycle starts easy and you work up to a new goal at the end of a four or five week cycle.
We’ll use our previous example for the Bench Press where you ended Phase 1 at 230 for 10 reps. Warm-up with 135 for 10, 205 for 5, then your “target weight” 240 for 3 sets of 5 reps. Once again increase your “target weight” each week. Ten-pound increases per week see you end week 4 at 270. Not bad – by the end of phase 2 you’ll have already added ten pounds to your best set of 5.
It’s best to use the same exercises for Phase 2 as for Phase 1. Use 5 reps as your goal for Bench Press, Bent Row, Squat and Deadlifts. Do six or seven reps for your arm and shoulder exercises as well as the secondary exercises Inclines, Pulldowns and Leg Press.
If your primary focus is bodybuilding include one “down set” of 10 reps to maintain your increased muscle size from the “hypertrophy” phase. This is a “down set” not a burn out set. Don’t go to failure here. Instead use about 70% of the weight you used on your “work” sets and stop when you reach 10 reps. As Lee Haney said, “Stimulate – don’t annihilate.”
During the Basic Strength Phase you want to add some good complex carb sources to your diet. If you are relatively lean and want to put on size fast – mix your Ultra Size and cream drink with milk in place of water.
If you’re on the bulky side still add the clean complex carbs but cut down on the beef and whole eggs to lower your fat intake. Switch your protein drinks from Ultra Size and heavy cream to Muscle Provider and Ultimate Muscle Protein mixed in water. Add Ultra 40 Liver tabs for strength benefits found in no other food.
PHASE 3 – POWER
Use 2 -3 reps as your goal for Bench Press, and Deadlifts, 3 – 4 reps for Squats and Bent Rows, and 5 – 6 reps for the others. Follow your two warm-ups, and three “work sets” with a “down set of 10 reps with 70% of your target weight, just as you did in the Strength Phase.
You ended your Strength Cycle at 270 for 5 reps. Now go to 280 for 3 as your target weight for Week 1, then 290 for 3 the second week. If the 290 goes fairly easy you could add a 3rd week at 295. But, in most cases you’ll just spend two weeks in the Power Phase.
During the ten-week cycle you went from a 300 lb. max bench (10 RM of 225 equates to a 300 1RM) to a 315 max. Yes, three plates in just a ten-week period.
If you are planning to enter a bodybuilding competition you should follow the Power Phase with a “Pre-Contest” training phase similar to the Hypertrophy Phase but longer 7 – 12 weeks. Train in a high volume – semi intense manner using as much weight as possible. This type of training stimulates the hard-to-reach Type 2 muscle fibers. Use Beverly’s Ultra Size for its demonstrated strong effect on growth of these fast twitch fibers. You’ll come into your contest fuller and thicker because of all the added mass you put on through your 3-Phase training Cycle.
If you don’t plan to compete follow the Power Phase with a Rejuvenation Phase. Here’s a chance to stay out of the gym completely, focus on a little or cardio, of if you must go to the gym try some new equipment with no structured routine. After a week or two of active rest it’s time to start Phase One cycle again at a slightly higher level than your first time through.
REVIEW
- Start each phase with a relatively light target weight.
- Make sure to keep “light” days light – about 85% of your target weights for the heavy days.
- Stick to your planned program even if your target weights on a particular day feel light. Resist the temptation to add more weight.
- Rest long enough between sets so you can be successful on the next set.
- If you are unable to get all your sets with a planned “target” weight, use that same weight when your next heavy day comes around.
- Start your second complete cycle at a slightly higher level than you did the previous cycle.
- You should do two warm up sets and three work sets per exercise during each phase. Your first warm-up is always 10 reps. The reps on your second warm – up should be the same number of reps as your target sets during a particular phase.
- Don’t forget your “down” set of 10 reps with 70% target weight during Strength and Power phases.
Here’s another way to determine your ‘target’ training poundage: If you know your One Rep Max (1RM) for a specific exercise here is how the percentages should go week by week if one rep max on a particular exercise is 300 “
Week % 1RM Reps Target Weight
- 68% 10 205
- 71% 10 215
- 74% 10 220
- 77% 10 230
- 80% 5 –7 240
- 84% 5 –7 250
- 87% 5-7 260
- 90% 5-7 270
- 93% 3-5 280
- 95% 3-5 290

15 Pounds of Muscle and an IFBB Pro Card with Beverly International
15 Pounds of Muscle and an IFBB Pro Card with Beverly International
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 23, #4
By: Jeremy Jones, IFBB Mens Physique Pro

At a Glance: Jeremy Jones, IFBB Mens Physique Pro
Age: 42
Occupation: Air Force Health Administrator. Masters in Business Administration, NASM Certified Personal Trainer, NASM Fitness Nutrition Specialist
Family: wife – Laura; children – Jade, Jeremy Jr, Jaslyn
Current Residence: Washingtonville, NY
Years training (total): 27
Height: 5’10”
Weight: 210lbs (off season), 190 (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Beef & broccoli with brown rice
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? At a minimum, use UMP, Ultra 40, and Mass Amino Acids to aid the muscle building process.
Music: Rap/ R&B
Most Inspiring Book: The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Continuous education and reading
Words to live by: When they say it can’t be done, they’re not talking to me.
I ’ve been working out or playing sports for more than 27 years. While serving on active duty in the Air Force, I played intramural basketball, football, and softball. I currently serve in the Air National Guard as a Health Administrator. I enjoyed lifting heavy, but didn’t focus on bodybuilding until I finished Air Force Squadron Officer School.
Even then, I never really thought about competing until several people at Gold’s Gym in Newburgh repeatedly asked me if I competed. The answer was always, “No that’s not for me.” Then about two years later I saw a picture of some of the NPC Mens Physique athletes and thought I could remain natural and compete in that division. April of 2015 is when I decided to start prepping for my first show. I did an insane amount of cardio. I’m talking a minimum of 60 minutes a day. I didn’t win, but I did finish in the top 5. One of the judges asked me who my posing coach was and I told him, “YouTube”. The judges liked my physique but my posing needed work. Anyway, that’s how bodybuilding started for me.
I weighed 177lbs for that first competition in June of 2015. Over the next four years, I’ve managed to gain 15lbs of muscle through consistent training, proper nutrition, and the use of Beverly International supplements while remaining 100% natural. I learned about Beverly International when I was in the House of Nutrition in Poughkeepsie, NY. Matt, the owner put a No Nonsense magazine in my bag. Later that day I had a chance to read the magazine and read that the supplements were designed for natural athletes. I did some additional research, talked to Matt in depth the next time I was in the store, and ended up making my first Beverly International purchase.
Competition Tips
-
Do your research. Learn the requirements for your division (weight, posing, suits, rules).
-
There’s no blanket time for how long each individual’s prep will be. Remember it’s how you look not a number on a scale. For in shape guys, I’d say 12 weeks would be a good target and for in shape ladies, I’d give them 20 weeks.
-
Give yourself an additional 4 weeks to experiment with peak week if you don’t have a coach. This will give you a chance to play with your water, sodium and carb intake. Remember for every gram of carbohydrate stored in the body you’ll retain 2-3 grams of water. I’ve found that gradually cutting water until it’s just sips the day of the show, reducing sodium to about 75% of your norm the day before, and carb loading the day before the show seems to be the most consistent way to help my athletes to avoid spilling over. How you look on show day will determine if you continue to carb load or not.
-
Along the way people will try to deviate you from your plan. It will seem like everyone in the gym is an expert. They’ll all have an opinion. Don’t let them distract you! Follow your plan all the way through.
-
Invest time in your posing. Having the best physique doesn’t guarantee victory. The last thing you want is to not place well because of poor posing. Practice! Practice! Practice! As you get closer to the show realize that your poses may need to change a little as new definition and striations appear. All the practicing will also help you be a little less nervous on stage. Remember, the judges and the crowd don’t know your routine so even if you do mess up keep going because they probably will not notice. Most importantly, have FUN out there!!!
-
A final word of advice – Know yourself! If you need someone to hold you accountable, I suggest you find a coach with your values and best interests in mind. If you don’t have a coach, give yourself another four-week cushion for your contest prep. This will allow you to play around with a few peak week regimens.
In Closing
I’ve always been and will always be a natural athlete. I’m also a NASM certified personal trainer, fitness nutrition specialist and prep coach. I’ve earned a pro card naturally in the IFBB using Beverly International products. As a prep coach, I have helped athletes win several shows as well. My goal is to inspire other athletes who want to achieve their ultimate level of fitness without compromising their health.
Contact Jeremy at: jeremyjonesifbbpro@gmail.com
IG: superj34_ifbbpro
Facebook: facebook.com/superj34
YouTube content coming August 2020.


Nutrition
Initially, I took Matt’s recommendation, but over time have developed my own favorite stacks. The core supplements I use both on and off season are Ultra 40 and Mass Amino Acids. My favorite supplement for muscle growth is Muscle Synergy. The increased strength and muscle pumps from Muscle Synergy are undeniable. During contest prep GH Factor really brings out my vascularity.
Here are my favorite off season and contest prep stacks.
Off-Season: Ultra 40, Mass Amino Acids, Glutamine Select, UMP, Super Pak, Muscle Synergy, Quadracarn
Contest Prep: Ultra 40, Mass Amino Acids, Density, Glutamine Select, UMP, Super Pak, Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, GH Factor
Pre-Contest Diet
Meal #1: 1/2 cup steel cut oats w/ 1 scoop of chocolate UMP and a sprinkle of cinnamon
Meal #2: 1/2 scoops of UMP and 1 scoop Glutamine Select post AM workout
Meal #3: 8oz chicken, 4oz sweet potatoes, and 5oz broccoli
Meal #4: 1/2 scoops of UMP and 1 scoop Glutamine Select post 2nd workout
Meal #5: 8oz lean ground turkey, 4oz brown rice, 5oz asparagus
Meal #6: 8oz tilapia, 4oz sweet potatoes, 5oz Brussels sprouts
Supplement Schedule
Ultra 40: 4-5 tabs after every meal or shake (muscle growth)
Mass Amino Acids: 4-5 tabs after every meal or shake (muscle preservation)
Glutamine Select: 1 scoop after morning & lunchtime workout (muscle recovery)
UMP or Muscle Provider: 1/2 scoops after morning & lunchtime workout
Super Pak: With first meal (to avoid vitamin deficiencies during prep)
Lean Out: 1 capsule after every meal and before workouts (used to convert fat into energy)
7-Keto MuscLean: 3 capsules first thing in the morning and 3 capsules before lunchtime workout (increased caloric burn)
GH Factor: 1 capsule after each meal (increases nutrient delivery and blood flow to muscles)
Training
I train twice a day during contest prep – cardio or abs in the morning with my weights workout in the afternoon.
On Monday, Wednesday and Friday mornings I do cardio – 30 minutes of low intensity stairs or walking on the treadmill at an incline (the greater the incline the more calories burned) – 2-minute warm up and 2-minute cool down for all cardio sessions.
On Tuesday, Thursday and Saturday I work abs and a little cardio:
Leg Raise on dip bar: 4 sets 12-15 reps, Decline Sit-ups: 4 sets 12-15 reps, Russian Twists: 4 sets 12-15 reps, Oblique Crunch with Cable: 4 sets, 12-15 reps plus 24-30 minutes of HIIT – 60 seconds sprint at 60-80% max speed followed by a 60 second walk (repeat cycle 12-15 times).
Sunday: Rest
Monday PM: Legs | Amount |
---|---|
Squat | 4×10-12 |
Reverse Lunge | 4×10-12 |
Leg Press | 4×12-15 |
Leg Extension | 4×12-15 |
Abductor Machine | 3×12-15 |
Weighted Glute Bridge | 3×12-15 |
Calf Raise | 3×12-15 |
Tuesday PM: Chest & Triceps | Amount |
---|---|
Flat Barbell Bench | 4×10-12 |
Incline Dumbbell Bench | 4×10-12 |
Decline Barbell Bench | 4×12-15 |
Cable Chest Flye | 4×12-15 |
Cable Triceps Extension W/ Rope | 3×12-15 |
Single Arm Cable Triceps Extension | 3×12-15 |
Triceps Kickback | 3×12-15 |
Skull Crusher | 3×12-15 |
Wednesday PM: Back & Biceps | Amount |
---|---|
Wide Grip Pulldown | 3×10-12 |
Close Grip Pulldown | 3×10-12 |
T-Bar Row | 4×12-15 |
Straight Arm Pulldown | 4×12-15 |
Dumbbell Row | 3×12-15 |
Standing Barbell Curl | 3×10-12 |
Dumbbell Concentration Curl | 4×12-15 |
Dumbbell Hammer Curl | 4×12-15 |
Thursday PM: Shoulders | Amount |
---|---|
DB Military Press | 4×10-12 |
Seated DB Front Raise | 4×12-15 |
Seated Lateral Raise | 4×12-15 |
Incline Rear Delt Raise | 4×12-15 |
DB Shoulder Shrugs | 4×12-15 |
Face Pulls w/ Cables | 4×12-15 |
Friday PM: Legs | Amount |
---|---|
Squat | 4×10-12 |
Front Squat | 4×10-12 |
Walking Lunges | 4×12-15 |
Deadlift | 4×10-15 |
DB Straight Leg Deadlift | 3×12-15 |
Standing Leg Curl | 3×12-15 |
Seated Leg Curl | 3×12-15 |
Calf Raise | 3×12-15 |
Saturday PM: Chest, Back, Arms | Amount |
---|---|
Reverse Grip Flat Bench | 4×12-15 (2 Wide Grip/ 2 Close Grip) |
Machine Cable Flye | 3×12-15 |
Reverse Grip Pulldowns | 4×12-15 (2 Wide Grip/ 2 Close Grip) |
Barbell Row | 3×12-15 |
Hammer Curl | 3×12-15 |
Preacher Curl | 3×12-15 |
Reverse Grip Triceps Extension | 3×12-15 |
Parallel Bar | 3×12-15 |

A Strong Mind In A Strong Body
A Strong Mind In A Strong Body
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 22, #2
By: Brian Bourkland

At a Glance: Brian Bourkland
Age: 52
Occupation: Personal Trainer, Group Exercise Instructor, Art Model at Indiana University Bloomington School of Art, Architecture, and Design
Education: Bachelor of Music Education, Master of Music Education, Master of Music History and Literature, Bachelor of Exercise Science, ACE Certified Personal Trainer, Certified R.I.P.P.E.D. Instructor
Family: Married to my wonderful wife Gail for 24 years, daughters Julia and Rachel, son Matthew
Current Residence: Bloomington, IN
Years training (total): 38 years
Height: 5’ 9″
Weight: (Off-Season) 215, (Contest) 194
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: UMP Pancakes made with 1 cup of egg whites, 1 scoop of vanilla UMP, 1/2 cup low-fat cottage cheese, and 1/2 cup of oats
Favorite supplements: UMP helps me meet my daily protein requirements and is a great lean protein choice that keeps me feeling full. I like to mix Muscle Synergy and Glutamine Select together in a shaker and drink pre- and intra-workout for a great pump and to maximize recovery. I take 1 tablet each per 10 pounds of bodyweight of Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 during contest preparation to ensure I always have the full spectrum of amino acids available in my body at all times
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? I would recommend a combination of UMP, Mass Aminos, and Ultra 40. This is a basic stack that will maximize protein availability.
Music: I have a huge music library. Depending on what mood I’m in, it could range anywhere from Pink Floyd, Led Zeppelin, to Rage Against the Machine, Radiohead, or Little Big Town or even James Taylor.
Most Inspiring Book: The Success Principles, by Jack Canfield.
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Ballroom dancing, spending time in our national forests
Words to live by: “Strong minds discuss ideas, average minds discuss events, weak minds discuss people.” —Socrates
A Strong Mind In A Strong Body
Since the age of 14, training with weights has brought me tremendous satisfaction over the years. The physical benefits are evident, but the time I’ve spent with weights has been just as productive mentally. Over the last 38 years, training with weights has been my companion as I’ve challenged my mind earning multiple degrees in the field of music, and later, a degree in exercise science. The traits of consistency, patience, and perseverance that are key to success in bodybuilding are also keys to succeeding in life.
The great old-school bodybuilder and former Mr. Universe, Dave Draper, has had a profound influence on my approach to bodybuilding. He is an extremely entertaining writer and I highly recommend his Brother Iron, Sister Steel book. Those of you who are familiar with his style will acknowledge that he is strictly no-nonsense, very thoughtful and witty with words, and not swayed by fitness trends. I try to emulate his approach to my work and in my own training. Here is some advice I can offer:
-
Bodybuilding is best done by feel and gut I treat bodybuilding as a mind-body connection much like yoga—continuously analyzing the feedback I am getting from the muscle group I am working on and being in the present.
-
For a year-round nutritional plan, I recommend one of Beverly’s Gain Muscle and Lose Fat diet When you are ready for contest prep (or to just get into the best shape of your life), choose their Contest Countdown meal plan.
-
Whether you are going through a bulking or cutting phase, choose one or the other and stick with Don’t be indecisive and not give either phase enough time to be successful. Don’t think you’re going to maintain a chiseled look while bulking – with bulking comes some fat gain. There is no avoiding it. The key is to choose a nutrition plan for your current goal and stick to it. Avoid influences from internet forums.
-
Always be a gentleman (or a lady), be positive, and be as helpful as Especially be helpful to someone who is just starting out. Always be kind.
-
Competing is not for everyone and that’s Dave Draper talks about how he disliked competing and he went on to accomplishing something truly awesome with his life! I use competitions as sort of a checkpoint and like to meet other athletes like myself.
If you keep this up for several years, there will come a time when people will start noticing you – in a good way. Always have a smile and positive demeanor.
Presentation
My background in art, music, and bodybuilding has led me to view the human body as a work of art. This mindset influences how I approach training, contest preparation, and also posing. I can’t emphasize enough the importance of practicing posing early on in contest preparation. I setup a timer so that the pose lasts one minute with 10 seconds rest. Holding each pose for a full 60 seconds in practice will allow you to breeze through your time on stage while other competitors are struggling and winded. It also will help put the finishing touches on your conditioning. At many shows with a lot of divisions/classes the prejudging runs at a fast clip, so don’t take a long time getting into your pose, or you risk the judges going on to the next pose before you have even hit the previous one they called for! That will not bode well for you.
I can’t imagine what my life would be like if I had not started lifting weights 38 years ago. A lifestyle that does not include the gym seems so foreign to me, if not downright frightening! I have no regrets whatsoever and not for one second wish I were someone else. I just have the innate feeling and knowledge that I’m living the life I am meant to live, and Beverly International’s products have helped me greatly along this journey that is far from over.


Diet
My diets come from the Beverly International Pre Contest Bodybuilding Workshop Manual – Diet and Supplements section. One of my favorite off-season diets is:
PHASE 1: GAIN MUSCLE / LOSE FAT NUTRITION PLAN (A):
Meal 1: 2 whole eggs + 4 egg whites; 6oz very lean meat; 1/2 cup oatmeal
Meal 2: (Choose one option):
Option A: Protein Drink with two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein; two tbsp healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream
Option B: 8oz lean beef or chicken or 2 cans tuna, one small apple or orange
Meal 3: 8oz lean meat (chicken or other lean protein source); 6oz sweet potato or 2/3 cup cooked brown rice; 2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.) or green salad with 4 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal 4: (same options as meal #2)
Meal 5: 10oz very lean meat (chicken breast, fish, turkey breast, lean beef – sirloin, filet, etc.); 2 cups vegetables; salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Choose one option:
Option A: Protein Shake or Pudding: 2 Scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire
Option B: 8 egg whites + 2 whole eggs or 6oz beef; 1-2 cup vegetables
When I am preparing for a contest, I like to follow Beverly’s:
PHASE 3: CONTEST PEAKING NUTRITION PLAN (3-A):
Meal 1: 5oz lean beef or turkey, 6 egg whites, 1 whole egg, 1/2 grapefruit
Meal 2: (Choose one option):
Option A: Protein Drink: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 1 tbsp healthy fat or heavy cream, 4 strawberries (optional), 16oz water
Option B: 6oz can tuna or 5oz chicken, 3 egg whites, 1 whole egg, 1 tomato
Meal 3: 8oz chicken (weighed prior to cooking), 4 cups salad (lettuce, tomato, carrot, cucumber, green peppers, etc.) 2 tbsp cider vinegar and 1 tbsp olive oil (or other vegetable oil) for a dressing
Meal 4: (Choose one option):
Option A: 6oz can tuna or 5oz chicken, 3 egg whites, 1 whole egg, 1 tomato
Option B: Protein Drink: 2 scoops Muscle Provider, 12 oz. water (if post training), or 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein
Meal 5: 8oz lean meat (chicken, turkey, fish or 93% lean beef, etc.), 2 cups vegetables
Monday and Thursday: Add a 6th meal: 1.5 cups oatmeal (precooked) or cooked rice, 10oz sweet potato, 4oz banana, 1 cup vegetables, 1 tbsp butter, almond butter or oil at the end of the day.
Supplements
Ultimate Muscle Protein (UMP) – I like to stick to the basics with supplements. Being a personal trainer and art model with a tight schedule often means that I rely quite heavily on Beverly’s UMP. It’s a great on-the-go choice for the times when I can’t prepare a meal and I find it works well to sip on during workouts.
Muscle Synergy powder is my all-time favorite. I mainly like it for its arginine ingredient which helps increase blood flow. It also helps with sexual performance and maximizes the pump when taken about 30 minutes prior to a workout.
I use Glutamine Select morning and night to help with recovery. There is never a time when I’m not sore somewhere and Glutamine Select helps keep me anabolic.
In order to make sure I always have the full spectrum of amino acids in my body throughout the day, I use Mass Aminos and Ultra 40’s religiously. Follow the recommendations on the side label to dose the right amount throughout the day.
One interesting Beverly supplement for men my age is Quadracarn. This product takes a few days to build up in your system. I take six per day and have noticed overall benefits in energy and general anti-aging effects.
As I come closer to competition, about 8 weeks out, I make some additions to my supplements with Density, Lean Out, and 7-Keto MuscLean, all taken according to their side panel instructions.
Muscle Synergy powder is my all-time favorite. I mainly like it for its arginine ingredient which helps increase blood flow. It also helps with sexual performance and maximizes the pump when taken about 30 minutes prior to a workout.
Cardio
Instead of using a treadmill, elliptical, cycle, or other piece of cardio equipment, I opt instead for an hour-long R.I.P.P.E.D. class three days per week at my local YMCA. I am also one of the instructors for this class. The acronym stands for Resistance Interval Power Plyometrics Endurance and Diet. This class can get your heart rate up to 80% max multiple times. You will not be able to talk during many moments of the class if you are doing it right.
Training
I mainly train for hypertrophy, which for me means a large number of sets performed in slow, strict form- some would say to ridiculous levels of volume. Weights are relatively moderate to moderately heavy. I wasted 10 years using the “more weight is better” approach to training, but with very little development to show for it. Instead of doing a pyramid approach of say 4-6 sets, where the weights are increased at each set while reps decrease, I take a couple of sets to build up to my working weight, and then grind out 6-8 additional sets of at least 10 reps each for an awesome pump.
The following workout is not set in stone. I use an open approach and if I feel that I need to spend more time on an area, I will take whatever time I need and may move other exercises off to the next day. My routine is split up into 8 days as follows:
Day 1: Legs (focus on quads, abductors, and calves)
Leg Press:
6-8 sets, 10 reps with various foot placements
Barbell Squats:
6-8 sets, 10 reps
Leg Extension:
(while crunching abs to remove back as leverage) 10 sets of 10 reps
Abduction:
8 sets, 10 reps
Calves:
(I am blessed with large calves, so I use only bodyweight) 4 sets, 50 reps on a step
Day 2: Back
Deadlifts superset with Smith Machine shrugs:
8-10 sets x 10 reps for deadlifts, 8-10 sets x 20 reps for shrugs, 10 reps performed facing the bar and 10 reps performed with my back toward the bar
Pullups:
Performed using strict form for however many sets it takes to get to 50 reps
Assisted Pullups:
100 – 200 broken down into sets of 10 reps, concentrating on full range of motion
Day 3: Chest
Low incline dumbbell press:
6-8 sets, 10 reps
Dips, forward leaning with elbows out:
10 sets, 10 reps
Low Incline Dumbbell Flye:
6-8 sets, 12 reps
Pullovers, performed across the bench:
6-8 sets, 10 reps, keep elbows in
Decline Cable Flye:
6 sets, 10 reps
Day 4: Legs (focus on glutes, hamstrings, adductors, and calves)
Leg Press:
6-8 sets, 3 foot positions totaling 30 reps: 10 reps medium shoulder width, 10 reps high and wide, and 10 reps low and close together
Dumbbell Split Squats:
Performed with one foot extended behind on a bench 6 sets, 10 reps on each leg, try to get into the widest split possible
Dumbbell or Barbell Straight Leg Deadlifts:
6 sets, 10 reps
Glute Flexion (Kickback) Machine:
6 sets, 10 reps on each leg
Adduction Machine:
6-8 sets, 10 reps
Day 5: Back
Dumbbell or Barbell Rows:
6-8 sets, 10-12 reps
T-bar row, old-school style:
4-6 sets, 10 reps
Seated Cable Row with a very wide grip:
4-6 sets, 10 reps Elbows as even with the shoulders as possible to keep tension in the upper back
Lat Pulldown Behind Neck:
4-6 sets, 10 reps Weight light enough to focus on getting the most intense contraction possible
V-bar Pulldown to the clavicles:
4 sets, 10-12 reps
Straight arm pulldown:
4-6 sets, 10 reps
Reverse fly:
6-8 sets, 10 reps
Day 6: Shoulder Day Number One (focus on anterior deltoid and upper pectorals across the clavicles)
Arnold Press:
6-8 sets, 10 reps
High Incline Dumbbell Press:
6-8 sets, 10 reps; set the bench at a steep incline, maybe one or two notches from vertical, this builds the front deltoid/upper pec/clavicle area nicely
High Incline Dumbbell Flye:
6-8 sets, 10 reps, hands facing each other, then superset same number of sets and reps with hands facing forward
Day 7: Shoulder Day Number Two (focus on medial delts and posterior shoulder muscles)
Seated Smith Machine Press Behind the Neck:
6-8 sets, 10 reps, be sure bring the bar down only to ear level, no further
Seated Smith Front Press:
4-6 sets, 10 reps
Lateral Raises with dumbbells or cables:
One set start behind your back, the next from the front, 10-12 reps per set, do as many sets as you feel you need
Rear Deltoid Flyes lying face down on a bench:
(3 positions raise arms forward, out to the side, and to the rear), perform as a tri-set 4-6 sets, 10 reps each position
Day 8: Arms
Close-grip Bench Press:
4-6 sets, 10 reps
Skull Crushers:
4-6 sets, 10 reps
Triceps Pushdown:
As many sets as necessary using a variety of attachments
Pull-ups:
Strict form using 3 different grips for the biceps: a) close-grip with hands facing you, neutral grip to mimic the hammer curl, and slightly wider hands-facing grip just outside shoulder width to target the long head of the biceps, I do however many sets it takes to get to 50 reps, rotating through the grip variations
Low Pulley Cable Curls or Olympic Bar Curls:
6 sets, 10 reps
Preacher Curl:
4-6 sets, 10 reps
Various Dumbbell Curls:
Hammer, concentration, supine with wrist turned outward, etc.; as many sets of 10 reps as your heart desires

Christina Comparato
Christina Comparato – Multiple Natural Pro Titleholder
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 22, #1
By: Christina Comparato and Barry Gordon

At a Glance: Christina Comparato
Age: 42
Occupation: High School Math Teacher for 19 years, Co-Owner of Total Nutrition for 13 years
Family: Mom, Dad, brother, sister-in-law, niece, nephew, & 3 fur-sons: Muscles, Oreo, & Zeus
Current Residence: Sylvania, Ohio
Years training (total): 19 years
Height: 5’2”
Weight: 130 (off-season), 116 (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Breakfast of Champions UMP Pancakes- 1/4 cup oatmeal (cook first), 1/2 cup unsweetened almond milk, 1/4 cup Greek yogurt, 1/4 cup pumpkin, 1 egg white, 1/2 scoop UMP (any flavor), 1 tbsp flax seed, 1 tsp cinnamon & 1 tsp pumpkin pie spice. Cook into one large pancake or several small ones if desired. I top mine with 1 tbsp Chocolate PB2 & 1 tsp almond butter. Macros: 326 calories, 31 C, 28 P, 10 F
Favorite Supplement: UMP! I use it 24-7– breakfast, as a snack, pre & post workout. You can even eat it off the counter if it spills. It’s that good! I also put it in my coffee as a creamer & sweetener.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? Try UMP. It will not matter if you drink it as a shake mixed in 8-12 oz of cold water, or eat as a pudding mixed in just a little bit of water. You will NOT be disappointed.
Music: From Country to the Rocky soundtrack during tough workouts
Most Inspiring Book: “Until I Say Good-Bye: My Year of Living with Joy,” by Susan Spencer-Wendel
Hobby or interests: Giving back to the bodybuilding community by judging shows and volunteering at fit clinics & seminars
Words to live by: “Eat to Live, Don’t Live to Eat”
Working out has been a way of life for me for nearly twenty years. But, it’s not the only thing in my life. I started teaching high school math the same year that I started working out. This fall I’ll be starting my 20th year in teaching. Along with teaching and competing, I’m also co-owner, with Barry Gordon of Total Nutrition in Toledo, OH where I help others with their nutrition, supplements, and training. In the remainder of this article I’m going to touch on:
-
How I got started competing
-
A little about how my students relate to me
-
How I got started with Beverly
-
Some of my recent accomplishments (courtesy of Barry)
-
My cardio, training, nutrition, and supplement plans
-
Tips I’ve learned along the way
How I Got Started Competing
I’d been working out a couple of years when I moved to the Toledo, OH area in 2000. One of the first things I did was join a gym. After a short time the gym regulars started encouraging me and commented on my workout ethic and favorable genetics. They suggested that I give competition a try, “What the heck, at least try an 8-week diet, get tanned up, step on stage, and see how you do.” Barry Gordon was already a competitor and offered to go through my first contest prep with me.
We dieted together, trained together, and two months later competed and won our mixed pairs competition. And of course I was hooked.
How My Students Relate
My kids Google me a lot and I am known as the bodybuilder teacher. We don’t really talk about it but I feel that they respect me because of it. They seem to know when it is competition time, especially if I am gone on a Friday and Monday. When I come back, they somehow know where I’ve been and say congratulations. Throughout the year, I have numerous students ask me about healthy food plans, workouts, sport specific advice, etc. I also keep in touch with quite a few of my past students over the years. For example, just last week, one student inquired about me training him and his family, another asked for competition advice. One had a big hockey tryout coming up and asked me for training advice. It is very rewarding to say the least and I love it!
How I Got Started with Beverly International
About 15 years ago Barry and I opened Total Nutrition. We carried Beverly supplements right from the start. I used several of them during my first contest preps, was hooked, and have stuck with them ever since. I’ve always been impressed with their integrity and the incredible high quality of their supplements. Another plus is the ease of placing orders and that I am able to get any questions answered by a live person. I also like the information in their No Nonsense magazine both for me and our clients. I was actually featured in the magazine ten years ago (go to BeverlyInternational. com, click “Search” at the top left and type in Christina Comparato).
Recent Accomplishments
Barry Gordon here to give you a brief rundown on Christina’s latest accomplishments. After a 5-year hiatus from competition, Christina got the bug to step back on stage in 2014. Her Pro status had expired so the first order of business was to work her way back up the ladder. That summer she competed in 2 INBA shows earning her Pro status in the PNBA. That fall she competed in a NANBF show and regained her IFBA natural Pro status. She was also awarded Pro status in a newer natural organization, the DFAC. Christina closed out the year by taking 1st in bodybuilding at the PNBA Natural Universe and placing top 3 in DFAC Miami World’s Finals, and the PNBA Natural Olympia. She said how surreal it was to experience those 2 big World shows with athletes representing several countries. Yes, she was still working this entire time as a HS math teacher and running our nutrition/personal training studio (Total Nutrition) by herself in the evenings and weekends.
In 2015, Christina was back on the Natural Olympia stage and won first place and the Gold Medal for bodybuilding. In 2016, she was once again going for the Gold at the PNBA Natural Olympia. Not only would she defend her pro title in women’s bodybuilding, but she also entered Pro Master’s Physique and Mixed Pairs. It would be quite a feat to pull off 3 wins in 3 different categories. But with a fire under her that I had never seen before, Christina walked away with 3 first place wins, earning her 3 more Gold medals. Now, I am proud to say she is a 4x Olympia World Champion. And I couldn’t be more proud of her. – Barry Gordon


How I Did It – My Cardio, Training, Nutrition and Supplement Plans
Cardio
Two months out from the Olympia in 2016, I knew it was crunch time. My body was not dropping fat and I had a title to defend. That’s when I decided to hit cardio 7 days a week. 4 days I did 30 minutes of MISS (Moderate Intense Steady State) cardio keeping my heart rate at 130 BPM or higher. I mixed it up with the elliptical, stair stepper, incline fast walk, & P90X-3 workouts. On the other 3 days I did both HIIT (High Intensity Interval Training) and MISS cardio: ten minutes of HIIT, consisting of 20 seconds full out as fast as I could, with 40 seconds of recovery. HIIT was usually on a stationary bike standing & pedaling as fast as I could or incline sprints on a treadmill or sprints outside my business in the parking lot. Immediately following HIIT I did 10 minutes of MISS, again keeping my heart rate at about 130 BPM.
Training
I train each body part twice a week. I use heavy rep ranges for one of the workouts (6-8 reps) and hypertrophy ranges for the other (8-12 or 15-20). Here’s how a typical week looks.
Monday (Heavy – Pull)
Back: Pull-Ups 3×8, BB Rows, 3×8, Hyperextensions 3×8
Biceps: Preacher Curls 3×8, Incline DB Curls 3×8, Wide Rope Curls 3×8
Abs: Leg Raise with DB 3×8, Machine crunches 3×8, Decline Crunches with plate 3×8
Cardio: 30 minutes Medium Intensity Sustained State done before workout (medium day diet)
Tuesday (Hypertrophy – Push)
Chest: Cable Crossovers 3×20, Decline DB Flyes 3×12, Smith Bench Press 3×20
Shoulders: Smith Press 3×20, Standing Wide Rope Raises 3×12, Rope Face Pulls 3×20
Triceps: DB Extensions 3×20 each side, Incline BB Skull crushers 3×12, Straight Bar Pushdown 3×20
Cardio: 30 minutes MISS cardio done before workout (medium day diet)
Wednesday (Heavy – Legs)
Quads: Smith Squats 3×8, Leg Press 3×8, Single Leg Extensions 3×8 each side
Hamstrings: Leg Curls 3×8, BB Stiff Leg Deadlift 3×8, Reverse Leg Curls 3×8
Calves: Seated Raises 5×8, DB Standing Raises 5×8
Cardio: 10 HIIT intervals after workout, followed by 10 minutes MISS cardio directly after (medium day diet)
Thursday (Hypertrophy – Pull)
Back: Close Reverse Grip Lat Pulldown 3×20, Single Arm Pulldowns 3×12 each side, T Bar Row 3×20
Biceps: BB Curls 3×20, Spider Curls 3×12, DB Hammer Curls 3×20
Abs: TRX Knee-Ins 3×20, Single Cable Crunch 3×12 each side, Roman Chair Plate Twist 3×20 each side
Cardio: 10 HIIT intervals after workout, followed by 10 minutes MISS cardio directly after (high day diet)
Saturday (Heavy – Push)
Chest: Bench Press 3×8, Incline Cable Flye 3×8, Decline Smith Press 3×8
Shoulders: Arnold Press 3×8, Reverse Pec Deck 3×8, Single Cable Side Lateral Raises 3×8 each side
Triceps: Skull crushers 3×8, Rope Pushdown 3×8, Cable Kickbacks 3×8 each side
Cardio: 30 minutes MISS cardio done before workout (medium day diet)
Sunday (Hypertrophy – Legs)
Quads: Hack Squats 3×20, BB Lunges 3×12 each side, DB Single Leg Squats 3×20 each Side
Hamstrings: DB Lying Leg Curls 3×20, Standing Leg Curls (with Cable) 3×12 each side, Good Mornings 3×20
Calves: Calf Raise on Leg Press 4×20, Calf Raise on Smith Machine 4×12
Cardio: 10 HIIT intervals after workout, followed by 10 minutes MISS cardio directly after (high day diet)
Nutrition
My diet consists of 4 Medium days (Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Saturday), 2 High days (Thursday and Sunday), and one Low day (Friday).
Meals
Meal 1: Omelet made with spinach, egg whites, and walnuts
Meal 2: UMP protein shake and almonds
Meal 3: Fish, 1 cup of veggies (broccoli, green beans, or Brussel sprouts), almonds
Meal 4: Chicken, sweet potato, almonds
Meal 5 (Pre-workout): Oatmeal pancake: oatmeal, UMP, egg whites
Meal 6 (Post-workout): Muscle Provider protein shake and a sweet potato
Meal 7: Salad with turkey, spinach, veggies, and almonds
-
My High day is approximately 1779 calories, Medium day is 1689 calories, and Low day about 1455.
-
Sample diet above is my medium day.
-
On high days, I increase the carbs. For example, instead of an 8oz sweet potato at meal 4, I would increase it to 12 oz, and instead of 1/4 cup oatmeal in meal 5, I’d increase it to 1/2 cup.
-
On low days, leave out the carbs (oatmeal and sweet potatoes) from meals 4, 5, and 6.
-
Water: The last 2 years my body seems like it is always asking me for water. So my water intake has increased to a consistent 2 gallons a day.
Meal prep tips
Make it as easy as possible on yourself. Personally, like everyone else when in contest prep mode and with multiple jobs, I need to have everything cooked on the weekends because my Monday- Fridays are super busy from 6 am to 8 pm. (That’s also the only time I have to clean my entire house.) I even cut up my pancake in pieces so it is ready to take with me each morning. And trust me, the pancakes taste the same on Monday as they do on Friday. I cook one or two meats for the week, usually chicken, ground turkey, or tilapia. Numerous sweet potatoes are thrown in the oven for about 90 minutes at 400 degrees. Not even I can mess them up. I just stick them in the oven while prepping everything else. I also throw in a few sliced white potatoes for a post workout carb a few days a week. I like fresh veggies and bulk shop once a week at Sam’s club. My usual veggies are green beans, Brussels sprouts, or asparagus.
Supplements
I consider my supplements essential to my success and longevity in the sport. Here is the supplement schedule I used en route to my Natural Olympia victories.
FitTabs – 2 in am & 2 in pm for all my essential vitamins and minerals
Lean Out – 2 with each meal helps ensure that fat is constantly being mobilized for energy
Ultra 40 – 3 with each meal to maintain my size
Density – 3 with each meal helps me get LEAN & HARD – love it!
Quadracarn – 3 twice a day, helps me lean out and maintain muscle
Muscle Mass – 5 pre & post workout, a great BCAA for recovery
Advanced Antioxidant – 2 post workout to recover from a busy lifestyle
Multiple Enzyme Complex – 1 a day helps me maintain optimal digestion and assimilation of nutrients (very important for a natural athlete)
Glutamine Select – 1 scoop near the end of my workout lets me finish strong, & recover fast
ZMA 2000 – 2 before bed, helps me recover from my workout and rest better
Tips I’ve Learned Along the Way
-
Always, always, stretch & warm-up before your Get on the bike for 5 minutes and do some light DB exercises for the body parts you are going to be working. Also do some leg extensions on leg days to warm up your knees. Trust me; it helps as you get older.
-
Focus on a goal and stick with ONE If you ask 5 people their opinion about a workout program or meal plan, you will get 5 different answers. Consistency is one of the key ingredients.
-
I know everyone says it, but if you are competing you need to practice your Start off with a 10-minute session practicing your quarter turns and/or poses. Then increase your time each week by 5 minutes. The easiest time for me to practice my posing was after my workout while I ate/drank my post workout meal. Have someone who knows critique you so you can make changes. You may not realize that you are irritating the judges by bobbing your head or running your hand up and down your obliques (I have seen both).
-
Be confident. Don’t have self-doubt and constantly compare yourself to Believe in yourself and focus on the hard work you have put into your weight loss or competition journey.
-
To gauge progress in your weight loss journey, use 3 numbers – yes the scale, but also buy a caliper & test your body fat, and use a tape measure for a few hip & stomach Once a week or every other week is sufficient. When you see the changes in your body and/or your numbers, it is very rewarding.
-
If you are a competitor, thinking about competing, unsure of a certain method, need a workout program, not sure which organization to compete with, or wondering which bodybuilding show to compete at, please please do not hesitate to reach out to me. I can be reached at thetototalnutrition@ yahoo.com.


Return of the Beast from Batesville
Return of the Beast from Batesville
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 22, #1
By: Steve Colescott, The Guerrilla Journalist

At a Glance: Jeff Williamson
Age: 50
Occupation: Cooperate Supplier Quality Manager
Current Residence: Batesville, IN
Years training (total): 30 yrs
Height: 5’9”; Weight: (Off-Season) 240, (Contest) 210
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Turkey, rice, olive oil – all mixed together (Greek Style)
Favorite supplements:
Muscle Provider – Post workout- this is the best protein powder on the planet. Quick acting protein that sets the muscle repair building mechanism in motion after training. This is a must after training – NOT AN OPTION.
Quadracarn! – I simply use it because it works! (3 tabs 3x/day) Quadracarn clearly makes a difference in the way the muscles look and “pop” when using this stuff!! Muscles look full and skin looks tight and younger…too many people have the same results to dispute this…not sure how it works but I cannot believe the difference in how my body, skin, and muscles look when I take this insane product.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? I would recommend Ultimate Muscle Protein – it is a perfect meal replacement, and/or an excellent way to get more protein in the diet. UMP has essential fats the body needs and the blend of proteins which makes it a perfect protein to take any time of day or night, plus it will never upset your stomach because of the high- quality ingredients and it tastes so good – ESPECIALLY when dieting.
Music: Anything from Kid Rock to Nickelback
Most Inspiring Book: “The WAY of the SEAL” by Mark Divine
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Fast cars and sport bikes
Words to live by: “Always be prepared”
Jeff Williamson wins a pro card at the NPC Masters Nationals
When we think of a beast, we imagine a muscular monster, fists pounding on chest, the loud sound of a deep window-shaking growl, before crashing through cinderblock walls and flipping vehicles over in anger. New IFBB pro Jeff Williamson keeps the Hulk-like anger inside, using his energy wisely to create an amazing and balanced classic physique… winning the open bodybuilding over-50 class at the national level and progressing to an amazing pro debut.
Jeff Williamson rates as an exceptional bodybuilder. With both of us fortunate enough to be longtime parts of the Beverly International family, I met Jeff around twenty years ago. A group of us shared a meal and talked training, laughed, and saw that each of us had different lives but similar interests. Jeff interested me because his answers were never predictable. He would pause, consider the question, and make a lateral cerebral exploratory reply that told me that he does not rattle off the typical answers we have all read or heard dozens of times. He replies honestly and wisely.
Back in April, my good friend Big E invited me out to a posing clinic with longtime NPC executive Gary Udit and a dozen IFBB pros. I know Big E through his training partner Brian Yersky, and the three of us have been to many gyms and events together. He knows that I enjoy catching a handful of top male and female lifters in all classes so that I can throw some deep video questions their way. This event was at Joe Mazzone’s Powerhouse Gym in Berea, Ohio and had an obvious impressive gathering.
I stepped into the clinic room while Udit was wrapping up the bikini class segment. The room was tightly packed and I whispered a “Hey” and a nod to Brian Yerski and Big E when my peripheral vision caught someone wearing a black Beverly International hoodie. Even though it had been over a decade since we ran into one another, the familiar smile, Scandinavian shaped nose (unlike mine that resembles a poor-skilled boxer), and positive attitude was a common Jeff Williamson intro.
While we couldn’t talk in that room, I caught up with Jeff, even shot some video interview segments, and shared some of the changes we both have had in our lives. Jeff had driven out from Indiana to help his girlfriend (an impressive female competitor named Rita George) get ready for some upcoming stage work, and modestly mentioned that he was going to get on stage again himself.
Much like bodybuilding icon Bill Pearl, Jeff takes long periods away from competing (years at a time), making people wonder if he has retired from the game, even though I am sure that his commitment to training is obvious to those who see him in the squat rack. This is not uncommon. For many bodybuilders there is a lifetime addiction toward gym battles in their future. This is because love of training might only be beaten by our love of friends and family (in Jeff’s case this includes his two sons, nineteen and twenty years of age), with competition often coming to a conclusion.
In Bill Pearl’s history, he earned a Mr. Universe trophy in 1953, 1956, 1961, 1967 and 1971. While most of his followers assumed Pearl was retired, he would shock them on stage with a new improved physique. Jeff Williamson has followed that same direction in his bodybuilding career. The difference is that on Pearl’s final Mr. Universe wins, Sergio Oliva, Arnold Schwarzenegger, and Frank Zane displayed a future stage of bodybuilding coming on the horizon. With Williamson, some may say he presented an improved futuristic physique, and stood on stage presenting an even better build to not only match the growth of the sport, but to lead this master’s category.
History of the Beast
Jeff Williamson started lifting right out of high school. This involved lifting in the garage. When Jeff went to college to study engineering he joined Gold’s Gym in Evansville. “It was my first exposure to a gym atmosphere and I was hooked from there on,” says Jeff who was just lifting and not even thinking about competing.
When he was thirty-years old, Jeff trained at a gym in Harrison, Ohio. “I think it was called Excalibur at the time,” Jeff recalls. “The gym owner asked me if I ever competed. He told me that I needed to talk to the people at Beverly International. One thing lead to another and I made an appointment and met with Sandy. She took a look at me and said that I should do the Tri-State Novice, which was coupled with the Mr. Kentucky. I won that show and did several shows since then. I’d do four to five shows, sit out for a while, do a few more shows, and then sit out for a few years.” Just like Bill Pearl.
Jeff won numerous titles in a number of organizations including the NANBF USA title. He also competed in the WNBF for a few years. But, one title had eluded him, so Jeff returned to the NPC and won the overall at the NPC Indiana State Championships in 2012. Five years later, he decided to go after the NPC Masters National title. In order to take things to a higher level, Jeff included some outside guidance.
The Importance of Adding a Coach
“I don’t think everyone that competes needs a coach,” says Jeff. “There are a number of National-level competitors who don’t have coaches, but I do think everyone needs a little help in one area or another (posing, diet, training, supplements, or pre-contest prep). Most importantly, most competitors need an external critique of their body guiding you to improve weak points and timing your contest prep. At a high level, you really need to dial in the diet. You can really screw things up the week before prep, the day of the show, between pre-judging and finals.” Top competitor and friend Todd Buchanan recommended that he consider hiring IFBB pro Brian Hoydic as his Vince Lombardi/Gironda.
“I learned a lot from my coach in the posing area alone”, says Jeff. “I have worked with a few of the best people in the sport and thought I had the posing down. I soon learned there were several things I had to change in terms of presentation. Brian Hoydic took me to the next level. NOT to take one thing away from my roots…Roger and Sandy both gave me more than a foundation in the sport. They have always been my rock and without them I would not have ever walked on a bodybuilding stage. I have used their techniques, nutritional advice, Beverly products and all their information to help countless others. I also work as a personal trainer working with clients, many of which are competitors, and almost 100% of what I do with them comes from what Roger and Sandy have taught me ‘Beverly-style’…if you will. I owe any success that I may have to Roger and Sandy. Certainly my coach now, Brian Hoydic, played a huge role in me getting my IFBB pro card. I have worked with Brian for about a year and Beverly about twenty years, just to put things into perspective.”
I contacted Brian Hoydic to hear his views on the Batesville Beast. Okay, he had no idea who I was referring to until I added in, “I mean JEFF!”
“Jeff has no weaknesses,” says Brian. “He has full, round muscle bellies. He gets hard and dry. His shoulders and pecs are his strongest attributes. The first time I saw his pics I told him if he follows the plan he will be a pro. He didn’t miss a meal or take an unscheduled cheat meal. He checked in on time every time. He never once complained or questioned anything. Most guys that are trainers add stuff or take stuff away. He did not. What’s impressive is that he has a full- time job and trains clients 40 hours a week. I couldn’t ask for a better client.”
“Funny story…” Brian says when discussing Jeff’s athletic climb. “When he got together with me in Pittsburgh for Masters Nats six weeks ago, I had him meet me at the check- in room. I get there and tell him to strip down and let’s see how he looks. I already knew he looked really good from previous pics he sent the day before. He [strips down] and hits one of the mandatory poses. I only needed two seconds and to see just the front of him to see that he was gonna easily win. I told him in two seconds, ‘Get dressed. You’ve won!’ He also collaborated with me and trained his girlfriend Rita George, who won her pro card. So not only did he win his first pro show, his girlfriend got her card on the same day.”



Changes to The Beast’s Training
Many of us have read (and reread) Jeff’s articles on training and nutrition. These are areas he has put a great deal of thought into and a serious game plan. I recommend you get on the bodybuildingworld.com site and check these out. (There’s a search button at the top right of this page, just type in Jeff Williamson.) I, of course, had to ask him how his diet and training has changed in recent years.”
I like the training the most,” says Jeff. “Going to the gym, getting a pump, and just training. That’s what I enjoy. I’m not big on getting on stage. That’s why I take off two or three years at a time. I like the process of getting there. I like to win, but it is the gym and training that I love.” Jeff Williamson’s training does not sound like it has changed much since his previous articles. Why change what works? (See Jeff’s complete program on pg 6.) I asked him if there were any areas he felt needed a little extra work in order to maximize his symmetry. His overall positive traits that impress the judging panel include balance, fullness and condition. No one has perfect balance though. In an ideal situation, we choose one area to focus on that may be slightly behind and eventually make it a strong point.
“My legs are probably my weakest bodypart,” admits Jeff. “I hide them well. My legs get separated. The adductor area, the inner thigh, is probably my weakest area.” Now I didn’t say anything, but this is an example of someone with far greater symmetry than 98% of us. A year from now, he may admit that his brachioradialis is slightly behind his biceps, triceps and brachialis or maybe the tibialis anterior on the front of his calves is a bit behind his gastrocnemius, soleus and peroneus brevis and peroneus longus. He still gave an excellent strategy on fixing a “weak” point.
“I have really focused on that over the past year and it has come up a lot,” says Jeff. “Even at 49 or 50 years old, I have made huge improvements in that area. Overall, legs have been my weakest area. My legs have always been really strong. I can lift good weights but the strength has not translated to hypertrophy,” says Jeff. “In my case, I put in more volume of work and went lighter. For two months, I would hit legs every [training] day. I had my regular leg day but during other training sessions I would train legs light. I would hit light leg extensions, light adductors or even some really light Smith machine squats on my toes, for maybe three sets. And I did this every day for about two months leading up to the show. You would think at 50-years-old that you are not going to respond, but I did. My legs, hamstrings… I brought up my glutes too, and in five years I had not had glutes with striations.”
“I think my leg development was the best it has ever been,” says Jeff (and the judges seemed to agree!). “Come showtime everything just came together. This may not work for everyone but it worked for me. More volume. Again hitting legs every day. When I say hitting legs every day, I’m talking about maybe three sets, not necessarily working super hard…maybe twelve reps, medium weight, squeezing hard.”
Something that has come up often when we discussed training was a focus on FEEL over training poundages. “When you are doing bent-over barbell rows and you are slinging the weight around, you might be building your arms and getting almost nothing for your back. You kind of let your ego get in front of you when you are younger. Looking back, I wish I wouldn’t have been so much concerned with lifting heavy as feeling the target body part and giving it time-under- tension more. When I was younger, I went in and thought I was hitting the right body parts but really was probably only hitting it about half as much as I could.”
Nutrition, Complete Diet and Supplement Program
Like training, the wisdom has evolved but the basics of Jeff’s nutrition have not changed a great deal (if it still works, you often can keep collecting the benefits). He continues to eat a diet that includes quality protein (lean meats, eggs and Beverly protein powder), limited carb sources, healthy fats, and adequate veggies. During the off-season he simply makes sure to eat six times a day and get protein in all six of those meals. “I’m not perfect with that,” says Jeff. “I eat junk food if I want it. If I want pizza I get it, but always with some protein.”
Contest prep eating has not changed too much either. “The only real change I have made is keeping carbs in as long as I can before a contest. The best way to describe it is that my diet is basically Beverly-style. The last two shows I kept carbs in as much as I could. I dropped them down a little bit two months out and then three weeks out, I cut carbs out completely. There is no question that Beverly International supplements propelled me to the next level. You need to take in some good, quality supplements to get into the type of condition required to get into and win some of these bigger shows.” (See Jeff’s exact nutrition and supplement plan.)
Nutrition
Meal 1: 6 egg whites, 4oz beef, 1.5 cup oats
Meal 2: 10oz chicken, 2 cups rice, 1/2 cup broccoli
Meal 3: 8oz beef, 2 cups rice, 4oz green beans
Meal 4: 10oz chicken, 8oz sweet potato, 1/2 cup broccoli
Meal 5: 10oz turkey, 1 cup any green leafy veggie
Meal 6: 4oz beef, 6 egg whites, 2 cups spinach
Meal 7: I drank a 2-scoop UMP shake in the middle of night – usually around 2 am, or whenever I woke up.
Pre workout: 2 scoops Mass Maker Ultra
Post workout: 2 scoops Muscle Provider
Note: Anytime I could not get a meal in, I always had 2 scoops of UMP with me as a substitute
Supplements
Super Pak with meal #1
Quadracarn 3 tabs 3 times a day (EVERY DAY)
4 Ultra 40 and 4 Mass Amino Acids with every meal (24 of each per day)
3 ZMA 2000 before bed
I added Density, Energy Reserve, Glutamine Select, and Muscularity as the competition drew closer.
The Batesville Beast’s Impressive Debut
Winning an IFBB pro card is a lifetime goal that many competitive bodybuilders devote decades to, often letting the other aspects of their lives (such as their careers) dwindle, but still fail to win an IFBB pro card. Jeff not only won his pro card, but went on to step onto a pro stage and not only did well, but won at his first IFBB pro contest!
After winning the Masters, I asked Jeff what his future goals were and he told me that he planned to compete in the IFBB Pittsburgh Pro Championship. “I was not at my absolute best at the Master Nationals,” says Jeff (although obviously still better than the other oiled stage-guests). “I needed about two more weeks to really tighten up. The Pittsburgh Pro was six weeks after the Master Nationals so it gave me plenty of time to tighten up. It was my choice to make this show my pro debut.”
The Pittsburgh Pro Show runs in conjunction with the NPC North Americans, so the Batesville Beast’s IFBB pro debut was actually held in the middle of the week (Wednesday). “I really like the idea of going on stage first and only having one class,” says Jeff. “All the judging is done in the morning and there is no posedown in the finals, so you pretty well know where you place at prejudging.”
“Competing at the IFBB level you need to compete within your bounds. I’m not going to compete against guys at the Olympia level. It has to be guys within the Masters level or maybe even the 212-pound class. I need to see how I stack up.” Winning his first IFBB pro contest shows that he chose wisely and progressed at an impressive rate.
“Everyone was a lot bigger than I anticipated and everyone was in shape,” says Jeff. I forced my humble friend to open up with a very honest explanation of why he won. “A very classy group of guys. I’m not huge. I’m not really that big. I don’t overpower anyone, but I have the round, full look…the round muscle bellies. It comes down to me being in condition. If I am in condition and have the round full look, it makes me appear a lot bigger on stage. My conditioning and round muscle bellies set me apart from the rest and from the back I have a 3-D type look that sets me apart.”
Brian Hoydic adds, “Honestly, he ended up looking better than I thought. He looked even better for the pro show than when he won the pro card. I think his posing really separated him from the rest of the pros. There were two really good guys in his class, but his overall balance and symmetry closed the deal.”
I ask Jeff Williamson how the Batesville Beast becoming a pro will affect his life and he let me know the change would not be dramatic. “I have a career in the corporate world but I do think it will help my side business (personal training/supplement sales). I just have not had time for everything to sink in and begin to capitalize on it yet.”
“I am planning on doing the Baltimore Pro on October 28th. This was not planned, but again I know I can make improvements in the next eight weeks. I feel like this is the year to do as much as I can since I am in condition and mentally and physically feel great! I really have no excuse why not to jump into the Baltimore Pro.”
If this longtime member of the Beverly International family collects a series of wins before going into a long term off-season, it does not mean he will not again be doing quarter-turns for pro judges in a few years. “Consistency and being prepared is what makes a champion,” says Jeff. “In other words, when you go to the gym you have to mentally and physically be prepared. You have to know you are on track. From the big things to the small things. Eating throughout the day. Make sure you are hydrated. Make sure you are ready for the workout. Be prepared for the workout. Know what you are going to do when you go in there. You don’t have to know every set or every detail. You need to have a pretty good idea what your goals are in the gym. Be prepared and be consistent with it.”
Never expect the Batesville Beast to retire. Jeff Williamson breaks the retirement schedule that ends most bodybuilding careers. He does not even present an age- declining physique. I look forward to seeing his future title-collecting victories!
Training Program
I normally follow a 3 on – 1 off workout split. I do 3 work sets for each exercise (after warm-ups when necessary). My exercises and reps are listed below.
Day 1 Chest, Shoulders & Triceps | Amount |
---|---|
Incline DB Press | 12,10,10 |
Cable Crossover | 12,12,12 |
Hammer Incline Press superset with Flat DB Flyes | 10,10,10 |
DB Shoulder Press | 15,12,10 |
Medium-grip Upright BB Rows | 12,12,12 |
DB Reverse Flyes | 30,25,20 (face down on incline bench) |
Rope Pushdowns | 20,20,20 |
Machine Dips | 20,20,20 |
Close-grip Bench Press | 10,10,10 |
Day 2 Back, Biceps | Amount |
---|---|
Front Pulldowns | 15,12,10 |
Barbell Row | 10,10,10 |
T-Bar Row | 10,8,8 |
Seated Row | 10,10,30 (Set of 30 is quick pumping style reps) |
BB Shrug | 20,15,12 |
Close-grip Cable Curls | 40,30,20 |
Seated Alternate DB Curl | 2 sets: 20lbs to failure, 30 lbs to failure |
Preacher Curls with EZ Bar | 20,20,20 |
Day 3 Legs | Amount |
---|---|
Leg Extensions | 30,30,30 (get quads super pumped to start) |
Seated Calf Raise | (very strict) 20,20,20 |
DB Sumo Squats | 30,30,30 |
Hack Squats | (feet shoulder width) 12,10,10 |
Smith Machine Squat | (2 plates each side) 20,20,20 (this is tough) |
Standing Calf Raise | 12,12,12 |
Leg Press | 20,20,20 |
Leg Curl | 30,30,30 |

An Aggressive Champion – Richard Acheampong’s Future Path
An Aggressive Champion – Richard Acheampong’s Future Path
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 23, #3
By: Steve Colescott, The Guerrilla Journalist

At a Glance: Richard Acheampong
Age: 26
Occupation: Security operation officer at Facebook Data Center New Albany, OH
Current Residence: Columbus, OH
Family: 4th child out of 5 siblings including 3 boys and 2 girls
Years training (total): 6 years, competing for 1 year
Weight: 205-210 (Off Season), 180-185 (Contest)
Favorite Supplements: It’s gotta be UMP. I mix 2-3 scoops and drink it sometimes as a shake and other times I make it as a pudding and add some fruits & almonds.
What do you recommend to your friends who have never tried Beverly: I let my friends try my ‘go to’ VANILLA UMP protein and their impressions after are priceless. Always great feedback!
Music: Hip-Pop from Jay-Z, Kendrick Lamar, J. Cole and many others! Always listen to music that pumps me up for my workout sessions.
Hobby outside bodybuilding: Family time, traveling if I have time, trying out new things.
Words to live by: “Every day is a true blessing from God. I’m always thankful.”
Richard Acheampong is a young bodybuilder that has only been training for a few years and just a year on stage. While his time in men’s classic physique has not been long, the amount of contest prep experience, trophies earned, and (even more impressive) his well-shaped and lean balanced build, displays champion qualities. Most important, his mental attitude lists him as an athlete with future potential.
The fact that Richard was born in a west African country was always going to be a part of my interview, but I was learning that there was much more about this man that was going to be the major part of his story. His mental attitude, proper coaching, and driven nature definitely helped create him. So I had to look through his history to see how his growth as a person lead to this positive champion mindset.
“Ghana is not as developed as the United States, but it is a peaceful country,” says Richard who only lived there until his early teens. His father wanted a better place with less government corruption and greater career opportunities to provide for his family, so he chose to bring them to the U.S. After graduating from high school, Richard started going to a Planet Fitness near his house for something to do.
At six-feet tall, Richard weighed 160-pounds at the time. As the ancient lifters from my time learned from muscle magazines, when Richard started lifting, he learned as much as he could through YouTube videos. While I have seen some good and some TERRIBLE information in online videos, I always recommend this magazine, No Nonsense, for solid training and diet info from decades of successful bodybuilders.
After a couple of years, Richard moved to the more serious (and larger) Lifestyle Gym, where he currently acts as a popular trainer. A big change evolved two-years ago, by a meet-up with a well-known Buckeye bodybuilder named Todd Buchanan. Being someone that has always been impressed by Todd (both as a bodybuilder and a person), the first thing I noticed was a similarity in the physiques of both Todd and Richard. Having Todd as a coach, turned out to be a great decision.
Entering Contests
“Todd has been awesome. We talked, became very close and he is like a father- figure to me. He talked me into doing a show and told me that I have potential. He helps me if I have any question on training or items life-related. He also introduced me to Beverly products.”
This guidance led Richard into what it took to do so well in his first handful of shows. His first contest was less than a year ago, with him winning the overall in the classic physique division of the 2018 Natural Kentucky. He made an impressive follow- up by winning the overall at the 2019 Mike Francois Classic, and second-place in his class at the 2019 Northcoast Championship and the 2019 Natural Ohio. In other words, he was a rookie that has the feel of competing in a single year that most bodybuilders only accomplish after closer to five years.
I got the following information from his mentor, Todd Buchanan. “Richard’s physique is pretty balanced and he has amazing muscular density for the short amount of time he has been in the fitness arena. He definitely has full muscle bellies, a small waist and the overall pretty look.” As a classic physique athlete, this is as impressive a judgement as possible.
Training
For Richard, training in the off-season involves at least five days a week in the gym and resting over the weekend. He trains at least two bodyparts a day. Monday is an upper-body push day, mostly chest and triceps. Tuesday is an upper-body pull day, directed towards back and biceps. Wednesday involves lower body training, posterior chain (hamstrings, glutes, lower back) being the main focus and wrapping up with some core work. On Thursday, he trains shoulders along with some more triceps work. Friday is a second back session with him using more machines and squeezing the lats while focusing on maximal contractions. Saturday is his second leg training session (heavier quad work in this workout).
“As I’m getting closer to a contest, I’m not focused on going as high in weight,” says Richard. “I go for higher reps, sometimes close to twenty. It is less about going heavy. It’s about intensity and getting a good pump.” His sessions last only 45 minutes to an hour, but with short rest periods and some super-setting.
“I train every body part with equal intensity,” Richard adds. “I love training back and I love to train shoulders…but I’m not going to go in on leg day and not give it as much intensity.” “It burns like hell!” Richard adds as I question some of his training intensity techniques. “It’s not every session but when I work out, I enjoy something where my muscle will be sore for a day or two, but that drives improvement!”
I dig deeper into Richard’s training style, trying to hunt down some of his unique hypertrophy-based exercises. As we both get deep into a training conversation, he mentions lying cable lateral raises, some leg super-sets, with increased band resistance leg presses and tricks for greater back contraction. Many of these tricks came from his coach’s guidance.
As we spoke, I even mentioned an old training technique I learned twenty-five years ago from powerlifting coach Louie Simmons. This was from my first visit to an old version of his Westside Barbell Gym. It was a technique from when he trained bodybuilders Mike Francois and Jim Seitzer. Richard’s reply said a lot. “Now that you told me, you have me visualizing and wanting to install that in my next workout. It’s about thinking outside of the box and learning new things. It also keeps it fun to train!” His passion for pushing to another level again displays his champion mentality.
His Bodybuilding Future
“I want to be better,” says Richard. “I know it takes months of overtime work to see change. Like everyone else, I’ve got to sweat it out. Wanting to get better and putting in the work is what it’s all about.”
To close the article, I ask coach Todd for his prediction of where this athlete is heading. “I see Richard definitely as a Classic Physique pro in the near future… as well as a top placer in whatever shows he competes in. Keep an eye out for him. He has a big future!”


Serious Nutrition
I asked Richard to go over his food intake with me. “I ate the necessary growth food when I started lifting,” he replies. “But when I started working with Todd, he gave me a more formal dieting plan. He listed what I needed to eat at each meal to get me prepared for the stage.”
Here’s Richard’s Base Diet
“My breakfast includes 4-6 whole eggs, adding some veggies (spinach, peppers and onions) and maybe a piece of toast sometimes. I train in the morning, so this is about an hour and a half before hitting the gym. When contest prep is closer, toast is not included and it is more egg whites with one whole-egg included.”
“After training, I have some fish or chicken, sweet potatoes, and avocado. I like to eat four or five times a day (post-gym) to help recovery. As the show approaches, I cut the carbs down.”
“My third meal will involve three-scoops of UMP protein, and I add raw almonds with it and unsweetened almond milk. If I don’t have much of an appetite, UMP is even more my go-to. I like the Vanilla and Cookies & Crème flavors. Sometimes I throw some peanut butter in my shake. It is awesome! I always have UMP for at least two meals throughout the day.”
His coach (Todd Buchanan) adds to the discussion of Richard’s nutrition. “What I love about Richard is that he communicates everything about his prep with me. No changes are made without discussing them, with the final decision always being his to determine.”
“Beverly supps are his base, but he uses only what we determine is appropriate at the time,” says Todd. “Beverly’s Quadracarn, 7-Keto MuscLean, Lean Out, Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 are staples.”
Richard adds, “I use all of them. With Mass Aminos and Ultra 40, I take 2-3 with every meal. With Lean Out, I take two with each meal. I take three Quadracarn, twice a day, and the same with 7-Keto MuscLean. When a contest approaches, 7-Keto really helps me a lot. It gives me energy on a low-carb day.”
Todd describes their use of OMAD (One Meal A Day) fasting to wrapping up Richard’s contest prep. This is done, “one time a week in the last two to three weeks of prep to get super-tight! On that day we take Beverly free form amino acids – 5 Density and 6 Muscularity every 2-3 hours, instead of food meals. The fast is generally 20-24 hours long, ending with a high-protein, high- fat meal and a large salad or large amounts of veggies. Training includes lots of volume for all body parts.” This seems to have been very successful to Richard’s shredded, paper-thin, stage dominance.
Daily Meal Plan at 6 Weeks Out from a Contest
Meal 1: 1 egg, 1 cup of egg whites, spinach (cooked with coconut oil)
Meal 2: 2-3 scoops of UMP Vanilla with 1oz raw almonds
Meal 3: 6oz chicken and 1 cup green veggies
Meal 4: 2-3 scoops of UMP Vanilla with 1oz raw almonds
Meal 5: 1 cup egg whites, spinach
I will do a refeed on Wednesday after legs and a cheat meal on Saturday post workout. A burger and fries until about 3 weeks out then I stop. I drink 1-1.5 gallons of H20 daily
Supplements
Lean Out – 2 each meal
Mass Aminos – 3 each meal
Ultra 40 – 3 each meal
Quadracarn – 3 tablets twice daily
7-Keto MuscLean – 3 capsules twice daily
Glutamine Select – 2 scoops mixed in my water bottle (sipped during training)
UMP – used as part of my daily meal plan
Training
Monday: Chest & Triceps
Tuesday: Back & Biceps
Wednesday: Legs (hamstrings and glutes focus), Core, & Calves
Thursday: Shoulders & Triceps
Friday: Back (lighter weights with more squeezing and contracting) & Biceps
Saturday: Legs (quad focus) & Calves
Sunday: Off
Richard’s Favorite Exercises for each Muscle Group
Chest: Barbell Incline Press, Flat Bench Dumbbell Press, Cable Crossovers and Push Ups to failure
Back: Deadlifts, Reverse Grip Bent Over Rows
Shoulders: Standing Barbell Press, Arnold Press. Seated Dumbbell Press
Biceps: Barbell Curls, Alternating Dumbbell Curls
Triceps: Weighted Dips, Dumbbell Kickbacks
Abs: Hanging Leg Raises, Decline Oblique Crunch
Quads: Squats, Narrow Leg Press
Hamstrings: Seated Hamstring Curls, Stiff-Leg Deadlifts
Calves: Standing Calf Raises, Seated Raises

Safe Haven – How Bodybuilding Saved My Life
Safe Haven – How Bodybuilding Saved My Life
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 23, #2
By: Tangelea Tucker-Gillon (mom) and Cydney Gillon, Ms Figure Olympia 2017, 2018
My bodybuilding journey began late in life. I was 38. Below, my daughter goes into detail about my life’s journey and how the course of events, shortened the competition chapter of my life. When I was no longer able to compete, I enjoyed the bodybuilding world through my “bodybuilding” family. Since 2003, I have helped them prep for shows (posing, tanning, planning for the events, etc.). In 2007 my daughter, Cydney joined our bodybuilding family which added even more joy to my life. Cydney in now Ms Figure Olympia for the past two years. Once I entered the bodybuilding world, I never left- couldn’t leave. I realized this is the world I loved! Cyd takes it from here.
Superficial is a word that comes to the minds of many individuals who hear the word bodybuilding. But, those who do not seriously compete will never know the true impact that bodybuilding can have on one’s life, an impact so strong that lives change.
At the age of 34, my mom, Tangelea found herself extremely unhappy and overweight. She had become sedentary and desk bound by her job as an architect. As she saw the pounds mounting up on her 5 foot 1 inch frame, she knew something had to change, but she did not know where to start. One day she and her husband stumbled across Bill Phillips’ twelve-week, Body For Life program. They both embarked on the program and Tangelea went from a size 16 to a size 8. Her health journey had begun.
In 2001, Tangelea entered her first bodybuilding competition by a fluke. She had no desire to compete but made a deal with one of her husband’s personal training clients – “I’ll get on stage if you do.” Then the client pulled out of the contest, but Tangelea, despite being very scared about going it alone, decided to honor her word and enter the contest. She placed last in that show but her fire was lit. She was determined to be her best and one of the first obstacles she had to overcome was her natural shyness. Standing onstage, in front of strangers, preparing herself to be judged, was a leap for which she would need to be prepared.
Over the next two years Tangelea made steady improvements and began winning almost every show she competed in. Then she had to put what had become her new found joy on hold. At 40 years old, Tangelea was diagnosed with breast cancer while she was preparing for her next bodybuilding competition. Cancer was not going to stop her. She told the doctor to “wait on the surgery because I have a show coming up.” It was unknown if she would be able to ever compete again. She did not want the months dedicated to this one day, stripped from her because of a disease that no one could control. She took fate into her own hands, stepped on stage at the Atlanta SNBF (Supernatural Bodybuilding and Fitness) organization show, and won every category she entered. She earned an 8-foot spear trophy that she used to symbolically fight her condition.
Tangelea feels that “bodybuilding saved her life.” Without being in the physical condition she was in prior to competition, she would have never seen the lump that had formed on the side of her breast. Without bodybuilding, she would still be the meek, young girl who was too shy to eat in public; without bodybuilding, she would not have known how mentally and physically strong she was; without this sport, she would not be the woman she is today. Ten years later, Tangelea stepped back on stage to the tune of “Woman on Fire” by Alicia Keys, and that she was.
In 2013, I started competing again after taking 10 years off. There had been a revolution in physique competitions, new divisions and a new level of conditioning. As an amateur I was accustomed to winning or placing in the top 3 of every show, winning over women my age and much younger. As a Natural pro, and being 56, I find myself losing more often than winning. Age and being a woman has made it very difficult to truly lean out. I now have to work harder and smarter during every prep, dieting from 5 or more months out. With that being said, I am on a mission in 2019. I plan on bringing my best physique to the stage this year. This new body will be better than my best physique in 2003 where I placed 2nd at the NPC Georgia and won every bodybuilding category at the SNBF show including the overall (my last show). It is a challenge; the journey bitter-sweet; however, I won’t stop until I achieve my personal goals.
Contest Prep
Diet: I have used the “16 week out” up to the “4 weeks out” meal plans and the “final prep week” from Beverly with great success (see training and diet plans on the following 3 pages). A couple of years ago I decided to try counting macros. Loved the flexibility but hated measuring everything I ate. This year I combined the macros and the last four weeks from Beverly’s program. When in prep, I usually prepare all my meals for the day. This decreases my stress. I know I get tired as the day progresses, so there’s one less thing to worry about.
Supplements: I use Density, EFA Gold and Lean Out year round, regardless of whether I am in contest prep mode or not. This year I have added in my old staples, Mass Aminos and Ultra 40. When I started using Beverly products in 2003, Mass and Ultra 40 allowed me to maintain muscle while I got leaner. Prior to that time, when I did not use Mass and Ultra 40, I would get leaner and leaner from my diet, but also smaller and smaller. Other supplements I rely on during contest prep are Muscularity, 7-Keto MuscLean, Quadracarn, UMP (graham cracker, vanilla, chocolate, cookies & crème, and strawberry).
I divide out all my supplements for the day (including protein shakes) into sandwich bags. That way, regardless of what happens during the day, I have what I need. I also carry water and usually an emergency protein bar in case I don’t get a chance to eat a scheduled meal (off season only).
Cardio: I find that morning cardio works best for me. I prefer intervals, normally on an incline (up to level 15 on my treadmill). I also do steady state at a fast pace to help with my glutes. Off season, I try to get in 2-3 times a week for 15 – 20 minutes. (Muscle has memory, cardio does not.) I increase time, days per week, and intensity as a contest approaches.
This year my daughter Cyd, had me implement her cardio regimen. She explained that I had to do different types of cardio, since I have been training for so long, my body had just stopped responding. I did a lot more HIIT than I would do on my own. She also got me away from relying on the treadmill incorporating battle ropes (which I hate), stair master, bike, arc trainer, elliptical and rowing machines.
Training: Pre contest I work my entire body twice a week (over 8 days), 3 days on, rest, 3 days on, rest (see sidebar). Day 1- Chest and Arms, Day 2- Legs (Quads and Calves), Day 3- Back and Shoulders; the routine is the same during the next 3-day cycle except on Day 2 (Legs) I focus on Hams and Glutes, rather than Quads. I don’t use momentum to get the weight up. In fact, I slow my cadence so that that the reps are harder.
This off season, I decided to work 1 body part a day (except arms which are usually biceps and triceps together), working out 1.5 hours on most days and 2 hours on leg days (focusing on my glutes).
Conclusion
Bodybuilding, I embrace the journey. You can never truly “lose” when you prepare for a show and have the right mindset. I always say building the body is art and science in sync; the fountain of youth; the way to staying healthy and fit. It is a lifestyle.


Sample 3 Days On – 1 Day Off Workout Routine
Goal: To improve your muscularity, muscle tone, and separation while developing an athletic looking physique.
Progression: After a warm-up, use the same weight for all sets of an exercise. Start at the low end of the suggested rep range. Gradually increase the repetitions, usually adding one rep each workout until you reach the top number of suggested reps for each set of a particular exercise. Then add weight and start over at the lower end of the rep scheme.
Use as much weight as you can with perfect form for the target amount of reps. If you can do more reps than the target on your last set, add weight. If you can’t get at least the lower recommend amount of reps, then lighten the weight slightly. Go pretty quick between sets. You should not rest more than 90 seconds between sets.
Day Four and Eight: Rest, Day Nine: Start over at Day 1
Day One: Chest and Arms | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Incline DB Press | 4 | 6-10 |
Flat Dumbbell Press | 4 | 8-12 |
Pec Deck | 3 | 8-12 |
Barbell or EZ Curl | 3 | 6-10 |
Incline DB Curl | 3 | 8-12 |
Concentration Curl | 2 | 10-12 |
Close Grip Bench Press | 3 | 6-10 |
Triceps Pushdown | 3 | 8-12 |
Lying Triceps Extension | 3 | 8-12 |
Abs (use any variety of exercises you want) | 8 | 25-50 |
Day Two: Legs (Quads and Calves) | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Leg Press | 3 | 10-15 |
Squats | 3 | 8-12 |
Hack Squat Machine* | 3 | 10-15 |
Stiff-Legged Deadlift | 3 | 10-12 |
Leg Extensions | 3 | 12-15 |
Calf Raises | 6 | 15 reps on any combination of machines |
* do the Hack Squats as One and One Half Reps. This means go all the way down below parallel with your quads, then come half way up, then all the way back down, and then all the way up. This equals 1 repetition.
Day Three: Back and Shoulders | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
One Arm DB Row | 3 | 8-10 |
Pulldowns | 3 | 8-12 |
Seated Cable Row | 3 | 8-12 |
Straight-Arm Pulldowns | 3 | 10-12 |
Shoulder Press | 3 | 6-10 |
Upright Row | 3 | 8-10 |
Lateral Raise | 3 | 10-12 |
Bent Over Laterals | 3 | 10-12 |
Abs (do tougher exercises than Day 1) | 6 | 15-25 reps |
Day Five: Chest and Arms (same as Day 1) | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Incline DB Press | 4 | 6-10 |
Flat Dumbbell Press | 4 | 8-12 |
Pec Deck | 3 | 8-12 |
Barbell or EZ Curl | 3 | 6-10 |
Incline DB Curl | 3 | 8-12 |
Concentration Curl | 2 | 10-12 |
Close Grip Bench Press | 3 | 6-10 |
Triceps Pushdown | 3 | 8-12 |
Lying Triceps Extension | 3 | 8-12 |
Abs (use any variety of exercises you want) | 8 | 25-50 |
Day Six: Legs (Hamstring and Glutes emphasis) | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Romanian Dead Lift (superset with next exercise) | 3 | 10-15 |
Wide Leg Press | 3 | 10-15 |
Leg Curl (superset with next exercise) | 3 | 6-8 |
Walking Lunge | 3 | 12-15 steps with each foot |
Leg Extension (superset with next exercise) | 3 | 12-15 |
Smith Machine Squat | 3 | 10-12 (non-lock) |
Calf Raises | 6 | 15 reps on any combination of machines |
Day Seven: Back and Shoulders (same as Day 3) | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
One Arm DB Row | 3 | 8-10 |
Pulldowns | 3 | 8-12 |
Seated Cable Row | 3 | 8-12 |
Straight-Arm Pulldowns | 3 | 10-12 |
Shoulder Press | 3 | 6-10 |
Upright Row | 3 | 8-10 |
Lateral Raise | 3 | 10-12 |
Bent Over Laterals | 3 | 10-12 |
Abs (do tougher exercises than Day 1) | 6 | 15-25 reps |
Cardio: The best times to do your cardio are in the mornings, after your weight training, or in the evening before bed.
Bonus Exercises: It is very beneficial for the Figure Competitor to perform push-ups and chins as often as possible. It can be as part of your cardio, interspersed throughout the day, or at the end of your workout. To progress – just try to go for a greater cumulative number each week. If you do ten pushups at the end of each of your workouts the first time though, that’s 60 cumulative reps; next week – beat that total. On chins you might start as low as 3 per day. (It’s not where you start, it’s where you finish.)
Diets and Supplement Programs at 16 Weeks Out
16 Weeks Out Diet:
It’s okay to adjust portions or add or decrease a meal as needed to maintain progress. Do not worry about the particular order of your meals, if you want to eat Meal 1 as your last meal of the day, go ahead, it’s OK. Just make sure that you eat something or have a protein shake about every three hours.
Diet Program at 16 Weeks Out
Meal #1: 1 whole egg + 3 egg whites, 3oz very lean meat, 1/2 cup oatmeal – before cooking
Meal #2: (Choose one option)
Option A: Protein Drink with two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, one tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream.
Option B: 1 can tuna, one small apple or orange
Meal #3: 5oz lean meat (chicken or other lean protein source), 1/2 cup cooked brown rice or 4oz sweet potato, 1 cup vegetables (broccoli, etc.) or 2 cups green salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #4: Two scoops Muscle Provider in 12-16 oz water
Meal #5: 6oz salmon or very lean meat (chicken breast, fish, turkey breast, lean beef – sirloin, filet, etc), 1 cup low carb vegetables, salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #6: (This is an option if you reduce meal #4 to one scoop protein; you add meal #6 below. Which is better? – Whatever works better for you.)
Option A: Protein Shake or Pudding: 1 Scoop Ultimate Muscle Protein, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire
Option B: 6 egg whites with 1 cup of vegetables
Supplement Program at 16 Weeks Out
Take 2 FitTabs and 3 EFA Gold at meals 1 and 5.
Take 2 Mass Aminos and 2 Ultra 40 with each meal.
Take 2 Density (and/or 2 Muscularity) and 1 Lean Out with each meal listed above. (Lean Out is the most important supplement you can take with this nutritional plan if your primary goal is to lose fat. Lean Out helps your body burn stored fats, not your hard-earned lean muscle.)
Optional
Glutamine Select – take 1-2 scoops during training to preserve muscle during precontest dieting.
ZMA 2000 – 2 capsules before bed to aid recovery and sleep.
If you have any questions about Beverly supplements be sure to call them at 1-800-781-3475. The Beverly Team will help you get the best results possible.


Final Four Weeks Out Diet for Maximum Fat Loss
Diet Program at 4 Weeks Out
Meal #1: 3oz chicken breast or turkey breast, three egg whites, one-half grapefruit.
Meal #2: (Choose one option)
Option (A): Protein Drink with one scoop Ultimate Muscle Protein or Muscle Provider, one teaspoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter).
Option (B): Three and one-half ounces chicken breast or tuna, three egg whites, one tomato.
Meal #3: 5oz chicken breast, two cups salad (lettuce, tomato, carrot, cucumber, green peppers, etc.) or two cups low carb vegetables, one tablespoon “Newman’s Own” dressing ( or make your own with one tablespoon cider vinegar and one tablespoon olive oil).
Meal #4: Protein Drink with one scoop Ultimate Muscle Protein or Muscle Provider and water. If this is the meal preceding or just after training, Muscle Provider is the optimal protein at this time.
Meal #5: 5oz chicken breast, turkey breast or 96% lean beef, two cups low carb vegetables or salad.
Monday and Thursday:
Substitute the following for your 5th meal at the end of the day:
- 3/4 cup oatmeal, or 3/4 cup cooked brown rice
- 5oz sweet potato
- 4oz banana
- 1 cup vegetables
- 1 tbsp butter or almond butter
Supplement Program at 4 Weeks Out
Meal 1: Super Pak
Meal 1 & 5: 3 EFA Gold
Each meal: 2 Density, 2 Muscularity, 2 Lean Out, and 1 Energy Reserve
Training: 2 scoops Glutamine Select plus BCAAs
7-Keto MuscLean: 3 capsules upon arising and 3 capsules mid afternoon
(Optional) GH Factor: 6 capsules immediately upon arising and six more before bed (or if you eat right before bed, take six GH Factor thirty minutes prior to your last meal.
GH Factor is ideal if you’ve hit a fat loss plateau. Especially valuable for stubborn thigh and abdominal fat. You’ll take six capsules upon arising and six more before retiring.

How I Prepared for My First IFBB Pro Contest
How I Prepared for My First IFBB Pro Contest
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 23, #3
By: Scott Foster, IFBB Pro Bodybuilding & Classic Physique

At a Glance: Scott Foster
Age: 40
Occupation/Education: 5th and 6th grade Math and Language Arts Teacher
Current Residence: Russell, PA
Family: My beautiful wife Julia, daughter Brynn (7), sons Camden (4) Cullen (2)
Height: 5’2″
Weight: 170 (off-season), 140 (contest) My goal is to be on stage at 160.
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: My twice weekly carb up meal – 1.5 cup oatmeal, 10oz sweet potato, 6oz banana, 2 tbsp almond butter, 1 cup broccoli.
Favorite Gain phase Bodybuilding Meal: 5 whole eggs, 2 oz cheese, 2 tbs almond butter, 2 whole wheat pieces of bread, 1 apple.
Favorite Supplements: Mass Maker Ultra, UMP Chocolate, Ultra 40, Mass Amino, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Muscle Synergy.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? UMP is by far the best protein on the market. It tastes amazing. It can be used in so many different ways. I’ve made no bake brownies with it by stirring it into a pudding and letting it set over night, pudding, ice cream (freezing the pudding).
Music: Hard rock and metal.
Most Inspiring Book: The Bible, The Little Engine that Could.
Hobby or Interests outside bodybuilding: Playing with my kids (my favorite), training (I don’t take much time off), working on cars.
Words to live by: What is impossible for man is possible for God. Never give up. Push through the hard things, they will make you stronger.
It had been eleven years since I won my pro card at the 2008 NPC National Championships in Atlanta, Georgia. Big changes, good changes in life happened. I took time off to start a family. My wife Julia and I were married in September of 2009. Then in 2012 our first child, Brynn was born. Our two sons Camden and Cullen followed in 2015 and 2017. My family and I moved from my home state of Indiana to my wife’s home state of Pennsylvania. Other things in life were more important, but I kept training and future competition remained in my mind.
At first, I saw the 212 class as a possible option. Being a person of short stature (I’m 5’2”) and weighing what I did (I won my pro card at 137) and never higher than the 170s, I knew I would be out of my league in open IFBB contests, even competing in the 212 class would be difficult. But I did not let that deter me. I kept training, trying to gain enough size to possibly compete in the IFBB one day.
Then in 2015, The NPC and IFBB introduced the Men’s Classic Physique division. I honestly didn’t pay much attention to it at the time. I had other things on my plate as mentioned above. But last December I saw an announcement that the IFBB Pittsburgh Masters Pro would have a Classic Physique division. When I researched how this division was set up, by height vs weight, I could not have been more excited. I had an avenue to compete again. I’d waited eleven years and finally, I had my chance. I knew with my stature and structure I would never be close to 212. With Classic Physique, I could compete in the 5’4” height, 170-pound class. It was exactly what I needed.
Once I decided to do it something inside me clicked. It was like a switch flipping on inside me and there was no turning back. It had been eleven years since I had stepped on stage last, but once you get the rush of it all, you can’t let go. I love the competition.
I immediately started cleaning up my diet and began a diet plan to gain good muscle weight (see Sidebar – Maximum Muscle and Lean Weight Gain Diet) and started a training regime geared toward developing a more “classic” physique (see Sidebar – My Classic Physique Training Plan). I started solid dieting 20 weeks out from the show and stayed on the same meal plan for a majority of the prep.
Most days I trained before work. In the summer I would get up at 3:30 or 4:00 am and be at the gym by 4:30 to train my hardest. I had to be at work at the local lumber yard by 6:30 and worked until 5:00 pm. By training early in the morning, I had the rest of the evening to spend with my family. When school started (I teach 5th and 6th grade math and language arts), I was able to switch my training time to an hour or two after school. I enjoy the training because for many of us the gym is our “fortress of solitude.” We walk in, forget about our troubles for an hour or two and get our workout in. Dieting gets monotonous but the food is fuel. It is part of the process. It will get me where I need to be.
Preparing for the IFBB Pittsburgh Masters Pro show, my pro debut was tough. Not only for me, but also my family. We all sacrificed a lot. When you show prep, or compete in anything, you never do it alone. I was blessed to have my family alongside me. As the weeks went by, I had to become totally focused – to embrace the challenge and ask myself how bad I wanted it. When I compete I go for the win, plain and simple. If I get beat by someone who is better than me, I’m fine with that. If I lose because I didn’t do all I could, that is something totally different. Obstacles are only obstacles if we let them be. We, if we choose to, can work around anything. You might have to give up a little sleep or favorite food, possibly a favorite past time. To surpass an obstacle, and not let it be in your way, there is always a sacrifice.
The closer the show became, the more excited I became. I was excited and nervous at the same time. Once I stepped backstage, I was in the zone and ready to go. It was game-on. Everything was in focus. All my sacrifices got me where I wanted to be, a winner in the IFBB. I competed in three classes, Open Men’s Bodybuilding where I took 6th place, Men’s Classic Physique 35 and over where I took 2nd, and Men’s Classic Physique 40 and over which I won.
In closing, we have to remember our goals. Make small, short- term goals, then larger, long-term goals. Smaller goals always lead to bigger goals. All the great bodybuilders and others in different avenues of life say the same thing. Greatness takes time, effort and sacrifice. I’m not where I want to be but I’m working on it.
When I earned my IFBB pro card back in 2008 I told myself right away how amazing a gift it was and how it was then, and is now my obligation to help others. I see my pro status as an obligation to help everyone I can. If anyone has a question, or if I see someone struggle with something, I offer advice. I try to make myself available for anyone who has a question, needs a spot, or wants to train. I do not know everything, I’m still learning myself, but I’ll help anyone who wants it. That’s the fun part of bodybuilding. We are all at different levels of our training. We all have different goals, some are bodybuilders, some are powerlifters, and some train for athletic improvement or overall wellness. In the end, it’s the simple fact that we are training.
I can’t thank all who helped me enough. My family, my wife Julia, my children Brynn, Camden, and Cullen, my parents and my wife’s parents. I also want to thank my friends, including Roger and Sandy along with everyone at Beverly International.

Maximum Muscle and Lean Weight Gain Diet
Phase 1:
Advanced Gaining Phase Program
You can find this plan in Section 7, Weight Gaining Nutritional Programs of Beverly’s Blueprints for Success. Go to beverlyinternational.com, click on “Bev Solutions” at the left and then “Nutrition Solutions”. You’ll find the entire Blueprint there.
Strategy: This is a 12-week program that alternates gaining and hardening phases in a specific pattern. The “Gain” cycle includes six meals PLUS a pre and post workout Mass Maker Ultra recovery drink. The “Hardening” cycle consists of five or six meals daily and is designed to solidify the gains I made during the “Gain” cycle.
Schedule:
Weeks 1-4: 4-Week Gaining Phase
Week 5: 1-Week Hardening Phase
Weeks 6-8: 3-Week Gaining Phase
Week 9: 1-Week Hardening Phase
Weeks 10-11: 2-Week Gaining Phase
Week 12: 1-Week Hardening Phase
Gain Cycle (Weeks 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11)
Meal #1: 3 egg omelet with 2 ounces cheese, 2 slices whole-grain toast with almond butter, 1 apple.
Meal #2: Protein Drink: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 2 tbsp healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream.
Optional: 1 serving low carb fruit.
Meal #3: 8oz lean beef or chicken breast (or other lean protein source), 3/4 cup cooked brown rice (or other complex carbohydrate source).
Optional: 1 or 2 servings of low carb fruit or vegetables.
Meal #4: 6-8oz turkey breast, 1/2 cup cottage cheese, 1/2 cup pineapple (unsweetened) or 1/2 cantaloupe
Option B: Protein Drink with two scoops Muscle Provider or Ultimate Muscle Protein, one tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream.
Meal #5: 8oz steak, lean beef, pork loin, chicken, turkey or fish, 6oz baked potato or sweet potato, 1-2 cups low carb vegetables or salad.
Meal #6: Protein pudding – mix two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add one tablespoon of almond butter, walnuts, or heavy cream.
Option B: 8oz lean beef, one serving low carbohydrate vegetable or fruit.
Pre and Post Workout Drink – Training Days Only:
30 Minutes before training: 2 scoops Mass Maker Ultra mixed in 10oz water
Immediately after training: 2 scoops Mass Maker Ultra mixed in 10oz water (Eat your next meal about 60 minutes after your Mass Maker Ultra shake.
Supplements I took during the Gaining Phase:
1 Super Pak
3 Mass Aminos with meals 1-6
3 Ultra 40 with with meals 1-6
Muscle Synergy – 8 tablets before training and 8 tablets in the evening
Creatine Select – 2 servings daily (pre and post training) on training days, and 1 serving daily on non-training days
Hardening Phase Nutritional Program (Weeks 5, 9, and 12)
Meal #1: 1 whole egg, 5 additional egg whites, 5oz chicken breast or turkey breast, 1/2 cup oatmeal
Meal #2: Protein Drink – 2 two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, one tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream.
Meal #3: 6oz chicken breast (or other lean protein source), 1/2 cup cooked brown rice (or other complex carbohydrate source).
Optional: Add one or two servings of low carb vegetables.
Meal #4: 1 can tuna (water packed) or 6oz turkey breast, 1 or 2 servings of low carb vegetables or 1/2 cantaloupe
Option B: Protein Drink with 2 scoops Muscle Provider or Ultimate Muscle Protein mixed in 16 ounces water.
Meal #5: 8oz chicken breast, turkey or fish, 1-2 cups low carb vegetables or salad
Meal #6: Protein pudding – mix 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein or Ultra Size in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture.
Option B: Six egg whites, three ounces chicken breast, one serving low carbohydrate vegetable.
Essential Supplements during the Hardening Phase:
Super Pak with meal 1
3 Ultra 40 with each meal
Density – 3 first thing in the morning, 5 after training and 2 before bed
Muscle Synergy – 1 scoop before training and 1 scoop in the evening
Creatine Select – 2 servings daily (pre and post training) on training days, and 1 serving daily on non-training days.
I did not take the Mass Maker pre and post workout shakes during the Hardening Phase. Instead I took 2 scoops Glutamine Select mixed in my water bottle during workouts. Another good plan is to add five Muscle Mass tablets at the start of your workout, five at about the half- way point, and five more at the end of your workout.
March 13-April 15:
I continued the same plan, but changed the schedule to Weeks 1&2 Gaining Phase, Week 3 Hardening, Week 4 Gaining, and Week 5 Hardening.
Maximum Muscle and Lean Weight Gain Diet
Phase 2:
Nutrition Plan to Gain Muscle while Continuing to Lose Fat (April 16 – July 30)
My Supplements
Super Pak with meal 1
4 Mass Aminos and 4 Ultra 40 with each meal and shake listed below
Quadracarn – 3 tablets three times daily (morning, pre workout, and evening)
Muscle Synergy – 1 scoop before training and 1 scoop in the evening
Creatine Select – 1 scoop daily before training and 1 scoop either in am or pm
Meals
Meal #1: 2 whole eggs + 4 egg whites, 5oz lean meat, 1/2 cup oatmeal
Meal #2: Protein Drink – 2 Scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein,
2 tbsp healthy fat (almond butter, flax oil, olive oil) or 2 tbsp heavy whipping cream, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire.
Whole food option: Add one or two servings of low carb vegetables.
Meal #3: 8oz lean meat, 6oz sweet potato or 2/3 cup cooked brown rice, 2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.) and/or salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #4: (same as meal #2)
Meal #5: 10oz lean meat, 2 cups vegetables and salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
At first, I ate only the first 5 meals, near the end of June I added a 6th meal of 6 egg whites before bed.
Meal #6 (optional): Protein Shake or Pudding: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, add enough water to make shake or pudding the consistency you desire.
Or Repeat Meal #1, but skip the oatmeal.
Pre-Contest Tweaks
July 31 – August 12
I continued the Phase 2 diet but added the famous “Beverly Carb Meal” at 5 weeks out. On Tuesday and Friday night I ate the following as my last meal of the day. It was a blessing and something to look forward to.
- 1 1/2 cups oatmeal (measure before cooking)
- 10oz sweet potato
- 6oz banana
- 1 cup vegetables
- 1 tbsp butter or almond butter
August 13 – August 30
Here are a couple of tweaks we made to the diet for the final 2 1/2 weeks.
- Monday, Tuesday, Thursday & Friday: Meal 1, add 3 oz meat (8oz total), substitute 1/2 grapefruit for the oatmeal (no oatmeal on Monday or Thursday)
- Monday, Tuesday, Thursday & Friday: Meal 3, add 2 oz meat (10oz total) – cut out the sweet potato and rice – added more veggies
- Wednesday and Saturday: Follow current diet and keep the added meat at Meals 1 & 3.
- I continued the carb meal on Tuesday and Friday
This is the diet I followed then going in to the show:
Meal #1: 2 whole eggs + 4 egg whites, 8oz lean meat*, 1/2 grapefruit, Wednesday and Saturday I also had 1/2 cup oatmeal.
Meal #2: Protein Drink: 2 Scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein,
2 tbsp healthy fat (almond butter, flax oil, olive oil) or 2 tbsp heavy whipping cream, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire.
Meal #3: 10oz lean meat, 2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.) and/ or salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing, Wednesday and Saturday I had a 6oz sweet potato.
Meal #4: (same as meal #2)
Meal #5: 10oz lean meat, 2 cups vegetables and salad with 2 tbsp vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #6: 6 egg whites, or on Tuesday and Friday the Beverly Carb Up meal.
*Lean meat was almost always lean ground beef.
My Classic Physique Training Plan
My training plan was formulated to not only build muscle, but also to create an optical illusion so that I appeared larger than I actually am. I was very likely the smallest guy (at 5’2” and 140 lbs) in each of the pro divisions in which I competed. By putting extra emphasis on my weak points and those most important for classic physique I was able create the illusion of a much larger physique. For example, I placed great emphasis on increasing my lat width and also on the lateral (side) head of my delts so that I’d appear wider with a pronounced “V” shape.
I used the pyramid system on most of my exercises. Here’s a quick explanation:
First set – Use a medium weight for the indicated reps primarily as a warm-up.
Second set – Do ten strict reps with a slightly heavier weight.
Third set – Use a poundage that allows eight reps in good form.
Fourth set – Add more weight, you can use a slightly looser style on this set.
Fifth set (where indicated) – Use the heaviest weight you can handle for five good reps.
I performed the schedule below just as listed for the first three months. Then, for variety, I performed the program as follows:
1st 5-Day cycle I performed the reps as listed below.
2nd 5-Day cycle I doubled the reps on each set.
3rd 5-Day cycle I performed the reps listed, but supersetted the exercises. For example, Bench Press & Incline DB Press, etc. I repeated the above schedule up until the show.
I added extra chin ups on my off days.
Schedule – Day Three: Rest, Day Five: Rest, Day Six: Start the training cycle over with Day One
Day One: Chest/Back/Abs | Amount |
---|---|
Bench Press | 5×12,10,8,6,5 |
Incline DB Press | 4×12,10,8,6 |
Decline (or Flat DB Flyes) | 4×12,10,8,6 |
DB Pullover (Chest / Back transition exercise) | 4×10–15 (constant weight) |
Lat Pulldowns to front | 5 x12,10,8,6,5 |
Cable Rowing | 4 x12,10,8,6 |
1 Arm DB Row | 4 x12,10,8,6 |
Hanging Knee Up | 4 x maximum reps |
Crunches | 4 x maximum reps |
Day Two: Lower Back/Thighs/Hamstrings/Calves | Amount |
---|---|
Squat (Olympic style) | 5×20,15,12,10,8 |
Hack Squat | 4×12 (constant weight) |
Leg Extension | 4×15 |
Hyperextension | 4×10 |
Leg Curl | 4×15 reps |
Straight Leg Dead Lift | 4×12 (constant weight) |
Seated Calf Raise | 5×15–20 |
Donkey Raise or Standing Calf Raise | 5×15–20 |
Day Four: Shoulders/Biceps/Triceps | Amount |
---|---|
DB Press | 5x 12,10,8,6,5 |
DB Lateral Raise | 4×12,10,8,6 |
Incline Rear Lateral Raise | 4×12,10,8,6 |
DB Shrug | 4×12,10,8,6 |
Lying Triceps Extension | 5×12,10,8,6,5 |
Triceps Pressdown | 4×12,10,8,6 |
1 Arm DB Extension | 4×12,10,8,6 |
Barbell Curl | 4×12,10,8,6 |
Incline DB Curl | 4×12,10,8,6 |
Preacher Curl | 3×10,8,6 |

“Hitting The Wall”… Naturally
“Hitting The Wall”… Naturally
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 23, #1
By: Tim Walton

At a Glance: Tim Walton
Age: 56
Occupation: Military & Government Contractor veteran, Family Business- Danlee Medical
Current Residence: Chittenango, NY
Years Training: 40+
Height: 5’8″
Weight: Off-Season: 182, Contest: 168
Favorite Fitness Meal: Medium rare flank steak with raw peppers.
Favorite Supplements: You can’t build a house without a solid foundation. Ultra 40, Mass Aminos, Quadracarn, and Super Pak are my “must-haves” and provide a solid foundation year round.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? Determine your goals, look through their information and guides, and make a phone call if you need further assistance. Beverly has to be the most helpful supplement company with their avenues of information. You can’t go wrong!
Music: I like a variety but for working out, it’s Manowar.
Most Inspiring Book: I read a lot, but never felt compelled to write a letter to an author until I read Robert Kennedy’s, Bull’$ Eye.
Hobby or Interests outside bodybuilding: Reading, trying to learn to be a boater (we moved on a lake), traveling/doing things with my wife, dog-sitting my son’s stocky bulldog, Boris.
Words to live by: “You’re right again dear!” (Haven’t been married for 35+ years without that, haha!) But inspirational words, easy: “Press On!” by Colonel Chuck Yeager. No matter what got in this guy’s path, he just kept going. Simple, to the point, no excuses.
“Hitting The Wall”… Naturally
Growing up working on farms and involved in school sports were a good base for me physically. There wasn’t much in the area of equipment, nutrition advice, or information back then. I welded a bench out of plumbing pipes in shop class with a bare plank for the flat part, “borrowed” some sand-filled weights from my older brother, winged it on nutrition, and worked out on total instinct using trial and error.
In the military, I ended up on a small restricted base in Turkey that had a large closet they called a weight room. We improvised alot while reading the latest Muscle Mags trying to emulate what the Pros were doing. We didn’t realize that most of it was fabricated and wasn’t what they were actually doing or using. I made some decent gains nonetheless.
In civilian life, I got married, moved to a new city, and we struggled mightily for a long time as jobs were scarce and the pay was sparse. Living on Ramen Noodles 3 times a day for a year and a half isn’t conducive to gains, believe me. Eventually we solidified ourselves financially and started our own business. (Hello working 12-16 hours a day including weekends!) At the time we focused more on our son Dan’s athletic ventures rather than our own although I did try to set a good example by regularly getting my workouts in. I continued to follow the bodybuilding scene, but never seriously considered competing. I didn’t know of any natural contests and there was no way I was going to do any drugs. Time was always a constraint also.
Then, about a year and a half ago, a friend of mine took me out to the Body Alive Gym in Utica, NY for a free Saturday workout.
I loved the Old School atmosphere and vibe of the people working out there. But what caught my attention was “The Wall”. There were large posters of members on the wall who were obviously accomplished. I asked the owner, Bob Donnelly, “How do you get up on that wall?” He replied, “Win.” I had competed, and been successful, in quite a few different areas of athletics over the years, but felt a need to compete in something again as it had been a long time since putting myself on the back burner for life’s other endeavors. When I found out the people on “The Wall” were natural competitors, I now had a goal in the back of my head
This past summer, Bob asked when I was going to try a show. As it happened, I was actually starting to step away from our business at that point, so time was no longer a factor. I said I was in. He pointed to a contest 7 weeks away and said he could get me ready. Seven weeks isn’t a lot of time, but he had been out in Venice, CA during the “Golden Era” and had worked out with the legends. I drove 80 miles 6 days a week to train and we kicked it Old School style so intense that cardio wasn’t needed. The only “Cardio” I did was to walk with my wife, Joni in the park each day. Unfortunately, that bit me in the butt, literally, a couple weeks out from the contest. We had just started our walk when we sprinted over to pull an attacking Rottweiler off of an elderly lady who was cradling her small dog. I didn’t realize it till after the adrenaline wore off that I pulled/strained something in my glute when I sprinted over. I was very limited on legs, but we worked around it and I placed a very close 2nd in the Open in my first contest. The 2nd contest was the following weekend where I once again placed 2nd. A couple months later, I decided to try a 3rd contest. About 4 weeks out, my oral surgeon pulled a back molar as the roots were cracked to the jawbone. He said I couldn’t workout for a week. Two days after getting the green light, I learned a new term, “slipped rib”. Three weeks to go! Once again, we worked around it and got a decent package ready. In a very competitive Open Class, I got edged out again, but nabbed 2nd place. I won the Masters Class and finally got my Natural Pro Card. I made “The Wall”!
Final Words
A lot of credit goes to my wife of over 35 years, Joni, for doing the preps with me and being supportive during the whole process. Obviously Coach Donnelly and the Body Alive Crew who made me feel like I was in a Rocky movie during my workouts with all of their input and encouragement. Joe Dardano, original owner of my hometown Hercules Gym, clued me in on Beverly Products quite a while ago and they’ve been a staple of my foundation ever since.
I’m very excited to do a few shows next year now that my “Rookie” season at age 56 is over. Looking forward to see how much better I can be having months, not weeks, to prepare and while injury and impediment free.


Diet & Supplements
Since we only had weeks, not months, to dial in, I went very basic with my diet. A typical day would be:
Breakfast: 3 soft boiled eggs, half a protein bagel with almond butter
Mid-morning: Protein shake with 1 scoop Provosyn and 1 scoop UMP
Lunch: 10oz broiled cod, 1 cup raw peppers (orange, red, yellow) sprinkled lightly with apple cider vinegar
Mid-day: Provosyn and UMP shake (1 scoop each)
Dinner: Same as lunch
Early evening: Half bagel with almond butter
The first couple weeks I had chicken breasts in place of cod at lunch and dinner. Apple Cider vinegar and safflower oil were sprinkled lightly on the peppers.
I’ll admit I’m not much of a cook outside of following what’s in a cookbook, but one thing I like doing is taking a cup of cottage cheese, add a scoop of UMP Graham Cracker, stir, chill for about 20 minutes, then toss in some walnuts, and there’s dessert!
Daily Supplement Schedule
Breakfast: Super Pak, 4 Ultra 40, 4 Mass Aminos, 3 Quadracarn
Lunch: 4 Ultra 40, 4 Mass Aminos
Dinner: 4 Ultra 40, 4 Mass Aminos
Early evening: 4 Quadracarn
I sip on Glutamine Select throughout the day as I feel it helps me recover quicker and it satisfies my sweet tooth and curbs hunger.
During my workouts I make a drink up with 20 oz of water, 3/4 scoops of both Creatine Select and Up-Lift, and a full scoop of Muscle Synergy. This combo sustains my energy levels during and after.
I usually don’t need much to rev up for a workout, but I utilize Fast-Up when I do. I especially like it because it doesn’t give you the shakes, crash and tingles like other pre-workouts. You can regulate the potency by how many capsules you take, and you can carry them in your pocket. (By the way, the tingles from others is often an overload of niacin, the shakes from WAY too much caffeine, yohimbe, or 1,3 Dimeth, which is on the WADA banned list.)
I don’t count calories as each day is a different expenditure of energy depending on what I’m involved in.I usually carry a small bag of almonds in my pocket as well as some Muscularity and Density. That way, if I’m ever stuck or delayed from consuming my meals, I’ve got them with me to keep things going on the “Muscletram”.
Now two things I did that were different, yet effective as the contest approached:
1. Right before bed I would take 2-3 Lean Out. I figured that it helps convert fat to energy, so why not let it work all night long as I’m lying there? Then, first thing in the morning, I’d take more with my morning I really feel like that accelerated the fat loss in the short amount of time we had.
2. I read a study that carnitine would help draw nutrients and water into muscle tissue during a carb reload before a contest. So, the last 3 days before my contest, I would take 3 Quadracarn 3 times a day with carbs. In mid-morning and mid-evening, I would take 1 Energy Reserve. I’m sure this had a lot to do with my muscles not being flat appearing after dieting down so quickly on a strict contest diet.
Workouts
Workouts vary from full body ones to split routines. My favorite is a 3 days on, one day off schedule. Every workout starts with a warm-up for that body part, usually a couple lighter sets of each exercise.
Day One: Chest & Back | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Incline Dumbbell Press | 4 | 6-12 |
Flat Dumbbell Press | 3 | 8-12 |
Pec Deck | 4 | 12-15 |
Cybex Machine Row | 5 | 6-12 |
Wide Grip Lat Pulldown | 6 | 8-12 |
Farmer’s Walk | 4 | 80 yards each |
Notes: I NEVER do decline presses. As we age, stuff starts to drop. If your upper chest drops a little, it’s no problem. If your lower chest is over developed, you’ll probably end up with droopy pecs.
I actually bought a Cybex Machine Row for my home gym, that’s how much I like it. On Pulldowns I use a TK Star True Wing Lat Bar and highly recommend it.
Day Two: Legs & Delts | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Safety Bar Squats | 8 | 8 |
Lateral Machine | 5 | 10-15 |
Front Cable Raise | 3 | 12-15 |
Rear Cable Raise | 3 | 12-15 |
Notes: On safety squats I put the bar WAY down on my back and thrust up with my hips first. Sounds weird, but there is very little strain on my back and it hits the legs better (for me) than “regular” squats.I may do 10 sets of 10 reps on a good day.
I usually use a Strive or Nautilus side lateral machine, but may substitute “running the rack” (a favorite of the 1st Mr Olympia, Larry Scott) starting with 40-lb dumbbells for as many reps as possible and going down the rack dropping the weight 5 lbs each set and doing as many reps as I can, all the way down to the 5-lb dumbbells.
Day Three: Arms, Calves, Abs | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Machine Curls | 3 | 12 |
Preacher Curls | 4 | 10 |
Incline Hammer Curls | 3 | 10 |
Seated Triceps Extension | 4 | 10 |
Skull Crushers | 3 | 10 |
Tricep Pushdowns | 4 | 10-15 |
Standing Calf Raise | 4 | 25 |
Donkey Calf Raise | 4 | 15 |
Rope Crunches | 2 | 50 |
Ab Coaster | 6 | 25 |
Notes: On the Ab Coaster I do 150 continuous reps switching the hip angle every 25 reps.
Day Four: OFF (Add in an extra day off for 2 in a row if you’re really hammering yourself hard.)
Cardio note: My weight workouts are pretty fast paced so my heart rate is elevated pretty good throughout. Some exercises can be supersetted so that the workouts are brief, but intense. If I feel the need for extra cardio, I’ll do 10-12 minutes on the Jacob’s Ladder followed by 20 minutes on an Airdyne.

A Peanut Among Peanuts
A Peanut Among Peanuts
Competing in the Women’s Physique 5’2″ and Under Class
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 23, #1
By: Eva Serber

At a Glance: Eva Serber
Age: 43
Occupation or Education: Ph.D.; Licensed Clinical Health Psychologist and Associate Professor at an Academic Medical Center
Current Residence: Charleston, SC
Years training: I’ve focused on bodybuilding since 2012.
Height: 4’11”
Weight: Off Season: 109, Contest: 98-100
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Salmon and roasted Brussels sprouts
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? UMP is a great protein powder. Versatile, high mixability, and delicious flavor. I started with Glutamine Select and Quadracarn for recovery and rehabilitation after an ACL tear and reconstructive surgery (patellar tendon graft). I highly recommend these two foundation supplements for anyone trying to build strength, muscle, and promote recovery (from every day workouts or injury).
Music: Top 40 pop and rock, and I am most definitely an 80’s girl. In the gym often listening to Pandora’s station “Hard Rock Strength Training” and cardio “Dance Cardio”.
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: I love physical activity of any kind and being outside on the beach, Greenway trail or bridge walking, baking cupcakes for others’ special days, going to the movies or theater productions with friends.
Words to live by: “Self-care is not selfish”, “in all that you do, do it in the service of your values”. “Say what you mean and do what you say.”
I have always been passionate about health and fitness, starting as a young girl with dance and gymnastics. I loved gymnastics and for a long time one of “my big regrets” was quitting “too early” when my classes stopped being fun. I played softball, had a short stint of cheerleading, joined a gym and just worked the machines with no specific goal other than enjoying it and “trying to manage my weight.” Kickboxing and Muay Thai (1st torn ACL; left knee) in graduate school was what turned the corner for me into training for athletic performance and competitive athletics. At that time, people would ask what I did for weight lifting, and I didn’t, it was just hours training in boxing and kickboxing. I started running, too, as I needed interval and endurance training for multiple rounds of kickboxing. While training kickboxing at Gainesville Dojo my sensei said that with my muscle structure I could do bodybuilding. I laughed, thinking you needed to be huge for bodybuilding, not knowing anything about the sport.
In 2005 I suffered a minor whiplash that landed me in months of physical therapy. I’ll never forget the physical therapist telling me, “Despite all that you do, you have a weak back.” She gave me a home exercise program to continue strengthening my back and that was the start of my serious weight training.
I was now on clinical internship (for a PhD in health psychology), in a weight management center and I started learning about nutrition and meal timing. I continued to lift and bodybuilders started telling me I could probably enter a bodybuilding show if I just leaned out a bit (2008). That year, with the generosity of others’ time and expertise for training and prep, I entered my first bodybuilding show, just to do it. I entered the INBF Monster Mash in bodybuilding, figure, and Ms Fit Body; placed top 5 in all categories. Afterwards, I resumed running and ran several half-marathons, lifting weights only to maintain my muscle and strength while I focused on distance running.
Fast forward to 2012. I wanted to compete again. Recently returning to Charleston, SC where I spent a year for internship, I started learning more about the different divisions of NPC competiiton. Combining my newfound love of weightlifting and strength, and my “regret” of stopping gymnastics (with dance and yoga moves in my repertoire); I sought out my coach and started training for the Fitness Division. I competed in the Women’s Physique and Fitness divisions, placing top 5 for both. Later that year I tore my other ACL while unpacking from a recent residential move. One of the medical team members recommended that I try Beverly International to aid in my recovery. I started with Glutamine Select for the purpose of healing from the trauma of injury and surgery. I then added Quadracarn for muscle maintenance and circulation benefits while in grueling rehab for 10 months.
Day one of physical therapy after my ACL reconstruction surgery (July 25, 2013), I was asked what was my goal. Without hesitation, I answered,
“Tri-fitness Challenge in Tampa, FL; May 2014 and return to the NPC Fitness Division that season as well.” Ten months of hard work in PT, Beverly International supplements, and following an anti-inflammatory diet; I achieved my goals with flying colors. I competed in Fitness in 2014 qualifying for nationals, and competed in the NPC Jr USA National Championships 2015. I retired fitness that year (at 40 years of age) to fully focus on the Women’s Physique Division (WPD). My body and work schedule needed a break from the extra hours of training required for fitness (dance, choreography, and gymnastics in addition to lifting time).
Since 2016 I have competed in WPD at the regional and national level. I’m a natural athlete and have continued to use Beverly International supplements as my constant mainstay since 2012. In terms of rankings, one could say my peaking moment was receiving 3rd place in 2017 at the NPC North American Championship; and it was indeed a very proud and excited moment. My prep was the best ever. I felt strong, happy, and maintained a reasonable work-life balance. My physique ended up better than I had ever thought it could. I had been dreaming, believing, and hoping to win a national show. I was initially disappointed with the standings, but then quickly focused on how proud I was of me. I am, and will always be the little peanut, even amongst the peanuts of 5’2” and under; and that is okay.

Diet
From July 26 to September I slowly added calories to my day while reducing cardio time to build up my metabolism again. Now it is time to recheck myself and do a “mini cut” as I slowly crept above the body fat range I wanted to maintain. This would be a good diet for any female who wishes to lean out without too much suffering.
Meal 1: 5 egg whites, 1/2 cup brown rice or quinoa, or rice cakes
Meal 2: 4oz chicken, 4oz sweet potato (or any kind of baked potato), green vegetables (these are unlimited throughout the day)
Meal 3: 4oz salmon, green veggies (my favorite is roasted Brussels sprouts and butternut squash)
Meal 4: 4oz chicken, green veggies
Meal 5: 4oz orange roughy, green veggies (my favorite at this meal is a cole slaw recipe made with Greek yogurt and apple cider vinegar)
If super hungry before bed, I have a scoop of protein (UMP) and add just enough water/milk to make a “pudding.”
On the weekend, I have a “treat” meal (e.g., burger, steak, tacos).
Supplements
FitTabs, EFA Gold, & Joint Care: These three supplements are the foundation for overall health and wellness. I take them every morning.
Glutamine Select & Quadracarn: I take these twice/day to help with muscle recovery and growth. I started taking these when I tore my ACL and recovering from reconstruction surgery. Research shows that flooding the body with glutamine helps the body recovery from physical trauma.
Lean Out, 7-Keto MuscLean, & Ultra 40: Help me stay lean while building muscle during “mini cuts” throughout the year, and when cutting for competition.
Training
I used to do a set workout for each day of the week. Now I have a game plan for body parts, but I mix up my workouts like this:
Day 1: Back (width) & Side Delts
Day 2: Chest
Day 3: Quads
Day 4: Back (depth) and Rear Delts
Day 5: Biceps and Triceps
Day 6: Hamstrings and Glutes
Day 7: Shoulders
Day 8: Back and Biceps
Day 9: Chest and Triceps
Day 10: Legs
Day 11: Shoulders
During my building season I usually do 4-5 sets of 6-10 reps on each exercise. However, if I feel that I need more definition, I increase the reps to 12-15 during my “mini-cut”.
One constant in my workout sequence is to do a standard leg workout on days 3 & 10 in the accompanying schedule, and then on the weekend I alternate my favorite workout – one mile (yes, one mile) of lunges on the beach at sunrise one week, with a stadium workout of lunges and bleacher runs the next.
Stadium Workout: Lunges for one straight away, then run up the bleacher one step at a time, recover on the way down, then run up the bleachers again taking every other step.
In Closing
I love training, I love seeing what the body and the mind can do, the transformations and changes just from changing nutrients; and above all being consistent and persistent. I take it year by year, taking stock of how I am doing mentally, physically, socially, and occupationally. There is a time and a place for everything; and no one can do it all, all of the time.
In addition to my academic credentials and clinical experience, I am also a Certified Strength and Conditioning Specialist (CSCS) with the National Strength and Conditioning Association.
If you would like help in pursuing your fitness goals in health and wellness or athletic performance, please contact me a optimalfitnessandperformanceconsulting.com.


Becoming a Better Me!
Becoming a Better Me!
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 23, #2
By: Susan Ramsey

At a Glance: Susan Ramsey
Age: 36
Occupation: Radiologic Technologist and Certified Personal Trainer
Family: Married to my high school sweetheart, Clint. We broke up senior year and reunited 10 years later! We have two sons, ages 6 and 3.
Current residence: Montgomery, IN
Years training: 5+
Height: 5’4″
Weight: Off Season – 125 lb, Contest – 110 lb
Favorite fitness meal: 30 grams old fashioned oats mixed with 1 scoop UMP Cookies & Crème. Or 4-6 oz lean meat, 130 grams sweet potatoes, steamed asparagus and Brussels sprouts.
Favorite Supplement: UMP! The shakes taste like a milkshake and help curb any sweet craving. My sons even love UMP shakes (especially chocolate)! I also like to take a small spoonful of the chocolate UMP and mix with my coffee. Tastes like a café mocha.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly? If you have never used Beverly products, I highly recommend starting with their protein powder. Beverly UMP is hands down the best tasting protein powder out there! It does not leave a nasty aftertaste, and it legit is like having a treat. You can also bake healthy goodies with it.
Music: I like a wide variety, but I am a huge George Strait fan.
Most Inspiring Book: The Bible
Hobby or Interests outside bodybuilding: Hanging with my family, reading, watching Dateline, and tending to my flowers/garden.
Words to live by: Every opportunity is an experience to learn.
I have always enjoyed fitness, but it was mainly cardio and only occasionallylifting a light dumbbell. After having my first son in 2012, I decided to get my body in shape. That’s when I discovered weights and fell in love with them! My body started changing, I finally began to see some muscle tone. For years I would scroll through social media, jealous of the women who were on stage and wishing I could be like them.
In 2015, while I was very pregnant with our second son, I expressed my desire to compete to my husband. Without hesitation, he encouraged me to go for it as soon as I could after having our baby. So in 2016, I competed in my first show. (I went to a show in a different state so no one would know me). I placed and since then have fallen in love with the sport. I love the idea of working on becoming a better me and seeing the results! My latest competition was May 4, 2019; I competed in the Indiana Muscle in Evansville, IN. I placed 3rd in Masters, 2nd in Bikini Novice B, and 2nd in Bikini Open B.
When the word got out that I was a competitor, women began asking about my workouts. Throughout the years my husband and I had turned half of our basement into a home gym. With both of us working full time and having two small children, going to a gym was not doable. So I thought, “Why don’t I start training women here?” I trained my first group session on January 3, 2017. I only had a few women in the beginning, but I absolutely loved it! Soon after, I became a certified personal trainer. My clientele has grown thanks to word of mouth, and I now have 50+ clients. The past two years I have been working full time and running my fitness business part time. After a wonderful 13 years working in radiology, I resigned in May, 2019 to focus on my growing personal training business. It brings me so much joy to see the women I train become more confident, stronger, and learn to live a healthier lifestyle.
My classes are strictly strength training. I have found that most women do not feel comfortable lifting weights in the gym and will just go to the cardio machines. My goal is to educate them on what to do and give them the confidence they need in order to achieve their goals.
I thank God daily for blessing me with this opportunity. I preach to my clients, fitness is a lifestyle, not a seasonal hobby.
In the remainder of this article I will discuss my own personal competition training, diet and supplement programs. I hope that you will be able to incorporate them into your own physique improvement plan.

Training
I wake up at 4am every day to get my workout in. It is important to have that time to work on becoming a better me. Plus, I sleep better at night! Here’s a workout that has given me great results!
Monday:back
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Lat Pulldowns | 4 | 12 |
Seated Cable Row | 4 | 12 |
Bent Over DB Row | 4 | 12 |
Pull-Ups | 4 | Failure |
Close Grip Pull Downs | 4 | 12 |
Rower- As fast as I can for 15 minutes |
Tuesday: Glutes and Quads
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Leg Extensions | 5 | 10 |
Wide Stance Leg Press | 4 | 12 |
Squat | 4 | 10 |
Hip Abductions | 4 | 15 |
Barbell Hip Thrusters | 4 | 15 |
Cable Kickbacks | 4 | 12 |
Wednesday: Shoulders
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Dumbbell Lateral Raises | 4 | 12-15 |
DB Shoulder Press | 4 | 12 |
Cable Upright Rows | 4 | 15 |
Plate Front Raises | 4 | 12 |
Cable 1-Arm Laterals | 4 | 10 |
Rear Delt DB Fly | 4 | 12 |
Thursday: Triceps and Biceps
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Triceps Press Down | 5 | 10 |
Triceps Bench Dips | 5 | 10 |
1-Arm Triceps Pulldown | 4 | 12 |
DB Overhead Extensions | 4 | 12 |
Biceps Curls | 4 | 12 |
Cable 1-Arm Curls | 4 | 10 |
Hammer Curls | 4 | 12 |
Friday: Chest and Core
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Smith Bench Press | 4 | 12 |
Seated Chess Press | 4 | 12 |
Incline DB Chest Press | 4 | 12 |
DB Flye | 4 | 12 |
Hanging Leg Raises | 4 | 12 |
V-Ups Holding A Weight | 4 | 15 |
Crunches | 4 | 25 |
Saturday: Shoulders, Glutes & Hamstrings
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
DB Lateral Raises | 4 | 12 |
Kettle Bell Upright Rows | 4 | 12 |
DB Shoulder Press | 4 | 12 |
Barbell Hip Thrusters | 4 | 12 |
Hip Abductions | 3 | 20 |
Romanian Deadlifts | 4 | 12 |
Hamstring Curls | 4 | 12 |
Bulgarian Split Lunges | 4 | 12 |
Sunday: Rest

Cardio
Off season I do cardio 25-30 min 2-3x a week. During competition prep I will spend my lunch hour getting it in. I do walking on an incline or the elliptical. I have found that strength training is what gives me the best results. When I used to concentrate on cardio and restrictive eating, I had little results. Speaking of eating…
Diet
I track macros, and I love making my meals healthy, yet fun. I allow one cheat meal a week, and I drink at least 1 gallon of water a day. Meal prepping is so important to me! Every Sunday I prep my foods for the week, and it helps me stay on track. Consistency is the key, and I train and eat well all year round. Here’s a typical pre competition diet day.
Meal 1: 30 grams old fashioned oats with 1 scoop UMP Cookies & Crème (optional add 1/4 cup blueberries)
Meal 2: 1 cup egg whites, 1 whole egg, handful of spinach plus 3 slices turkey bacon, and 1 slice Ezekiel raisin bread toast
Meal 3: 4-5oz lean ground turkey, 130 grams sweet potatoes, 85 grams steamed Brussels sprouts, and 50 grams steamed asparagus
Meal 4: 2 rice cakes with 2 tbsp natural peanut butter or a honeycrisp apple
Meal 5: 4-5oz chicken breast, 1 cup steamed veggies, 40-50 grams avocado and either 1/2 cup rice or 65 grams potatoes
Meal 6: Protein shake using 1 scoop UMP Angel Food Cake, 8-10 oz water, handful of ice, and 4-5oz frozen strawberries
UMP Protein Waffle
Here’s one of my favorite recipes – and it’s good off season or pre-contest.
- 1 scoop UMP Angel Food Cake
- 1 whole egg
- 1/4 tsp baking soda
Add a small spoonful of unsweetened applesauce or a splash of low fat milk.
Mix really well with a spoon. The mixture will be a small, sticky blob, but after you place it in a heated waffle maker it expands into a nice waffle!
I sometimes add fruit to my mixture. Make sure the waffle iron is well heated and sprayed with a nonstick cooking spray before you start!

Supplements
I don’t think I could have had the success that I’ve had without Beverly International supplements. Here’s my daily “go-to” supplement regimen.
UMP: I love making protein waffles, adding UMP Cookies & Crème to my morning oatmeal, and making protein shakes using frozen fruit.
Lean Out: I use Lean Out throughout my entire competition prep. I take 2 capsules 3 times a day with meals. It definitely helps me burn fat and “lean out” for the stage.
Glutamine Select (my favorite is their NEW flavor, Wild Berry): I love drinking a scoop or two of Glutamine Select post workout and between meals. Tastes so good!
Ultra 40: Building muscle does not come easy for me. Ultra 40 has helped me put on mass where I needed it, and it gave me the endurance I needed for my workouts. I take 9 tablets a day, 3 with 3 of my meals.
Muscle Synergy Powder: I love drinking this on my arm and shoulder day. It helps give me a good pump plus I really like the lemony taste.
In Closing
My advice to those who are wanting to compete is to know going in that the last few weeks of contest prep are mentally and physically tough. Also make sure you are ready for the self-discipline to be patient and trust the process. Finding time to get all of your workouts and cardio in while having a family and working can be tough. I recommend giving yourself one hour a day to dedicate to your training. As prep goes along, the cardio increases, and that is when I would squeeze in what I could during my lunch break or just 20-30 minutes at night.
Finally, my health is very important to me. Cancer runs strong in my family. I lost my mom to ovarian cancer. I know that to keep my body healthy, I have to make it a priority to take care of myself. There is no excuse to not move your body and eat well. If you feed your body crap, you will feel like crap. Besides maintaining a healthy diet, I fuel my body with Beverly supplements. I am a huge fan of the Beverly products because they are natural and they have really helped me achieve my goals.
I know that most women are busy with work, family, and just life in general. I am here to show you that you can make time to work on a better you. I offer online personal training to those who are not able to attend my classes. My contact for online training is susanramseyfitness@yahoo.com.

Step Out of Your Comfort Zone
Step Out of Your Comfort Zone
My Journey from Marathons to Mens Physique to Classic Physique
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 23, #2
By: Doug Ludmann, NGA Natural Pro – Mens Physique and Classic Physique

At a Glance: Doug Ludmann
Age: 45
Occupation: Self Employed Lighting Designer- specializing in high end resort developments
Family: Wife of 20 years and a 15 year old son
Current Residence: Fort Mitchell, KY
Years training (total): 32 years
Height: 5’11” Weight: Off-Season 180, Contest 165
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: I absolutely love making pancakes out of UMP and egg whites. Sometimes I’ll mix in some ground flax or almond flour. You really can’t screw them up!
Favorite supplements: Up-Lift, Muscle Synergy and Glutamine Select for my workouts. Muscle Provider post workout (MP is my favorite for post workouts because it’s not filling so I can still consume a meal quickly thereafter); Quadracarn, Ultra 40 and Mass Amino Acids all day.
What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly supplements before? UMP – there is no better meal substitute.
Music: Shinedown, Tool, Korn
Most Inspiring Book: The Book Thief
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Waterskiing, Paddle boarding
There I was, all 5’1”, 79 pounds of me asking my father to send me to weight lifting camp the summer prior to my freshman year of high school. Looking back, I’m not sure what I was thinking, but now realize what my father was probably thinking- but he sent me anyway. I still remember the looks on the coaches who ran the camp when I walked in. I didn’t even know which way to lay on the bench, and that 45lb bar felt like a ton, but I didn’t care. Even though I was clueless about weight training, deep down inside me, I knew this was where I belonged.
Now, at 45 years old, I still feel the same when I walk into the gym. Hopefully, by writing this article I will motivate at least one person to step out of their comfort zone and step into a gym for the first time – or go back to the gym after a long layoff. Regardless, I urge you to step out of your comfort zone and head to your local gym.
In high school I was a runner; sure, I lifted weights but I was a runner. My college recreation center was amazing and I frequented the gym there, but still my focus was as a runner. After graduation, yes, still a runner, lifting on the side- 5k, 10k, half marathons, ultra-marathons- you name it I ran it!
I was introduced to Beverly International in 2002 at the Gold’s Gym in Alexandria, KY and upon tasting UMP I have never considered any other brand. As a runner I used Glutamine Select immediately post run and UMP soon thereafter. I started to learn how to properly fuel my body from the No Nonsense magazine. I’d read every word in each magazine making notes on how people trained; their favorite lifts, and their splits. An amazing thing happened, the more I lifted, the better my running became. I was able to go further and faster. The stronger I became the faster I got.
I started running at age 13. Twenty six years later, yes 26 years later, I won my first race. Most people would have given up by that point, but let me say that 26 years of training for that first win made it that much sweeter. That year I was able to win multiple races, finishing up 2012 by winning a 30-mile road race in cold, windy, rainy conditions. Then a few years later, at 42 years old, I hit a new personal best at the marathon distance completing the Flying Pig Marathon at 2 hours and 50 minutes.
A week after that race I decided I wanted to enter a bodybuilding show. Talk about stepping out of my comfort zone! I sent in my entry for the NPC Kentucky Open in August, 2015, but a week before the show my appendix had different ideas. Post-surgery I focused on recovery and realized that the Natural Northern Kentucky was coming up. I began preparing as soon as I was allowed to get back to lifting. I made up for lost time with my diet and training and came into that October show completely conditioned. I won my class, but missed out on an overall win in the Mens Physique division.
Next, I prepped for the Northern Kentucky Grand Prix the following spring and came in as one of the best conditioned in my division. I won the Masters Mens Physique, but that was it. I was just too small to win the open. I competed in two more shows where I sacrificed conditioning for a little more size and missed the top spot due to not being lean enough. Remember, it took me 26 years of running before I won my first race, so I wasn’t about to give up yet.
I went back to my key bodybuilding info resource, Beverly’s No Nonsense magazine, and came across an article on Dave Uhlman. I asked around and couldn’t find anyone who did not praise his physique coaching ability. Something that really struck my interest was that he was still stepping on stage in his 40s!!!
I contacted Dave 10 weeks out from my upcoming show, the NGA Kentucky Natural Classic. He immediately went to work refining my diet and training. For the first time, I started gaining muscle mass while I lost fat. Dave had me working harder in the gym and eating more than I ever had before leading up to a contest. I came into that show with a physique unlike anything I ever imagined I’d have. I was both “full” and “hard”. I won my class, the Masters class and “finally” took that elusive overall spot in the open Mens Physique division, earning my NGA Pro Card at 44 years old


I need to mention how different Dave’s approach to “Peak Week” was than anything I had done before. He was very observant to how my body reacted to different levels of carbs and proteins and utilized specific Beverly supplements based on my diet. He had me constantly supplementing with a wide variety of Beverly products. Ultra 40, Mass Aminos, EFA Gold, Muscle Synergy, Muscle Provider, UMP, Up-Lift and Quadracarn were all essential during the prep. Now to get back to “Peak Week”, it was amazing… No major changes! We did the work early to get lean and just continued with the same program during the final week.
Next, I would step out of my comfort zone once again. If anyone ever deserved the title “chicken legs” it was me. Genetically my legs are long and skinny. But with the advent of the classic physique category, I wanted to try it. My next time on stage I would not have long board shorts to hide my legs.
Dave and I went right back to work. I leaned out quickly and yet again on Dave’s diet was able to build muscle mass and lose fat. My upper body, even my lower back where I tended to hold the last of my fat leaned out nicely. However, my legs were not leaning out like the rest of my body. Dave switched my workouts up to where I trained legs twice a week, Quads on Monday and Hamstrings on Friday. It was an absolute struggle, but after months of leg workouts, posing, and extremely clean eating, we got my legs to a respectable size and lean enough to step on stage in Classic Physique. I think the hour-long posing sessions that Dave put me through twice a week played a large role in getting my legs into contest shape. I was actually getting more sore from posing than from my workouts.
I had hit a new low body fat level and went into the Kentucky Natural Classic leaner than ever. I was able to win my weight class, the Masters class, and again the overall top spot, but this time in Classic Physique, earning a NGA Pro Card in a second category. I also won the Pro Mens Physique Class. I’ve included my diet, supplement and workout plans in this article so you can see exactly how I did it.
Conclusion
I could have never walked on stage that conditioned and that full had it not been for Dave Uhlman and Beverly International. Putting your faith in someone is not easy, but once you find someone you can trust as a coach, you must let them do what you hired them to do! And with Beverly, I trust I’m getting perfectly clean supplements that help stimulate my metabolism to lose fat and assist me in building/maintaining muscle.
Prepping to step on stage is one of the hardest things anyone will do and that’s coming from someone who has trained for ultra-marathons. It takes the same persistence and hard work, but it also takes months of 100% discipline in your diet. And most importantly you have to be ready to step out of your comfort zone and pretty much live out of that comfort zone for a few months.
Training
Every week’s workout varies, but this is a good example.
SS denotes superset.
Monday: Legs – focus on Quads
• Single Leg Extensions – 3 sets to warm up
• Leg Press (feet low on plate) – 5 x 16,12,10,6,6
• Elevated-heel Squats – 5 x 8-12 (increasing weight each set)
• Hack Squat – 7 x 16,12,10,8,6,10,16
• Leg Extension – 5 x 20
• Seated Calf Raise – 5 x 20
Tuesday: Chest – focus on upper chest with higher reps
• Incline Bench – 3 sets with just the bar to warm up
• Incline DB Press – 5 x 16,12,10,8,6
• Incline Cable Flyes – 5 x 16
• Incline DB Svend Press – 3 x 10-12
• Low Incline Around the Worlds – 3 x 12
SS Pushup (on exercise ball) – 3 x 12
• DB Pullover – 3 x 10-12
• Underhand DB Front Raise (targeting upper chest) – 5 x 12 each side
Wednesday: Back – squeeze each rep
• Straight Arm Pulldown – 3 sets to warm up and stretch
• Deadlift – 5 x 8-12 (increasing weight)
• Close Grip Seated Row – 5 x 8-12
• Bentover Row (with close, underhand grip) – 5 x 16,14,12,10,8
• Parallel Grip Pulldown (heavy) – 3 x 10-12 reps
• One-Arm Dumbbell Row – 3 drop sets x 6 (18 reps total)
• Pullup (varying grip) – 3 sets to failure
Thursday: Shoulders and Biceps – so many people forget about the eccentric movement especially while doing shoulders. Making the lifts as hard as possible is the goal here.
• Standing Military Press – 3 sets with just the bar to warm up
• DB Press – 5 x 16,12,10,8,6
SS with Seated Dumbbell Curl – 5 sets of 12
• Arnold Press – 3 x 8-12
SS Concentration Curl – 3 x 12
• Upright Row (light) – 5 x 12-16
SS Seated Laterals (heavy) – 5 x 8-12
• Front DB Raise – 3 x 8-12
SS Cable Front Raise – 3 x 12-16
• Landmine Press – 5 x 12-16 (each arm to burn out the delts)
Friday: Legs – focus on Hamstrings
• Walking Lunge – 3 sets to warm (no weight)
• Squat – 5 x 16,12,10,8,6
• Leg Press (feet high on plate) – 5 x 16,12,10,8,6
• DB Walking Squats – 5 x 20 steps
• V Squat Machine – 3 drop sets of 6 (18 reps total each set)
• Lying Leg Curl – 5 x 12-16
• Standing Calf Raises – 3 x 20
Saturday: Rest
Sunday: Chest and Triceps – slow and heavy- it’s Sunday take your time and enjoy
• Bench Press – 3 sets with just the bar to warm up
• Flat DB Press – 7 x 16,12,10,8,6,10,12
• Flat DB Svend Press – 5 x 8
• Incline Smith Machine Press – 3 x 8-12
SS High Cable Flyes – 3 x 8-12
• Landmine Press – 3 x 8-12
SS Low Incline Around the Worlds – 3 x 12
• Weighted Dips – 5 sets to failure (heavy)
• Incline Skull Crushers – 3 x 12
SS Rope Extensions – 3 x 12
Note: I do core workouts after my fasted cardio focusing on abs one day and obliques the next. I normally do these as my breakfast cooks.

Diet & Supplements
My diet does not vary too much from in season to off season. Quantities may change, but the types of foods stay pretty much the same.
I’m a lighting designer specializing in high end resort developments for my occupation. I am lucky enough to work from home most of the time, but I do a lot of travelling which makes meal prep very difficult. I may travel for 5-10 days at a time and when I’m on contest prep I make sure I’m prepared. I bring a lot of my food with me- 6oz bags of tuna, 90-second microwaveable rice, rice cakes and all my supplements take up the bulk of my travel bag. Eating out can be scary, but I have found that restaurants are very accommodating most of the time. If I can’t find a sushi restaurant or a Chipotle, I’ll just ask for a plain chicken breast and broccoli or asparagus on the side.
Before fasted AM cardio: 2 Quadracarn, 2 Lean Out, black coffee
Meal 1: 1 cup egg whites, 1 whole egg, 1 cup spinach, 4 pieces sprouted grain bread, 1/2 grapefruit
- 2 FitTabs, 2 EFA Gold
Meal 2: 2 scoops UMP, 1 cup Kodiak Cake mix, 2 tbsp ground flax, 1 cup egg whites mixed with enough water to make pancakes;
or 6oz chicken, 140 grams white rice
- 8 Mass Aminos and 8 Ultra 40 (the Mass/Ultra 40 stack is one of the keys to building muscle while leaning out at the same time)
Meal 3: 6oz tuna, 200 grams rice, 1 cup green beans
- 8 Ultra 40, 8 Mass Aminos
Pre Workout: 2 Quadracarn, 2 Lean Out, 10 Muscle Synergy tablets
Intra Workout: 1 scoop Up-Lift, 2 scoops Creatine Select, 2 scoops Glutamine Select
Meal 4 (post workout): 2 scoops Muscle Provider, 1 sprouted grain English muffin
Meal 5: 8oz chicken, turkey, or fish, 10 small red potatoes with garlic, 10 asparagus spears
- 8 Ultra 40, 8 Mass Aminos
Meal 6 (bedtime): 2 scoops UMP, 1 cup egg whites, 1 tbsp peanut butter, blended together with ice
- 6 Muscle Synergy tablets

Beverly International Off-Season Bodybuilding Program
Goal:
The goal of this program is to attain the maximum amount of muscle and strength gain with minimum fat accumulation.
Strategy:
This is a 12-week program that alternates gaining and hardening phases in a specific pattern.
- The “Gain” cycle includes six meals PLUS a pre and post workout recovery drink. During the “Gain” cycle your weight should increase one-half to two pounds per week.
- The “Hardening” cycle consists of five or six meals daily and is designed to solidify the gains you made during the “Gain” cycle.
Schedule:
Weeks 1-4 4-Week Gaining Phase
Week 5 1-Week Hardening Phase
Weeks 6-8 3-Week Gaining Phase
Week 9 1-Week Hardening Phase
Week 10-11 2-Week Gaining Phase
Week 12 1-Week Hardening Phase
Gaining Phase Nutritional Program
You have to take a disciplined approach and consistently eat the right combination of nutrients during the Gaining Phase to ensure that you add quality muscle.
Protein – Protein will account for approximately forty percent of your nutritional intake.
- Best sources of protein for building quality muscle during the gaining phases are: lean beef, whole eggs, cottage cheese, chicken, turkey, lean pork, fish, and egg whites. The best protein supplements are Ultimate Muscle Protein and Muscle Provider.
- During the hardening phases you should eat primarily egg whites, chicken breast, turkey breast, and Ultimate Muscle Protein and Muscle Provider.
- Mass amino acid tablets and Ultra 40 liver extract are invaluable to make sure that you utilize the protein you eat and they provide additional amino acids you need to build muscle.
Complex Carbohydrates – Complex carbohydrates will make up thirty-forty percent of your nutritional intake. The leaner you already are, the higher your complex carbs can be.
- Best sources of carbohydrate for the gaining phases are oatmeal, rice, baked or boiled potatoes, sweet potatoes, yams, and all variations of beans.
- You can occasionally include peas, corn and whole grain products in moderation. Fruits that qualify as complex carbs for the gaining phase are apples, pears, and pineapple.
- During the hardening phases you should stick to oatmeal, brown rice, sweet potatoes, and beans for your complex carbohydrate sources.
Low Carb Vegetables and Fruit
- Low carb vegetables include salads, broccoli, cauliflower, spinach, green beans and just about any other green or yellow vegetable.
- Low carb fruits are blueberries, cantaloupe, grapefruit, peaches, and strawberries. (You can add a small amount of low carb fruit to any of your protein shakes while on this program.)
Fats – Dietary fats should make up twenty-thirty percent of your caloric intake.
- Best sources are olive oil, coconut oil, flax oil, sunflower oil, safflower oil, almond butter, almonds, walnuts, and heavy cream.
- During the hardening phases you should reduce saturated fats and take an essential fatty acid supplement like Beverly’s EFA Gold or a fish oil supplement.
Free Foods – You can eat all of the following as much as you like during the gaining and hardening phases: Sugar free gum, Crystal Light, diet soda, coffee, tea, sugar-free Jell-O, Splenda, Equal, seasonings, mustard, vinegar, hot sauce, salt and pepper.
Free Meals
This program is designed to add maximum muscular size while minimizing fat accumulation so it’s not a time to eat whatever you want, whenever you want it, but planned free meals at specific intervals can be beneficial – mentally, metabolically, and physically. Plan to have one free meal on the last day of the final week of each of your “Gaining Cycles”, i.e. week 4, week 8, and week 11. A free meal lasts sixty minutes and consists of whatever you’d like to eat in that amount.
Beverages – Make sure that you drink plenty of water. Everyone should drink at least 64 ounces each day. This is important to improve your health, help you to gain muscular weight (muscles are nearly seventy percent water by volume), and help flush out harmful toxins (and fat).
- Other acceptable beverages are unsweetened tea and coffee, as well as diet drinks like Crystal Light and diet sodas.
- If you gain fat fairly easily limit the amount of milk you drink. If you are a hard gainer, and eat just about anything without adding fat then you might try mixing your Ultimate Muscle Protein shakes with milk. Regular fruit juice is another area you must be careful about. Both milk and juice have large amounts of naturally occurring sugar; and although they may be good foods, they may also result in fat accumulation.
Sample “Gaining Phase” Diet Plan
Here is a typical meal plan based on six meals plus a pre and post workout recovery drink. Adjust portions or add or decrease a meal as needed to average a one-half to two pound weight increase each week.
Breakfast: three whole eggs, five ounces lean beef or one cup cottage cheese, three-fourths cup oatmeal.
[Option B: four egg omelet with two ounces cheese, two slices whole-grain toast with almond butter, one apple.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Mid Morning Meal: Protein Drink with two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, two tablespoons healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream. – Optional: one serving low carb fruit.
[Option B: one can tuna (water packed), one cup cottage cheese and one-half cup pineapple (unsweetened) or one-half cantaloupe.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Lunch: eight ounces chicken breast (or other lean protein source), one cup cooked brown rice (or other complex carbohydrate source). Optional: one or two servings of low carb fruit or vegetables.
[Option B: six ounces of roast beef, one or two ounces of Swiss cheese, two slices rye bread, one apple, salad. (Note: you should not choose Option B for both breakfast and lunch on the same day – that would be too much bread.)]
– – – – – – – – – –
Mid Afternoon Meal: one can tuna (water packed) or six ounces turkey breast, one-half cup cottage cheese and one-half cup pineapple (unsweetened) or one-half cantaloupe.
[Option B: Protein Drink with two scoops Muscle Provider or Ultimate Muscle Protein, one tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Dinner: ten ounces steak, pork loin, chicken, turkey or fish; medium baked potato or sweet potato; low carb vegetables or salad.
– – – – – – – – – –
Before bed snack: Protein pudding – mix two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add one tablespoon of almond butter, walnuts, or heavy cream.
[Option B: six egg whites, three ounces chicken breast, one serving low carbohydrate vegetable or fruit.]
Pre and Post Workout Recovery Shake
Mass Maker was formulated specifically for you to use pre and post workout during your gaining phases. Take two scoops of Mass Maker Ultra mixed in eight ounces of water about thirty minutes before you train and three or more scoops, immediately after training. This post workout shake in particular is one of your keys to success during the Gaining Phase so don’t miss it.
Supplements for the Gaining Phase
Essential: Ultimate Muscle Protein, Super Pak, Mass Maker Ultra, Creatine Select
Next Steps: Mass Aminos
Stack: Glutamine Select, Up-Lift
Additives: Ultra 40, Muscle Synergy
A brief summary listing the benefits of each supplement is available below. For more information, click on the supplement name.
Essential – Start with the supplements listed above as Essential.
- Ultimate Muscle Protein – UMP will be a staple to your nutrition program. It contains a high quality blend of proteins essential to any muscle building or fat loss program.
- Super Pak – contains all the vitamins, minerals, enzymes, and micronutrient catalysts you need to support protein synthesis and muscle building. The ingredients in the Super Pak sustain vital metabolic processes – energy production and fatty acid metabolism. They also provide powerful antioxidant protection for recovery, repair, and resistance to illness. You should take one Super Pak per day with breakfast.
- Mass Maker Ultra– helps to maximize the results of intense training and increase lean mass, strength and speed of recovery.
- Creatine Select – will allow you to train harder with greater intensity and recover faster using the most studied, bioavailable (near 100%) and proven form of creatine in the world bolstered by β-alanine for increased exercise performance.
DIRECTIONS for using Creatine Select:
Loading Phase: Start with a loading phase: mix one scoop in 4-6 oz of water and consume 4 times daily (with meals) for the first 5 days. (If over 185 lbs take 5 servings per day for 5 days.)
Maintenance Phase: On training days take 1-2 servings twenty minutes before training. On non training days take one serving with your first meal.
Next Steps – The next supplement(s) you’d add to your program is Mass Aminos (listed as “Next Steps”).
- Mass Aminos – Peptide bonded amino acids that increase the nutrient density of each of your meals to force more muscular gains. Because of their unique molecular structure, Mass aminos provide you with the best form of amino acids (the building blocks that muscles are made of) for rapid muscular growth.
Stack – If your budget allows, add the “Stack” and you’ll have a complete supplement strategy to achieve your goal.
- Glutamine Select plus BCAAs – maximize your recoverability and muscle building with L-glutamine and the three Branch Chain Amino Acids Leucine, Isoluceine and Valine in the proven most effective ratios.
- Up-Lift – stimulant-free powdered drink mix that is intended to be consumed before and during training in order to sustain higher levels of mental and muscular output (performance) during resistance and cardiovascular forms of exercise.
Additives – “Additives” are for the high achiever who wants and can afford it all.
- Ultra 40 – Liver extract tablets aid in growth, add extra protein to every meal, and increase your energy and endurance.
- Muscle Synergy – dietary supplement technology consisting of a combination of nutritional ingredients selected on the basis of their ability to support four factors that synergistically interact to determine the strength of the average muscle-building signal being transmitted inside your muscle cells at any time of day, whether you are exercising or at rest.
Although often overlooked, digestive enzymes (Beverly’s Multiple Enzyme Complex) may be the missing link in your ability to gain muscular bodyweight. The amount of muscle you attain from this program is ultimately dependent upon the amount of nutrients that you digest and utilize. Seems simple, but doesn’t it make sense? If you have had trouble gaining the muscular bodyweight that you desire in the past, why don’t you try one or two digestive enzyme tablets with each meal? It might be just what you need to break through your muscular growth barrier.
There are a whole slew of other supplements that are beneficial during the gaining phase (depending on your budget). For long-term muscle gain the above are essential. Please call us at 1-800-781-3475 and we can help you to effectively incorporate any of our other muscle building supplements into your plan.
Sample Hardening Phase Nutritional Program
Breakfast: one whole egg, five additional egg whites, five ounces chicken breast or turkey breast, one-half cup oatmeal; 3 EFA Gold capsules.
———-
Mid Morning Meal A: Protein Drink with two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, one tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream.
Option B: one can tuna (water packed), one carrot, one tomato.
———-
Lunch: eight ounces chicken breast (or other lean protein source), one-half cup cooked brown rice (or other complex carbohydrate source). Optional: one or two servings of low carb vegetables.
———-
Mid Afternoon Meal A: one can tuna (water packed) or six ounces turkey breast, one or two servings of low carb vegetables or one-half cantaloupe.
Option B: Protein Drink with two scoops Muscle Provider or Ultimate Muscle Protein mixed in 16 ounces water.
———-
Dinner: ten ounces chicken breast, turkey or fish; low carb vegetables or salad; 3 EFA Gold capsules.
———-
Before bed snack A: Protein pudding – mix two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture.
Option B: six egg whites, three ounces chicken breast, one serving low carbohydrate vegetable.
Essential Supplements for the Hardening Phase
These will be the same as during the Gaining Phase with a couple extra that will make sure you don’t lose any lean muscle tissue while your diet becomes more restricted during the Hardening Phase.
Continue to take the Super Pak (or Fit Tabs multi/vitamin mineral) and Ultra 40. The Super Pak helps your body utilize nutrients and eases stress, aids in recuperation, may prevent injuries and helps build your resistance to illness.
Ultra 40 (liver extract) improves energy and endurance, adds extra protein and iron to your diet, and helps you keep your strength while dieting.
EFA Gold provides essential fatty acids that support metabolism, improve energy levels, and stimulate natural hormone production that aid in muscle growth and fat metabolism.
Take three EFA Gold capsules with breakfast and three with dinner.
You probably won’t need the Multiple Enzyme Complex during the Hardening Phase weeks.
During the hardening phase it will improve your results if you substitute Density for Mass Aminos during the hardening phase. Not crucial, but it’ll give you a clear cut advantage that’s practical and doable.
Do not take the Mass Maker Ultra pre and post workout shakes during the Hardening Phase.
Instead you should add Muscle Mass BCAAs. The L-conformation of Leucine, Isoleucine, and Valine provide nutrients essential for muscle repair and growth and make Muscle Mass the best natural supplement available to preserve lean muscle while on a restricted diet. Take five Muscle Mass tablets at the start of your workout, five at about the half-way point in your workout, and five more at the end of your workout. Glutamine Select is still very advantageous at this point also.
Lifestyle Hints to Maximize Your Off-Season Bodybuilding / Strength Program
- Remain calm throughout the day. If you spend too much nervous energy stressing and worrying you will compromise your muscular gains.
- Try to live a regulated life. Train, eat, and go to bed at the same times each day whenever possible.
- Strive to progressively increase your workout weights over the course of each gaining cycle. During the hardening cycle you should focus on form and muscular contraction on each exercise rather than the weight you use.
- Have a positive and productive attitude. Read a positive quote of the day, self-help or spiritual literature at a specific time each day. (Sound mind in a sound body principle.)
- Never miss meals or workouts unless it is an emergency. Regularity is the key to setting your body into a fixed pattern of muscular growth.
Please call or email us if you have any questions regarding this program. Our email is info@BeverlyInternational.net; the phone number is 1-800-781-3475.

Beverly International Contest Countdown … 8 Weeks Out
Goal:
The goal of the Contest Countdown program is to get you into your best condition ever for your upcoming contest. That means you are going to lose as much subcutaneous fat as you possibly can while retaining the maximum amount of muscle.
Strategy:
- Now it is time to concentrate primarily on fat loss.
- You’ll want to continue to gain lean muscle if you can, but your success on stage is going to be determined by your conditioning, not your size.
- To get as ripped as possible, you might need to adjust your thinking regarding your contest weight.
- Here is an important point, “It doesn’t matter what you weigh, your goal is to be in the best possible condition.”
- If you’re thinking that you need to be at the top of your weight class you should get that thought out of your brain. Rarely, does the heaviest guy in a particular weight class win.
To give you an example, here are the upper weight class limits and the actual winners’ weights at the Northern Kentucky Bodybuilding Championship, a national qualifier with 237 competitors:
Class | Limit | Heaviest Competitor’s Weight per Class | Winner’s Weight per Class |
BW | 143 | 143 | 119.5 |
LW | 154 | 154 | 150 |
WW | 165 | 165 | 159 |
MW | 176 | 176 | 170 |
LHW | 198 | 198 | 191 |
HW | 225 | 224 | 199 |
SHW | *** | 260 | 243 |
- The winner’s weights at this particular show are not an exception but very indicative of what usually happens – the best athlete wins, rarely is he the biggest in terms of bodyweight.
Now it’s time to really kick your diet into high gear.
- You should lose one to two pounds per week of fat during your final contest prep phase. A pound per week is usually the best approach but if you start too late or have allowed yourself to get too fat, then you may have to lose more.
- One final point – since you are trying to lose as much fat as possible, yet hold on to, or even gain as much lean muscle as possible, and you are restricting your caloric intake – you are going to need some proven, time tested supplements.
The “Contest Countdown” – Precontest Nutritional Program
- The Precontest nutritional program is not easy to follow, and is definitely not for the weak at heart.
- You have to take a disciplined approach to your Precontest nutritional program.
- You must consistently eat the right combination and types of nutrients to preserve as much muscle as possible while you strip off fat at a rapid rate.
- Your precontest nutritional regimen should consist almost exclusively of the foods listed below.
Protein
- Best sources of protein for your Precontest nutritional program are: turkey breast, chicken breast, lean beef (96% or leaner), egg whites, and fish. These foods contain a high percentage of protein with little fat.
- The best protein supplements are Ultimate Muscle Protein, and Muscle Provider. These protein powders are the best available because their amino acid profiles are perfect for Precontest dieting.
- The higher quality the protein powder you use, the more muscle you’ll retain and the more fat you’ll lose. Champion Beverly athletes use Muscle Provider and Ultimate Muscle Protein powders all the way up to the day of their show getting harder and more defined each day.
Complex Carbohydrates
- Best sources of complex carbohydrate for losing fat and maintaining lean muscle are oatmeal, brown rice, and sweet potatoes.
- Unless you know from experience that your body tolerates carbohydrates extremely well, your complex carbohydrate intake should be limited to your twice weekly “carb-up meals”. We’ll explain about that later.
Low Carb Vegetables and Fruit
- Low carb vegetables include salads, broccoli, cauliflower, spinach, green beans, mushrooms, tomatoes (technically a fruit), onions, and asparagus. Acceptable low carb fruits are blueberries, cantaloupe, grapefruit, and strawberries.
- The low carb vegetables along with lean protein sources will be the staples of your diet from now until your contest.
Fats
- The right types of dietary fats can actually improve the results of your contest diet. But, you must really pay attention to getting the right amount and right kinds of dietary fats.
- Best sources Precontest are olive oil, coconut oil, flax oil, almond butter, and very small amounts of walnuts and almonds. As the contest approaches your consumption of saturated fats from cream and beef should decrease.
- It is vital that you take an essential fatty acid supplement like Beverly’s EFA Gold or a fish oil supplement.
Free Foods – Even though you are on a Precontest diet, you can still use moderate amounts of the following without jeopardizing your results: Sugar free gum, Crystal Light, sugar-free flavored waters and sodas, coffee, tea, Splenda, Equal, cinnamon, dry seasonings, mustard, vinegar, hot sauce, salt and pepper.
Free Meals – The only time that a “free meal” is acceptable is if you have a special occasion like a birthday, wedding, holiday meal, etc. and you are already in competition shape, yet have at least three weeks to go before your contest.
Water
- Make sure that you drink plenty of water. See “Free Foods” above for other beverage options. If you are dehydrated, you will not burn fat and you can’t build muscle. Water is necessary in every metabolic process.
- You should drink at least one gallon daily. Average water consumption of our top athletes is one and one-half gallon per day.
Functions of the Carb Load Meal – The Contest Countdown nutritional plan incorporates what has become known as the “Beverly Carb Up Meal”.
- Twice weekly you will eat a final meal before retiring that is a combination of carbohydrate sources ranging from “fast” to “slow” acting.
- This is an important part of your plan. Don’t make the mistake of thinking that if you skip it, it will accelerate your rate of fat loss.
- Here’s what the carb meal does:
- Refuels glycogen stores.
- Prevents decline in metabolism, (T3 synthesis remains optimal).
- Provides variety – mental ease.
- Facilitates muscular growth by inducing uptake of Amino Acids and insulin surge drives IGF-1 production. Optimizes “anabolic” effect of insulin, while minimizing the lipogenic (fat producing) effect.
Your first “carb-up” meal is going to be difficult because you will not be used to eating the recommended amounts. That’s okay; just eat a portion of each of the recommended foods. Then, gradually work up to the full recommended amounts each week.
Eight Weeks Out … Contest Countdown Nutritional Program
Here are two sample nutrition plans that have been the most effective for our clients from eight weeks out from their contest to four weeks out.
Many use this plan all the way through to the final week before their show. We always say that if it’s working there is no reason to change it or, “Don’t fix what’s not broken.”
Plan A is the more widely used, but you can try Plan B if you know your body tolerates carbohydrates extremely well or if you are already close to contest condition.
Plan A: Competition Nutrition Program
Meal 1: Eight ounces 96% lean beef, chicken breast or turkey breast; three egg whites and one yolk; one grapefruit or one-fourth cantaloupe.
[Option B: Omelet – six egg whites, two egg yolks; five ounces 96% lean beef, chicken breast or turkey breast; one cup mixed broccoli, onions, peppers; one-half grapefruit.]
———-
Meal 2 A: Protein Drink with two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein or Muscle Provider, two tablespoons healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream.
[Option B: eight ounces chicken breast or tuna; three egg whites, one tomato.]
———-
Meal 3 A: eight ounces chicken (weighed prior to cooking); four cups salad (lettuce, tomato, carrot, cucumber, green peppers, etc.) or two cups low carb vegetables; three tablespoons “Newman’s Own” dressing (or make your own with two tablespoons cider vinegar and one tablespoon olive oil).
[Option B: eight ounces 96% lean beef; two cups low carb vegetables.]
———-
Meal 4: same options as meal two (above). If this is the meal preceding or just after training, Muscle Provider is the optimal protein at this time.
———-
Meal 5: ten ounces chicken breast, turkey breast or a very lean steak (filet or flank steak is ideal); two cups low carb vegetables or salad.
———-
Meal 6 A: nine egg whites; one cup omelet vegetables (onions, broccoli, peppers).
[Option B: Protein pudding – mix two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add one tablespoon almond butter, walnuts, or heavy cream.]
———-
Carb Load Meal: On Monday and Thursday evening you will have a “carb load” meal as your last meal of the day. You can eat this meal right before you go to bed if you like (it’ll help you sleep along with all the other benefits listed earlier).
Most will have this meal in place of their regularly scheduled sixth meal, but if you already have a lot of muscle and are “on schedule” as far as your bodyfat reduction – you could add the carb up as a seventh meal with good results.
Here’s what you’ll eat for your carb meal: One and one-half cups oatmeal (measure your oatmeal before you cook it – once you cook it, it’ll be nearly three cups), or you can substitute one and one-half cups cooked brown rice; with your oatmeal or rice you’ll also eat a ten-ounce sweet potato, a medium to large banana, and one cup of low carb vegetables. You’ll add one tablespoon of olive oil, flax oil, almond butter, or regular butter to prolong the positive effects of the carb up meal and stabilize your blood sugar through the night.
Plan B: Competition Nutrition Program … 8 Weeks Out
This is an alternate plan that includes a little more carbohydrate throughout the day than plan A. Try Plan B if you know your body tolerates carbohydrates extremely well or if you are already close to contest condition.
Meal 1: five ounces turkey breast; six-eight egg whites; one-half cup oatmeal (measure before cooking).
———-
Meal 2: Protein Drink: mix two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein; one scoop Muscle Provider; in 16-ounces water.
———-
Meal 3: ten ounces chicken or turkey breast; six-ounce sweet potato (weigh before cooking), one cup low carb vegetables
———-
Meal 4: Protein Drink: mix two scoops Muscle Provider; one scoop Ultimate Muscle Protein; in 16-ounces water.
———-
Meal 5: ten ounces 96% lean beef; two cups low carb vegetables.
———-
Meal 6: 12 ounces fish; two cups spinach or salad.
———-
Wednesday, Saturday, and Sunday you will have a seventh meal as follows:
Meal 7: six ounces turkey breast; six egg whites; one cup low carb vegetables.
———-
Carb Load Meal: On Monday and Thursday you will have a carb load meal (same as the one described above for Plan A). You can have it in place of your sixth meal or as an added seventh meal on Monday and Thursday evening.
On Tuesday and Friday you will eat only the first six meals listed above for Plan B.
Supplements for the “Contest Countdown” Nutritional Plan
- Whether you follow Plan A or Plan B, from the eight-week-out point on, your supplement program becomes more and more important.
- It should be designed to help you retain every ounce of lean muscle while it maximizes your body’s ability to burn stored fat for energy.
- It is very important to prioritize your supplement program during your eight-week contest countdown. Here’s why – you’ll be tempted to try anything that someone tells you will help you come into the show harder, denser, and shredded. Let’s stick with what has been time-tested and proven in this regard and save any experimentation for the off-season.
Essential: Ultimate Muscle Protein, Super Pak, Density, Quadracarn
Next Steps: Glutamine Select, Creatine Select, Up-Lift
Stack: Lean Out, 7 Keto MuscLean, EFA Gold
Additives: Ultra 40, Muscularity
Essential – Start with the supplements listed above as Essential. A brief summary listing the benefits of each supplement is available below. For more information, click on the supplement name.
- Ultimate Muscle Protein – UMP will be a staple to your nutrition program. It contains a high quality blend of proteins essential to any muscle building or fat loss program.
- Super Pak – contains all the vitamins, minerals, enzymes, and micronutrient catalysts you need to support protein synthesis and muscle building. The ingredients in the Super Pak sustain vital metabolic processes – energy production and fatty acid metabolism. They also provide powerful antioxidant protection for recovery, repair, and resistance to illness. You should take one Super Pak per day with breakfast.
- Density – Eight essential amino acids with the ability to create any amino acid your body is deficient in. Density is the superior amino acid formulation for fat loss while still retaining hard earned muscle. We recommend 2-3 tablets per meal (about 1 tablet per day per 15 lbs bodyweight. If you weigh 180, take 2 tablets per meal at each of six meals or 12 total per day.
- Quadracarn* – males over 35 should consider Quadracarn essential for its ability to aid in testosterone effectiveness. Other benefits include increased fat loss, muscle building and tissue repair.
Next Steps – Once you have the “essentials”, the next supplement(s) you’d add to your program are those listed as “Next Steps”.
- Glutamine Select – will help you preserve your lean muscle tissue as your diet becomes more restrictive and your training becomes more intense. Glutamine Select plus BCAAs before your workout will supply energy and halt muscle breakdown. After training it will help you recover faster, without extra calories.
- Creatine Select plus Phosphates – will allow you to train harder with greater intensity and recover faster using the most studied, bioavailable (near 100%) and proven form of creatine in the world bolstered by β-alanine for increased exercise performance.
- Up-Lift – stimulant-free powdered drink mix that is intended to be consumed before and during training in order to sustain higher levels of mental and muscular output (performance) during resistance and cardiovascular forms of exercise.
Stack – If your budget allows, add the “Stack” and you’ll have a complete supplement strategy to achieve your goal.
- Lean Out – allows you to mobilize and convert your stored fat for energy thereby sparing muscle tissue. Lean Out will create a big difference in your rate of fat loss and it can make your diet much easier. In fact, without the ingredients found in Lean Out your body could simply not burn fat for energy. Take two with each and every meal and shake.
- 7 Keto MuscLEAN – contains ingredients clinically proven to increase the rate at which you burn calories (fat calories, in particular) so that you can get lean faster. 7-Keto MuscLEAN improves your metabolism and helps you burn more calories. It is especially valuable if you are following a diet or if your metabolism is slowing down because of the inevitable effect of aging.
- EFA Gold – provides essential fatty acids that support metabolism, improve energy levels, and stimulate natural hormone production that aid in muscle growth and fat metabolism.
Additives – “Additives” are for the high achiever who wants and can afford it all.
- Ultra 40 – Liver extract tablets aid in growth, add extra protein to every meal, and increase your energy and endurance.
- Muscularity – Branch Chain Amino Acid capsule. BCAA’s are essential to retaining hard earned muscle in a reduced calorie diet. Muscularity also contains the same form of chromium as Lean Out and will help you lose more fat and retain more lean muscle
Special Case Supplement Recommendations
There is an additional supplement that we recommend during the eight to four week out contest prep in particular circumstances.
- Muscle Synergy – If you are slightly “under muscled”, in other words, if you truly think that you are just a little bit smaller than you’d like to be at this point in your contest prep and you really can’t increase your caloric intake because you want to get as ripped as possible–then Muscle Synergy is indicated.
This is not inexpensive, but it is the best natural supplement there is for building and preservation of lean muscle tissue while on a contest restricted diet. Another advantage it offers is extreme pumps without adding sugar laden, fat producing calories.
Take eight to twelve Muscle Synergy pre workout and eight to twelve more either first thing in the morning or before bed. If you have Muscle Synergy powder 1 scoop equals 8 tablets.
Optional Supplements for the Contest Countdown Plan
Please call us at 1-800-781-3475 and we can help you to effectively incorporate any of our other premium contest prep supplements into your plan.
Cardio – Here are some notes from our Pre Contest seminar concerning cardio:
- Do you need cardio? It depends on the amount of FAT you need to lose. And the amount of TIME you have to lose it. Remember, the first thing to understand is that from a bodybuilding perspective, we’re using cardio to burn BODY FAT, plain and simple.
- Quantify your cardio program. Don’t just get on a treadmill and walk. Set a GOAL! It can be DURATION, INTENSITY (mph, % incline, or level), or best of all CALORIES expended.
- Cardio Methodology – Phase One (from sixteen weeks out to eight weeks out).
Start with 12-20 minutes of fairly intense cardio three days a week. Each week attempt to burn more calories in the same amount of time. If you love cardio or need additional cardio, add two or three days of a lower intensity cardio (<75% MHR) activity for thirty minutes each. If you are already lean forget cardio.
Eight weeks out: Assess your condition. Are you on track? Can you get where you need to be without increasing cardio? Good!
But what if you’re behind schedule? You may step up the cardio to four days per week and thirty minutes per session. Or, even better, set a goal for the total calories you will burn per week with cardio.
Add the interval training approach at two of your sessions.
One of the most important things you can do is to set a goal for the total calories you will burn per week with cardio.
Sample Cardio Schedule – Based on Calories Expended Per Week
Weeks 12-9 Goal Calories Expended – 1000 (From week 8 on, increase 10% per
Week 8 Goal Calories Expended – 1100 through week 4, then remain constant.)
Week 7 Goal Calories Expended – 1225
Week 6 Goal Calories Expended – 1350
Weeks 5 Goal Calories Expended – 1500
Six weeks out: At six weeks out add a third interval training day IF NEEDED, bringing your total cardio to five days at 30 minutes per day. Take it to the next level on your interval days.
Please call or email us if you have any questions regarding this program.
Our email is info@BeverlyInternational.net; the phone number is 1-800-781-3475.
Addendum: Contest Countdown Nutritional Plan for the Female Bodybuilder
Here is a sample nutrition plan that has been the most effective for our female bodybuilding clients (and figure competitors who still have that last bit of fat to lose).
Plan A: Competition Nutrition Program for the female competitor
Meal 1: Three ounces chicken breast or turkey breast; four egg whites; one-half grapefruit.
———-
Meal 2: Protein Drink with one or two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein or Muscle Provider, one teaspoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter).
[Option B: Three ounces chicken breast or tuna; three egg whites, one tomato.]
———-
Meal 3: Five ounces chicken breast (weighed prior to cooking); two cups salad (lettuce, tomato, carrot, cucumber, green peppers, etc.) or two cups low carb vegetables; one tablespoon “Newman’s Own” dressing ( or make your own with one tablespoon cider vinegar and one tablespoon olive oil).
———-
Meal 4: same options as meal two (above) – but no added fat to your shake. If this is the meal preceding or just after training, Muscle Provider is the optimal protein at this time.
———-
Meal 5: five ounces chicken breast, turkey breast or 96% lean beef; two cups low carb vegetables or salad.
———-
Meal 6: four egg whites; one cup omelet vegetables (onions, celery, broccoli, peppers).
[Option B: Protein pudding – mix one scoop Ultimate Muscle Protein in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add one teaspoon almond butter.]
———-
Carb Load Meal: On Monday and Thursday evening you will have a “carb load” meal as your last meal of the day. You can eat this meal right before you go to bed if you like (it’ll help you sleep along with all the other benefits listed earlier). You will have this meal in place of their regularly scheduled sixth meal.
Here’s what you’ll eat at this meal: One cup oatmeal (measure your oatmeal before you cook it – once you cook it, it’ll be nearly two cups), or you can substitute one cup cooked brown rice; with your oatmeal or rice you’ll also eat a five-ounce sweet potato, a small banana, and one-half cup of low carb vegetables. You’ll add one teaspoon of olive oil, flax oil, almond butter, or regular butter to prolong the positive effects of the carb up meal and stabilize your blood sugar through the night.
Supplements for the “Female Contest Countdown” Nutritional Plan
Essential: Ultimate Muscle Protein, Super Pak, Density, Quadracarn
Next Steps: Creatine Select, Ultra 40
Stack: Lean Out, 7 Keto MuscLean
Additives: GH Factor, Glutamine Select
A brief summary listing the benefits of each supplement is available below. For more information, click on the supplement name.
Essential – Start with the supplements listed above as Essential.
- Ultimate Muscle Protein – UMP will be a staple to your nutrition program. It contains a high quality blend of proteins essential to any muscle building or fat loss program.
- Super Pak – contains all the vitamins, minerals, enzymes, and micronutrient catalysts you need to support protein synthesis and muscle building. The ingredients in the Super Pak sustain vital metabolic processes – energy production and fatty acid metabolism. They also provide powerful antioxidant protection for recovery, repair, and resistance to illness.
- You should take one Super Pak per day with breakfast.
- Density – Eight essential amino acids with the ability to create any amino acid your body is deficient in. Density is the superior amino acid formulation for fat loss while still retaining hard earned muscle. We recommend 2-3 tablets per meal (about 1 tablet per day per 15 lbs bodyweight. If you weigh 180, take 2 tablets per meal at each of six meals or 12 total per day.
- Quadracarn – Benefits include increased fat loss, muscle building, tissue repair and increased androgen receptors for muscle building and retention.
Next Steps – Once you have the “essentials”, the next supplement(s) you’d add to your program are those listed as “Next Steps”.
- Creatine Select plus Phosphates – will allow you to train harder with greater intensity and recover faster using the most studied, bioavailable (near 100%) and proven form of creatine in the world bolstered by β-alanine for increased exercise performance.
- Loading Phase: mix one scoop in 4-6 oz of water and consume 4 times daily (with meals) for the first 5 days.
Maintenance Phase: On training days take 1-2 servings twenty minutes before training. On non training days take one serving with your first meal. - Ultra 40 – Liver extract tablets aid in growth, add extra protein to every meal, and increase your energy and endurance.
Stack – If your budget allows, add the “Stack” and you’ll have a complete supplement strategy to achieve your goal.
- Lean Out – allows you to mobilize and convert your stored fat for energy thereby sparing muscle tissue. Lean Out will create a big difference in your rate of fat loss and it can make your diet much easier. In fact, without the ingredients found in Lean Out your body could simply not burn fat for energy. Take two with each and every meal and shake.
- 7 Keto MuscLEAN – contains ingredients clinically proven to increase the rate at which you burn calories (fat calories, in particular) so that you can get lean faster. 7-Keto MuscLEAN improves your metabolism and helps you burn more calories. It is especially valuable if you are following a diet or if your metabolism is slowing down because of the inevitable effect of aging.
Additives – “Additives” are for the high achiever who wants and can afford it all.
- GH Factor – Research has shown that the components of GH Factor – Arginine Pyroglutamate and Lysine Monohydrochloride when taken on an empty stomach can increase biologically active growth hormone levels to help Improve circulation Increase mental acuity Reduce harmful effects of aging and fat loss.
Directions for using GH Factor: Upon arising and before retiring: take six GH Factor capsules immediately upon arising and six more before bed (or if you eat right before bed, take six GH Factor thirty minutes prior to your last meal.
- Glutamine Select plus BCAAs – will help you preserve your lean muscle tissue as your diet becomes more restrictive and your training becomes more intense.
During Training: You’ll be taking two to four scoops Glutamine Select sipped during training. As your diet becomes more restrictive and your training becomes more intense, you need to do everything you can to halt muscle breakdown.
Branch chain amino acids and l-glutamine are the answer. The glutamine will help you recover faster and the BCAAs will not only halt muscle breakdown, but will also give your muscles a much harder appearance as you increase the amino acid content of your muscles resulting in more dense muscle fiber and less water.
Please call or email us if you have any questions regarding this program.
Our email is info@BeverlyInternational.net; the phone number is 1-800-781-3475.

“Fit Figure” 50-20-30 Nutrition and Supplement Program
Goal:
If you’re an experienced figure competitor who needs to start getting back in contest shape, or you’d like to be a figure competitor, or improve your body so that could be a figure competitor if you chose – you need to have a fair degree of muscular shape, development and separation, as well as a better than average bodyfat percentage. This program is designed to accomplish just that: improve your body composition (muscle-to-fat ratio).
You will reduce fat while you maintain and gain lean muscle at the same time. We call this your net body composition change.
Strategy:
Proper training and cardio are important but the key to losing excess fat while you improve your physique by adding lean, shapely muscle is through a specialized nutrition program with the emphasis on the correct ratio of protein, carbohydrates, and fat.
- However, the correct ratio is not enough. You also need to eat the correct types of protein, carbohydrates, and fats.
- This is an area where many (who know something about nutrition) go wrong. They eat the correct ratios, but the wrong foods.
- Another area where things can go wrong is your choice of supplements.
- In this program we are going to stick to proven, time tested supplement formulas.
- We’ll give you some prioritized options so that you can stay within your budgetary boundaries, but we won’t recommend what’s cheapest, instead we’ll recommend the supplements that will give you the most value in terms of results.
- Don’t make the mistake of gauging your progress by the scale. It’s much more important appearance-wise that you try to retain all of your lean muscle tissue (and even build a little) while you lose fat.
Fit Figure Training and Cardio
Training:
- You should pay particular attention to your shoulder and back development in your training for figure competition.
- Another area that is very important is to tighten your legs and glutes (and of course your abs).
- Don’t neglect other bodyparts but really concentrate on abs, shoulders, back, quads, hamstrings, and glutes.
- Don’t make the mistake of training each bodypart only one time per week. You should try one of the following training splits:
Monday and Thursday: Back, Biceps, Abs, Calves
Tuesday and Friday: Chest, Shoulders, Triceps, Abs
Wednesday and Saturday: Legs and Glutes, Abs
Here’s another training split that will give extra work to your most important bodyparts:
Day 1: Legs (quad emphasis)
Day 2: Back / Delts / Biceps
Day 3: Chest / Triceps
Day 4: Legs (glute/hamstring emphasis)
Day 5: Back / Delts / Arms
High Intensity Interval Cardio:
- The amount of cardio you need to do depends on the amount of fat that you need to lose and the amount of time you have before your contest.
- In general you can lose one-half to one pound of fat per week with proper training, nutrition and supplements.
- You can lose up to another pound of fat per week through proper cardio.
- The amount of time you spend on cardio is not nearly as important as the amount of calories you expend during your cardio sessions.
- Make sure at least three of your cardio sessions are high intensity interval sessions.
The 50-20-30 Fit Figure (Lose Fat – Gain Lean Muscle) Nutritional Program
You have to take a disciplined approach and consistently eat the right combination of nutrients and right types of nutrients in order to lose fat and reduce your body fat percentage as you add lean, shapely muscle and improve your body composition.
Your nutritional regimen should consist of three basic food types (macronutrients) in the following proportions.
Protein – Your total diet (including supplements) should consist of about fifty percent proteins.
- Best sources of protein for building lean, shapely muscle while you are cutting your bodyfat percentage are: egg whites, turkey breast, chicken breast, fish, whole eggs, lean beef (90% or leaner), salmon and very lean pork.
- The best protein supplements are Ultimate Muscle Protein and Muscle Provider.
- Mass amino acid tablets, Density, and Ultra 40 are invaluable to make sure that you utilize the protein you eat and they provide additional amino acids you need to build muscle.
Complex Carbohydrates – Complex carbohydrates will make up about 20-25% of your nutritional intake.
- Best sources of complex carbohydrate for losing fat while you gain lean muscle are oatmeal, brown rice, sweet potatoes, and all black or red beans.
Low Carb Vegetables and Fruit
- Low carb vegetables include salads, broccoli, cauliflower, spinach, green beans and just about any other green or yellow vegetable.
- Low carb fruits are blueberries, cantaloupe, grapefruit, peaches, and strawberries.
Fats – Dietary fats should make up 25-30% percent of your caloric intake. This total includes the naturally occurring fats in your protein foods.
- Fats are not your enemy so get it out of your head.
- Fat is critical to your health and essential to your success as a dieter.
- Although fat has twice the calories of other food types, it has a more stable influence on your blood sugar, by slowing the absorption of other foods into the bloodstream.
- For best results on this plan you should really pay attention to getting the right amount and right kinds of dietary fats.
- Best sources are olive oil, coconut oil, flax oil, sunflower oil, safflower oil, canola oil, almond butter, walnuts, and avocado. We will also give you an option of using a tablespoon of heavy cream in your protein shakes and protein pudding recipes.
- You should be sure you take an essential fatty acid supplement like Beverly’s EFA Gold or a fish oil supplement.
Free Foods – You can eat any of the following at any time, without jeopardizing your results: Sugar free gum, Crystal Light, diet soda, coffee, tea, sugar-free Jell-O, Splenda, Equal, cinnamon, spices, salsa, seasonings, mustard, vinegar, hot sauce, salt and pepper.
Free Meals – Remember that this program is designed to reduce fat while you add lean muscle. The only time that a “free meal” is acceptable is if you have a special occasion like a birthday, wedding, holiday meal, etc.
Beverages – Make sure that you drink plenty of water. If you are dehydrated, you will not burn fat and you can’t build muscle.
- Water is necessary in every metabolic process.
- You should drink at least 64 ounces each day.
- Other acceptable beverages are unsweetened tea and coffee, as well as diet drinks like Crystal Light, diet flavored waters, and diet sodas.
- Regular fruit juice and milk have large amounts of naturally occurring sugar; and although they may be good foods, they may also result in fat accumulation so they are not part of this nutritional program.
Sample “50-20-30 Gain Muscle – Lose Fat” Diet Plan
Here is a typical meal plan based on five meals. Remember to adjust portions or add or decrease a meal as needed to maintain progress.
Breakfast (recommended): one whole egg, three egg whites, three ounces turkey breast, one-half cup oatmeal. (Don’t forget you can add cinnamon and Splenda to your oatmeal.)
[Option B (if you don’t like eggs): five ounces lean beef, one-half cup oatmeal.]
[Option C (if you want to drink a protein shake for breakfast): one scoop Ultimate Muscle Protein; one-third cup liquid egg whites or egg beaters; one-fourth cup oatmeal or one-third cup frozen blueberries and three frozen strawberries.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Mid Morning Meal: Protein Drink with one or two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, one tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream. – Optional: one serving low carb fruit.
[Option B: one can tuna (water packed), one-half cup cottage cheese and one-fourth cup pineapple (unsweetened) or one-fourth cantaloupe.]
[Option C: 5 oz lean protein source, one small apple.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Lunch: five ounces chicken breast, one-half cup cooked brown rice, green salad with two tablespoons oil and vinegar dressing.
[Option B: five ounces lean beef, five ounces sweet potato, two cups low carb vegetables.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Mid Afternoon Meal: Tuna or chicken salad – one can tuna (water packed) or four ounces chicken breast, one tablespoon mayonnaise, celery, relish, one-half apple.
[Option B: Protein Drink with one or two scoops Muscle Provider or Ultimate Muscle Protein, one tablespoon healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream.]
[Option C: Protein Pudding – put one or two scoops of Ultimate Muscle Protein into a bowl or Tupperware container, add one tablespoon almond butter or heavy cream, and add just enough water to stir into a pudding consistency.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Dinner: five ounces steak, pork loin, chicken, turkey or fish; two cups low carb vegetables; green salad with two tablespoons oil and vinegar dressing.
[Option B: five ounces salmon, two cups low carb vegetables, green salad with two tablespoons oil and vinegar dressing.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Before bed snack: Protein pudding – mix one scoop Ultimate Muscle Protein in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add one tablespoon almond butter, walnuts, or heavy cream.
Option B: six egg whites, one serving low carbohydrate vegetable or fruit.
Supplements for the “Fit Figure” Nutrition Plan
Essential: Ultimate Muscle Protein, Lean Out, Muscularity
Next Steps: Glutamine Select, 7-Keto MuscLean
Stack: Density, Energy Reserve
Additives: GH Factor, Fit Tabs, EFA Gold
Essential – Start with the supplements listed above as Essential. A brief summary listing the benefits of each supplement is available below. For more information, click on the supplement name.
- Ultimate Muscle Protein – UMP will be a staple to your nutrition program. It contains a high quality blend of proteins essential to any muscle building or fat loss program.
- Lean Out is the most important supplement you can take with this nutritional plan. Lean Out helps you mobilize and convert your stored fat for energy thereby sparing muscle tissue. Lean Out will create a big difference in your rate of fat loss and it can make your diet much easier. In fact, without the ingredients found in Lean Out your body could simply not burn fat for energy.
- Muscularity – Branch Chain Amino Acid capsule. BCAA’s are essential to retaining hard earned muscle in a reduced calorie diet. Muscularity also contains the same form of chromium as Lean Out and will help you lose more fat and retain more lean muscle.
DIRECTIONS for taking Lean Out and Muscularity: Take two Lean Out and two Muscularity with each and every meal and shake, for a total of 10-12 of each per day.
Next Steps – Once you have the “essentials”, the next supplement(s) you’d add to your program are those listed as “Next Steps”.
- Glutamine Select– is next in importance. Glutamine Select plus BCAAs is a drink mix powder that many professional figure athletes sip on before, during, and after training. It is great for recovery and will help you spare and increase your lean muscle tissue. Mix two scoops of Glutamine Select in your water bottle and sip from it as you train or perform cardio.
- 7 Keto MuscLean – contains ingredients clinically proven to increase the rate at which you burn calories (fat calories, in particular) so that you can get lean faster. 7-Keto MuscLEAN improves your metabolism and helps you burn more calories. It is especially valuable if you are following a diet or if your metabolism is slowing down because of the inevitable effect of aging.
Stack – If your budget allows, add the “Stack” and you’ll have a complete supplement strategy to achieve your goal.
- Density – if you want to build some lean muscle, or just make sure that you don’t lose any during your periods of strict dieting Density is imperative. Take 2 tablets with each meal or protein shake.
- Energy Reserve – pure L-carnitine to further expedite fat loss while retaining lean tissue.
Additives – “Additives” are for the high achiever who wants and can afford it all.
- GH Factor – Research has shown that the components of GH Factor – Arginine Pyroglutamate and Lysine Monohydrochloride when taken on an empty stomach can increase biologically active growth hormone levels to help Improve circulation Increase mental acuity Reduce harmful effects of aging and fat loss.
- Fit Tabs – vitamin/mineral formula contains all the vitamins, minerals, enzymes, and micronutrient catalysts you need to support protein synthesis and muscle building.
The ingredients in Fit Tabs sustain vital metabolic processes – energy production and fatty acid metabolism. They also provide powerful antioxidant protection for recovery, repair, and resistance to illness. Or for a mega dose vitamin/mineral pack try Super Pak.
- EFA Gold – provides essential fatty acids that support metabolism, improve energy levels, and stimulate natural hormone production that aid in muscle growth and fat metabolism.
Take three EFA Gold capsules with breakfast and three with dinner.
Optional Supplements for the “Fit Figure” 50-20-30 Plan
Please call us at 1-800-781-3475 and we can help you to effectively incorporate any of our other fat burning and muscle building supplements into your plan.
Lifestyle Hints to Maximize Your “Fit Figure” Nutritional Program
- Try to live a regulated life. Train, eat, and go to bed at the same times each day whenever possible. Don’t miss meals.
- Strive to progressively improve your workouts. Try to increase your workout weights or reps, or decrease the amount of rest between sets while maintaining weight and reps.
- Have a positive and productive attitude. Read a positive quote of the day, self-help or spiritual literature at a specific time each day. (Sound mind in a sound body principle.)
- Your supplementation program can dramatically enhance your results. The recommended “Fit Figure” supplement program will provide an average improvement of 30% to your Net Body Composition Change (NBCC).
Please call or email us if you have any questions regarding this program.
Our email is info@BeverlyInternational.net; the phone number is 1-800-781-3475.

Beverly International 50-20-30 Gain Muscle–Lose Fat Nutritional Program
Goal:
The goal of this program is to improve your body composition. That means you are going to improve your muscle-to-fat ratio.
Beverly’s 50-20-30 nutrition system helps you maintain and gain lean muscle while you reduce fat at the same time. We call this your net body composition change.
Strategy:
The key to gaining muscular size and density while losing excess fat is through a specialized nutrition program with the emphasis on the correct ratio of protein, carbohydrates, and fat.
- However, the correct ratio is not enough. You also need to eat the correct types of protein, carbohydrates, and fats.
- This is an area where many (who know something about nutrition) go wrong. They eat the correct ratios, but the wrong foods.
- Another area where things can go wrong is your choice of supplements.
- In this program we are going to stick to a proven, time tested supplement formula.
- We’ll give you some prioritized options so that you can stay within your budgetary boundaries, but we won’t recommend what’s cheapest, instead we’ll recommend the supplements that will give you the most value in terms of results.
- The most important measure of this program is not the total amount of lean muscle you gain (for this you’d use our off-season bodybuilding nutrition program) or how many total pounds of fat you lose.
- Your net body composition change (NBCC) is what counts.
- Your NBCC is calculated by adding together the pounds of lean mass you gain and the pounds of fat you lose.
- If you gain four pounds of lean mass and lose five pounds of fat your net body composition change is nine pounds. (And that will make a tremendous improvement in your physique.).
- The recommended supplement program will improve your results in NBCC by another 30%.
- You should set a realistic goal for your NBCC over the next six weeks to three months that you will be on this program. One-half to one pound NBCC per week is excellent progress.
The 50-20-30 Gain Muscle – Lose Fat Nutritional Program
You have to take a disciplined approach and consistently eat the right combination of nutrients and right types of nutrients in order to add quality muscle and improve your body composition as you slowly reduce your body fat percentage. Your nutritional regimen should consist of three basic food types (macronutrients) in the following proportions.
Protein – Your total diet (including supplements) will consist of approximately fifty percent proteins.
- Best sources of protein for building quality muscle while cutting your bodyfat percentage are: lean beef (90% or leaner), salmon, turkey breast, chicken breast, egg whites, fish, whole eggs, and very lean pork.
- The best protein supplements are Ultimate Muscle Protein and Muscle Provider.
- Mass amino acid tablets and Ultra 40 are invaluable to make sure that you utilize the protein you eat and they provide additional amino acids you need to build muscle.
Complex Carbohydrates – Complex carbohydrates will make up about twenty percent of your nutritional intake.
- Best sources of complex carbohydrate for gaining lean muscle while losing fat are oatmeal, brown rice, sweet potatoes, and all variations of beans.
- Low carb vegetables include salads, broccoli, cauliflower, spinach, green beans and just about any other green or yellow vegetable.
- Low carb fruits are blueberries, cantaloupe, grapefruit, peaches, and strawberries.
Fats – Dietary fats should make up thirty percent of your caloric intake.
- For best gains on this plan you should really pay attention to getting the right amount and right kinds of dietary fats. Best sources are olive oil, coconut oil, flax oil, sunflower oil, safflower oil, almond butter, almonds, walnuts, and heavy cream.
- You should also take an essential fatty acid supplement like Beverly’s EFA Gold or a fish oil supplement.
Free Foods
You can eat any of the following at any time, without jeopardizing your results: Sugar free gum, Crystal Light, diet soda, coffee, tea, sugar-free Jell-O, Splenda, Equal, seasonings, mustard, vinegar, hot sauce, salt and pepper.
Free Meals
Remember that this program is designed to add maximum muscular size while reducing fat.
The only time that a “free meal” is acceptable is if you have a special occasion like a birthday, wedding, holiday meal, etc.
Beverages – Make sure that you drink plenty of water. If you are dehydrated, you will not burn fat and you can’t build muscle. Water is necessary in every metabolic process. You should drink at least 96 ounces each day.
- Other acceptable beverages are unsweetened tea and coffee, as well as diet drinks like Crystal Light, diet flavored waters, and diet sodas. Regular fruit juice and milk have large amounts of naturally occurring sugar; and although they may be good foods, they may also result in fat accumulation so they are not part of this nutritional program.
“50-20-30 Gain Muscle – Lose Fat” Diet Plan
Here is a typical meal plan based on six meals. You can adjust portions or add or decrease a meal as needed to maintain progress.
Breakfast (recommended): two whole eggs, four egg whites, five ounces lean beef, one-half cup oatmeal.
[Option B (if you don’t like eggs): eight ounces lean beef, one-half cup oatmeal.]
[Option C (if you want to drink a protein shake for breakfast): two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, one-half cup liquid egg whites or egg beaters, one-third cup oatmeal, and one-third cup frozen blueberries or three frozen strawberries.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Mid Morning Meal: Protein Drink with two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, two tablespoons healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream. – Optional: one serving low carb fruit.
[Option B: one can tuna (water packed), one cup cottage cheese and one-half cup pineapple (unsweetened) or one-half cantaloupe.]
[Option C: 8 oz lean beef, one small apple.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Lunch: eight ounces chicken breast (or other lean protein source), two-thirds cup cooked brown rice, green salad with four tablespoons oil and vinegar dressing.
[Option B: eight ounces lean beef, five ounces sweet potato, two cups low carb vegetables.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Mid Afternoon Meal: Tuna or chicken salad – two cans tuna (water packed) or seven-eight ounces chicken breast, two tablespoons mayonnaise, celery, relish, one-half apple.
[Option B: Protein Drink with two scoops Muscle Provider or Ultimate Muscle Protein, two tablespoons healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy cream.]
[Option C: Protein Pudding – put two scoops of Ultimate Muscle Protein into a bowl or Tupperware container, add two tablespoons almond butter or heavy cream, and add just enough water to stir into a pudding consistency.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Dinner: ten ounces steak, pork loin, chicken, turkey or fish; two cups low carb vegetables; green salad with four tablespoons oil and vinegar dressing.
[Option B: ten ounces salmon, two cups low carb vegetables, green salad with two tablespoons oil and vinegar dressing.]
– – – – – – – – – –
Before bed snack: Protein pudding – mix two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein in a bowl with just enough water to make a pudding texture. Add two tablespoons of almond butter, walnuts, or heavy cream.
[Option B: six egg whites, five ounces chicken breast, one serving low carbohydrate vegetable or fruit.]
Supplements for the “50-20-30 Gain Muscle – Lose Fat” Diet Plan
Essential: Ultimate Muscle Protein, Super Pak, Quadracarn*
Next Steps: Creatine Select
Stack: Mass Aminos (or Density), Ultra 40
Additives: Glutamine Select, Muscle Synergy, EFA Gold
Essential – start with the supplements listed above as Essential.
- Ultimate Muscle Protein – UMP will be a staple to your nutrition program. It contains a high quality blend of proteins essential to any muscle building or fat loss program.
- Super Pak – contains all the vitamins, minerals, enzymes, and micronutrient catalysts you need to support protein synthesis and muscle building. The ingredients in the Super Pak sustain vital metabolic processes – energy production and fatty acid metabolism. They also provide powerful antioxidant protection for recovery, repair, and resistance to illness. You should take one Super Pak per day with breakfast.
- Quadracarn* – males over 35 should consider Quadracarn essential for its ability to aid in testosterone effectiveness. Other benefits include increased fat loss, muscle building and tissue repair. For best results take 3 tablets, 3 times daily.
Next Steps – Once you have the “essentials” covered, the next supplement(s) you’d add to your program are those listed as “Next Steps”.
- Creatine Select – gives you the best bang for your buck if your goal is to increase strength, muscle size, and tone, while losing fat.
Loading Phase: mix one scoop Creatine Select in 4-6 oz of water and consume 4 times daily (with meals) for the first 5 days. (If over 185 lbs take 5 servings per day for 5 days.)
Maintenance Phase: On training days take 1-2 servings twenty minutes before training. On non training days take one serving with your first meal.
Stack – If your budget allows, add the “Stack” and you’ll have a complete supplement strategy to achieve your goal.
- Mass Aminos – Peptide bonded amino acids that increase the nutrient density of each of your meals to force more muscular gains. Because of their unique molecular structure, Mass aminos provide you with the best form of amino acids (the building blocks that muscles are made of) for rapid muscular growth.
- Ultra 40 – Liver extract tablets aid in growth, add extra protein to every meal, and increase your energy and endurance.
Directions: Take two Mass (and Ultra 40) tablets with each meal the first week. Each week add another Mass (and Ultra 40) tablet to each meal. You’ll take three tablets per meal during the second week, four tablets per meal the third week.
On week four you can remain at four tablets each of Mass and Ultra 40 at each meal or you can continue to increase up to six per meal if you want to experiment to see how much muscle growth you can get from this plan.
If weight gain is your main goal, use Mass Aminos, but if fat loss is your main goal, use Density instead.
- Density – Eight essential amino acids with the ability to create any amino acid your body is deficient in. Density is the superior amino acid formulation for fat loss while still retaining hard earned muscle. We recommend 2-3 tablets per meal (about 1 tablet per day per 15 lbs bodyweight). If you weigh 180, take 2 tablets per meal at each of six meals or 12 total per day.
Additives – “Additives” are for the high achiever who wants and can afford it all.
- Glutamine Select plus BCAA’s – like two products in one. Glutamine aids in muscular recovery, immune and digestive health, and insulin stabilization. The three branch chain amino acids, Leucine, Isoluceine, and Valine are an integral part of muscle building.
- Muscle Synergy – powder or tablets, would be an excellent addition to aid in muscular and strength gains if your budget allows it.
- EFA Gold – provides essential fatty acids that support metabolism, improve energy levels, and stimulate natural hormone production that aid in muscle growth and fat metabolism.
- Take three EFA Gold capsules with breakfast and three with dinner.
Lifestyle Hints to Maximize Your “50-20-30 Gain Muscle – Lose Fat” Program
- Try to live a regulated life. Train, eat, and go to bed at the same times each day whenever possible. Don’t miss meals. If you do not eat five or six times a day at least 90% of the time, you will not succeed.
- Strive to progressively improve your workouts. Try to increase your workout weights or reps, or decrease the amount of rest between sets while maintaining weight and reps.
- Have a positive and productive attitude. Read a positive quote of the day, self-help or spiritual literature at a specific time each day. (Sound mind in a sound body principle.)
- If you happen to overeat at a meal, or miss a meal, do not try to compensate by undereating or overeating at your next meal. Each meal is designed as its own separate entity. The nutrients you get at each meal will determine your progress for the next three hours (and your before bed snack can determine your progress for the next eight hours). The 50-20-30 program creates a metabolic environment for to gain muscle and lose fat. You should try to make that environment as perfect as possible.
- Your supplementation program will dramatically enhance your results.
The Mass-Ultra 40 regimen discussed in the Next Steps, section if consistently followed, may provide an average improvement of as much as 30% to your Net Body Composition Change (NBCC).
Please call or email us if you have any questions regarding this program.
Our email is info@BeverlyInternational.net; the phone number is 1-800-781-3475

Supplement Recommendations
FEMALES
- Active Female Shape-Up
- Essential: UMP
- Advanced: UMP, Lean Out
- Comprehensive: UMP, Lean Out, Glutamine Select, Muscularity
- General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
- Beach Body
- Essential: UMP or Muscle Provider
- Advanced: UMP, Lean Out
- Comprehensive: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Muscularity
- Maximum: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Energy Reserve
- General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
- Toned, Athletic Physique
- Essential: UMP or Muscle Provider or Provosyn
- Advanced: UMP & Glutamine Select
- Comprehensive: UMP, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, Density
- Maximum: UMP, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, Density, Energy Reserve
- General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
- Fit 45+
- Essential: UMP & Quadracarn
- Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, GH Factor
- Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, GH Factor, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select
- Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, GH Factor, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select,Creatine Select, Muscle Synergy
- General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
- Women’s Physique & Shape and Muscle
- Essential: UMP or Muscle Provideror Provosyn
- Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn and Creatine Select
- Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40
- Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Muscle Synergy
- General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
MALES
- Increased Muscle Size
- Essential: UMP or (Muscle Provider or Provosyn) & Quadracarn
- Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select
- Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40
- Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Glutamine Select
- General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
- Emphasis on Fat Loss
- Essential: UMP & Quadracarn
- Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto
- Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select
- Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Density
- General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
- Maximum Strength and Size
- Essential: UMP or (Muscle Provider or Provosyn) & Mass Maker Ultra
- Advanced: UMP & Mass Maker Ultra, Creatine Select
- Comprehensive: UMP & Mass Maker Ultra, Creatine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40
- Maximum: UMP & Mass Maker Ultra, Creatine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Muscle Synergy, Quadracarn
- General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
- Athletic Improvement
- Essential: UMP or (Provosyn)
- Advanced: UMP, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select
- Comprehensive: UMP, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Muscle Synergy
- General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
- 50 & Up
- Essential: UMP or (Provosyn) & Quadracarn
- Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select
- Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Density
- Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Density, Muscle Synergy
- General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
Pre Contest
- Bikini – Pre-Contest
- Essential: UMP, Lean Out & 7-Keto
- Advanced: UMP, Lean Out & 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Muscularity &/or Density
- Comprehensive: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Density, Energy Reserve
- General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
- Figure – Pre-Contest
- Essential: UMP, Lean Out and 7-Keto
- Advanced: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select and Muscularity
- Comprehensive: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Density
- Maximum: UMP, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Muscularity, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Density, GH Factor
- General Health Supplements: Fit-Tabs, EFA-Gold
- Men’s Physique
- Essential: UMP & (Muscle Provider or Provosyn), Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select
- Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40
- Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Muscularity, Density
- Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Muscularity, Density, Muscle Synergy
- General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
- Men’s Bodybuilding
- Essential: UMP & (Muscle Provider or Provosyn), Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select
- Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Density
- Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Density, Mass Amino, Ultra 40
- Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Density, Mass Amino, Ultra 40, Muscle Synergy, Muscularity
- General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
Athletic Improvement (Male and Female)
- Crossfit
- Essential: Provosyn or (UMP or Muscle Provider), Glutamine Select
- Advanced: Provosyn &/or UMP, Glutamine Select , Creatine Select
- Comprehensive: Provosyn &/or UMP, Glutamine Select, Creatine Select, Up-Lift
- Maximum: Provosyn &/or UMP, Glutamine Select, Creatine Select, (or Muscle Synergy), Up-Lift, & Mass Maker Ultra (if muscular gains are the primary goal)
- General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
- Athletes who wish to improve performance in an endurance event
- Essential: Glutamine Select
- Advanced: Glutamine Select , Up-Lift
- Comprehensive: Glutamine Select, Up-Lift Energy Reserve and Ultra 40
- Maximum: Glutamine Select, Up-Lift, Energy Reserve, Ultra 40
- ZMA 2000
- General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
- Athletes who wish to attain maximum speed and strength
- Essential: Creatine Select
- Advanced: Creatine Select, Up-Lift
- Comprehensive: Creatine Select, Up-Lift, Ultra 40 and Quadracarn
- Maximum: Creatine Select, Up-Lift, Ultra 40, Quadracarn, Muscle Synergy
- General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold
- Teenage athletic improvement
- Essential: UMP
- Advanced: UMP, Creatine Select
- Comprehensive: UMP, Creatine Select , Mass Amino and Muscle Synergy
- Maximum: UMP, Creatine Select , Mass Amino, Muscle Synergy, ZMA 2000
- Masters athlete
- Essential: UMP and Quadracarn
- Advanced: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select
- Comprehensive: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select and Up-Lift
- Maximum: UMP, Quadracarn, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Up-Lift, ZMA 2000
- General Health Supplements: Super Pak & EFA-Gold


Men’s Physique Diet, Supplements, and Training
Men’s Physique Diet, Supplements, and Training
NPC Natural Eastern USA Overall Champion
Beverly Archives
By: Joe Lewandowski

At a Glance: Joe Lewandowski
Age: 23
Occupation or Education: Student at Kent State University, majoring in Exercise Science.
Family: Sandi (mother), Joe (father), Mike (brother)
Current Residence: Hudson, OH
Years training (total): 8 years
Height: 6′3″
Weight: 215 pounds (off-season); 195 pounds (contest)
Favorite Bodybuilding or Fitness Meal: Grilled chicken, sweet potatoes and green beans
In your music player: Drake, Bone Thugs-NHarmony and J. Cole
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Spending time with family and friends, golfing, swimming and anything outdoors.
Words to live by: You don’t get what you wish for; you get what you work for
Ever since I can remember, I have been involved with athletics or some sort of competition. I have played just about every sport there is at one time or another. I even received a college scholarship for baseball. I started weight lifting in my early teenage years to become stronger for sports. During that time, I didn’t pay any attention at all to nutrition. As my baseball career came to an end, I really got interested in bodybuilding. I started to concentrate on my training and nutrition. I even changed my major to Exercise Science.
I became addicted to seeing improvements in my physique and the more I improved the harder I would push for further gains. My self-esteem improved and I was now much more confident in myself in every aspect of my life. But, it wasn’t until this past year that I finally got the courage to step out of my comfort zone and commit to stepping on stage.
After comparing my physique to that of the winning bodybuilders, I came to the conclusion that Men’s Physique would be a better fit for me. I knew I neededhelp if I wanted to compete. I asked some successful local competitors who they considered the best trainerin the area. They recommended Dave Liberman. I got in touch with Dave and started working with him. Hebroke down every phase for me including training, supplementation, nutrition, posing and everything else thatwent into being a successful competitor. Dave was also the person who introduced me to the remarkable productsof Beverly International. These supplements helped me obtain a physique I would have never imagined possiblefor myself. Everything came together for me and I was able to take first place in my class and first overallin the NPC Natural Eastern USA Championships, and first place in my class at the NPC Natural Ohio. Here’s an outline of my entire program – diet, supplements, training, cardio, and presentation.
Contest diet 12 weeks out
Diet I started my serious contest diet 12 weeks out. I ate a total of 6 meals throughout the day, taking in about 2,400 calories each day. The majority of my carbs were eaten earlier in the day to ensure I would have the energy to fuel my workouts. My macronutrient breakdown was approximately 50-60% protein, 30-40% complex carbohydrates, and 10% or less fats.
- Here is an overview of my diet plan:
- Meal 1: 6 egg whites; 1 cup oatmeal
- Total Calories ~320
- Meal 2: 8 oz. boneless skinless chicken breast; 6 ounces yam; salad
- Total Calories ~470
- Meal 3 8 oz. cod; 1 cup brown rice
- Total Calories ~450
- Meal 4: 8 oz. boneless skinless chicken breast; 4 oz. yam; onions, green beans
- Total Calories ~580
- Post Workout 2 scoops Muscle Provider in water
- Total Calories ~220
- Meal 5: 8 oz. boneless skinless chicken breast; (stir fry with broccoli), salad
- Total Calories ~300
- Meal 6 6-egg-whites
- Total Calories ~120
- 2,460 Total Daily Caloric Intake
- Supplements
- Lean Out: 2 capsules before each meal & preworkout for fat reducing benefits
- 7-Keto Musclean: 2 capsules taken before breakfast & dinner to improve metabolic rate
- Mass Amino Acids: 4 tablets taken after each meal to help support & preserve lean muscle mass
- Muscle Provider (chocolate): Taken immediately after my workout to provide my body with a fast acting protein source
- Glutamine Select: Taken during training and two other times during the day to help with endurance and muscle recovery
Training 5 days a week
During the 12 weeks of my contest preparation I weight trained 5 days a week. I rotated my workouts each week to keep my body guessing and making sure I hit that muscle group from all different angles. I kept my rep range at 12-15 and my rest periods at 60-90 seconds.
- Along with this, I did an ab workout every other day in the gym. Here is an example of my training routine:
- Day One: Arms (Triceps & Biceps)
- Triceps Workout:
- Lying Triceps Extensions: 5 sets of 12-15 reps
- Triceps Cable Pushdowns: 5 x 12-15
- Triceps Dip Machine: 5 x 12-15 (last set do a drop set)
- Dumbbell Triceps Kickbacks: 4 x 12
- Biceps Workout:
- Preacher Bench Curls with EZ Curl Bar: 5 x 12-15
- Seated Alternating Dumbbell Curls: 5 x 12-15
- Dumbbell Concentration Curls: 4 x 12
- Day Two – Legs (Quads)
- Ride Stationary Bike: 10-minute warm-up at a moderate pace
- Leg Extension: 2 sets of 15–20 reps (warm-up with very light weight)
- Hack Squats (heels together, toes pointed out): 5 x 12-15 (every third workout do a drop set on the last set)
- Leg Press (wide stance, toes pointed out): 5 x 12-15
- Dumbbell Lunges: 5 x 12-15 supersetted with
- Leg Extension: 5 x 12-15 (last set do a drop set)
- Day Three – Shoulders & Hamstrings
- Shoulders Workout:
- Smith Machine Military Press (behind the neck): 5 sets of 12–15 reps supersetted with
- Standing Dumbbell Side Laterals: 5 x 12-15
- One-arm Dumbbell Laterals (leaning to one side while holding onto a stationary pole or machine): 4 x 12
- Shoulder Press Machine: 5 x 12-15 (last set do a drop set)
- Hamstrings Workout:
- Lying Leg Curls: 5 sets of 12 – 15 reps (last set do a drop set) supersetted with
- Stiff-Legged Dumbbell Dead Lifts: 5 x 12-15
- Standing Leg Curl: 4 x 12 (non-stop)
- Day Four – Back
- Seated Cable Rows: 5 sets of 12 – 15 reps (drop set on last set)
- Front Lat Pulldowns: 5 x 12-15
- Dumbell Rows: 4 x 12-15 (non-stop)
- Hammer Strength Back Rows: 5 x 12-15
- Lat Pulldowns (to the back of neck): 5 x 12-15
- Day Five – Chest & Calves
- Chest Workout:
- Incline Bench Press: 5 sets of 12 – 15 reps supersetted with
- Incline Dumbell Flys: 5 x 12-15
- Chest Press Machine: 5 x 12-15
- Peck Deck Machine: 5 x 12-15 (last set do a drop set)
- Calf Workout:
- Seated Calf Raises: 5 sets of 20 – 25 reps supersetted with
- Leg Press Calf Raises: 5 x 20-25
- Standing Calf Raises: 5 x 20-25
- Abs: Every other day
- Incline Sit Ups: 1 set of as many as you can do
- Leg Kicks: 2 sets of as many as you can do
- Flat Sit Ups: 1 set of as many as you can do
Cardio
I kept my cardio very simple throughout my 12-week contest prep. I did cardio 4 days a week and rotated the stair-stepper, the elliptical trainer and walking at an incline on the treadmill. I did each at a steady pace for 30 minutes.During each session I made sure my intensity was allowing me to hit 65-80% of my max heart rate, which is an optimal zone for fat burning. Lastly, I did all cardio on an empty stomach either first thing in the morning or after weight training.
Stage Presentation
The best presentation tip that I can give is to always smile and act confident while you’re on stage.The judges are always watching you, even if youthink they are only paying attention to the competitor at center stage. After all the training and dieting you’ve done, being on stage should be themost rewarding and enjoyable part of your journey.
Lastly, make sure to practice every aspect of your routine. It helped me tremendously not only with my performance on stage, but also improved my confidence knowing that I was prepared.
My overall first contest experience is something that I will be able to take with me wherever I go in life. For me, this experience was much more than learning about how to prepare for a competition or learning about proper nutrition. This experience helped me learn more about myself and about what it takes to be successful. Preparing for a competition has been the hardest thing I have ever done. But, at the same time, it has also been the most gratifying experience. It has taught me great self-discipline and shown me that I can do anything that I put my mind to. One piece of advice that I can give others is to take chances and set your goals high. If I had never stepped out of my comfort zone I would have never undergone this life changing experience.
Final Thoughts:
I have come to realize after competing in my first two shows that these competitions were not a destination for me. Instead, they are just part of the journey. I think it is important for every person to look at life that way, and to never settle or be satisfied with what you have accomplished. I believe you need to embrace new challenges and continue to set goals for yourself.
More Advice
from Joe’s Trainer, Dave Liberman
Also, trainer for Nicole Phinney 1st place Open Figure Class A, NPC Natural Eastern.
I’ve been training clients since 1988. I started co-promoting NPC natural, drug tested events with co-promoter, Todd Pember in 1999.
Our 2014 NPC events will be:
- March 29th, 2014 NPC Natural Ohio (open) DRUG Tested Bodybuilding, Physique, Figure, Bikini Championship
- October 4th, 2014 NPC Natural Northern USA Drug Tested Bodybuilding, Physique, Figure, Bikini Championships
Along with personal training I am a contest prep-coach for Bodybuilders, Physique, Figure & Bikini competitors and have had a good deal of success with my clients.Working with Joe is a prime example of what can be accomplished when working with a client that listens to me, follows the pre-contest diet, takes the high quality Beverly International
supplements I recommend, and has respectable genetics! It’s been a privilege working with him and I am eager to see him move up to the NPC national level in the very near future! Along with personal training I am a contest prep-coach for Bodybuilders, Physique, Figure & Bikini competitors and have had a good deal of success with my clients. Working with Joe is a prime example of what can be accomplished when working with a client that listens to me, follows the pre-contest diet, takes the high quality “Beverly International” supplements I recommend, and has respectable genetics! It’s been a privilege working with him and I am eager to see him move up to the NPC national level in the very near future!
Weight training program
I train almost all my clients on a five day a week weight training program along with some cardio. In the off season I do not want to have them do too much cardio.
I like to save the bulk of their cardio for precontest. If they do too much, too early, there is no room to up it
when necessary. For clients who have battled bodyfat most of their lives, I’ll still have them do off-season cardio, but for the leaner types, I might recommend NO “off-season” cardio, especially if they desire to get bigger (more muscular). In Joe’s case, my advice was to do cardio twice a week in the off-season
and step it up to five times a week during contest prep.
Diet
In Joe’s case, I had his pre-contest prep diet taking in about 2,400 calories. I never had him go below 2,000. For “off-season” my advice would be to take in 3,500+ calories of GOOD food with OPEN days on the weekends (“Open days” is a nice word for “cheat meals”!).
Again, this is based on his ability to not put on much body fat therefore the extra weekend goodies (while he continues to take in his daily protein quota) will do him good!
Supplements pre-contest
For pre-contest I have most of my clients use Beverly Lean Out, 7-Keto, Glutamine Select, Mass Aminos, & Ultra 40 Liver tabs.
*I save shakes for the Off-Season.* I feel sticking with solid foods is best three months before a contest. If the client must have a shake due to tight scheduling, their job… etc, I have them use Muscle Provider.
Off-Season
I have clients continue using Mass Aminos & Ultra 40 Liver tabs (Aminos & Liver tabs amounts are cut in half of what they take while preparing for their contest). I also add in Muscle Synergy and UMP or Muscle Provider.
Contest Guidance
Choosing the correct division to compete in is extremely individualized! As a promoterof NPC natural contests, I have seen plenty of drug free competitors that could compete in both Men’s Bodybuilding AND Men’s Physique. I also have seen Figure competitors who could also compete in Women’s Physique. Typically, a Bikini competitor has a specific look that is often obvious. If the contest allows crossovers, then I’d advise to try both divisions and see which works better for you. In Joe’s case, it was very clear he was strictly a physique athlete. Given his height, he would need to pack on 20+ pounds of muscle to compete successfully in bodybuilding and if he did do that, he would be too big for men’s physique.


Bodybuilder to Men’s Physique Competition
Bodybuilder to Men’s Physique Competition
Beverly Archives
By: Steve Mousharbash

SteveMoushharbash
At a Glance: Steve Mousharbash
Age: 28
Occupation / Education: Self-employed; bachelor’s degree in Building Construction Management, Minor in Business.
Hometown: Jacksonville, Florida
Height: 6′0″
Off season weight: 210; Competition weight: 185
Years training: 12 years
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: Steak and sweet potatoes with cinnamon and stevia What would you recommend to someone who has never used Beverly International supplements before? I have always recommended UMP, Muscle Provider and Glutamine Select for building muscle. For fat loss I recommend Lean Out and 7-Keto, they are the safest and most effective fat burners out there.
In your CD player: It seems that I get asked this question at the gym just as much as what supplements I take and what I eat. I like a mix of things. When pumping iron, I like something upbeat and heavy, on the the stairmaster I listen to classical piano. When I am on the track doing sprint and agility work, I like to listen to hip hop. Long distance runs, country or jazz.
Hobby or interests outside bodybuilding: Sitting down at the piano and playing
Most Inspiring Book: The Bible
Words to live by: 4.Phil 4:13: I can do everything through him who gives me strength.
When I reflect on my life, I am forever indebted to teachers, coaches and mentors who offered their wisdom, encouragement, training and guidance.
I grew up in a very structured and disciplined household. My mom was an educator who believed in excellence. She taught me to always strive for a balanced life. She emphasized that having a good head on your shoulders was far more valuable than just being great at sports.
Here’s How I Did It nutrition and physical training
Still, I did play sports from the time I could walk all the way into college, but, because of her I also learned how to use time management to keep my grades high. I also took piano lessons for 10 years. Learning how to manage sports, grades, piano, and other interests at a young age helped mold me into what I hope is a disciplined, well rounded individual.
Good grades through high school supported my admission to the University of North Florida and I graduated cumma sum laude with a B.S. in Building Construction Management and minor in Business Management. I was fortunate to obtain experience in construction project management while in college. Recently, I have been able to transfer those specific skills, problem solving ability, and hard work into co-founding a business in fine art brokerage, transport and exhibit installation.
Regular participation in athletics required maintenance of proper health, nutrition and disciplined physical training. I was always intrigued by the effects of diet on athletic performace and musculature. I maintained a daily workout routine through college along with a full time job. But it was only when I was asked by a friend to cook his food to help him prepare for a show that I became interested in competing in bodybuilding myself. I decided to get as muscularly big as possible, and did just that. I ate like a machine and used just about every product that Beverly International offered to prepare for the 2010 all-natural MuscleMania Universe show in Miami, FL. I placed third of eighteen competitors in my weight class. But, I felt like a moving wall walking around at 240 pounds. I not only found it difficult to run, but realized that all of a sudden I was intimmidating to many people, even my friends.
Lucky for me, I found out that the NPC was starting a “Men’s Physique” division, basically the “beach body look” in 2011. It seemed like a good fit for my fitness goals. I stopped lifting for mass and started lifting for conditioning, targeted my Beverly International supplement program to fat loss and lean muscularity, found a good trainer, and by using HIIT training; I dropped fifty pounds (240 to 190 pounds) in five months and felt fantastic. I placed first in the Men’s Physique division at the 2011 Dexter Jackson Classic. Now I had demonstrated that Beverly International products work both for gaining mass and for chiseled reduction to achieve specific results.
More on the NPC Mens Physique Division and How I Did It
I think the Men’s Physique division is a great fit for me, and in fact, anyone because it promotes living a healthier lifestyle and it allows you to stay in great condition all year round! I also feel the Men’s Physique division is more of what society is leaning towards as far as a leaner, healthier physique is concerned. One thing that really stood out for me is the comradery of all the competitors. In bodybuilding it seemed like everybody wants to one up you. In Men’s Physique everyone is supporting each other and it’s like we’re just a bunch of friends going out on stage to have a blast! I encourage anyone that has ever thought about competing to start in the NPC Men’s physique division. There are some great guys to get to know and it is quite possible you will create many long term friendships along the way.
After submitting my article to Beverly International, Sandy asked me, How many pounds did you have to lose to get into Men’s Physique contest shape?
This was an interesting question. My first competition in the Men’s Physique division was May of 2011. I knew the judges were going to be looking for the beach body look, a great six pack and a nice chest and arms. I started my prep in December, 2010. I focused on losing extra bulk that I didn’t need or want for Men’s Physique. I dropped 50 pounds in 5 months, going from 240lbs to walking on stage in May at 190. I placed 6th and was happy with the placing considering I had no real idea of what the judges were looking for. I later had an opportunity to ask the judges how I could improve. Their response was that I was too muscular and that they wanted me to tone down some to where I resembled a physique competitor rather than a pure bodybuilder.
I took their critique to heart, lost another five pounds and placed first at the Dexter Jackson Classic.
Here’s an outline of my contest prep:
6:45 am-7:45 am:
7-Keto, Lean Out and Super Pak; then cardio, Stairmaster, or treadmill.
8am MEAL 1:
½ cup egg whites and 1 scoop Muscle Provider; 1 cup oatmeal (dry measurement), and 2 tablespoons Peanut Butter, 1-2 cups coffee (45-50 grams protein, 60 grams carbs, 18-20 grams fat)
10 am MEAL 2:
6 oz. chicken breast or fish, 1 cup rice, 1 tablespoon olive oil (36 grams Protein, 60 carbs, 10 grams fat)
12:30p.m. MEAL 3:
6 oz. chicken breast or fish, ¾ cup rice, 1 serving veggies (green beans, spinach, cucumber, asparagus, or broccoli)
Supplements:
1 serving of 7 Keto and Lean Out, Ultra 40, Energy Reserve and Up-Lift
12:45-2:45:
workout, then 30 minutes of cardio; I consume a mixture of 2 scoops of Muscle Provider and 2 scoops of Glutamine Select while doing cardio.
3:00 pm MEAL 4:
6 oz. lean ground beef or 6 oz. lean steak, 1 cup rice (36g Protein, 60carbs, 12-16g fat)
5:30 pm MEAL 5:
6 oz. Fish (Salmon 2x/week), ¾ rice, 1 serving veggies (green beans, spinach, cucumber, asparagus, or broccoli), 1 serving of Ultra 40 (36g Protein, 45carbs, 4-8g fat)
7:00 pm Supplements:
1 serving of 7 Keto and Lean Out, Ultra 40
8 pm MEAL 6:
6 oz. chicken or fish, ½ cup of rice (24 grams Protein, 30 carbs)
10:30 pm MEAL 7:
2 scoop UMP protein shake, 2 tbsp peanut butter (50 Protein, 12 carbs, 20 grams fat)
10:45 pm Supplements:
Probiotic, vitamin c, melatonin, Lean Out
As you can see from my diet, I enjoy using all of Beverly’s products; it just depends on the goal I am trying to achieve at that time, whether I am trying to bulk up, or just trying to get shredded. Beverly offers all the products I need! I like to keep things simple; that way I know where I have to make changes and when. That’s why I like Beverly’s products… they keep it basic and list all the ingredients so you know what you’re taking. They don’t have these secret proprietary blends where you don’t know what you’re putting into your body, or even if the product will work or not.
One thing I’ve found now that I’m a competitor at the National level – it doesn’t save you any money by trying to buy cheap products. It’s been my experience that I have had to take much larger quantities of the cheaper products to get even close to the same results that I was able to achieve when using Beverly products. If you’re interested in trying the Men’s Physique division, I definitely recommend investing in Muscle Provider, Glutamine Select, Lean Out, 7-Keto, Super Pak, Quadracarn and Density. As for my schedule with these products, I have found that all of them are best used starting 12 weeks out at small dosages and then adding more of each as it gets closer to show time. Every physical body is different, I have learned many of these techniques by building a good data base for myself, historical data is always great to have, and it gives you something to work from.
Training
Abs, chest and arms are especially important for Men’s Physique. I always start with abs, but more specifically, with obliques. From obliques I move on to 3 different types of abdominal movements. I then perform 3 different movements of calf raises, completing 3 sets for each movement. Once I’ve completed my exercises for abs and calves I then move on to biceps and triceps. I always work bis and tris together and superset each movement.
In a total workout I complete 4 different movements for biceps and triceps and at the end of each movement I do one burnout set to failure.
During contest prep, I generally train 6 days a week, Monday through Saturday.
Day 1: | Abs | Calves | Bi’s | Tri’s |
---|---|---|---|---|
Day 2: | Abs | Calves | Chest | Back |
Day 3: | Abs | Calves | Legs | Delts |
Repeat
Tips for Your Men’s Physique Prep
Board Shorts: I think the brand and color of shorts should be something that complements you, different manufacturers shape and cut the shorts different. As for myself, I was trying to find shorts that would fit my legs and come in enough to fit my waist… No luck! I still had to get my shorts tailored in because of my waist to thigh differential; my waist during contest time gets down to around 27 inches. They just don’t make off the rack shorts like that!
Tan: Before you walk on stage it is very important that you have a nice coat of tanner on. One of the good things about the Physique division is that they are going for a more natural look, so being extremely dark is unnecessary. I generally start tanning several weeks before and then go with 2 coats of Pro Tan. I’ve always used Pro Tan and never had any problems. Carb Load: My carb loading process changes every time I hit the stage. It is much different from how I carb loaded for bodybuilding. When I was bodybuilding I used much heavier carbs. For Men’s Physique I like to stay with lighter carbs such as rice and then switch to sweet potatoes for the last few meals.
Pump Up: My pump up generally takes 5-10 minutes. I don’t want to pump up too much. Pumping up too much causes me to appear too big. Because of this I mainly focus on staying tight. I start with push-ups and then move on to side shoulder raises and then finish with a quick set of biceps and triceps.
Contest Day Bag: PACK YOUR COOLER, you need salt-free rice cakes and peanut butter to get you through the prejudging. You never know the schedule, but these two staples will see you through. Keep a clean towel, it is sometimes slippery with everyone’s oil on the floor and you don’t want it on your feet. You also will need your I-Pod to listen to your music and help you stay relaxed and focused while you wait. Pack hairspray/gel, posing oil or any other preparation products you may need. Make sure you wear loose clothes and flip flops because your tan will bleed onto whatever you are wearing.
Final Thoughts
I have learned to embrace change and try new things, set goals, establish a reasonable routine, schedule it and hold to it even when it becomes difficult. Success comes from hard work, good management, and perseverance (and still more perseverance). Meet all your obligations in life, not just those concerned with your fitness. It’s not just about lifting or doing that extra 10 minutes of cardio, it’s relative to how you carry yourself outside the gym as well. Will I go the extra mile and show up at work on time? Will I make sure to take care of all my obligations without being overwhelmed by other obstacles?
So, it’s not just about being the best on stage it’s about being the best you can be in life too! With your mind strong, your body on point and your spirits high you can achieve anything!


Muscle Building MATH
Muscle Building MATH
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 21, #4
By: Steve Colescott, the Guerrilla Journalist
“There are no shortcuts to muscle development except the intelligent use of dietary principles and the willpower to make it happen,” says John Balik 1 (retired Publisher of Ironman, and one of the first contest prep coaches). You have the willpower. We will provide an intelligent strategy to do it correctly. Get ready to bump your nutrition plan up to a serious level.
Back in the Beginner Program, you kicked things off by watching what you ate, taking in more frequent high-protein meals, adding some more veggies each day, and including some basic supplements. Since you have advanced to an intermediate stage, you are able to push your body to even harder training, so the impact you place on your muscle groups and (more importantly) on your nervous system and metabolism is even greater. Your nutrition needs to be more scientifically directed. We need to calculate starting amounts, test them out, and provide necessary adjustments after viewing the results your unique body has on this program.
“Building a great physique takes time – years, not months,” says Mr. Olympia Lee Haney. 2 “It takes hard work and dedication, both in the gym and in the kitchen.” Grab a pencil, notepad and calculator so we can get to work!
Your maintenance calories
The first decision is your daily caloric level (how many calories a day to encourage muscle growth and workout recovery without causing an increase in body fat). To determine your daily food intake, we must base that on your bodyweight, somatotype, metabolic rate and your goals.
Our starting point will be 15 calories per pound of bodyweight. For instance, if you weigh 200 pounds (200×15) that equals 3,000 calories a day. The starting point for women is 13.5. This is a very simplified way to come up with your daily food intake, and it is fairly accurate for many lifters. But let’s look at how we can personalize things. In the following example we are going to use a male is an example, but for females just remember that your starting estimate is 13.5, rather than 15.
1) Your Somatotype: What is your body type? Although nearly everyone is a bit of more than one somatotype, here is a brief explanation of the three types described by William Herbert Sheldon, Jr. in the 1940s.
- Ectomorph (small bone-structure, thin body)
- Mesomorph (naturally muscular build)
- Endomorph (thick bone structure, tendency to gain body fat)
If you feel that you are a skinny ectomorph, add one to your starting point (from 15 to 16 calories per pound of bodyweight daily). If you are a muscular mesomorph, keep the starting point for now at 15. If you are an endomorph, with a slow metabolism and excess body fat, subtract one from your starting point (from 15 to 14 calories per pound of bodyweight). If you lean just moderately towards ecto or endo, you can go with just a 0.5 adjustment (to 14.5 or 15.5).
2) Your Metabolic Rate: Ectomorphs tend to often have fast metabolic rates. Endomorphs tend to have slow metabolic rates. Mesomorphs tend to be in the middle…but if you feel that yours is very fast add oneto your starting point. If you feel it is slow, subtract one. If it is moderate, go with the 0.5 increase or decrease.
3) How physically busy is your day? Genetics are not the only factor that comes into play. As you would imagine, someone that sits at a desk for most of their day does not burn the same calories as someone that loads heavy crates on a truck or chops wood for ten hours a day. Using the list below, rate your physical calorie-burning lifestyle and make the subtle adjustments listed, if necessary.
- (long work hours, very physical tiring work, until bedtime)
- +1 4(pretty busy and tiring at work, fairly relaxing in the evening) +0.5
- 3 (moderately hard work some of the time, relaxing half of the time) −
- 2 (some hard work but mostly easy stuff) −0.5
- 1 (sedentary or just desk work, relaxing at home) −1
Here is an example
Let’s say that you are 150 pounds. You consider yourself definitely a skinny ectomorph. You have a slightly fast metabolism but not enough to feel like you need an adjustment. You do have a hectic warehouse job, which wears you out a bit. Here is your starting point:
- 15 (average starting point in “Daily Calorie Intake”)
- +1 (ectomorph)
- − (metabolic rate not too fast)
- +0.5 (works fairly hard, about level 4)
16.5 x 150 pounds = 2475 calories a day
You have now determined a starting point for your daily calorie level. The chart below should help you with some math.
BWT | 12 | 12.5 | 13 | 13.5 | 14 | 14.5 | 15 | 15.5 | 16 | 16.5 | 17 | 17.5 | 18 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
120 | 1440 | 1500 | 1560 | 1620 | 1680 | 1740 | 1800 | 1860 | 1920 | 1980 | 2040 | 2100 | 2160 |
130 | 1560 | 1625 | 1690 | 1755 | 1820 | 1885 | 1950 | 2015 | 2080 | 2145 | 2210 | 2275 | 2340 |
140 | 1680 | 1750 | 1820 | 1890 | 1960 | 2030 | 2100 | 2170 | 2240 | 2310 | 2380 | 2450 | 2520 |
150 | 2250 | 2340 | 2430 | 2520 | 2610 | 2700 | 2790 | 2880 | 2970 | 3060 | 3150 | 3240 | |
190 | 2280 | 2375 | 2470 | 2565 | 2660 | 2755 | 2850 | 2945 | 3040 | 3135 | 3230 | 3325 | 3420 |
200 | 2400 | 2500 | 2600 | 2700 | 2800 | 2900 | 3000 | 3100 | 3200 | 3300 | 3400 | 3500 | 3600 |
210 | 2520 | 2625 | 2730 | 2835 | 2940 | 3045 | 3150 | 3255 | 3360 | 3465 | 3570 | 3675 | 3780 |
220 | 2640 | 2750 | 2860 | 2970 | 3080 | 3190 | 3300 | 3410 | 3520 | 3630 | 3740 | 3850 | 3960 |
Adjustments Based on Experience
As your diet progresses, we need to see if an adjustment of your body composition requires us to change your caloric level after two weeks. If you have gained weight and it is mostly body fat, reduce your caloric intake by 1 per pound of bodyweight (if you were at 14.5, drop to 13.5 calories per pound of bodyweight). If you are losing weight, and it seems like it may be muscle, then increase your caloric intake by 1 per pound (such as jumping from 16.5 to 17.5 calories per pound of bodyweight). We want your body to experience a noticeable change so a half-point adjustment is not necessary. A one-point change in calories is still fairly subtle.
How much of that daily calorie level should be protein?
Your daily calorie intake is made up of protein, carbohydrates, and fat intake. It is best to think of these as two major nutrition areas – construction (protein) and energy (carbs and fat). Protein turnover (the balance between protein synthesis and protein degradation) is a primary concern. Hard training will increase the breakdown. Protein, quality food, and intelligent recovery will support muscle growth. We’ll start with protein, we need to determine the amount of protein consumed daily. The main factor is your goal as far as body composition.
Which of the following goals fits you?
- Muscle building starting point
1.5 grams per pound of bodyweight - Muscle building and fat burning
1.75 grams per pound of bodyweight - Advanced level training
2 grams per pound of bodyweight
“If you train [hard], you are going to absolutely break down the muscle tissue,” says retired pro Milos Sarcev. 3 “You are going to lose all of those amino acids. If you do not replenish it, you are going to get smaller than previously.” One gram per pound of bodyweight is the minimum for the average person involved in weight training. For those trying to build muscle, 1.5 grams per pound of bodyweight is a good starting point. Those whose primary goal is to burn body fat or that have found that they have added an exceptional amount of strength and muscle during the beginner program, can consider going to 1.75 grams per pound.
While some experts think a slightly lower protein level is acceptable, Sarcev agrees with some other expert coaches that two grams per pound of bodyweight is required at the advanced level. For now, you should progress at one of the two lower amounts, with 1.5 being the best intermediate level for most.
BWT | 1.5 | 1.75 | 2 |
---|---|---|---|
120 | 180 | 210 | 240 |
130 | 195 | 227.5 | 260 |
140 | 210 | 245 | 280 |
150 | 225 | 262.5 | 300 |
160 | 240 | 280 | 320 |
170 | 255 | 297.5 | 340 |
180 | 270 | 315 | 360 |
190 | 285 | 332.5 | 380 |
200 | 300 | 350 | 400 |
210 | 315 | 367.5 | 420 |
220 | 330 | 385 | 440 |
So, if you are a 170-pounder wanting to continue building your physique as an intermediate, 255 grams of protein daily should be a major goal of your daily nutrition intake.
The energy macros
Once you know your daily calorie intake and your daily protein intake, we need to do the math to see what will be our start-up energy macros (carbohydrates and fats). The balance that we find most efficient is dividing your energy macros into 30-50% carbohydrates in proportion to 50-70% fats.
- Let’s say you are a 210-pound lifter that determined that 15.5 calories per pound of bodyweight was going to be your start-up.
- 210 (bodyweight) x 15.5 = 3255 calories a day
- 210 x 1.5 grams = 315 grams of protein a day
- 315 x 4 = 1260 daily calories made up from protein
- 3255 (total calories)
- − 1260 (protein calories)
- = 1995 >(energy (carb and fat) calories)
Math tells this lifter that they have 1995 calories devoted to energy macros. We need to determine how many of those are devoted to carbs and how much is devoted to fat intake. A good starting point for most lifters would be a 40% carb to 60% fat intake. With this calorie amount, we would get 798 calories from carbohydrates, (divide that by 4), and 200 grams (we will round up) consumed daily. For fat intake, they get 1197 calories from fat (divided by 9, since fat has more calories per gram than protein or carbs), and 133 grams of healthy fats.
- CARB TO FAT RATIO Carb calories (grams) Fat calories (grams)
- 30% carbs / 70% fat 598.5 (150 gr) 1396.5 (155 gr)
- 40% carbs / 60% fat 798 (199.5 gr) 1197 (133 gr)
- 50% carbs / 50% fat 997.5 (249 gr) 997.5 (111 gr)
As you can see, we also list some slightly altered starting point adjustments – one providing slightly lower carbs and the other a slightly higher percentage of carbs to fat. What should you consider before choosing? Do you have a high body fat level (over 24% for men, over 34% for women). If so, then a slightly reduced carb (30/70) energy macro level might be a good idea. Are you sensitive to carbs? Again, this would be a good reason to start at the 30/70 balance. On the other hand, are you lean and thin-skinned with a fast metabolism? Do you feel that you are weak and rundown if you go on low carbs? If those are the case, then you should consider the 50/50 balance as a starting point. Most people should start out with the 40/60 ratio.
I threw a lot of information your way, and it gets a bit complicated because you need to do the math since I want it to be as personalized as possible. When you are done jot down your number of grams of protein, carbohydrates and fat. Multiply the grams of protein (x4), carb (x4), and fat (x9)…and add them all together. Does this equal your estimated calorie starting point? Hopefully, you added it all up correctly!
Best protein sources
With that formula, you should now understand the basis of a starting diet program. The next step is planning how the grams of protein, carb and fat will be spread throughout your menu. “Eat more but smaller meals throughout the day,” says Mr. Olympia Dorian Yates.4 “I eat 5-6 small meals spaced every 2.5-3 hours apart.” This strategy obviously worked for him and hundreds of thousands of other gym-goers.
The number one rule will be to consume protein frequently throughout the day in multiple doses. “To grow, you need to maintain a constant surplus of growth nutrients in your system,” says IFBB pro Henderson Thorne.5 “This means tipping the scales towards protein, with support from adequate carbohydrates for energy to avoid the scavenging of protein for that purpose.” Protein will be the most important nutrient to each of the meals, regardless if your primary goal is building muscle in the off-season or maintaining muscle while dieting off body fat.
Common whole food sources for protein at each bodybuilding meal includes red meat (beef, buffalo/bison), chicken, turkey, fish, eggs or protein shakes. Dairy products (milk, cheese, cream, yogurt) are also protein sources but need to be limited for some people, due to intolerance (milk allergies).
Protein shakes serve two primary purposes. They provide higher quality protein sources (if made by a trustworthy company) and allow high-protein intake with less time spent in the kitchen. At the very least, you need to include one protein shake a day, although at least two shakes daily makes more sense. You should go with either Ultimate Muscle Protein (UMP) or Muscle Provider.
Muscle Provider is a whey protein hydrolysate and isolate blend that is very quickly absorbed. This makes it perfect for right after your workout. “Hydrolyzed, what does it mean?” says retired IFBB pro and contest prep expert Milos Sarcev.6 “Hydrolyzed is broken down. Hydrolyzed whey is very rapid. It is high quality and I would use it immediately after a workout and you can use it anytime you need quick amino acids.” UMP is sustained-release 80:20 blend of casein:whey (this means it provides some immediate quality protein and also a slow, extended protein source which is good before bed or anytime during the day).
Swedish and Scandinavian Champion/IFBB pro Mats Kardell says,7 “All serious bodybuilders follow high-protein diets, and most also supplement their diets with amino acid capsules or concentrated protein powders.” This should come as no surprise since a high level of essential amino acids in the bloodstream limits muscle breakdown and boosts muscle growth.
The customer-base of Beverly International has experienced great results by adding desiccated liver and amino acids intake throughout the day. This philosophy goes back decades driven by ahead-of-his-time contest prep trainer Vince Gironda.8 “Keep your body constantly supplied with protein so you are in an anabolic or growing state,” said the Iron Guru. “That means that you should keep your body saturated with protein…and the way you do that is have liver tablets every three hours.”
Mr. America winner Dale Adrian agrees.9 “Desiccated liver, in my opinion, is one of the most valuable supplements a person can take, not only for bodybuilding but for anyone, especially those involved in strenuous sports.” The advancement of amino acid tablets, with the highest being peptide-bonded aminos for maximum absorption, allows for great results from a small serving of 3-5 Ultra 40 desiccated liver tablets with 3-5 Mass Amino Acids.
The ideal protein intake daily would include two to four whole food protein servings, and two to three protein shakes, backed-up by liver and amino tablets (3-5 tablets, 5-6 times a day). This obviously varies by how often you can, need to, (and prefer) to eat daily. The other addition would include free-form amino acids (Density, Muscle Mass or Muscularity) during and after training in order to encourage optimal growth and Glutamine Select sipped during training.
Choosing carb sources
“You need to earn your carbs,” says top training expert Charles Poliquin.10 “Various factors will determine how many grams of carbohydrate you can afford to consume. The most relevant are: your levels of muscle mass, the volume and intensity of your training, your percentage of body fat and your insulin sensitivity.”
We will divide our carbohydrates into three categories: starchy carbs, fibrous carbs and fruit/berries.
Common diet choices of starchy carbs include potatoes, rice (white, brown, basmati, jasmine or wild), yams or sweet potatoes, oatmeal, cream of rice, or grits. Starchy carb choices are best placed near training. Red beans and rice are a good combo since the lentils lower the glycemic index and the combo of the two provides a better amino acid balance. Quinoa is an ancient grain that blends protein with a carb source. Couscous tends to be lower in calories than rice or quinoa, contains protein, and is a good flavor variety. Sweet potatoes and yams have a lower glycemic index (particularly if boiled rather than baked).
Fibrous vegetables are also beneficial due to being major sources of vitamin, minerals, and fiber while having psychological value (you can eat a lot if you wish!). “Raw and steamed vegetables are basically free calories for bodybuilders,” says Ms. Olympia, Kim Chizevsky.11 “The benefits they give your body more than compensate for the calories and carbohydrates you’re adding to your daily nutrition.” Common choices include broccoli, green beans, Brussel sprouts, spinach, kale, asparagus, bell peppers, onions, cabbage, and green salads.
We mentioned the final carb category as being fruit and berries. These need to be chosen wisely. Avoid fruit juice as they remove the fiber, decrease nutrients, and make it an extremely high glycemic index beverage. Fruit that should be limited for this reason includes: apples, oranges, bananas, cherries, grapes, mangoes, pears, melons and pineapples. Blueberries, blackberries, raspberries, and strawberries are low in carb calories, high in delicious flavor, and provide an antioxidant reward. Tomatoes (which we often forget are fruit) and grapefruit also are low in carbs and high in nutrition.
Healthy fat consumption
It seems that eating fat would make us fat. However, the truth is that using fats as an energy source does not necessarily promote the storage of fat. High calories and carb levels often encourage body fat increases. Consuming high calorie intakes of both energy macros (carbs and fat) together will also encourage an increase in body fat. Proper fats are needed for health (hence the phrase essential fatty acids).
Excellent fat sources
Beverly’s EFA Gold will ensure that your essential fat needs are covered. Three softgels per serving (once or twice daily) will ensure a healthier balance of proper fats. EFA Gold includes fish oils (EPA and DHA), flaxseed oil, borage seed oil, and a great supply of vitamin E, omega-3, omega-6, and omega-9 fatty acids.
Other healthy fat sources are avocados, macadamia nut oil, coconut oil, organic red palm oil, healthy nuts (macadamias, almonds, walnuts, pecans, brazil nuts and cashews), grass-fed butter, and extra virgin olive oil.
Prepping and scheduling your meals
We will be putting the same type of planning into our food intake. When we categorize different food combinations here are the most common meal groupings.
Protein Shake
Lean Protein/Starchy Carbs/Fibrous Vegetables: This common meal involves mixing together a protein source, some starchy carbs, and fiber-rich veggie sources while keeping it fairly low in fat. Some examples would be:
- grilled chicken, rice and broccoli
- sirloin steak, sweet potatoes and asparagus
- ground beef, quinoa and steamed kale
Lean Protein/Healthy Fats: Quite simply, this is often a typical nutrient-rich but low-carb meal (often to kick off your morning) to drive your daily growth while continuing your fat-burning. Some examples would be:
- steak and eggs
- omelette (with turkey bacon, cheese, and mushrooms)
- flank steak over mixed green salad, with mac nut oil and red wine vinegar
- grilled chicken, steamed veggies, EFA Gold
- ahi tuna grilled over kale and veggies with coconut oil
These are examples. You should personalize your menu based on your goals, preferences, and the number of daily meals you prefer. Some people might like to eat five times daily, others prefer seven or eight meals a day (especially those pursuing weight gain or heavyweight and super-heavyweight men). The basics are: two or three protein shakes a day, half of the meals whole food protein and starchy carbs, a couple meals protein foods and healthy fats (with salad or fibrous veggies). The starchy carb versions are near the training session. On non-training days, they will be placed on the same times they would occur during training days. You have protein throughout the day (boosted by amino acid/desiccated liver if you want to maximize growth).
Against much conventional wisdom, you should consider limiting starchy carbs early in the day. The reason for this is that our body wakes up with a fat-burning process in place using fats as its energy source. Your energy level should be strong and you will be in a state in which you are burning fat. You need to avoid consuming large amounts of starchy carbohydrates (or even more so simple sugars) while consuming protein and healthy fats (steak and eggs or a cheese omelet).
It is best to schedule your starchy carbs around your training, with no significant amounts of carbs in the other meals. For most people two servings is ideal. If you feel the need to have three servings of starchy carbs, you can consider smaller amounts (but still keep them no more than one serving prior to the gym and two servings after training).
The exception would be those with fast metabolisms trying to gain lean weight on their thin body. This ectomorphic crowd may need more starchy carb meals and should choose Mass Maker Ultra as a twice daily protein shake (one scoop of MMU and one scoop of UMP). In fact, this group will require more daily meals (and snacks) in general.
Serious supplements to increase your gains
In addition to the meals and protein shakes, other supplements should be placed in your schedule. A basic multi-vitamin/mineral such as Super Pak or FitTabs should be a part of your breakfast. EFA Gold should be included at least once daily (with breakfast is a good idea) to balance your essential fats. Glutamine Select is a great workout beverage to be sipped between sets, containing not just glutamine, but branched chain amino acids in a powdered form to mix with water.
Charles Poliquin says, “In the recent past, I found that 40 grams of essential aminos with an additional 40 grams of BCAAs worked best to increase my gains in the gyms,”12 Famous nutrition guru and protein expert Dr Eric Serrano recommends consuming BCAAs during your workouts. He suggests a dose of .25 – .35 grams of BCAAs per Kg of bodyweight.
This is why some of the optional supplements, if you want to take Intermediate training a bit further…, would include branched-chain amino acids during training and before bed…either Muscle Mass or Muscularity. Density are high-quality essential amino acid tablets (and are definitely even more useful to those on a lower calorie diet). Muscularity has some added compounds in order to help spare muscle loss from hard training and reduced calorie dieting. If fat loss is a primary goal, Quadracarn is also a great addition providing four different versions of carnitine which helps fat loss, testosterone production and physique enhancement.
Supplements to Increase Your Gains beyond the Intermediate Level
Aminos & Liver Throughout the Day
Mass and Ultra 40 (aminos and liver)
Take 3-5 tablets of each with (or between) meals. The goal is 1 tablet of each for every 10 lbs of bodyweight daily.
Optional: Density (essential amino acids) – 3-5 tablets three times a day.
BCAAs During Workouts
Muscle Mass – Take 3-5 tabs every 10-15 minutes during your workout until you reach your target goal. 1 tablet per 10 lbs of bodyweight will give you the .25g dosage recommended by Dr. Serrano.
And/or
Glutamine Select – Mix 2-3 scoops in your water bottle and sip throughout your workout. Can be stacked with Muscle Mass, 3 scoops of Glutamine Select equates to 10 Muscle Mass tablets.
Fat Loss, Testosterone Production and Physique Enhancement
Quadracarn – Take 3 tabs three times daily on training days and 3 tabs twice daily on non-training days.
Essential Nutrients
Super Pak – pack per day with breakfast; or FitTabs – 2 tablets with breakfast and 2 tablets with dinner.
EFA Gold (essential fatty acids) – 3 softgels with 1 or more meals daily.
So there is a very comprehensive diet, explained in detail, to take you from the Beginning Bodybuilding Phase all the way up to the Advanced Phase in your future. As an Intermediate bodybuilder, you will learn the precise amount of protein, carbs and fat to get in the best shape possible. Keep in mind that you need to check your bodyweight and composition every two weeks. This will tell you if you need to increase or decrease your Daily Calorie Intake. As you pack on more muscle, you will need to keep each powerful muscle fiber well fed. You may also learn that you need to adjust the balance of your carb-to-fat ratio to find out what works perfectly for you. This diet gives you a great starting point.
- References
- 1) Balik, John. “The Nutrition Counselor,” Muscle Builder/Power, May 1979
- 2) Haney, Lee. “Ask Lee,” Flex Magazine, February, 2017
- 3) Sarcev, Milos. “Secrets of the Pros” video series
- 4) Yates, Dorian. “Get Lean (Supplemental Guide),” Muscle & Fitness, September 1993
- 5) Thorne, Henderson. “Eat for Growth,”
- Flex, December 1994
- 5) Sarcev, Milos. ““Sports Nutrition Seminar” (YouTube 7/28/13)
- 7) Kardell, Mats. “Flex Notes: Protein Supplements,” Flex, December 1989
- 8) Gironda, Vince. “Vince Gironda Nutrition Copyright Robert Torres” (YouTube 3/7/2014)
- 9) Adrian, Dale. “Dale Adrian Raps on Developing Symmetrical Legs,” (not certain of publisher or date)
- 10) Poliquin, Charles. “My Take on Carbs” www.StrengthSensei.com
- 11) Chizevsky, Kim. “Ask Ms. Olympia,” Flex, January 2001
- 12) Poliquin, Charles. “Protein Intake for Strength and Mass Gains – Updated” www.StrengthSensei.com


From Size 14 To Size 6 My First Figure Competition
From Size 14 To Size 6 – My First Figure Competition
Beverly Archives
By: Tara Darland
I was taking the easy road when it came to my body. I’d look in the mirror and critique every inch of my body wishing it looked different… knowing that it took more than wishing. It took discipline and focus; two things I had deep down, but always let self doubt defeat.
I’ve been through all the ups and downs of dieting – losing it, then gaining it back. Even though I was a tennis player in both high school and college, I’ve always been a size 10–12 and at times a 14.
My senior year of college, 1999, I trained for and ran the Walt Disney Marathon with my mother for the Leukemia Society. I completed the race and was very proud of my accomplishment. Yet, in terms of body size and composition I didn’t lose a pound during my training. I was still 170+ pounds and probably 28% body fat.
I’ve been through all the ups and downs of dieting – losing it, then gaining it back.
That same year I met Todd and after a whirlwind romance we were married. I had worked hard on my lifting and diet and had gotten in what for me was pretty good shape. A year later, Todd and I opened Bluegrass Fitness Center, in Harrodsburg Kentucky. Now as hard as it may be for you to understand, just because you own a fitness center doesn’t mean it’s easy to get fit. In fact, Todd and I found it very difficult to get back to training consistently after opening the gym. “Working out where you work” wasn’t working out for me!
We opened a second fitness center in Elizabethtown, KY and did start training, but our diet program was unconscious eating and weekend gorging
. We’d usually do OK during the week, but would eat pizza, wings and more every weekend. Even though I was training fairly consistently, my body started creeping up in size. Last year, I had to break out my “BIG” jeans and that was not something I was too happy about.
My sister, Shelley had made some great strides working with Beverly for her figure contests and I thought maybe it was something I’d be interested in doing as well. My problem was I really didn’t believe I could do it. It was hard enough to lose 2 pounds, much less the 25 or 30 I needed to lose to compete. I thought about calling them for help, but honestly I was scared. I’d known a lot of ‘fit’ people who used Beverly, including my sister, Shelley, and I was afraid that I couldn’t measure up.

Tara NPC Northern Figure contest warming up before going on stage
After my visit to Beverly International, I was pumped up and ready to go.
I said to myself, “They won’t want to see me, I’m too fat. I can’t do it.” Then I’d become disgusted with myself and decide to call. Finally, after a lot of back and forth I made an appointment. Todd and I made our way to BI for our first appointments. I remember that day very clearly; I was so nervous!! Todd and I were greeted like we were old friends. I weighed in that first day at 173, I had a lot of fat to lose and now I had a plan that would work, if I followed it.
I left pumped up and ready to go. I had a goal to do a show in six months. The first few weeks were great. Then I started to slack. The weekends would come and I’d gain back a pound of what I’d lost the week before. I knew in my heart I wasn’t following the plan like I needed to.
Six months passed and I was still a good 10 pounds from where I needed to be. I’d started at 173 pounds and 22 percent body-fat, now I was 164 pounds and 18 percent; progress, but I knew it wasn’t enough. And I had only myself to blame. The realization that I could run a marathon but not stick to my diet for more than a few weeks at a time brought tears of frustration… and a new resolve.
I made the decision to really change, to quit playing around with my diet and this time stick to it, perfectly. And I did for the next 15 weeks! I never felt better in my life. I got my weight down to 145 pounds and my body-fat to 13 percent body-fat.
I also finally attained my goal of competing in a figure competition and looking like I belonged there at the 2005 KY Muscle Open Figure Championships where I placed fourth out of 19 in my class. I WAS THRILLED!
For now I plan on one more competition, the Northern KY this spring, then Todd and I would like to start a family.
I’ve learned so much throughout this experience; not only about dieting and working out, but about myself. I’m now stronger physically, mentally and spiritually than before.
I want all of you who have dreams of competing or even of just looking your best to know you’re not alone. I know how difficult it can be, especially when it seems so easy for others. Believe me, it wasn’t easy for me; but whenever I felt weak I would pray and ask God to give me the strength I needed to complete the immediate task at hand. I believe God wants us to continually challenge ourselves not only spiritually, but also mentally and physically to be our best. As it says in 1 Corinthians 9:24, “run in such a way as to get the prize.”
I could never have achieved my goals without Rachel Wade. Rachel was there for me through all my ups and downs. I have to admit I broke down on her and Angie, my trainer, a couple times during the course of my contest prep. Todd was great and very supportive. He kept saying, “It’s not the end results that matters, honey, but the journey to get there.” What a philosopher. Thanks baby!

Todd, my husband, was great! He kept reminding me, “It’s not end result that matters, but the journey to get there”.
- Tara’s Diet 16 Weeks Out
- Supplements: Ms Power Pak, 3 Ultra 40 and 3 Mass Amino Acids with each meal, 2 Lean Out per meal, and 3 EFA Gold with meals 1 and 5.
- Meal #1: 1 whole egg and 5 egg whites; 3 ounces 93 percent lean beef, chicken or turkey; ½ cup oatmeal
- Meal #2: Protein Shake: 2 Scoops Ultra Size or Ultimate Muscle Protein mixed with water to desired consistency
- Meal #3: 6-ounce lean protein source; 4-ounce sweet potato or ½ cup cooked brown rice; 1 cup vegetables or salad
- Meal #4: (same as meal #2)
- Meal #5: 6-ounce lean protein; 2 cups vegetables
- Meal #6 (Occasionally): 1 scoop Ultimate Muscle Protein, enough water to make it pudding consistency and topped with 4 tablespoons Cool Whip (yum!)
- Tara’s Diet 6 Weeks Out
- Supplements: Super Pak; 4 Ultra 40 and 4 Muscularity BCAAs with each meal; 3 EFA Gold with meals 1 and 5.
- Special Fat Loss Supplements:
- Lean Out – 2 caps with each meal 7–Keto MuscLean – 3 caps in am & 3 in p.m. GH Factor – 4 caps in a.m., 4 before training or an afternoon meal, & 4 before bed (all on empty stomach – taken final 5 weeks) Energy Reserve – 2 tablets before training and before each meal.
- Training & Recovery Supplements: Glutamine Select – 1 scoop before and after training
- Muscle Mass – 5 tablets before training, and 5 every 8 minutes during training until I reached a total of 25
- Joint Care – 3 caps with meal #1
- Digestive Support: Multiple Enzyme Complex – 1–2 tablets with each meal
- Meal #1: 3 egg whites, 1 scoop UMP or MP, ½ grapefruit
- Meal #2: 2 scoops protein brownie mixture: 1 scoop Ultimate Muscle Protein Vanilla + 1 scoop Muscle Provider Chocolate
- Meal #3: 5-ounce very lean meat, 2 cups veggies topped with red wine vinegar
- Meal #4: Same as meal #2
- Meal #5: 5-ounce very lean meat or 10 egg whites, or 6-ounce whitefish or 3 egg whites and one scoop UMP or MP, 2 cups veggies (ate lots of spinach). I love egg white and spinach omelets!
- Mondays and Thursdays: In place of my 5th meal, I had this version of the Beverly carb
- Meal: ¼ cup oats, ½ cup brown rice, 1 cup veggies, 4-ounce sweet potato, and 1 tablespoon butter.


A 12-Week Training Cycle for Muscle Size and Strength – Periodization 4 specific phases
A 12-Week Training Cycle for Muscle Size and Strength
Periodization 4 specific phases
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 12, #3
By: Roger Riedinger
Hypertrophy Strength Power Rejuvenation
In my last article I detailed the 1985 training routine I used to achieve my best ever condition. In that article I told you how I took a weight that I could get for about 20 reps (for example 205 lbs in the bench press). But then, I’d work up to 25-30 reps with that weight, then once I reached the upper range I’d add about 10% and try to work up to 25-30 reps again. Same for the squat. Instead of ten reps with 315, I’d try for 30 reps with 225 and follow that with set of 20-25 with 255.
The problem with a program like that is it only works for a specified period of time. I found that after eight weeks the gains slowed down. Mentally, and probably physically too, I was getting burned out trying to set a new max rep record every workout. The workout I’m going to give you in this article is one that you can do indefinitely and continue to make gains. In fact, every world-class Olympic athlete follows one variation or another of this training system. Virtually every world record in weight lifting, track and field and even swimming is a result of this training system. If you follow this workout you will be able to make continuous “drug free” gains in both size and strength year round..
- Personally, I have used this “Periodized” training system for at least two 12-week cycles each year for the past ten years.
Simply put, the “classic” periodization breaks up training into four specific phases: - 1. Hypertrophy – muscle size increase – moderate to high reps
- 2. Strength / power – medium reps, heavier weights
- 3. Power – low reps, heavy weights
- 4. Rejuvenation – active rest
Phase 1 – Hypertrophy
The first phase of training is the one that builds muscle size and sets your muscles up for strength increases to follow. You’ll do 8 – 12 reps per set. Three work sets plus two warm-up sets per exercise. Sounds pretty much like a standard bodybuilding workout so far, doesn’t it?
Here’s the essential difference between a Periodized program and your typical bodybuilding workout. It’s also the difference between consistent drug free gains and zero progress week after week.
• With a cycle training approach your training weights should come near, but never exceed, your limit. That means you do not train to failure. Training yourself to fail can mentally shake your confidence. But more importantly, training to failure can disrupt your neural patterns and do more harm than good.
• Instead make small steady increases on a weekly basis. Remember success breeds success. On the designated (Heavy) days above start the first week with 90% of your 10RM (limit weight you can do for 10 reps.) If your max Bench Press is 225 for 10 reps in good form without a spotter, start Week One with 205 for your three work sets. Increase your training weights each week by 4%. Week two is 210, week 3 – 220lb, and week 4 – is 102% of your starting 10RM or 230lb for 3 sets of 10. If 230 goes easy, add another 2% and stay with the hypertrophy phase for a fifth “training week.” If 230 feels like your limit go into the next phase. (Note that even though you only trained near failure for one workout out of the eight workouts during this phase you’ve added at least five pounds to your 10-rep max. Remember a five-pound increase each month for a year results in a 60lb annual increase.)
You will be training each bodypart eight times during the first phase, but four of those days will be “Light”. On “Light” days use just 85% of your planned heavy day poundage. This is crucial. The greatest strength increases occur when a particular muscle group is trained heavy once every 7 – 10 days and stimulated but not maximally trained 3 – 5 days later. If 205lb was your first week target weight, your (Light) day poundage would be 85% of 205lb or about 175lb. That’s what you should use.
Week | Heavy Day | Light Day (85% of Heavy Day) |
---|---|---|
1 | 205 | 175 |
2 | 210 | 180 |
3 | 220 | 190 |
4 | 230 | (new 10 rep max)195 |
- Here’s a recommended workout to add muscle size and increase strength using Cycle Training follows:
- Days 1 and 4
- Chest: Bench Press and Incline Press (Barbell, DB’s, Hammer Incline or other Incline Pressing movement)
- Back: Bent Row and Pulldowns or Chins
- Shoulders: Choose one Shoulder Press movement (Smith, Military, Behind Neck, DB’s, Hammer)
- Days 2 and 5
- Legs: Olympic Squat (Bar High – below parallel), Leg Press, and Dead Lift on heavy leg day only (traditional style – bent legs / flat back) omit the Dead Lift on light days
- Biceps: One Biceps Curling Movement (Barbell or Dumbbell)
- Triceps: One Triceps Pressing Movement (Close Grip Bench, Dips or Dip Machine, or Pullover & Press)
Research shows that the Hypertrophy training phase will cause you to add muscle and lose fat. For best results follow Beverly’s Gain Muscle – Lose Fat Diet Plan of 50% Protein, 20% Carbs, 30% Fat during this phase.
Supplement with Beverly’s Ultimate Muscle Protein / heavy cream combination. Take Mass Aminos with meals for greater protein utilization and Muscle Mass BCAAs during training for an added build muscle – lose fat effect. You will definitely be adding muscle during this phase but if you find that your bodyweight is decreasing add Mass Maker as a post recovery drink to build more muscle and pack on the weight.
Phase 2 – Basic Strength
Do 4–5 sets of 5–7 reps in the Basic Strength phase. You want to start this phase with a weight that is just slightly higher than the weights you ended with during Phase 1. Even though you’ll be doing as few as 5 reps, don’t increase the weight too much. Start every phase with weights that are easy to get the recommended number of reps. Then work up to a new goal at the end of a four or five week cycle.
We’ll use our previous example for the Bench Press where you ended Phase 1 at 230 for 10 reps. In phase 2, warm-up with 135 for 10, 205 for 5, then your “target weight” for week one – 240lb for 3 sets of 5 reps. Once again increase your “target weight” each week. Ten pound increases per week see you end week 4 at 270. Not bad – by the end of phase 2 you’ll have already added ten pounds to your best set of 5.
It’s best to use the same exercises for Phase 2 as for Phase 1. Use 5 reps as your goal for Bench Press, Bent Row, Squat and Deadlifts. Use six or seven reps as your goal for arm and shoulder exercises as well as the secondary exercises like Inclines, Pulldowns and Leg Press.
If your primary focus is bodybuilding include one “down set” of 10 reps to maintain your increased muscle size from the “hypertrophy” phase. This is a “down set” not a burn out set. Don’t go to failure here. Instead use about 70% of the weight you used on your “work” sets and stop when you reach 10 reps.
Week | Heavy Day | 10-Rep (Down Set) | Light Day (85%) |
---|---|---|---|
1 | 240 (3×5) | 170 | 205 |
2 | 250 (3×5) | 175 | 215 |
3 | 260 (3×5) | 180 | 230 |
4 | 270 (new 5 rep max) | 190 | 230 |
If you’re on the bulky side still add the clean complex carbs but cut down on the beef and whole eggs to lower your fat intake. Switch your protein drinks from Ultra Size and heavy cream to Ultimate Muscle Protein mixed in water. Drink a serving of Muscle Provider pre and post workout. Be sure to add Ultra 40 Liver tabs if you’re not already taking them during phase 2. They’ll give you strength benefits found in no other food.
Regardless of whether you are a little too bulky or too thin, be sure to go on Creatine Select at the beginning of this phase. Always take 1 or 2 scoops before training. Take any additional servings to get your quota with meals. For example, on week 4 it’s 1 scoop with each meal and 2 scoops before training to get your 8 servings.
Here is the dosing schedule that I recommend you try:
- Always take 1 or 2 scoops before training. Take any additional servings to get your quota with meals. On week 4 it’s 1 scoop with each meal and 2 scoops before training to get your 6-8 servings in.
- Creatine Select Dosing Schedule for Maximum Results
- Week 1: 2 scoops per day (10g total)
- Week 2: 4 scoops per day
- Week 3: 4-5 scoops per day
- Weeks 4 & 5: 6-8 scoops per day (30g-40g total)
- Week 6: 6 scoops per day
- Week 7: 4 scoops per day
- Week 8: 2 scoops per day
Phase 3 – Power
Use 3 reps as your goal for Bench Press and Deadlifts, 3–4 reps for Squats and Bent Rows, and 5-6 reps for the others. Follow your two warm-ups, and three “work sets” with a “down set of 10 reps with 70% of your target weight, just as you did in the Strength Phase.
You ended your Strength Cycle at 270 for 5 reps. Now go to 280 for 3 as your target weight for Week 1, then 290 for 3 the second week. If the 290 goes fairly easy add a 3rd week at 295. Spend just three weeks in the Power Phase.
During the eleven-week cycle you went from a 300lb max bench (10-RM of 225 equates to about a 300 1-RM). Now you should be able to do a single with 315lb. Yes, three plates in just eleven weeks.
The Rejuvenation Phase follows the power phase. Here’s a chance to stay out of the gym completely, focus on a little cardio, or if you must go to the gym try some new equipment with no structured routine. After a week or two of active rest it’s time to start Phase One cycle again at a slightly higher level than your first time through.
Review
- Start each phase with a relatively light target weight.
- Make sure to keep
light
days light – about 85% of your target weights for the heavy days. - Stick to your planned program even if your target weights on a particular day feel light. Resist the temptation to add more weight.
- Rest long enough between sets so you can be successful on the next set.
- If you are unable to get all your sets with a planned “target” weight, use that same weight when your next heavy day comes around.
- Start your second complete cycle at a slightly higher level than you did the previous cycle.
- You should do two warm up sets and three work sets per exercise during each phase.
- Your first warm-up is always 10 reps.
- The reps on your second warm – up should be the same number of reps as your target sets during a particular phase.
- Don’t forget your “down” set of 10 reps with 70% target weight during Strength and Power phases.
Here’s another way to determine your ‘target’ training poundages: If you know your One Rep Max (1RM) for a specific exercise multiply by the %RM to arrive at your target weight for that week. In this example the Target Weight is based on a one rep max of 300lbs.
Week | % 1RM | Reps | Target Weigh |
---|---|---|---|
1 | 68% | 10 | 205 |
2 | 71% | 10 | 215 |
3 | 74% | 10 | 220 |
4 | 77% | 10 | 230 |
5 | 80% | 5–7 | 240 |
6 | 84% | 5–7 | 250 |
7 | 87% | 5–7 | 260 |
8 | 90% | 5–7 | 270 |
9 | 93% | 3-5 | 280 |
10 | 95% | 3-5 | 290 |


Your Fit Figure: Here’s How to Guide Training Nutrition key to the competitive look
Your Fit Figure: Here’s How to Guide
Training Nutrition key to the competitive look
Beverly Archives
By: Rachel Johnson
Specific recommendations for the woman who wishes to compete (or just look like she could compete) in a figure or fitness contest. The main source of misinformation stems from the bodybuilder mentality of all or nothing.
We get questions daily at Beverly Nutrition. This article is a complete plan to get the aspiring figure competitor in the best shape of her life. 4 Month Figure Makeover developing a V-shape, recipes and food prep. Shape Your Fit Figure Workout ideal workout to achieve a shapely, fit, lean physique.
Training
In general the primary source of information for the figure girl is the gym guru or a bodybuilder boyfriend. Probably the biggest error we see is that women who are trying to buff their physique are concerned about overtraining. They are under the mistaken impression that since the other “serious” guys in the gym train each body-part just once a week that they should also follow this method for best results. Not true! A woman who is trying to get the lean, muscular look of a fitness/figure competitor should train each muscle group two times per week.
The other major area of training foolishness is proper intensity. Finding the correct training intensity is relatively easy, to start use the heaviest workout poundages that allow you to complete the stated rep range in good form. If you are to do three sets of 10-15 reps, that means use a weight heavy enough that you can do no more than 15 reps on your first set and can do at least ten reps on the third set. Add weight whenever you can do the top number of reps in the range for all sets, in good form. It’s really that simple. You should rest sixty to ninety seconds between sets. Here is an ideal workout to achieve a hard, lean physique.
Fitness Figure competitor sample workout
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Crunches | 3 | 20-30 |
Twisting Crunches | * | * |
On Cable Machine | 3 | 20-30 |
DB Row | 3 | 8-10 |
Pull-downs | 3 | 10-12 |
Pullover | 3 | 10-12 |
DB Shrug | 3 | 10-15 |
Hyper-extension | 3 | 10-15 |
Incline DB Curl | 3 | 10-12 |
Concentration Curl | 3 | 10-12 |
Calf Raise | 4 | 10-15 |
Calf Press | 4 | 15-20 |
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Crunches | 3 | 20-30 |
Leg Raises | 3 | 20-30 |
Twisting Crunches | * | * |
On Cable Machine | 3 | 20-30 |
Incline DB Press | 4 | 8-10 |
Flat Flyes | 4 | 10-12 |
Pec Deck | 4 | 10-12 |
Shoulder Press | 4 | 8-10 |
Side Laterals | 3 | 10-12 |
DB Shoulder Press | 3 | 10-12 |
Triceps Extension | 10-12 | |
Triceps Pushdown | 3 | 10-12 |
Exercise | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Crunches | 3 | 20-30 |
Leg Raises | 3 | 20-30 |
Twisting Crunches | * | * |
On Cable Machine | 3 | 20-30 |
Squat | 4 | 10-15 |
Leg Press | 3 | 10-15 |
Leg Extension | 4 | 10-15 |
Seated Calf Raise | 4 | 10-15 |
Standing Calf Raise | 4 | 15-20 |

Cardio relative body-fat composition
The amount of cardio you will do will be determined by your relative body composition.
The closer you are to your ideal condition, the less cardio you’ll need to do. Too much cardio can eat away hard earned lean muscle, prevent catabolism with less cardio more recovery.
Here is a 12-week program for the aspiring figure contest competitor starting in the 16-20% body-fat range. If you are closer to contest condition do less, if you are at a higher body fat percentage starting out follow this program for an additional time period.
Monday-Wednesday-Friday: 30-45 minutes at moderate intensity. Use the cardio equipment of your choice or just go outside and walk for the required time. (Start at thirty minutes and add five every other week until you reach forty-five minutes. Then stay at that level.)
Tuesday: 15-30 minutes high intensity intervals. Start with three minutes at an easy pace. Now you are ready for your first sixty-second work interval. Increase the elevation or resistance setting and go hard for sixty seconds. Ease the tension back for a sixty second “rest interval” then perform another ”hard“ interval. Perform five work intervals the first week followed by a two minute cool down. Each week add another interval until you reach twelve. At that point add five seconds to each work interval and reduce the “rest” interval by five seconds for each of the next four week leading to your contest.
Thursday: 15-20 minutes. On Thursday we are going to measure progress by seeing how many calories we can burn during a session. First, choose a piece of equipment that gives you a “calories expended” readout. The first week go at a slightly higher than comfortable pace for fifteen minutes and record the calories expended. Each week you will try to increase the calories expended while keeping the time constant. When you cannot increase your intensity further go up to sixteen minutes to get the additional caloric expenditure you are after, etc.
Nutrition
Nutrition is the key factor in acquiring the competitive “look”. There are as many theories about dieting as there are training. We at Beverly are in a good position to make recommendations since we work with both bodybuilding and fitness/figure competitors on a daily basis. Almost every one of them wants to lose fat while attaining a nice, pleasing muscular physique. We find that diet high in protein, with some healthy carbohydrates and void of simple sugar works best. Here is the diet we recommend for the typical beginning competitor who wishes to harden up her physique by reducing body-fat and gradually adding lean muscle tissue.
- Diet recommend for beginning competitor
- Meal #1
- 1 whole egg + 3 egg whites or 1 scoop Ultra Size or Ultimate Muscle Protein or 3 oz. lean beef or chicken breast & ½-cup oatmeal before cooking (Many combine the ingredients above into a pancake recipe.
- Meal #2
Protein Drink: 2 Scoops Ultra Size or Ultimate Muscle Protein as a shake or with less water as a pudding. Or whole food option: 5 oz chicken or turkey breast, 5 strawberries or 1 peach - Meal #3
5 oz. chicken (before cooking) or 6.5 oz. can of tuna in water 4 oz. sweet potato or ½ cup cooked brown rice 1-cup vegetables (broccoli, etc.) or salad with 2 tbsp low cal dressing - Meal #4(Post Workout)
2 Scoops Muscle Provider and 14 oz. water - Meal #5
6 oz. lean beef, chicken, turkey, or fish 2 cups green vegetables or salad
To give your diet variety we have included a list of substitutions you can make for the foods above. (See below.) You may substitute foods on your prescribed diet with another food from the same category below. For example, if your diet calls for broccoli, you can substitute with any non-starchy vegetable such as tomato or another from the list below.
- Permissible Clean Food List
- Protein
- Beef: Beef tenderloin, Filet Mignon, Sirloin, Flank Steak, Round Steak, Top Round, Roast Beef, Ground Round, Ground Sirloin. Ground Beef (93% Fat Free or leaner)
- Poultry: Chicken breast (no skin) Canned Chicken Breast (Swanson’s), Turkey Breast, Turkey Breast Cutlets, Ground Turkey Breast (95% Fat Free or Leaner), Canned Turkey Breast, Deli Turkey Breast.
- Fish: Just about all kinds, the best are: Tuna (canned in water or fresh), Cod, Flounder, Halibut, Haddock, Orange Roughy, Salmon (canned in water or fresh, but limit to twice weekly), Red Snapper, Perch, Pollock, Scallops, Shrimp, Whitefish and Swordfish.
- Complex Starchy Carbohydrates
Oatmeal, Cream of Rice, Puffed Rice, Rice Cakes, Cooked Rice (brown or white), Potatoes, Sweet Potatoes, Beans (white, pinto, kidney or black), Lima Beans, Corn, Peas. - Fibrous Vegetables
Asparagus, Broccoli, Brussels Sprouts, Cabbage, Carrots, Cauliflower, Celery, Cucumbers, Green Beans, Lettuce, Mushrooms, Spinach, Tomato, Water Chestnuts, Zucchini. - Fruit
Apple, Blueberries, Cantaloupe, Grapefruit, Kiwi, Nectarine, Peach.


Naturals Can Build Big Muscles – 3 Days on 1 Day Off Workout
Naturals Can Build Big Muscles
3 Days on 1 Day Off Workout
Beverly Archives
By: Beverly Support Staff
Stick to the basics and train Intelligently
Correct training means many different things to many different people, from the late Mike Mentzer’s Heavy-Duty “high intensity” (HIT) programs to Serge Nubret’s 20 sets of 20 reps of bench presses (high volume chest training). But you know there is a BIG difference for those training on steroids and those not using them and far too many writers, coaches and trainers have completely overlooked this obvious fact.
Natural Training The Basics
Your training program should be progressive in one or more of the following areas, but your rate of progress inevitably slows over time, so you must make accommodations for this.
Progression is measured by:
- Resistance used for your set or sets
- Number of reps performed with any particular weight
- The amount of time in which a series of sets are performed
You should try to improve in one of the above areas to stimulate the potential for growth, but even with the proper stimulus, growth will only occur with proper rest and recuperation. Steroids generally make one recover much faster allowing the steroid user to train more frequently.
Dedicated hard correct training with optimum nutrition and supplementation (with an assist from mom’s genetics) determines your rate and how much muscle growth you can achieve. But, there are some indispensable rules.
Use a workout journal to track your progress. Every time you use a heavier weight than before on a set, get more reps with a particular weight, or complete a series of sets in less time, note this in your journal.

Prince Fontenot proves natural guys can build large muscle mass (Non steroid users need to be much more scientific and dogmatic than do steroid users about training, recovery, nutrition, and supplementation especially if you are a Prince). Disciplined hard correct training, optimum nutrition, genetics AND supplementation determines how much muscle growth you realize.
Resistance Reps Time
Use proper form.
Make sure each exercise is working the correct area. If you’re working biceps and your lower back is stiff the next day that’s a sure sign you’re cheating way too much on your curls. Generally, use a full range of motion on every exercise to develop big, full round muscle bellies. So… squat to parallel or below. Don’t round over like you are doing good mornings. Do full-range leg presses, not two-inch lockouts where your knees barely bend. Bent-over rows should be performed with legs bent slightly, your back flat and close to parallel to the floor.
- The Routine:
- Day 1: Chest / Shoulders and Triceps
- Day 2: Legs / Calves and Abdominals
- Day 3: Back / Biceps
- Day 4: Off
The particular days you train are not important, just make sure you get at least 3 days in throughout the week with a day off and use proper rotation. That means upper body work one day, lower body the next, then upper body and rest! Without steroids, this is the only way you can recover using a three-on-and-one day off format.
In this program we’ll use two of the oldest and most basic progression schemes:
Your Basic Program:
1. PYRAMID TRAINING: Add weight and lower the reps each set.
Set 1: 12 reps with a very easy warm-up weight.
Set 2: 8-10 reps still pretty easy
Work Sets:
- Set 3: 8 – 9 reps
- Set 4: 5 – 6 reps
- Set 5: 5 – 6 reps
- Exercises using this Pyramid system are marked by an*
2. DOUBLE PROGRESSION SYSTEM: Use the same weight for all sets.
Try to gradually increase your repetitions on your 3 work sets. When you get 8 (or the top recommended number) consistently on all work sets, add weight and start over at 6 (or the lower rep range.)
Exercises below, where you should use the Double Progressive System are marked by **

FLEX magazine features IFBB pro bodybuilders. The IFBB does not conduct steroid tests. BodyMuscle proves that natural athletes like Jeff Pruett (who has been tested) can get huge without steroids.
YOUR BASIC PROGRAM:
Day #1 (chest, shoulders, triceps)
- Bench Presses (pyramid)* 2 warm-up sets and then one set of 8-9 reps, and two sets of 5-6 reps
- Incline Dumbbell Presses (double progression)** 3 sets x 6 – 8 reps constant weight. When you get 3 sets of 8 reps, add weight and start back at 6 reps
- Seated Dumbbell Presses (double progressive)** 3 sets x 6-8 reps with constant weight
- Tricep Pushdowns ** 3 sets x 8-12 reps with constant weight
- Dips** Do 2 or 3 sets x maximum reps you can with your bodyweight only. Try to add a rep each workout to one of your sets or get the same total number reps in less time
That ends Day #1. Don’t be in a big rush to use as much weight as possible in each exercise. Try to leave each workout knowing you can improve in at least one exercise the next.
Day #2 – (legs / calves, abdominals)
- Squats* – Pyramid 5 sets x 15 / 12 / 8 / 8 / 8 reps
- Leg Presses** 3 x 10 – 15 reps (you may want to increase 2 reps per workout here)
- Leg Extensions** 3 x 12 – 15 reps
- Leg Curls** 3 sets x 10 – 12 reps
- Standing Calf Raises** 3 sets x 12 – 16 reps
- Strict Crunches**3 x 25 – 50 reps
Day #3 – (back, biceps)
- Bent-Over Rows* – Pyramid 5 sets x 15 / 12 / 8 / 8 / 8 reps
- Deadlifts – 3 sets 8-10 reps (add weight each set but stay at 8-10 reps per set)
- Concentrate on perfect, form and add weight very gradually in 5-lb. increments each week
- You also can do a compound deadlift and shrug movement to stress your traps even more
- Pulldowns** 3 x 8 – 12 reps.
- Barbell Curls**3 x 8-12 reps
- Preacher Curls** 2 x 10-12 reps
Basic Muscle Nutrition
Jeff Williamson achieved professional status training at home.
Optimum muscle growth requires proper training and proper nutrition. A basic nutrition program includes three good bodybuilding meals and three super-powerful protein drinks, a high potency vitamin/mineral pack and (as an interesting option, liver tablets).
- Breakfast: 3 – 4 eggs (4 whites, one yolk), half cup cottage cheese, a 4-oz beef patty, 1 piece rye toast with peanut butter or occasionally, hot cereal with a banana or other fruit and a Beverly Super-Pak
- Lunch: Roast beef (about half pound) and Swiss Cheese sandwich on Rye Bread, two pieces fruit, glass of low fat milk
- Dinner: Large meat serving – steak, chicken, etc., baked potato or other starch, green vegetable, salad
BOTTOM LINE:
You don’t need steroids and drugs to gain muscle! Using this exact routine we guarantee you’ll get great muscle gains!

Jeff Williamson achieved professional status training at home. This guy practically lives and breathes on Ultra 40 liver tablets

Bodybuilding Contest Prep week 16 – Contest Countdown Starting at 16 weeks out
Bodybuilding Contest Prep week 16
Contest Countdown Starting at 16 weeks out
Beverly Archives
By: Roger and Sandy Riedinger
Contest Countdown
We’re writing this article to help you prepare for your first or next bodybuilding competition. Since the 1998 Northern Kentucky Championship is a contest designed for first time competitors or those peaking for a later show, let’s make this your first show of the year. If you count backwards from March 21, you’ll find that 16 weeks out is the weekend following Thanksgiving, so let’s start your diet December 1. In this article we are going to provide you with the actual diets that successful competitors followed as they prepared for the Northern Kentucky Championship.
Phase 1: 16 weeks out to 8 weeks out
Diet: Let’s begin by taking a few things for granted. First, you have been training properly and have already started regulating your diet by eliminating junk
foods, sugar, bread, high carbohydrate drinks, regular soft drinks and are cutting down on high lactose milk products. Start reading labels and if there is more than 5 grams of sugar per serving drop it from your diet.
With sixteen weeks to go, it’s time to start seriously. The goal is to maintain bodyweight, unless you are way out of shape, but to slowly lose bodyfat while actually adding lean tissue from your training, improved diet and supplements. One of the mistakes we see most often is a competitor makes an instant calorie drop when he starts his diet. This causes the loss of a lot of muscle tissue right at the outset of the diet. Your goal is to add calories and nutrient density through your diet and supplements at the sixteen weeks out point.
Here are some of the actual diets we’ve used with various competitors during Phase One of their diet:
James Johnson, 1997 NPC Jr. National BW Champ followed this meal plan 16 weeks out from his first bodybuilding contest, the 1996 Northern Kentucky Championship where he won the overall title.
Supplements: Super Pack, Mass Amino Tablets: 6 / meal, Ultra 40 Liver 6 / meal, Flaxseed Oil 2 tablespoon / daily
- Phase 1 Diet
- Meal #1
- 6 egg whites + 2 whole eggs
- 2 servings oatmeal / cream of rice / or cream of wheat
- 1 orange or other fruit
- Meal #2
- 6–8 ounces lean meat ( chicken / turkey / fish, lean ground beef)
- 1 medium sweet potato, 1 apple
- Meal #3
- 6–8 ounces lean meat
- 1 cup of rice
- 1 cup vegetables (broccoli, cauliflower, etc.)
- Meal #4
- 6–8 ounces lean meat
- 1 six oz. baked potato or yam or ½ cup rice
- 1 piece fruit
- 1 cup vegetables
- Meal #5
- 6 egg whites + 2 whole eggs
- 1 serving oatmeal
*James sometimes substituted a protein drink for any meal where it was difficult to eat a prepared meal:3 scoops Muscle Provider, 1 ounce heavy cream, 1 whole egg, 9 strawberries, 12 ounces water
Bill Hooks has won his class in the Novice division at the Northern Kentucky the past two years. In 1997 he moved up to 2nd in the Open Division as well. Bill, at a starting weight of 210 lb., had to follow a different dietary approach than James since he was attending school and had to rely on Muscle Provider as a portable meal. His diet works well for those who are on the run and have little time to prepare or eat food meals. Jeff Storch, who is featured elsewhere in this issue follows a similar plan.
Bill’s 4000 calorie diet at 16 weeks out is based on these percentages of nutrients – Protein: 54%, Carbohydrates: 20%, Fat: 26%.
Supplements: Super Pak, Flaxseed Oil: 1 tablespoon daily, Mass: 4 per meal, Ultra 40: 4 per meal
- Meal #1
- 2 whole eggs + 6 egg whites
- 4 oz. lean beef or chicken
- 1 ounces oatmeal
- 1 grapefruit
- Meal #2
- 2 scoops Muscle Provider
- 1 oz. (2 tablespoons) heavy cream (or 1 tablespoon Flax Oil)
- 1 egg
- 6 strawberries
- 12 oz. water
- Meal #3
- 8 – 12 ounces steak
- 1 serving oatmeal or small sweet potato or ½ cup brown rice
- 1 cup green beans
- Meal #4
- 2 scoops Muscle Provider
- 1 oz. (2 tablespoons) heavy cream (or 1 tablespoon Flax Oil)
- 1 egg
- 6 strawberries
- 12 oz. water
- Meal #5
- 8 –12 ounces turkey breast, chicken breast or lean beef
- 2 cups vegetables or 1 piece fruit
- Meal #6
- 6 egg whites, 2 yolks
- omelet vegetables
- * oz. = ounce(s)
Tracy Beckham at 12 weeks: We decided Tracy needed to improve her muscle density at this point and restructured her diet to include more protein and fat, less crabs, and a high Carb meal every third day.
- Tracy 12 week plan
- Supplements: Super Pak, Ultra 40 5 / meal, Flaxseed Oil 1 tablespoon daily.
- Meal #1
- 4 egg whites – 1 yolk
- 3 Oz. chicken, turkey, or tuna
- 6 strawberries or 1 orange
- Meal #2
- Protein drink: 2 scoops Muscle Provider
- mixed with 1 whole egg, 12 Oz. ice water,
- 6 frozen strawberries and ½ frozen banana
- Meal #3
- 1 ½ cups salad containing choice of salad
- vegetables w/ 2 tablespoons oil +1 tablespoon vinegar,
- 6 – 8 ounces lean protein (lean beef,
- chicken breast or turkey or fish)
- Meal #4
- 4 ounces lean beef or 6 – 8 Oz. chicken breast or turkey or fish
- 2 egg whites
- 1 small sweet potato
- Meal #5
- 6 – 8 Oz. chicken, turkey breast, or fish
- 1 cup vegetables
*Every 3rd day Tracy ate the following meal in addition to her regular meals: 1 cup rice, 1 small sweet potato, 1 small banana, 1 cup vegetables with 1 tablespoon oil, butter, or margarine.
Phase One Cardio
We encourage you to keep cardio at a minimum during your early contest preparation period. If you do too much cardio too soon, your body will adapt and you have no where to go but to increase your cardio even more. Soon there’s not enough time or energy in the day to do justice to your training. We do recommend 15 – 20 minutes of high intensity cardio three days per week during this phase. Remember your goal during the first four weeks of dieting is to improve your body composition while maintaining your weight. Research has shown that high intensity cardio has a greater positive effect on body composition than low intensity (less than 75% maximum heart rate) cardio. Each week attempt to burn more calories in the same amount of time. This is an easy gauge to make sure you are improving. The way you do this is walk faster on the treadmill at a higher angle or increase the level on the Lifecycle or stepper. If the cardio equipment you’re using gives you a calorie readout, it’s simple to try to break your record each week.
Phase One Training
At sixteen weeks you should begin to up the intensity of your training and start paying special attention to the quality of your physique. The lateral delts, serratus, hamstring and glutes are areas that can make the difference between a “winning” physique and an also ran.We recommend a four on, one day off split at this point. This will allow you to recuperate from each session. There are many variations but training each bodypart only one day a week precontest may be too little and training on a three day on, one day off seems to cause one to overtrain too early in the precontest phase. As far as bodypart splits we’ve seen and done them all personally and with our clients. We suggest that you choose the split that seems right for you. Just make sure you train your weak parts early in the cycle.
Sets and reps are also a very individual matter, but about 10 really hard work sets
per larger bodypart and six sets per smaller part should be about right. Remember you’re adding muscle during this phase so don’t start dropping the weight and trying to do more reps.You should begin to shorten your rest between sets. Start getting focused and do your next set as soon as you have recovered adequately from the previous one.
Phase One Posing
Begin a structured program to practice your poses. Find the best practice lighting, similar to stage lighting. At this time you should practice the facings and mandatories 15 – 20 minutes two or three days per week. Practice holding the poses for 10 seconds each. Remember to start each pose from the feet up – make sure you flex your legs. Contest Countdown Workshop
- Hit your best poses
- Resist moving from the best lighting, this may not be at the front of the stage
- Try to highlight your strong points against your competition’s weakness
- Catch the judges’ eye with your poise and control

From Complete Beginner to Figure Champion
From Complete Beginner to Figure Champion
Beverly Archives
By: Shala Singer

At a Glance: Shala Singer
Age: 30
Occupation: Personal trainer, co owner of Muscle Head Nutrition
Current Residence: Evansville, IN
Family: I live with my husband Brandon and my dog Kaylie
Years Training: 1 and ½ years with weights. Trained as a gymnast for 10 years.
Height: 4′ 11″
Contest Weight: 97 lbs
Favorite Fitness Meal: Oatmeal, with vanilla UMP and natural peanut butter
Music: I like a little bit of everything from rap/pop music to Christian and country.
Most Inspiring Book: The Bible
Hobby or Interests outside bodybuilding: Makeovers! I love anything to do with fashion and the beauty industry. I used to be a hairstylist and love reading up on all of the new trends and trying them out on my friends. I also like to be outside, and occasionally my husband will talk me into riding on his Harley
Words to live by: “You were born to win, but to be a winner, you must plan to win, prepare to win, and expect to win.” ˜ Zig Ziglar
My diet 16 weeks out from the show
I started training for figure competition when a good friend told me about a local show that was six months away. I was a complete beginner. I hadn’t really done any weight training to speak of but I did have a foundation from my gymnastics background.
Immediately after that show I set my sights on the NPC KY Muscle 33 weeks away
Intermediate Training Program
- Five day workout including supersets
- Monday: Legs
- Leg Press 3 sets 10-15 reps
- Squats 3 sets 8-12 reps
- Hack Squat Machine 3 sets 10-15 reps
- Stiff-Legged Deadlift 3 sets 12 reps
- Leg Esetstensions 3 sets 12 reps
- Abs 8 sets of 25-50 (use any variety of exercises you want)
- Tuesday: Back, Delts, Biceps (light day)
- One Arm DB Row 3 sets 8-10 reps
- Pulldowns 3 sets 8-12 reps
- Seated Cable Row 3 sets 8-12 reps (or do any seated machine row)
- DB Lateral Raise 3 sets 10 reps each way (bent-over lateral, side lateral, front raise)
- Cable Curl 3 sets 8-12 reps
- Incline DB Curl 3 sets 8-10 reps
- Calf Raises 6-8 sets of 15 reps on any combination of machines
- Wednesday: Chest, Triceps
- Incline DB Press 4 sets 6-10 reps
- Flat Dumbbell Press 4 sets 8-12 reps
- Pec Deck 3 sets 8-12 reps
- Tricep Pushdowns 4 sets 8-12 reps
- Lying Tricep 4 sets 10-12 reps
- Abs 6 sets of 15-25 reps
- Thursday: Legs (glute emphasis)
- Romanian Dead Lift 3 sets 10-15 (superset with next exercise)
- Wide Leg Press 3 sets 10-15
- Leg Curl 3 x 6-8 (superset with next exercise)
- Walking Lunge 3 sets 12-15 steps with each foot
- Leg Extension 3 sets 12 (superset with next exercise)
- Smith Machine Squat 3 sets 12 non-lock
- Calf Raises 6-8 sets of 15 reps on any combination of machines
- Friday: Delts, Back, Biceps, Triceps
- Shoulder Press 3 x 6-10 (superset with next exercise)
- Lat Pulldowns 3 sets 8-12 reps
- Upright Row 3 x 8-10 (superset with next exercise)
- Straight-Arm Pulldowns 3 sets 10-12 reps
- Bent Over Laterals 3 x 10-12 (superset with next exercise)
- Seated Cable Row 3 sets 8-12 reps
- Barbell or EZ Curl 3 x 6-10 reps (superset with next exercise)
- Close Grip Bench Press 3 sets 6-10 reps
- Concentration Curl 2 sets 10-12 reps
- Dips or Triceps Dips 2 sets 10-15 reps
- Abs 8 sets of 25-50 (use any variety of machines or exercises you want)
They help to strengthen both my quads and hamstrings.
I also wore a path in the gym floor doing walking lunges; by far the best glute exercise in my opinion.
Morning cardio
My cardio machine of choice for my morning cardio was the bike. I usually chose the stepmill for evening cardio. I kept it interesting though, by mixing in the elliptical or the treadmill whenever I needed a change. I did about an hour and 20 minutes a day divided into two sessions.

Supplement Program
I knew that to gain quality muscle, naturally, I needed a good line of supplements.
- Our gym carried Beverly
- Ultra 4 (multi vitamin/mineral)
- 2 in am and 2 in pm
- Lean Out (fat transporters)
- 2 with each meal
- Density (essential amino acids)
- 2 with each meal
- ZMA (nighttime recovery formula)
- 2 before bed
- Ultimate Muscle Protein
- (time released protein formula)
- at meal 1 and meal 5
- Muscle Provider (fast acting protein) after cardio and before and after workouts
- Up-Lift (awesome energy but didn’t keep me up at night)
- before workouts
- Creatine Select (strength and energy)
- after workouts
- Glutamine Select sipped throughout the day for extra energy
I later added 3 Quadracarn at meals 1, 3 and 5. I could tell a difference right away in my mood and in the pumps I felt in the gym. Toward the end of my competition prep I also took 2 Energy Reserve prior to my evening cardio, I could really feel the energy boost from it about half way through the session.
I was spending so much time in the gym that I decided to get a job there and start studying for my ACE certification
My husband and I also started an internet supplement company in which Beverly is now one of our top selling supplement lines.
- At 16 weeks out from the show I really tightened up my diet. I began eating 5 small meals a day.
- They usually looked like this:
- Meal 1: Protein pancakes (1 scoop UMP vanilla; ½ cup oats; 4 egg whites; and cinnamon)
- Meal 2: Chicken or fish; sweet potato; and broccoli
- Meal 3 (usually pre workout): Protein shake made with Muscle Provider and water
- Meal 4: Chicken or fish; big bowl of spinach; and sweet potato
- Meal 5: 1 and a half scoops UMP vanilla mixed with water into a pudding consistency. Sometimes I froze it and ate it like ice cream
I trained with weights four times per week (5 if you count abs and calves). I am going to give you two versions of my workout program. One for beginners and intermediates, the other for advanced athletes. Choose the one that best suits your situation.
Posing Presentation
I started practicing my posing as soon as I decided I was going to compete at the KY Muscle. I met with my trainer Kori Propst, WNBF Figure, Fitbody, and Bodybuilding pro, a couple times each month and practiced on my own a 3 to 5 times per week. As the show got closer I began holding each pose longer and longer – up to a minute for each mandatory pose. One minute doesn’t sound very long but trust me; you will start to shake by the end of it.
Finally it was Friday the 13th, not usually a day people look forward to, but I couldn’t have been happier that it had finally arrived. My husband and I packed up the car and we were on our way to Louisville. I feel so blessed to have such a supportive husband. He was truly amazing and helped me every step of the way. When I was tired and didn’t want to go to the gym he was right there pushing me to keep going.
When we got to Louisville, my mom, grandma, cousin and even my mother and father in law all met us at the hotel. I was so excited to have my own little cheering-section.
I woke up early Saturday morning so that I could take my time getting ready. At 11 am we headed down to the convention center for prejudging. My nerves were going crazy, I had to take a couple of deep breaths and remind myself that the hard work was done. Now it was time to have fun and show ‘em what I’ve got.
Backstage I met some of the other competitors who were all so nice, I even got to talk with a couple of the IFBB pros who were also competing. Soon it was time to hit the stage. I went out and did my quarter turns and presentation poses and had a blast. There were 24 girls in my class so we were up there for quite a while.
Later that evening it was time for the finals.
Class A went onto the stage and we were all introduced. The announcer called out the top five competitors, I was the last of the 5 to be called I was so excited to hear my number.
All five of us stood there while they called the placings, 5th splace wasn’t me, then I wasn’t called for 4th or third either, wow I had butterflies, then they called 2nd place and it still wasn’t me, Oh my gosh I won!! I was ecstatic! I could hear my “CHEERING SECTION” and I was overwhelmed with emotion. I could not be happier with my experience.
Thank you so much to my husband, my family, and my “gym family” at Nitro Fitness for all of your love and support.

Bodybuilding Contest Preparation Contest Countdown.. 8 Weeks Out
Bodybuilding Contest Preparation Contest Countdown.. 8 Weeks Out
Beverly Archives
By: Roger and Sandy Riedinger
We covered the first eight weeks of your contest preparation in the previous issue of the No Nonsense Magazine (FALL, 1997). Now we are ready to start the final eight weeks. By the end of these eight weeks you will be totally prepared for your contest, in top condition and feeling healthy.
Phase Two Diet
Starting at 8 weeks out you should really kick your diet into high gear. Your main goal should now be to lose all subcutaneous bodyfat. Unless you are losing at least one pound bodyweight per week it’s time for another calorie adjustment in the neighborhood of a 200 – 300 reduction. Keep your protein intake high at this point and reduce the amount of fat, which we have kept fairly high to this point, and a small amount of carbohydrate. (One note of caution: if you’ve mistimed your diet totally up to this point and are not already in fairly good condition, jump to the Four Weeks Out recommendations.)
Jeff Storch, 1996 NPC Ohio LH Champion followed this meal plan at 8 weeks. This meal plan would be the next step if you are following Bill Hooks’ diet at twelve weeks from last issue.
Supplements: Super Pack, Mass 6 / meal, Ultra 40 Liver 6 / meal, Energy Reserve 2 tablets – 3 times / daily on an empty stomach along with thermogenics for first three weeks, then two weeks off.
Meal #1
6 egg whites + 5 oz. lean beef
½ grapefruit, ½ cantaloupe, or 8 strawberries (choose one)
Meal #2
10 – 12 ounces lean meat
(chicken / turkey / fish, lean ground beef, at least 91%, or lean steak)
1 – 6 oz. sweet potato
2 cups vegetables
Meal #3
10 – 12 ounces lean meat (chicken, etc.)
2 cup vegetables (broccoli, cauliflower, etc.)
Meal #4
Protein Drink
10 oz. water, 1 egg, 8 strawberries, 3 scoops Muscle Provider
Meal #5
9 ounces lean meat (strip sirloin, lean beef, etc.)
3 – 4 egg whites (optional)
4 cups salad
2 tablespoons Vinegar & Oil
* oz. = ounces
James Johnson, whose diet we featured in the last issue, needed to make weight for the Jr. Nationals so we had to change our strategy somewhat. James followed a lower protein intake than we normally recommend so that he could lose enough weight to compete as a bantamweight. This is James’ exact meal plan eight weeks out from his victory in his first national competition.
Supplements: Super Pak, Lean Out 2 / meal, Muscularity 3 / meal
Ratio of Food Groups: Carbohydrates = 58% Protein = 30% Fat = 8%
Meal # 1
6 egg whites
2 servings of cream of rice
Meal # 2
4 ounces of chicken
1 cup of rice
1 cup vegetables
Meal #3
4 ounces of lean meat
1 six oz. baked potato or yam
1 cup vegetables
Meal # 4
4 ounces of lean meat
1 cup of rice
1 cup of vegetables
Meal # 5
4 ounces of lean meat
1 cup vegetables
1 six oz. baked potato
Meal # 6
6 egg whites
Final Phase – Male
At four weeks we have a special competition diet that works great for almost everyone. The list of successful competitors who have used this plan with slight modifications is nearly endless. Here’s our special competition diet for men at four weeks out:
Supplements: Super Pak, Energy Reserve 9 per day, Mass 4 / meal, Ultra 40 6 / meal, Muscularity 4 / meal
Final Phase meal plan
Meal #1
5 egg whites – 2 yolks
5 oz. chicken, turkey, or tuna
½ grapefruit, ½ cantaloupe, or 8 strawberries
Meal #2
6 oz. chicken, turkey or tuna
1 cup vegetables
Meal #3
2 cups salad containing choice of salad vegetables w/ 1 tablespoon oil + 1 tablespoon vinegar
8 ounces tuna or other lean protein
1 carrot
Meal #4
4 oz. lean beef or 6 –8 oz. chicken breast, turkey, or fish
2 egg whites
Meal #5
8 oz. chicken, turkey breast, or fish
1 ½ cup vegetables
1 tablespoon Flax Oil
*Every Monday and Thursday eat the following meal in place of one regular meal: 1 ½ cups rice, 1 large sweet potato, 1 banana, 1 cup vegetables with 1 tablespoon oil, butter, or margarine.
Many of our clients substitute up to 3 scoops of our special protein formulation, Muscle Provider, mixed with a whole egg and frozen fruit for meal #2, #4 or both. Muscle Provider is the only powder formulation we have found that can be taken right up to the contest.
Here’s what one of our Beverly users at the National Level, Leo Ingram has to say at three weeks out: “At this time my carbs are between zero to twenty grams max up to one week prior to the show.” The carbs consumed are of the low glycemic type. This is considered carb depletion by most people. This help to get the maximum glycogen compensation into those muscle cells which gives you that dense and full look on the day of the show. My protein is still high and my fats are down to a minimum. My training is still intense combining with cardio exercise to deplete my glycogen stores. Sodium is not really a bad thing at this time unless there isn’t a balance among the other minerals such as potassium, magnesium and zinc. “
Leo’s supplement program: Supplementation taken at this time include, branch chain amino acids (Muscularity) and free form as well, a high potency mutivitamin/mineral pack, growth hormone releaser, (GH Factor) and a combination fat burner (Lean Out). All of these supplements are purchased through Beverly International Nutrition.”
“During these last weeks my cravings increase for sugar and starch. I usually satisfy myself by drinking a couple of glasses of crystal lite or a beverage containing no simple sugars. This helps me get through this diet. The last couple of weeks are usually the hardest for me. I think that this is where the discipline comes in at. Because what you do in these weeks can cause a drastic body change if you are not careful. So resist the temptation and keep focusing on what you are trying to accomplish. After all you didn’t come this far for nothing.”
Phase Two – Female
At six to eight weeks out most women go right into the final phase of their pre competition diet Here’s a sample diet that we’ve used with great success at the Beverly Nutrition Center:
Supplements: Super Pak, Lean Out 9 per day, Ultra 40 4 / meal, Muscularity 3 / meal
Phase Two Female diet
Meal #1
4 egg whites – 1 yolk
3 oz. chicken, turkey, or tuna
1/4 grapefruit, 1/4 cantaloupe, or 6 strawberries
Meal #2*
4 oz. chicken, turkey or tuna
1 cup vegetables
Meal #3*
1.5 cups salad containing choice of salad vegetables w/ 2 tsp. oil + 1 tablespoon vinegar
5 ounces tuna or other lean protein
1 small carrot
Meal #4
1 egg + 2 egg whites
Meal #5
5 oz. chicken, turkey breast, or fish
1 cup vegetables
1 tablespoon Flax Oil
*Every 3rd day eat the following meal in place of one regular meal: 1 cups rice, 1 small sweet potato, 1 small banana, 1 cup vegetables with 2 tsp. oil, butter, or margarine.
Final Phase – Female
The following meal plan the final three weeks to reduce body-fat on this meal plan. Adjusted calorie intake over a 3 day period as follows.
Supplements (each day): Ultra 4 – 2 in AM and 2 in PM, Muscularity – 9 between meals #1 and #2; and 9 more between meals #4 and #5, 3 L–Tyrosine and 4 Energy Reserve – 30 minutes prior to meals 1, 2, and 4, 3 – Evening Primrose Oil capsules, 3 – Bev C
Day One:
Meal #1
6 egg whites (can use onion, tomato and peppers)
Meal #2*
6.5 oz. tuna
Meal #3*
large salad containing choice of salad vegetables w/ Flax Oil and
vinegar for a dressing
3 ounces tuna
Meal #4
6 egg whites (can use onion, tomato and peppers)
Meal #5
6.5 oz tuna
Day Two:
Meal #1
6 egg whites – 1 yolk
Meal #2*
6.5 oz. tuna
1 cup vegetables (usually green beans)
Meal #3*
large salad containing choice of salad vegetables w/ Flax Oil and vinegar for a dressing
3 oz tuna
Meal #4
6 egg whites + 1 yolk
Meal #5
6.5 oz. tuna
Day Three:
Meal #1
6 egg whites – 1 yolk
Meal #2*
6.5 oz. tuna
1 cup vegetables (usually green beans)
Meal #3*
large salad containing choice of salad vegetables w/ Flax Oil and vinegar for a dressing
3.25 oz tuna
Meal #4
6 egg whites + 1 yolk
Meal #5
½ cup Cream of Rice (before cooking)
1 sweet potato
1 cup green beans with 1 tsp. butter
This is a very strict diet and you should definitely not use it without professional monitoring but we thought you’d like to see exactly what a professional did to achieve her all time best condition.
Phase Two Cardio
At eight weeks we usually step up the cardio to four days per week and thirty minutes per session. Now, instead of continually trying to go hard for your entire session, use the interval training approach at two of your sessions. Here’s how that might work on a Life-cycle: Set program to Manual. L1 – 3 minutes (warm–up), L2 – 1 minute (increasing intensity), back to L1 for one minute (active rest), L3 – 1 minute, L1 – 1 minute, L4 – 1 minute (now it is getting hard), L1 – 1 minute, try L5 for 1 minute (if you can complete the whole minute at 80 rpm’s go to L6 for your next interval),L1 – 1 minute. Continue to increase intensity on alternating sets until you cannot pedal the full minute at 80 rpm’s, your remaining work sets would be at the next lower level. In our example let’s suppose you could not complete your set at L5, the rest of the session would be as follows: L4 – 1 minute, L1 – 1 minute repeat until you complete eight additional sets at L4, then do three additional minutes at L1 to end the session.
The other two cardio days should be similar to your Phase One cardio. Do not increase intensity on these days but increase the time to 30 minutes instead of 15 or 20 as in phase one.
Six Weeks Out
At six weeks out add a third interval training day bringing your total cardio to five days at 30 minutes per day. Try to get to that next level on your interval days. If you could only get to Level 4 on week 7, try to complete your work sets at Level 5 this week.
Four Weeks Out: At four weeks you must decide for yourself whether to increase your cardio again. Usually an increase in cardio at this time will result in a decrease in lean muscle tissue. However, if you are trying to make weight or are still just too smooth, it’s a necessity. Add three more weekly sessions of 30 – 45 minutes each at moderate intensity. The addition of these sessions will necessitate your doing two cardio sessions per day on three days at this point.
Your final cardio sessions should take place at two weeks out. This is your last chance to burn any lingering fat so, if needed, increase your total time expenditure or caloric expenditure by 50%. At the maximum you would be doing three 45 minute high intensity interval sessions, two 45 minute high intensity sessions and three 60 minute moderate intensity sessions during this week. Do no cardio at one week out … pose, pose, pose instead.
Phase Two Posing
At eight weeks out increase your posing sessions to three days per week. Increase the time you hold each mandatory pose by five seconds per week. Remember to spend most of your time practicing on your front facing pose. This is where the judging starts and first impressions are very important. Remember, start each pose from your feet up to make certain your legs are flexed.
Make a schedule at eight weeks to practice each facing and mandatory pose. Start week eight at 2 sets of each pose for 10 – 15 seconds. For the next four weeks add another set each week and hold each pose for an additional 3 – 5 seconds.
Here’s what Leo Ingram, 2nd place in the heavyweight class at the 1997 NPC USA, has to say: Prior to going to bed I usually set aside some time just for posing. I stand in front of the mirror and hit each pose from all different angles to see which one highlights my body the best. I then use that one as my best pose. I hit all the mandatory poses in this manner and hold each for at least 45 seconds. This helps to build up the endurance to stand on–stage for extended amounts of time while being compared to other competitors. Once I get the feel of the pose I then practice hitting the poses with my eyes closed and then opening them to see where I am. Because on stage you have no mirror.
Six Weeks Out: Start working on your individual posing routine at six weeks out if you haven’t started by this time. Remember, you need two individual posing routines. You’ll do one in the prejudging with no music and a sixty second time limit. Your evening presentation will be accompanied by music with a 90 second time limit. Don’t make the mistake of trying to cram your 90 second evening routine into sixty seconds during the prejudging. Work on a separate routine based solely on your strongest poses. Hold your poses longer during the prejudging so the judges have enough time to assess each pose. Don’t do any poses that do not enhance your physique. Show the judges only what you want them to see.
We are not trying to detract from your evening presentation, but are emphasizing the importance of your prejudging routine as well. We’ve seen too many competitors over the years do a routine during the prejudging that makes no sense whatsoever without the accompanying music. Start working on your evening routine at this time as well. Select your music well in advance and make a professional quality cassette. Record only the 90 seconds or less of music on which you will base your routine. Don’t record the entire song. It’s a good idea to record a posing practice cassette with your 90 second selection recorded over and over with a 30 second delay between cuts. You can practice our routine over and over without rewinding the cassette.
Four Weeks Out: At four weeks out you’ll be doing 6 sets of every facing and mandatory pose holding each for 15 – 30 seconds. Stay at this level for the mandatory poses but continue to increase the time you hold the front facing pose for fifteen seconds per week so that at two weeks out you’ll be holding it for 1 ½ minutes. You will often be asked to hold the front facing pose on stage much longer than the others. You should continue to hold this stance anytime you are on stage throughout the show when you are not being directly judged or as others are “called out”. Never completely relax and always keep your legs tensed.
Your prejudging freestyle routine as well as your evening presentation to music should also be perfected by this time. At four weeks, your posing sessions should include six sets of the facings and comparison poses along with 6 repetitions of your prejudging freestyle presentation and 6 additional repetitions of your evening presentation with music. Pose at least five days per week. Each session will last approximately 45 minutes to an hour. It is not necessary to complete all of your posing “sets” at one session, but be sure to complete all six “sets” of each posing round – facings, mandatories, prejudging individual routine, and evening presentation with music – by the end of each day.
Phase Two Supplements
Phase two supplementation is primarily concerned with (1) utilizing stored body-fat to meet energy needs, (2) preserving lean muscle mass and (3) recovery.
(1) For maximizing the utilization of stored body-fat at the eight week point we add Beverly International’s Lean Out –12 capsules daily divided into equal doses fifteen minutes prior to each meal for four weeks. A more aggressive program is to use a combination of Energy Reserve for three weeks. Use 3 Energy Reserve tablets prior to cardio, 2 Energy Reserve and and 3 Energy Reserve prior to training. Take two weeks off the Energy Reserve. During the two weeks off we recommend using GH Factor – 6 capsules on arising and 6 capsules on retiring to burn fat through a different dietary mechanism. Then at three weeks out use the Energy Reserve. L–Tyrosine per dose for the final three weeks.
(2) To preserve lean muscle mass we continue using the Mass and Ultra 40 combination described in the previous issue. We increase the dosage to 6 of each per meal for weeks 8 – 5. However, at four weeks we often cut the Mass out and substitute Muscularity (BCAA’s). Muscularity is taken with meals in place of the Mass at a dosage of three per meal.
With two or sometimes three weeks to go, we pull out all the stops. We’ve found an even more effective way to preserve muscle and lose fat is to take Muscle Mass (BCAA’s, not the same as Mass, a broad spectrum amino) or Muscularity in rather large doses between meals. Using this method causes rapid increases of BCAA plasma concentrations in your blood which your body interprets as the breakdown of lean muscle tissue. In order to keep you from breaking down even more muscle tissue, your body stimulates the release of stored fat in order to spare nitrogen (from your muscle tissue). Therefore you’re not only sparing muscle tissue but accessing stored body-fat at the same time! Take 10 Muscle Mass twice daily between meals #1 and 2, and between meals #4 and 5 during the final two weeks.
(3) As the demands of your pre-contest diet, high intensity cardio and posing practice wreak havoc on your recovery system, the need for a high intake of anti stress vitamins and minerals, as well as anti oxidants becomes evident. For the final eight weeks use at least one Super Pak daily and 1 Beverly International Ultra-C or Anti Oxidant tablet with at least three of your meals.
The Final Week
There are a number of theories as to what you should do the final week before your competition. There is only one fail safe formula: If you keep looking better day by day as the contest gets nearer, do exactly the same things that you have been doing. Don’t carb up just stay on your diet. This is the best advice we can give you, and the advice that most of our champions follow. It’s tough not to try to do something different at the end, but unless you are not improving on a daily basis, don’t make radical changes. Our diets illustrated for the final four weeks have a built in carb up component that happens on Thursday before your contest.
This allows correction on Friday for any mistakes.
Here are ten things that you can do the final week:
Drink plenty of water throughout your contest preparation, at least one to three gallons daily, the more the better.
Cut out all leg training and cardio for the last week.
Load Creatine Monohydrate (use Beverly, make sure there are no fillers or binders) one tablespoon prior to every meal starting Tuesday continuing up to prejudging unless you must make weight
Use salt at every meal up until the Wednesday evening the week of your show.
Cut your sodium intake by 50% on Thursday and Friday
Cut out all fibrous vegetables Thursday and Friday
Cut back water intake by 25% on Thursday (2 gallons to 1.5 gallons)
Cut water an additional 25% on Friday (half of what you normally drink)
Use Potassium 2 – 99 mg tablets per hour on Thursday and Friday (Females use 1 – 99 mg per hour)
Eat one additional meal high in carbs, sugar, and fat 3 hours prior
to taking the stage on Saturday
It really is this simple. If you visit the Beverly International Nutrition Center for your contest preparation, we will be able fine tune all the necessary diet and cardio phases for you so there’s no guesswork. Good luck in your competition. Please write us or call and tell us your success with our contest countdown plan. We’d love to feature you in the next No Nonsense Magazine.

4-Day per week workout Complete in 60 minute session
4-Day per week workout Complete in 60 minute session
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 18, #4
By: Roger Riedinger
Here is a sample program you can try where you’ll work each body part twice per week, but you’ll keep your total number of workouts to just 4 per week. Each workout should take 60 minutes or less (including warm-ups). Start relatively light and add weight each week. Pay close attention to “How to Progress” below.
Day 1: Legs, Abs | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Squat (warm up, then …) | 3 | 5 |
Squat (down set) | 1 | 10 |
Leg Curl | 2 | 15 |
Leg Extension | 2 | 15 |
Sit Ups or Crunches | 3 | 15-25 |
Calf Raises | 3 | 12-15 |
Day 2: Chest, Arms, Calves | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Bench Press (2 warm up sets x5, then …) | 3 | 5 |
Incline DB Press | 3 | 6-8 |
Standing Alternate Curls | 3 | 6-8 |
Triceps Pushdowns | 3 | 8-12 |
Seated Calf Raises (or 1 Legged Calf Raise) | 3 | 10-12 |
Day 3: Back, Shoulders, Abs | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Deadlift (warm up, then …) | 2 | 5 |
Front Pulldowns | 3 | 8-12 |
Bent Row | 3 | 6-8 |
Military Press | 3 | 6-8 |
Leg Raise | 3 | 15-25 |
Day 4: Whole Body | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Bench Press (warm up, then…) | 3 | 3 |
Bench Press (down set) | 1 | 15 |
Squat (warm up, then …) | 2 | 15 |
Reverse Grip Lat Pulldowns (or chins) | 2 | 6-8 |
DB Shoulder Press | 2 | 6-8 |
BB Curl | 2 | 6-8 |
Lying Triceps Extension | 2 | 8-12 |
How To Progress
Proper progression is essential to the success of any workout plan. Here are some guidelines to make sure you get the best possible results from this 4-day per week workout.
1. Exercises calling for 5 reps or 3 reps – add weight the next time whenever you can get your target number of reps on all sets. Example: Day 1 Squat calls for warm–ups and then 3 sets of 5 reps; if you use 275lbs and achieve 5 reps on each set, then use 280lbs the following week.
2. Exercises calling for 6-8 reps per set – if you get at least 8 reps on your first set and 6 or more on your last set, add weight the next time.
3. Exercises calling for 8-12 reps – when you can get 12 reps on the first set, increase poundage slightly the next time you do that exercise. (Same for exercises calling for 12-15 reps.)
4. Exercises calling for 15 reps – try to get 15 reps on each set. You might have to lower the weight slightly for the 2nd set. Use the 1st set as your gauge, if you get 15 reps then add weight the next time you to that rep scheme.
5. On abs, just work up until you can do 3 sets of 25 reps of each exercise.
Almost everyone tries to increase poundage too fast, or by too large an increment. Use 5 pounds increases for the Squat, Bench Press, and Deadlift. For the other exercises, use the smallest increase possible. It would pay off in the long run to purchase some 1.25 pound plates or PlateMates and take them to the gym in your bag.


Gain Muscle while Losing Fat Nutrition Guidelines
In the accompanying article you’ll see that » Brian’s nutrition plan centers on protein. He has 6-7 meals daily. Breakfast, lunch, and dinner usually contain 40-60 grams of protein along with 25-50 grams of complex carbs. He has a mid-morning and mid-afternoon UMP shake, and before bed either a 12 egg white omelet, or his Wiefit Protein Pudding recipe (at wiefit.com, select recipes at top). He takes 4-6 each of Mass aminos and Ultra 40 liver with each meal (and shake). If you want to gain muscle and strength, yet lose fat at the same time, you should do the same. Brian weighs over 210lbs; and averages 1.25-1.5 grams of protein, and .5-1.0 grams of carbs per pound of bodyweight. Adjust your protein and carb intake accordingly if your weight varies much from Brian’s. If your primary goal is to lose fat, adjust your carb intake to the lower end of the given range; to gain adjust carbs intake closer to 1 gram per pound of bodyweight.
This is an effective program for anyone desiring to build strength and muscle. It also fits nicely into the guidelines that were presented for the Over 50’s in the last issue of No Nonsense (18 #3). Next issue, we will once again dedicate a complete column to the Over 50’s.

Classic Physique Nutrition Plan – Competing in Men’s Physique
Classic Physique Nutrition Plan – Competing in Men’s Physique
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 20, #4
By: Beverly Advisor Team
Have you been itching to compete but don’t feel you are quite big enough for Bodybuilding and also aren’t crazy about competing in Men’s Physique? A new division called “Classic Physique” could be just the thing for you. It’s planted firmly between the extremes of the massive, ripped muscle prioritized in Bodybuilding and the smaller, cover model look of Physique divisions. Many of you will naturally fall into this category based on your structure and genetics. Plus, if you’re goal is to look more like Frank Zane, or even closer to Arnold, than Kai Greene, you now have a competitive outlet.
Asregular readers of No Nonsense already know, BI users and followers of our diet methods have been achieving this type of look for years. A physique where shape, symmetry and a pleasing athletic, muscular look is rewarded. It’s the type of overall physique that the majority of men will see and say, “That’s what I would like to look like”. And most women will prefer looking at!
Best of all it’s a look that’s realistically achievable for most aspiring natural competitors with hard work, dieting and proper supplementation. Going to “extremes” is not necessary and it can be balanced with your real life that includes jobs and families.
Thisis a brand new division and we’re going to get you way ahead of the curve by presenting a complete program to achieve the “Classic Physique”. Whether your goal is to compete, or to just do it for yourself, in the remainder of this article we’ll provide a 3-Phase Nutrition Program, a specialized 2-Phase Workout including “Feeder Workouts” to help you develop your “Classic Physique”, and if you wish to compete, we’ll also include a Presentation Section to help you better show off your “Classic Physique”. In closing we’ll include a Table of Classic Physique measurements to give you specific body part goals to shoot for.
Classic Physique Nutrition
Your Classic Physique nutrition plan is designed help you gain and retain muscle while you lean out. You should start your diet for the contest as early as possible. Don’t wait until the last minute. The earlier you start, the more time you will be able to spend in Phase 1 (the Muscle-building phase). There are 3 diet phases in all. Each one emphasizes excellent food choices which will allow you to keep gaining muscle where you need it while you whittle away fat from your waist and other problem areas.

Phase 1 Classic Physique Nutrition Plan
Start the Phase 1 nutrition plan at least 16-20 weeks out from your contest date. The first phase is designed to help you gain as much muscle as you can while increasing your muscularity. But even this early in your preparation, you should still focus on achieving that classic small waist, so losing fat is also a priority. Train as heavy and hard as possible, but use textbook form and concentrate mentally and physically on improving any weak points in your physique. (See Phase 1 Training) The recommended high protein foods and quality supplements will allow you to continue to make improvements to your physique so make every training session count.
Note: In the meal plan below if you weigh less than 165 pounds reduce meat and carb portions listed by 2 ounces.
(All meats are weighed prior to cooking.)
Meal #1
2 whole eggs + 4 egg whites; 6 oz. lean meat; ½ cup oatmeal –
(measured before mixing with water and cooking)
Meal #2
(Choose one option)
Option A: Protein Drink with two scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 1-2 tablespoons healthy fat source (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or heavy whipping cream.
Option B: 8 oz. lean beef or chicken or 10-12 oz. tuna, one small apple or orange
Meal #3
8 oz. lean meat (chicken or other lean protein source);
6 oz. sweet potato or two-thirds cup cooked brown rice; 2 cups vegetables (broccoli, etc.)
or green salad with 4 tablespoons vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #4
(same options as meal #2)
Meal #5
10 oz. very lean meat (chicken breast, fish, turkey breast, lean beef – sirloin, filet, etc.);
2 cups vegetables;
salad with 2 tablespoons vinegar and oil dressing
Meal #6
Option A: Protein Shake or Pudding: 2 Scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, add enough water to make a shake or pudding the consistency you desire
Option B:
8 egg whites + 2 whole eggs or 6 oz. beef;
1-2 cup vegetables

Essential Supplement Program:
1 Super Pak with meal #1
4 Ultra 40 tablets and 4 Mass Aminos with each meal listed above
The Best Optional Supplements for Phase 1 (in priority order)
Glutamine Select – take 2-4 scoops during training to preserve muscle during precontest dieting.
Muscle Synergy – if you want to continue to add muscle, get a great pump every workout, and can afford it – then Muscle Synergy is for you. You have to take enough though, eight tablets or 1 scoop twice a day if you weigh less than 185; if you’re a light heavy or heavyweight you’ll benefit most from 24 tablets or 3 scoops per day. Muscle Synergy holds lean muscle tissue while dieting better than anything. We just don’t always recommend it to everyone because of the expense.
Creatine Select will help you keep your strength up and train harder while dieting so that’s another product you should consider. Take 5 scoops per day with meals for the first 5 days, then 2 scoops daily on training days, and 1 scoop on non-training days.
An economical way to use Muscle Synergy and Creatine Select during phase 1:
Weeks 1 & 2: Use Creatine Select as directed above.
Weeks 3&4: Take Muscle Synergy and Creatine Select together for the next two weeks.
Weeks 5 & 6: Creatine Select, no Muscle Synergy.
Weeks 7 & 8: Creatine Select and Muscle Synergy.
Phase 2 Classic Physique Nutrition Plan
This is the first “precontest diet” that you’ll follow. In general you will switch from Phase 1 to Phase 2 at 8-10 weeks out. If you think that you are not leaning out fast enough go to Phase 2 at 10 weeks out; if you’re on track wait until the 8-week mark.
Note: As before, if you weigh 165 or less, reduce the meat portions by 1 or 2 ounces in each of the listed meals.
(All meats are weighed prior to cooking.)
Meal #1
8 oz. lean beef or turkey
3 egg whites, 1 yolk
1 grapefruit
Meal #2
Protein Drink: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein or Muscle Provider, 1 tbsp healthy fat (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter, etc.) or 1 tbsp heavy whipping cream
Meal #3
8 oz. chicken or turkey breast (weighed prior to cooking)
2 cups vegetables
Meal #4
Option A: Protein Drink: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein or Muscle Provider, 1 tbsp healthy fat (olive oil, flax oil, almond butter) or 1 tbsp heavy whipping cream
Option B: 6 oz. can tuna or 5 oz. chicken, 3 egg whites,
1 whole egg; 1 tomato
Meal #5
10 oz. lean meat (chicken, turkey, fish, 93% or leaner beef, etc.)
4 cups salad (lettuce, tomato, carrot, cucumber, green peppers, etc.)
2 tbsp cider vinegar and 1 tablespoon olive oil for a dressing
Meal #6
5 oz. chicken or turkey breast; 6 egg whites;
1 cup omelet vegetables
Monday and Thursday:
In place of meal 6 (or as an added 7th meal if you weigh over 185 and your condition warrants it):
1.5 cups oatmeal (precooked) or cooked rice,
10 oz. sweet potato, 1 medium banana,
1 cup vegetables, 1 tbsp butter, almond butter or oil
The Best Supplements for Phase 2
Meal 1:
1 Super Pak, 3 EFA Gold
Each meal:
4 Ultra 40; 3 Density (and/or Mass Aminos); 3 Muscularity; and 2 Lean Out.
Training:
2-4 scoops Glutamine Select plus BCAAs and 10-20 Muscle Mass (5 Muscle Mass per scoop of Glutamine Select).
Take 3 Quadracarn 3 times daily: 1st thing in the morning, before training, and before bed.
Optional:
Up-Lift – 2 scoops before training; Creatine Select w/ beta alanine – 2 scoops daily
or Muscle Synergy – 2-3 scoops (or 16-24 tablets) daily
Phase 3 “Classic Physique” Contest Peaking Nutrition Plan
Phase 3 is a no-frills, no nonsense, basic precontest diet program that works for nearly everyone. However, you should stay with your Phase 2 Plan as long as you are getting results in terms of improved conditioning. Don’t change just for the sake of change.
Kick in the Phase 3 plan at 4 to 6 weeks out and only if your progress has stalled.
Meal #1
5 oz. lean beef or turkey
6 egg whites + 1 whole egg
½ grapefruit
Meal #2
Option A: Protein Drink: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein or Muscle Provider, 1 tablespoon healthy fat or heavy whipping cream (optional), 4 strawberries (optional), 16 oz. water
Option B: 6 oz. tuna or chicken, 3 egg whites + 1 whole egg, 1 tomato
Meal #3
8 oz. chicken (weighed prior to cooking)
4 cups salad (lettuce, tomato, carrot, cucumber, green peppers, etc.)
2 tbsp cider Vinegar and 1 tablespoon olive oil for a dressing
Meal #4
Option A: 6 oz. tuna or chicken, 3 egg whites, 1 whole egg, and 1 tomato or a cup of vegetables
Option B: Protein Drink: 2 scoops Muscle Provider, 12 oz. water (if post training); or 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein
Meal #5
8 oz. lean meat (chicken, turkey, fish or 93% lean beef, etc.)
2 cups vegetables
Monday and Thursday
– Add a 6th meal at the end of the day: 1.5 cups oatmeal (precooked)
or cooked rice, 10 oz. sweet potato, 4 oz. banana, 1 cup vegetables, 1 tbsp butter, almond butter or oil
Supplements
Meal #1: 1 Super Pak and 3 EFA Gold
Each meal: 4 Ultra 40; 3 Density; 3 Muscularity; 2 Lean Out.
Training: 2-4 scoops Glutamine Select plus BCAAs and 10-20 Muscle Mass (5 Muscle Mass per scoop of Glutamine Select). Optional take 5 Density just before training.
Take 3 Quadracarn 3 times daily: 1st thing in the morning, before training, and before bed.
Take 3 7-Keto MuscLean capsules twice daily, in the morning and afternoon.

Classic Physique Training
Your training programs should be designed to develop proportion and symmetry, as well as muscularity. You should not be looking to simply add as much size as possible or to overdevelop any particular bodypart. Overall proportion and aesthetic muscularity is the goal. We’ve developed the following training programs with those parameters in mind. They are based on decades of training experience to give you the ultimate solution to a well-balanced “Classic Physique”.
There are three parameters of progress that you should be concerned with during both Phase 1 and Phase 2 training:
Increase reps with same weight
Increase weight for the same rep range
Decrease rest intervals between sets – if your strength seems to have plateaued as you get closer to your contest, performing the same number of sets in less time becomes a very valuable form of progress.
It is very important to work each muscle through its fullest range of motion using complete extension and contraction on each exercise.
Use a workout journal to keep your progress on track. It can be a spiral notebook or as fancy as you like. Keep track of every training session. Use the “star method” to track your progress. Every time you use a heavier weight than before on a set, get more reps with a particular weight, or complete a series of sets in less time give yourself a star in your journal. A 10 Star workout means you did an extra rep or used more weight on at least ten sets during your workout. Finish a bodypart in record time and you get another star.
Phase 1 Classic Physique Training Program
Train 2 days on, 1 day off until 12 weeks out.
Day 1: Legs
Day 2: Chest / Triceps
Day 3: off
Day 4: Shoulders / Biceps / Legs (feeder workout)
Day 5: Back
Day 6: off
From 12 weeks out until 8 weeks out, train 4 days consecutively, then take the 5th day off.
You’ll be using two progression schemes and an advanced technique that we call “Feeder Workouts”.
1. Pyramid Training: Add weight lower the reps each set.
Set 1: 12 reps with a very easy warm-up weight – not all you can do for 12 reps
Set 2: 10 reps still pretty easy
Set 3: 8 reps – use a weight you could get for 9 – 12 here but stop at 8
Set 4: 6 reps – use a weight you could get 6 – 8 reps with but stop at 6
Set 5: 4 – 6 reps – a max set. Here’s where you can earn stars in your training journal. Once you reach 6 reps add weight to the final 3 sets (which will earn a star on each of these sets next time) and start back at 4 reps on set #5. Exercises using the Pyramid system are marked with *.
2. Double Progressive System: Use the same weight for all sets. Start at the low end of the suggested rep range. Gradually increase the repetitions, usually adding one rep each week until you reach the top number of suggested reps for each set of a particular exercise. Then add weight and start over at the lower end of the rep scheme. Exercises below where you should use the Double Progressive System are marked**.
3. Feeder Workouts: A feeder workout is performed two days after your primary workout for a specific bodypart. We have included feeder workouts for the shoulders, lats, and calves – full development of these bodyparts are essential in developing a classic physique. The feeder workout is a single all out rest-pause set where you complete a set of 6-10 reps taken to failure, followed by a short break (just long enough for you to take three to four slow, deep breaths), and immediately continue on to failure a second time (you should get somewhere between three and six additional reps, depending on the level of muscular endurance and the muscle fiber composition of the particular bodypart). At this point, take another short pause before going for one to four more (as many as you can get) reps. This will not only provide a nutrient-rich flush of fresh blood but will provide maximal muscle cell activation in minimum time.
Day #1 – Legs / Calves
Squat* – Pyramid 5 sets x 12/10/8/6/4-6 reps
Leg Press** or Hack Squat** 4×10–16 reps (the Hack Squat is preferred if you have the equipment available)
Leg Extension** 3×12–15 reps
Super Set
Leg Curls** 3×10–12 reps and Lunge
or Straight Leg Dead Lift** 3×10–12
Superset
Seated Calf Raise** 5×10–12 and Free
Standing (no weight) Calf Raises** 5×25–50 (OUCH!)
Note: The original standard for a classic physique was that your calves and arms should measure the same. If any single muscle rates as the least developed of all muscles among bodybuilders – it’s the calf. They are stubborn and difficult to develop and require special attention. So don’t neglect your calf work.
Shoulder Feeder Workout:
Machine, cable, or dumbbell side laterals: One Extended Work set – 6-10 reps (close to maximum), rest for 3-6 deep breaths then 3-6 more reps, 3-4 more breaths then 3-4 reps to failure. Shoulder width is key to developing a classic physique, that’s why it is our first “feeder” workout.
That ends Day #1.
There are lots of opportunities to ear “stars” in your training journal. Don’t be in a big rush to use as much weight as possible in each exercise. Try to leave each workout knowing you can improve in at least one exercise the next.
Day #2 Chest, Triceps, Calves
1. DB or BB Bench Press (pyramid)* 5×12/10/8/6/4-6 – Dumbbells are preferred if you can give up the barbell bench press in developing squared off “gladiator pecs” preferred in the classic physique
2. Incline DB Press (double progressive) ** 3×6–8 reps constant weight. First session do 6 – 6 – 6 and gradually add reps and earn stars until you get to 8 – 8 – 8 then add weight and start back at 6. If you get bored adding reps, reduce rest time between sets to earn additional “stars.”
3. DB Flyes** 3×8–12;
4. DB Pullovers** 3×8–12 (These work the serratus muscles. “The serratus magnus muscles are the ‘jewel-like” muscles of your chest … they add width to the chest, shape, muscular definition – as well as classic beauty.” ˜ Vince Gironda)
5. Close Grip Bench Press* (pyramid) 4 x 12/10/8/5 – 7
6.& 7. Super Set – Triceps Pushdown** and Dips** 3×6–12 reps each – constant weight no rest between exercises, rest only after both exercises have been performed.
8. Heavy Calf Raises** 4×8–12
9. Light Calf Raises** or Donkeys** 4×15–20
Back Feeder Workout:
Shoulder-width Parallel-grip Pulldown (for width) or Under-grip Cable Seated Rows (for back density): One Extended Work set – same procedure as above: 6-10 reps (close to maximum), rest for 3-6 deep breaths then 3-6 more reps, 3-4 more breaths then 3-4 reps to failure.
Don’t forget to record your workout and any stars that you earned in your journal.
Day #3 Off
Day #4 – Shoulders / Biceps
1. DB Press* – Pyramid 4×12/10/8/6–8
2. DB or Machine Laterals** 3×8–12
3. DB or Cable Bent Laterals** 3×8–12 reps
4. Barbell Curl* – Pyramid 4×12/10/8/6–8
5. Incline DB Curl** 3×8–10
6. Machine Curl or Preacher Curl** 2×8–12
Calves Feeder Workout:
Standing Calf Raise: warm-up x 10-15 reps, 4×25, 1×100 (no weight on the 100-rep set unless you can get the full 100 reps without resting.) Remember what we said earlier about calves. You must bomb them into growth.
Day #5 – Back
1. Wide grip Chins** 4 sets of as many reps as possible per set or Wide Pulldowns* 5×12/10/8/6/4-5
2. Dead Lifts – 3 sets 10 reps (add weight each set but stay at ten reps per set) Concentrate on perfect form and add weight very gradually in 5-lb. increments each week.
3. Bent Rows* or T-Bar Row* – 4 sets pyramid 12/10/8/6-8
4. Reverse Grip Front Pulldowns** or 1 Arm DB Row** 3×8–12
5. Straight Arm Pullovers** 3×10–12 (lie on a bench length wise – keep arms straight)
6. 10 minutes of abs
Choose one Feeder Workout, not both:
same procedure as back and shoulder feeder workouts.
a. Chest:
Incline Flyes
b. Quads: Smith Machine Squats
Phase 2 Classic Physique Training Program
Start your Phase 2 training program eight weeks out from your contest. During Phase 2 training you’ll be doing a lot of supersets. Supersets allow you to get more work done in less time. Remember, less rest between sets is one of the parameters of progress. Your Phase 2 training will be more focused on improving your proportions and increasing your chest to waist ratio. Note: Steve Reeves, one of the all-time best examples of the “classic physique”, is reported to have attained a 23 inch differential between his chest and waist measurement. A good goal for you is 15 inches or more. If your expanded chest measures 45 inches, your waist would measure 30 inches or less. As your diet becomes stricter during phase 2, it will become harder and harder to increase reps or poundage, so reducing the time between sets becomes more and more important. You’ll be supersetting antagonistic muscle groups to improve balance and proportion as well as to add a fat burning aspect to your training.
It’s not necessary to “run” from one exercise to the next when supersetting. After you complete a superset rest 60-90 seconds and then start your next set. Since you will be working each bodypart twice every eight days, we will no longer be performing feeder workouts.
Train three days on – one day off:
Day 1: Chest and Back
Day 2: Legs
Day 3: Shoulders and Arms
Day 4: Off; Repeat
Day #1 – Chest, Back, Abs
Superset #1:
A. DB Bench Press 4-5 sets of 7-10 reps
B. Chin-Ups 4-5 sets max reps per set or Lat Pulldowns 4-5 sets of 8-10 reps
Superset # 2:
A. Incline DB Press 3-4 sets of 8-10 reps
B. 1-Arm DB Rows 3-4 sets of 6-10 reps
Superset #3:
A. DB Flyes 3-4 sets of 10-12 reps
B. Cable Rows 3-4 sets of 8-12 repsFinishing Exercise: DB Pullovers 3-4 sets of 10-15 reps
Lower Back: Hyperextensions 3 sets of 15- 20 reps.
Abs:
Three or four exercises, 3-4 sets each for 15-25 reps per exercise.
You should count total reps for abs per workout with a goal of 250-350 reps total.
Day #2 – Legs, Calves
Superset #1:
A. Leg Extensions 3 sets of 8-10 reps
B. Smith Machine Squat or Leg Press 3 sets of 8-12 reps
Superset #2:
A. Hack Squat 4 sets of 6-12 reps
B. Straight Leg Deadlift 4 sets of 10 reps
Superset #3:
A. Lunge 3 sets of 10-15 reps
B. Leg Curl 3 sets of 6-10 reps
Calves:
Standing Calf Raise 4 sets of 15-20 reps
Seated Calf Raise 3 sets of 10-15 reps
Donkey Calf or Calf Press 3 sets of 20-25 reps
Day #3 – Shoulders, Arms, Abs
Straight sets for shoulders:
1. Shoulder Press (machine, dumbbell, military – your choice) 4 sets of 6-10 reps
2. Side Lateral Raise 3 sets of 8-10 reps
3. Rear Laterals (DB, Cable, or Machine) 3 sets of 10-12 reps
4. Side Cable Raise 3 sets of 8-12 reps
Superset #1
A. Concentration Curl 3 sets of 6-10 reps (squeeze)
B. Triceps Pushdown 3 sets of 10-12 reps
Superset #2
A. DB Curl 3 sets of 6-10 reps
B. Lying Tricep Extension 3 sets of 8-10 reps
Superset #3
A. Barbell or Preacher Curl 3 sets of 6-8 reps
B. Close Grip Bench Press and Dips 3 sets of 10-12 reps
Triset #1
A. Reverse Curl 3 sets of 8-12 reps
B. Wrist Curl 3 sets of 12-20 reps
C. Overhead Pulley Tricep Extension (or Triceps Machine) 3 sets of 8-15 reps
Abs:
Same as Day 1 (250-350 total reps)
The Classic Physique Compulsory Poses
Front Double Biceps
Side Chest
Back Double Biceps
Abdominal and Thigh pose
Favorite Classic pose (most muscular is not permitted)
In the finals you’ll perform your posing routine (up to a maximum of 60 seconds) and if you win your class you’ll compete in a posedown for the overall title.
Here are some tips to get started on a structured posing practice regimen:
PHASE 1 POSING PRACTICE
Remember! “Classic Physique” competition is posing! No one will ask what you can bench press or squat
How you present yourself and look on stage is all that counts
Start posing practice two days per week at 12 weeks out
Start with 2 sets of each pose (quarter turns and mandatories) for 10 – 15 seconds. For the next four weeks hold each pose for an additional 5 seconds each week
Spend most of your time practicing on your front facing pose and finding which variations of your compulsory poses best highlight your physique
Start each pose from your feet up to make certain your legs are flexed
Work your way around in a circle hitting every pose
After completing all of the quarter turns and compulsory poses, that’s one set. Do 2 total sets
PHASE 2 POSING PRACTICE
Eight weeks posing practice schedule: Start at 2 sets of each pose for 20-30 seconds. For the next four weeks hold each pose for an additional 5 seconds each week.
Remember to start each pose from the feet up – make sure to keep your legs flexed, suck in your gut, lift your chest, and relax your facial muscles.
Front stance
Quarter turn to the right
Quarter turn to the rear
Quarter turn to the front
Front Double Biceps
Side Chest
Back Double Biceps
Abdominal and Thigh pose
Favorite Classic pose – this should be your best pose. Experiment until you find the exact variation of a pose that best highlights your symmetry, proportion, and muscularity. Then practice it to perfection.
10-minute pre-judging drill:
Make a 10-minute recording where you call out quarter turns and poses just like the head judge at prejudging. This drill is tremendous for practicing quarter turns. No rest between poses; stay tight the entire drill.
For variation get a video of an actual prejudging off of You Tube and go through it just like you’re on stage.
The Individual Routine:
Six weeks out (or sooner) start working on your individual routine. Your posing routine should complement your strong points (e.g. symmetry, shape, conditioning, etc.) while at the same time expressing personality.
You can develop your routine by starting with the mandatory poses, then add a few flattering optional poses. You’ll be able to find many classic physique photos on the web. Mimic each pose you see and determine which ones feel comfortable and flatter your strong points.
Your routine should be based solely on your strongest poses. This is your opportunity to show the judges only what you want them to see.
Select your music well in advance and make a professional quality CD. Often it is nearly impossible to create a posing routine based on your favorite song. It is usually better to choose your music to fit your routine, not vice versa. Record only the 60 seconds of music on which you will base your routine. Don’t record the entire song. Make a “posing practice CD” with your 60-second selection recorded over and over with a 30 second delay between cuts. You can practice your routine over and over without restarting the CD.
Points to remember
You will often be asked to hold the front facing pose on stage much longer than the others. You should continue to hold this stance anytime you are on stage throughout the show when you are not being directly judged or as others are “called out”. Never completely relax and always keep your legs tensed.
Practice hitting the poses with your eyes closed and then opening them to see if you are hitting each pose correctly. Remember, on stage you have no mirror.
It is not necessary to complete all of your posing “sets” at one session, but be sure to complete all scheduled “sets” of each posing round – facings, mandatories, and individual routine with music – by the end of each day.
Posing sessions are one of the key factors in developing hardness and muscle separation – you can overdo training or cardio but you can’t pose too much!
Closing Thoughts
In closing, we’d like to give you some guidelines as listed in Building the Classic Physique The Natural Way by Steve Reeves with John Little and Bob Wolff.
These are the maximum symmetrical proportions for each individual male based on height and bone size:
Classic Physique Proportions
Arm Size = 252% of wrist size
Calf Size = 192% of ankle size
Neck Size = 79% of head size
Chest Size = 148% of pelvis size
Waist Size = 86% of pelvis size
Thigh Size = 175% of knee size
Remember, these are maximum symmetrical measurements, and it is your proportions that count. In other words they are the maximum measurements for a body part without getting out of proportion. A good goal is to aspire to reach 90% of the maximum. For example, if your wrist measures 7″, the maximum symmetrical arm measurement would be 18”. 90% of 18″ is 16.2″ which would be very commendable.
If you’d like a website to do the math for you go to:
https://www.muscleandstrength.com/tools/ideal-measurements
Steve Reeves also devised a chart that determines the maximum ideal weight for a person’s height en route to building a classic physique. A 6″ male’s ideal weight is 200 lbs. At 5′11″ it goes to 190 lbs and at 6′1″ to 210 lbs. After that every inch below 5′11″ results in a reduction 5 pounds per inch. Every inch above 6″ results in an addition of 10 lbs. At 5′8″ the ideal weight is 175 lbs and at 6′3″, it is 230 pounds. Again, the 90% of maximum criteria is a worthy goal for classic physique competition.
The NPC has developed their own chart of acceptable heights and weights (which you can find on their website at
http://npcnewsonline.com/classic-physique/index.html
They are a little more lenient and go above Reeves’ maximum weights. For example, a competitor 5’11”– 6’ may weigh up to 207 lbs. One who is 5′7 up to 5″ may weigh 177 lbs. In classic physique there is no advantage to weighing in at the top of your class, symmetry and proportion are what counts, not size.
In this article we have laid out a comprehensive program to help you achieve a “Classic Physique”. If you are training for a specific contest we’ve given you a step-by-step guide to follow. If you follow it to the letter – nutrition, supplements, training, and posing practice – whether you compete or not, you’ll be in the best shape of your life.

Increase Your Bench Press
Increase Your Bench Press
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 15, #3
By: Roger Riedinger
Section One: An Overview
This report contains details on a specific method of training that is drastically different from many of the current trends. This routine does NOT involve working each body-part one day per week.
If you are not already making the kind of strength and size gains you want, reading this special report will be of enormous benefit to you, as this routine is among the very best for increasing your bench press and packing on overall muscular size.
The routine was formulated for me by the late Anthony Ditillo back in 1971. Anthony is known for being one of the best writers in the field of strength and developing muscular bulk. With it, I increased my bench press from 295 to 335 over the six-week period.
Section Two: What’s a realistic goal for your bench?
You’ll hear all kinds of stuff about how much you should be able to bench. The table below is excerpted from ExRx.net.
The standards presented in the linked tables below represent a 1RM performance (in pounds) that can be reasonably expected of an adult athlete at various levels of training advancement using standard full range-of-motion barbell exercises with no supportive wraps or suits.
The most important thing is not the ultimate number, but that you are making progress.
Untrained – Expected level of strength in a healthy individual who has not trained on the exercise before but can perform it correctly. This represents the minimum level of strength required to maintain a reasonable quality of life in a sedentary individual.
Novice – A person training regularly for a period of 3-9 months. This strength level supports the demands of vigorous recreational activities.
Intermediate – A person who has engaged in regular training for up to two years. The intermediate level indicates some degree of specialization in the exercises and a high level of performance at the recreational level.
Advanced –An individual with multi-year training experience with definite goals in the higher levels of competitive athletics.
Elite – Refers specifically to athletes competing in strength sports. Less than 1% of the weight training population will attain this level.
Body Weight | Un-trained | Novice | Intermediate | Advanced | Elite |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
148 | 109 | 140 | 172 | 234 | 291 |
165 | 119 | 152 | 187 | 225 | 319 |
181 | 128 | 164 | 201 | 275 | 343 |
198 | 135 | 173 | 213 | 289 | 362 |
220 | 142 | 183 | 225 | 306 | 381 |
242 | 149 | 190 | 232 | 316 | 395 |
Body Weight | Un-trained | Novice | Intermediate | Advanced | Elite |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
114 | 57 | 78 | 85 | 109 | 113 |
123 | 60 | 77 | 90 | 116 | 142 |
132 | 64 | 82 | 95 | 122 | 150 |
148 | 70 | 90 | 105 | 135 | 165 |
165 | 76 | 97 | 113 | 146 | 183 |
181 | 81 | 104 | 122 | 158 | 192 |
Ed. Note: If you are 50 years of age or older you could deduct 10% from the standard, and at age 60 another 10%.
Section Three: Instruction
During this six-week program you’re going to bench three days a week. Yes, you read that right… three days a week on Monday, Wednesday, and Friday for the full six weeks. After all, the best bench pressers (and the most muscular guys) in the days before super bench shirts and super steroid doses usually trained on the bench press three days per week.
That’s a total of eighteen workouts. You should see an increase in your bench press max of very close to thirty pounds or better. Still think three bench workouts per week is too much? The first man to bench press 700 pounds, Jim Williams trained his bench six days a week!*
DAY ONE:
Monday is the heavy day. Warm-up by slowly increasing the weight of the bar; then use 90% of your one rep max for five singles. (We’ll base things on a one-rep max of 250 lbs. An example would be as follows: 250lbs x 90% = 225 lbs.)
Do five singles with 225 on the bar. Rest exactly three minutes between these singles.
Then drop 10% or thirty pounds whichever is less and do three sets of doubles or triples.
Drop another 10% or thirty pounds and do three sets of five to seven repetitions.
Then choose one assistance movement for each of the other upper body parts, for example: Shoulder Press, Bent-Over Row, Lying Triceps Press, and Barbell Curl. Do 3-5 sets of 5-7 reps for each.
→ Here is a list of the best assistance exercises:
Shoulders: Military Press, Press Behind Neck and Partial Presses within the power rack are the best; Standing Side Laterals and Forward Laterals have also been used by some with great success.
Triceps: Standing Triceps Extensions, Lying Triceps Extensions, Parallel Bar Dips and Pushdowns
Back(which is really the launching pad for the bench press): Barbell Rows, Dumbbell Rows, Seated Cable Rows, Chins, Pulldowns, and Shoulder Shrugs.
Biceps: heavy Barbell and Dumbbell Curls.
DAY TWO: Wednesday is a light day. You’ll use just 60%-65% of your your maximum for 4 sets of 5-7 reps. On your assistance movements pick a different exercise for each body-part and perform 3 sets of 8-10 reps. That’s all don’t do more.
DAY THREE: Friday is your medium day. Work up to around 80% of your one rep max for 5-7 sets of 3-5 repetitions. After the benches perform 4 sets of 5-7 reps on one assistance exercise for each body-part.
Here you have a basic, proven routine for increasing bench-pressing strength and development. You can take Tuesday or Saturday to train your legs so that they don’t lag behind.
It is important that you determine your one rep max before starting the program. You can do this by slowly working up to your best one rep lift in perfect form. (Be sure the spotter does not touch the bar at all or it does not count. He’s there to save you not feed your ego.) Another method is to use a calculated one-rep max. Here you work up to your best set of 5 reps, again with perfect form and no spotter touches. Take this five-rep maximum and with a calculator divide by .875.
Example: you can get a maximum of five reps with 220; divide 225 by .875 on a calculator and you’ll get a result of 251. Round to 250 for your max. The workout below is based on a maximum one-rep bench press of 250 pounds. So you’d add about five pounds to each weight in the example below.
Now let’s go through the workout step by step. Remember the illustration below is based on a one-rep maximum of 250 pounds, if your max is less or greater just adjust the weight accordingly.
Monday (Heavy) Bench Press: Warm-up: 135 x 5, 185 x 3, 205 x 1
Five sets of one rep: 225 (90% of 250) Lift explosively! Three minutes rest per set. If successful increase by 10 pounds the next week you’ll use 235 pounds for five sets of one rep and so on each week. After week three increase just five pounds per week. (Note: I know you can do more than 225 pounds the first week. That’s not the idea! The idea is to follow the program, then max out after six weeks. You’ll be amazed to see that you are now in the 275-280 range.)
Three sets of two to three reps. Now drop the bar 10% to 200 pounds and do three sets of three reps.
Three sets of five to seven reps. Now drop the bar 10% more to 180 pounds and do three more sets of five to seven reps.
Assistance Exercises:
Shoulder Press – 4 sets of 5-7 reps
Bent Row – 4sets of 5-7 reps
Lying Triceps Extension – 4 sets of 5-7 reps
Barbell Curl – 4sets of 5-7 reps
Tuesday (or Saturday) Legs
Wednesday (Light)
Bench Press Warm-up, then 4 sets of 5-7 reps with just 65% of your one rep maximum or 165 (65% of 250). Yes, it’s light. It’s supposed to be. Take two minutes rest per set and really focus on form and explosiveness.
Assistance Exercises:
Incline DB Press (Optional) 3 sets of 8-10 reps
Front Dumbbell or Plate Raise 3 sets of 8-10 reps
Dumbbell Row 3 sets of 8-10 reps
Triceps Pushdown 3 sets of 8-10 reps
Preacher Bench Curls or Curl Machine 3 sets of 8-10 reps
Don’t be tempted to add more sets or exercises to this workout. It is light and relatively easy on purpose.
Thursday Off
Friday (Medium)
Bench Press Warm-up, then do 5-7 sets of 3-5 reps with 80% of your one rep max. (For our purposes 80% of 250 or 200 pounds.)
Assistance Exercises:
Dumbbell Press or Press Behind Neck 4 sets of 5-7 reps
Lat Pulldowns 4 sets of 5-7 reps
Parallel Bar Dips 4 sets of 5-7 reps
Alternate DB Curls 4 sets of 5-7 reps
Here is a chart showing how you should progress on each bench press day:
Week | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Monday | 5 x 1 | 225 | 235 | 245 | 250 | 255 | 260 |
3 x 3 | 200 | 210 | 220 | 225 | 230 | 235 | |
3 x 5-7 | 180 | 185 | 190 | 195 | 200 | 205 | |
Wednesday | 4 x 5-7 | 165 | 170 | 175 | 180 | 185 | 190 |
Friday | 5-7 x 3-5 | 200 | 205 | 210 | 215 | 220 | 225 |
Important Note: When ever you are able to perform the heavy day workout successfully it is then time to increase the entire weight progression scheme by five or ten pounds on the heavy day (Monday) and five pounds on the light (Wednesday) and medium (Friday) days.
You will discover that at first it is almost impossible to fully recuperate from workout to workout and the used muscles and joints will be constantly inflamed and sore. But if you will persevere past this initial period of physical discomfort you will reach a point where you will most assuredly recuperate from this daily grueling work, and it is at this point that you will really begin to gain! The secret to this type of training is adaptation. What you are really doing is getting your body used to a certain amount of work, performed daily and after a certain length of time, we begin to adapt to this amount of stress and our body begins to respond to this constant stimulation. The reason why we can expect to get stronger when using this grueling type of training is because at no time do we use a weight we cannot handle correctly and confidently.
*Jim Williams trained his bench press five, and often six days per week on the following program: 315 x 8, 405 x 5, 475 x 3, 605 x 1, 675 x 1, 600 x 2. That’s it. No assistance exercises.
Section Four: Nutrition (Recommended Diet Program)
Your goal is to increase your bench press by 30 pounds during the next six weeks.
In order to assure progress here’s a sample nutritional plan to add muscle and strength:
Meal #1:
4 egg omelet with 2 oz. cheese,
½ grapefruit or ½ cantaloupe, 1 cup oatmeal
Drink Option: 2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein + 2 scoops cottage cheese
2 scoops oatmeal (use the Ultimate Muscle Protein scoop) mixed with 2 tablespoon heavy cream and 12 oz. water
Meal #2:
2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein + 3 scoops Mass Maker (mix in 16 oz. water or milk)
Meal #3:
8-12 oz. roast beef,
chicken or tuna made into 2 sandwiches with 4 slices whole grain or rye bread, 1 piece fruit
Meal #4:
2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein + 3 scoops Mass Maker
Meal #5:
10-12 oz. sirloin steak (lean) or other meat
8 oz. sweet potato or baked potato
2 cups vegetables / salad / or fruit
Meal #6:
2 scoops Ultimate Muscle Protein, 4 tablespoons Heavy Whipping Cream
OR: 9 oz. sirloin strip steak (lean) or 10 oz. chicken + 2 cups vegetables – no potatoes or other starchy vegetables.
Master Supplement Program for Maximum Strength and Size
Essential: Ultimate Muscle Protein, Mass Maker, Creatine Select – load Creatine Select by taking 1 scoop 5 times daily for five days; after that take 2 scoops daily before training
Next Steps: Quadracarn 3 tablets upon arising, before training, and before bed
Stack: Mass Aminos and Ultra 40 (3 with each meal or shake above)
Additives: Muscle Synergy (powder), Up-Lift

Mass Amino Acids
For decades, this one-of-a-kind tablet formulation has been turning “hard gainers” into happy gainers and helping natural bodybuilders recoup lost muscle size and strength faster after layoffs from training.
- Like many of Beverly’s formulas, Mass Amino Acids remains unduplicated since its release some 40 years ago. Its active ingredient, a partial hydrolysate of casein, is produced by treating casein, a protein found in milk, with enzymes. The resulting product is rich in so-called peptide-bonded amino acids, or PBAAs.
- PBAAs aren’t like regular amino acids, or regular protein, for that matter. Little-known studies provide evidence that they can enhance nitrogen retention up to 200% as much as food protein. The more nitrogen your muscles retain, the faster they can grow.
- Mass Amino Acids is perfect for anyone who trains hard regularly, yet has difficulty gaining, or even just maintaining, muscle size and strength (so-called “hard gainers”). It’s also helpful if you’re trying to recoup lost muscle after a layoff, or you’re on a restricted diet such as keto and want to preserve as much muscle as possible while you burn off body fat.
- The casein hydrolysate in Mass Amino Acids is regularly tested to ensure that it has been subject to the proper degree of hydrolysis and contains the proper level of PBAAs. If it doesn’t pass the tests with flying colors, it doesn’t go in the bottle.
- For even more dramatic muscle and performance gains, take Mass Amino Acids with Ultra 40. Many of our customers have found this to be the most effective stack they’ve ever used.

Supplemental Plans for Women
SUPPLEMENT PLANS FOR WOMEN
Plans that work, for every body & budget.
Choose the plan and level below that suits your goals and budget.
SLIM & TIGHTEN
Achieve a tight, toned body.

LEVEL 1
For novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets.
UMP
Lean Out
FitTabs

LEVEL 2
For intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users and medium-size budgets.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
EFA Gold
FitTabs

LEVEL 3
For advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve her goals.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
EFA Gold
Glutamine Select or Muscularity
FitTabs
BODYSCULPT
Take muscle building &
definition to the next level.

LEVEL 1
For novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets.
UMP
Glutamine Select
FitTabs

LEVEL 2
For intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users and medium-size budgets.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Glutamine Select
Lean Out
Density
FitTabs

LEVEL 3
For advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Glutamine Select
Lean Out
Density
Ultra 40
FitTabs
CONTEST PREP
For pre-contest bikini, figure,
fitness & physique competitors.

LEVEL 1
For novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets.
Muscle Provider
Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
FitTabs

LEVEL 2
For intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users and medium-size budgets.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
Glutamine Select
FitTabs

LEVEL 3
For advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
Glutamine Select
Density
Energy Reserve
FitTabs
FIT 45+ (45 YRS & UP)
Improve fitness & wellness.
Reverse age-associated fat gain.

LEVEL 1
For novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets.
UMP
Quadracarn
7-Keto MuscLean
FitTabs

LEVEL 2
For intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users and medium-size budgets.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Quadracarn
Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
Glutamine Select or Muscularity
FitTabs

LEVEL 3
For advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Quadracarn
Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
Glutamine Select or Muscularity
GH Factor
FitTabs

Supplemental Plans for Men
SUPPLEMENT PLANS FOR MEN
Plans that work, for every body & budget.
Choose the plan and level below that suits your goals and budget.
NATURAL MUSCLE SIZE
Maximize your muscle-building potential.

LEVEL 1
For novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets.
UMP
Ultra 40 & Mass Amino Acids
FitTabs

LEVEL 2
For intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users and medium-size budgets.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Ultra 40 & Mass Amino Acids
Creatine Select
Super Pak

LEVEL 3
For advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Ultra 40 & Mass Amino Acids
Muscle Synergy
Quadracarn
Super Pak
FAT-LOSS ACCELERATOR
Lose fat.
Cut & define muscle.

LEVEL 1
For novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets.
UMP
Quadracarn
FitTabs

LEVEL 2
For intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users and medium-size budgets.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Quadracarn
Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
Super Pak

LEVEL 3
For advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Quadracarn
Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
Density or Muscularity
Super Pak
CONTEST PREP
For bodybuilding & physique competitors.

LEVEL 1
For novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets.
UMP
Ultra 40 & Mass Amino Acids
FitTabs

LEVEL 2
For intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users and medium-size budgets.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
Ultra 40
Density
Super Pak

LEVEL 3
For advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Lean Out + 7-Keto MuscLean
Ultra 40
Density
Glutamine Select or Muscularity
Super Pak
MATURE MUSCLE (40+)
Reverse age-associated fat gain and muscle loss.
Restore fitness & vitality.

LEVEL 1
For novice athletes, supplement newbies and strict budgets.
UMP
Quadracarn
FitTabs

LEVEL 2
For intermediate athletes, experienced supplement users and medium-size budgets.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Quadracarn
Muscle Synergy
Super Pak

LEVEL 3
For advanced athletes and anyone who wants the most comprehensive plan possible to achieve his goals.
UMP and/or Muscle Provider*
Quadracarn
Muscle Synergy
Density
Super Pak

Doug DeRuyter and Class Physique A Perfect Match
Doug DeRuyter and Class Physique A Perfect Match
No Nonsense Magazine Vol 22, #3
By: Doug DeRuyter, NPC Central States Classic Physique Champion

Photo Credit: Jeff Robinson
At a Glance: Doug DeRuyter
Age: 42
Occupation: Elementary Physical Education Teacher
Family: Wife, Tracy and 3 kids, Jake, Owen, and Ella. Their support is endless and appreciated!!
Residence: Caledonia, MI
Years Training: 23
Height: 6’2”
Weight: Off-season 230-235
Contest: 218-220
Favorite Bodybuilding Meal: 10 oz. lean steak, 1 cup jasmine rice, mushrooms, spinach, and tomatoes sautéed together.
Favorite Supplements: UMP, Mass Aminos, and Ultra 40 – I stay relatively lean year round so it’s vital for me to retain my muscle mass. I take 5 Mass Aminos and 5 Ultra 40 pre workout and post workout with my Muscle Provider as well with my other 6 meals. That’s right, 35 of each every day. I truly believe this combination not only helped me retain, but also build muscle and strength during contest prep!
Music: Country
Most Inspiring Book:The Carpenter, by Jon Gordon
Words to Live by: Success is no accident. It is hard work, perseverance, learning, studying, sacrifice, and most of all, love of what you are doing or learning to do! -Pele
First started lifting weights
I have been into sports and fitness my entire life! I grew up playing nearly every sport imaginable, was a high school athlete and was even recruited to run college track. Even to this day, as an elementary physical education teacher, I am teaching the importance of physical fitness and trying to set a good example for my students to follow!
I was a tall and skinny 160-lb sophomore in college when I first started lifting weights. Even though I had always wanted to be stronger and more muscular, I was intimidated by the gym. Fortunately, my roommate had a lot more knowledge than I did in that area and invited me to work out with him. I was reluctant at first, but it soon became part of my weekly routine. Slowly, I began gaining some muscular weight and strength. I found that I was beginning to love weight training! As my knowledge of proper training techniques and nutrition grew, that love continued to grow into a passion and lifestyle!
In 2002 I decided to compete in a couple of local bodybuilding shows. I ended up doing very well, taking the overall novice in one show and first in my class at the second show. I competed again in 2003; taking the overall open at one show and had two other first place finishes. I took a few years off from competing and then competed again in 2007. That’s when I decided to enter my first NPC show. I knew that I would have to come in better than ever. That’s when Beverly supplements became a huge part of my contest prep and daily training!
I came across Beverly supplements simply through research and decided to give them a try! I was impressed that they had been around for decades as well as the quality of their products! Like most people, I too have tried many different brands of supplements. I have bought into the hype of a fancy advertisement or label, but the end results were pretty much the same – minimal results. I now use only Beverly supplements because they truly give me unmatched consistent results! For my first NPC show, I used Mass Aminos, Ultra 40, Creatine Select, Glutamine Select, Super Pak, and UMP. I competed in the heavyweight division. Even though I was the lightest of the heavyweights, I still came in first place! I honestly believe that the Beverly Supplements gave me an edge in physique quality which the other competitors could not match.
As our family grew, I decided it was time to stop competing. I continued to train hard and eat clean. I started doing personal and group training beside my work as a physical education teacher. I enjoy being able to share my love of fitness with others and motivate them to meet their fitness goals!
10 Years Later
The love of competing had never left and I was getting the “itch” to compete again. Being as tall as I am, 6’ 2”, and a hard gainer, I would classify myself as an ecto/mesomorph. Because of this, I started researching a new class in bodybuilding called Classic Physique. I felt with my conditioning and body style, broader shoulders and narrow waist, I would fit into this category much better than traditional bodybuilding. So in 2017 I decided to compete again in Classic Physique! Once again, without a question, I knew that Beverly supplements would be a huge part of my contest prep. I knew what products work for me as well as the results I could expect! I once again, used Mass Aminos, Ultra 40, Super Pak, Creatine Select, Up-Lift, UMP, and Muscle Provider. I had been using Quadracarn as part of my daily supplementation, and continued using this as well.
I entered the NPC Central States show in Ypsilanti, MI and won my class, overall masters, and overall classic physique! A few weeks later, I competed in the NPC Western Michigan Bodybuilding Championships. There I won the overall Masters and also won the open class C category! Both of these shows were national qualifiers, which now meant I could compete at a national show. Honestly, I never thought I would be competing at the national level, but with my recent success, I decided I would compete at the 2018 Teen, Collegiate, and Masters Nationals in Pittsburgh. I had eight months to prepare! I continued my exclusive Beverly only supplement plan trying to add as much lean muscle as I could, while keeping my diet relatively clean and strict.
My show prep for Masters Nationals was 14 weeks long. I felt I came into this show looking the best I ever have looked! I knew a clean diet and hard work in the gym were two huge factors, but again, I can honestly say the continued, and consistent use of Beverly supplements was also a major factor!
I wasn’t sure what to expect competing in my first national show! And boy, was I amazed at the number of quality competitors! National shows can have over 1000 total competitors, all bringing their best! I competed in the 40 and over age group in Classic Physique. Because of the high number of entries, I was in Class D; this was the height class with the tallest competitors. I was up against some quality competition! I ended up taking 4th place in class D, which was just 2 places away from earning my IFBB pro card!
I was extremely proud of what I had accomplished in my first national level show! However, being a competitive person, I know there is always room for improvement! So I will continue to train hard, eat quality meals throughout the day and continue to use Beverly supplements to reach that goal of earning my pro card!
Here’s a look at my nutrition and training programs at 8 weeks out from the contest:

Diet and Beverly Supplements 8 Weeks Out
Train at 5 AM: 1 ½ scoops Creatine Select, 1 scoop Up-Lift, 5 Mass Aminos, 5 Ultra 40, 3 Quadracarn
Meal 1: (Post Workout) 1 scoop Muscle Provider for fast acting recovery and 1 scoop UMP for time released sustained recovery, 5 Mass Aminos, 5 Ultra 40
Meal 2: 4oz Cream of Wheat, 6oz extra lean ground beef, 2 eggs, 1 cup egg whites, spinach and mushrooms.
Super Pak, 5 Mass Aminos, 5 Ultra 40
Meal 3: 9oz cod, 1 cup jasmine rice, 1 cup broccoli.
5 Mass Aminos, 5 Ultra 40, 3 Quadracarn
Meal 4: 8oz chicken breast, 1 cup jasmine rice, 1 cup asparagus
5 Mass Aminos, 5 Ultra 40
Meal 5: 8oz turkey tenderloin, 6oz sweet potato, 1 cup broccoli
5 Mass Aminos, 5 Ultra 40
Meal 6: 10oz lean steak, 1 cup jasmine rice, mushrooms, tomatoes, and spinach sautéed together.
5 Mass Aminos, 5 Ultra 40, 3 Quadracarn
Meal 7: 2 scoops UMP made into pudding or 10oz cod and asparagus
5 Mass Aminos, 5 Ultra 40
Training and Cardio
Monday: Chest, Biceps, Abs plus 25 minutes of stair stepper
Exercises | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Incline DB Press | 4 | 8-15 |
Machine Press | 4 | 10-15 |
Standing Flye | 4 | 15-20 |
BB Curl | 4 | 10-15 |
Seated Concentration Curl | 4 | 10-15 |
Various Ab Exercises | 12 | 15-20 |
Tuesday: Back, Triceps, 25 minutes of stair stepper
Exercises | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Incline DB Press | 4 | 8-15 |
Pull-ups | 4 | 10-12 |
Bent-over Rows | 4 | 8-15 |
Pulldowns | 4 | 8-15 |
Single-arm Hammer Row | 4 | 8-12 |
Tricep Dips | 4 | 20 |
Cable Pushdowns | 4 | 15-20 |
Wednesday: Legs (emphasize quads), Abs
Exercises | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Squats | 5 | 8-15 |
Leg Press | 4 | 10-15 |
DB Front Squat | 4 | 10-15 |
Leg Extension | 4 | 15-20 |
Various Ab Exercises | 12 | 15-20 |
Thursday: Shoulders, Calves, 25 minutes of stair stepper
Exercises | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Seated DB Press | 4 | 8-15 |
Standing Lateral Raise | 4 | 10-15 |
Cable Face Pulls | 4 | 15-20 |
Hammer Shoulder Press | 3 | 8-12 |
Cable Laterals (superset) | 3 | 10-15 |
DB Bent Lateral (superset) | 3 | 10-15 |
Various Calf Exercises | 12 | 15-20 |
Friday: Chest, Biceps, Triceps, Abs
Exercises | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Smith Incline Press | 4 | 8-15 |
Flat DB Press 4 8-12 | ||
DB Flye | 4 | 10-15 |
DB Curl | 4 | 10-15 |
Cable Curl | 4 | 10-15 |
Lying Tricep Extension | 4 | 10-15 |
Hammer Tricep Dips | 4 | 15-20 |
Various Ab Exercises | 12 | 15-20 |
Saturday: Legs (emphasize hamstrings), 25 min. of stair stepper
Exercises | Sets | Reps |
---|---|---|
Stiff-leg Deadlift | 4 | 8-12 |
Reverse Hack Squat | 4 | 12-15 |
Lying Leg Curl | 4 | 12-15 |
Standing Cable Curl | 4 | 12-15 |